Jesli mailbys problemy z sinumerikiem to mozna poproscia Siemensa o pomoc. Sinumerikami zajmuje sie oddzial w Bielsku_Bialej na ulicy Konwaliowej 15(o ilemnie pamiec nie myli). Mam tu jakis plik co sie nazywa: 840_list, jast tam ponad 700stron danych. Moze Ci sie przyda. Jest to pdf spakowany zeby bylo poniezej 5MB Oto spis tresci tego dokumentu: Contents 1 Overview of functions................................................................. 2 Machine and Setting Data ......................................................................................................2-57 2.1 Explanatory notes on the machine and setting data .......................................2-59 2.1.1 General information ...................................................................................2-59 2.1.2 Handling of machine data ...............................................................................2-63 2.2 Drive machine data.........................................................................................2-66 2.3 Machine data for hydraulics module ...............................................................2-107 2.4 Machine data for operator panel .....................................................................2-122 2.4.1 Generally available MDs for operator panel....................................................2-122 2.4.2 Application-specific MDs for ManualTurn .......................................................2-140 2.4.3 Application-specific MDs for ShopMill.............................................................2-145 2.4.4 Applications-specific MDs for ShopTurn .........................................................2-151 2.5 General machine data ....................................................................................2-163 2.5.1 System settings ...................................................................................2-164 2.5.2 Override switch settings..................................................................................2-185 2.5.3 Central drive data ...................................................................................2-189 2.5.4 System specific memory settings ...................................................................2-191 2.6 Channel-specific machine data.......................................................................2-202 2.6.1 Basic channel machine data...........................................................................2-203 2.6.2 Machine data for digitizing function.................................................................2-218 2.6.3 Machine data for grinding function..................................................................2-220 2.6.4 Channel auxiliary function settings .................................................................2-221 2.6.5 Transformation definitions in channel .............................................................2-226 2.6.6 Punching and nibbling ...................................................................................2-235 2.6.7 Channel-specific memory settings..................................................................2-238 2.7 Axis-specific machine data .............................................................................2-243 2.7.1 Configuration ...................................................................................2-244 2.7.2 Encoder matching ...................................................................................2-248 2.7.3 Closed-loop control ...................................................................................2-250 2.7.4 Reference point approach ..............................................................................2-257 2.7.5 Spindles ...................................................................................2-260 2.7.6 Monitoring functions ...................................................................................2-263 2.7.7 Safety Integrated ...................................................................................2-266 2.7.8 Travel to fixed stop ...................................................................................2-273 2.7.9 Axis-specific memory settings.........................................................................2-278 2.8 Setting data ...........................................................................................2-279 2.8.1 General setting data ...................................................................................2-279 2.8.2 Channel-specific setting data..........................................................................2-282 2.8.3 Axis-specific setting data ................................................................................2-287 2.9 Application-specific machine data ..................................................................2-292 2.9.1 Application-specific default values for ManualTurn.........................................2-292 2.9.2 Application-specific default values for ShopMill..............................................2-295 2.9.3 Settings for ShopMill tool management ..........................................................2-297 2.9.4 MDs for the sequence of measuring cycles with ShopMill..............................2-299 2.9.5 Application-specific standard values for ShopTurn.........................................2-299 2.9.6 Settings of the ShopTurn tool management ...................................................2-302 Lists 09.01 Contents © Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved viii Lists (LIS) - 09.2001 Edition 3 Variables ..3-307 3.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................3-310 3.1.1 General information ...................................................................................3-311 3.1.2 Module types ...................................................................................3-312 3.1.3 Variable types ...................................................................................3-314 3.1.4 Data types ...................................................................................3-316 3.2 System data ...........................................................................................3-318 3.2.1 Area N, Mod. Y: Global system data...............................................................3-318 3.2.2 Area C, Mod. Y: Channel-specific system data ..............................................3-327 3.2.3 Area N, Mod. PA: Global protection zones .....................................................3-332 3.2.4 Area C, Mod. PA: Channel-specific protection zones .....................................3-339 3.2.5 Area N, Mod. YNCFL: NCK instruction groups ...............................................3-346 3.3 State data of system .......................................................................................3-347 3.3.1 Area N, Mod. S: Global state data ..................................................................3-347 3.3.2 Area N, Mod. SALA: Alarms: List organized according to time, oldest alarm appears first ...............................................................................3-360 3.3.3 Area N, Mod. SALAP: Alarms: List organized according to priority ................3-362 3.3.4 Area N, Mod. SALAL: Alarms: Liste organized according to time, most recent alarm appears first ......................................................................3-364 3.3.5 Area N, Mod. SMA: State data: Machine axes................................................3-366 3.3.6 Area N, Mod. SEMA: State data: Machine axes (extension of SMA)..............3-368 3.3.7 Area N, Mod. SSP: State data: Spindle ..........................................................3-384 3.3.8 Area N, Mod. SSP2: State data: Spindle ........................................................3-387 3.3.9 Area N, Mod. FA: Global NCU active frames..................................................3-390 3.3.10 Area N, Mod. FB: Global NCU base frames ...................................................3-391 3.3.11 Area N, Mod. FU: Global NCU settable frames ..............................................3-393 3.3.12 Area N, Mod. YFAFL: NCK instruction groups (Fanuc) ..................................3-395 3.3.13 Area B, Mod. S: Mode-group-specific state data ............................................3-396 3.4 State data of channel......................................................................................3-397 3.4.1 Area C, Mod. M: Channel-specific machine data............................................3-397 3.4.2 Area C, Mod. S: Channel-specific status data ................................................3-398 3.4.3 Area C, Mod. SINF: Part-program-specific status data...................................3-420 3.4.4 Area C, Mod. SPARP: Part program information ............................................3-423 3.4.5 Area C, Mod. SPARPP: Program pointer in automatic operation ...................3-426 3.4.6 Area C, Mod. SPARPI: Program pointer on interruption .................................3-428 3.4.7 Area C, Mod. SPARPF: Program pointer for block search .............................3-430 3.4.8 Area C, Mod. SSYNAC: Synchronous actions................................................3-432 3.4.9 Area C, Mod. SYNACT: Channel-specific synchronous actions .....................3-435 3.4.10 Area C, Mod. SNCF: Active G functions .........................................................3-436 3.4.11 Area C, Mod. NIB: State data: Nibbling ..........................................................3-438 3.4.12 Area C, Mod. FB: Base frame.........................................................................3-440 3.4.13 Area C, Mod. FS: System Frame....................................................................3-441 3.5 Axis status data ...........................................................................................3-442 3.5.1 Area C, Mod. SMA: State data: Machine axes................................................3-442 3.5.2 Area C, Mod. SEMA: State data: Machine axes (extension of SMA)..............3-444 3.5.3 Area C, Mod. SGA: State data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory ...........3-461 3.5.4 Area C, Mod. SEGA: State data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory (extension of SGA) ...................................................................................3-464 3.5.5 Area C, Mod. SSP: State data: Spindle ..........................................................3-469 3.5.6 Area C, Mod. SSP2: State data: Spindle ........................................................3-472 3.5.7 Area C, Mod. FU: User frames .......................................................................3-475 3.5.8 Area C, Mod. FA: Active user frames .............................................................3-477 3.5.9 Area C, Mod. FE: External frames ..................................................................3-479 3.6 Drive status data ...........................................................................................3-480 3.6.1 Area H, Mod. S: Drive-specific state data (MSD)............................................3-480 09.01 Lists Contents 3.6.2 Area V, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (FDD)...........................................3-483 3.7 Tool and magazine data .................................................................................3-485 3.7.1 Area T, Mod. TO: Tool edge data: Offset data................................................3-485 3.7.2 Area T, Mod. TD: Tool data: General data......................................................3-488 3.7.3 Area T, Mod. TS: Tool edge data: Monitoring data .........................................3-491 3.7.4 Area T, Mod. TU: Tool data: User-defined data ..............................................3-492 3.7.5 Area T, Mod. TUE: Tool edge data: User-defined data...................................3-493 3.7.6 Area T, Mod. TG: Tool data: Grinding-specific data........................................3-494 3.7.7 Area T, Mod. TMC: Magazine data: Configuration data..................................3-496 3.7.8 Area T, Mod. TMV: Magazine data: Directory .................................................3-498 3.7.9 Area T, Mod. TM: Magazine data: General data .............................................3-499 3.7.10 Area T, Mod. TP: Magazine data: Location data.............................................3-502 3.7.11 Area T, Mod. TPM: Magazine data: Multiple assignment of location data ......3-504 3.7.12 Area T, Mod. TT: Magazine data: Location types ...........................................3-505 3.7.13 Area T, Mod. TV: Tool data: Directory ............................................................3-506 3.7.14 Area T, Mod. TF: Parametrizing, return parameters of _N_TMGETT, _N_TSEARC ...................................................................................3-508 3.7.15 Area T, Mod. TUM: Tool data: user magazine data ........................................3-512 3.7.16 Area T, Mod. TUP: Tool data: user magatine place data................................3-513 3.7.17 Area T, Mod. TUS: Tool data: user monitoring data .......................................3-514 3.7.18 Area T, Mod. AD: Adapter data.......................................................................3-515 3.7.19 Area T, Mod. AEV: Working offsets: Directory................................................3-516 3.7.20 Area T, Mod. TC: Toolholder parameters .......................................................3-519 3.7.21 Area T, Mod. TOE: Edge-related coarse total offsets, setup offsets...............3-523 3.7.22 Area T, Mod. TOET: Edge-related coarse total offsets, transformed setup offsets ...................................................................................3-524 3.7.23 Area T, Mod. TOS: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets...........3-525 3.7.24 Area T, Mod. TOST: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets, transformed ...................................................................................3-528 3.7.25 Area T, Mod. TOT: Edge data: Transformed offset data.................................3-529 3.7.26 Area T, Mod. TAD: Application-specific data ..................................................3-531 3.7.27 Area T, Mod. TAM: Application-specific magazine data .................................3-532 3.7.28 Area T, Mod. TAO: Application-specific cutting edge data .............................3-533 3.7.29 Area T, Mod. TAP: Application-specific magazine location data ....................3-534 3.7.30 Area T, Mod. TAS: Application-specific monitoring data.................................3-535 3.8 Machine and setting data................................................................................3-536 3.8.1 Area N, Mod. M: Global machine data............................................................3-536 3.8.2 Area A, Mod. M: Axis-specific machine data...................................................3-538 3.8.3 Area N, Mod. SE: Global setting data .............................................................3-539 3.8.4 Area C, Mod. SE: Channel-specific setting data.............................................3-540 3.8.5 Area A, Mod. SE: Axis-specific setting data....................................................3-541 3.9 Parameters ...........................................................................................3-543 3.9.1 Area C, Mod. RP: Arithmetic parameters........................................................3-543 3.9.2 Area C, Mod. VSYN: Channel-specific user variables for synchronous actions ...................................................................................3-544 3.10 Servo ...........................................................................................3-545 3.10.1 Area N, Mod. SD: ...................................................................................3-545 3.11 Diagnostic data ...........................................................................................3-546 3.11.1 Area N, Mod. DIAGN: Global diagnostic data.................................................3-546 3.11.2 Area C, Mod. DIAGN: Channel-specific diagnosis data..................................3-558 3.11.3 Area N, Mod. ETPD: Data lists for protocolling...............................................3-560 3.11.4 Area C, Mod. ETP: Types of events................................................................3-561 3.12 MMC status ...........................................................................................3-564 3.12.1 Area M, Mod. S: Internal status data MMC.....................................................3-564
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/
SIMODRIVE 611digital
Lists
Manufacturer/Service Documentation
09.2001 Edition
Overview of Functions
1
Lists of Machine and
2
Setting Data
3
4
PLC Blocks
5
Appendix: References
Lists
Variables
Interface Signals
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/
SIMODRIVE 611digital
A
Manufacturer/Service Documentation
Index
Valid for
Control
Software version
SINUMERIK 840D
6
SINUMERIK 840DE (export version)
6
SINUMERIK 840D powerline
6
SINUMERIK 840DE powerline (export version) 6
SINUMERIK 840Di
2
SINUMERIK 840DiE (export version)
2
SINUMERIK 810D
3
SINUMERIK 810DE (export version)
3
SINUMERIK 810D powerline
6
SINUMERIK 810DE powerline (export version) 6
SIMODRIVE 611D
4
09.2001 Edition
I
SINUMERIK® Documentation
Printing history
Brief details of this edition and previous editions are listed below.
The status of each edition is shown by the code in the " Remarks " column.
Status codes in the " Remarks " column.
A ....
B ....
C ....
New documentation.
Unrevised reprint with new Order No.
Revised edition with new status.
If factual changes have been made on a page since the last edition, this is indicated by a new edition
coding in the header on that page.
Edition
09.95
12.95
03.96
08.97
12.97
12.98
08.99
04.00
10.00
09.01
Order No.
6FC5 297-3AB70-0BP0
6FC5 297-3AB70-0BP1
6FC5 297-3AB70-0BP2
6FC5 297-4AB70-0BP0
6FC5 297-4AB70-0BP1
6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP0
6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP1
6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP2
6FC5 297-6AB70-0BP0
6FC5 297-6AB70-0BP1
Remarks
A
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
This manual is included in the documentation on CD-ROM (DOCONCD)
Edition
Order No.
Remarks
09.01
6FC5 298-6CA00-0BG1
C
Trademarks
SIMATIC©, SIMATIC HMI©, SIMATIC NET©, SIROTEC©, SINUMERIK© and SIMODRIVE© are trademarks of
SIEMENS. Other product names used in this documentation may be trademarks which, if used by third parties,
could infringe the rights of their owners.
Further information is available on the Internet under:
http://www.ad.siemens.de/sinumerik
This publication was produced with WinWord V 7.0 and Designer V 6.0
using the documentation tool AutWinDoc.
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is
not permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable
for damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or
registration of a utility model or design, are reserved.
Other functions not described in this documentation might be
executable in the control. This does not, however, represent an
obligation to supply such functions with a new control or when
servicing.
We have checked that the contents of this document correspond to the
hardware and software described. Nonetheless, differences might exist.
The information contained in this document is, however, reviewed
regularly and any necessary changes will be included in the next
edition. We welcome suggestions for improvement.
© Siemens AG 1995- 2001. All Rights Reserved.
Subject to change without prior notice.
Order No. 6FC5 297-6AB70-0BP1
Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany
Siemens-Aktiengesellschaft.
09.01
Lists
Preface
Preface
Notes for the reader
The SINUMERIK documentation is organized in 3 parts:
•
General Documentation
•
User Documentation
•
Manufacturer/Service Documentation
Target group
This document is intended for the manufacturers of machine tools
incorporating SINUMERIK 840D and SIMODRIVE 611D systems.
SINUMERIK 840D
powerline
Since 09.2001
•
SINUMERIK 840D powerline and
•
SINUMERIK 840E powerline
are available with improved performance. You can find a listing of available
modules in the hardware description /PHD/ in chapter 1.1.
SINUMERIK 810D
powerline
Since 12.2001
•
SINUMERIK 810D powerline and
•
SINUMERIK 810E powerline
are available with improved performance. You can find a listing of available
modules in the hardware description /PHD/ in chapter 1.1.
Objective
The Lists provide the information required for installation and startup.
Search aids
To help the reader, this guide offers not only a list of contents, but also the
following appendices:
1. List of References
2. Index
!
Important
This installation and startup guide is valid for software version 6.3.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.2001 Edition
v
Lists
Preface
09.01
The following notes have a special significance and are used in the
documentation:
Notes
Note
This symbol appears in the documentation whenever background information
is provided.
!
Warning notes
Important
This symbol appears in the documentation whenever attention has to be paid
to something of particular importance.
The following warning notes with different level of severity are used in this
publication:
!
Danger
!
Warning
!
Caution
This symbol appears whenever death, severe bodily injury or substantial
material damage will occur if the appropriate precautions are not taken.
This symbol appears whenever death, severe bodily injury or substantial
material damage can occur if the appropriate precautions are not taken.
This symbol appears whenever minor bodily injury or material damage can
occur if the appropriate precautions are not taken.
Caution
This warning (without warning triangle) appears whenever material damage
can occur if the appropriate precautions are not taken.
Notice
Notice indicates that an undesirable state or event may result if the
appropriate advice is not followed.
Technical notes
Trademarks
vi
IBM® is registered trademark of International Business Corporation.
MS-DOS® and WINDOWS™ is a registered trademark of Microsoft
Corporation.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.2001 Edition
09.01
Lists
Contents
Contents
1 Overview of Functions............................................................................................................1-11
2 Machine and Setting Data ......................................................................................................2-57
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
Explanatory notes on the machine and setting data .......................................2-59
General information
...................................................................................2-59
Handling of machine data ...............................................................................2-63
2.2
Drive machine data .........................................................................................2-66
2.3
Machine data for hydraulics module ...............................................................2-107
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
Machine data for operator panel .....................................................................2-122
Generally available MDs for operator panel....................................................2-122
Application-specific MDs for ManualTurn .......................................................2-140
Application-specific MDs for ShopMill.............................................................2-145
Applications-specific MDs for ShopTurn .........................................................2-151
2.5
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.5.4
General machine data ....................................................................................2-163
System settings
...................................................................................2-164
Override switch settings..................................................................................2-185
Central drive data
...................................................................................2-189
System specific memory settings ...................................................................2-191
2.6
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4
2.6.5
2.6.6
2.6.7
Channel-specific machine data.......................................................................2-202
Basic channel machine data...........................................................................2-203
Machine data for digitizing function.................................................................2-218
Machine data for grinding function..................................................................2-220
Channel auxiliary function settings .................................................................2-221
Transformation definitions in channel .............................................................2-226
Punching and nibbling ...................................................................................2-235
Channel-specific memory settings..................................................................2-238
2.7
2.7.1
2.7.2
2.7.3
2.7.4
2.7.5
2.7.6
2.7.7
2.7.8
2.7.9
Axis-specific machine data .............................................................................2-243
Configuration
...................................................................................2-244
Encoder matching
...................................................................................2-248
Closed-loop control
...................................................................................2-250
Reference point approach ..............................................................................2-257
Spindles
...................................................................................2-260
Monitoring functions ...................................................................................2-263
Safety Integrated
...................................................................................2-266
Travel to fixed stop
...................................................................................2-273
Axis-specific memory settings.........................................................................2-278
2.8
2.8.1
2.8.2
2.8.3
Setting data
...........................................................................................2-279
General setting data ...................................................................................2-279
Channel-specific setting data..........................................................................2-282
Axis-specific setting data ................................................................................2-287
2.9
2.9.1
2.9.2
2.9.3
2.9.4
2.9.5
2.9.6
Application-specific machine data ..................................................................2-292
Application-specific default values for ManualTurn.........................................2-292
Application-specific default values for ShopMill ..............................................2-295
Settings for ShopMill tool management ..........................................................2-297
MDs for the sequence of measuring cycles with ShopMill ..............................2-299
Application-specific standard values for ShopTurn.........................................2-299
Settings of the ShopTurn tool management ...................................................2-302
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.2001 Edition
vii
Lists
Contents
09.01
3 Variables ..................................................................................................................................3-307
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
Introduction
...........................................................................................3-310
General information
...................................................................................3-311
Module types
...................................................................................3-312
Variable types
...................................................................................3-314
Data types
...................................................................................3-316
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
System data
...........................................................................................3-318
Area N, Mod. Y: Global system data...............................................................3-318
Area C, Mod. Y: Channel-specific system data ..............................................3-327
Area N, Mod. PA: Global protection zones .....................................................3-332
Area C, Mod. PA: Channel-specific protection zones .....................................3-339
Area N, Mod. YNCFL: NCK instruction groups ...............................................3-346
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
3.3.10
3.3.11
3.3.12
3.3.13
State data of system .......................................................................................3-347
Area N, Mod. S: Global state data ..................................................................3-347
Area N, Mod. SALA: Alarms: List organized according to time,
oldest alarm appears first ...............................................................................3-360
Area N, Mod. SALAP: Alarms: List organized according to priority ................3-362
Area N, Mod. SALAL: Alarms: Liste organized according to time,
most recent alarm appears first ......................................................................3-364
Area N, Mod. SMA: State data: Machine axes................................................3-366
Area N, Mod. SEMA: State data: Machine axes (extension of SMA) ..............3-368
Area N, Mod. SSP: State data: Spindle ..........................................................3-384
Area N, Mod. SSP2: State data: Spindle ........................................................3-387
Area N, Mod. FA: Global NCU active frames..................................................3-390
Area N, Mod. FB: Global NCU base frames ...................................................3-391
Area N, Mod. FU: Global NCU settable frames ..............................................3-393
Area N, Mod. YFAFL: NCK instruction groups (Fanuc) ..................................3-395
Area B, Mod. S: Mode-group-specific state data ............................................3-396
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
3.4.6
3.4.7
3.4.8
3.4.9
3.4.10
3.4.11
3.4.12
3.4.13
State data of channel......................................................................................3-397
Area C, Mod. M: Channel-specific machine data............................................3-397
Area C, Mod. S: Channel-specific status data ................................................3-398
Area C, Mod. SINF: Part-program-specific status data...................................3-420
Area C, Mod. SPARP: Part program information ............................................3-423
Area C, Mod. SPARPP: Program pointer in automatic operation ...................3-426
Area C, Mod. SPARPI: Program pointer on interruption .................................3-428
Area C, Mod. SPARPF: Program pointer for block search .............................3-430
Area C, Mod. SSYNAC: Synchronous actions................................................3-432
Area C, Mod. SYNACT: Channel-specific synchronous actions .....................3-435
Area C, Mod. SNCF: Active G functions .........................................................3-436
Area C, Mod. NIB: State data: Nibbling ..........................................................3-438
Area C, Mod. FB: Base frame.........................................................................3-440
Area C, Mod. FS: System Frame ....................................................................3-441
3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.5
3.5.6
3.5.7
3.5.8
3.5.9
Axis status data ...........................................................................................3-442
Area C, Mod. SMA: State data: Machine axes................................................3-442
Area C, Mod. SEMA: State data: Machine axes (extension of SMA) ..............3-444
Area C, Mod. SGA: State data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory ...........3-461
Area C, Mod. SEGA: State data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory
(extension of SGA)
...................................................................................3-464
Area C, Mod. SSP: State data: Spindle ..........................................................3-469
Area C, Mod. SSP2: State data: Spindle ........................................................3-472
Area C, Mod. FU: User frames .......................................................................3-475
Area C, Mod. FA: Active user frames .............................................................3-477
Area C, Mod. FE: External frames ..................................................................3-479
3.6
3.6.1
Drive status data ...........................................................................................3-480
Area H, Mod. S: Drive-specific state data (MSD)............................................3-480
3.3.3
3.3.4
viii
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.2001 Edition
09.01
Lists
Contents
3.6.2
Area V, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (FDD)...........................................3-483
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.4
3.7.5
3.7.6
3.7.7
3.7.8
3.7.9
3.7.10
3.7.11
3.7.12
3.7.13
3.7.14
3.7.25
3.7.26
3.7.27
3.7.28
3.7.29
3.7.30
Tool and magazine data .................................................................................3-485
Area T, Mod. TO: Tool edge data: Offset data................................................3-485
Area T, Mod. TD: Tool data: General data......................................................3-488
Area T, Mod. TS: Tool edge data: Monitoring data .........................................3-491
Area T, Mod. TU: Tool data: User-defined data ..............................................3-492
Area T, Mod. TUE: Tool edge data: User-defined data...................................3-493
Area T, Mod. TG: Tool data: Grinding-specific data........................................3-494
Area T, Mod. TMC: Magazine data: Configuration data..................................3-496
Area T, Mod. TMV: Magazine data: Directory .................................................3-498
Area T, Mod. TM: Magazine data: General data .............................................3-499
Area T, Mod. TP: Magazine data: Location data.............................................3-502
Area T, Mod. TPM: Magazine data: Multiple assignment of location data ......3-504
Area T, Mod. TT: Magazine data: Location types ...........................................3-505
Area T, Mod. TV: Tool data: Directory ............................................................3-506
Area T, Mod. TF: Parametrizing, return parameters of _N_TMGETT,
_N_TSEARC
...................................................................................3-508
Area T, Mod. TUM: Tool data: user magazine data ........................................3-512
Area T, Mod. TUP: Tool data: user magatine place data................................3-513
Area T, Mod. TUS: Tool data: user monitoring data .......................................3-514
Area T, Mod. AD: Adapter data.......................................................................3-515
Area T, Mod. AEV: Working offsets: Directory................................................3-516
Area T, Mod. TC: Toolholder parameters .......................................................3-519
Area T, Mod. TOE: Edge-related coarse total offsets, setup offsets...............3-523
Area T, Mod. TOET: Edge-related coarse total offsets, transformed
setup offsets
...................................................................................3-524
Area T, Mod. TOS: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets...........3-525
Area T, Mod. TOST: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets,
transformed
...................................................................................3-528
Area T, Mod. TOT: Edge data: Transformed offset data.................................3-529
Area T, Mod. TAD: Application-specific data ..................................................3-531
Area T, Mod. TAM: Application-specific magazine data .................................3-532
Area T, Mod. TAO: Application-specific cutting edge data .............................3-533
Area T, Mod. TAP: Application-specific magazine location data ....................3-534
Area T, Mod. TAS: Application-specific monitoring data.................................3-535
3.8
3.8.1
3.8.2
3.8.3
3.8.4
3.8.5
Machine and setting data................................................................................3-536
Area N, Mod. M: Global machine data ............................................................3-536
Area A, Mod. M: Axis-specific machine data...................................................3-538
Area N, Mod. SE: Global setting data .............................................................3-539
Area C, Mod. SE: Channel-specific setting data.............................................3-540
Area A, Mod. SE: Axis-specific setting data....................................................3-541
3.9
3.9.1
3.9.2
Parameters
...........................................................................................3-543
Area C, Mod. RP: Arithmetic parameters........................................................3-543
Area C, Mod. VSYN: Channel-specific user variables for
synchronous actions ...................................................................................3-544
3.10
3.10.1
Servo
...........................................................................................3-545
Area N, Mod. SD:
...................................................................................3-545
3.11
3.11.1
3.11.2
3.11.3
3.11.4
Diagnostic data ...........................................................................................3-546
Area N, Mod. DIAGN: Global diagnostic data .................................................3-546
Area C, Mod. DIAGN: Channel-specific diagnosis data..................................3-558
Area N, Mod. ETPD: Data lists for protocolling ...............................................3-560
Area C, Mod. ETP: Types of events................................................................3-561
3.12
3.12.1
MMC status
...........................................................................................3-564
Area M, Mod. S: Internal status data MMC .....................................................3-564
3.7.15
3.7.16
3.7.17
3.7.18
3.7.19
3.7.20
3.7.21
3.7.22
3.7.23
3.7.24
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.2001 Edition
ix
Lists
Contents
09.01
4 Interface Signals .....................................................................................................................4-565
4.1
Data modules (DB) of the PLC application interface ......................................4-566
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.2.7
4.2.8
4.2.9
4.2.10
4.2.11
4.2.12
4.2.13
4.2.14
4.2.15
4.2.16
4.2.17
4.2.18
4.2.19
4.2.20
4.2.21
4.2.22
4.2.23
Interface signals from/to machine control panel .............................................4-568
Signals from/to machine control panel, M version ..........................................4-568
Signals from/to machine control panel, T version ...........................................4-570
Signals from/to slimline machine control panel...............................................4-571
Signals from/to handheld unit (HHU) ..............................................................4-572
Signals from/to handheld programming unit (HPU) ........................................4-574
PLC messages (DB 2) ...................................................................................4-575
Signals to NC (DB 10) ...................................................................................4-579
Signals from/to NCK/MMC (DB 10).................................................................4-584
Signals from/to mode group (DB 11) ..............................................................4-589
Signals for Safety SPL (safe programmable logic) (DB 18)............................4-591
Signals from/to operator panel (DB 19) ..........................................................4-595
PLC machine data (DB 20) .............................................................................4-600
Signals from/to NCK channel (DB 21–30) ......................................................4-601
Signals from/to axis/spindle (PLC→NCK) (DB 31–DB 61) .............................4-619
Interface for loading/unloading magazine (DB 71)..........................................4-627
Interface for spindle as change position (DB 72)............................................4-628
Interface for circular magazine (DB 73) ..........................................................4-630
Signals to/from ManualTurn............................................................................4-632
Signals to/from ShopMill .................................................................................4-636
Signals to/from ShopTurn ...............................................................................4-639
NC signals influenced by the ManualTurn application ....................................4-641
NC signals influenced by the ShopMill application .........................................4-643
NC signals influenced by the ShopTurn application .......................................4-645
5 PLC Blocks ..............................................................................................................................5-647
5.1
Overview of organization blocks .....................................................................5-648
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
Overview of function blocks ............................................................................5-649
ManualTurn
...................................................................................5-650
ShopMill
...................................................................................5-651
ShopTurn
...................................................................................5-652
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
Assignment of data blocks..............................................................................5-653
ManualTurn
...................................................................................5-654
ShopMill
...................................................................................5-654
ShopTurn
...................................................................................5-654
5.4
Assigned timers
...........................................................................................5-654
A Appendix .................................................................................................................................A-655
I Index..........................................................................................................................................I-669
x
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.2001 Edition
Overview of Functions
1
1.1
CNC controls
1-12
1.2
Positioning modules and controls
1-49
Note
The following overview of functions corresponds to chapter 2 of the catalog
NC60 edition 2000/2001. More resent versions of this catalog replace the
information laid down here. References in the form " see part i " refer to
catalog NC 60 part i and not to the chapters of the list manual.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) -09.01 Edition
1-11
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
Control assembly/application
Design
F
S SIMATIC S7Ć300
See ST 70 catalog
F
F
*
F
S SIMODRIVE 611
See Section 9
*
*
*
F
S SINUMERIK PCU
See Section 3
*
*
F
F
Drives
See Section 9
S SIMODRIVE 611 analog
*
F
*
F
F
S SIMODRIVE 611 digital
*
*
*
F
S SIMODRIVE 611 universal 2)
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
3)
S SIMODRIVE 611 universal E (via PROFIBUS)
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
*
*
F
S 1st mode group
F
F
F
F
S Maximum configuration
1
1
1
F
F
*
*
*
F
Processing channels
F
F
F
F
F
S Maximum configuration
1
1
1
F
F
*
F
3)
S SIMODRIVE POSMO A/CD/CA/SI
S FM STEPDRIVE (stepper motors)
See Section 9
Mode groups
S Each additional mode group
F
6FC5 251 - 0AD00 - 0AA0
1
1
1
S Each additional processing channel
6FC5 251 - 0AA07 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
Additional axis/spindle + channel
6FC5 251 - 0AD08 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
CNC user memory (buffered) for programs
and data in Mbytes
0.25
0.25
0.25
*
*
*
Free user memory on MMC 103/PCU 50 hard disk
for programs and data 1.0 GB
*
*
*
Axes/spindles or positioning axes/auxiliary spindles
F
F
F
5
F
F
F
F
F
F
S Maximum axis configuration
3
3
4
F
S Maximum spindle configuration
1
1
1
F
F
S Maximum axis and spindle configuration
4
4
5
F
S Axis configuration per channel,
4
1
4
1
5
1
*
*
*
F
F
F
Expansion of the CNC user memory in units in 0.5 MB steps
(max. 1.5 MB; for NCU 573.3, max. 2.5 MB)
6FC5 251 - 0AD02 - 0AA0
4
inc. spindles
Each additional interpolating axis/spindle 4)
6FC5 251 - 0AA03 - 0AA0
4
F
1) Available soon.
2) Controlled using analog or PROFIBUS interface.
3) Recommended.
1-12
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) Option if number of axes + spindles & gt; 5.
5) Via analog drive interface, available soon.
6) For positioning functions.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
*
*
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
ShopĆ
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
10
10
1
1
1
f
f
*
*
*
1)
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
*
F
F
*
*
f
f
f
f
f
f
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
2
2
1
1
10
10
7)
7)
F
*
f
f
f
*
*
f
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
2
2
2
2
10
10
7)
7)
F
*
*
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
*
*
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
F
F
0.25
F
F
F
F
1
F
2
F
1.5
1
F
0.5
1
F
0.5
1
F
0.25
1
F
0.25
1
F
10
10
10
f
f
10
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
*
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
1
F
2.5
2.5
8)
8)
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
6
5
9
9
2
6
31 10)
31 10)
31
31
31
31
31
5
2
3 12)
31 10)
31
31
31
31
31
1
1+C
2+2C
9)
5
5
F
F
1+1
1+1
11)
6
F
F
F
5
1
5
5
5
11)
F
5
9
9
2
6
31 10)
5
9
9
2
6
31 10)
31 10)
31
31
31
31
31
6
5 13)
6
1
5
1
9
9
9
9
2
2
6
6
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
6
1
5/6
2
f
*
f
f
*
f
f
f
F
7) With NCU system software 12 axes; max. 2 mode groups/2 channels.
8) With NCU 572.3: 0.25 MB.
9) Access to HD via MMC 103 HMI embedded software.
10) With NCU system software, 12 axes: 12.
11) Second spindle not with HSA motor.
12) 4 available soon.
13) 6 available soon.
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-13
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
Control assembly/application (continued)
Each additional positioning axis (axisĆspecific feed) or
auxiliary spindle (spindleĆspecific speed) 2)
6FC5 251 - 0AA04 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
Additional package: 4 processing channels and 13 axes
6FC5 251 - 0AD01 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
FM 354 connection as PLC positioning axis
See Section 5
*
*
*
F
FM 353 connection as PLC positioning axis
See Section 5
*
*
*
F
Max. number
1
4
6
F
F
Incremental rotary measuring systems with RS 422 (TTL)
F
F
F
3)
F
F
F
Compatible measuring systems
3)
LMS linear scale with current signal
S using external EXE
*
F
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 digital control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
S onĆboard
*
*
*
F
S using external EXE
*
F
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 digital control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 universal shaftĆangle encoder output
*
F
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 universal (linear drive)
*
*
*
F
F
F
S onĆboard
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 digital control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 universal control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
F
F
S onĆboard
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 digital control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 universal control plugĆin module
*
*
*
Absolute encoder connection with SSl interface
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 digital control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 universal control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
F
F
S onĆboard
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 digital control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 universal control plugĆin module
*
F
F
F
F
LMS linear scale with voltage signal sin/cos 1 VPP
F
LMS linear scale with distanceĆcoded reference marks
Rotary measurement system with distanceĆcoded reference marks
Absolute encoder connection with EnDat
Absolute/incremental encoder, built into 1FT6/1FK6
1) Available soon.
2) Option if number of axes + spindles & gt; 5.
3) For spindles only.
1-14
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) SINUMERIK 810D measurement channels and using SIMODRIVE 611
digital control plugĆin module.
5) Two measurement systems per axis.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
F
f
*
f
f
*
f
f
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
10
10
18
18
4
12
62
4)
5) 6)
5) 6)
5)
5)
5)
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
9)
*
*
*
F
F
F
1)
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
F
1)
*
F
Shop
Turn
7)
F
Manual
Turn
*
7)
Shop
Mill
5)
F
F
F
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
62
4)
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
F
F
F
HT 6
F
F
MMC
103
f
F
MMC
100.2
f
F
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
F
F
F
7)
7)
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
8)
8)
6)
6)
8)
8)
8)
8)
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
8)
6) Second measuring system for an axis using second axis
SIMODRIVE 611 universal.
7) Via analog drive interface, available soon.
8) For positioning functions.
9) Not as motor measurement system, for spindles or rotary axes for direct
position monitoring only.
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-15
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
S onboard
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 digital control plugĆin module
*
*
*
F
S using SIMODRIVE 611 universal control plugĆin module
*
*
*
Resolver built into 1FT6/1FK6
using SIMODRIVE 611 universal control plugĆin module
*
F
*
F
F
F
F
Dynamic block buffer (FIFO)
F
F
F
F
Look ahead
F
F
F
2)
2)
2)
F
F
*
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
Order No.
Compatible measuring systems (continued)
Incremental encoder with sin/cos 1 Vpp
F
CNC functionality: program functions
Program preprocessing
F
F
*
*
*
Axis/spindle exchange
*
*
*
Geometry axes, switchable online in the CNC program
*
*
*
FRAME concept
*
*
F
F
F
Inclined surface processing with FRAMEs
*
*
*
F
6FC5 251 - 0AC02 - 0AA0
CNC functionality: axis functions
Feed rate override from 0 % to 200 %
120
120
F
F
Feed rate override, axisĆspecific from 0 % to 200 %
*
*
F
F
Traversing range " 9 decades
F
F
Rotary axis turning continuously
*
*
F
F
F
F
Measuring system 1 and 2 switchable
*
*
*
F
Speed, maximum 300 m/s
12
F
Acceleration with jerk limitation
*
*
F
F
F
F
Programmable acceleration
*
*
F
Feed interpolation
*
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
F
Separate path feed for roundings and chamfers
Travel to fixed stop
6FC5 255 - 0AB02 - 0AA0
FollowĆup mode
Axis pair synchronization (gantry axes)
6FC5 255 - 0AB00 - 0AA0
Trail axes
*
*
*
F
MasterĆslave for drives 3) 4)
6FC5 251 - 0AC07 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
Analog axis 5)
6FC5 251 - 0AC06 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
Setpoint switch 3)
Tangential control
6FC5 251 - 0AB11 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
Path switch signals/cam controller
6FC5 251 - 0AB07 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
Link axis
6FC5 251 - 0AD10 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
6FC5 251 - 0AE01 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
4)
Axis container
1) Available soon.
2) With limited functionality.
3) Prerequisite: technology PC card.
1-16
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) Not available for NCU 572.3.
5) From the sixth axis, the option " each additional interpolated axis/spindle "
is available.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
f
f
f
f
f
f
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
*
*
f
F
f
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
F
F
*
*
f
f
*
*
f
f
1)
1)
4)
4)
6) For positioning tasks.
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-17
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Spindle speed, analog
F
F
F
F
F
Spindle speed, digital
*
*
Spindle speed, max. programmable value range:
REAL +/Ć 3.4028 ex 38 (display: +/Ć 999 999 999.9999)
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
Order No.
CNC functionality: spindle functions
2)
2)
120
120
F
F
5 gear stages
F
F
F
F
Automatic gear stage selection
Oriented spindle stop
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Spindle speed limitation (min. and max.)
F
F
F
F
Constant cutting speed
F
F
Spindle control using PLC (positioning, oscillation)
*
*
F
F
F
F
Switchover to axis operation
F
F
F
3)
3)
3)
F
F
InĆprocess axis synchronization
*
*
*
Thread runĆin and runĆout, programmable
F
F
F
F
F
ConstantĆlead thread cutting
F
F
F
F
Tapping with compensating chuck/rigid tapping
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
NURBS (nonĆuniform rational B splines)
universal interpolator
*
*
*
F
F
ContinuousĆpath mode with programmable rounding clearance
*
*
*
F
Linear interpolating axes (standard)
3
3
3
F
S Maximum
3
3
3
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
Spindle override from 0 % to 200 %
Synchronous spindle/multiĆedged turning
6FC5 255 - 0AB01 - 0AA0
CNC functionality: forms of interpolation
MultiĆaxis interpolation ( & gt; 4 interpolating axes)
6FC5 251 - 0AA16 - 0AA0
Circle via center point and end point
Circle via intermediate point
F
F
F
F
2D+1
Helical interpolation
2D+1
2D+2
F
Spline interpolation (A, B and C splines/compressor function)
6FC5 251 - 0AA14 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
Polynomial interpolation
6FC5 251 - 0AA15 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
Master setpoint coupling and curve table interpolation
6FC5 251 - 0AD06 - 0AA0
*
*
*
Electronic gear EG (linking of a slave axis in relation to upto 5 master axes
defined by a coupling factor)
6FC5 251 - 0AE00 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
Axial coupling in machine coordinate system
(MCSĆcoupling) 4)
6FC5 251 - 0AD11 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) Value range: 999 999.999.
3) SPOS and helical functions only.
1-18
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) Prerequisite: technology PC card.
5) Via analog drive interface, available soon.
6) Threaded bores only: axis + spindle.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
F
F
*
F
F
5)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
5)
F
F
840DE
NCU
561.2
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
*
F
f
F
f
F
f
1)
1)
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
4
4
4
4
1
4
4
4
F
4
5
4
9
2
4
4
12
F
F
F
*
f
*
f
*
*
*
f
F
F
*
F
F
F
6)
7)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
2D+2
2D+2
2D+2
2D+6
*
2D+2
2D+2
2D+6
F
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
f
F
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
f
F
*
f
f
f
*
f
f
f
8)
8)
*
f
f
9)
9)
*
f
8)
F
F
*
F
F
*
*
*
f
*
f
*
*
*
*
F
7) For handling only.
8) With limited functionality: see Section 12, " Glossary " .
9) For NCU 572.3, available soon.
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-19
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
CNC functionality: transformations
TRANSMIT/peripheral surface transformation
6FC5 251 - 0AB01 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
Inclined axis
6FC5 251 - 0AB06 - 0AA0
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
Linked transformations (TRAANG inclined axis
after TRAORI/universal milling head/TRANSMIT/TRACYL)
Processing package 5 axes 2)
6FC5 251 - 0AA10 - 0AA0
*
*
*
Handling transformation package
6FC5 251 - 0AD07 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
Measurement stage 1
2 probes (switching) with/without delete remaining distance
See Section 4
*
*
F
Measurement stage 2
(logging of measurement results, measurement functions
from synchronized actions, cyclical measurement)
6FC5 250 - 0AD00 - 0AA0
See Section 4
F
F
F
F
F
CNC functionality: measurement
6)
*
*
*
F
CNC functionality: technologies
Punching and nibbling functions
6FC5 251 - 0AC00 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
Reciprocating functions (blockĆrelated, blockĆindependent
and asynchronous)
6FC5 251 - 0AB04 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
Several feed rates in one block (e.g. for calipers)
*
*
*
Hand wheel override
*
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
F
Contour hand wheel
Electronic transfer
6FC5 250 - 0AD05 - 0AA0
F
CNC functionality: motion-synchronized actions
HighĆspeed CNC inputs/outputs
F
S 4 digital inputs/4 digital outputs onboard
*
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
S Expansion using SIMATIC S7 I/Os
*
*
*
Synchronized actions (max. 16) and highĆspeed auxiliary function output
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
S Expansion using NCU terminal block
See Section 5
32 digital inputs/32 digital outputs
ă8 analog inputs/8 analog outputs
32 digital inputs/32 digital outputs
ă4 analog inputs/4 analog outputs
Synchronized actions stage 2 (up to 256 parallel actions
per channel, technology cycles)
6FC5 251 - 0AD05 - 0AA0
F
1) Available soon.
2) Incorporates multiple axis interpolation option.
3) Prerequisite: technology PC card.
1-20
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) With limited functionality, see Section 12, " Glossary " .
5) Prerequisite: MCI board extension.
6) SINUMERIK 802D: 1 probe.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
F
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
*
*
f
F
f
F
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
f
F
F
F
F
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
F
F
*
f
*
f
*
*
*
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
3)
f
F
F
5)
f
F
5)
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
4) 5)
5)
4)
4)
4)
f
f
*
*
f
f
1)
1)
f
f
f
f
f
f
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
4)
F
F
F
*
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
*
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
f
f
*
f
f
f
4)
4)
F
F
F
F
4)
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
5)
5)
F
F
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
*
*
f
f
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
4)
4)
4)
4)
*
4)
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-21
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Positioning of axes and spindles using synchronized actions
(command axes)
*
*
*
F
F
Analog value control (prerequisite: analog output)
in IPO cycle
*
*
*
F
F
*
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
Order No.
CNC functionality: motion-synchronized actions (continued)
Path velocityĆdependent analog value output
(laser power control)
6FC5 251 - 0AC04 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
Rapid laser control signal 2)
6FC5 251 - 0AE74 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
6FC5 251 - 0AC05 - 0AA0
*
*
*
6FC5 251 - 0AB17 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
*
*
Distance control
S 1D in IPO cycle using synchronized actions
S 1D/3D in position control cycle (incl. in IPO
cycle) 2)
Evaluation of internal drive variables
(prerequisite for adaptive control)
Continuous dressing
(parallel dressing, online modification of tool offset)
Asynchronous subroutines (ASUPs) 3):
F
F
F
*
*
*
S interrupt routines with rapid lift from the contour
6FC5 251 - 0AA00 - 0AA0
*
*
*
Actions applying to more than one operating mode
(ASUPs and synchronized actions in all modes)
6FC5 251 - 0AD04 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
F
MMC OA package (OEM contract required)
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
NCK OA package (OEM contract required)
See Section 5
*
*
*
F
F
OA NCK compile cycles (runĆtime license)
See Section 5
*
*
*
HMI programming package (OEM contract required)
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
F
HMI configuration package (OEM contract required)
See Section 4
*
*
*
User interface extension (HMIĆAdvanced/HMIĆEmbedded)
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
F
Programming language (acc. to DIN 66 025 and higher level
language expansion)
Main program call from main program and subroutine
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Maximum subroutine level and interrupt routines
4/0
4/0
8/0
F
Subroutine throughput number v9999
F
F
F
Skip blocks (/0 to /...)
1
1
1
F
F
Polar coordinates
*
*
F
F
1/2/3 points
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
Open architecture
CNC programming: language
Metric/inch scale
Switchover by operation or programming
Inverse time feed
F
1) Available soon.
2) Prerequisite: technology PC card.
3) Rapid CNC inputs/outputs required.
1-22
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) Prerequisite: SIMATIC DP ET 200 analog module.
5) With limited functionality, see Section 12, " Glossary " .
6) 20 forms free.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
*
f
f
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
*
*
*
f
f
F
F
F
5)
5)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
1)
5)
F
F
F
Shop
Turn
f
f
5)
Manual
Turn
F
F
F
F
Shop
Mill
f
F
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
4)
F
F
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
f
4)
HT 6
4)
F
F
MMC
103
F
4)
MMC
100.2
F
F
F
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
f
f
f
5)
F
5)
F
F
*
5)
F
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
F
*
*
*
f
*
*
*
f
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
f
Z
f
Z
f
Z
f
Z
f
Z
f
Z
f
Z
f
Z
F
F
1)
*
*
f
1)
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
6)
F
f
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
6)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
11/4
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-23
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
F
F
F
2)
2)
*
*
F
S Configurable user variables
*
*
*
F
S Predefined user variables (arithmetic parameters),
F
F
F
F
F
S Read/write system variables
*
*
*
F
S Indirect programming
*
*
F
F
S Program jumps and branching
F
F
F
F
S Program coordination with WAIT, START, INIT
*
*
*
F
S Arithmetic and trigonometric functions
F
F
F
F
*
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
Order No.
CNC programming: language (continued)
Auxiliary function output
S by means of M word, maximum range of programmable values: INT +231-1
S by means of H word,
maximum range of programmable values: REAL +/-3.4028 ex 38
(Display: +/-999 999 999.9999) INT -231 to +231 -1
CNC higher level language with
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
configurable
S Comparison and logic operations
F
F
F
F
S Macro functions
*
*
*
F
S Check structures
*
*
*
F
F
S Commands to HMI
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
(IFĆELSEĆENDIF, WHILE, FOR, REPEAT, LOOP)
S STRING functions
Online ISO dialect interpreter
6FC5 253 - 0AE00 - 0AA0
S Program administration
S Administration of programs and workpieces in NCK
F
F
F
F
S Administration of programs and workpieces on the hard drive (HD)
*
*
*
F
S Administration of programs and workpieces on the disk drive
*
*
*
F
S Administration of programs and workpieces
*
*
*
100/*
100/*
100/*
F
F
F
S Templates for workpieces, programs and INI files
*
*
*
F
S Job lists
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
on the network drive
S Max. number of files per workpiece on NC/NC + HD
CNC programming: cycles
Technological cycles for drilling/milling and turning
See Section 4 and 5
3)
Pocket milling with free contour definition and islands
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
Pocket milling with free contour definition, islands and processing
of remaining material
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
Extended cutting functionality with blank component definition
(Contour computer)
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) M function: 1 to 99.
1-24
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
3) Included in basic package.
4) Prerequisite: SINDNC (optional).
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
F
F
F
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
F
F
*
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
250/*
250/*
310
310
250/*
250/*
250/*
250/*
*
*/310
*
*
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
f
F
*
f
F
F
F
F
1)
1)
5)
5)
5)
F
F
Z
j
j
1)
1)
F
F
Z
j
j
1)
1)
F
F
Z
j
j
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
Z
Z
*
F
*
1)
Z
Z
*
f
*
1)
*
4)
Z
Z
Z
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
f
*
f
f
f
*
f
4)
*/310 */310 */310 */310
*
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
F
*
F
*
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
f
*
f
*
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
*
f
F
5) Limited functionality.
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-25
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
CNC programming: cycles (continued)
Extended cutting functionality with blank component definition and
processing of remaining material
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
Measurement cycles for turning/milling
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Access protection for cycles
F
CNC programming: program support
Program editor:
F
S Text editor with editing functions,
F
F
F
F
F
S Text editor with display of working steps
*
*
*
S Write protection for lines
*
*
*
F
F
F
S Hiding of lines in the display
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
select, copy, delete, etc.
S Double editor
AutoTurn/AutoTurn PLUS
*
*
*
See Section 4
*
*
*
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Program support for geometry inputs
S Geometry processor with programming graphics/
free contour input
S Forms for 1/2/3 points
Program support for cycles
S Input screen forms and help screens
F
F
F
F
S Dynamic programming graphics during programming
*
*
*
F
S Expandable program support (e.g. customer cycles)
2)
2)
2)
F
F
Max. number of basic frames
1
1
1
F
Max. number of settable offsets
4
4
6
F
Parameters
Programmable zero point offsets (FRAMEs)
1
1
F
F
Scratch, determine zero point offsets
*
*
F
F
External zero point offsets (PLC)
*
*
*
Global and local user data
*
*
*
F
F
ProgramĆglobal user data
*
*
*
F
Display and log system variables
(also using display configured online)
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
Digitalize
See Section 5
F
1) Available soon.
2) On request.
3) Partially.
1-26
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) With display of working steps.
5) With " expand user interface " .
6) With " customer cycles " function.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
F
F
f
F
F
f
F
F
F
f
f
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
1)
1)
*
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
1)
3)
F
F
F
F
F
F
1)
F
j
1)
f
j
840DE
NCU
561.2
1)
3)
3)
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
*
*
F
F
*
*
Z
Z
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
6)
5)
F
16
16
j
j
16
16
16
16
1 7)
16
*
16
16
1
1
1
F
100
100
j
j
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
4
100
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
F
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
4)
F
7) 16 available soon.
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-27
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Up to n channels can be simulated sequentially
*
*
*
F
F
More than one channel and program can be executed on the same
blank one after the other
*
*
*
F
F
Simulation of program X
while program Y is being executed
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
*
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
Order No.
Simulation
Milling simulation 2)
S MultiĆsided dynamic 2D view
3)
S Static 3D view
S Milling/tracing simulation
*
See Section 3 and 4
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
Turning simulation 2)
F
S Travel path simulation without model (line drawing)
*
*
F
F
S Contour of blank can be set
*
*
*
F
S Simulation in G18 plane
*
*
F
F
S Simulation in G17 and G19 plane
*
*
*
F
S Full/partial step with rotary edges, back and cover surfaces,
*
*
*
S CounterĆspindle
*
*
*
F
F
F
milling and boring
S 3D simulation of finished workpiece (static/dynamic)
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
S Turning/tracing simulation
See Section 3 and 4
*
*
F
F
JOG
F
F
F
F
S HandĆwheel selection
F
F
F
F
S Metric/inch scale
*
*
F
F
S Safety integrated user enabling
*
*
*
F
S Manual measurement of zero point offset
F
F
F
F
S Manual measurement of tool offset
F
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
S Automatic/programĆcontrolled homing procedure
F
F
F
F
MDA
F
F
F
F
S Text edition input
F
F
F
F
S Save MDA program
*
*
*
F
S Input screen forms for technology and positioning,
*
*
*
F
F
Modes
S Automatic tool/workpiece measurement
See Section 4
cycle support
F
1) Available soon.
2) Tool holder perpendicular to workpiece.
3) Line drawing.
1-28
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) With NCU system software, 12 axes: 2.
5) Dynamic for PCU 50.
6) Prerequisite: measurement cycles.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
2
2
2
2
840DE
NCU
571.2
2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
10
10
4)
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
4)
F
F
1
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
F
Z
Z
j
j
F
Z
Z
*
*
F
Z
Z
j
F
Z
Z
j
F
Z
Z
F
Z
Z
F
F
F
Z
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
1
10
*
1
10
1
1
1
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
F
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
F
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
f
*
*
f
*
f
*
*
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
F
F
*
F
*
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
F
F
*
*
F
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
F
F
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
F
F
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
5)
*
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
F
f
*
*
*
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
*
f
*
*
f
F
*
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
6)
6)
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-29
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
Modes (continued)
Teach in
F
F
*
F
S Teach positions in MDA buffer
*
*
*
F
S Teach (record/playback)
F
F
*
F
S Teach in with handheld programming unit (HPU), type MPI/HT 6
*
*
*
F
Automatic
F
S Scanning of network drive
See Section 4
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
S Scanning of V24 interface
F
F
F
F
S Scanning of hard drive
*
*
*
F
S Overstore
F
F
F
F
F
S Program correction
F
F
F
F
S Overwrite
*
*
*
F
S DRF shift
*
*
*
F
S Block search with/without calculation
F
F
F
F
Repos (repositioning to contour)
F
S via operation/semiĆautomatic
F
F
F
F
S via program
*
*
*
F
Preset
*
*
*
F
Set actual value
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
Tool offset
Tool types
F
S Turning
S Boring/milling
F
F
F
F
S Grinding
*
*
*
F
S Sawing
*
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
Tool radius offset in the plane
S With approach and exit strategy
S With transition circle/ellipse at outside corners
F
F
F
Configurable interimediate blocks with active tool radius compensation
*
*
*
*
3D tool radius offset
*
*
Tool change using T no.
F
F
F
Tool holder can be oriented
*
*
*
F
F
6FC5 251 - 0AB13 - 0AA0
Look ahead function of contour violation
F
F
F
F
GrindingĆspecific tool offset with
grinding disk size speed
*
*
*
F
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) Prerequisite: SINDNC (option).
3) Available to a limited extent.
1-30
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 5
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
*
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
*
f
*
*
f
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
*
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F/*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
F
F
f
*
*
F
F
f
*
*
F
F
f
F
F
f
F
F
*
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
*
*
2)
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
*
f
*
f
*
F
*
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
2)
3)
F
F
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-31
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
Tool offset (continued)
Operation without tool management
F
F
F
F
S Tool offset selection via D number, no T allocation
*
*
*
F
F
S Editing of tool data
F
F
F
F
S Selection of tool correction via T and D number
F
F
F
F
S Data backup via V.24 interface
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
S System displays in the standard software
*
*
*
F
S UserĆfriendly startĆup via system displays
*
*
*
F
S Tool list
*
*
*
F
S Configurable tool lists
*
*
*
F
15/30
15/30
32/64
F
F
F
( " flat " D number)
Operation with tool management
S Number of tools/cutters in the tool list
6FC5 251 - 0AB12 - 0AA0
S Clear D number structure
F
F
F
F
S Tool offset correction using T and D number
*
*
*
F
S Editing of tool data
*
*
*
F
S Editing of OA data
*
*
*
F
S Magazine list
*
*
*
F
S Configurable magazine list
*
*
*
F
S More than one magazine possible
*
*
*
F
S Magazine data
*
*
*
F
S Search for empty location and location positioning
*
*
*
F
S UserĆfriendly search for empty location via softkeys
*
*
*
F
S Tool loading and unloading
*
*
*
F
S Several loading/unloading points per magazine
*
*
*
F
S Tool cabinet and tool catalog
*
*
*
F
S Loading and unloading using code carrier system
*
*
*
F
S Adapter data
*
*
*
F
S LocationĆdependent offsets
*
*
*
F
S SINTDI connection
*
*
*
S Data backup on hard disk
*
*
*
F
F
F
S Data backup via V.24 interface
*
*
*
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) For MMC 103/PCU 50; for MMC 100.2/PCU 20: 250/500.
1-32
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
1)
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
*
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
F
F
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
F
F
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1500
*
600/
1500
600/
1500
600/
1200
100/
1
600/
1200
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
1)
*
1)
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
j
j
2)
2)
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
*
32
32
3
*
3
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
F
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
1)
1)
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
F
*
F
F
f
f
j
j
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
F
*
F
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-33
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
Communication
Serial V.24 ports (RS 232C)
F
F
F
F
Parallel ports (Centronics)
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
Disk drive operation
See Section 4
MultiĆpoint interface (MPI)
*
*
*
F
Ethernet interface
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
Peripheral interface connection via PROFIBUSĆDP 2)
(software option)
6FC5 252 - 0AD00 - 0AA0
*
*
F
Data transfer between processing channels
*
*
*
F
F
F
Rapid NCĆPLC data transfer
*
*
*
F
Data backup to hard drive
*
*
*
F
F
Data backup to PC card
*
*
F
F
F
IT solutions for machine tools for control integration
SINDNC: NC program transfer across the network
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
DNC NTĆ2000: NC program archiving
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
SINTDI: tool management functions
See Section 4
*
*
*
WinBDE: machine and operation data logging
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
SINCOM: data transfer between CNC and master computer
See Section 4
*
*
*
WinTPM: support for service and maintenance
See Section 4
*
*
*
A & D Data Management: data management system
(prerequisite: SIMATIC STEP 7)
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Identification systems
Connection of:
F
S BALLUFF tool identification system
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
S MOBY E tool identification system
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
PLC WZV data distribution system for connection
to tool identification systems
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) For literature on PROFIBUSĆDB, see Section 11.
1-34
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
3) For positioning functions.
4) For MMC 103 module or PCU 50.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
4)
4)
4)
F
f
*
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
f
f
f
*
f
1)
5)
F
F
F
*
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
1)
1)
F
F
f
f
f
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
Z
j
j
1)
1)
j
j
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
Z
j
j
1)
1)
j
j
1)
1)
F
F
Z
Z
1)
F
Z
Z
F
f
F
F
Z
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
F
*
f
1)
5)
F
*
F
F
F
1) 4)
*
4)
4)
F
F
F
F
f
f
*
f
F
Z
Z
f
Z
Z
Z
4)
4)
f
f
f
f
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
f
*
f
4)
4)
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
*
f
*
*
*
1)
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
Z
F
F
F
5) SINDNC option required.
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-35
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
Operation
OP 015 operator panel monitors, 15 " color
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
OP 012 operator panel monitors, 12.1 " color
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
OP 010/OP 010C/OP 010S, operator panel monitors, 10.4 " color
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
PCU for operator panel monitors:
See Section 3
F
S PCU 20
*
*
*
F
S PCU 50 (with replaceable hard drive)
*
*
*
F
F
F
*
F
F
OP 020 operator panel, 6.7 " monochrome with complete CNC keyboard
See Section 5
SINUMERIK 802D operator panel, 10.4 " monochrome or color
See Section 5
*
*
F/f
OP 031 slimline operator panel, 9.5 " monochrome 10.4 " color
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
OP 032S slimline operator panel, 10.4 " color
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
OP 032 slimline operator panel, 10.4 " color
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
OP 030 slimline operator panel with system software
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
MMC modules for slimline operator panels
See Section 3
F
S MMC 100.2 module with operator interface system software
*
*
*
F
S MMC 103 module (with replaceable hard drive)
*
*
*
F
F
PCI/ISA adapter (2 PCI/ISA modules)
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
Disk drive (3.5 " /1.44 MB)
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
Connection for standard VGA monitor
See KT 61 catalog
*
*
*
F
Connection for OP7 operator panels
See ST 80 catalog
*
*
*
F
F
Connection for OP17 operator panels
See ST 80 catalog
*
*
*
F
F
Connection for SIMATIC HMI via PLC
*
*
*
F
F
One operator panel for up to eight NCUs
Two operator panels for up to four NCUs
*
*
*
F
F
Operator panel management per MMC/PCU
(up to 8 MMCs to up to 8 NCUs)
(Functionality: active, passive and displacement mechanism)
6FC5 253 - 0AE03 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
F
Handheld SINUMERIK HT 6 terminal
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
MPI handheld programming unit for handling
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
Mini handheld operation unit
See Section 3
f
f
f
F
BĆMPI type handheld operation unit
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
Electronic handwheels can be connected
See Section 3
2
2
3
F
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) Three CCUs to one operator panel. Two operator panels to one CCU.
1-36
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
3) Third handwheel can be operated as a contour handwheel.
4) Prerequisite: MCI board extension.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
Z
Z
f
f
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
1)
F
1)
*
1)
F
Z
Z
f
f
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
1)
F
1)
*
1)
F
Z
Z
f
f
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
F
F
1)
1)
F
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
F
*
1)
1)
f
F
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
f
f
1)
1)
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
*
F
*
*
*
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
*
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
*
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
*
*
*
*
f
f
*
F
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
f
f
*
f
f
f
f
f
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
*
f
*
*
f
F
F
F
Z
Z
f
f
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1)
1)
F
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
*
*
2)
2)
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
f
f
f
f
f
*
*
*
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
*
F
*
*
*
*
*
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
2/3
2/3
2
2
2/3
2/3
2/3
2/3
3)
3)
4)
4)
3)
3)
3)
3)
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-37
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
Operation (continued)
19'' machine control panel (MSTT) with LEDs
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
OP 032S machine control panel
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
Machine control panel (MCP)
See Section 5
F
F
f
F
PP 031ĆMC pushbutton panel
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
Horizontal/vertical CNC keyboard
See Section 5
*
*
F
F
F
2)
19'' complete CNC keyboard
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
OP 032S complete CNC keyboard
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
Standard PC keyboard (MFĆII)
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
5/0
5/0
8/8
F
Number of horizontal/vertical softkeys for user interfaces
Operator software runs under:
F
S MMC 100.2 module
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
S MMC 103 module
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
S PCU 20
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
S PCU 50
See Section 3
*
*
*
F
Plain text display of user variable
*
*
*
F
2D view of 3D protected areas/work areas
*
*
*
F
WorkpieceĆoriented actual value system (grinding)
*
*
*
F
CNC program messages
*
*
F
F
Screen dimmer switch
*
*
*
F
Access protection: 8 level
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
3)
3)
3)
F
F
Languages available in the system/changeable online (Ge/En)
European language addĆon (Ge, En, Fr, It, Sp) 4)
See Section 3
Asian language addĆon
S Standard Chinese
F
See Section 3
F
F
3)
3)
3)
F
S Simplified Chinese
F
F
F
3)
S Korean
*
*
F
3)
User interface with TRANSLINE 2000 HMI software
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) Included in basic package.
1-38
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
3) On request.
4) Other language addĆons available on request.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
F
f
f
f
f
840DE
NCU
561.2
f
840DE
NCU
571.2
f
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
f
f
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
8/8
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
*
*
*
*
F
F
*
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
Z
Z
*
*
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
F
*
1)
1)
f
F
Z
Z
F
F
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
*
*
f
f
1)
1)
f
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Z
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
f
f
*
1)
f
f
f
1)
3)
3)
F
F
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
f
f
*
1)
f
f
f
1)
3)
3)
F
F
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
f
f
*
1)
f
f
f
1)
3)
3)
F
F
Z
j
j
Z
Z
Z
Z
*
f
*
*
f
f
*
f
1)
1)
F
F
Z
Z
Z
F
F
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-39
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Working area limitation
*
*
F
F
Limit switch monitoring function
Software and hardware limit switches
F
F
F
F
F
2D/3D protection ranges
*
*
*
Contour monitoring function
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
Order No.
Axis monitoring functions
Contour monitoring function with tunnel function
*
*
*
Position monitoring function
*
F
F
F
F
Zero speed control
*
F
F
F
Clamping monitoring function
*
F
F
F
6FC5 251 - 0AB16 - 0AA0
F
Compensation functions
Backlash compensation
F
F
F
F
Leadscrew error compensation
F
F
F
F
Measuring system error compensation
F
F
F
F
F
Electronic weight compensation
6FC5 255 - 0AC00 - 0AA0
*
*
*
Beam sag compensation, multidimensional
6FC5 251 - 0AB15 - 0AA0
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
Manual quadrant error compensation
Automatic quadrant error compensation
(neural net)
6FC5 251 - 0AB14 - 0AA0
S Graphic check using circularity test with
MMC module or external PC
Temperature compensation
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
F
*
F
F
*
6FC5 251 - 0AA13 - 0AA0
Automatic drift compensation for analog speed setpoints
*
F
F
*
*
*
F
Feedforward control
S SpeedĆdependent
S AccelerationĆdependent
F
F
F
6FC5 250 - 0AA07 - 0AA0
F
1) Available soon.
2) Limited functionality.
1-40
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
3) With limited functionality, see Section 12, " Glossary " .
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
f
F
*
F
f
F
*
F
F
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
f
3)
3)
F
F
j
j
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
1)
F
F
F
Shop
Turn
F
F
Manual
Turn
F
F
Shop
Mill
F
F
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
f
F
F
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
F
F
F
HT 6
F
F
MMC
103
F
F
F
F
MMC
100.2
F
F
F
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
f
2)
F
F
F
F
F
F
3)
3)
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-41
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802S
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
PLC area
SIMATIC S7Ć200 (integrated)
F
F
F
F
See ST 70 catalog
*
*
*
F
See ST 70 catalog
*
*
*
Processing time, typically in ms/KA for bit commands 2)
1.8
1.8
0.4
PLC user memory in KB, inc. PLC basic program
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
Maximum configuration of PLC user memory in KB
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
4000
4000
6000
F
F
F
SIMATIC S7Ć300 CPU 314 (integrated)
CPU 315Ć2 (integrated)
Additional PLC user memory in 64 KB sections
6FC5 252 - 0AA03 - 0AA0
Additional ladder steps memory
PLC programming using HiGraph (additional package for STEP 7)
See ST 70 catalog
*
*
*
Programming tool
See Section 4
f
f
F
4)
Toolbox with PLC basic program, standard machine data
and CNC variable selector 6)
See Section 4
F
F
F
F
F
4)
F
F
F
Digital inputs 3)
S maximum
64
64
144
F
*
*
144
F
F
64
64
96
F
*
*
96
1024
1024
2048
F
F
Timers
16
16
32
F
Counters
32
32
32
FB, FC (number per type)
*
*
*
F
F
DB
*
*
*
F
Cyclic block
F
F
F
F
TimeĆcontrolled blocks
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
S with PROFIBUSĆDP: maximum
See ST 70/IK PI catalogs
Digital outputs 3)
S maximum
S with PROFIBUSĆDP: maximum
See ST 70/IK PI catalogs
Bit memories
Devices for PLC programming and program test
with PG 7 .../PC
See ST 70 catalog
f
f
f
Maximum number of I/O modules
(central configuration)
See Section 5
f
f
*
Distributed SIMATIC ET 200 I/O via PROFIBUSĆDP
See ST 70/IK PI catalogs
*
*
*
PP 72/48 I/O module
See Section 5
*
*
F
4
4
4)
F
F
F
Distributed I/O via PROFIBUSĆDP
S via CP342Ć5 DP, transmission rate up to 1.5 Mbit/s
S via integrated interface, transmission rate up to 12 Mbit/s
User machine data to configure the PLC user program
*
*
*
F
*
*
F
F
F
See " Communication "
F
F
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) 1 KA = 1024 statements, roughly equivalent to 3 KB.
3) Number is equal to the sum of inputs and outputs.
1-42
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
4) Included in basic package.
5) At least 16 slaves (max. 28, depending on complexity of slaves).
6) CNC variable selector not for SINUMERIK 802S/802C/802D.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
0.3
MMC
103
*
*
MMC
100.2
*
F
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
0.3
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
64
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
F
128
288
288
288
288
288
288
288
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
F
F
f
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
768
768
2048
2048
768
768
768
768
F
F
*
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
F
768
768
2048
2048
768
768
768
768
F
F
*
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
2048
4096
4096
4096
4096
4096
4096
4096
F
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
128
F
F
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
128
256
256
256
256
256
256
256
F
127
399
399
399
399
399
399
399
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
F
f
24
24
f
*
*
f
f
f
5)
5)
5)
1)
1)
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
24
24
24
24
f
f
f
f
f
5)
5)
5)
5)
5)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
f
F
F
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-43
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
802D
PCU
210
*
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802C
*
*
F
Order No.
Monitoring functions
Axis restriction from the PLC
Spindle speed restriction
F
F
F
F
Generator operation, driveĆindependent
6FC5 255 - 0AE00 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
Extended stop and retract ESR, driveĆindependent
(incl. generator operation)
6FC5 250 - 0AE01 - 0AA0
*
*
*
F
F
Tool and process monitoring 2)
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
PROFIBUS tool and process
monitoring 2)
F
Safety functions
SINUMERIK safetyĆintegrated safety functions for protecting
against personal injury and damage to machinery 3)
F
S Basic function for up to 4 axes/spindles
See Section 5
*
*
*
F
S Additional function for each axis/spindle from 5th axis/spindle onwards
See Section 5
*
*
*
F
F
Start-up
Integrated startĆup software for converter system
F
S SIMODRIVE 611 digital
*
*
*
F
S SIMODRIVE 611 universal
*
*
*
F
S SIMODRIVE 611 digital
*
*
*
F
S SIMODRIVE 611 universal
*
f
f
F
*
*
*
StartĆup trace
(drive optimization without additional oscilloscope)
F
F
F
SINUMERIK 840Di startĆup
(inc. SimoCom U and SinuCom NC)
*
*
*
StartĆup software for CNC (SinuCom NC)
*
*
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
StartĆup software on external PC/PG
User interface on PC/PG for startĆup or
online service without control panel
F
See Section 4
Series startĆup via a serial interface
F
F
F
F
Series startĆup by means of programming
of the PC card offline or online
*
*
F
F
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) Solution providers' product.
Prerequisite: technology PC card
(currently for ARTIS).
1-44
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
3) Prerequisite:
SIMODRIVE 611 digital with performance control, and additional
DMS input (the input for voltage signals is recommended) or
Standard 2 control with additional DMS input. NCU terminal block
with DMP compact modules.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
F
F
F
F
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3.
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
F
F
F
F
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
Shop
Mill
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
1)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
F
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
F
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
*
F
*
*
F
F
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
*
f
*
*
f
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
*
F
*
*
F
*
*
F
F
*
*
*
*
1)
1)
*
*
1)
1)
1)
1)
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1)
1)
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-45
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
F
f
Z
j
*
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 802
Standard
Option
Function dependent on operator software
Prerequisite: HMIĆAdvanced operator software
Not available
802S
Empty field: function not dependent on operator software
802C
802D
PCU
210
Order No.
Diagnostics functions
PLC status
F
F
F
F
LAD display
*
*
1)
F
HiGraph diagnostics or ProDiag (S7 GRAPH) for MMC module/
PCU 50 with TRANSLINE 2000 HMI software.
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
Remote diagnostics
See Section 4
*
*
1)
F
F
Alarms and messages
F
F
F
F
Travel plotter
*
*
*
F
F
Tools
SINUCOPYĆFFS for SIMATIC S7 PG 740
See Section 4
Programming language SIMATIC STEP 7
See Section 4
*
*
f
F
F
S Ladder diagram LAD
F
F
F
F
S Function block diagram FBD
*
*
*
F
S Statement list STL
*
*
*
F
SIMATIC STEP7 on MMC/PCU (for service functions)
*
*
*
F
F
F
Data backup (backup/restore) using Ghost software on the hard drive/
CDĆROM 3)
See Section 4
*
*
*
SpeedMill 810D/840D for industrial PC
See Section 4
*
*
*
F
F
Offline ISO dialect CNC program converter
On request
*
*
*
F
Offline SINUMERIK 800/840D CNC program converter
On request
f
f
f
F
F
1) Available soon.
2) Limited functionality.
1-46
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
3) With MMC 103/PCU 50.
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Lists 09.01
SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
810DE
CCU 1
810D
CCU 2
840DiE
PCU 50
840Di
PCU 50
1)
840DE
NCU
561.2
840DE
NCU
571.2
840DE
NCU
572.3
573.3
840D
NCU
572.3
573.3
Notes on operator software for 810D/840Di/840D
MMC
100.2
MMC
103
HT 6
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
F
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
1)
Manual
Turn
Shop
Turn
F
F
F
F
F
1)
1)
f
Shop
Mill
*
1)
HMIĆ
AdĆ
vanĆ
ced
*
F
HMIĆ
EmĆ
bedĆ
ded
1)
2)
F
F
f
f
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
j
j
F
F
F
F
f
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
F
Z
Z
f
f
Z
Z
Z
Z
F
f
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
f
F
F
*
F
F
F
F
F
*
f
*
*
f
f
f
f
3)
3)
3)
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
f
f
f
f
*
f
f
f
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
1)
1)
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
f
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
F
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-47
Overview of Functions
SINUMERIK CNC Controls
Overview of options
Lists 09.01
Overview of options
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Actions applying to more than one
operating mode
6FC5251Ć0AD04Ć0AA0
Measurement stage 2
6FC5250Ć0AD00Ć0AA0
Additional axis/spindle + channel
(for NCU 561.2)
6FC5251Ć0AD08Ć0AA0
Mode group (BAG), each additional
6FC5251Ć0AD00Ć0AA0
MultiĆaxis interpolation
6FC5251Ć0AA16Ć0AA0
Analog axis
6FC5251Ć0AC06Ć0AA0
Online ISO dialect interpreter
6FC5253Ć0AE00Ć0AA0
Asynchronous subroutines,
interrupt routines
6FC5251Ć0AA00Ć0AA0
Operator panel management
6FC5251Ć0AE03Ć0AA0
6FC5251Ć0AD11Ć0AA0
Path velocityĆdependent
analog value output
6FC5251Ć0AC04Ć0AA0
Axial coupling in machine
coordinate system
Path switch signals/cam controller
6FC5251Ć0AB07Ć0AA0
Axis container
6FC5251Ć0AE01Ć0AA0
6FC5255Ć0AB00Ć0AA0
Peripheral interface connection
via PROFIBUSĆDP
6FC5252Ć0AD00Ć0AA0
Axis pair synchronization
(gantry axes)
6FC5251Ć0AA03Ć0AA0
PLC user memory, expansion
in 64 KB
6FC5252Ć0AA03Ć0AA0
Axis/spindle, interpolating,
each additional
Polynomial interpolation
6FC5251Ć0AA15Ć0AA0
Beam sag compensation,
multidimensional
6FC5251Ć0AB15Ć0AA0
Positioning axis/auxiliary spindle,
each additional
6FC5251Ć0AA04Ć0AA0
CNC user memory, expanded
in units in 0.5 MB steps
6FC5251Ć0AD02Ć0AA0
Processing channel, each additional
6FC5251Ć0AA07Ć0AA0
Contour monitoring with
tunnel function
6FC5251Ć0AB16Ć0AA0
Processing channels (4) and
axes (13) as package
6FC5251Ć0AD01Ć0AA0
Distance control 1D/3D in position
control cycle
6FC5251Ć0AC05Ć0AA0
Processing package, 5 axes
6FC5251Ć0AA10Ć0AA0
Program preprocessing
6FC5251Ć0AC02Ć0AA0
Electronic gear
6FC5251Ć0AE00Ć0AA0
Punching and nibbling functions
6FC5251Ć0AC00Ć0AA0
Electronic transfer
6FC5250Ć0AD05Ć0AA0
6FC5255Ć0AC00Ć0AA0
Quadrant error compensation,
automatic
6FC5251Ć0AB14Ć0AA0
Electronic weight compensation
Evaluation of internal drive
variables
6FC5251Ć0AB17Ć0AA0
Rapid laser control signal
6FC5251Ć0AE74Ć0AA0
Reciprocating functions
6FC5251Ć0AB04Ć0AA0
Extended stop and retract,
driveĆindependent
6FC5250Ć0AE01Ć0AA0
Spline interpolation
6FC5251Ć0AA14Ć0AA0
Feedforward control,
accelerationĆdependent
6FC5250Ć0AA07Ć0AA0
Synchronized actions stage 2
6FC5251Ć0AD05Ć0AA0
6FC5255Ć0AB01Ć0AA0
Generator operation,
driveĆindependent
6FC5255Ć0AE00Ć0AA0
Synchronous spindle/
multiĆedged turning
Tangential control
6FC5251Ć0AB11Ć0AA0
Handling transformation package
6FC5251Ć0AD07Ć0AA0
Temperature compensation
6FC5251Ć0AA13Ć0AA0
Inclined axis
6FC5251Ć0AB06Ć0AA0
Tool management
6FC5251Ć0AB12Ć0AA0
Link axis
6FC5251Ć0AD10Ć0AA0
Tool radius offset , 3D
6FC5250Ć0AB13Ć0AA0
Master setpoint coupling and
curve table interpolation
6FC5251Ć0AD06Ć0AA0
TRANSMIT/peripheral
surface transformation
6FC5251Ć0AB01Ć0AA0
MasterĆslave for drives
6FC5251Ć0AC07Ć0AA0
Travel to fixed stop
6FC5255Ć0AB02Ć0AA0
1-48
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
Overview of Functions
Positioning Modules/Controller
Lists (LIS) 09.01
F:
f:
Standard
Option
FM 353
positioning
module
FM 354
positioning
module
FM 357-2
positioning
module
Assembly/application
Design
S SIMATIC S7Ć300
F
F
F
Axes per module
1
1
4
Channels per module
1
1
4
4 interpolating axes, maximum
*
*
F
Max. axes per SIMATIC PLC
1)
1)
Drives
S FM STEPDRIVE
S SIMODRIVE 611 analog
S SIMODRIVE 611 universal
F
*
*
*
F
F
F
F
F
Control of stepper motor drives
F
*
F
*
F
F 2)
3
4
Compatible measuring systems
Indirect measuring systems
S Incremental rotary measuring systems
via RS 422
S Absolute rotary measuring systems with SSI
*
F
F 2)
Direct measuring systems
S Incremental rotary measuring systems via RS 422
*
F
F2)
S Absolute rotary measuring systems with SSI
*
F
F 2)
S Absolute linear scale with SSI
*
F
F 2)
1) Depending on the requirements and the design of the module holder.
2) Also in conjunction with stepper drives.
Siemens CA 01 · 04/2001
1-49
Overview
of
Functions
Positioning Modules/Controller
Lists (LIS) 09.01
F:
f:
Standard
Option
FM 353
positioning
module
FM 354
positioning
module
FM 357-2
positioning
module
Functionality
Traversing range " 1000 m (3280 ft)
F
F
F
Velocity in mm/min
*
0.01 to
500 000
0.001 to
& gt; 10 000 000
Max. stepping frequency in kHz
200
*
250
*
0.001 to 100
0.001 to 100
0.01 to
10 000
*
0.001 to 100
*
0 to 10
0 to 10
10-3
10-4
10-2,10-4
10-3
10-4
10-2,10-4
10-3
10-4
10-2,10-4
PositionĆcontrolled operation
*
F
F
Controlled operation with stepper drives
F
*
F
Position control clock cycle in ms
*
2
2
IPO clock cycle in ms
2
2
6 to 9
Rotary axis
F
F
F
Automatic block search/reverse block search
F
F
F
Programmable acceleration
F
F
F
HighĆspeed process signals
S Inputs
S Outputs
4
4
4
4
12
8 1)
Possible assignment of highĆspeed inputs:
S External start
F
F
F
S Enable input (stop)
F
F
F
S External block change
F
F
*
S InĆprocess actual value setting
F
F
*
S InĆprocess measurement
F
F
F
S ReferenceĆpoint switch
F
F
F
S Reversing cam
F
F
F
Possible assignment of highĆspeed outputs:
F
F
2)
Acceleration in m/s2
Acceleration in kHz/s for stepper drives
Jerk time in s
Basic resolution
S in millimeters
S in inches
S in degrees
S Position reached stop
S Forwards, reverse
S M function output M97/M98
S Start enable
S Direct output (for users)
1) Expandable using local bus segment.
2) Usable with I/O from local bus segments.
1-50
Siemens CA 01 · 04/2001
Overview of Functions
Positioning Modules/Controller
Lists (LIS) 09.01
F:
f:
Standard
Option
FM 353
positioning
module
FM 354
positioning
module
FM 357-2
positioning
module
CNC programming
F
F
F
199
199
F
3)
3)
4)
100
100
4)
F
F
F
3)
3)
4)
1
1
7
Maximum number of subroutine passes
250
250
v 9999
Max. number of different subroutines
from one program
20
20
4)
Dimensions in mm, degrees, inches
F
F
F
Skip block
F
F
F
Subroutines
F
F
F
Continuous loop with M18
F
F
F
ActualĆvalueĆspecific M function
F
F
F
M function, time/acknowledgmentĆcontrolled
F
F
F
Syntax check
F
F
F
FM Param
*
FM Param
*
FM Param
I/O bus, S7ĆCPU ´ FM
F
F
F
Software technology module for communication
between the CPU and the positioning module
F
F
F
MultiĆpoint interface MPI
S Via SIMATIC S7ĆCPU
F
F
F
Networking with PROFIBUSĆDP via SIMATIC S7 CP 342Ć5 DP
f
f
f
PROFIBUSĆDP with motion control
*
*
F
Programming language (acc. to DIN 66025)
Number of traversing programs
Max. program length in blocks
Max. block capacity per module
Maximum subroutine levels
Communication
User data backup on PG of
S Hard disk, floppy disk
S Memory card
F
5)
SIMODRIVE drive interface
*
" 10 V
" 10 V
FM STEPDRIVE drive interface
(stepping frequency, directional signal)
F
*
F
Data interchange via memory card
*
*
F
3) Limited by program memory (16 KB).
4) Limited by program memory (900 KB).
5) Not for FM 357Ć2H.
Siemens CA 01 · 04/2001
1-51
Overview of Functions
Positioning Modules/Controller
Lists (LIS) 09.01
F:
f:
Standard
Option
FM 353
positioning
module
FM 354
positioning
module
FM 357-2
positioning
module
Operation
Standard forms for OP27
F
1)
F
F
F
1)
Standard forms for OP17
F
1)
Standard forms for OP7
F
1)
1)
*
*
f
2)
Operating modes and machine functions
Relative incremental dimension
F
F
F
Jog
F
F
F
Control
F
F
F
2)
MDI
F
F
F
Automatic
F
F
F
ReferenceĆpoint approach
F
F
F
FollowĆup mode
*
F
F
Parking axis
F
F
F
Simulation
F
F
F
Linear measurement
F
F
F
ReferenceĆpoint retrigger
F
F
F
Switch off input enable
F
F
F
Disable software limit switch
F
F
F
InĆprocess measurement
F
F
F
Disable automatic drift compensation
*
F
F
Preset (set actual value)
F
F
F
Block search/reverse block search
F
F
F
Teach in
F
F
F
3)
2)
Delete distanceĆtoĆgo
F
F
F
Restart
F
F
F
1) Included in configuration package.
2) On request.
1-52
Siemens CA 01 · 04/2001
3) Not for FM 357Ć2L.
Overview of Functions
Positioning Modules/Controller
Lists (LIS) 09.01
F:
f:
Standard
Option
FM 353
positioning
module
FM 354
positioning
module
FM 357-2
positioning
module
Offsets and reference points
20 tool offsets
F
F
F
Tool offsets 1 length + 1 wear (add./abs.)
F
F
F
Zero offset
F
F
F
Reference point offset
F
F
F
Automatic drift compensation for analog speed setpoints
*
F
F
Backlash compensation
F
F
F
Software limit switch monitoring function
F
F
F
Position monitoring function
*
F
F
Zero speed monitoring function
*
F
F
Rotation monitoring function
F
*
F
Data transmission with verification
F
F
F
Limiting value
F
F
F
Following error
*
F
F
Cable break
*
F
F
Setpoint
F
F
F
Watchdog
F
F
F
from CPU 312
from CPU 312
from CPU 314
IFM
PLC programming with HiGraph
STEP 7 expansion package
*
*
f
S7 technology modules
f
f
f
Maximum digital inputs/outputs
992
992
992
Maximum number of I/O modules
31
31
31
2048
2048
2048
128/64
128/64
128/64
Axis monitoring functions
PLC area
FM usable in SIMATIC S7Ć300
Bit memories
Timers/counters
Siemens CA 01 · 04/2001
1-53
Overview of Functions
Positioning Modules/Controller
Lists (LIS) 09.01
F:
f:
Standard
Option
FM 353
positioning
module
FM 354
positioning
module
FM 357-2
positioning
module
0.3 ms
0.6 ms
0.3 ms
0.6 ms
0.3 ms
0.6 ms
128
128
128
Cyclic block
F
F
F
TimeĆcontrolled blocks
F
F
F
STEP 7 programming language
F
F
F
Programming STL, SCL, LAD/FBD
F
F
F
Devices for PLC programming and program test
PG 7../PC
PG 7../PC
PG 7../PC
Memory card (flash EPROM)
CPU 314
CPU 315
CPU 314
CPU 315
CPU 314 IFM
CPU 315
CPU 316
CPU 318Ć2
PLC status
F
F
F
Diagnostics buffer with output of:
S Error codes
F 1)
F 1)
F 1)
Servo alarms
F
F
F
Diagnostics alarms and messages
F
F
F
PG 720, PG 740, PG 760 programming devices
f
f
f
PC with MPI card
f
f
f
WindowsĆbased startĆup tool
F
F
F
Configuration via SIMATIC STEP 7
F
F
F
StartĆup functions
S Measuring functions
*
*
F
PLC area (continued)
Processing time (1024 statements)
S Typical bit commands
S 1/3 word and 2/3 bit commands
FB/FC/DB for each type
Diagnostics functions
Parameterization/start-up
1) The last 5 events.
1-54
Siemens CA 01 · 04/2001
Overview of Functions
CNC Controls, Positioning Module
Lists (LIS) 09.01
Control versions - export and standard
Export/standard versions
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Because of the export regulations in place for the system
software of numerical controls with respect to certain
control functions, in accordance with the European/German
export list, the SINUMERIK 810D, SINUMERIK 840Di,
SINUMERIK 840D and the FM 357Ć2 positioning module
are available in two different versions.
For the SINUMERIK 810D, this applies to the CCU compoĆ
nents with integrated system software, to the NCK system
software for SINUMERIK 840Di, to the NCU system software
for SINUMERIK 840D and to the system firmware for the
FM 357Ć2 positioning module.
The standard versions of SINUMERIK 810D/840D/840Di
and the FM 357Ć2LX and FM 357Ć2H positioning modules
incorporate the full functionality of the controller, but are subject to approval if exported to countries outside the EU.
The export versions of SINUMERIK 802S/802C/802D/810DE/
840DiE/840DE and the FM 357Ć2L positioning module have
limited functionality in accordance with the export regulations,
so they are not subject to approval in accordance with EU and
German law with regard to their " type " .
The approval status for the complete CNC system depends on
the controller or control version used.
Note:
If a reĆexport approval requirement in accordance with US law
applies to certain components, this must also be observed.
Information on which of the components supplied are subject to
authorization can be found in the delivery documentation. (ExĆ
port code " AL " under EU and German law and " ECCN " under
US law). Similarly, any resulting approval requirement may need
to be observed with regard to the final location and purpose.
Function restrictions for the export versions
Function
Order No.
802S
802C
802D
810DE
840DiE 840DE
FM 357-2L
1)
Continuous dressing
F
*
U
U
U
*
InĆprocess measurement
F
*
*
*
*
*
Helical interpolation 2D+6
F
*
*
*
*
*
Distance control 1D/3D in position control cycle
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AC05ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
*
*
*
*
Evaluation of internal drive variables
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AB17ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
U
*
U
*
Processing package, 5 axis
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AA10ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
*
*
*
*
Beam sag compensation, multidimensional
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AB15ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
U
U
U
*
Electronic transfer
6FC5Ă250ĂĆĂ0AD05ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
*
U
U
*
Master setpoint coupling and curve table interpolation
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AD06ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
*
U
U
*
MultiĆaxis interpolation ( & gt; 4 interpolating axes)
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AA16ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
*
*
*
*
Measurement stage 2
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AD00ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
U
U
U
*
OA NCK compile cycles
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AA20ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
*
*
*
*
Synchronized actions stage 2
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AD05ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
U
U
U
*
Handling transformation package
6FC5Ă251ĂĆĂ0AD07ĂĆĂ0AA0
*
*
*
*
*
F
U
*
Standard
Limited functionality
Not available
1) Available soon.
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
1-55
Overview of Functions
CNC Controls, Positioning Module
Lists (LIS) 09.01
Control versions - export and standard
Because export of the standard versions (components/sysĆ
tem) is subject to a timeĆintensive official approval procedure
that also applies to the delivery of the components requiring
approval as part of service and spare parts supply. The export versions should be used whenever possible.
If standard versions are used, special care must be taken in
order to ensure that approval requirements also apply to exĆ
port components requiring approval in spare parts deliveries.
This applies in particular to controls that have been built into
machine tools by the machine manufacturer which can then
be exported, exempt from export license. The long official
approval procedures that this entails can greatly restrict
quality service.
If the control built into the machine tool is to be exported, it is
recommended that the delivery of those spare parts which
require approval be included as a precautionary measure in
the approval application at the time of procurement by the
machine manufacturer.
1-56
Siemens NC 60 · 2000/2001
ÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁÁ
Important export notes:
However, if the machine is exempt from approval, it is still reĆ
commended as a precautionary measure, that an approval apĆ
plication be procured for the delivery of spare parts requiring
approval.
The delivery of spare parts requiring approval can be made
quickly and free of complication by the manufacturer, or by
Siemens if the manufacturer provides Siemens with the original
approval document.
Machine and Setting Data
2
2.1 Explanatory notes on the machine and setting data ................................................2-59
2.1.1 General information
.....................................................................................2-59
2.1.2 Handling of machine data .....................................................................................2-63
2.2
Drive machine data
...........................................................................................2-66
2.3
Machine data for hydraulics module ........................................................................2-107
2.4 Machine data for operator panel ..............................................................................2-122
2.4.1 Generally available MDs for operator panel..........................................................2-122
2.4.2 Application-specific MDs for ManualTurn..............................................................2-140
2.4.3 Application-specific MDs for ShopMill...................................................................2-145
2.4.4 Applications-specific MDs for ShopTurn ...............................................................2-151
2.5 General machine data ...........................................................................................2-163
2.5.1 System settings
.....................................................................................2-164
2.5.2 Override switch settings .....................................................................................2-185
2.5.3 Central drive data
.....................................................................................2-189
2.5.4 System specific memory settings..........................................................................2-191
2.6 Channel-specific machine data................................................................................2-202
2.6.1 Basic channel machine data.................................................................................2-203
2.6.2 Machine data for digitizing function.......................................................................2-218
2.6.3 Machine data for grinding function........................................................................2-220
2.6.4 Channel auxiliary function settings .......................................................................2-221
2.6.5 Transformation definitions in channel ...................................................................2-226
2.6.6 Punching and nibbling
.....................................................................................2-235
2.6.7 Channel-specific memory settings ........................................................................2-238
2.7 Axis-specific machine data ......................................................................................2-243
2.7.1 Configuration
.....................................................................................2-244
2.7.2 Encoder matching
.....................................................................................2-248
2.7.3 Closed-loop control
.....................................................................................2-250
2.7.4 Reference point approach.....................................................................................2-257
2.7.5 Spindles
.....................................................................................2-260
2.7.6 Monitoring functions
.....................................................................................2-263
2.7.7 Safety Integrated
.....................................................................................2-266
2.7.8 Travel to fixed stop
.....................................................................................2-273
2.7.9 Axis-specific memory settings...............................................................................2-278
2.8 Setting data
...........................................................................................2-279
2.8.1 General setting data
.....................................................................................2-279
2.8.2 Channel-specific setting data................................................................................2-282
2.8.3 Axis-specific setting data .....................................................................................2-287
2.9 Application-specific machine data ...........................................................................2-292
2.9.1 Application-specific default values for ManualTurn...............................................2-292
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-57
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.9.2
2.9.3
2.9.4
2.9.5
2.9.6
2-58
09.01
Application-specific default values for ShopMill ....................................................2-295
Settings for ShopMill tool management ................................................................2-297
MDs for the sequence of measuring cycles with ShopMill ....................................2-299
Application-specific standard values for ShopTurn...............................................2-299
Settings of the ShopTurn tool management .........................................................2-302
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.1
Explanatory notes on the machine and setting data
2.1.1
General information
Data in the lists
Apart from the Identifier and Name/Other information, the lists of machine and
setting data also include the following information:
Number
The number of the data is displayed when it is listed on the MMC. This number
is output when the data is saved if MD 11230: MD_FILE_STYLE has been set
correspondingly.
Cross reference
The data is described in detail in the specified description of functions or guide
(see section headed “References”).
Active
A change to the data becomes active after
•
POWER ON (po) “RESET” key on the front panel of the NCU module
•
NEW_CONF (cf) - “Activate MD” softkey on MMC
- “RESET” key on the control unit
- Changes possible at block boundaries in
program mode
•
RESET
at end of program M2/M30
•
RESET (re)
“RESET” key on the control unit
•
IMMEDIATELY (so)
After input of the value
The activation levels are listed above in order of priority.
Protection levels
Protection levels are indicated by numbers with the following meanings:
0 or 10: SIEMENS
1 or 11: OEM-HIGH
2 or 12: OEM-LOW
3 or 13: End user
4 or 14: Keyswitch position 3
5 or 15: Keyswitch position 2
6 or 16: Keyswitch position 1
7 or 17: Keyswitch position 0.
Complete protection:
The numbers within the range from 0 to 7 determine that assigned data in the
NC program and in the MDA mode cannot be overwritten or read.
Conditional protection:
The numbers within the range from 10 to 17 determine only for user data
(GUD) that assigned data in the NC program and in the MDA mode can be
overwritten or read.
The operation and display are always protected for both protection levels.
The interlock for protection levels 0 to 3 can be canceled by setting a
password, the interlocks 4 to 7 can be canceled via keyswitch position.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-59
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
The user has only access to information which corresponds to the current
protection level and to lower protection levels. The machine data are assigned
varying protection levels as standard function.
The user can change the priority of the protection levels. In the machine data,
only low priority protection levels can be specified, but higher priority levels can
be specified in the setting data.
The following passwords are used for redefinition by the user:
APR (Access protection read) indicate read authorization
APW (Access protection write) indicate write authorization.
After the password, you will find the protection level to be set in each case as
number.
Example 1: Change rights for individual MDs
%_N_SGUD_DEF
File for global variables
;$PATH=/_N_DEF_DIR
REDEF $MA_CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR APR 2 APW 2
REDEF $MA_ENC_SEGMENT_NR APR 2 APW 2
REDEF $SN_JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD APR 2 APW 2
M30
Example 2:
Set rights for a module from the user data (GUD)
(conditional protection)
%_N_GUD6_DEF
;$PATH=/_N_DEF_DIR
APR 15 APW 12 ;Protection levels for all following variables,
;the following variables are not protected
;if nothing is indicated here
DEF CHAN REAL CORRVAL
DEF NCK INT MYCOUNT
...
M30
The file becomes active when the next _N_INITIAL_INI is read in.
Various protection levels are specified for writing (changing) or reading (part
program or PLC). In the section lists of this document, the protection levels per
machine data are indicated in the form of i/j.
Example:
MD 10000 has protection level 2/7, i.e. protection level 2 (corresponding to
password) is required to write data and protection level 7 to read data.
In order to get into the machine data area, keyswitch position 3 is required at
least.
References:
Unit
/PGA/, Programming Guide, Section 1.5
/FB/, A2, " Various Interface Signals "
/BA/, Operator's Guide
The unit refers to the default setting for the machine data
SCALING_FACTOR_USER_DEF_MASK,
SCALING_FACTOR_USER_DEF and
SCALING_SYSTEM IS METRIC = 1.
Depending on the MD SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC, the physical units
differ as follows:
MD 10240 = 1
MD 10240 = 0
mm
inch/min
m/s2
2-60
inch
mm/min
inch/s2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
m/s3
inch/s3
mm/rev
inch/rev
“-” is entered in the field if the MD is not based on any physical unit.
Default value
This is the value to which the machine data is preset. “ / ” is entered in the list if
there are different default values for the channels.
Some machine data are provided with different default values depending on
the NCU used.
Note
When data is entered via the MMC, the input value is limited to 10 places
plus decimal point and sign.
Value range
(minimum and
maximum value)
Data type
Specification of the input limits. If no value range is specified, the data type
determines the input limits and “∗∗∗” is entered in the field.
BOOLEAN
BYTE
DOUBLE
DWORD
DWORD
STRING
UNSIGNED WORD
SIGNED WORD
UNSIGNED DWORD
SIGNED DWORD
WORD
FLOAT DWORD
Overview of machine
and setting data
Machine data bit (1 or 0)
Integer values (from -128 to 127)
Real and integer values
(from ” 4.19*10-307 to ” 1.67*10308)
Integer values (from -2.147*109 to 2.147*109 )
Hexadecimal values (from 00000000 to FFFFFFFF)
Character string (maximum 16 characters)
consisting of capital letters with digits and
underlining
Integer values (from 0 to 65536)
Integer values (from -32768 to 32767)
Integer values (from 0 to 4294967300)
Integer values (from -2147483650 to 2147483649)
Hexadecimal values (from 0000 to FFFF)
Real values (from ”8.43∗10-37 to ”3.37∗1038)
The machine and setting data are divided into the following areas:
Table 2-1
Area
Overview of machine and setting data
Designation
From 1000 to 1799
Machine data for drives
From 9000 to 9999
Machine data for operator panel
From 10000 to 18999
General machine data
From 19000 to 19999
Reserved
From 20000 to 28999
Channel-specific machine data
From 29000 to 29999
Reserved
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-61
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
Area
Designation
From 30000 to 38999
Axis-specific machine data
From 39000 to 39999
Reserved
From 41000 to 41999
General setting data
From 42000 to 42999
Channel-specific setting data
From 43000 to 43999
Axis-specific setting data
From 51000 to 61999
General machine data for compile cycles
From 62000 to 62999
Channel-specific machine data for compile cycles
From 63000 to 63999
Axis-specific machine data for compile cycles
Index for MD and SD
The section headed INDEX contains a special index for the machine and
setting data listed in this section.
Data identifiers
The designation of the machine data is displayed on the MMC. The internal
data identifier requires additional identifiers. These identifiers must be specified
if a machine data is changed through programming or read in via the serial
interface.
Data areas
$MM_
$MN_/$SN_
$MC_/$SC_
$MA_/$SA_
$MD_
Please note:
Operator panel data
General machine data/setting data
Channel-specific machine data/setting data
Axis-specific machine data/setting data
Drive machine data
$
System variable
M
Machine data
S
Setting data
M, N, C, A, D
Subarea (second letter)
Axis data are addressed via the axis name. The internal axis designation (AX1,
AX2 ... AX8) or the name specified in MD 10000: AXCONF_NAME_TAB can
be used as the axis name.
E.g.:
$MA_JOG_VELO[Y1]=2000
The JOG velocity of axis Y1 is 2000 mm/min.
The contents of a machine data must be preceded and followed by an
apostrophe (e.g. ‘X1’ or ‘H41’) if they are a STRING (e.g. X1) or a hexadecimal
value (e.g. H41).
E.g.:
$MN_DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE[0]=‘H14’
FDD module 9/18 A in slot 1 of drive bus.
In order to address various contents of a machine data, entries in square
brackets are required.
E.g.:
$MA_FIX_POINT_POS[0,X1]=500.000
The 1st fixed-point position of
(0=1st, 1=2nd, 2=3rd etc.)
Examples
2-62
axis X1 is 500
$MN_AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[2]=‘H41‘
Output instant of auxiliary functions of 3rd auxiliary function group.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
$MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[0]=‘X1‘
Name of 1st machine axis is X1.
$MA_REF_SET_POS[0,X1]=100.00000
1st reference point value of axis X1 is 100 mm.
Assignment of channel-specific machine data:
CHANDATA(1)
Assignment channel 1
$MC_CHAN_NAME=‘CHAN1‘
Channel name for channel 1
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB[1]=‘Y‘ Name of 2nd geometry axis
in channel 1 is Y
...
R10 = 33.75
R10 of channel 1
...
CHANDATA(2)
Assignment channel 2
$MC_CHAN_NAME=‘CHAN2‘
Channel name for channel 2
...
R10 = 96.88
R10 of channel 2
...
2.1.2
Handling of machine data
Loading of scaling
machine data
Scaling machine data also include information which determines how machine
data are scaled in reference to a specific physical unit (e.g. velocities).
The following are scaling machine data:
MD 10220: SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK (activation of scaling factors)
MD 10230: SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF (scaling factors of physical
quantities)
MD 10240: SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC (basic system is metric)
MD 10250: SCALING_VALUE_INCH (conversion factor for switchover to INCH
system)
MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX (rotary axis)
When machine data are loaded (via MMC, V24, program), they are scaled with
reference to the physical unit which is valid at the time of loading. If the data
block contains new scaling information (e.g. rotary axis declaration), those
machine data which are dependent on scaling are converted to the new scaling
factor at the next “Power ON”. The machine data do not therefore contain the
expected values (e.g. F values too low for rotary axis traversal).
Example
The open-loop control has been started up with default values. The 4th axis in
the MD file to be loaded is defined as a rotary axis and contains the following
machine data:
$MA_IS_ROT_AX[A1] = 1 (rotary axis)
$MA_MAX_AX_VELO [A1]= 1000 [rev/min] (maximum axis velocity)
When the MD block is loaded, the velocity is interpreted in relation to a linear
axis (default setting $MA_IS_ROT_AX[A1]=0) and scaled according to the
linear velocity. On the next Power ON, the open-loop control detects that this
axis is defined as a linear axis and scales the velocity in relation to rev/min.
The machine data then no longer contains the value “1000”, but the value
“2.77777778” (1000/360). If the MD file is loaded again, then the axis is already
defined as a rotary axis and the velocity is interpreted and scaled as a rotary
axis value. The MD then contains the value “1000” and is interpreted by the
control in rev/min.
Suggestion for
step-by-step loading
of machine data
•
Change the appropriate machine data manually via the MMC (MD 10220,
10230, 10240, 10250, 30300) and initiate NCK booting. Then read in the
MD block via V24 or part program and initiate NCK booting.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-63
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
•
Set up an MD block with the scaling machine data (MD 10220, 10230,
10240, 10250, 30300). Load this block and initiate NCK booting. Then read
in the entire MD block and initiate NCK booting.
•
As an alternative to the methods given above, an MD block can also be
loaded twice (via V24 or as a part program), with an NCK booting after
each loading operation.
Note
If a scaling MD is changed, the control outputs alarm " 4070 Normalizing
machine data has been altered " .
Saving only machine
data with changed
values
With regard to the saving of machine and setting data, it is possible to define
in MD 11210: UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY (save only changed machine
data) whether all data or only those which deviate from the default settings are
output via the V24 interface.
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY = 1
Only those data which deviate from the default are output.
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY = 0
All data are output.
If a value has been changed in a data which is stored as an array, then the
entire MD array is always output
(e.g. MD 10000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB).
Note
It can be sensible to back-up only the altered machine data before upgrading
the software in those cases where changes have been made to the machine
data default values. This applies in particular to machine data classified as
SIEMENS protection level 0.
Loading of standard
data
Standard machine data can be loaded in a number of different ways.
•
Set switch S3 on NCU module to position 1 and initiate NCK reset (reinitialization of the entire SRAM of the NCU module, all user data are lost)
•
MD 11200: INIT_MD (load standard MD on “next” booting)
Certain input values in MD: INIT_MD allow various data areas to be loaded
with default values on the next NCK booting. The machine data is displayed in
HEX format. After MD: INIT_MD has been set, power ON must be initiated
twice.
The MD is activated on the 1st power ON.
On the 2nd power ON, the function is executed and the MD reset to the
value “0”.
2-64
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Meaning of input
values
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Value “0”
The stored machine data MD will be loaded during the next booting operation.
Value “1”
All MDs - with the exception of memory-configuring data - will be overwritten
with default values during the next booting operation.
Value “2”
All memory-configuring MDs will be overwritten with default values during the
next booting operation.
Memory-configuring MDs are described in:
References:
/IAD/, Installation and Start-Up Guide, Memory Configuration
- MD 10010: ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP
- All machine data starting with “MM_”
MD 18000 - 18999 (general MDs)
MD 28000 - 28999 (channel-specific MDs)
MD 38000 - 38999 (axis-specific MDs)
Value “4”
- All compile cycle MDs will be deleted during the next booting operation.
Note
The drive machine data described in the following section are significant for
SINUMERIK 840D and 810D. For control parameters of analog drives with
regard to SINUMERIK FM-NC, please refer to:
References:
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
/IAA/, Simodrive 611A, Installation and Start-Up Guide
2-65
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.2
09.01
Drive machine data
The display of the machine data has been extended in SW Version 4 and
higher. Display filters and System have been newly introduced.
The quantity of machine data displayed on the operator panel can be limited to
the machine data of interest by means of the display filters. Machine data are
displayed on the operator panel if at least one of the filters indicated in the
respective machine data has been activated by the user or if the mode “All
machine data“ has been set. The short descriptions of the filters indicated are
used again in the operator interface for filter activation. They have the following
meaning:
Display filters
•
D01
Controller data
•
D02
Monitoring / limitations
•
D03
Message data
•
D04
Status data
•
D05
Motor / power section
•
D06
Measuring system
•
D07
Safety Integrated
•
D08
Standard machine
•
EXP
Expert mode
The following is indicated for system:
System
810D
840D
2-66
Identifier
Meaning
Default
if machine data is relevant only for 840D systems
Nothing
MD-Number
Display filters
Unit
if machine data is relevant only for 810D systems
if machine data is valid for both systems
Minimum
Maximum
Type
Data type
Rot/Lin
Cross reference
Protection System
Active
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
1000
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
31.25 us
CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
Current controller cycle
5
2
1000
D01, D05, EXP
31.25 us
CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
Current controller cycle
4
2
1001
31.25 us
SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
Speed controller cycle
10
2
1001
D01, D05, EXP
31.25 us
SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
Speed controller cycle
4
2
1002
31.25 us
MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME
Monitoring cycle
640
128
1002
D05, D02, EXP
31.25 us
MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME
Monitoring cycle
3200
128
1003
HEX
STS_CONFIG
Configuration STS
330
1003
EXP
HEX
STS_CONFIG
Configuration STS
330
1004
EXP
HEX
CTRL_CONFIG
Configuration structure (not 810D)
0
0
1005
-
ENC_RESOL_MOTOR
Motor measuring system encoder increments
2048
1
8192
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1, DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1005
D06
-
ENC_RESOL_MOTOR
Motor measuring system encoder increments
2048
1
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1, DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1007
-
ENC_RESOL_DIRECT
Encoder increments of the direct measuring system
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1007
D06
-
ENC_RESOL_DIRECT
Encoder increments of the direct measuring system
0
0
2147483647
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1008
EXP, D06
degrees
ENC_PHASE_ERROR_CORRECTION
Encoder phase error compensation IM
0.0000
-20.0000
20.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
immediately
0
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
8
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DS1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
4
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
32
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
16
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
3200
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
3200
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
ffff
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DS1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
7f0
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DS1 /
0/0
840D
PowerOn
2115
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
2-67
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
HEX
ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG
Configuration of the actual value sensing IM
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1011
D06
HEX
ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG
Configuration of the actual value sensing IM
0
0
f1ff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1012
FUNC_SWITCH
Function switch
4
ffff
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
b5
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1011
HEX
0
HSA: c
1012
D01, D02, D03
HEX
FUNC_SWITCH
Function switch
0
1013
D05
-
ENABLE_STAR_DELTA
Enable star/delta changeover (not 810D)
0
0
7
MSD
ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1014
EXP, D04
-
UF_MODE_ENABLE
Activate V/f operation (not 810D)
0
0
1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1015
-
PEMSD_MODE_ENABLE
Activate PE-MSD (not 810D)
0
0
1
FDD
ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1016
degrees
COMMUTATION_ANGLE_OFFSET
Commutating angle offset (not 810D)
0.0000
-360.0000
ROT/LIN
360.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1017
D04
-
STARTUP_ASSISTANCE
Setting-up aid (not 810D)
0
-1
ROT/LIN
1
FDD
WORD
CR: / DL1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1019
%
CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Current rotor position identification (not 810D)
50.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1019
%
CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Current rotor position identification (not 810D)
12.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1020
-
FDD
ROT
degrees
MAX_TURN_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Maximum rotation of rotor position identification (not
810D)
10.0000
0.0000
90.0000
1020
mm
MAX_MOVE_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Maximum move of rotor position identification (not 810D)
5.0000
0.0000
30.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1021
D06
-
ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR
Multiturn resolution absolute value encoder motor
4096
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
2-68
0
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
PowerOn
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
1022
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
-
ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR
Measuring steps of the motor absolute track
8192
512
65535
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1022
D06
-
ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR
Measuring steps of the motor absolute track
8192
0
2147483647
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1023
-
ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR
Diagnosis measuring circuit motor absolute track
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1023
D06
-
ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR
Diagnosis measuring circuit motor absolute track
0
0
49151
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1024
Nm
DIVISION_LIN_SCALE
Grid spacing, motor measuring system (not 810D)
20000
0
2147483647
FDD
LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1025
D06, EXP
-
SERIAL_NO_ENCODER
Serial number motor measuring system (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DG1 /
1/1
840D
PowerOn
1027
D06
-
ENC_CONFIG
Configuration for encoder IM (not 810D)
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1028
D06
-
NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS
IM frame langth SSI (not 810D)
25
0
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1029
ms
DELAY_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Meas. delay rotor position identification (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / FBU /
2/4
840D
immediately
1030
HEX
ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT
Configuration actual-value sensing DM
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1030
D06
HEX
ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT
Configuration actual-value sensing DM
0
0
c018
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1031
D06
-
ENC_ABS_TURNS_DIRECT
Multiturn resolution of the absolute encoder DM
4096
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
PowerOn
1032
-
ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT
Measuring steps of the absolute track DM
8192
0
65535
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1032
D06
-
ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT
Measuring steps of the absolute track DM
8192
0
2147483647
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1033
ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_DIRECT
Diagnosis dir. measuring system absolute track
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
immediately
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
25
ROT/LIN
2-69
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1033
D06
-
ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_DIRECT
Diagnosis dir. measuring system absolute track
0
0
64767
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1034
Nm
DIVISION_LIN_SCALE_DM
Grid spacing, direct measuring system (not 810D)
20000
0
2147483647
FDD
LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1037
D06
-
ENC_CONFIG_DIRECT
Configuration for encoder DM (not 810D)
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1038
D06, EXP
-
SERIAL_NO_ENCODER_DM
Serial no. for direct meas. System (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DG1 /
1/1
840D
PowerOn
1041
D06
-
NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS_DM
DM frame length SSI (not 810D)
25
0
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1075
-
ALGORITHM_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Rotor position identification procedure (not 810D)
1
1
3
FDD
ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / /
1/1
840D
immediately
1076
D05
kgm²
FACTOR_INERTIA
Load moment of inertia factor (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
1/1
840D
immediately
1076
D05
kg
FACTOR_MASS
Load mass factor (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
LIN
10000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
1/1
840D
immediately
1098
D05
A
INVERTER_MAX_CURR_DERAT
PS derating limit current (not 810D)
200.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
1099
D05
%
INVERTER_DERATING_FACT
PS limit current derating factor (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
1100
D01, D05, EXP
Hz
PWM_FREQUENCY
Pulse-width modulation frequency (not 810D)
4000.0000
2000.0000
8000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
25
HSA: 3200.0000
1101
D01, D05, EXP
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
840D
us
CTRLOUT_DELAY
Computation deadtime of the current control loop (not
810D)
62
0
124
WORD
PowerOn
1102
D04, D05
-
MOTOR_CODE
Motor code number
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
1103
D05
A
MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT
Motor rated current
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DM1, DÜ1 /
2/4
PowerOn
2-70
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
1104
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
A
MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT
Maximum motor current
0.0000
0.0000
1104
D05
A
MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT
Maximum motor current
0.0400
0.0000
1105
D05, D02
%
CR: / DM1, DÜ1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
ROT/LIN
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1, DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT_REDUCTION
Reducing the maximum motor current
100
0
100
FDD
WORD
ROT/LIN
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
1106
D05, D04
HEX
INVERTER_CODE
Power section code number
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
1107
D05
A
INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT
Transistor limiting current
200.0000
1.0000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
1108
D05
A
INVERTER_MAX_THERMAL_CURR
Power module limiting current
200.0000
1.0000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
1109
D05
A
INVERTER_MAX_S6_CURRENT
Power module limiting current S6
200.0000
1.0000
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
1111
D05
A
INVERTER_RATED_CURRENT
Rated power module current
200.0000
1.0000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
1112
-
NUM_POLE_PAIRS
Motor pole pair number
0
0
4
FDD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1112
D05
-
NUM_POLE_PAIRS
Motor pole pair number
0
0
4096
FDD
ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1113
Nm/A
TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO
Torque constant
0.0000
0.0000
5.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1113
D05
N/A
FORCE_CURRENT_RATIO
Force constant
0.0000
0.0000
LIN
2000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1113
D05
Nm/A
TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO
Torque constant
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
300.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1114
V
EMF_VOLTAGE
Voltage constant
0.0000
300.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1114
D05
V
EMF_VOLTAGE
Voltage constant
0.0000
5000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
0.0000
0.0000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
ROT
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
ROT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
2-71
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1114
D05
Vs/m
EMF_VOLTAGE
Voltage constant
0.0000
1115
ohm
ARMATURE_RESISTANCE
Armature resistance
0.0000
0.0000
1115
D05
ohm
ARMATURE_RESISTANCE
Armature resistance
0.0000
0.0000
1116
mH
ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE
Armature inductance
0.0000
0.0000
1116
D05
mH
ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE
Armature inductance
0.0000
0.0000
1117
MOTOR_INERTIA
Motor moment of inertia
0.0000
0.0000
kgm²
0.0000
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
PowerOn
5000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
20.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
300.0000
FDD
FLOAT
32.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
32.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
ROT/LIN
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
ROT
65.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
immediately
8000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
immediately
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
1.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
ROT/LIN
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
ROT/LIN
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
HSA: 0.0010
1117
D05
kg
MOTOR_MASS
Motor mass
0.0000
1117
D05
kgm²
MOTOR_INERTIA
Motor moment of inertia
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
HSA: 0.0010
1118
D05
A
MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT
Motor standstill current
0.0000
0.0000
1119
D05
mH
SERIES_INDUCTANCE
Inductance of the series reactor
0.0000
0.0000
1120
D01, EXP
V/A
CURRCTRL_GAIN
Current controller proportional gain
10.0000
0.0000
1121
D01, EXP
us
CURRCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
Current controller integral action time
2000.0000
0.0000
1122
D05
A
MOTOR_LIMIT_CURRENT
Motor limit current (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
1124
CURRCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY
Balancing the reference model current
0.0000
0.0000
-
2-72
ROT/LIN
840D
CR: / DS1/
2/4
810D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1124
D01, EXP
-
CURRCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY
Balancing the reference model current
0.5000
0.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1125
D04, EXP
s
UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_1
Ramp-up time 1 in V/f operation (not 810D)
5.0000
0.0100
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1126
D04, EXP
s
UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_2
Ramp-up time 2 in V/f operation (not 810D)
5.0000
0.0100
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1127
D04, D05, EXP
V
UF_VOLTAGE_AT_F0
Voltage at f=0 in V/f operation (not 810D)
2.0000
0.0000
20.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1128
EXP, D05
degrees
OPT_LOAD_ANGEL
Optimum load angle (not 810D)
90.0000
90.0000
ROT/LIN
135.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
1129
D05
-
POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI
Cos phi power factor (not 810D)
0.8000
0.0000
ROT
1.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1130
D05
kW
MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER
Rated motor output
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
1500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
PowerOn
1132
V
MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE
Rated motor voltage
0.0000
0.0000
5000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
1132
D05
V
MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE
Rated motor voltage
380.0000
0.0000
5000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
1134
Hz
MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY
Rated motor frequency
0.0000
0.0000
3000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
1134
D05
Hz
MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY
Rated motor frequency
50.0000
0.0000
ROT
3000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1135
D05
V
MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE
Motor no-load voltage
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
immediately
1136
D05
A
MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT
Motor no-load current
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
immediately
1137
D05
ohm
STATOR_COLD_RESISTANCE
Cold stator resistance
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
120.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
immediately
1138
D05
ohm
ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE
Cold rotor resistance
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
120.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1.0000
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
ROT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
2-73
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1139
D05
ohm
STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE
Stator leakage reactance
0.0000
0.0000
1140
D05
ohm
ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE
Rotor leakage reactance
0.0000
0.0000
1141
D05
ohm
MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE
Magnetizing reactance
0.0000
0.0000
1142
1/min
FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED
Threshold speed for field weakening
0.0000
0.0000
1142
D05
1/min
FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED
Threshold speed for field weakening
0.0000
0.0000
1143
1/min
LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED
Upper speed for the L_h characteristic
0.0000
0.0000
1143
1/min
LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED
Upper speed for the L_h characteristic
0.0000
0.0000
1144
%
LH_CURVE_GAIN
Gain factor of the L_h characteristic
100.0000
100.0000
1145
D05
%
STALL_TORQUE_REDUCTION
Stall torque reduction factor
100.0000
5.0000
1146
1/min
MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED
Maximum motor speed
0.0000
0.0000
1146
D05
m/min
MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED
Maximum motor speed
0.0000
0.0000
1146
D05
1/min
MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED
Maximum motor speed
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
immediately
ROT
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
immediately
ROT
1000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
immediately
50000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1, DD2/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DM1, DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
50000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1, DD2/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
ROT
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1, DD2 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
ROT
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DM1, DD2 /
2/4
PowerOn
1000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DM1, DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
50000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1, DÜ1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DM1, DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
50000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1/
2/4
810D
immediately
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
PowerOn
HSA: 1500.0000
1147
1/min
SPEED_LIMIT
Motor speed limit
7000.0000
0.0000
HSA: 8000.0000
1147
D02, D05
1/min
SPEED_LIMIT
Motor speed limit
7000.0000
0.0000
HSA: 8000.0000
2-74
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1147
D02, D05
m/min
SPEED_LIMIT
Maximum permissible motor speed
120.0000
0.0000
LIN
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1148
D04
1/min
ACTUAL_STALL_POWER_SPEED
Threshold speed of pull-out power (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1149
D05
mH
RELUCT_TORQUE_RATIO
Reluctance torque constant (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
ROT/LIN
300.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / FBU /
2/4
840D
immediately
1150
D01, EXP
A/(Vs)
FIELDCTRL_GAIN
Flux controller P-gain
400.0000
0.0000
ROT
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DS1 /
2/4
immediately
1151
D01, EXP
ms
FIELDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
Flux controller integral-action time
10.0000
0.0000
ROT
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DS1 /
2/4
immediately
1160
1/min
FLUX_AQUISITION_SPEED
Threshold speed for flux sensing
1500.0000
200.0000
50000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
1160
D01, EXP
1/min
FLUX_ACQUISITION_SPEED
Threshold speed for flux sensing
1500.0000
200.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
1161
D02
V
FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE
Fixed DC link voltage
0
0
700
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
immediately
1170
D05
mm
POLE_PAIR_PITCH
Pole pair pitch (not 810D)
72.0000
0.0000
LIN
1000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1175
D05
A
INVERTER_THERM_CURR_ASYN
Power section ASYN limit current (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
ROT/LIN
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
1176
D05
A
INVERTER_MAX_S6_CURR_ASYN
Power section S6 ASYN limit current (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
ROT/LIN
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
1177
D05
A
INVERTER_RATED_CURR_ASYN
Power section ASYN rated current (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
ROT/LIN
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
1178
D05
%
INVERTER_DERATING_SYN
Power section derating SYN (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
ROT/LIN
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
1179
D05
%
INVERTER_DERATING_ASYN
Power section derating ASYN (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
1180
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_1
Lower current limit adaptation (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / FBU, DS1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
%
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
CR: / DS1/
2/4
810D
immediately
ROT
ROT/LIN
CR: /DS1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
2-75
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1181
09.01
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_2
Upper current limit adaptation (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
ROT/LIN
CR: / FBU, DS1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
FDD
FLOAT
ROT/LIN
%
REDUCE_ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE
Current controller adaptation factor (not 810D)
100.0000
1.0000
100.0000
CR: / FBU, DS1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1183
-
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE
Current controller adaptation ON (not 810D)
0
0
1
FDD
ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1190
D02, EXP
Nm
TORQUE_LIMIT_FROM_NC
Evaluation of torque limit (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1191
D02, EXP
-
TORQUE_LIMIT_ADAPT_SERVO
Adapting servo torque limit (not 810D)
1.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1192
D02, EXP
%
FORCE_LIMIT_WEIGHT
Weight force (not 810D)
0.0000
-100.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1, F1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1192
D02, EXP
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_WEIGHT
Weight torque (not 810D)
0.0000
-100.0000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /F1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1200
-
NUM_CURRENT_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Number of current setpoint filters
0
0
4
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1200
D01
-
NUM_CURRENT_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Number of current setpoint filters
1
0
4
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1201
HEX
CURRENT_FILTER_CONFIG [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Type of current setpoint filter
FDD/MSD
0
0
ffff
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1201
D01
HEX
CURRENT_FILTER_CONFIG [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Type of current setpoint filter
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0
0
800f
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1202
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD
0.0000
0.0000
3999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1202
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
2000.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1203
CURRENT_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD
1.0000
0.0500
5.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
%
1182
-
2-76
LIN
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1203
D01
-
CURRENT_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.7000
0.0500
5.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1204
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD
0.0000
0.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1204
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1205
D01
-
CURRENT_FILTER_2_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
1.0000
0.0500
5.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
immediately
1206
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_3_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD
0.0000
0.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1206
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_3_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1207
D01
-
CURRENT_FILTER_3_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
1.0000
0.0500
5.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
immediately
1208
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_4_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD
0.0000
0.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1208
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_4_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1209
D01
-
CURRENT_FILTER_4_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
1.0000
0.0500
5.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
immediately
1210
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD
1600.0000
1.0000
3999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1210
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
3500.0000
1.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1211
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD
400.0000
5.0000
3999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1211
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
500.0000
5.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1212
CURRENT_FILTER_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD
0.0000
0.0000
3999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
Hz
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-77
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1212
D01, EXP
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.0000
0.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1213
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD
1200.0000
1.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1213
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
3500.0000
1.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1214
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD
400.0000
5.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1214
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
500.0000
5.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1215
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_2_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD
0.0000
0.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1215
D01, EXP
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_2_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 2
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.0000
0.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1216
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_3_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD
1200.0000
1.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1216
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_3_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
3500.0000
1.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1217
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD
400.0000
5.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1217
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
500.0000
5.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1218
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD
0.0000
0.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1218
D01, EXP
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 3
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.0000
0.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1219
CURRENT_FILTER_4_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD
1200.0000
1.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
Hz
2-78
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1219
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_4_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
3500.0000
1.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1220
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD
400.0000
5.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1220
D01
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
500.0000
5.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1221
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD
0.0000
0.0000
1999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1221
D01, EXP
Hz
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 4
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.0000
0.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1222
D01, EXP
%
CURRENT_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 1 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
100.0000
1.0000
100.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1223
D01, EXP
%
CURRENT_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 2 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
100.0000
1.0000
100.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1224
D01, EXP
%
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 3 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
100.0000
1.0000
100.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1225
D01, EXP
%
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 4 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
100.0000
1.0000
100.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1230
D02, EXP
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
1st torque limit
100.0000
5.0000
900.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
1230
D02, EXP
%
FORCE_LIMIT_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
1 st force threshold
100.0000
5.0000
900.0000
FDD
FLOAT
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
1231
D02, EXP
%
FORCE_LIMIT_2
2nd force threshold (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
LIN
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1231
D02, EXP
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_2
2nd torque limit (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
1232
D02, EXP
m/min
FORCE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED
Changeover speed from MD 1230 to MD 1231 (not 810D) FDD
120.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FLOAT
1232
D02, EXP
1/min
TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED
Changeover speed from MD 1230 to MD 1231 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT
6000.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FLOAT
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
LIN
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
2-79
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1233
D02, EXP
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_GENERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Regenerative limiting (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
100.0000
5.0000
100.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1233
D02, EXP
%
LIMIT_GENERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Generator force limiting (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1234
D02, EXP
1/min
TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST
Hysteresis MD 1232 (not 810D)
50.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1234
D02, EXP
m/min
FORCE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST
Hysteresis MD 1232 (not 810D)
3.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1235
D02, EXP
%
POWER_LIMIT_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
1st power limit
100.0000
5.0000
900.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
1236
D02, EXP
%
POWER_LIMIT_2
2nd power limit (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1237
kW
POWER_LIMIT_GENERATOR
Maximum regenerative power
100.0000
0.3000
500.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1237
D02, EXP
kW
POWER_LIMIT_GENERATOR
Maximum regenerative power
100.0000
0.1000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1238
%
CURRENT_LIMIT
Motor current limit
150.0000
300.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1238
D02
%
CURRENT_LIMIT
Motor current limit
150.0000
ROT
400.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1239
D02
%
FORCE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP
Force limit in setting-up operation
1.0000
0.5000
LIN
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
1239
D02
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP
Torque limit in setting-up operation
1.0000
0.5000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
1245
EXP
CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED
Threshold speed dependend F-setpoint smoothing (not
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
m/min
1245
EXP
1/min
2-80
0.0000
0.0000
CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED
Threshold speed dep. on M setpoint smoothing (not
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
LIN
LIN
LIN
FLOAT
immediately
FDD/MSD ROT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
FLOAT
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
1246
EXP
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
m/min
CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis speed dependend F-setpoint smoothing (not
810D)
3.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
1246
EXP
1/min
FDD
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
FLOAT
immediately
CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis speed dep. M setpoint smoothing (not 810D)
50.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1247
EXP
1/min
MOTOR_SWITCH_SPEED
Speed threshold for motor changeover (not 810D)
100000.0000
100.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1250
Hz
ACTUAL_CURRENT_FILTER_FREQ
Transition frequency for actual current smoothing
100.0000
0.0000
3999.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1250
D04
Hz
ACTUAL_CURRENT_FILTER_FREQ
Transition frequency for actual current smoothing
100.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1251
ms
LOAD_SMOOTH_TIME
Time constant for load smoothing (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1252
Hz
TORQUE_FILTER_FREQUENCY
Transition frequency of torque setpoint smoothing
100.0000
0.0000
3999.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1252
D04
Hz
FORCE_FILTER_FREQUENCY
Transition freq. for the force setpoint smoothing
100.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1252
D04
Hz
TORQUE_FILTER_FREQUENCY
Transition frequency of torque setpoint smoothing
100.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1254
D02, EXP
ms
CURRENT_MONITOR_FILTER_TIME
Time constant for current monitoring
0.5000
0.0000
2.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
1300
D07
31.25 us
SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME
SI monitoring cycle (not 810D)
384
16
800
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1301
D07
HEX
SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE
Enable safety functions (not 810D)
0
0
ffeb
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1302
D07
-
SAFE_IS_ROT_AX
Axis-specific bits of safety functions (not 810D)
0
0
3
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1305
D07
mDegrees
SAFE_MODULO_RANGE
Actual value range for SN for rotary axes (not 810D)
0
0
737280000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
ROT
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
2-81
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
-
SAFE_ENC_CONFIG
Motor encoder configuration of safety functions (not
810D)
0
0
7
UNS. WORD
PowerOn
1317
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
Grid spacing of linear scale (not 810D)
10.0000
0.0100
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1318
D07
-
SAFE_ENC_RESOL
Encoder lines per revolution (not 810D)
2048
1
100000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1320
D07
mm/rev
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH
Spindle pitch (not 810D)
10.0000
0.1000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1321
D07
-
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Denominator of gear unit encoder / load (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
1
1
8388607
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1322
D07
-
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Numerator of gear unit encoder / load (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
1
1
8388607
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1330
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL
Standstill tolerance (SBH) (not 810D)
1000
1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1331
D07
mm/min, rev/min
SAFE_VELO_LIMIT [n] 0 ...3 Index of param.-set
Limit values for SG (not 810D)
2000.0000
0.0000
1000000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1332
D07
%
SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR [n] 0 ...15 Index of param.-set
Override factor for SG (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
100
1
100
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1334
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS [n] 0 ...1 Index of param.-set
Upper limit value for SE (not 810D)
100000000
-2147000000
2147000000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1335
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS [n] 0 ...1 Index of param.-set
Lower limit value for SE (not 810D)
-100000000
-2147000000
2147000000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1336
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS [n] 0 ...3 Index of param.-set
Plus cam position SN (not 810D)
10000
-2147000000
2147000000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1337
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS [n] 0 ...3 Index of param.-set
Minus cam position SN (not 810D)
-10000
-2147000000
2147000000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1340
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_CAM_TOL
Tolerance for safe cams (not 810D)
100
1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1316
D07
2-82
8000.0000
8388.0000
100000
10000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1342
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_POS_TOL
Actual value tolerance for the cross-check (not 810D)
100
1
360000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1344
D07
um, mDegrees
SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL
Actual value tolerance safe axis position (not 810D)
10
0
36000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1346
D07
mm/min, rev/min
SAFE_VELO_X
Speed limit nx (not 810D)
20.0000
0.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1348
D07
mm/min, rev/min
SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL
Actual speed tolerance for SBR (not 810D)
300.0000
0.0000
20000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1349
D07
mm/min, rev/min
SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL
Tolerance 2 encoder drift/slip (not 810D)
6.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1350
D07
ms
SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME
Tolerance time for SGE changeover (not 810D)
500.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1351
D07
ms
SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY
Delay time for SG changeover (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1352
D07
ms
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C
Transition time from STOP C to SBH (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1353
D07
ms
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D
Transition time from STOP D to SBH (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1354
D07
ms
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E
Transition time from STOP E to SBH (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1356
D07
ms
SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY
Delay time for pulse suppression (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1357
D07
ms
SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME
Time for testing pulse suppression (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1360
D07
mm/min, rev/min
SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
Creep speed pulse suppression (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1361
D07
-
SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE
Stop reaction with SG (not 810D)
5
0
5
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1362
D07
-
SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE
Stop reaction with SE (not 810D)
2
2
4
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1000.0000
2-83
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1363
D07
-
SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION [n] 0 ...3 Index of param.-set
Specific SG stop reaction (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
2
0
3
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1390
D07
-
SAFE_FIRMWARE_VERSION
Firmware (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1391
D07
-
SAFE_DIAG_NC_RESULTLIST1
Diagnostics: NC result list 1 (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1392
D07
-
SAFE_DIAG_611D_RESULTLIST1
Diagnostics: 611D result list 1 (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1393
D07
-
SAFE_DIAG_NC_RESULTLIST2
Diagnostics: NC result list 2 (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1394
D07
-
SAFE_DIAG_611D_RESULTLIST2
Diagnostics: 611D result list 2 (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1395
D07
-
SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostics for STOP F (not 810D)
32767
0
32767
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1396
D07
HEX
SAFE_ACKN_WRITE
User agreement (not 810D)
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1397
D07
HEX
SAFE_ACKN_READ
611D internal agreement (not 810D)
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1398
D07
-
SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM
Display of SI-MD check sum (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
immediately
1399
D07
-
SAFE_DES_CHECKSUM
SI-MD check sum (not 810D)
0
0
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / FBSI /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1400
1/min
MOTOR_RATED_SPEED
Rated motor speed
0.0000
0.0000
25000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1400
D05
1/min
MOTOR_RATED_SPEED
Rated motor speed
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DM1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
PowerOn
HSA: 1450.0000
1400
D05
m/min
2-84
MOTOR_RATED_SPEED
Rated motor speed
0.0000
0.0000
LIN
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
1401
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1/min
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Maximum usable motor speed
0.0000
0.0000
50000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
PowerOn
1401
D02, D05
1/min
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Maximum usable motor speed
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1401
D02, D05
m/min
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Maximum motor operating speed
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1403
D02
1/min
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED
Shut down speed pulse suppression
0.0000
0.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DB1 /
2/4
immediately
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
7200.0000
LIN
HSA: 2.0000
1403
D02
m/min
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED
Switch-off speed for cancelling of pulses
0.0000
0.0000
7200.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1404
D02
ms
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_DELAY
Timer impulse suppression
100.0000
0.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
immediately
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
100000.0000
LIN
HSA: 5000.0000
1405
D02, D05
%
MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Monitoring speed of motor
110.0000
100.0000
110.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1405
D02, D05
%
MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Monitoring motor speed
110.0000
100.0000
110.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
1406
EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_TYPE
Speed controller type (not 810D)
1
1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2 /
0/0
840D
PowerOn
1407
Nms/rad
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain of speed controller
0.3000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1407
D01, D08
Ns/m
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain speed control
2000.0000
0.0000
1000000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1407
D01, D08
Nms/rad
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain of speed controller
0.3000
0.0000
1000000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1408
Nms/rad
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain of upper adaptation speed
0.3000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1408
D01, EXP
Nms/rad
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain of upper adaptation speed
0.3000
0.0000
1000000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
LIN
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
2-85
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1408
D01, EXP
Ns/m
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain upper adaption speed
2000.0000
0.0000
1000000.0000
1409
D01, D08
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Integral action time of speed controller
FDD
10.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FLOAT
1409
D01, D08
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Integral action time of speed controller
FDD/MSD ROT
10.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
immediately
1410
D01, EXP
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Integral action time of upper adaptation speed
FDD/MSD ROT
10.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
immediately
1410
D01, EXP
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Integral action time of upper adaption speed
FDD
10.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
1411
1/min
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1
Lower adaptation speed
0.0000
0.0000
1411
D01, EXP
1/min
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1
Lower adaptation speed
0.0000
0.0000
1411
D01, EXP
m/min
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1
Lower adaption speed threshold
0.0000
0.0000
1412
1/min
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2
Upper adaptation speed
0.0000
0.0000
1412
D01, EXP
1/min
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2
Upper adaptation speed
0.0000
0.0000
1412
D01, EXP
m/min
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2
Upper adaption speed threshold
0.0000
0.0000
1413
D01, EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE
Select adaptation speed controller
0
0
1413
D01, EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE
Select adaptation speed controller
0
0
1414
D01, EXP
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for the reference model speed (not
FDD/MSD ROT
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
Hz
2-86
FDD
FLOAT
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
LIN
50000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
50000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1
FDD/MSD ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
immediately
1
FDD
LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
LIN
LIN
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
1414
D01, EXP
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Hz
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for the reference model speed (not
FDD
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
1415
D01, EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping of reference model speed (not 810D)
FDD
1.0000
0.5000
5.0000
FLOAT
1415
D01, EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping of reference model speed (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
1.0000
0.5000
5.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1416
D01, EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY
Balancing the reference model speed (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
1.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1416
D01, EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY
Balancing the reference model speed (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
1.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1417
1/min
SPEED_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Signal n_x for 'n_act & lt; n_x'
6000.0000
0.0000
50000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1417
D03
1/min
SPEED_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Signal n_x for 'n_act & lt; n_x'
6000.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1417
D03
m/min
SPEED_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
v_x for " v_act & lt; v_x " signal
120.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1418
1/min
SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Signal n_min for 'act_n & lt; n_min'
5.0000
0.0000
25000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1418
D03
1/min
SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Signal n_min for 'act_n & lt; n_min'
5.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1418
D03
m/min
SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
v_min for " v_act & lt; v_min " signal
0.3000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1420
1/min
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_SETUP
Max. motor speed, setting-up operation
30.0000
0.0000
50000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1420
D02
1/min
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_SETUP
Max. motor speed, setting-up operation
30.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1420
D02
m/min
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_SETUP
Maximum speed in setting-up operation
2.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
LIN
LIN
LIN
LIN
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
2-87
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1421
D01
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_FEEDBK [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Time constant integrator feedback
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
0.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
immediately
1424
D01, EXP
us
SPEED_FFW_FILTER_TIME
Balancing the speed precontrol channel (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
50000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1424
D01, EXP
us
SPEED_FFW_FILTER_TIME
Balancing the speed precontrol channel (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
50000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DS1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1425
D01, EXP
-
SPEED_FFW_DELAY
Balancing computation deadtime I-controller (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
1.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DS1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1426
1/min
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Tolerance bandwidth for 'n_set = n_act' signal
FDD/MSD
20.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FLOAT
1426
D03
m/min
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Tolerance bandwidth for " v_set = v_act " signal
FDD
1.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FLOAT
1426
D03
1/min
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Tolerance bandwidth for 'n_set = n_act' signal
FDD/MSD ROT
20.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1427
D03
ms
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_DELAY
Delay time signal 'n_set = n_act'
200.0000
0.0000
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
1427
D03
ms
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_DELAY
Delay time signal 'n_set = n_act'
200.0000
0.0000
1428
D03
%
LIN
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
LIN
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DB1 /
2/4
immediately
FORCE_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Threshold force Fdx
90.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
1428
D03
%
TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Threshold force M_dx
90.0000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DB1 /
2/4
immediately
1429
D03
ms
TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X_DELAY
Delay time 'Fd & lt; Fdx' signal
800.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
immediately
1429
D03
ms
TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X_DELAY
Delay time signal 'Md & lt; Mdx'
800.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DB1 /
2/4
immediately
1451
D01
Nms/rad
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain of speed control loop IM (not 810D)
0.3000
0.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1453
D01
ms
SPDCTRL_INTEGR_TIME_1_AM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Integral action time of speed control loop IM (not 810D)
MSD
140.0000
0.0000
6000.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
2-88
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
LIN
LIN
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1458
D01
%
DES_CURRENT_OPEN_LOOP_AM
Current setpoint controlled range IM (not 810D)
90.0000
0.0000
150.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1459
D01
ms
TORQUE_SMOOTH_TIME_AM
Torque smoothing time constant IM (not 810D)
4.0000
0.0000
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1465
D01, D06
1/min
SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM
Changeover speed MSD/IM (not 810D)
100000.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1466
D01
1/min
SWITCH_SPD_OPEN_LOOP_AM
Changeover speed closed/open loop IM (not 810D)
300.0000
150.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1500
-
NUM_SPEED_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Number of speed setpoint filters
0
0
1
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1500
D01
-
NUM_SPEED_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Number of speed setpoint filters
0
0
2
FDD/MSD ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1500
D01
-
NUM_SPEED_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Number of speed setpoint filters
0
0
2
FDD
LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1501
D01
-
SPEED_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Speed setpoint filter type (not 810D)
0
0
8303
FDD/MSD ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1501
D01
-
SPEED_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Speed setpoint filter type (not 810D)
0
0
8303
FDD
LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1502
ms
SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Time constant for speed setpoint filter 1
0.0000
0.0000
150.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD2/
2/4
810D
immediately
1502
D01
ms
SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Time constant for speed setpoint filter 1
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1502
D01
ms
SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Time constant for speed setpoint filter 1
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1503
D01
ms
SPEED_FILTER_2_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Time constant for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1503
D01
ms
SPEED_FILTER_2_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Time constant for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1506
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
2000.0000
10.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
LIN
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
2-89
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1506
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
FDD
2000.0000
10.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
1507
D01, EXP
-
SPEED_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
0.7000
0.2000
5.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1507
D01, EXP
-
SPEED_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
FDD
0.7000
0.2000
5.0000
FLOAT
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1508
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
FDD
2000.0000
10.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1508
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
2000.0000
10.0000
8000.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1509
D01, EXP
-
SPEED_FILTER_2_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
0.7000
0.2000
5.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1509
D01, EXP
-
SPEED_FILTER_2_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Damping for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
FDD
0.7000
0.2000
5.0000
FLOAT
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1514
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
FDD
3500.0000
1.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1514
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
3500.0000
1.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1515
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
FDD
500.0000
5.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1515
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
500.0000
5.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1516
D01, EXP
SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 1 (not
FDD/MSD ROT
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
Hz
1516
D01, EXP
LIN
LIN
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 1 (not
FDD
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
1517
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
3500.0000
1.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
2-90
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
immediately
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1517
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
FDD
3500.0000
1.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
1518
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
FDD/MSD ROT
500.0000
5.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1518
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
FDD
500.0000
5.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1519
D01, EXP
SPEED_FILTER_2_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 2 (not
FDD/MSD ROT
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
Hz
1519
D01, EXP
Hz
1520
D01, EXP
%
1520
D01, EXP
%
1521
D01, EXP
%
1521
D01, EXP
SPEED_FILTER_2_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 2 (not
FDD
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
7999.0000
FLOAT
LIN
LIN
LIN
SPEED_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
BSF natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not
FDD
810D)
100.0000
1.0000
141.0000
FLOAT
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
BSF natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not
FDD/MSD ROT
810D)
100.0000
1.0000
141.0000
FLOAT
SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
BSF natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not
FDD
810D)
100.0000
1.0000
141.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
LIN
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
%
SPEED_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
BSF natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not
FDD/MSD ROT
810D)
100.0000
1.0000
141.0000
FLOAT
immediately
1522
D01
-
ACT_SPEED_FILTER_TIME
Time const. actual speed value filter (not 810D)
0
0
0
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD2 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1600
HEX
ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON
Suppressible alarms (Power-On)
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1600
D02, EXP
HEX
ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON
Suppressible alarms (Power-On)
0
0
83be
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1601
D02, EXP
HEX
ALARM_MASK_RESET
Suppressible alarms (reset)
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
CR: /DD2 /
2/4
840D
2-91
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1602
D02, D05
C
MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT
Motor temperature alarm threshold
120
0
1603
D02, D05
s
MOTOR_TEMP_ALARM_TIME
Time for motor temperature alarm
240
0
1604
V
LINK_VOLTAGE_WARN_LIMIT
DC-link undervoltage alarm threshold
200
0
1604
D02, EXP
V
LINK_VOLTAGE_WARN_LIMIT
DC-link undervoltage alarm threshold
200
0
1605
D02
ms
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME
Time n-controller at limit stop
200.0000
20.0000
1606
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD
Threshold n-controller at limit stop
8000.0000
0.0000
1/min
09.01
200
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
600
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
600
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DÜ1/
2/4
810D
immediately
680
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
50000.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DÜ1/
2/4
810D
immediately
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
200
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
200
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
immediately
3
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
PowerOn
1600
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
immediately
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
HSA: 30.0000
1606
D02
m/min
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD
Threshold speed controller limit
500.0000
0.0000
1606
D02
1/min
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD
Threshold n-controller at limit stop
90000.0000
0.0000
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
HSA: 30.0000
1607
D02, D05
C
MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT
Motor temperature shutdown limit
155
0
1608
D02, D05
C
MOTOR_FIXED_TEMPERATURE
Fixed temperature
0
0
1610
D04, EXP
-
DIAGNOSIS_ACTIVATION_FLAGS
Diagnostic functions (not 810D)
0
0
HSA: 1
1611
D04, EXP
%
DNDT_THRESHOLD
Response threshold dn/dt
800
0
1612
ALARM_REACTION_POWER_ON
Configuring shutdown response to PO alarms
db2
0
ffff
HEX
HSA: ffff
1612
D02
HEX
ALARM_REACTION_POWER_ON
Configuring shutdown response to PO alarms
fbc
0
ffff
HSA: ffff
2-92
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
1613
D02
HEX
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
ALARM_REACTION_RESET
Configuring shutdown response to RESET alarms
100
0
ffff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
immediately
100.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD1 /
0/0
840D
immediately
CR: / DL1/
0/0
840D
immediately
HSA: ffff
1615
1/min
SMOOTH_RUN_TOL
Smooth running monitoring tolerance
2.0000
0.0000
1615
EXP
1/min
SMOOTH_RUN_TOL
Smooth running monitoring tolerance
2.0000
0.0000
1615
EXP
m/min
SMOOTH_RUN_TOL
Tolerance bandwidth for the smooth running monit.
0.2000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1620
D03
HEX
PROG_SIGNAL_FLAGS
Variable message function bits (not 810D)
0
0
7
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1621
D03
-
PROG_SIGNAL_NR
Signal number, variable message function (not 810D)
0
0
100
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1622
D03
-
PROG_SIGNAL_ADDRESS
Address, variable message function (not 810D)
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1623
D03
-
PROG_SIGNAL_THRESHOLD
Threshold, variable message function (not 810D)
0
0
16777215
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1624
D03
-
PROG_SIGNAL_HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis, variable message function (not 810D)
0
0
16777215
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1625
D03
ms
PROG_SIGNAL_ON_DELAY
Pickup delay time, variable message function (not 810D)
0
0
10000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1626
D03
ms
PROG_SIGNAL_OFF_DELAY
Dropout delay, variable message function (not 810D)
0
0
10000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1630
EXP
V
LINK_VOLTAGE_MON_THRESHOLD
Response threshold, only DC link monitoring (not 810D)
550
0
680
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DÜ1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1631
EXP
V
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON
Response voltage of generator axis (not 810D)
450
280
650
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1632
EXP
V
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_HYST
Voltage range for generator control (not 810D)
30
0
300
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
LIN
2-93
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1633
EXP
V
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_OFF
Shutdown threshold of generator operation (not 810D)
510
0
660
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1634
EXP
V
LINK_VOLTAGE_RETRACT
Response threshold emergency retraction (not 810D)
400
0
660
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1635
EXP
m/min
GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED
Minimum speed generator axis (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1635
EXP
1/min
GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED
Minimum speed of the generator axis (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
1636
EXP
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
-
RETRACT_AND_GENERATOR_MODE
Operating mode emergency retraction/gen. operation (not FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
810D)
0
0
7
UNS. WORD
1637
EXP
ms
GEN_STOP_DELAY
Delay time for regenerative braking (not 810D)
0
0
10000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1638
EXP
ms
RETRACT_TIME
Emergency retraction time (not 810D)
0
0
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1639
EXP
-
RETRACT_SPEED
Emergency retraction speed (not 810D)
0
-4194304
4194304
FDD/MSD ROT
DWORD
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1639
EXP
-
RETRACT_SPEED
Emergency retraction speed (not 810D)
0
-4194304
4194304
FDD
DWORD
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1650
D04, EXP
HEX
DIAGNOSIS_CONTROL_FLAGS
Diagnostic control (not 810D)
0
0
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1, DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1651
D04, EXP
-
MINMAX_SIGNAL_NR
Signal number min./max. memory (not 810D)
0
0
100
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1652
D04, EXP
-
MINMAX_ADDRESS
Memory cell, min./max. memory (not 810D)
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1653
D04, EXP
-
MINMAX_MIN_VALUE
Minimum value, min./max. memory (not 810D)
0
0
16777215
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1654
D04, EXP
-
MINMAX_MAX_VALUE
Maximum value, min./max. memory (not 810D)
0
0
16777215
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
2-94
10000
ffff
LIN
LIN
CR: /DE1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1655
D04, EXP
-
MONITOR_SEGMENT
Segment of memory cell for monitor
0
0
1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
immediately
1656
D04, EXP
-
MONITOR_ADDRESS
Address of memory cell for monitor
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
immediately
1657
D04, EXP
-
MONITOR_DISPLAY
Display monitor value
0
0
16777215
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
immediately
1658
D04, EXP
-
MONITOR_INPUT_VALUE
Entry of monitor value
0
0
16777215
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
immediately
1659
D04, EXP
-
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE
Transference of monitor value
0
0
1
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
immediately
1660
EXP
Hz
UF_MODE_FREQUENCY
Motor frequency V/f mode (not 810D)
0.0000
-10000.0000
10000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DE1 /
0/0
840D
immediately
1661
EXP
Vs
UF_MODE_RATIO
V/f ratio in V/f mode (not 810D)
2.4000
0.0000
100.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DE1 /
0/0
840D
immediately
1662
EXP
Hz/s
UF_MODE_DELTA_FREQUENCY
Changing the motor frequency of V/f operation (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
5.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FLOAT
CR: / DE1 /
0/0
840D
immediately
1665
EXP
-
IPO_SPEEDCTRL_DELAY_FACTOR
Run-time factor IPO/SC cycles f. RFG (not 810D)
2.0000
0.0000
20.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / IAD /
0/0
840D
immediately
1700
HEX
TERMINAL_STATE
Status of binary inputs
0
0
7fff
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1700
D04
HEX
TERMINAL_STATE
Status of binary inputs
0
0
ffff
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1701
V
LINK_VOLTAGE
DC link voltage
0
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1701
D04
V
LINK_VOLTAGE
DC link voltage
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1702
D04
C
MOTOR_TEMPERATURE
Motor temperature
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
immediately
1703
LEAD_TIME_MOTOR_ENC
Leadtime for motor measuring system converter
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
us
0
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-95
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
1703
EXP
us
LEAD_TIME_MOTOR_ENC
Leadtime for motor measuring system converter
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1704
us
LEAD_TIME_DIRECT_ENC
Leadtime for direct measuring system converter
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1704
EXP
us
LEAD_TIME_DIRECT_ENC
Leadtime for direct measuring system converter
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1705
D04
V
DESIRED_VOLTAGE
Voltage setpoint (rms) (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1706
1/min
DESIRED_SPEED
Speed setpoint
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1706
D04
m/min
DESIRED_SPEED
Speed setpoint
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1706
D04
1/min
DESIRED_SPEED
Speed setpoint
0.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1707
1/min
ACTUAL_SPEED
Actual speed value
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1707
D04
m/min
ACTUAL_SPEED
Speed actual value
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1707
D04
1/min
ACTUAL_SPEED
Actual speed value
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1708
%
ACTUAL_CURRENT
Smoothed actual current value
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1708
D04
%
ACTUAL_CURRENT
Smoothed actual current value
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1709
-
VOLTAGE_LSB
Significance of voltage representation
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1709
EXP
-
VOLTAGE_LSB
Significance of voltage representation
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1710
CURRENT_LSB
Significance of current representation
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
uA
2-96
0.0000
-100000.0000
-100000.0000
LIN
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
1710
EXP
uA
CURRENT_LSB
Significance of current representation
0.0000
-100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1711
1/min
SPEED_LSB
Significance of the speed representation
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1711
EXP
1/min
SPEED_LSB
Significance of the speed representation
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1711
EXP
m/min
SPEED_LSB
Significance of the speed representation
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1712
uVs
ROTOR_FLUX_LSB
Significance of the rotor flux representation
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1712
EXP
uVs
ROTOR_FLUX_LSB
Significance of the rotor flux representation
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1713
uNm
TORQUE_LSB
Significance of the torque representation
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1713
EXP
uNm
TORQUE_LSB
Significance of the torque representation
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1713
EXP
uN
FORCE_LSB
Significance of the force representation
0.0000
-1000000.0000
1000000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
1714
ø
ROTOR_POS_LSB
Significance of rotor position representation
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1714
EXP
degrees
ROTOR_POS_LSB
Significance of rotor position representation
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1719
D04
A
ABS_ACTUAL_CURRENT
Absolute current setpoint value (rms) (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1720
-
CRC_DIAGNOSIS
CRC diagnostic parameter
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1720
D04, EXP
-
CRC_DIAGNOSIS
CRC diagnostic parameter
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
100000.0000
LIN
LIN
2-97
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
-
ACCEL_DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostics, actual speed value
0
0
1721
D04, EXP
-
ACCEL_DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostics, actual speed value
0
0
1722
%
LOAD
Utilization
0.0000
1722
D04
%
LOAD
Utilization
0.0000
1723
ms
ACTUAL_RAMP_TIME
Diagnostics, ramp-up time
0
0
1723
EXP
ms
ACTUAL_RAMP_TIME
Diagnostics, ramp-up time
0
0
1724
-
SMOOTH_RUN_DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostics, smooth running monitoring
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1724
EXP
-
SMOOTH_RUN_DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostics, smooth running monitoring
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1725
Nm
MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC
Standardising the torque setpoint average
0.0000
0.0000
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1725
EXP
N
MAX_FORCE_FROM_NC
Rating force setpoint interface
0.0000
-1000000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
1725
EXP
Nm
MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC
Standardising the torque setpoint average
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT
FLOAT
CR: /DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1728
D04
%
DESIRED_TORQUE
Torque setpoint (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / F1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1729
D04
degrees
ACTUAL_ELECTRIC_ROTORPOS
Current rotor position (electr.) (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
1730
-
OPERATING_MODE
Operating mode display
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1730
D04
-
OPERATING_MODE
Operating mode display
1
1
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1721
2-98
0.0000
-100000.0000
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
32767.0000
FDD/MSD
FLOAT
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
100000.0000
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
FLOAT
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1000000.0000
LIN
CR: / DL1/
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
1731
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
-
CL1_PO_IMAGE
Image ZK1_PO register
0
0
1731
D04, EXP
-
CL1_PO_IMAGE
Image ZK1_PO register
0
0
1732
-
CL1_RES_IMAGE
Image ZK1_RES register
0
0
1732
D04, EXP
-
CL1_RES_IMAGE
Image ZK1_RES register
0
0
1733
-
LPFC_DIAGNOSIS
NPFK diagnosis counter
0
0
1733
EXP
-
LPFC_DIAGNOSIS
NPFK diagnosis counter
0
0
1734
-
DIAG_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Rotor position identification diagnosis (not 810D)
0
-5
2
FDD
WORD
1735
%
PROCESSOR_LOAD
Processor load (not 810D)
0
0
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1736
D04
-
TEST_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Rotor position identification (not 810D)
0
0
1
FDD
ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1737
degrees
DIFF_ROTORPOS_IDENT
Rotor position identification difference (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
FDD
FLOAT
CR: / DM1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1790
-
ENC_TYPE_MOTOR
Measuring circuit type, indirect measuring system
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD
WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1790
D04, D06
-
ENC_TYPE_MOTOR
Measuring circuit type, indirect measuring system
0
-1
32767
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
1791
-
ENC_TYPE_DIRECT
Measuring circuit type, direct measuring system
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD
WORD
CR: / DG1/
2/4
810D
immediately
1791
D04, D06
-
ENC_TYPE_DIRECT
Measuring circuit type, direct measuring system
0
-1
32767
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
WORD
CR: / DG1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1/
2/4
810D
immediately
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DB1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
ROT/LIN
ROT/LIN
2-99
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
-
PBL_VERSION
Data version
0
1797
EXP
-
PBL_VERSION
Data version
0
1798
-
FIRMWARE_DATE
Firmware date
0
0
1798
D04, EXP
-
FIRMWARE_DATE
Firmware date
0
0
1799
-
FIRMWARE_VERSION
Firmware release
0
0
1799
D04
-
FIRMWARE_VERSION
Firmware release
0
0
1797
2-100
0
0
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
65535
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. WORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
32767
FDD/MSD
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DD1/
2/4
810D
immediately
4294967295
FDD/MSD ROT/LIN
UNS. DWORD
CR: / DD1 /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
The drive machine data, MSD, of the second motor are listed in the following.
The cross-references correspond to those of the MD for the first motor with the
corresponding identifier.
2005
D06
-
ENC_RESOL_MOTOR_M2
Motor measuring system encoder increments (not 810D)
2048
1
65535
MSD
ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
2098
D05
A
INVERTER_MAX_CURR_DERAT_M2
PS derating limit current (not 810D)
200.0000
0.0000
ROT
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2099
D05
%
INVERTER_DERATING_FACT_M2
PS limit current derating (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2100
D01, D05, EXP
Hz
PWM_FREQUENCY_M2
Pulse-width modulation frequency (not 810D)
3200.0000
2000.0000
8000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
2102
D04, D05
-
MOTOR_CODE_M2
Motor code number (not 810D)
0
0
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
65535
MSD
ROT
UNS. WORD
2103
D05
A
MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT_M2
Motor rated current (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
2117
D05
kgm²
MOTOR_INERTIA_M2
Motor moment of inertia (not 810D)
0.0010
0.0000
ROT
32.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2119
D05
mH
SERIES_INDUCTANCE_M2
Inductance of the series reactor (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
65.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
2120
D01, EXP
V/A
CURRCTRL_GAIN_M2
Current controller P gain (not 810D)
10.0000
0.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2121
D01, EXP
us
CURRCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_M2
Current controller integral action time (not 810D)
2000.0000
0.0000
8000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2125
D04, EXP
s
UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_1_M2
Ramp-up time 1 in V/f operation (not 810D)
5.0000
0.0100
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2126
D04, EXP
s
UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_2_M2
Ramp-up time 2 in V/f operation (not 810D)
5.0000
0.0100
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2127
D04, D05, EXP
V
UF_VOLTAGE_AT_F0_M2
Voltage at f=0 in V/f operation (not 810D)
2.0000
0.0000
20.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2129
D05
-
POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI_M2
Cos phi power factor (not 810D)
0.8000
0.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
10000.0000
1.0000
840D
840D
840D
2-101
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2130
D05
kW
MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER_M2
Rated motor output (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
2132
D05
V
MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE_M2
Rated motor voltage (not 810D)
380.0000
0.0000
09.01
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
1500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
5000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
2134
D05
Hz
MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY_M2
Rated motor frequency (not 810D)
50.0000
0.0000
3000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
2135
D05
V
MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE_M2
Motor no-load voltage (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2136
D05
A
MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT_M2
Motor no-load current (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2137
D05
ohm
STATOR_COLD_RESISTANCE_M2
Cold stator resistance (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
120.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2138
D05
ohm
ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE_M2
Cold rotor resistance (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
ROT
120.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2139
D05
ohm
STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE_M2
Stator leakage reactance (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2140
D05
ohm
ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE_M2
Rotor leakage reactance (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2141
D05
ohm
MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE_M2
Magnetizing reactance (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2142
D05
1/min
FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED_M2
Threshold speed for field weakening (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2143
1/min
LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED_M2
Upper speed for the L_h characteristic (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
2144
%
LH_CURVE_GAIN_M2
Gain factor of the L_h characteristic (not 810D)
100.0000
100.0000
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
2145
D05
%
STALL_TORQUE_REDUCTION_M2
Stall torque reduction factor (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2-102
1000.0000
1000.0000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2146
D05
1/min
MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED_M2
Maximum motor speed (not 810D)
1500.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
2147
D02, D05
1/min
SPEED_LIMIT_M2
Motor speed limit (not 810D)
8000.0000
0.0000
ROT
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2148
D04
1/min
ACTUAL_STALL_POWER_SPEED_M2
Threshold speed of pull-out power (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2150
D01, EXP
A/(Vs)
FIELDCTRL_GAIN_M2
Flux controller P-gain (not 810D)
400.0000
0.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2151
D01, EXP
ms
FIELDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_M2
Flux controller integral-action time (not 810D)
10.0000
0.0000
500.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2160
D01, EXP
1/min
FLUX_ACQUISITION_SPEED_M2
Threshold speed for flux sensing (not 810D)
1500.0000
200.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2190
D02, EXP
Nm
TORQUE_LIMIT_FROM_NC_M2
Evaluation of torque limit (not 810D)
100.0000
0.0000
ROT
10000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2192
D02, EXP
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_WEIGHT_M2
Weight torque (not 810D)
0.0000
-100.0000
ROT
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2230
D02, EXP
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_1_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
1st torque limit (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
900.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2231
D02, EXP
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_2_M2
2nd torque limit (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2232
D02, EXP
1/min
TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED_M2
Changeover speed from MD 1230 to MD 1231 (not 810D) MSD
6000.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2233
D02, EXP
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_GENERATOR_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Regenerative limiting (not 810D)
MSD
100.0000
5.0000
100.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2234
D02, EXP
1/min
TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST_M2
Hysteresis MD 1232 (not 810D)
50.0000
0.0000
ROT
1000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2235
D02, EXP
%
POWER_LIMIT_1_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
1st power limit (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
900.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2236
D02, EXP
%
POWER_LIMIT_2_M2
2nd power limit (not 810D)
100.0000
5.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
100000.0000
100.0000
100.0000
840D
2-103
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2238
D02
%
CURRENT_LIMIT_M2
Motor current limit (not 810D)
150.0000
0.0000
09.01
ROT
400.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2239
D02
%
TORQUE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP_M2
Torque limit in setting-up operation (not 810D)
1.0000
0.5000
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2245
EXP
MSD
ROT
1/min
CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED_M2
Threshold speed dep. on M setpoint smoothing (not
810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
2246
EXP
1/min
CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS_M2
Hysteresis speed dep. M setpoint smoothing (not 810D)
50.0000
0.0000
1000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2400
D05
1/min
MOTOR_RATED_SPEED_M2
Rated motor speed (not 810D)
1450.0000
0.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
2401
D02, D05
1/min
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Maximum usable motor speed (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
PowerOn
840D
2403
D02
1/min
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED_M2
Shut down speed pulse suppression (not 810D)
2.0000
0.0000
7200.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2405
D02, D05
%
MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Monitoring motor speed (not 810D)
MSD
110.0000
100.0000
110.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2407
D01, D08
Nms/rad
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain of speed controller (not 810D)
0.3000
0.0000
1000000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2408
D01, EXP
Nms/rad
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain of upper adaptation speed (not 810D)
0.3000
0.0000
1000000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2409
D01, D08
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Integral action time of speed controller (not 810D)
MSD
ROT
10.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2410
D01, EXP
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Integral action time of upper adaptation speed (not 810D) MSD
ROT
10.0000
0.0000
500.0000
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2411
D01, EXP
1/min
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1_M2
Lower adaptation speed (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
2412
D01, EXP
1/min
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2_M2
Upper adaptation speed (not 810D)
0.0000
0.0000
2-104
100000.0000
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
ROT
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
ROT
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2413
D01, EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE_M2
Select adaptation speed controller (not 810D)
0
0
1
2417
D03
1/min
SPEED_THRESHOLD_X_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Signal n_x for 'n_act & lt; n_x' (not 810D)
MSD
6000.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2418
D03
1/min
SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Signal n_min for 'n_act & lt; n_min' (not 810D)
MSD
5.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2426
D03
1/min
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Tolerance bandwidth for 'n_act = n_set' signal (not 810D) MSD
20.0000
0.0000
10000.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2451
D01
Nms/rad
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
P gain of speed control loop IM (not 810D)
MSD
0.3000
0.0000
100000.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2453
D01
ms
SPDCTRL_INTEGR_TIME_1_AM_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param.-set
Integral action time of speed control loop IM (not 810D)
MSD
140.0000
0.0000
6000.0000
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2458
D01
%
DES_CURRENT_OPEN_LOOP_AM_M2
Current setpoint controlled range IM (not 810D)
90.0000
0.0000
150.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2459
D01
ms
TORQUE_SMOOTH_TIME_AM_M2
Torque smoothing time constant IM (not 810D)
4.0000
0.0000
100.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2465
D01, D06
1/min
SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM_M2
Changeover speed MSD/IM (not 810D)
100000.0000
0.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2466
D01
1/min
SWITCH_SPD_OPEN_LOOP_AM_M2
Changeover speed closed/open loop IM (not 810D)
300.0000
150.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2602
D02, D05
C
MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT_M2
Motor temperature alarm threshold (not 810D)
120
0
200
MSD
ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2607
D02, D05
C
MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT_M2
Motor temperature shutdown limit (not 810D)
155
0
200
MSD
ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2608
D02, D05
C
MOTOR_FIXED_TEMPERATURE_M2
Fixed temperature (not 810D)
0
0
200
MSD
ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2711
EXP
1/min
SPEED_LSB_M2
Significance of the speed representation (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2712
EXP
uVs
ROTOR_FLUX_LSB_M2
Significance of the rotor flux representation (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
MSD
ROT
UNS. WORD
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2-105
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
2713
EXP
uNm
TORQUE_LSB_M2
Significance of the torque representation (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2714
EXP
degrees
ROTOR_POS_LSB_M2
Significance of rotor position representation (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2725
EXP
Nm
MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC_M2
Standardising the torque setpoint average (not 810D)
0.0000
-100000.0000
100000.0000
MSD
FLOAT
ROT
CR: / /
2/4
840D
immediately
2-106
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
2.3
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Machine data for hydraulics module
Number
Display filter
MD identifier
Name
Unit
Default value
5001
D01, EXP
31,25 us
SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
Velocity controller clockrate
4
2
5002
EXP
31,25 us
MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME
Monitoring cycle
3200
128
5003
EXP
HEX
STS_CONFIG
STS configuration
330
5004
D01
HEX
CTRL_CONFIG
Configuration structure
1000
0
5005
EXP
-
Drive Type
Minimum value
Prot.
level
Cross ref.
SW
840D
Maximum value
Data type
Valid from
16
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
3200
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
7F0
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
1000
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
PowerOn
ENC_RESOL_MOTOR
Increments of rotary measuring system
2048
128
65535
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
5008
EXP, D06
degrees
ENC_PHASE_ERROR_CORRECTION
Encoder phase error compensation
0.0
-20.0
20.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5011
D06
HEX
ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG
Configuration of actual value acquisition
0
0
65535
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
5012
D01, D02, D03
HEX
FUNC_SWITCH
Function switch
4
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5021
D06
-
ENC_ABS_TURN_MOTOR
Multiturn resol. motor absolute encoder
4096
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
5022
D06
-
ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR
Measuring steps of motor absolute track
8192
0
7FFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
5023
D06
HEX
ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR
Diagnosis of measuring circuit motor absolute track
0
0
BFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5024
D06
nm
DIVISION_LIN_SCALE
Linear scale graduations
20000
1000
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
0
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
65535
5000000
3/3
2-107
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
5025
D06, EXP
-
SERIAL_NO_ENCODER
Serial no. of motor measuring system
0
0
5027
D06
HEX
ENC_CONFIG
Configuration of encoder IM
0
0
5028
D06
-
NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS
IM message frame length SSI
25
0
5040
EXP, D04
mm
PISTON_ZERO
Piston zero in relation to machine zero
0.0
-1000000.0
5041
EXP
-
09.01
ffffffff
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
6.3
840D
PowerOn
ffff
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
6.3
840D
PowerOn
25
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
6.3
840D
PowerOn
3/3
1000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
MACHINE_ZERO_HIGH
Machine zero in relation to actual position zero
0
-2147483647
7FFFFFFF
HLD
DWORD
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5042
EXP
-
MACHINE_ZERO_LOW
Machine zero in relation to actual position zero
0
0
FFFFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5100
D01
bar
FLUID_ELASTIC_MODULUS
Modulus of elasticity for hydraulic oil
11000
1000
3/3
21000
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5101
D01
bar
WORKING_PRESSURE
System pressure
0.0
0.0
3/3
350.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
5102
D01
bar
PILOT_OPERATION_PRESSURE
Pilot pressure
0.0
0.0
3/3
250.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5106
D05, D04
-
VALVE_CODE
Valve code number
0
0
2000
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5107
D05
l/min
VALVE_NOMINAL_FLOW
Valve rated flow
0.0
0.0
3/3
1000
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5108
D05
bar
VALVE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE
Valve rated pressure drop
35.0
1.0
3/3
200.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5109
D05
V
VALVE_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE
Valve rated voltage
10.0
0.5
3/3
15.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5110
D05
%
VALVE_DUAL_GAIN_FLOW
Valve flow knee point
10.0
0.2
3/3
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5111
D05
%
VALVE_DUAL_GAIN_VOLTAGE
Valve voltage knee point
10.0
0.2
3/3
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-108
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
5112
D05
-
VALVE_FLOW_FACTOR_A_B
Valve flow ratio A/B
1.0
0.5
5113
D05
HEX
VALVE_CONFIGURATION
Valve configuration
0
0
5114
D01, D05
Hz
VALVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY
Valve natural frequency
150.0
1.0
5115
D01, D05
-
VALVE_DAMPING
Valve damping
0.8
0.4
5131
D05
mm
CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER
Cylinder piston diameter
0.0
0.0
5132
D05
mm
PISTON_ROD_A_DIAMETER
Cylinder piston rod diameter A
0.0
0.0
5133
D05
mm
PISTON_ROD_B_DIAMETER
Cylinder piston rod diameter B
0.0
0.0
5134
D05
mm
PISTON_STROKE
Piston stroke
0.0
5135
D05
ccm
CYLINDER_DEAD_VOLUME_A
Cylinder dead volume at the drive end
0.0
0.0
2.0
13
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
1000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
1.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
2500.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
3/3
2400.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
3/3
2400.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
3/3
3000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
200000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5136
D05
ccm
CYLINDER_DEAD_VOLUME_B
Cylinder dead volume at the non-drive end
0.0
0.0
200000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5140
D05
HEX
VALVE_CYLINDER_CONNECTION
Connection configuration of valve cylinder
0
0
1
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5141
D05
mm
PIPE_LENGTH_A
Pipe length at the drive end
0.0
0.0
3/3
10000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5142
D05
mm
PIPE_LENGTH_B
Pipe length at the non-drive end
0.0
0.0
3/3
10000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5143
D05
mm
PIPE_INNER_DIAMETER_A_B
Pipe inside diameters A and B
5.0
0.0
3/3
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
0.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
HLD
FLOAT
2-109
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
5150
D05
kg
DRIVE_MASS
Mass moved by drive
0.0
0.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5151
D05
degrees
CYLINDER_A_ORIENTATION
Mounting position at the drive end of the cylinder
0.0
-90.0
90.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5152
D05
-
CYLINDER_FASTENING
Fastening the cylinder
0
0
1
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5160
D05
mm
PISTON_POS_MIN_NAT_FREQ
Piston position min. natural frequency
0.0
0.0
3/3
3000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5161
D01, D05
-
DRIVE_DAMPING
Damping the drive
0.1
3/3
1.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5162
D01, D05
Hz
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY_A
Natural frequency of drive A
1.0
1.0
3/3
2000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5163
D01, D05
Hz
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY
Natural frequency of the drive
1.0
1.0
3/3
2000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5164
D01, D05
Hz
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY_B
Natural frequency of drive B
1.0
1.0
3/3
2000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5180
D01
-
CLOSED_LOOP_SYSTEM_DAMPING
Desired damping closed-loop system
0.7
0.2
1.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5200
D01
-
NUM_OUTPUT_VCTRL_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Number of manipulated variable filters
HLD
3/3
0
0
2
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5201
D01
HEX
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FILTER_CONFIG [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Type of manipulated variable filter
HLD
3/3
0
0
3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5202
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT2 natural frequency of manipulated variable filter 1
HLD
1000.0
10.0
8000.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5203
D01
-
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_DAMP [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT2 damping of manipulated variable filter 1
HLD
1.0
0.05
1.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5204
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT2 natural frequency of manipulated variable filter 2
HLD
1000.0
10.0
8000.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5205
D01
-
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_DAMP [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT2 damping of manipulated variable filter 2
HLD
1.0
0.05
1.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-110
0.01
50000.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
5210
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Blocking frequency for manipulated variable filter 1
HLD
3500.0
1.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5211
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 1
HLD
500.0
5.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5212
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Numerator bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 1
HLD
0.0
0.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5213
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_SUP_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Blocking frequency of manipulated variable filter 2
HLD
3500.0
1.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5214
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 2
HLD
500.0
5.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5215
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Numerator bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 2
HLD
0.0
0.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5230
D02
N
FORCE_LIMIT_THRESHOLD [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Power limitation threshold for weight
HLD
10000.0
0.0
100000000.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5231
D02
N
FORCE_LIMIT_WEIGHT [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Power limitation weight
0.0
-100000000.0
100000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5232
D02
mm/min
STICTION_SPEED_THRESHOLD
Velocity threshold static friction
10.0
0.0
3/3
500.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5233
D01
%
STICTION_COMP_THRESHOLD
Interrupting lead static friction
40.0
3.0
3/3
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5234
D02
N
STICTION_FORCE_POS
Friction force velocity & gt; 0
100.0
-100000000.0
3/3
100000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5235
D02
N
STICTION_FORCE_NEG
Friction force velocity & lt; 0
-100.0
-100000000.0
3/3
100000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5240
D01
N/V
FORCECONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN
Controlled system gain power controller
0.0
0.0
1000000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5241
D02
HEX
FORCECTRL_CONFIG [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Configuration of force controller
0
0
6
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-111
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
5242
D01
-
FORCECTRL_GAIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
P gain of force controller
0.0
0.0
10000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5243
D01
%
FORCECTRL_GAIN_RED
Attenuation of power controller P component
40.0
0.1
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5244
D01
ms
FORCECTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Power controller reset time
HLD
40.0
0.0
2000.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5245
D01
ms
FORCECTRL_PT1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Power controller smoothing time constant
0.5
0.25
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5246
D01
ms
FORCECTRL_DIFF_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Power controller lead time
0.0
-10000.0
10000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5247
D01
%
FORCE_FFW_WEIGHT
Power controller precontrol factor
100.0
0.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5260
D01
-
NUM_FFW_FCTRL_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Number of pilot filters in force controller
HLD
3/3
0
0
1
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5261
D01
HEX
FFW_FCTRL_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Type of pilot filter in the force controller
HLD
3/3
0
0
1
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5264
D01
Hz
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT2 natural freq. pilot filter 1
2000.0
10.0
8000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5265
D01
-
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_DAMP [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT2 damping pilot filter 1
0.7
0.2
1.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5268
D01
Hz
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Blocking frequency pilot filter 1
HLD
3500.0
10.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5269
D01
Hz
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_BW [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Bandwidth pilot filter 1
500.0
5.0
7999.0
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5270
D01
Hz
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Counter bandwidth pilot filter 1
HLD
0.0
0.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5280
D01
-
NUM_OUTPUT_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Number of manipulated value filters
0
0
1
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5281
D01
HEX
OUTPUT_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Type of manipulated value filter
0
0
1
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
2-112
120.0
HLD
FLOAT
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
5284
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_FIL_1_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Natural frequency of manipulated value filter 1
1000.0
10.0
8000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5285
D01
-
OUTPUT_FIL_1_DAMP [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Damping manipulated value filter 1
1.0
0.05
1.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5288
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Blocking frequency manipulated value filter 1
HLD
3500.0
1.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5289
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_FIL_1_BW [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Bandwidth manipulated value filter 1
500.0
5.0
7999.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5290
D01
Hz
OUTPUT_FIL_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Numerator bandwidth manipulated value filter 1
0.0
0.0
7999.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5401
D02, D05
mm/min
DRIVE_MAX_SPEED
Maximum useful velocity
0.0
0.0
3/3
120000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
5402
D02
ms
SPEED_CRTL_DISABLE_STOPTIME
Deceleration time with servo disable
0.0
0.0
3/3
120000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5404
D02
ms
POWER_DISABLE_DELAY
Power disable timer
100
0
3/3
100000
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5406
D01, D08
%
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_A [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
P gain of velocity controller A
0.0
-100.0
1000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5407
D01, D08
%
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
P gain of velocity controller
0.0
-100.0
1000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5408
D01, D08
%
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_B [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
P gain of velocity controller B
0.0
-100.0
1000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5409
D01, D08
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Velocity controller reset time
HLD
50.0
0.0
2000.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5413
D01
-
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE
Selection of velocity controller adaptation
0
0
1
5414
D01, EXP
Hz
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Natural frequency of the reference model
HLD
150.0
0.0
1000.0
FLOAT
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-113
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
5415
D01, EXP
-
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Damping of the reference model
HLD
0.9
0.4
1.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5420
D02
mm/min
DRIVE_MAX_SPEED_SETUP
Maximum setup mode velocity
10.0
0.0
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5421
D01
ms
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_FEEDBK [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Time constant for integrator feedback
HLD
0.0
0.0
1000.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5422
D01
mm/min
FEEDBK_SPEED_THRESHOLD
Speed treshold integrator feed back
10.0
0.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5430
D01
ms
SPEEDCTRL_PT1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Smoothing time constant for velocity controller
0.25
0.25
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5431
D01
ms
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_A [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Lead time for velocity controller A
HLD
0.0
-100.0
100.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5432
D01
ms
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Lead time for velocity controller
0.0
-100.0
100.0
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5433
D01
ms
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_B [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Lead time for velocity controller B
HLD
0.0
-100.0
100.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5435
D01
mm/Vmin
CONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN
Controlled system gain
0.0
0.0
3/3
20000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5440
D02
mm/min
POS_DRIVE_SPEED_LIMIT
Positive velocity setpoint limit
0.0
0.0
3/3
120000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5441
D02
mm/min
NEG_DRIVE_SPEED_LIMIT
Negative velocity setpoint limit
0.0
0.0
3/3
120000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5460
D01
%
FRICTION_COMP_GRADIENT
Increase in friction compensation
0.0
0.0
3/3
400.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5461
D01
%
FRICTION_COMP_OUTPUT_RANGE
Range of action of friction compensation
0.1
0.1
10.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5462
D01
%
AREA_FACTOR_POS_OUTPUT
Positive area adaptation factor
100.0
10.0
3/3
200.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5463
D01
%
AREA_FACTOR_NEG_OUTPUT
Negative area adaptation factor
100.0
10.0
3/3
200.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-114
120000.0
120000.0
HLD
FLOAT
HLD
FLOAT
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
5464
D01
%
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_FLOW
Knee-point compensation of flow
10.0
0.2
3/3
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5465
D01
%
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_VOLTAGE
Knee-point compensation of voltage
10.0
0.2
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5466
D01
%
DUAL_GAIN_COMP_SMOOTH_RANGE
Knee-point compensation of rounding area
2.5
0.0
20.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5467
D01
%
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_FLOW
Knee-point compensation neg. flow
10.0
0.2
3/3
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5468
D01
%
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_VOLTAGE
Knee-point compensation neg. voltage
10.0
0.2
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5470
D01
-
OFFSET_COMPENSATION
Offset compensation
0
-4000
3/3
4000
HLD
WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5475
D02
V
OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_LIMIT
Actuating voltage limitation
10.0
1.0
3/3
10.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5476
D01
HEX
OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_INVERSION
Manipulated variable inversion
0
0
1
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5480
D01
%
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_FLOW
Knee-point compensation pos. flow zero range
0.01
0.01
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5481
D01
%
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_VOLT
Knee-point compensation pos. voltage zero range
0.0
0.0
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5482
D01
%
DUAL_GAIN_COMP_SMOOTH_Z_R
Knee-point compensation rounding zero range
0.0
0.0
10.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5483
D01
%
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_FLOW
Knee-point compensation neg. flow zero range
0.01
0.01
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5484
D01
%
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_VOLT
Knee-point compensation neg. voltage zero range
0.0
0.0
95.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5485
D01
%
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_FLOW
Knee-point compensation pos. flow saturation
100.0
0.2
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-115
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
5486
D01
%
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_VOLT
Knee-point compensation pos. voltage saturation
100.0
0.2
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5487
D01
%
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_FLOW
Knee-point compensation neg. flow saturation
100.0
0.2
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5488
D01
%
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_VOLT
Knee-point compensation neg. voltage saturation
100.0
0.2
100.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.2
840D
immediately
5500
D01
-
NUM_SPEED_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Number of velocity filters
0
0
1
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5501
D01
HEX
SPEED_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Type of velocity filter
0
0
257
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5502
D01
ms
SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT1 time constant of velocity filter 1
0.0
0.0
500.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5506
D01
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT 2 natural frequency of velocity filter 1
HLD
2000.0
10.0
8000.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5507
D01
-
SPEED_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
PT2 damping of velocity filter 1
HLD
0.7
0.2
1.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5514
D01
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
BSF blocking frequency of velocity filter 1
HLD
3500.0
10.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5515
D01
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
BSF bandwidth of velocity filter 1
HLD
500.0
5.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5516
D01
Hz
SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Numerator bandwidth of velocity filter 1
HLD
0.0
0.0
7999.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5520
D01
%
SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
BSF natural frequency of velocity filter 1
HLD
100.0
1.0
141.0
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5522
D01
HEX
ACT_SPEED_FILTER_TIME
Time constant velocity actual value filter
0
0
0
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
5530
D05, D02
HEX
CYLINDER_SAFETY_CONFIG
Safety circuit
4
0
31
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5531
D02
ms
OUTPUT_ENABLE_DELAY
Manipulated variable blocking time
300
0
500
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-116
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
5532
D02
ms
POWER_ENABLE_DELAY
Power enable blocking time
100
0
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5550
D06
bar
PRESSURE_SENS_A_REF
Reference value of pressure sensor A at 10 V
200.0
50.0
540.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5551
D06
-
PRESSURE_SENS_A_OFFS
Offset compensation for pressure sensor A
0
-32760
32760
HLD
WORD
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5552
D06
bar
PRESSURE_SENS_B_REF
Reference value of pressure sensor B at 10V
200.0
50.0
540.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5553
D06
-
PRESSURE_SENS_B_OFFS
Offset compensation for pressure sensor B
0
-32767
32767
HLD
WORD
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5600
D02, EXP
HEX
ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON
Concealable alarms (Power On)
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5601
D02, EXP
HEX
ALARM_MASK_RESET
Concealable alarms (Reset)
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5605
D02
ms
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME
Time limit of velocity controller
200.0
20.0
3/3
1000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5606
D02
mm/min
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD
Threshold limit of velocity controller
120000.0
0.0
3/3
120000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5609
D06, d02
mm/min
ENC_SPEED_LIMIT
Maximum measuring velocity of linear scale
240000.0
1.0
240000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5610
EXP
HEX
DIAGNOSIS_ACTIVATION_FLAGS
Diagnostic functions
0
0
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
PowerOn
5612
D02
HEX
ALARM_REACTION_POWER_ON
Configurable shutdown reaction with PO alarms
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5613
D02
HEX
ALARM_REACTION_RESET
Configurable shutdown reaction with RESET alarms
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5614
D02
ms
VALVE_ERROR_TIME
Valve spool monitoring timer
50
1
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
300
3
100
2-117
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
5620
D03
HEX
PROG_SIGNAL_FLAGS
Bits of variable signaling functions
0
0
5621
D03
-
09.01
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
PROG_SIGNAL_NR
Signal number of variable signaling function
0
0
100
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5622
D03
HEX
PROG_SIGNAL_ADDRESS
Address of variable signaling functions
0
0
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5623
D03
HEX
PROG_SIGNAL_THRESHOLD
Threshold of variable signaling functions
0
0
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5624
D03
HEX
PROG_SIGNAL_HYSTERESIS
Hysteresis of variable signaling functions
0
0
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5625
D03
-
PROG_SIGNAL_ON_DELAY
Pickup delay of variable signaling function
0
0
10000
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5626
D03
-
PROG_SIGNAL_OFF_DELAY
Dropout delay of variable signaling function
0
0
10000
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5648
D04, EXP
-
VALVE_ID_PARAMS1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Valve-Idi-Parameter2
0
0
7999
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
6.1
840D
immediately
5649
D04, EXP
-
VALVE_ID_PARAMS2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of param. set
Valve-Idi-Parameter2
0
0
7999
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
6.1
840D
immediately
5650
D04, EXP
HEX
DIAGNOSIS_CONTROL_FLAGS
Diagnostic control
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5651
D04, EXP
-
MINMAX_SIGNAL_NR
Signal number of min./max. storage
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5652
D04, EXP
HEX
MINMAX_ADDRESS
Storage location of min./max. storage
0
0
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5653
D04, EXP
HEX
MINMAX_MIN_VALUE
Minimum value of min./max. storage
0
0
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5654
D04, EXP
HEX
MINMAX_MAX_VALUE
Maximum value of min./max. storage
0
0
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5655
D04, EXP
HEX
MONITOR_SEGMENT
Monitor storage location segment
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-118
7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
5656
D04, EXP
HEX
MONITOR_ADDRESS
Monitor storage location address
0
0
5657
D04, EXP
HEX
MONITOR_DISPLAY
Monitor value display
0
0
5658
D04, EXP
HEX
MONITOR_INPUT_VALUE
Monitor value input
0
0
5659
D04, EXP
HEX
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE
Monitor value accept
0
0
5700
D04
HEX
TERMINAL_STATE
Status of binary inputs
0
0
5704
D04
bar
ACTUAL_PRESSURE_A
Actual pressure value A
0.0
-10000.0
5705
D04
bar
ACTUAL_PRESSURE_B
Actual pressure value B
0.0
-10000.0
5706
D04
mm/min
DESIRED_SPEED
Velocity setpoint
0.0
5707
D04
mm/min
ACTUAL_SPEED
Actual velocity value
0.0
-240000.0
5708
D04
N
ACTUAL_CYL_FORCE
Actual cylinder force value
0.0
-1000000000.0
5709
EXP
V
VOLTAGE_LSB
Significance of voltage display
0.0
-100000.0
5710
EXP
bar
PRESSURE_LSB
Significance of pressure display
0.0
-240000.0
5711
EXP
mm/min
SPEED_LSB
Significance of velocity display
0.0
-240000.0
5713
EXP
uN
FORCE_LSB
Significance of power display
0.0
-10000000.0
-240000.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
10000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
10000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
240000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
240000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
1000000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
100000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
240000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
240000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
3/3
10000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-119
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
5714
EXP
nm
POSITION_LSB
Significance of position display
0.0
-1000000.0
3/3
1000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5715
D04
V
DESIRED_VALVE_SPOOL_POS
Valve spool position setpoint voltage
0.0
-10.0
3/3
10.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5716
D04
V
ACTUAL_VALVE_SPOOL_POS
Voltage for actual valve spool position value
0.0
-10.0
10.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5717
D04
N
DESIRED_CYL_FORCE
Desired cylinder power
0.0
-1000000000.0
3/3
1000000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5720
D04, EXP
-
CRC_DIAGNOSIS
CRC diagnostic parameters
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5725
D04, EXP
N
MAX_FORCE_FROM_NC
Standardization of the power setpoint interface
0.0
0.0
1000000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5730
D04
HEX
OPERATING_MODE
Display of the operating mode
1
1
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5731
D04, EXP
HEX
CL1_PO_IMAGE
Map of the ZK1_PO register
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5732
D04, EXP
HEX
CL1_RES_IMAGE
Map of the ZK1_RES register
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5735
D04, EXP
%
PROCESSOR_UTILIZATION
Processor load
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5740
EXP, D04
mm
ACTUAL_POSITION
Actual position value in relation to machine zero
0.0
-10000000.0
10000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5741
EXP, D04
mm
ACTUAL_PISTON_POSITION
Piston position in relation to piston zero
0.0
-10000000.0
10000000.0
HLD
FLOAT
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5790
D04, D06
-
ENC_TYPE
Measuring circuit type of measuring system
0
-1
32767
HLD
WORD
3/3
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5797
D04
-
PBL_VERSION
Data version
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
5798
D04
-
FIRMWARE_DATE
Firmware date
0
0
FFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.WORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-120
0
3/3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
5799
D04
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
FIRMWARE_VERSION
Firmware version
0
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
FFFFFF
HLD
3/3
UNS.DWORD
CR: /FBHLA/
5.1
840D
immediately
2-121
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
2.4
Machine data for operator panel
2.4.1
Generally available MDs for operator panel
Number
MD identifier
Cross ref.
Name, other information
Unit
Default value
9000
Active
Minimum value
Maximum value
Protection level
Data type
Valid from
LCD_CONTRAST
CR: A2
Contrast
Power On
-
7
9001
0
15
3/4
BYTE
-
DISPLAY_TYPE
CR: A2
Type of operator panel
0
9002
0/0
0
2
DISPLAY_MODE (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
External monitor (1: monochrome; 2: color)
-
0
9003
0
Power On
2
3/4
BYTE
1
FIRST_LANGUAGE (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Foreground language
Power On
-
1
9004
1
2
3/4
BYTE
1.1
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
CR: A2
Power On HMIembedd., otherw.
IMMEDIATELY
Display resolution
-
3
9005
0
5
3/4
BYTE
-
PRG_DEFAULT_DIR (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Basic setting program directory
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
9006
1
5
3/4
BYTE
-
DISPLAY_BLACK_TIME (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Time for switching to dark screen
Power On
min
0
9007
0
60
3/4
BYTE
SW2
TABULATOR_SIZE (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Tab length
IMMEDIATELY
-
4
9008
30
BYTE
SW2
KEYBOARD_TYPE
Type of keyboard:
0
3/4
CR: A2
( 0: OP, 1: MFII/QWERTY)
min
0
9009
0
Power On
1
3/4
BYTE
SW3.6
KEYBOARD_STATE
CR: A2
Keyboard shift behavior at booting
Power On
3/4
BYTE
SW3.6
(0: Single, 1: Perm., 2: CAPSLOCK)
-
0
9010
SPIND_DISPLAY_RESOLUTION (HMI ADV)
2-122
0
2
CR: A2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Display resolution for spindle values
IMMEDIATELY
-
3
0
9011
5
3/4
BYTE
SW 4
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH
CR: A2
Power On HMIembedd., otherw.
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
SW 5.1
Power On
2/2
DWORD
5.2
Time in which the MMC timer is synchronized with the PLC
IMMEDIATELY
0/0
-
0
UNS.WORD
5.3
9014
USE_CHANNEL_DISPLAY_DATA
Disp. resolution for INCH meas. system
-
4
0
9012
5
ACTION_LOG_MODE
CR: IM1, IM3, IM4
Set action mode for trip recorder
-
255
0
9013
SYS_CLOCK_SYNC_TIME (HMI EMB)
0
0xffff
CR: IM1
199
CR: FBT, FBSP,
EMB, ADV
Use channel-specific display MDs
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
0
9015
1
3/4
INTEGER
6.3
DARKTIME_TO_PLC (OP 30)
CR: -
Transfer signal :Screen is dark- to PLC
-
0
0
9016
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW 5
SWITCH_TO_AREA (OP 30)
CR: -
Default start-up menu selectable
-
10
9020
IMMEDIATELY
10
79
3/4
BYTE
SW 5
TECHNOLOGY
CR: A2
Technology for NC prog. and simulation
-
0
0
IMMEDIATELY
2
3/ 4
BYTE
SW4.3 MMC100
SW5.1 MMC103
9025
DISPLAY_BACKLIGHT
CR: BAH
Brightness level of the background lighting
Power On
3/4
UNS.BYTE
5.3
(HT6 only)
-
15
9026
0
15
TEACH_MODE
CR: BAH
Teach-in mode to be activated (HT6 only)
-
1
9027
0
Power On
65535
4/7
UNS.WORD
5.3
NUM_AX_SEL
CR: BAH
Number of axis groups for traversing keys (HT6 only)
-
0
0
9030
Power On
4
3/4
UNS.WORD
5.3
EXPONENT_LIMIT (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Number of places displayed without exponent
-
6
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Power On
20
3/4
BYTE
SW 5.1
2-123
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9031
09.01
EXPONENT_SCIENCE (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Technical exponent representation in steps of three
-
1
9032
0
Power On
1
3/4
BYTE
SW 5.1
HMI_MONITOR
CR: FBT, FBSP,
EMB, ADV
Define PLC data for HMI screen info
Power On
-
-
-
9033
STRING
6.2
IMMEDIATELY
-
1/4
3/4
LONG
6.2
MA_DISPL_INV_DIR_SPIND_M3 (HMI ADV)
Display of direction of spindle rotation
-
0x0000
9050
0x0000
0x7FFFFFFF
CR: ADV
STARTUP_LOGO
CR: FBT, FBSP,
EMB, ADV
Activate OEM boot screen
Power On
-
0
0
9051
1
2/4
BYTE
6.2
PLC_ADDR_FOR_USER_HD_TEXT
CR: FBT, FBSP
PLC data for user texts in the header
-
0
-
9052
Power On
-
1/4
STRING
6.3
SHOW_CHANNEL_SPANNING_STATE
CR: FBT, FBSP
Change cross-channel status display
0
Power On
-
0
1
9180
USER_CLASS_READ_TCARR (HMI EMB)
Protection level for read-only access to toolholder offset general
7
9181
0
7
7
0
7
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
6.1
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
2/4
BYTE
6.1
USER_CLASS_INCH_METRIC (HMI EMB)
Access level for inch-metric changeover
-
7
0
9200
CR: EMB
Power On
7
3/4
BYTE
6.2
USER_CLASS_READ_TOA
CR: A2
Protect. level read tool offsets
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9201
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_GEO
CR: A2
Protection level write tool geometry
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9202
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_WEAR
CR: A2
Protection level write tool wear data
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9203
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_WRITE_FINE
CR: A2
Protection level fine
-
2-124
7
6.3
CR: A2
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TCARR (HMI EMB)
Protection level for write access to toolholder offset general
9182
BYTE
IMMEDIATELY
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9204
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_SC (HMI ADV)
Change prot.level for tool sum offsets
0
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9205
7
3/4
BYTE
SW 5
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_EC (HMI ADV)
Prot.level change tool setup offsets
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9206
0
7
3/4
BYTE
SW 5
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_SUPVIS (HMI ADV)
Prot. level change tool mon. limits
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9207
0
7
3/4
BYTE
SW 5
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_ASSDNO (HMI ADV)
Modify assigned DNo of a tool cutt. edge
0
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9208
7
3/4
BYTE
SW 5
USER_CLASS_WRITE_MAG_WGROUP (HMI ADV)
Modify wear group mag. pos./magazine
-
3
9209
0
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
5
3/4
BYTE
SW 5
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_ADAPT
CR: A2
Protect. level write tool adaptat. data
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9210
0
7
3/4
BYTE
SW5
USER_CLASS_WRITE_ZOA
CR: A2
Write protect. level of sett. zero offs.
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9211
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_READ_GUD_LUD
CR: A2
Protection level for reading user variables
-
7
9212
0
IMMEDIATELY
USER_CLASS_WRITE_GUD_LUD
7
7
9213
0
SW6.1
CR: IM1, IM3, A2
Protection level for writing user variables
-
IMMEDIATELY
USER_CLASS_OVERSTORE_HIGH
7
SW6.1
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9214
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PRG_CONDIT
CR: A2
Protection level program control
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9215
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_WRITE_SEA
CR: A2
Protection level write setting data
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9216
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_READ_PROGRAM (HMI EMB)
Protection level for reading part program
7
3/4
CR: A2
Protection level extended overstore
-
3/4
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
7
3/4
BYTE
-
2-125
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9217
09.01
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PROGRAM (HMI EMB)
Protect.level change program control
-
7
9218
0
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_SELECT_PROGRAM
CR: A2
Protection level program selection
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9219
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_TEACH_IN
CR: A2
Protection level TEACH IN
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9220
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_PRESET
CR: A2
Protection level PRESET
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9221
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_CLEAR_RPA
CR: A2
Protection level delete R variables
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9222
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA
CR: A2
Protection level write R variables
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9223
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_SET_V24 (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Protection level for V24 interface configuration
-
7
9224
0
IMMEDIATELY
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_READ_IN (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Protection level for data read-in
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9225
0
7
3/4
BYTE
-
USER_CLASS_READ_CST (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Protection level for standard cycles
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9226
0
7
3/4
BYTE
SW2
USER_CLASS_READ_CUS (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Protection level user cycles
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9227
0
7
3/4
BYTE
SW2
USER_CLASS_SHOW_SBL2 (HMI EMB)
Skip single block2 (SBL2)
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9228
0
7
3/4
BYTE
SW3.5
USER_CLASS_READ_SYF (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Access level for selecting directory SYF
-
7
9229
0
SW-UPD
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.2
USER_CLASS_READ_DEF (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Access level for selecting directory DEF
-
2-126
7
0
SW-UPD
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Note
With Software Version 5, protection level ranges are introduced in the
R parameter display. They provide separate defined protection levels for
defined areas with R parameters. The ranges and protection levels can be
defined with the following machine data.
The previous functions of the display machine data
USER_CLASS_CLEAR_RPA and USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA are retained.
Where ranges overlap, the higher of the two protection levels applies.
9230
USER_CLASS_READ_BD (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Access level for selecting directory BD
0
SW-UPD
-
7
9231
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.2
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_1 (HMI ADV)
Protection level for the first RPA area
0
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9232
7
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
USER_BEGIN_WRITE_RPA_1 (HMI ADV)
Beginning of the first RPA area
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9233
0
-
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
USER_END_WRITE_RPA_1 (HMI ADV)
CR: A2
End of the first RPA area
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9234
0
-
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_2 (HMI ADV)
Protection level for the second RPA area
0
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9235
7
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
USER_BEGIN_WRITE_RPA_2 (HMI ADV)
Beginning of the second RPA area
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9236
0
-
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
USER_END_WRITE_RPA_2 (HMI ADV)
CR: A2
End of the second RPA area
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9237
0
-
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_3 (HMI ADV)
Protection level for the third RPA area
0
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9238
7
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
USER_BEGIN_WRITE_RPA_3 (HMI ADV)
Beginning of the third RPA area
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9239
0
-
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
USER_END_WRITE_RPA_3 (HMI ADV)
CR: A2
End of the third RPA area
-
0
IMMEDIATELY
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
3/4
BYTE
SW5.1
2-127
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9240
09.01
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_NAME (HMI ADV)
Change tool designation and duplo
0
9241
IMMEDIATELY
0
7
3/4
BYTE
5
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_TYPE (HMI ADV)
Change tool type
0
9242
CR: A2
CR: A2
IMMEDIATELY
0
7
3/4
BYTE
5
MA_STAT_DISPLAY_BASE (HMI ADV)
CR: K2
Number basis display articul. pos. STAT
-
10
9243
2
IMMEDIATELY
16
1/1
USHORT
6.1
MA_TU_DISPLAY_BASE (HMI ADV)
CR: K2
Number basis display rot. axis pos. TU
2
IMMEDIATELY
-
10
9244
16
1/1
USHORT
6.1
MA_ORIAXES_EULER_ANGLE_NAME (HMI ADV)
Orientation axes as Euler angle
CR: K2
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
9245
0
1
1/1
USHORT
6.1
MA_PRESET_FRAMEIDX (HMI ADV)
CR: K2
Value storage for scratching & preset act.value
-
1
9247
1
3/4
USER_CLASS_BASE_ZERO_OFF_PA
10
INTEGER
6.1
CR: K2
Availability of basic offset in the Parameters operating area
IMMEDIATELY
1/1
-
7
CHAR
5.3
9248
USER_CLASS_BASE_ZERO_OFF_MA
0
7
CR: IAM, IM1
Access level basic offset MA
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9249
0
7
1/1
CHAR
5.3
USERE_CLASS_VERT_MODE_SK (HMI EMB)
Protect the vertical softkeys of the area softkeys.
0
CR: K2
IMMEDIATELY
Hex
77777777
9251
77777777
3/4
BYTE
SW6.1
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLIST (HMI EMB)
Tool management protection level: display of tool list
0
CR: FBW
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9252
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.1
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLLOAD (HMI EMB)
Tool management protection level: load tools
0
CR: FBW
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9253
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.1
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLUNLOAD (HMI EMB)
Tool management protection level: unload tools
0
CR: FBW
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9254
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.1
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLMOVE (HMI EMB)
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: relocate tool within magazine
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
BYTE
SW4.1
2-128
7
0
7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9256
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLREPR2 (HMI EMB)
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: select 2_MagList Representation
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9257
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLREPR3 (HMI EMB)
0
7
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: select 3_MagList Representation
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9258
USER_CLASS_TM_SKNCNEWTOOLE (HMI EMB)
0
7
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: create new tool edges in the NC
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9259
USER_CLASS_TM_SKNCDELTOOL (HMI EMB)
0
7
Tool management protection level: delete tools in the NC
0
CR: FBW
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9260
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.1
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGBUFFER (HMI EMB)
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: display buffer memory
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9261
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGFIND (HMI EMB)
0
7
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: activate softkey Search and position
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9262
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLISTPOS (HMI EMB)
0
7
Tool management protection level: activate positioning
0
CR: FBW
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9263
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.1
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGNEXT (HMI EMB)
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: activate softkey Next magazine
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9264
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLNEWTOOL (HMI EMB)
0
7
Tool management protection level: create tools in the NC
0
CR: FBW
IMMEDIATELY
-
7
9265
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.1
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR1 (HMI EMB)
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: select 1_TOOlList Representation
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9266
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR2 (HMI EMB)
0
7
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: select 2_TOOlList Representation
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9267
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR3 (HMI EMB)
0
7
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: select 3_TOOlList Representation
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9269
USER_CLASS_TM_SKFINDPLACE (HMI EMB)
0
7
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: activate Search empty location, Load
tool list
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
BYTE
SW4.1
7
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
7
2-129
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9270
09.01
USER_CLASS_TM_SKACTPLACE (HMI EMB)
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: activate softkey Current location
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9271
USER_CLASS_TM_SKLDTOOLDAT (HMI EMB)
0
7
CR: FBW
Tool management protection level: activate softkey ToolDate in status tool
loading
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
SW4.1
9300
V24_USER_XON (HMI EMB)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
User: baud rate (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
5 (9600 Baud)
BYTE
-
9306
V24_USER_DATABITS (HMI EMB)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
SW5
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
-
0
7
CR: K4
User: Xon character
HEX
11
00
9301
FF
V24_USER_XOFF (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
User: Xoff character
HEX
13
00
9302
FF
V24_USER_EOF (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
User: end-of-transmission character
HEX
1A
00
9303
FF
V24_USER_CONTROLS (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
User: special bits
Bitfield
01001100
00000000
9304
11111111
V24_USER_RTS (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
User: line-controlled
-
0 (RTS/CTS)
0
9305
V24_USER_BAUD (HMI EMB)
0
1
CR: K4
6
CR: K4
User: data bits
-
1 (8 Datenbits)
0
9307
1
V24_USER_PARITY (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
User: parity bits
-
0 (keine)
0
9308
2
V24_USER_STOPBIT (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
User: stop bits
-
0 (1 Stoppbit)
0
9309
1
V24_USER_LINE (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
RS 232 C (V24) interface (COM1/COM2)
-
1
1
9310
2
V24_PRINTER_XON (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
Printer: Xon character
HEX
2-130
11
00
FF
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9311
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
V24_PRINTER_XOFF (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
Printer: Xoff character
IMMEDIATELY
HEX
13
9312
00
FF
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PRINTER_EOF (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
Printer: end-of-transmission character
HEX
0C
9313
00
IMMEDIATELY
FF
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PRINTER_CONTROLS (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
Printer: special bits
IMMEDIATELY
Bit field
01001100
9314
00000000
11111111
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PRINTER_RTS (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
Printer: line-controlled
IMMEDIATELY
-
0 (RTS/CTS)
9315
V24_PRINTER_BAUD (HMI EMB)
0
1
BYTE
3/4
CR: K4
Printer: baud rate (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
5 (9600 Baud)
BYTE
-
9316
V24_PRINTER_DATABITS (HMI EMB)
0
6
CR: K4
Printer: data bits
IMMEDIATELY
-
1 (8 Datenbits)
9317
0
1
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PRINTER_PARITY (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
Printer: parity bits
IMMEDIATELY
-
0 (keine)
9318
0
2
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PRINTER_STOPBIT (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
Printer: stop bits
IMMEDIATELY
-
0 (1 Stoppbit)
9319
0
1
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PRINTER_LINE (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
RS 232 C (V24) interface (COM1/COM2)
-
1
9320
1
IMMEDIATELY
2
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PG_PC_XON (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
PG: Xon character
IMMEDIATELY
HEX
11
9321
00
FF
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PG_PC_XOFF (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
PG: X off character
IMMEDIATELY
HEX
13
9322
00
FF
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PG_PC_EOF (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
PG: end-of-transmission character
IMMEDIATELY
HEX
1A
9323
00
FF
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PG_PC_CONTROLS (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
PG: special bits
Bit field
IMMEDIATELY
10010000
00000000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
11111111
3/4
BYTE
-
2-131
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9324
09.01
V24_PG_PC_RTS (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
PG: line-controlled
IMMEDIATELY
-
0 (RTS/CTS)
9325
V24_PG_PC_BAUD (HMI EMB)
0
1
5 (9600 Baud)
9326
0
IMMEDIATELY
5
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PG_PC_DATABITS (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
PG: data bits
IMMEDIATELY
-
1 (8 Datenbits)
9327
0
1
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PG_PC_PARITY (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
PG: parity bits
IMMEDIATELY
-
0 (keine)
9328
0
2
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PG_PC_STOPBIT (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
PG: stop bits
IMMEDIATELY
-
0 (1 Stopbit)
9329
0
1
3/4
BYTE
-
V24_PG_PC_LINE (HMI EMB)
CR: K4
RS 232 C (V24) interface (COM1/COM2)
-
1
9400
1
IMMEDIATELY
2
3/4
BYTE
-
TOOL_REF_GEO_AXIS1 (HMI EMB)
CR: BA
Abs.dim.f.tool length offset f.geoaxis 1
-
0.0
9401
***
IMMEDIATELY
***
3/4
DOUBLE
-
TOOL_REF_GEO_AXIS2 (HMI EMB)
CR: BA
Abs.dim.f.tool length offset f.geoaxis 2
-
0.0
9402
***
IMMEDIATELY
***
3/4
DOUBLE
-
TOOL_REF_GEO_AXIS3 (HMI EMB)
CR: BA
Abs.dim.f.tool length offset f.geoaxis 3
-
0.0
9410
***
IMMEDIATELY
***
3/4
DOUBLE
-
TM_LOAD_PLACE (HMI EMB, OP 030)
CR: BA
Number of load location
Power On
-
0
9411
***
***
3/4
UNS. WORD
-
TM_NUM_MAG (HMI EMB, OP 030)
CR: BA
Number of work magazine
Power On
-
0
9412
***
***
3/4
UNS. WORD
-
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLSIZE (HMI EMB)
CR: FBW
Default setting for loading: tool size left
-
1111
9414
1111
Power On
7777
3/4
UNS. WORD
SW4.1
TM_KIND_OF_TOOLMANAGAMENT
CR: FBW
Mode of representing the tool management
0:
old,
-
2-132
CR: K4
PG: baud rate (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600)
-
BYTE
3/4
Power On
3/4
BYTE
SW5
1: new ( SW 5.2 and higher)
1
0
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9415
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLPLACESPEC (HMI EMB)
Default setting for location type
CR: FBW
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
9416
1
*** (z.B. 99 )
3/4
BYTE
SW4.2
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLTYPE (HMI EMB)
CR: FBW
Preset value for loading, tool type
Power On
-
120
9417
100
900
3 /4
UNS. WORD
SW4.1
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLSTATE (HMI EMB)
Preset value for tool status loading
CR: FBW
Power On
-
0
9419
TM_DEFAULT_DELETE_TOOL (HMI EMB)
0
256
Preset data for Delete tool when unloaded
0
UNS. WORD
3/4
SW4.1
CR: FBW
Power On
-
0
9420
1
3 /4
BYTE
SW4.1
MA_ONLY_MKS_DIST_TO_GO (HMI EMB)
Distance-to-go display in WCS window
CR: FBW
Power On
3/4
BYTE
SW4.1
0: WCS value
1: MCS value
-
0
0
9421
1
MA_AXES_SHOW_GEO_FIRST
CR: K1
Actual value display with leading axes
-
1
0
9422
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
MA_PRESET_MODE
CR: K1
Select PRESET/Basic offset in JOG
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
0
9423
2
3/4
BYTE
SW5
MA_MAX_SKP_LEVEL
CR: K1
Max. skip levels in NC program
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
1
9424
8
3/4
BYTE
SW5
MA_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
CR: K2
Power On HMIembedd., otherw.
IMMEDIATELY
Coord.syst. for act.val. display
-
0
0
1
9425
3/4
BYTE
SW5
MA_SCRATCH_DEFAULT_MODE (HMI EMB)
Tool offset calculation with scratching method
HEX
0
0
9430
CR: K2
IMMEDIATELY
222222
3/4
DOUBLE
5.3
TM_UNLOAD_AND_DELETE ( OP 30)
CR: FBO
Delete tool when unloaded
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
0
9431
1
3/4
BYTE
SW5
TM_TOOL_NEW (OP 30)
CR: FBO
Tool automatically in load when created
-
0
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW5
2-133
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9434
09.01
TM_LOAD_LOC1 (OP030)
CR:
Specify the load location
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
USHORT
4.2
0: automatic selection in a magazine
-
0
0
9435
600
TM_LOAD_LOC2 (OP030)
CR:
Specify the load location
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
USHORT
4.2
0: automatic selection in a magazine
-
0
0
9436
600
TM_LOAD_LOC3 (OP030)
CR:
Specify the load location
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
USHORT
4.2
0: automatic selection in a magazine
-
0
0
9437
600
TM_LOAD_LOC4 (OP030)
CR:
Specify the load location
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
USHORT
4.2
0: automatic selection in a magazine
-
0
0
9438
600
TM_LOAD_LOC5 (OP030)
CR:
Specify the load location
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
USHORT
4.2
0: automatic selection in a magazine
-
0
9440
ACTIVATE _SEL_USER_DATA
0
600
CR: K2
Immediately activate active offset
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
9449
0
1
3/4
BYTE
SW4.3
WRITE_TOA_LIMIT_MASK (HMI ADV)
CR: K2
MD9449 appl. to wear (bit0) SC(1) EC(2)
7
0
9450
7
3/4
BYTE
5.2
IMMEDIATELY
-
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
DOUBLE
SW4.2
MM_WRITE_TOA_FINE_LIMIT
CR: K2
Limit value for wear fine
Length
0
***
9451
***
MM_WRITE_ZOA_FINE_LIMIT
CR: K2
Limit value for offset fine
IMMEDIATELY
***
9459
***
SW4.2
3/4
Byte
SW 6.1
IMMEDIATELY
0,999
DOUBLE
IMMEDIATELY
Length
3/4
3/4
LONG
SW5.1
PA_ZOA_MODE (HMI EMB)
CR: K2, IM2
Display mode of the zero offset
-
1
0
9460
1
PROGRAM_SETTINGS (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
Settings in Program area
-
2-134
5
0
FFFF
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9461
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_ CONTOUR_END_TEXT (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
String to be appended at the end of the contour when input is completed
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
keine
STRING
SW5.1
9477
TO_TRACE (HMI EMB)
0 Zeichen
80 Zeichen
CR:
Internal for testing purposes
9478
TO_OPTION_MASK (HMI EMB)
CR:
Internally used screen form
9500
NC_PROPERTIES (HMI EMB)
CR: A2
NC properties:
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
SW2
Bit 0: digital drives
Bit 1: software start-up switch
Bit 2...4: reserved
Bit field
1111 1111
0000 0000
9509
1111 1111
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY_CHG
CR: FBT, FBSP,
EMB
Protection level for network configuration
-
7
0
9510
IMMEDIATELY
7
3/4
BYTE
6.2
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY1_P
CR: A2
Protection level for network drive1 for Program operating area
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
6.1
9511
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY2_P
0
7
CR: A2
Protection level for network drive2 for Program operating area
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
6.1
9512
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY3_P
0
7
CR: A2
Protection level for network drive3 for Program operating area
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
6.1
9513
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY4_P
0
7
CR: A2
Protection level of network drive4 for Program operating area
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
6.1
9516
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY1_M
0
7
CR: A2
Protection level for network drive1 for Machine operating area
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
6.1
9517
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY2_M
0
7
CR: A2
Protection level for network drive2 Machine operating area
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
6.1
9518
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY3_M
0
7
CR: A2
Protection level for network drive3 for Machine operating area
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
BYTE
6.1
7
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
7
2-135
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9519
09.01
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY4_M
CR: A2
Protection level for network drive4 for Machine operating area
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
-
7
BYTE
6.1
9556
CTM_CYC_ROUGH_VAR_DEPTH
0
7
CR: FBT
Percentage of variable cutting depth in contour turning
%
20
9560
0
IMMEDIATELY
CTM_TURN_GROOV_TOOL_BEND
50
0.1
9561
0.0
IMMEDIATELY
1.0
3/4
DOUBLE
6.3
CTM_TURN_GROOV_FREE_CUT_VAL
CR: FBT
Retraction depth prior to plunge turning
inch
0.1
9600
0.0
IMMEDIATELY
1.0
3/4
FLOAT
6.3
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X (HMI EMB)
CR: FBMA
Simulation of default value X
IMMEDIATELY
mm
0
9601
-10000
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Z (HMI EMB)
CR: FBMA
Simulation default value Z
IMMEDIATELY
mm
0
9602
-10000
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA (HMI EMB)
Simulation of display area default value
mm
100
9603
-10000
CR: FBMA
IMMEDIATELY
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X (HMI EMB)
CR: FBMA
Simulation of maximum display X
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9604
-10000
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Z (HMI EMB)
Simulation maximum display Z
CR: FBMA
IMMEDIATELY
mm
0
9605
-10000
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA (HMI EMB)
Simualation of maximum display area
-10000
CR: FBMA
IMMEDIATELY
mm
1000
9606
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS (HMI EMB)
Simulation of actual value update rate
ms
100
9610
0
CR: FBMA
IMMEDIATELY
4000
3/4
WORD
SW2
CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
CR: FBMA
Position of coord. system for turning
IMMEDIATELY
-
2
9611
0
7
3/4
BYTE
SW4.3
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON (HMI EMB)
Diameter display active for traverse axes
-
2-136
1
6.3
CR: FBT
Retraction due to tool bending in plunge turning
inch
BYTE
3/4
0
CR: FBMA
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2 bis 4.3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9619
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON (HMI EMB)
CR: FBMA
Incremental infeed
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9632
0
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2 bis 4.3
CTM_ANGLE_REFERENCE_AXIS (HMI EMB)
Angle reference axis
CR: FBMA
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
WORD
SW5
1: 1st axis
2: 2nd axis
-
1
1
2
9639
CTM_MAX_TOOL_WEAR (HMI ADV, SM, ST)
CR:
Upper limit for tool wear input
4/7
1.0
9650
6.3
CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
CR: FBSP
Position of coord. system f. non-turning
-
0
0
9651
IMMEDIATELY
23
3/4
BYTE
SW4.3
CMM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT
CR:
Tool management version
Power On
-
4
1
9652
4
3/4
BYTE
6.1
CMM_TOOL_LIFE_CONTROL
CR:
Tool monitoring
Power On
-
1
0
9676
1
3/4
BYTE
6.1
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH1
CR: FBSP
Use path f. drive name in direct.managmt
C:\NC_Files
-
IMMEDIATELY
-
3/4
STRING (80)
SW4.4 840D,
SW2.4 810D mit
ShopMill
9677
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH2
CR: FBSP
Use path f. drive name in direct.managmt
-
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
-
3/4
STRING (80)
SW4.4 840D,
SW2.4 810D mit
ShopMill
9678
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH3
CR: FBSP
Use path f. drive name in direct.managmt
-
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
-
3/4
STRING (80)
SW4.4 840D,
SW2.4 810D mit
ShopMill
9679
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH4
CR: FBSP
Use path f. drive name in direct.managmt
-
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
-
STRING (80)
3/4
SW4.4 840D,
SW2.4 810D mit
ShopMill
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-137
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9843
09.01
ST_ENABLE_FACE_Y_PARAM_CP
CR: FBT
Parameter CP for Enable face Y
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
9855
0
1
3/4
BYTE
6.3
ST_CYCLE_TAP_SETTINGS
CR: FBT
Settings for tapping
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9856
-
-
3/4
WORD
6.3
ST_CYCLE_TAP_MID_SETTINGS
CR: FBT
Settings for centric tapping
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
9857
ST_CYCLE_RET_DIST_FIXEDSTOP
-
-
0
9858
0
WORD
CR: FBT
Retraction path prior to clamping after fixed stop
inch
IMMEDIATELY
10
3/4
DOUBLE
6.3
ST_CYCLE_RET_DIST_PART_OFF
CR: FBT
Retraction path prior to cut-off with counterspindle
inch
0
9859
0
3/4
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
DOUBLE
6.3
ST_CYCLE_PART_OFF_CTRL_DIST
CR: FBT
Path for cut-off control
IMMEDIATELY
inch
0.1
9860
0.001
10
3/4
FLOAT
6.3
ST_CYCLE_PART_OFF_CTRL_FEED
CR: FBT
Feed for cut-off control
IMMEDIATELY
inch/min
0
FLOAT
9861
ST_CYCLE_PART_OFF_CTRL_FORC
3/4
CR: FBT
Force in percent for cut-off control
IMMEDIATELY
%
10
9900
1
100
3/4
BYTE
6.3
MD_TEXT_SWITCH (HMI ADV)
CR: -
Plaintexts instead of MD identifier
IMMEDIATELY
Bit field
0
9990
SW_OPTIONS (SM/ST)
0
1
0
9991
0
SW2
CR: FBSP, FBT
MMC software options can be activated here
-
BYTE
3/4
Power On
HMI_HELP_SYSTEMS (SM/ST)
0xFFFF
INT
1/1
5.3
CR: FBSP, FBT
HMI help systems can be enabled using this MD
Power On
1/1
INT
6.1
Bit 0 = 1 Help enabled for calculator (standard)
-
1
0
9992
0xFFFF
HMI_TESTAUTOMAT_OPTION
CR: FBT, FBSP,
EMB
Options for automatic HMI testing machine
-
2-138
0
-
Power On
-
1/1
6.3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9993
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
HMI_WIZARD_OPTION
CR: FBT, FBSP,
EMB
Options for the wizard
-
0
9999
Power On
-
UNS. INT
6.3
Power On
-
1/1
1/1
WORD
-
TRACE
CR: -
Test flags for internal diagnosis
HEX
0
0
FFFF
Note
The specific settings for the operator panel MDs for the ManualTurn and
ShopMill applications are located in the two last subsections.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-139
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.4.2
09.01
Application-specific MDs for ManualTurn
Note
The MMC 100.2 operator control component or more powerful operator
control components are required for the ManualTurn and ShopMill functions.
Number
MD identifier
Cross ref.
Name, other information
Active
Unit
Default value
Minimum value
9550
Protection level
Data type
Valid from
IMMEDIATELY
Maximum value
3/4
DOUBLE
840D SW5.2
CTM_CYC_ROUGH_RELEASE_DIST
Absolute value of retraction for stock removal
mm
1
0
9551
10
CTM_CYC_ROUGH_RELEASE_ANGLE
810D SW3.2
Retraction angle for stock removal
Degrees
45
IMMEDIATELY
0
90
3/4
DOUBLE
840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9552
CTM_CYC_ROUGH_BLANC_OFFS
Blank allowance for stock removal
mm
1
IMMEDIATELY
0
100
3 /4
DOUBLE
840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9553
CTM_CYC_ROUGH_TRACE_ANGLE
Angle, as of which retracing on the contour is carried out
Degrees
5
0
IMMEDIATELY
90
3 / 4
DOUBLE
840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9554
CTM_CYC_ROUGH_MIN_RESET_MAT1
Thickness referred to finishing allowance, as of which remaining material is
machined (axis 1)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
%
50
DOUBLE
840D SW5.2
9555
CTM_CYC_ROUGH_MIN_RESET_MAT2
0
1000
810D SW3.2
Thickness referred to finishing allowance, as of which blank material is
machined (axis 2)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
%
DOUBLE
840D SW5.2
50
0
1000
810D SW3.2
9600
-
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X
Simulation default value X
mm
2-140
0
POWER ON
-10000
10000
3 /4
LONG
SW2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9601
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
-
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Z
Simulation default value Z
POWER ON
mm
0
-10000
9602
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA
-
Simulation default value display area
mm
100
9603
-10000
POWER ON
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X
-
Simulation maximum display X
POWER ON
mm
0
-10000
9604
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Z
-
Simulation maximum display Z
POWER ON
mm
0
9605
-10000
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA
-
Simulation maximum display area
POWER ON
mm
1000
-10000
9606
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS
-
Simulation actual value updating rate
ms
100
9607
0
IMMEDIATELY
4000
3/4
WORD
SW2
CTM_ENABLE_RAPID_FEED
-
Enable the rapid traverse selection as feedrate
-
1
9608
0
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_ENABLE_FEED_P_MIN
-
Enable the feedrate selection in mm/min
-
1
0
9609
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES
-
Number of decimal places in the speed input field
-
0
0
9610
IMMEDIATELY
4
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
-
Position of the coordinate system
IMMEDIATELY
-
2
0
9611
7
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON
-
Diameter display for active transverse axes
-
1
0
9612
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_TEACH_STORE_MANUAL_ABS
-
Store setup movements as absolute
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
0
9613
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_TEACH_STORE_START_ABS
-
Store start position as absolute
-
1
IMMEDIATELY
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
2-141
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9614
09.01
CTM_TEACH_STORE_MANUAL_AUTO
-
Store setup movements automatically
-
1
9615
0
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED
-
Handwheel feedrate type
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
0
9616
2
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED_P_MIN
-
Path feed
IMMEDIATELY
mm/min
10
1
9617
3000
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED_P_REV
-
Rotational feed
IMMEDIATELY
mm/rev.
1
0.01
9618
10,000
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CTM_ENABLE_C_AXSIS
-
Enable C axis for surface
POWER ON
-
1
0
9619
2
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON
-
Incremental infeed
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
0
9620
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_CYCLE_SAFETY_CLEARANCE
-
ManualTurn cycles safety distance
IMMEDIATELY
mm
1.0
9621
0.0
1,000
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CTM_CYCLE_DWELL_TIME
-
Relief cutting time for cycles
IMMEDIATELY
Neg. value: U
Pos. value: s
-1
-100
9622
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
WORD
SW2
POWER ON
3/4
BYTE
SW2
POWER ON
+100
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_ENABLE_REFPOINT
-
Enable reference point approach for ManualTurn
-
1
0
9623
1
CTM_START_WITHOUT_REFPOINT
Enable NC start without referenced axes
-
1
0
9624
1
CTM_MODE_SELECT_BY_SOFTKEY
-
Operating mode switchover using vertical softkeys
-
0
9625
CTM_CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE
-
-
-
Customer start picture
-
0
9626
POWER ON
-
-
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_TRACE
-
Test flags for internal ManualTurn diagnosis
-
2-142
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
-
3/4
WORD
SW2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9627
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
CTM_COUNT_GEAR_STEPS
-
Number of gear steps
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
0
9628
5
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_TOOL_INPUT_DIAM_ON
-
Display the X tool data as diameter
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
0
9629
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_WEAR_INPUT_DIAM_ON
-
Display the X tool wear data as diameter
-
0
0
9630
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CTM_FIN_SPEED_PERCENT
-
Finishing feedrate as percentage
IMMEDIATELY
%
100
1
9631
100
3/4
WORD
SW2
CTM_CYCLE_DWELL_TIME_SEC
-
Dwell time for cycles in seconds
s
1
IMMEDIATELY
0
100
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9632
CTM_ ANGLE_REFERENCE_AXIS
-
Angle reference axis
-
1
IMMEDIATELY
0
1
3/4
WORD
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9633
CTM_ INC_DEC_FEED_PER_MIN
-
Increments for feedrate in mm/min (increment/decrement)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm/min
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
1
0.001
1000
4.4 840D
9634
CTM_ INC_DEC_FEED_PER_ROT
-
Increments for feedrate in mm/rev (increment/decrement)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm/rev
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
0.1
0.001
1
4.4 840D
9636
CTM_ ENABLE_S_TOOL_TABLE
-
Enable constant cutting speed from tool table
-
0
0
9637
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW 2.4 810D,
CTM_ MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN
4.4 840D
-
Upper input limit for feedrate in mm/min
mm/min
2000
0
IMMEDIATELY
50000
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9638
CTM_ MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT
-
Upper input limit for feedrate in mm/rev
mm/rev
1
0
IMMEDIATELY
10
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-143
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9639
09.01
CTM_MAX_TOOL_WEAR
-
Upper input limit tool wear
mm
1
IMMEDIATELY
0
10
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9640
CTM_ENABLE_CALC_THREAD_PITCH
-
Calculation of thread depth if pitch has been entered
-
0
0
IMMEDIATELY
1
3/4
BYTE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9641
CTM_ ENABLE_G_CODE_INPUT
-
Enable G code input
-
0
IMMEDIATELY
0
1
3/4
BYTE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9642
CTM_ENABLE_CIRCLE_HOLE_CYCLE
-
Enable drilling of circle of holes
-
0
IMMEDIATELY
0
1
3/4
BYTE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9643
CTM_ ENABLE_DRIVEN_TOOL
-
Enable support of rotating tools
-
0
IMMEDIATELY
0
2
3/4
BYTE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9644
CTM_CIRC_TAP_DWELL_TIME_1
-
Dwell time, below, tapping on circle of holes
s
0
0
IMMEDIATELY
100
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9645
CTM_ CIRC_TAP_DWELL_TIME_2
-
Dwell time, above, tapping on circle of holes
s
0
0
IMMEDIATELY
100
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9648
CTM_ ROUGH_O_RELEASE_DIST
-
Retraction distance, stock removal on outside machining
mm
1
-1
IMMEDIATELY
100
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9649
CTM_ROUGH_I_RELEASE_DIST
-
Retraction distance, stock removal on inside machining
mm
0,5
-1
IMMEDIATELY
100
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
2-144
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
2.4.3
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Application-specific MDs for ShopMill
9600
-
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X
Simulation default value X
POWER ON
mm
0
-10000
9601
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Z
-
Simulation default value Z
POWER ON
mm
0
9602
-10000
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA
-
Simulation default value display area
mm
100
-10000
9603
POWER ON
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X
-
Simulation maximum display X
POWER ON
mm
0
-10000
9604
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Z
-
Simulation maximum display Z
POWER ON
mm
0
-10000
9605
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA
-
Simulation maximum display area
POWER ON
mm
1000
-10000
9650
10000
3/4
LONG
SW2
CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
-
Position of the coordinate system
POWER ON
-
0
0
9651
23
3/4
BYTE
840D: SW4.3
810D: SW2.3
CMM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT
-
Tool management concept
POWER ON
-
2
1
9652
4
3/4
BYTE
840D: SW4.3
810D: SW2.3
CMM_TOOL_LIFE_CONTROL
-
Tool monitoring
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
9653
0
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CMM_ENABLE_A_AXIS
-
Enable 4th axis for the user interface
-
0
0
9654
IMMEDIATELY
2
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CMM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES
-
Number of decimal places in the speed input field
-
0
0
9655
IMMEDIATELY
4
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CMM_CYC_PECKING_DIST
-
Relief distance during deep-hole drilling
mm
1.0
0.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
IMMEDIATELY
100.0
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
2-145
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9656
09.01
CMM_CYC_DRILL_RELEASE_DIST
-
Relief distance during release
IMMEDIATELY
mm
0.1
0.0
9657
10.0
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CMM_CYC_MIN_CONT_PO_TO_RAD
-
Specification of the deviation of the smallest possible cutter radius
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
%
5
WORD
SW2
9658
CMM_CYC_MAX_CONT_PO_TO_RAD
0
50
-
Specification of the deviation of the largest possible cutter radius
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm
0.01
DOUBLE
SW2
9659
CMM_CYC_DRILL_RELEASE_ANGLE
0.0
10.0
-
Relief angle during release
IMMEDIATELY
Grad
0
0
9660
360
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CMM_ENABLE_PLANE_CHANGE
-
Switchover to machining level (G17, G18, G19)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
BYTE
SW2
Number of input fields for customer-specific M commands
POWER ON
3/4
-
1
BYTE
840D: SW4.3
810D: SW2.3
9662
CMM_COUNT_GEAR_STEPS
-
1
0
9661
CMM_ENABLE_CUSTOMER_M_CODES
0
1
1
-
-
Number of gear steps
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
0
9663
5
3/4
BYTE
SW2
CMM_TOOL_DISPLAY_IN_DIAM
-
Display radius/diameter for tool
POWER ON
-
1
0
9664
1
3/4
BYTE
840D: SW4.3
810D: SW2.3
CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN
-
Feedrate in mm/min
IMMEDIATELY
mm/min
10000.0
0.0
9665
100000.0
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT
-
Feedrate in mm/revolution
IMMEDIATELY
mm/rev.
1.0
0.0
9666
10.0
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_TOOTH
-
Feedrate in mm/tooth
IMMEDIATELY
mm/tooth
1.0
0.0
9667
5.0
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
FOLLOW_ON_TOOL_ACTIV
-
Tool preselection active
-
2-146
1
IMMEDIATELY
0
1
3/4
BYTE
SW2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9668
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I_AND_II
-
M code coolant I and II (-1 = no M code)
-
-1
-1
IMMEDIATELY
32767
3/4
WORD
SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9669
CMM_FACE_MILL_EFF_TOOL_DIAM
-
Effective milling diameter for face milling
50.0
IMMEDIATELY
%
85.0
100.0
9670
3/4
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
CMM_START_RAD_CONTOUR_POCKE
4.4 840D
-
Radius approach circle for finishing contour pockets plus half finishing
allowance (-1=safety clearance)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
%
DOUBLE
SW 2.4 810D,
-1
50.0
100.0
4.4 840D
9672
CMM_FIXED_TOOL_PLACE
-
Fixed location coding
POWER ON
-
0
0
9673
1
3/4
BYTE
810D SW 2.4,
CMM_TOOL_LOAD_STATION
840D SW 4.4
-
Number of loading station
-
1
POWER ON
1
2
3/4
BYTE
810D SW 2.4,
840D SW 4.4
9674
CMM_ENABLE_TOOL_MAGAZINE
-
Display of magazine list
-
1
POWER ON
0
1
3/4
BYTE
810D SW 2.4,
840D SW 4.4
9675
CMM_CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE
Customer start screen
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
0
9676
3/4
BYTE
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
POWER ON
3/4
STRING (80)
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
POWER ON
1
3/4
STRING (80)
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH1
Path to the drive names in the directory management
-
C:\NC_Files
-
9677
-
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH2
Path to the drive names in the directory management
-
-
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
2-147
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9678
09.01
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH3
Path to the drive names in the directory management
POWER ON
3/4
STRING (80)
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
3/4
WORD
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
3/4
WORD
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
3/4
UBYTE
840D SW5.3
810D SW3.3
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
UBYTE
840D SW5.3
810D SW3.3
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
UBYTE
840D SW5.3
810D SW3.3
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
WORD
840D SW5.3
810D SW3.3
IMMEDIATELY
9679
3/4
BYTE
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
IMMEDIATELY
-
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
IMMEDIATELY
-
STRING (80)
IMMEDIATELY
-
3/4
IMMEDIATELY
-
POWER ON
3/4
BYTE
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH4
Path to the drive names in the directory management
-
-
-
9680
-
CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I
M code coolant I
-
8
0
9681
32767
CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_II
M code coolant II
-
7
0
9703
32767
CMM_INDEX_AXIS_4
Axis index for 4th axis
9704
5
0
127
CMM_ INDEX_AXIS_5
th
Axis index for 5 axis
-
6
0
9705
127
CMM_INDEX_SPINDLE
Axis index for spindle
-
4
0
9719
127
CMM_OPTION_MASK
Settings for ShopMill
HEX
H7001
0
9720
HFFFF
CMM_ENABLE_B_AXIS
Enable B axis
-
0
0
9721
3
CMM_ENABLE_TRACYL
Enable cylinder surface transformation
-
2-148
0
0
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9723
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
CMM_ENABLE_SWIVELLING_HEAD
Enable swivelling heads
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
0
9750
1
3/4
BYTE
SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
CMM_MEAS_PROBE_INPUT
-
Measuring input for workpiece probe
IMMEDIATELY
-
0
0
9751
1
3/4
BOOL
SW2
CMM_MEAS_T_PROBE_INPUT
-
Measuring input for tool probe
IMMEDIATELY
-
1
0
9752
1
3/4
BOOL
SW2
CMM_MEASURING_DISTANCE
-
Maximum measuring distance (before and after the measuring point) for
automatic measuring in the program
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm
5
DOUBLE
SW2
9753
CMM_MEAS_DIST_MAN
1
1000
-
Maximum measuring distance for manual measuring (before and after the
measuring point)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm
10
DOUBLE
SW2
9754
CMM_MEAS_DIST_TOOL_LENGTH
1
1000
-
Maximum measuring distance for tool length (before and after the
measuring point)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm
2
DOUBLE
SW2
9755
CMM_MEAS_DIST_TOOL_RADIUS
0.1
1000
-
Maximum measuring distance for tool radius (before and after the
measuring point)
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm
1
DOUBLE
SW2
9756
CMM_MEASURING_FEED
0.1
1000
-
Measuring feedrate
IMMEDIATELY
mm/min
300
10
9757
5000
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CMM_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL
-
Plane feedrate with collision monitoring
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
Maximum circumferential speed during tool measuring with rotating spindle
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
m/min
100
DOUBLE
SW2
9760
CMM_MAX_SPIND_SPEED_ROT_SP
Maximum speed during tool measuring with rotating spindle
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
rpm
DOUBLE
SW2
mm/min
1000
10
9758
5000
CMM_POS_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL
-
Infeed rate with collision monitoring
mm/min
1000
9759
CMM_MAX_CIRC_SPEED_ROT_SP
1000
10
1
100
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
5000
200
25000
2-149
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9761
09.01
CMM_MIN_FEED_ROT_SP
-
Minimum feedrate during tool measuring with rotating spindle
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm/min
10
DOUBLE
SW2
9762
CMM_MEAS_TOL_ROT_SP
Measurement accuracy during tool measurement with rotating spindle
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm
0.01
DOUBLE
SW2
9763
CMM_TOOL_PROBE_TYPE
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
WORD
SW2
1
0.001
1000
1
-
Tool probe type
-
0
9764
CMM_TOOL_PROBE_ALLOW_AXIS
0
999
-
Allowed axis directions for tool probe (ZYX)
-
133
9765
0
IMMEDIATELY
333
3/4
WORD
SW2
CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_LENGTH_MEA
-
Tool probe diameter for length measurement
mm
0
0
9766
IMMEDIATELY
100000
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_RAD_MEAS
-
Tool probe diameter for radius measurement
mm
0
0
9767
IMMEDIATELY
100000
3/4
DOUBLE
SW2
CMM_T_PROBE_DIST_RAD_MEAS
-
Infeed distance of tool probe upper edge for radius measurement
IMMEDIATELY
3/4
mm
0
DOUBLE
SW2
9768
CMM_T_PROBE_APPROACH_DIR
0
100000
-
Plane approach direction, tool to the tool probe
-
2-150
-1
-2
IMMEDIATELY
2
3/4
BYTE
SW2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
2.4.4
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Applications-specific MDs for ShopTurn
9020
$MM_TECHNOLOGY
MD-Number
Basic configuration for the simulation
Default value: 1
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
9606
MD-Number
Default value: 350
Valid from: POWER ON
Data type: WORD
Description:
Maximum value:2
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
This MD is used to determine the basic configuration for the simulation.
0 = No specific configuration
1 = Turning machine configuration
2 = Milling machine configuration
$MM_CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS
Actual value for simulation update rate
Minimum value:0
Protection level: 3/4
Maximum value:4000
Unit: ms
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
This MD is used to determine the time intervals for updating the simulation graphics to
the current machining on the machine tool.
Value = 0 means no updating.
9611
$MM_CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON
MD-Number
Diameter display for transverse axes active
Default value: 1
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
= 0:
• Input as radius value for absolute values
• Zero offsets every time when radius = 1:
• Display of position in diameter
• Distance-to-go in diameter
• Absolute paths in diameter
9619
$MM_CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON
MD-Number
Incremental infeed
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
If the coordinates are entered in incremental dimension, radius or diameter programming
can be selected.
0 = Input in radius
1 = Input in diameter
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-151
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
9630
$MM_CTM_FIN_SPEED_PERCENT
MD-Number
Finishing feedrate in percent
Default value: 100
Minimum value:1
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: WORD
Description:
Maximum value:100
Unit: %
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this MD to enter a feedrate for finishing when selecting “roughing and finishing“
complete machining. This feedrate has a percentage share of the value entered under
parameter F (feedrate).
9648
$MM_CTM_ROUGH_O_RELEASE_DIST
MD-Number
Retraction distance for stock removal in external machining
Default value: 1,0
Minimum value:–1
Maximum value:100
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: mm
Data type: DOUBLE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this MD to enter the distance a tool is retracted from the outside contour in external
stock-removal machining. This is not valid for stock removal from a contour.
–1 = The distance is set internally.
9649
$MM_CTM_ROUGH_I_RELEASE_DIST
MD-Number
Retraction distance for stock removal in internal machining
Default value: 0,5
Minimum value:–1
Maximum value:100
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Unit: mm
Data type: DOUBLE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this MD to enter the distance a tool is retracted from the inside contour in internal
stock-removal machining. This is not valid for stock removal from a contour.
–1 = The distance is set internally.
9650
$MM_CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
MD-Number
Position of coodinate system
Default value: 34
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
2-152
Maximum value:47
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this MD to adapt the coordinate system of the operator interface to the coordinate
system of the machine.
The coordinate system may assume the following positions:
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
+Z
+Z
+Y
+Y
+X
+Y
+X
+X
+X
0
1
2
+Z
+Z
+Y
+Z
+Y
+X
+Z
3
+Y
+X
+X
+X
+Z
5
4
6
+Z
+X
+Z
+X
+X
+Y
+Z
+Y
+Y
8
9
+Z
+Y
+X
10
+X
11
+Z
+X
+Z
+Y
+Y
+Y
+Y
12
+Z
+Y
7
+Y
+X
13
14
+X
+Z
+X
+Z
+Z
16
+Z
17
18
+Y
+Y
+X
+X
+Y
+X
+Y
+Z
15
+Z
+Y
+X
+Z
+Y
19
+X
+Z
+Z
+Z
+X
21
20
22
+Y
+Y
23
+X
+X
+Y
+Z
+Z
+Z
+X
+X
24
25
26
+Y
+Y
+Z
+Y
27
+Y
+X
+X
+X
28
29
30
+Y
+Y
+X
+Y
32
+Z
+X
+Z
+Z
+Z
+Y
+Z
33 +X
34
+Y
+Z
+Y
+Z
+Z
37
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
+X
38
+X
35
+X
+Y
+Y
31
+Z
+X
+Z
36
+X
+Z
+Z
+X
+Y
+Y
+Y
39
+X
2-153
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
+Z
+Z
+X
+X
+Y
40
+Y
+Z
41
42
+Z
+X
+Y
+X
+Y
+Y
+Y
45
+Z
46
+Z
43
+Z
+X
+Y
44
+Y
+X
+X
+X
47
+Z
Note:
In the ShopTurn operator interface, all help displays, the flow chart, the simulation and
the circular direction input fields change automatically depending on the selected
position.
9651
MD-Number
Default value: 4
Valid from: POWER ON
Data type: BYTE
Description:
9652
MD-Number
Default value: 1
Valid from: POWER ON
Data type: BYTE
Description:
$MM_CMM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT
Tool management version
Minimum value:1
Protection level: 3/4
Maximum value:4
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Select from two tool management versions (see chapter on tool management):
2: Tool management without loading/unloading
4: Tool management with loading/unloading
$MM_CMM_TOOL_LIFE_CONTROL
Tool monitoring
Minimum value:0
Protection level: 3/4
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this MD to enable tool monitoring. Tool monitoring comprises monitoring of tool life
and tool loading:
0 = Tool monitoring will not be displayed
1 = Tool monitoring will be displayed
9654
$MM_CMM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES
MD-Number
Number of places after the decimal point in the speed input field
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Maximum value:4
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: Data type: BYTE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this MD to set the number of places after the decimal point in the parameter field S
(speed).
9657
$MM_CMM_CYC_MIN_CONT_PO_TO_RAD
MD-Number
Setting deviation for smallest possible cutter radius in %
Default value: 5
Minimum value:0
Maximum value:50
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: %
Data type: WORD
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
This MD is required in contour pocket milling. This parameter is used to define the
percentage the radius of a cutter in use may be smaller than the radius used for
generating.
2-154
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9658
$MM_CMM_CYC_MAX_CONT_PO_TO_RAD
MD-Number
Setting deviation for largest possible cutter radius
Default value: 0.01
Minimum value:0.0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
9663
MD-Number
Default value: 1
Valid from: POWER ON
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:10.0
Unit: mm
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
This MD is required in contour pocket milling. This parameter is used to set the amount
the radius of a cutter in use may be larger than the radius used for generating.
$MM_CMM_TOOL_DISPLAY_IN_DIAM
Display of radius/diameter for tool
Minimum value:0
Protection level: 3/4
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this MD to set the way a tool (cutters and drills only) should be displayed or entered:
0 = Radius
1 = Diameter
9664
$MM_CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN
MD-Number
Maximum feedrate in mm/min
Default value: 10000.0
Minimum value:0.0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
Maximum value:100000.0
Unit: mm/min
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this MD to set the upper feedrate input limit with respect to mm/min.
9665
$MM_CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT
MD-Number
Maximum feedrate in mm/rev
Default value: 1.0
Minimum value:0.0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
Maximum value:10.0
Unit: mm/rev
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this MD to set the upper feedrate input limit with respect to mm/rev.
9666
$MM_CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_TOOTH
MD-Number
Maximum feedrate in mm/tooth
Default value: 1.0
Minimum value:0.0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
Maximum value:5.0
Unit: mm/tooth
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this MD to set the upper feedrate input limit with respect to mm/tooth.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-155
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
9667
$MM_CMM_FOLLOW_ON_TOOL_ACTIVE
MD-Number
Tool preselection active
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to determine if tool preselection should be active in a magazine
(e.g. chain magazine), that is, the follow-on tool is already brought to the load location
when a tool change is pending.
0 = Tool preselection is not active
1 = Tool preselection is active
Note: On a turret, tool preselection is not possible. That is, the MD must be set to “0“.
9668
$MM_CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I_AND_II
MD-Number
M function coolants I and II
Default value: -1
Minimum value:-1
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: WORD
Description:
Maximum value:32767
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
This machine data is used to set the number of the M function assigned to the
simultaneous selection of coolants I and II.
Value:
-1
= No M function
xy
= Mxy for coolants I and II on (xy = value of MD 9668)
9670
MD-Number
$MM_CMM_START_RAD_CONTOUR_POCKE
Radius of approach circle when finishing contour pockets, plus half machining allowance
(-1=safety distance)
Default value: -1.0
Minimum value:–1
Maximum value:100.0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: mm
Data type: DOUBLE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
This machine data is used to adapt the radius of the approach circle when finishing
contour pockets.
-1 = When selecting this radius the safety clearance to the machining allowance is
respected at the starting point.
& gt; 0 = When selecting this radius, the value from this machine data to the machining
allowance is respected at the starting point.
9672
MD-Number
Default value: 1
Valid from: POWER ON
Data type: BYTE
$MM_CMM_FIXED_TOOL_PLACE
Fixed location coding
Minimum value:0
Protection level: 3/4
Description:
This MD is used to set the state of the tools:
0 = Tools using variable location coding in the magazine
1 = Tools using fixed location coding in the magazine
Note: On a turret, the tools are always assigned a fixed location, that is, the MD must be
set to “1“.
2-156
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
9673
MD-Number
Default value: 1
Valid from: POWER ON
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
$MM_CMM_TOOL_LOAD_STATION
Number of load location
Minimum value:1
Protection level: 3/4
Maximum value:2
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to indicate the load location used to load and unload the
magazine.
1 = Load location 1
2 = Load location 2
9674
MD-Number
Default value: 1
Valid from: POWER ON
Data type: BYTE
$MM_CMM_ENABLE_TOOL_MAGAZINE
Display of magazine list
Minimum value:0
Protection level: 3/4
Description:
0 = Magazine list will not be displayed
1 = Magazine list will be displayed
9675
$MM_CMM_CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE
MD-Number
Customer start-up screen
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Customer start-up screen will be enabled if
0 = Customer start-up screen Siemens
1 = Customer start-up screen customer
9676
$MM_CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH1
MD-Number
Path to the drive names in the directory management
Default value: C:\NC_Files
Minimum value:Maximum value:Valid from: POWER ON
Protection level: ¾
Unit: Data type: STRING (80 Characters)
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to define the path for the drive name of the 2nd softkey (horizontal
softkey menu) in the directory management using a hard-disk/network link. If you enter a
blank string in the displayed machine data, this softkey will not be available.
9677
$MM_CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH2
MD-Number
Path to the drive names in the directory management
Default value: Minimum value:Maximum value:Valid from: POWER ON
Protection level: ¾
Unit: Data type: STRING (80 Characters)
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to define the path for the drive name of the 3rd softkey (horizontal
softkey menu) in the directory management using a hard-disk/network link. If you enter a
blank string in the displayed machine data, this softkey will not be available.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-157
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
9678
$MM_CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH3
MD-Number
Path to the drive names in the directory management
Default value: Minimum value:Maximum value:Valid from: POWER ON
Protection level: ¾
Unit: Data type: STRING (80 Characters)
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to define the path for the drive name of the 4th softkey (horizontal
softkey menu) in the directory management using a hard-disk/network link. If you enter a
blank string in the displayed machine data, this softkey will not be available.
9679
$MM_CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH4
MD-Number
Path to the drive name in directory management
Default value: Minimum value:Valid from: POWER ON
Protection level: ¾
Data type: STRING (80 Characters)
Description:
Maximum value:Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to define the path for the drive name of the 5th softkey (horizontal
softkey menu) in the directory management using a hard-disk/network link. If you enter a
blank string in the displayed machine data, this softkey will not be available.
9724
$MM_CMM_CIRCLE_RAPID_FEED
MD-Number
Rapid traverse feedrate for positioning on circular path
Default value: 5000
Minimum value:0
Maximum value:100000
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: mm/min
Data type: DOUBLE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to set the rapid traverse feedrate in mm/min for positioning on a
circular path.
9803
$MM_ST_INDEX_AXIS_4
MD-Number
Axis index for 4th axis
Default value: 5
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: UBYTE
Description:
Maximum value:127
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to enter the axis number of the 4th axis (e.g., Y axis) you would
like to display.
9804
$MM_ST_INDEX_SPINDLE_MAIN
MD-Number
Axis index for main spindle
Default value: 3
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: UBYTE
Description:
2-158
Maximum value:127
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to enter the axis number of the main spindle.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9805
$MM_ST_INDEX_SPINDLE_TOOL
MD-Number
Axis index for tool spindle
Default value: 4
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: UBYTE
Description:
Maximum value:127
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to enter the axis number of the tool spindle.
9806
$MM_ST_INDEX_SPINDLE_SUB
MD-Number
Axis index for counterspindle
Default value: 6
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: UBYTE
Description:
Maximum value:127
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to enter the axis number of the counterspindle.
9810
$MM_ST_GEAR_STEPS_SPINDLE_MAIN
MD-Number
Number of gears of the main spindle
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: UBYTE
Description:
Maximum value:5
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
This machine data is used to enter the number of gear stages of the main spindle.
9811
$MM_ST_GEAR_STEPS_SPINDLE_TOOL
MD-Number
Number of gears of the tool spindle
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: UBYTE
Description:
Maximum value:5
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
This machine data is used to enter the number of gear stages of the tool spindle.
9812
$MM_ST_GEAR_STEPS_SPINDLE_SUB
MD-Number
Number of gears of the counterspindle
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: UBYTE
Description:
Maximum value:5
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
This machine data is used to enter the number of gear stages of the counterspindle.
9820
$MM_ST_MAGN_GLASS_POS1
MD-Number
Location of zoom-in to measure tool, 1st axis
Default value: 0
Minimum value:Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
Maximum value:Unit: mm
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to enter the X coordinate of the zoom-in.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-159
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
9821
$MM_ST_MAGN_GLASS_POS2
MD-Number
Location of zoom-in to measure tool, 2nd axis
Default value: 0
Minimum value:Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
Maximum value:Unit: mm
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to enter the Z coordinate of the zoom-in.
9822
$MM_ST_DISPL_DIR_MAIN_SPIND_M3
MD-Number
Displayed direction of rotation of main spindle at M3
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Maximum value:1
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: Data type: BYTE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to set the direction of rotation of the main spindle for the M
function M3 to be displayed in the operator interface.
0 = clockwise
1 = counterclockwise
9823
$MM_ST_DISPL_DIR_SUB_SPIND_M3
MD-Number
Displayed direction of rotation of counterspindle at M3
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Maximum value:1
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: Data type: BYTE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to set the direction of rotation of the counterspindle for the M
function M3 to be displayed in the operator interface.
0 = clockwise
1 = counterclockwise
9824
$MM_ST_DISPL_DIR_MAIN_C_AX_INV
MD-Number
Displayed direction of rotation of C axis main spindle at M3
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Maximum value:1
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: Data type: BYTE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to set the direction of rotation of the C axis (main spindle) for M
function M3 to be displayed in the operator interface.
0 = clockwise
1 = counterclockwise
9825
$MM_ST_DISPL_DIR_SUB_C_AX_INV
MD-Number
Displayed direction of rotation of C axis counterspindle at M3
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Maximum value:1
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: Data type: BYTE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to set the direction of rotation of the C axis (counterspindle) to be
displayed for M function M3 in the operator interface.
0 = clockwise
1 = counterclockwise
2-160
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
9826
$MM_ST_DEFAULT_DIR_TURN_TOOLS
MD-Number
Main direction of rotation for all rotatable tools
Default value: 3
Minimum value:3
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:4
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to set the main direction of rotation for all rotatable tools.
3 = M3
4 = M4
9827
$MM_ST_DEFAULT_MACHINING_SENSE
MD-Number
Basic setting of machining direction for milling
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to define the basic setting of the machining direction for milling,
except path milling.
0 = Up-cut milling
1 = Down-cut milling
9840
$MM_ST_ENABLE_MAGN_GLASS
MD-Number
Zoom-in functionality under Manual: Measure tool
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to enable the function " Measure tool using zoom-in " .
0 = Function not available
1 = Function available
9841
$MM_ST_ENABLE_PART_OFF_RECEPT
MD-Number
Enable receptacle function on part-off
Default value: 0
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: BYTE
Description:
Maximum value:1
Unit: Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to enable the “Receptacle“ function on part-off in the operator
interface. On parting off, you can pull out a receptacle to catch the separated part.
9850
$MM_ST_CYCLE_THREAD_RETURN_DIST
MD-Number
Return distance when cutting threads
Default value: 2
Minimum value:0
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
Maximum value:1000
Unit: mm
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to set the distance to the workpiece used to retract to between
infeeds in thread cutting.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-161
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
9851
$MM_ST_CYCLE_SUB_SP_WORK_POS
MD-Number
Machining position Z for counterspindle
Default value: 0
Minimum value:Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
Maximum value:Unit: mm
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to set the position in Z direction the counterspindle assumes
during machining.
9852
$MM_ST_CYCLE_SUB_SP_DIST
MD-Number
Distance from which to travel with feedrate when traveling to fixed stop of counterspindle
Default value: 10
Minimum value:0.001
Maximum value:1000
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: 3/4
Unit: mm
Data type: DOUBLE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to set the distance to the programmed target position from which
the counterspindle will travel at a special feedrate when traveling to fixed stop. Use MD
9853 $MM_ST_CYCLE_SUB_SP_FEED to set the feedrate.
9853
$MM_ST_CYCLE_SUB_SP_FEED
MD-Number
Feedrate for travel to fixed stop, counterspindle
Default value: 0
Minimum value:Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Data type: DOUBLE
Description:
Maximum value:Unit: mm/min
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Use this machine data to set the feedrate at which the counterspindle travels to fixed
stop. Use MD 9852 $MM_ST_CYCLE_SUB_SP_DIST to determine the distance from
which this feedrate is used for traveling.
9854
$MM_ST_CYCLE_SUB_SP_FORCE
MD-Number
Force in percent when traveling to fixed stop, counterspindle
Default value: 10
Minimum value:1
Maximum value:100
Valid from: IMMEDIATELY
Protection level: ¾
Unit: %
Data type: DOUBLE
Since SW-version:
840D SW 6.1, 810D SW 4.1
Description:
Use this machine data to determine the drive force percentage at which the
counterspindle should stop when traveling to fixed stop.
2-162
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
2.5
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
General machine data
The display of the machine data has been extended in SW Version 4 and
higher. The options Display filters and Attributes have been newly
introduced.
Display filters
The quantity of machine data displayed on the operator panel can be limited to
the machine data of interest by means of the display filters. Machine data are
displayed on the operator panel if at least one of the filters indicated in the
respective machine data has been activated by the user or if the mode “All
machine data“ has been set. The short descriptions of the filters indicated are
used again in the operator interface for filter activation. They have the following
meaning:
•
Configuration / scaling
•
N02
Memory configuration
•
N03
PLC machine data
•
N04
Drive control
•
N05
Status data / diagnosis
•
N06
Monitoring / limitations
•
N07
Auxiliary functions
•
N08
Overrides / compensations
•
N09
Technological functions
•
N10
I/O configuration
•
N11
Standard machine
•
Attributes
N01
N12
NC-Language ISO-Dialect
In some machine data, you will find short identifiers with the following meaning
under attributes:
•
NBUP
No back-up: the data is not entered in data back-up
•
ODLS
Only download: the data can only be loaded from the file
•
READ
Read only: the data can only be read
•
NDLD
No download: the data cannot be loaded from the file
•
SFCO
Configuration safety integrated
•
SCAL
Scaling Alarm
•
LINK
Link description
•
CTEQ
Must be equal for all containers
•
CTDE
Container description
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-163
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.5.1
System settings
The display filters and attributes are displayed in the machine data table
element, as shown in the following header.
Introduction
Number
09.01
MD identifier [n]: i ... Runtime limit index 1
Unit
Name, other information
Display filters:
HW / Function
Standard value
Attributes
Maximum value
Minimum value
Cross
reference
SW version
Active
D type Protect.
Level
Note
The entry 810D_2 in the field „HW/Function“ corresponds to CCU2.
10000
-
AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes in sys. - 1
Machine axis name
Display filters: N01, N11
always
X1, Y1, Z1, A1, B1, C1,
U1, V1, , ...
10002
-
AX1, AX2, AX3, AX4,
AX5, AX6, ...
AX1, AX2, AX3, AX4,
AX5, AX6, ...
10050
s
2-164
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
-
-
STRING
2/3
P2
6.3
0
12 (NCU572),
4 otherwise
0
1
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
System clock cycle
Display filters: N01, N05, N11
NCU571
0.006
NCU572
0.004
NCU573
NCU573, & gt; 1
0.004
channels
NCU573, & gt; 2
0.008
channels
810D
0.0025
NCU573
0.0025
B3
SW5
-
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP [n]: 0 ... max. No. chann. in sys. -1
Channel valid in mode group
Display filters: N01, N02, N11
always
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
-
MAXNUM_PLC_CNTRL_AXES
Max. no. of PLC-controlled axes
Display filters: N01, N09
always
0
10010
-
-
AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes in sys. - 1
Logical NCK machine axis image
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
NCU-Link
10008
-
-
K2
SW1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K1
SW1.1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
G3
SW1
0.002
0.000125
0.000125
-
Attributes: SFCO
0.031
0.031
0.031
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
DOUBLE
2/7
0.000625
0.001
0.04
0.016
DOUBLE
DOUBLE
2/7
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
10059
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
PROFIBUS_ALARM_MARKER
Profibus alarm flag (internal only)
Display filters: N05
Profibus adpt.
0
SW5.2
-
10060
POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
Factor *
Factor for position control cycle
MD
10050
Display filters: N01, N05
always
1
1
10061
-
10065
s
0.0
10070
IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
Factor *
Factor for interpolation cycle
MD
10050
Display filters: N01, N05, N11
always
NCU572, 573
3
NCU571
3
810D
4
10072
-
Attributes: READ
-
0.000
0.000
0.008
0.008
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
B3
SW6.1
-0.1
0.1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G3
SW1
1
1
1
1
100
100
100
100
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
G3
SW5
-
Attributes: READ
-
0.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/7
SW3
100.0
SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO
Division factor of position control cycle for actual value sensing
Display filters: N01, EXP
NCU572
4
NCU573
NCU573, channels 4
& gt; 1
NCU573, channels 5
& gt; 2
NCU571
6
NCU 571, NCU
4
572
810D
2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/7
SW5
COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO
Division ratio between interpolation and communications task
Display filters: N01, N05
Communic. task
1.0
10080
-
-
IPO_CYCLE_TIME
Interpolator cycle
Display filters: N01, N05, N11
always
0.0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW5
POSCTRL_DESVAL_DELAY
Position setpoint delay
Display filters: N01
NCU-Link
10071
-
31
POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY
Position control cycle offset
Display filters: N01, N05
always
0.0
Profibus adpt.
0.0007
POWER ON
BYTE
0/0
G3
SW1
POSCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
Position control cycle
Display filters: N01, N05
always
0.0
10062
s
Attributes: NBUP
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G3
SW1
1
1
-
31
31
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
DWORD
0/0
DWORD
0/0
-
-
DWORD
0/0
1
1
31
31
DWORD
DWORD
0/0
0/0
1
31
DWORD
0/0
2-165
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
10082
%
CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME
Shift of setpoint transfer time
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0.0
10083
%
10095
-
RESET
DWORD
0/0
FBSI
SW3.4
1
Attributes: SFCO
50
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
Attributes: READ
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/7
FBSI
SW3.4
Attributes: READ
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/7
FBSI
SW5.2
-
Attributes: READ
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
FBSI
SW5.2
0
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBSI
SW5.3
0
0x0001
SAFE_DIAGNOSIS_MASK
" Safety Integrated " diagnosis functions
Display filters: N05, N06, EXP
Fct.: Safety
1
Integrated
2-166
900000
SAFE_MODE_MASK
" Safety Integrated " operating modes
Display filters: N05, EXP
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
10096
-
0
SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL
Alarm suppress level
Display filters: N05, N06, EXP
Fct.: Safety
2
Integrated SW 2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
BA, S5
SW4.1
INFO_NUM_SAFE_FILE_ACCESS
Number of SPL file accesses
Display filters: N05, N06, EXP
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated,
synchronized
actions
10094
-
100.0
INFO_CROSSCHECK_CYCLE_TIME
Display cycle time for cross-check
Display filters: N01, N05, N06
Fct.: Safety
0.0
Integrated
10093
-
0.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW4.2
INFO_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME
Display of monitoring cycle time
Display filters: N01, N05, N06
Fct.: Safety
0.0
Integrated
10092
s
100.0
SAFETY_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
Factor for monitoring cycle
Display filters: N01, N06
Fct.: Safety
3
Integrated
10091
s
0.0
CHECK_DISABLE_TIME
Monitoring time for test purposes
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
900000
10090
-
K3
SW2
CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME_MAX
Max. settable offset of setpoint transfer time
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
100.0
10085
-
09.01
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW6.1
0x0001
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
10100
s
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT
Maximum PLC cycle time
Display filters: N01, N06, EXP
HW-PLC
0.1
10110
s
10136
-
plus
0
.001
.001
.001
.001
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0
0.0
1
1
1
1
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DOUBLE
1/7
DOUBLE
1/7
DOUBLE
1/7
DOUBLE
1/7
A2
SW5
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
PA, M4
SW3.2
100.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
B3
SW3.2
10
10
10
10
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
DWORD
2/2
DWORD
2/2
DWORD
2/2
SW6.3
1
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_DRIVE_TASK
Runtime limit of drive communications sub-task
Display filters: N01, EXP
Fct.: Drive start-up 0.02
analog
611D
0.02
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
OEM
SW1
DISPLAY_MODE_POSITION
Display mode for actual position in the WCS
Display filters: N01
always
10140
s
0.0
MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS
Possible number of simultaneous MMC communication partners
Display filters: N01, N02, EXP
always
NCU572, 573
6
NCU571
3
810D
3
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
H2
SW1
MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for MMC command in the part program
Display filters: N01, N06, EXP
Fct.: Execute from 3.0
HD
10134
-
plus
SUPPRESS_SCREEN_REFRESH
Screen refresh response under overload
Display filters: EXP
always
0
10132
s
0.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW1
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_COM_TASK
Runtime of communication to MMC
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
NCU572, 573
0.005
NCU571
0.012
810D
0.005
10131
-
plus
PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT
Monitoring time for PLC power up
Display filters: N01, N06, EXP
HW-PLC
50.0
10130
s
0.0
PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE
Maximum PLC acknowledgement time
Display filters: N01, N07
always
0.05
10120
s
P3
SW1
RESET
DWORD
1/7
ECO
SW1
.001
.5
POWER ON
DOUBLE
1/7
.001
.5
DOUBLE
1/7
2-167
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
10150
-
PREP_DRIVE_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
Factor for communication with drive
Display filters: N01, EXP
Fct.: Drive start-up 30
analog
Drive start-up
4
analog, Profib.
adpt.
Start-up analog
2
drives, 611D
611D
30
611D
2
10160
-
0.
10.0
1000
1000
1
-
-
DWORD
2/7
1
-
50
-
DWORD
DWORD
1/7
2/7
ECO
SW1
1
50
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
BA
SW4.3
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW6.1
0.0
1.0e5
1
1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
1000000000
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
1000000000
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
0
Attributes: SCAL
0x2FFF
1e-9
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
G2
SW1
Attributes: SCAL
***
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
0
Attributes: SCAL
1
SCALING_VALUE_INCH
Conversion factor for conversion to INCH system
Display filters: EXP
always
25.4
2-168
2/7
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
Basic system metric
Display filters: N01
always
10250
-
DWORD
SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF [n]: 0 ... 12
Scaling factors of physical variables
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0,
1.0, 1.0, ...
10240
-
-
SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK
Activation of scaling factors
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0x200
10230
-
-
INT_INCR_PER_DEG
Calculation resolution for angular positions
Display filters: N01
always
10220
HEX
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
INT_INCR_PER_MM
Calculation resolution for linear positions
Display filters: N01
always
10210
-
50
GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME
gear change time
Display filters: N01
always
10200
-
1
TOOL_CHANGE_TIME
Tool changing time for simulation
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Simulation
10192
s
ECO
SW1
PREP_COM_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
Factor for communication with MMC
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
3
10190
-
09.01
1e-9
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
G2
SW1
Attributes: SCAL
***
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
10260
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM
Enable basic system conversion
Display filters: EXP
always
0
10270
-
16
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0
0
10000, 10000, 10000,
10000, 10000, ...
11851, 11851, 11851,
11851, 11851, ...
0
16
10000, 10000, 10000,
10000, 10000, ...
11852, 11852, 11852,
11852, 11852, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
0
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
G2
SW5
16
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
SW6.1
16
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
A4
SW2
0
8
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A4
SW2
8
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A4
SW2
1
10000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
FASTIO_ANA_OUTPUT_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... 7
Weighting factor for analog NCK outputs
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
FM357
2/7
SW6.1
FASTIO_ANA_INPUT_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... 7
Weighting factor for analog NCK inputs
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
FM357
10330
-
0
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS
Number of active analog NCK outputs
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
10320
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
RESET
BYTE
G2
SW5
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS
Number of active analog NCK inputs
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
10310
-
1
CCS_TOA_PARAM_UNIT [n]: 0 ... 9
Units of SIEMENS-OEM cutt. edge data
Display filters: N09
always
10300
-
0
CC_TOA_PARAM_UNIT [n]: 0 ... 9
Physical units of cutting edge data for CC
Display filters: N09
always
10293
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 1/1
T1
SW5.2
CCS_TDA_PARAM_UNIT [n]: 0 ... 9
Units of SIEMENS-OEM tool data
Display filters: N09
always
10292
-
Attributes: LINK
1
CC_TDA_PARAM_UNIT [n]: 0 ... 9
Physical units of tool data for CC
Display filters: N09
always
10291
-
0
POS_TAB_SCALING_SYSTEM
System of units of position tables
Display filters: N01, N09
always
0
10290
-
A3, G2
SW5
2/7
A4
SW2
1
10000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
2/7
2-169
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
10350
-
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
Number of active digital NCK input bytes
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O, FM
10360
-
Profib., not 840Di
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
FM357
6
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
4
-
-
BYTE
Profib., not 840Di
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
FM357
2/7
A4
SW2
0
0
5
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
3
-
-
BYTE
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-
0x01000000, 0x01000000, 0x01000000
0x01000000, ...
0x01000000
0x05000000, 0x05000000, 0x05000000, ...
0x01000000
0x02000000, 0x02000000, 0x02000000
0x02000000, ...
0x01000000, 0x01000000, 0x01000000
0x01000000, ...
0x01000000
0x05000000, 0x05000000, 0x05000000, ...
0x01000000
0x02000000, 0x02000000, 0x02000000
0x02000000, ...
2/7
A2
SW4.2
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A4
SW2
0x011F0801
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
0x050003FF
DWORD
2/7
-
DWORD
2/7
0x060003FF
0x02070004
DWORD
DWORD
2/7
2/7
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT [n]: 0 ... 7
Hardware assignment of external analog NCK outputs
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
Profibus adapt.
Profib., not 611D
2-170
0
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN [n]: 0 ... 7
Hardware assignment of external analog NCK inputs
1st byte: (low byte) No. of the I/O byte on DP compact module (1 to 2)
2nd byte: Submodule slot on terminal block (1 to 8)
3rd byte: Logical drive No. (MD 13010) of terminal block (1...1I)
4th byte: Segment No. (always 1 for 840D)
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
Profibus adapt.
Profib., not 611D
10364
HEX
1
FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT [n]: 0 ... 9
Short circuit of digital inputs and outputs
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
10362
HEX
A4
SW2
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
Number of active digital NCK output bytes
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O, FM
10361
-
09.01
A4
SW2
0x011F0801
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
0x050003FF
DWORD
2/7
-
DWORD
2/7
0x060003FF
0x02070004
DWORD
DWORD
2/7
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
10366
HEX
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN [n]: 0 ... 9
Hardware assignment of external digital NCK inputs
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
Profibus adapt.
Profib., not 611D
Profib., not 840Di
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
FM357
10368
HEX
0x05000000, 0x05000000, 0x05000000, ...
0x01000000
0x02000000, 0x02000000, 0x02000000
0x02000000, ...
0x011F0802
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
0x050003FF
DWORD
2/7
-
DWORD
2/7
0x060003FF
0x02070004
DWORD
DWORD
2/7
2/7
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT [n]: 0 ... 3
Hardware assignment of external digital NCK outputs
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
Profibus adapt.
Profib., not 611D
Profib., not 840Di
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O,
FM357
10380
-
0x01000000, 0x01000000, 0x01000000
0x01000000, ...
0x01000000
A4
SW2
0x01000000, 0x01000000, 0x01000000
0x01000000, ...
0x01000000
0x05000000, 0x05000000, 0x05000000, ...
0x01000000
0x02000000, 0x02000000, 0x02000000
0x02000000, ...
A4
SW2
0x011F0802
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
0x050003FF
DWORD
2/7
-
DWORD
2/7
0x060003FF
0x02070004
DWORD
DWORD
2/7
2/7
HW_UPDATE_RATE_FASTIO [n]: 0 ... max. No. terminal blocks - 1
Updating rate of clocked external NCK I/Os
A4
SW2
Value = 1: hardware cycle, value = 2: pos. control cycle, value = 3: interpolation cycle
Display filters: N10, EXP
High-speed
2, 2, 2, 2, 3
dig./anal. I/O
10382
us
3
HW_LEAD_TIME_FASTIO [n]: 0 ... max. No. terminal blocks - 1
Lead time of clocked external NCK I/Os
Display filters: N10, EXP
High-speed
100, 100, 100, 100, 100
dig./anal. I/O
10384
HEX
2
0.0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A4
SW2
plus
HW_CLOCKED_MODULE_MASK [n]: 0 ... max. No. terminal blocks - 1
Synchronous processing of external NCK I/Os
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A4
SW2
Bit = 0/1: I/O module operated asynchronously/synchronously
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
10390
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0
-
-
SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN [n]: 0 ... 7
Input assignment ext. interface SPL
Display filters: N01, N06
Fct.: Safety
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
Integrated,
synchronized
actions
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBSI
SW4.3
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-171
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
10392
-
SAFE_OUT_HW_ASSIGN [n]: 0 ... 7
Output assignment ext. interface SPL
Display filters: N01, N06
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
Fct.: Safety
Integrated,
synchronized
actions
10394
-
0
0
0
0
16
0.0
0
-
0
-
-
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A2
SW5
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
OEM
SW1
1024
-
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
DWORD
0/0
OEM
SW1
1024
-
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
DWORD
0/0
OEM
SW2
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
OEM
SW2
Attributes: NBUP
-
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB [n]: 0 ... max. No. SW cams - 1
Assignment software cams to machine axes
Display filters: N09
Fct.: SW cams
2-172
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A2
SW5
CC_HW_DEBUG_MASK
Hardware debug screenform for compile cycles
Display filters: EXP
always
0
10450
-
plus
CC_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_MASK
Reservation of external outputs for CC application
Bits 0-15/16-31: reserved digital output bytes / analog outputs
Display filters: N10, EXP
Compile cycles
0
10430
HEX
0.0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A2
SW5
CC_VDI_OUT_DATA
Number of interface bytes from compile cycles
Display filters: N02, EXP
Compile cycles
0
NC570, compile
cycles
10420
HEX
16
CC_VDI_IN_DATA
Number of interface bytes to compile cycles
Display filters: N02, EXP
Compile cycles
0
NC570, compile
cycles
10410
Byte
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A2
SW5
PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT
Start address of the directly writable output bytes of the PLC I/Os
Display filters: N10
direct PLC-IO
10400
Byte
-
PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_OUT
Number of directly writable output bytes of the PLC I/Os
Display filters: N10
direct PLC-IO
10397
-
-
PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN
Start address of the directly readable input bytes of the PLC I/Os
Display filters: N10
direct PLC-IO
10396
-
FBSI
SW4.3
PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN
Number of directly readable input bytes of the PLC I/Os
Display filters: N10
direct PLC-IO
10395
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
N3
SW2
10
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
10460
s
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME [n]: 0 ... max. No. SW cams - 1
Lead or delay time at minus cams 1-16
Positive value: lead time, negative value: delay time
Display filters: N09
Fct.: SW cams
10461
s
0
-
-
0
-
-
N3
SW2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
N3
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N3
SW4.1
0
0
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
0
-
-
DWORD
2/7
N3
SW4.1
0
0
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
0
-
-
DWORD
0
-
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2/7
N3
SW2
-
SW_CAM_MODE
Behavior of SW cams
Display filters: N09
Fct.: SW cams
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
N3
SW2
SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK
Screenform for output of cam signals via timer interr. to NCU
Display filters: N09
Fct.: SW cams
10485
-
-
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_4
Configuration cams 25 - 32 to I/Os
Display filters: N09
840D, SW cams
NCU 571, SW
cams
810D, SW cams
10480
HEX
-
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_3
Configuration cams 17 - 24 to I/Os
Display filters: N09
840D, SW cams
NCU 571, SW
cams
810D, SW cams
10473
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_2
Hardware assignment for the output of cams 9-16 to NCK I/Os
Display filters: N09
Fct.: SW cams
10472
-
-
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1
Hardware assignment for output of cams 1-8 to NCK I/Os
Bit 0-7: no. of 1st HW byte
Bit 8-15: no. of 2nd HW byte
Bit 16-23: inverting screen form 1st byte
Bit 24-31: inverting screen form 2nd byte
Display filters: N09
Fct.: SW cams
10471
HEX
-
SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME [n]: 0 ... max. No. SW cams - 1
Lead or delay time at plus cams 1-16
Bit 0-7: no. of 1st HW byte
Bit 8-15: no. of 2nd HW byte
Bit 16-23: inverting screen form 1st byte
Bit 24-31: inverting screen form 2nd byte
Display filters: N09
Fct.: SW cams
10470
HEX
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
N3
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N3
6.3
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-173
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
10490
-
MEAS_FOCUS_MASK
Select software cam pair for exact range measurement
Display filters: N09
Fct.: Measurement
area sel.
10530
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0
0
-
-
1
0
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A4
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A4
SW2
-
2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K2
SW5.2
5
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A3
6.3
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K2
SW1
0
3
MIRROR_TOGGLE
Mirror toggle
Display filters: N01, N09, EXP
always
1
2-174
-
MIRROR_REF_AX
Reference axis for FRAME elements
Display filters: N01, N09, EXP
always
0
10612
-
-
WALIM_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
Working area limit. by changing GEO axes
Display filters: N01, N09, EXP
always
0
10610
-
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A4
SW2
FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
Frames when changing geometry axes
Display filters: N01, N09, EXP
always
0
10604
-
-
FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE
Input type for rotation with FRAME(1: RPY notation, 2: Euler angle)
Display filters: N01, N09, EXP
always
1
10602
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A4
SW2
COMPAR_TYPE_2
Parameterization of comparator byte 2
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
10600
-
-
COMPAR_TYPE_1
Parameterization for comparator byte 1
Bit 0-7: Mask of comparison type
Bit = 0/1: Comp. bit = 1 if analog value & lt; / & gt; = SD threshold value
Bit 16-23: No. of HW byte for output of the comparator outputs
Bit 24-31: inverting screen form for the output of comparator states
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
10541
HEX
-
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2 [n]: 0 ... 7
Hardware assignment of analog inputs for comparator byte 2
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
10540
HEX
0
SW5.3
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1 [n]: 0 ... 7
Hardware assignment of analog inputs for comparator byte 1
Display filters: N10
High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
10531
-
09.01
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K2
SW5
0
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
10613
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
NCBFRAME_RESET_MASK
Active NCU global base frames after reset
Display filters: EXP
always
0xFFFF
10615
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
F2
SW1
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
F2
SW1
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
F2
SW6.1
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
F2
SW6.1
-
ORIENTATION_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Names for programming a 2. directionpath
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: 5-axis
XH, YH, ZH
transformation
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
F2
SW1
INTER_VECTOR_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Name of Temporary vectors
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: 5-axis
A7, B7, C7
transformation
10646
-
3
ROT_VECTOR_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Name of rotation vectors
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: 5-axis
A6, B6, C6
transformation
10644
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW6.1
DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Name of direction vectors
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: 5-axis
A3, B3, C3
transformation
10642
-
0x3
NORMAL_VECTOR_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 0
Name of normal vectors
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: 5-axis
A4, B4, C4, A5, B5, C5
transformation
10640
-
0
2/7
K1, PGA
SW6.1
EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Name of Euler angle
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: 5-axis
A2, B2, C2
transformation
10630
-
0xFFFF
PROTAREA_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
Protection ranges on change of GEO-axes
Display filters: N01, N09, EXP
Fct.: 3D protection 0
zones
10620
-
0
RESET
DWORD
K2
SW5.2
FRAME_SAVE_MASK
Behaviour of frames in SAVE-Subroutine
Display filters: EXP
always
0
10618
-
0xFFFF
NCBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
Reset global base frames after power on
Display filters: EXP, C11
always
0
10617
-
0
K2
SW5
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
F2
SW6.1
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
2-175
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
10648
-
NUTATION_ANGLE_NAME
Name of nutation angle
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: 5-axis
NUT
transformation
10650
-
10670
-
-
-
-
-
POWER ON
STRING
0/0
FBFA
SW5
-
-
-
-
-
POWER ON
STRING
0/0
FBFA
SW5
-
POWER ON
STRING
0/0
K2
SW1
-
STAT_NAME
Name of state information
Identifier for state information for solving ambiguities in Cartesian PTP travel.
Display filters: N09, N01
Fct.:
STAT
Transformations
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
FBFA
SW5
INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Name of intermediate point coordinates for G2/G3
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
I1, J1, K1
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
K2
SW1
CHAMFER_NAME
Name of chamfer for contour definitions
Display filters: N01, EXP, N12
always
CHR
10660
-
-
RADIUS_NAME
Name of radius for contour definitions
Display filters: N01, EXP, N12
always
RND
10656
-
-
CONTOUR_DEF_ANGLE_NAME
Name of angle for contour definitions
Display filters: N01, EXP, N12
always
ANG
10654
-
F2
SW6.1
IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Name of interpolation parameters
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
I, J, K
10652
-
09.01
-
10672
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
F2
SW5.2
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
TU_NAME
Name of state information of axes
Identifier for state information of axes for solving ambiguities in Cartesian PTP travel.
An identifier must be chosen that it does not conflict with others (e.g. axes, Euler angle,
normal vector, direction vector, intermediate point coordinates).
Display filters: N09, N01
Fct.:
TU
Transformations
F2
SW5.2
10674
-
F2
SW5.2
PO_WITHOUT_POLY
Polynomial programming programmable without G function POLY
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Polynomial
10700
-
0
1
PREPROCESSING_LEVEL
Program preprocessing level
Display filters: N01, N02
always
1
2-176
0
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
V2
SW1
0
31
POWER ON
BYTE
2/2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
10702
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK
Prevents stopping at specific blocks in single block mode
Display filters: N01
always
10704
-
0
1
0
10715
-
0
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW6.1
0
3
-
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW1
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
PA
SW3.2
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
STRING
2/2
6.3
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
-
-
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
-
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
Name of tool changing cycle for T function
Display filters: N12, EXP
always
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K1
SW6.1
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME [n]: 0 ... 0
Name of tool changing cycle for M function
Display filters: N12, EXP
always
10717
-
1
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE [n]: 0 ... 0
M number for tool changing cycle call
Display filters: N12, EXP
always
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-1, ...
10716
-
0
M_NO_FCT_STOPRE [n]: 0 ... max. No. M-functions -1
M function with preprocessing stop
Display filters: N12, EXP
always
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-1, ...
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
PG, A2
SW5.2
NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 199
List of reconfigured NC codes
Display filters: N01, EXP, N12
always
Standard control
10713
-
1
PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB [n]: 0 ... 29
Setting data to be updated
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
10712
-
0
SERUPRO_MASK
seachrun mode
Display filters: N01
always
10710
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
V1
SW4.3
PROG_TEST_MASK
programmtest mode
Display filters: N01
always
10708
-
0xFFFF
SLASH_MASK
Activation of block skip
Display filters: N01
always
10707
-
0
DRYRUN_MASK
Dry run feedrate activation
Display filters: N01
always
10706
-
0
K1
SW4.2
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
2-177
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
10718
-
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR
M function replacement with parameters
Display filters: N12, EXP
always
-1
10720
-
7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7
0
0
0
-
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 0/0
FBFA
SW5.2
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
SW5.2
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 0/0
FBFA
6.3
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
6.3
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
6.3
6
***
EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT
M function to deactivate ASUP
Display filters: N12, EXP
Non-Siemens NC
97
progr. lang.
2-178
1
EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
M function to activate ASUP
Display filters: N12, EXP
Non-Siemens NC
96
progr. lang.
10806
-
0
H2
SW1
IAF
SW4.1
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
Last M function for channel synchr.
Display filters: N12, EXP
Non-Siemens NC
-1
progr. lang.
10804
-
0xFFFF
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN
1st M function for channel synchronization
Display filters: N12, EXP
Non-Siemens NC
-1
progr. lang.
10802
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K5
6.3
UNLOCK_EDIT_MODESWITCH
Cancel start disable when editing a part program
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0
10800
-
12
G53_TOOLCORR
Method of operation of G53, G153 and SUPA
Display filters: N12
always
10780
-
0
JOG_MODE_KEYS_EDGETRIGGRD
Functioning of the JOG keys
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
1
10760
-
-
AXCHANGE_MASK
Paramameters for axis replacement behavior
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0
10731
-
-
6.3
OPERATING_MODE_DEFAULT [n]: 0 ... max. No. mode groups -1
Initial setting of mode after Power On
0: AUTOMATIC mode 4: MDA mode, submode TEACH IN
1: AUTO mode
5: MDA mode, submode Reference point travelling
2: MDA mode
6: JOG mode
3: MDA mode
7: JOG mode, submode Reference point travelling
Display filters: N01
always
10722
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
6.3
6
***
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
10808
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_BITS_M96
Activate interrupt program (ASUB)
Display filters: N12, EXP
Non-Siemens NC
0
progr. lang.
10810
-
1
1
0
2
2
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
6.3
0
2
-
0
0
0
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
SW5
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
FBFA
SW5.2
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
8
EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE
Tool change programming for external language
Display filters: N12
Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
SW5
EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO
Number of positions for T number in external language mode
Display filters: N12
Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
10890
-
1
EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM
Incremental system in external language mode
Display filters: N12
Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
10888
-
0
EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG
Evaluation of programmed values without decimal point
Display filters: N12
Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
10886
-
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBFA
6.3
NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB [n]: 0 ... 59
List of user-specific G commands of an external NC language
Display filters: N12
Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
10884
-
3
MM_EXTERN_GCODE_SYSTEM
ISO_3 Mode: GCodeSystem
Display filters: N01, N12
Non-Siemens NC
0
progr. lang.
10882
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
6.3
MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM
Definition of the control system to be adapted
Display filters: N01, N12
Non-Siemens NC
1
progr. lang.
10881
-
-
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_ON
Double turret with G68
Display filters: N12, EXP
Non-Siemens NC
0
progr. lang.
10880
-
-
EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL [n]: 0 ... 3
Config. of measuring inputs for G31 P..
Display filters: N12, EXP
Non-Siemens NC
1, 1, 1, 1
progr. lang.
10812
-
FBFA
6.3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-179
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
10900
-
09.01
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
Number of positions for indexing axis table 1
Display filters: N09
Fct.: Positioning
axes, Idx.
0
T1
SW1
0
60
10910
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... max. No. indexing pos. - 1
mm/inch, Indexing position table 1
degrees
Display filters: N09
Fct.: Positioning
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
axes, Idx.
0., ...
10920
-
0
0
60
Display filters: N07
always
11120
-
0x81, 0x21, 0x41, 0x41,
0x41, 0x41, ...
0
255
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
RESET
DWORD
2/7
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
H2
SW1
Default setting:
Group 1 = 81 H
Group 2 = 21 H
Group 3 - 15 = 41 H
-
0
2/7
H2
SW1
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
PG
SW5
1
GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB [n]: 0 ... 8
add. save for GUD-Modules
Display filters: N01
Fct.: NC memory
GUD
2-180
-
LUD_EXTENDED_SCOPE
Activate function " program global user data (PUD) "
Display filters: N01
Fct.: NC memory
LUD
11140
-
1
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC [n]: 0 ... 63
Auxiliary function group specification
Bit 0 = 1: Output duration 1 OB1 pass
Bit 1 = 1: Output duration 1 PLC basic cycle
Bit 2: Bit 3 = 1: No output at the interface
Bit 4: Bit 5 = 1: Output before movement
Bit 6 = 1: Output during movement
Bit 7 = 1: Output at end of block
RESET
DOUBLE
T1
SW1
AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
Number of auxiliary functions distr. amongst aux. fct. groups
Display filters: N01, N02, N07
always
1
11110
HEX
-
T1
SW1
10930
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... max. No. indexing pos. - 1
mm/inch, Indexing position table 2
degrees
Display filters: N09
Fct.: Positioning
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
axes, Idx.
0., ...
11100
-
2/7
T1
SW1
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
Number of positions for indexing axis table 2
Display filters: N09
Fct.: Positioning
axes, Idx.
RESET
DWORD
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
SW6.1
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
11200
HEX
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
INIT_MD
Standard machine data loaded at next Power On
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0
11210
-
MD_FILE_STYLE
Structure of MD files on " upload "
0 : Output text only
2 : MD number and text
4: all local axes
Display filters: N01, N05
always
3
11240
-
11250
-
2
0
1
2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2/7
1 : Text and line checksum
3 : MD number with text and Z checksum
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
3/7
FBU
SW5.2
0
-1
-
5
5
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
0/0
FBU
6.3
0
2
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
IAD
SW5
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
IAD
6.3
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
H1
SW1
0
1
HANDWH_REVERSE
Threshold for direction change handwheel
Display filters: N09
always
RESET
BYTE
IAD
SW3
JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
INC and REF in jog mode
Display filters: N01
always
11310
-
0
DRAM_FILESYSTEM_MASK
Select directories in DRAM
Display filters: always
11300
-
0
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
3/7
IAD
SW3
WPD_INI_MODE
Handling of INI-files in workpiece-directory
Display filters: N01
always
11290
-
-
PROFIBUS_SHUTDOWN_TYPE
Profibus Shutdown handling
Display filters: N01, EXP
Profibus adpt.
0
11280
-
-
PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER
SDB1000 number
Display filters: N01, N05
Profibus adpt.
0
Profib., NCU-Link
-1
Profibus adapter,
840Di
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
IAD
SW1
INI_FILE_MODE
Error response to INI file errors
0:
Read-in aborted
1 und 2: No abort, alarms output
Display filters: N01, N05
always
1
11230
HEX
-
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY
MD backup of changed MD only
Display filters: N01, N05
always
0xFF
11220
-
-
IAF, IAD, IA
SW1
0.0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
H1
SW3.2
plus
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
2-181
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
11320
-
09.01
HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH [n]: 0 ... max. No. handwheels - 1
Handwheel pulses per detent position
Display filters: N09
always
1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1.
-
H1
SW1
-
11322
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
CONTOURHANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH [n]: 0 ... max. No. handwheels - 1
Contour handwheel pulses per detent position
Adaptation factor to the hardware of the contour handwheel:
Enter the number of pulses issued per detent position by the contour handwheel.
Because of this normalization, a detent position of the contour handwheel corresponds
to the pressing of a key with incremental jog processes.
Inversion of signs causes inversion of direction evaluation.
Display filters: N09
always
1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1.
-
H1
6.3
11324
-
OEM
6.3
HANDWH_VDI_REPRESENTATION
Display of handwheel number in VDI Interface
Display filters: N01
always
11330
-
0
11344
-
0
1
1
1
0
1
POWER ON
BYTE
0/0
FBMA
SW4.1
10
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBMA
SW4.1
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBMA
SW4.1
0
3
-
Attributes: NBUP
-
MONITOR_DISPLAY_INT
INTEGER display of the addressed location
Display filters: N06, EXP
always
0
2-182
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
MONITOR_ADDRESS
STZ
Test MD for setting NCK code or data for SINUMERIK Safety Integrated address of the SW3.2
memory location which is to be read/written
Address of memory location to be read/written
Display filters: N06, EXP
always
0
11382
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBMA
SW4.1
HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
Handwheel default path or velocity
Display filters: N01
always
11380
-
plus
ENC_HANDWHEEL_INPUT_NR
3rd handwheel: Input to module/meas. circ. Board
Display filters: N01
always
11346
-
0.0
ENC_HANDWHEEL_MODULE_NR
3rd handwheel: drive no./meas. circuit no.
Display filters: N01
always
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
H1
SW1
ENC_HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT_NR
3rd handwheel: type of drive
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
1
11342
-
1
JOG_INCR_SIZE_TAB [n]: 0 ... 4
Increment size for INC/handwheel
Display filters: N09, EXP
always
1., 10., 100., 1000.,
10000.
11340
-
0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
0/0
STZ
SW3.2
Attributes: NBUP
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
0/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
11384
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MONITOR_DISPLAY_REAL
REAL display of the addressed location
Display filters: N06, EXP
always
0.0
11386
-
11410
HEX
0
1
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
SW1
-
-
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
D1
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
D1, S1
SW4.2
-
-
0
RESET
DWORD
2/7
D1
SW4.1
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
D1
SW4.2
0
1
LEN_PROTOCOL_FILE
Size of protocol files (kB)
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Execute from
HD
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
0/0
B3
SW5
ALARM_PAR_DISPLAY_TEXT
Alarm parameter as text output
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0
11420
-
Attributes: NBUP
2
ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
Alarm response CHAN_NOREADY permitted
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0
11413
-
0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
0/0
STZ
SW3.2
ENABLE_ALARM_MASK
Activation of warnings
Display filters: EXP
always
0
11412
-
Attributes: NBUP
-
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK
Screenform for supporting special alarm outputs
Bit 0 = 1 alarm 15110 is not displayed
Bit1: Alarm 10763: " Channel %1 block %2 the path component of the block in the
offset level is zero "
Display filters: N06, EXP
always
0
11411
-
-
TRACE_SELECT
Activation of internal trace functions
Display filters: EXP
always
0
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
0/0
STZ
SW3.2
AXIS_VAR_SERVER_SENSITIVE
Axis-Var server response in error situations
Display filters: EXP
always
0
11400
-
Attributes: NBUP
-
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE
Overwrite the addressed location with MONITOR_INT/REAL
Display filters: N06, EXP
always
0
11398
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
0/0
STZ
SW3.2
MONITOR_INPUT_REAL
REAL input for addressed location
Display filters: N06, EXP
always
0.0
11390
-
Attributes: NBUP
-
MONITOR_INPUT_INT
INTEGER input for the addressed location
Display filters: N06, EXP
always
0
11388
-
-
STZ
SW3.2
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 0/0
PGA
SW4.3
1
1000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-183
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
11430
-
DIG_ASSIGN_DIGITIZE_TO_CHAN
Channel definition for digitizing
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: Digitize
0
11432
-
0x0
0xFFFF
0
0
0
2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
6.3
0
0xFFFF
0
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
255
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW4.1
0x3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW4.1
0
0x7
0
0
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW4.1
128
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW4.2
3
ASUP_EDIT_PROTECTION_LEVEL
Protection level of the user-specific ASUP program
Display filters: N01
always
2-184
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
P5
SW2
ASUP_EDITABLE
Activation of a user-specific ASUP program
Display filters: N01
always
11612
-
0x1F
ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
Priorities for 'ASUP_START_MASK effective'
Display filters: N01
always
11610
-
0
ASUP_START_MASK
Ignore stop conditions for ASUP
Display filters: N01
always
11604
-
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K1
SW4.3
BAG_MASK
Defines mode group response to ASUP
Display filters: N01
always
11602
-
1
PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK [n]: 0 ... 1
Protected synchronized actions
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: Synchr.
0, 0
actions, basic f.
11600
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBD
SW4.2
REPOS_MODE_MASK
Repositioning properties
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0x0
11500
-
max. Anz. Kan. im
Sys. -1
OSCILL_MODE_MASK
Mode screenform for asynchronous oscillation
Display filters: N09
always
11470
-
0
SEARCH_RUN_MODE
Parameterization for search run
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0
11460
HEX
FBD
SW2
DIG_ASSIGN_NUM_OF_AXES
Selection of 3-axes or 3+2-axes digitizing
Display filters: N09, N01
Fct.: Digitize, 3+2
0
axes
11450
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW4.2
7
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
11640
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP
Allow channel axis gaps in AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
Display filters: N01, N11
always
0x0
11649
-
0
0
0.0
0x7FFFFFF
-
2.5.2
plus
POWER ON
BYTE
1/1
IAD
SW5
-
OVR_AX_IS_GRAY_CODE
Axis feedrate override switch Gray-coded
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
Override switch settings
12000
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
M3
SW5
PERMISSIVE_FLASH_TAB [n]: 0 ... 5
Codes for NC card
Display filters: N01, EXP
Files on PCMCIA
0, 0
card
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
SW5.2
NUM_EG
No. of possible " Electronic gear boxes "
Display filters: N09
el. gear
11700
-
0x1
DEBUG_MASK_CHAN_AX_GAP
Debug the gaps in $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
Display filters: EXP, C01, C10
always
0x0
11660
-
0
K2
SW5.2
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
1
12010
Factor
0
0.00
0
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
0.00
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
V1
SW1
2.00
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
V1
SW1
1
OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA [n]: 0 ... 30
Evaluation of rapid traverse override switch
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
0.00, 0.01, 0.02, 0.04,
0.06, 0.08, ...
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
V1
SW1
OVR_RAPID_IS_GRAY_CODE
Rapid traverse override switch Gray-coded
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
1
12050
Factor
2.00
OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [n]: 0 ... 30
Evaluation of path feedrate override switch
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
0.00, 0.01, 0.02, 0.04,
0.06, 0.08, ...
12040
-
0.00
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
V1
SW1
OVR_FEED_IS_GRAY_CODE
Path feedrate override switch Gray-coded
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
1
12030
Factor
1
OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED [n]: 0 ... 30
Evaluation of axis feedrate override switch
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
0.00, 0.01, 0.02, 0.04,
0.06, 0.08, ...
12020
-
0
V1
SW1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
V1
SW1
1.00
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
2-185
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
12060
-
OVR_SPIND_IS_GRAY_CODE
Spindle override switch Gray-coded
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
1
12070
Factor
12202
mm/min
12510
-
1
0, 1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
V1
SW4.1
0
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
V1
SW1
0.0
2.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBMA, V1
SW4.1
0
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBMA, V1
SW4.1
0.0
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
FBMA
SW4.1
0.0
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
FBMA
SW4.3
0.0
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
B3
SW5
1
16
LINK_TERMINATION [n]: 0 ... 1
NCU numbers for which bus termination resistances are activated
Display filters: N01
NCU-Link
2-186
1
NCU_LINKNO
NCU number in an NCU cluster
Display filters: N01
NCU-Link
12520
-
0
PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED [n]: 0 ... 3
Fixed feedrates for spindles
Display filters: N01, N09
always
0, 0, 0, 0,
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
V1
SW2
PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED [n]: 0 ... 3
Fixed feedrates for rotary axes
Display filters: N01, N09
always
0, 0, 0, 0,
12205
rev/min
2.00
PERMANENT_FEED [n]: 0 ... 3
Fixed feedrates for linear axes
Display filters: N01, N09
always
0., 0., 0., 0.
12204
rev/min
0.00
RUN_OVERRIDE_0
Traversing response with override 0
Display filters: N01, N09
always
0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
V1
SW1
OVR_FACTOR_LIMIT_BIN
Limitation for binary-coded override switch
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
1.2
12200
-
1
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_MIN_FEED
Specification of the reference of the path override
Display filters: N09, N10
always
0
12100
-
0
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_PROG_FEED
Override reference speed
Bit = 0/1: Sp. override affects limited speed/progr. speed
Display filters: N09, N10
always
1
12082
-
V1
SW1
OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_SPEED [n]: 0 ... 30
Evaluation of spindle override switch
Display filters: N10, EXP
always
0.5, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65,
0.70, 0.75, ...
12080
-
09.01
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
B3
SW5
Attributes: LINK
15
POWER ON
BYTE
2/3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
12540
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
LINK_BAUDRATE_SWITCH
Link bus baud rate
Display filters: N01
NCU-Link
12550
-
Attributes: CTDE
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
Attributes: CTDE
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB8 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB7 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12708
-
-
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB6 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12707
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/3
B3
SW5
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB5 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12706
-
Attributes: LINK
15
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB4 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12705
-
1
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB3 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12704
-
4
POWER ON
DWORD
2/3
B3
SW5
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB2 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12703
-
Attributes: LINK
9
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1 [n]: 0 ... 31
List of axes in axis container 1
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12702
-
0
LINK_RETRY_CTR
Max. no. message frame transmission retries
Display filters: N01
NCU-Link
12701
-
9
B3
SW5
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
2-187
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
12709
-
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB9 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12710
-
-
Attributes: CTDE
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
-
CT1, CT2, CT3, CT4,
CT5, CT6, ...
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
AXCT_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 15
Step width for rotation of an axis container
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
2-188
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB16 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12750
-
Attributes: CTDE
-
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB15 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12716
-
-
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB14 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12715
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB13 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12714
-
Attributes: CTDE
-
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB12 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12713
-
-
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB11 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12712
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
B3
SW5
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB10 [n]: 0 ... 31
Internal interpolation axis name
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Axis
container
12711
-
09.01
POWER ON
STRING
2/3
B3
SW5
Attributes: CTDE
-
POWER ON
STRING
1/1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.5.3
Central drive data
13000
-
DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE [n]: 0 ... 30
Drive activation (611D)
Display filters: EXP
611D
0
13010
-
13050
-
10
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
-
-
BYTE
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2/7
G2
SW2
0
10
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
-
-
BYTE
2/7
G2, FBHY
SW1
-
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
-
-
BYTE
2/7
0
5
BYTE
2/7
SW5.2
258
1023
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
2/7
DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 30
Standard message frame type for Profibus DP
Display filters: N04, N10
Profibus adpt.
102, 102, 102, 102, 102,
102, 102, ...
2/7
G2
SW1
DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS [n]: 0 ... 30
Logical drive addresses
Display filters: N04, N10
Profibus adpt.
258, 290, 322, 354, 386,
418, 450, ...
Profib., NCU573
272, 292, 312, 332, 352,
372, 392, ...
Profibus adapter,
272, 292, 312, 332, 352,
840Di
372, 392, ...
13060
-
0
DRIVE_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 30
Code for drive type (1: FDD, 2: MSD, 3: LIN)
Display filters: EXP
611D
2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, ...
611D, not 810D
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, ...
611D, Hydraulic
mod.
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
G2
SW1
DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 30
Module recognition
(1: 1-axis module, 2: 2-axis module, 9: Terminal block for digital I/Os, 10: Bit bus
interface)
Display filters: EXP
611D
6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, ...
611D, not 810D
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, ...
13040
-
1
DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE [n]: 0 ... 30
Power section code of drive module
Display filters: EXP
611D
0xE, 0x13, 0x13, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, ...
611D, not 810D
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
13030
-
0
DRIVE_LOGIC_NR [n]: 0 ... 30
Logical drive number
Display filters: EXP
611D
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
611D, not 810D
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
13020
HEX
G2
SW1
0.0
SW5.2
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-189
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
13070
-
DRIVE_FUNCTION_MASK [n]: 0 ... 30
DP functions used
Display filters: N04, N10
Profibus adpt.
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
13100
-
14010
-
1
-
0
0
0
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
BYTE
0/0
FBA/IAD
SW6.1
0.1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
SW2
0.000
0.010
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/0
DOUBLE
2/7
SW2
0.0
-
0.0008
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/0
DOUBLE
2/7
P3
SW4.1
0
32
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A2, P3
SW4.1
0
32
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_FLOAT
Number of user data (FLOAT)
Display filters: N03
always
2-190
0
-
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
M5
SW6.1
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_HEX
Number of user data (HEX)
Display filters: N03
always
14508
-
1
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_INT
Number of user data (INT)
Display filters: N03
always
14506
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
M5
SW1
INTCY_DELAY_TIME
SSI transfer time
Display filters: N01, N10, EXP
NCU570
FM-NC
0.0002
14504
-
-
IPUCR_DELAY_TIME
Computing time of position controller
Display filters: N01, EXP
NCU570
FM-NC
0.002
14020
-
-
MEAS_PROBE_DELAY_TIME [n]: 0 ... 0
Probe delay time
Display filters: N09, N10
always
0.0, 0.0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
IAD, Kap. 3
SW1
MEAS_TYPE
Type of probe handling for Profibus drives
Display filters: N09, N10
Profibus adpt.
0
Profibus adpt., not 1
840Di
13220
s
-
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE [n]: 0 ... 0
Polarity reversal of sensor
Display filters: N09, N10
always
0
13210
-
-
SW5.3
DRIVE_DIAGNOSIS [n]: 0 ... 8
Diagnosis drive link
Display filters: N05, EXP
611D
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0
13200
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A2, P3
SW4.1
0
8
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
14510
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
USER_DATA_INT [n]: 0 ... 31
User data (INT)
Display filters: N03
always
14512
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, -3.40e38
0.0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
0
1
0
0
2.5.4
18000
-
3.40e38
-
0
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
A2, P3
SW4.1
-
POWER ON
BYTE
0/0
FBW
SW5
32
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
FBW
6.3
0
0xF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBW
6.3
0
0xF
TOOL_DATA_CHANGE_COUNTER
Mark tool data change for HMI
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A2, P3
SW4.1
TOOL_DEFAULT_DATA_MASK
Create new tool: default settings
Display filters: N09
always
17530
-
0x0FF
TOOL_UNLOAD_MASK
Behavior of tool data when unloading
Display filters: N09
Fct.: Tool
management
17520
-
0
MAXNUM_REPLACEMENT_TOOLS
Maximal number of replacement tools.
Display filters: N09
always
no TCM
17510
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
A2, P3
SW4.1
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM [n]: 0 ... 31
User data (HEX)
Display filters: N03
always
17500
-
32767
USER_DATA_FLOAT [n]: 0 ... 7
User data (FLOAT)
Display filters: N03
always
14516
-
-32768
USER_DATA_HEX [n]: 0 ... 31
User data (HEX)
Display filters: N03
always
14514
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
A2, P3
SW4.1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBW
6.3
0
0x3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
System specific memory settings
VDI_UPDATE_IN_ONE_IPO_CYCLE
PLC interface update
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
NCU572, 573
0
NCU571
1
810D
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
P3
SW1
0
0
0
1
1
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 0/0
BOOLEAN 0/0
BOOLEAN 0/0
BOOLEAN 0/0
2-191
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
18040
-
VERSION_INFO [n]: 0 ... 2
Version and possibly data of the PCMCIA card, not FM-NC
Display filters: N05
NCU571
NCU572
NCU573
810D
NCU573
18050
Byte
-
18080
HEX
2-192
-
Attributes: READ
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
DWORD
DWORD
-
-
0
0
0
2/7
2/7
2/7
S7
SW1
Attributes: READ
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW6.1
Attributes: READ
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
FBW
SW2
0xFFFF
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
FBW, S7
SW2
600
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE
Number of magazines the NCK can manage (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
3
management
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
MM_NUM_TOOL
Number of tools the NCK can manage (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
30
18084
-
Attributes: READ
-
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Step-by step memory reservation for tool management (SRAM)
Bit 0 = 1: Tool management data being loaded
Bit 1 = 1: Monitoring data being loaded
Bit 2 = 1: OEM and CC data being loaded
Bit 3 = 1: Memory for considering adjacent location
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0x0
18082
-
-
INFO_FREE_MEM_CC_MD
Display of free memory in CC-MD-MEM
Display filters: N01, N05, EXP
Compile cycles
0
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
STRING
2/7
STRING
2/7
STRING
2/7
STRING
2/7
S7
SW1
INFO_FREE_MEM_DPR
Display data of free memory in DUAL PORT RAM
Display filters: N01, N02, N05, EXP
not 810D
0
18072
-
Attributes: READ
-
INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC
Display data of free static memory
Display filters: N01, N02, N05
always
Fct.: Digitize FM262144
NC
NCU573
2621440
840DI
524288
810D
262144
18070
Byte
-
IAD
SW3.2
INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC
Display data of free dynamic memory
Display filters: N01, N02, N05
always
1048576
18060
Byte
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBW
SW2
32
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
18086
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION
Number of magazine locations the NCK can manage (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
30
management
18088
-
0
10
1
0
1
0
6
10
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
SW5.2
6
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW2
10
MM_TYPE_CC_TOA_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of OEM data per cutting edge (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4
FBW
SW2
SW5.2
MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PARAM
Number of data per tool edge for OEM and compile cycle (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18097
-
6
MM_TYPE_CC_TDA_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of OEM tool data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4
18096
-
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW5.2
MM_NUM_CC_TDA_PARAM
Number of tool-specific data per tool for OEM and compile cycle (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18095
-
10
MM_TYPE_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of OEM magazine location data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
management
18094
-
0
MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
Number of magazine location data generated and evaluated by the CC (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
0
management
18093
-
99999999
MM_TYPE_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of OEM magazine data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
management
18092
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW4.1
MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
Number of magazine data generated and evaluated by the CC (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
0
management
18091
-
600
MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER
Maximum number of definable tool carriers
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18090
-
0
FBW
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
SW5.2
6
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
2-193
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
18098
-
MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM
Number of monitoring data per tool edge for OEM and compile cycle (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18099
-
18112
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBW
SW5
-1
600
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW5
1
32000
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW5
12
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW5
-1
9000
1
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
6
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW5
0x1F
MM_ENABLE_TOOL_ORIENT
Assign tool cutting edge orientation
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
2-194
1
MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR
Properties of resulting offsets in TO area (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18114
-
0
MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
Number of TOA blocks (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
W1
SW4.1
MM_NUM_SUMCORR
Resulting offsets in TO area (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
-1
18110
-
MD_SLMAXNOOFC
UTTINGEDGES
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PERTOOL
Max. number of D Nos. per tool
Display filters: N02, N09
always
9
18108
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
S7
SW1
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO
Max. Value of D No.
Display filters: N02, N09
always
9
18106
-
6
MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER
Tool adapters in TO area (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
-1
management
18105
-
1
FBW
SW2
FBW
SW5.2
MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
Type of D No. programming (SRAM)
Display filters: N09, N02
always
0
18104
-
10
MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
Tool offsets per TOA block (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
30
18102
-
0
MM_TYPE_CC_MON_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of OEM monitor data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
18100
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
6.3
0
2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
18116
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_NUM_TOOL_ENV
Tool environments in TO area (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18118
-
10
40
0.0
0.0
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW1
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
S7
SW1
12
0.0
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
12
-
-
DWORD
2/7
16
-
-
DWORD
2/7
10
S7
SW1
0.0
plus
40
0.0
300
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
0.0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
plus
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM
Number of additional parameters for cycles acc. to MD 18170 (DRAM)
Display filters: N02
Fct.: NC memory
LUD
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES
Number of miscellaneous functions (cycles, DRAM)
Display filters: N02
Fct.: NC memory
LUD
18180
-
plus
MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
Number of macros (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
Fct.: NC memory
macros
18170
-
0.0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
Memory location for user variables (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
Fct.: NC memory
GUD
GUD, NCU573, & gt; 1
channels
GUD, NCU573, & gt;
2 channels
18160
-
9
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_AXIS
Number of axis-specific user variables (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, EXP
Fct.: NC memory
0
GUD
18150
kB
1
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
Number of channel-specific user variables (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
Fct.: NC memory
GUD
18140
-
7
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW2
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
Number of global user variables (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
Fct.: NC memory
GUD
18130
-
plus
MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
Number of GUD files in active file system (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
Fct.: NC memory
GUD
18120
-
0.0
S7
6.3
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-195
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
18190
-
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
Number of files for machine-related protection zones (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N06, N09, N12
Fct.: 3D protection 0
zones
18200
-
6
0
1
0
1
0
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
10
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
6
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
10
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
6
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
10
MM_TYPE_CCS_MON_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of Siemens OEM monitor data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
2-196
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM
No. of Siemens OEM monitor data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18209
-
10
MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of Siemens OEM data per cutting edge (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4
18208
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
No. of Siemens OEM data per cutting edge (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18207
-
6
MM_TYPE_CCS_TDA_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of Siemens OEM tool data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4
18206
-
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM
Number of Siemens OEM tool data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18205
-
10
MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of Siemens OEM magazine location data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
management
18204
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBW
SW5.2
MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
No. of Siemens OEM magazine location data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
0
management
18203
-
10
MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
Type of Siemens OEM magazine data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
management
18202
-
0
S7
SW2
MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
Number of Siemens OEM magazine data (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
Fct.: Tool
0
management
18201
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
FBW
SW5.2
6
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
18210
kB
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC
Dynamic user memory in the DRAM
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
1000
NCU571
1000
18220
kB
-
-
280
-
107
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
-
240
8192
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
660
-
-
DWORD
2/7
920
-
-
DWORD
2/7
-
240
8192
DWORD
0/0
660
-
-
DWORD
2/7
920
-
-
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
193
30
100
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
S7
SW1
4001
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
S7
SW1
24
250
MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
Number of files per directory (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
always
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
S7
SW1
MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR
Number of subdirectories (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
always
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
S7
SW2
18260
MM_NCK_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
Prime
Hash table size for global data (DRAM)
number
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
2503
537
18280
-
-
MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE
Maximum field size for LUD variables
18250
MM_CHAN_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
Prime
Hash table size for channel-specific data (DRAM)
number
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
7
3
18270
-
-
S7
SW1
18240
MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
Prime
Hash table size for user variables (DRAM)
number
Display filters: N02, EXP
Fct.: NC memory
11
3
LUD
Display filters: N02
Fct.: NC memory
GUD
GUD up to 12 axis
in systen
GUD & gt; to 12 axis
in systen
Fct.: NC memory
LUD
LUD up to 12 axis
in systen
LUD & gt; to 12 axis in
systen
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
0/0
SW2
MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
User memory in SRAM
Display filters: N02
always
18242
Byte
-
MM_USER_MEM_DPR
User memory in DUAL PORT RAM (DPR)
Display filters: N02, EXP
not 810D
0
18230
kB
S7
SW1
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
S7
SW1
64
512
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
2-197
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
18290
MM_FILE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
Prime
Hash table size for files of a directory (SRAM)
number
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
19
3
18300
MM_DIR_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
Prime
Hash table size for subdirectories (SRAM)
number
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
7
3
18310
-
30
100
30
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW5
-
POWER ON
BYTE
0/0
IAD
6.3
0
4096
0
2000
20
0
-
30
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
K3
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
100
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
IAD
6.3
32768
-
MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE
FIFO buffer size for processing from external source
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Execute from
HD
2-198
512
MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE
Size of part program memory (DRAM)
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
0
no PC_MCI
18360
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUM
Minimum part program memory (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
20
18351
-
256
MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS [n]: 0 ... double max. No. axes in sys. - 1
Maximum number of interpolation points for sag comp. (SRAM)
Display filters: N01, N02
Fct.: CEC
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
18350
kB
64
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
S7
SW1
MM_FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_SIZE
Size of FFS
Display filters: N01, N02
840DI
0
18342
-
349
MM_FLASHFILESYS_MEM [n]: 0 ... 7
Reserved for FFS
Display filters: N01, N02
Files on PCMCIA
0
card
18332
-
30
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
S7
SW1
MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM
Number of files in passive file system (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
always
18331
-
299
MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
Number of directories in passive file system (SRAM)
Display filters: N02
always
18320
-
S7
SW1
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
DWORD
1/7
A2
SW4.2
1000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
18362
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_EXT_PROG_NUM
Number of program levels which can be simultaneously processed from an external
source
Display filters: N01
Fct.: Execute from
HD
18370
-
25, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
20
0
10
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
M3
SW4.1
0.0
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
M3
SW4.1
0.0
plus
0.0
4
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
M3
SW4.1
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
S7
SW1
20
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
SW3
4
20
MM_SERVO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
Stack size of servo task (DRAM)
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
8
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
D1
SW6.1
MM_COM_TASK_STACK_SIZE
Stack size in kb for communication
Display filters: N02, EXP
Communic. task
12
18510
kB
0
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
D1, OEM
SW6.1
MM_EXTCOM_TASK_STACK_SIZE
Stack size for external communications task (DRAM)
Display filters: N02, EXP
always
17
18502
-
25
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS
No. of curve table polynomials (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18500
kB
0
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
D1, OEM
SW6.1
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS
No. of curve segments (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18404
-
10
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS
No. of curve tables (SRAM)
Display filters: N02, N09
always
0
18402
-
0
MM_PROTOC_NUM_SERVO_DATA [n]: 0 ... 9
Number of servo data f. recording
Display filters: N02
Fct.: Logging
18400
-
2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
D1, OEM
SW6.1
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_OEM_LIST [n]: 0 ... 9
Number of OEM data lists ETPD.
Display filters: N02
Fct.: Logging
18373
-
13
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_STD_LIST [n]: 0 ... 9
Number of standard data lists ETPD.
Display filters: N02
Fct.: Logging
18372
-
0
MM_PROTOC_NUM_FILES [n]: 0 ... 9
Max.no. of protocol files in passive file system
Display filters: N02
Fct.: Logging
18371
-
1
A2
SW4.2
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
S7
SW1
4
20
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
2-199
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
18520
kB
MM_DRIVE_TASK_STACK_SIZE
Stack size of drive task (DRAM)
Display filters: N02, EXP
Fct.: Drive start-up 8
analog
611D
8
18600
-
1
0
0
0
0
18794
-
1
0
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW5
100
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW5
16
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
B3
SW5
0.0
Attributes: LINK
plus
2
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW6.1
4, (b. NCU-Link 35)
POWER ON
DWORD
2/3
B3
SW5
3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/3
B3
SW5
2
16
0
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/3
B3
SW5
2000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
B3
SW5
0x7FFFFFFF
MM_TRACE_VDI_SIGNAL
Trace spec. of VDI signals
Display filters: N02, N06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
0
files
2-200
0
MM_TRACE_LINK_DATA_FUNCTION
Specifies the contents of the NCU-link files
Display filters: N02, N06, EXP
NCU-link trace
0
0/0
K2
SW4.3
MM_MAX_TRACE_LINK_POINTS
Size of the trace data buffer for NCU-link
Display filters: N02, N06, EXP
NCU-link trace
8
18792
-
DWORD
MM_LINK_NUM_OF_MODULES
Number of NCU-link modules
Display filters: N01, N02
NCU-Link
2
18790
-
20
MM_NCU_LINK_MASK
Activation of NCU-link communication
Display filters: N01
NCU-Link
18782
-
4
MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE
Size of buffered command pos(IPO-pos ctrl)
Display filters: N01, EXP
always
2
18780
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
MM_SIZEOF_LINKVAR_DATA
Size of NCU-link-variable memory
Display filters: N02
NCU-link variables
18720
-
20
MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES
Number of global base frames.
Display filters: N02
always
18700
-
4
MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES
Number of global predefined user frames.
Display filters: N02
always
18602
-
S7, ECO
SW1
MM_FRAME_FINE_TRANS
Fine offset with FRAME
Display filters: N02
always
18601
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
6.3
0
0x7FFFFFFF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
18800
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE
Activation of external NC languages:
Bit 0 (LSB): execution of part programs is ISO dialect 0
Display filters: N01, N12
Non-Siemens NC
0x0001
progr. lang.
Non-Siemens NC
0x0000
progr. lang.
18900
-
0x0001
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
-
Attributes: NBUP
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
SW1
-
Attributes: NBUP
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
FPU_EXEPTION_MASK
Exception screen form for FPU calculation errors
Display filters: EXP
not 810D
not 810D,
0xD
NCU571.2, 572
not 810D, NCU
0x0D000000
571
2/7
SW1
FPU_CTRLWORD_INIT
Basic initialization of FPU control word
Display filters: EXP
not 810D
not 810D,
0x37F
NCU571.2, 572
not 810D, NCU
0x3F001000
571
18920
-
0x0000
FPU_ERROR_MODE
System response to FPU calculation error
Display filters: EXP
not 810D
0x1
18910
-
FBFA
SW5
2/7
SW1
-
Attributes: NBUP
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
2/7
2-201
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.6
09.01
Channel-specific machine data
The display of the machine data has been extended in SW Version 4 and
higher. The options Display filters and Attributes have been newly
introduced.
Display filters
The quantity of machine data displayed on the operator panel can be limited to
the machine data of interest by means of the display filters. Machine data are
displayed on the operator panel if at least one of the filters indicated in the
respective machine data has been activated by the user or if the mode “All
machine data“ has been set. The short descriptions of the filters indicated are
used again in the operator interface for filter activation. They have the following
meaning:
•
Configuration
•
C02
Memory configuration
•
C03
Basic settings
•
C04
Auxiliary functions
•
C05
Velocities
•
C06
Monitoring / limitations
•
C07
Transformations
•
C08
Overrides / compensations
•
C09
Technological functions
•
C10
Standard machine
•
C11
NC-Language ISO-Dialect
•
Attributes
C01
EXP
Expert mode
In some machine data, you will find short identifiers with the following meaning
under attributes:
•
NBUP
No back-up: the data is not entered in data back-up
•
ODLD
Only download: the data can only be loaded from the file
•
READ
Read only: the data can only be read
•
NDLD
No download: the data cannot be loaded from the file
•
SFCO
Configuration safety integrated
•
SCAL
Scaling Alarm
•
LINK
Link description
•
CTEQ
Must be equal for all containers
•
CTDE
Container description
The fields of the machine data table elements are completed as follows:
2-202
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Note
The entry 810D_2 in the field " HW/Function " corresponds to CCU2.
Number
MD identifier [n]: i ... Runtime limit index 1
Unit
Name, other information
Display filters:
HW / Function
Standard value
2.6.1
20000
-
Basic channel machine data
CHAN_NAME
Channel name
K1
SW1
Display filters: C01, C10
always
CHAN1 , CHAN2 ,
CHAN3 , CHAN4, ...
20050
-
-
B, C,
-
10
-
-
SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND
Initial setting of master spindle in channel
Display filters: C01, C03
always
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
20092
-
0
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
K2
SW1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K2
SW1
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
S1
SW1
10
SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB_ENABLE
Enable/disable the spindle converter.
Display filters: C01, C10, C03
Fct.: Ch.-specific
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
spindle No.
0, 0, ...
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K2
SW1
AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Channel axis name in channel
Display filters: C01, C10, C11
always
{ X, Y, Z, A,
U, ...
20090
-
10
AXCONF_MACHAX_USED [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Machine axis number valid in channel
Display filters: C01, C10
always
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
20080
-
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
K2
SW1
AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Geometry axis name in channel
Display filters: C01, C10, C11
always
{ X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z }, { X,
Y, ...
20070
-
-
AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2
Assignment of geometry axis to channel axis
Display filters: C01, C10
always
{ 1, 2, 3 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
20060
-
Attributes
Maximum value
Minimum value
Cross
reference
SW version
Active
D type Protect
. level
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S1
SW4.3
0
1
RESET
BYTE
7/7
2-203
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
20094
-
SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
M function for switching into controlled axis mode
Display filters: C01, C10, C03
always
70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70,
70, 70, ...
20095
-
6
6
0
-
20100
DIAMETER_AX_DEF
& lt; = 16
Geometry axis with transverse axis function
character
s
Display filters: C01, C10
always
-
20110
HEX
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
1
0
0x400, 0x400, 0x400,
0x400, 0x400, ...
0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
IAD
SW5
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
2/7
P1
SW1
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
K1
SW6.1
0xF
0xFFFF
START_MODE_MASK
Definition of basic control settings after part program start
Each bit = 0: The current value is retained.
Bit 0
Reset mode
Bit 1
Auxiliary function output for tool selection
Bit 4
Current plane
Bit 5 Settable ZO
Bit 6
Tool length compensation
Bit 7 Transformation
Bit 8
Coupled motion
Bit 9 Tangential follow-up
Bit 10 Synchronous spindle
Bit 11 res.
Bit 12 Geo-axis replacement
Bit 13 Master value coupling
Display filters: C03
always
2-204
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1, FBW
SW5.3
RESET_MODE_MASK
Definition of basic control settings after runup and reset
Each bit = 0: The current value is retained.
Bit 0 Reset mode
Bit 1 Auxiliary function output for tool selection
Bit 4
Current plane
Bit 5 Settable ZO
Bit 6
Tool length compensation
Bit 7 Transformation
Bit 8
Coupled motion
Bit 9 Tangential follow-up
Bit 10 Synchronous spindle
Bit 11 Revolutional feedrate
Bit 12 Geo-axis replacement
Bit 13 Master value coupling
Display filters: C03, C11
always
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
20112
HEX
0x7FFF
PROG_EVENT_MASK
setting of event-driven programm calls
Display filters: N01
always
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
SW5.3
DISPLAY_AXIS [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Show axis on MMC
Display filters: C01, EXP
always
{0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF, ...
20108
-
0x7FFF
T_M_ADDRESS_EXT_IS_SPINO
Meaning of address extension of T, M 'tool change code'
Display filters: C01, C04, C09
always
0
20098
-
FBFA
SW5.2
EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
M function for switching into controlled axis mode (external mode)
Display filters: C01, C10, C03, C11
always
29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29,
29, 29, ...
20096
-
09.01
0x7FFF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW2
RESET
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW3
RESET
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
20114
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MODESWITCH_MASK
Interruption MDA by mode change
Display filters: C03
always
20116
-
0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
20118
GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
Enable automatic geometry axis change
Display filters: C03
always
0
0
20121
-
1
K5
SW4.3
RESET
BOOLEAN
32000
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0
32000
-
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
RESET
DWORD
2/7
0
0
RESET
DWORD
2/7
FBW
SW3.2
RESET
STRING
2/7
SW6.1
0xF
RESET
DWORD
2/7
FBW
SW3.2
10
TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE
Active tool holder on RESET
Display filters: C03
always
2/7
K2
SW2
FBW
SW4.1
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER
Tool holder number
Display filters: C03
Fct.: Tool
management
20126
-
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/7
USEKT_RESET_VALUE
Preselected value of $P_USEKT on RESET
Display filters: C03
always
20124
-
0
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/7
-
TOOL_RESET_NAME
Definition of the tool with which length compensation is selected on runup/reset
Display filters: C03
Fct.: Tool
management
20123
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
2/7
K1
SW4.2
TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
Preselected tool on RESET
Display filters: C03
always
20122
-
-
TOOL_RESET_VALUE
Tool whose length compens. is selected during runup (reset/end of pp).
Depends on MD 20110 and 20112.
Display filters: C03
always
RESET
DWORD
K1
SW4.2
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
An interrupt program is completely executed despite single block
Display filters: C01
always
20120
-
0xFFFF
IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
An interrupt program can be executed despite a read in disable
Display filters: C01
always
20117
-
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
K1
SW3.2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW4.1
0.0
plus
RESET
DWORD
2/7
2-205
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
20128
-
COLLECT_TOOL_CHANGE
Tool change picked up in search run
Display filters: C04
Fct.: Tool
management
20130
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 1/1
K2
SW2
RESET
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW5
0
6
0
0.0
0
0.0
RESET
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW2
8
RESET
BYTE
2/7
K1, G2
SW1
plus
RESET
BYTE
2/7
K2
SW4.4
1
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES [n]: 0 ... 30
Initial setting of G groups
Display filters: C03, C11
Non-Siemens NC
{ 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3,
progr. lang.
...
2-206
32000
GCODE_RESET_MODE [n]: 0 ... Max. No. G codes - 1
Reset mode of G groups
Display filters: C03
always
20154
-
0
GCODE_RESET_VALUES [n]: 0 ... Max. No. G codes - 1
Initial setting of G groups
Selection of some G groups
[0] 1 = G0, 2 = G01 (Std)
[5] 1 = G17 (Std), 2 = G18, 3 = G19
[7] 1 = G500 (Std), 2 = G54, 3 = G 55, 4 = G56, 5 = G57
[9] 1 = G60 (Std), 2 = G 64, 3 = G641
[11] 1 = G601 (Std), 2 = G602, 3 = G603
[12] 1 = G70, 2 = G71 (Std)
[13] 1 = G90 (Std), 2 = G91
[14] 1 = G93, 2 = G94 (Std), 3 = G95
[20] 1 = BRISK (Std), 2 = SOFT
[22] 1 = CDOF (Std), 2 = CDON
[23] 1 = FFWOF (Std), 2 = FFWON
[28] 1 = DIAMOF (Std), 2 = DIAMON
For more detailed information see Programming Guide
G code definition depends on MD 20110 and MD 20112.
Display filters: C03, C11
always
{ 2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1,
...
20152
-
1
TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
Transformation data block selected during runup (reset/pp end)
Depends on MD 20110 and 20112.
Display filters: C03
Fct.:
Transformations
20150
-
0
SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE
Active resulting offset on RESET
Display filters: C03
always
20140
-
1
FBW
SW4.3
CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
Tool edge whose length compens. is selected during runup (reset/end of pp).
Depends on MD 20110 and 20112.
Display filters: C03
always
20132
-
09.01
RESET
BYTE
2/7
FBFA
SW5
plus
RESET
BYTE
2/2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
20156
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_MODE [n]: 0 ... 30
Reset behavior of external G groups
Display filters: C03
Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
20160
-
-
20180
-
{0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0,
0.0}, ...
{0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0,
0.0}, ...
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1,
-1, ...
plus
-
-
-1
0
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
V1, PGA
SW3.2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
3/7
W1
SW5.3
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
3/7
W1
SW5.3
15
NEW CONF
DWORD
3/7
K1
SW1
15
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
V1
SW5
0
0xFFFF
WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
Max. no. of blocks w/o traversing movement with SAR
Display filters: C02, C06
always
5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
5, 5, ...
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
W1
SW5.3
CHFRND_MODE_MASK
Chamfer/rounding behavior
Display filters: C09
always
20202
-
0.0
CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
Empty blocks with chamfer/radii
Display filters: C02, C06, C09, EXP
always
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
3, 3, ...
20201
-
plus
TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER
Base frame number for holding machine table offset
Display filters: C08
always
20200
-
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0
1.0, ...
1000.0, 1000.0, 1000.0,
1000.0, ...
2/7
K1, PGA
SW1
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET [n]: 0 ... 1
Rotary axis offset of orientable toolholder
Display filters: C08
always
20184
-
9
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR [n]: 0 ... 1
Rotary axis increment of orientable toolholder
Display filters: C08
always
20182
-
4
COMPRESS_VELO_TOL
Max. permissible deviation of the path feedrate during compression
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Polynomial
RESET
BYTE
K1
SW1
COMPRESS_BLOCK_PATH_LIMIT
Maximum traversing distance of an NC block with compression
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Polynomial
20172
mm/min
1
CUBIC_SPLINE_BLOCKS
Number of blocks for C spline
Display filters: C09, EXP
Fct.: Polynomial
8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
8, ...
20170
mm
0
6.3
0
RESET
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW4.3
10
RESET
BYTE
2/7
2-207
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
20204
mm
WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE
Change of direction with SAR
Display filters: C06
always
20210
degrees
0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.01,
0.01, 0.01, ...
0.0
0.0
20250
-
0.0
20260
-
1
2/7
2
0
0
0
0
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
W1
SW1
10
RESET
BYTE
2/7
W1
SW1
5
RESET
BYTE
2/7
W1
SW4.1
10
RESET
BYTE
2/7
W4
SW4.1
1
CUTCOM_INTERS_POLY_ENABLE
Intersection procedure for polynomials is possible
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
W1
SW4.1
1
PATH_IPO_IS_ON_TCP
Velocity control with spline
Display filters: C05, C09, EXP
always
0
2-208
150.
ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE
Real time tool radius compensation enabled
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Polynomial
RESET
DOUBLE
W1
SW1
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS
Max block count with compensation suppression
Display filters: C01, C08, EXP
Fct.: Synchr.
0
actions
20256
-
75.0
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
Number of blocks without traversing motion with TRC
Display filters: C01, C08, EXP
always
5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
5, 5, ...
20254
-
150.
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
Blocks for look-ahead contour calculation with TRC
Display filters: C02, C06, C08
always
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
3, 3, ...
20252
-
W1
SW1
CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT
Maximum angle for calculation of intersection with TRC
Display filters: C06, C08
always
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
4, 4, ...
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
W1
SW1
Display filters: C06, C08
always
10., 10., 10., 10., 10., 10., 0.0
10., ...
20240
-
plus
CUTCOM_MAX_DISC
Maximum value for DISC
Display filters: C06, C08
always
50.0, 50.0, 50.0, 50.0,
50.0, 50.0, ...
20230
-
W1
SW5
CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT
Maximum angle for compensation blocks with TRC
Display filters: C06, C08
always
100., 100., 100., 100.,
100., 100., ...
20220
Factor
09.01
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
SW1
0
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 0/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
20262
Factor
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION
Permissible rel. error of path velocity for spline
Display filters: C05, C09, EXP
always
0.001, 0.001, 0.001,
0.001, 0.001, ...
20270
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
-
0
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W4
SW2
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
W1
SW4.1
0
0xFFFF
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
2
RESET
BYTE
2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
0
1
TOOL_CORR_MULTIPLE_AXES
Tool length compensation simultaneously in more than one axis
Display filters: C01, C08, C11
Non-Siemens NC
1
progr. lang.
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBW
SW2
TOOL_CORR_MOVE_MODE
Traverse of tool length compensation
Display filters: C01, C08
always
0
20384
-
0xFFFFFF
TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44
Treatment of tool length compensation with G43 / G44
Display filters: C01, C08, C11
Non-Siemens NC
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
progr. lang.
0, 0, ...
20382
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBW
SW2
TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK
Definition of tool parameters
Display filters: C09
always
20380
-
6
TOOL_GRIND_AUTO_TMON
Activation of tool monitoring 0/1: Monitoring off/on
Display filters: C06, C09
Fct.: Const.
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
GWPS
0, 0, ...
20360
-
-1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW5
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
Activation of tool time monitoring for tool in spindle 1...x
Display filters: C06, C09
always
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
20350
-
32000
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Activation of different types of tool management
Display filters: C09
always
20320
HEX
-2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/0
W1
SW1
SUMCORR_DEFAULT
Initial position resulting offset without program
Display filters: C03
always
20310
HEX
1.0
CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT
Initial position of tool cutting edge without programming
Display filters: C03, C11
always
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
20272
-
0.000001
SW3
0
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
1
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
2-209
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
20390
-
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_ON
Activation of tool length temperat. compens.
Display filters: C01, C08
always
0
20392
mm
20460
%
20470
-
1
0
2
7/7
0.2
0.0
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
B1
SW1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
B1
SW1
2.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW2
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW5.3
0.
500.0
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW6.1
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
B1
6.3
1.0
100.0
CPREC_WITH_FFW
Progr. contour accuracy
Display filters: C05, C06, EXP
always
0
2-210
0
ADAPT_PATH_DYNAMIC [n]: 0 ... 1
Adaptation of path dynamic response
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
{1.0, 1.0}, {1.0, 1.0}, {1.0,
1.0}, ...
RESET
DOUBLE
B1
SW1
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_WITH_FEED
feedrate smoothing with programmed feed
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
1
20465
-
1
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR
Smoothing factor for Look Ahead
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
20462
-
0
LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE
Relief factor for block cycle time
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
2/7
W1
SW6.1
LOOKAH_OVR_POINTS [n]: 0 ... 1
Prepared override velocity characteristics with Look Ahead
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
{ 1.0, 0.2 }, { 1.0, 0.2 }, {
1.0, ...
20450
Factor
plus
LOOKAH_NUM_OVR_POINTS
Number of prepared override velocity characteristics with Look Ahead
Display filters: C02, C05, EXP
always
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
20440
Factor
0.0
RESET
BOOLEAN
W1, BAS, PG
SW6.1
LOOKAH_USE_VELO_NEXT_BLOCK
Look Ahead to programmed following block velocity
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
1
20430
-
1
TOOL_OFFSET_DRF_ON
DRF offset in tool direction
Display filters: C01, C08
always
0
20400
-
0
W1
SW6.1
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 2
Max. value of tool length temperat. comp.
Display filters: C01, C08
always
{1.0, 1.0 , 1.0}, {1.0, 1.0 ,
1.0}, ...
20396
-
09.01
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K6, B1
SW3.2
0
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
20480
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SMOOTHING_MODE
Behaviour of smoothing with G642 and G64
Display filters: EXP
Fct.: Polynomial
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
20482
-
20550
-
100.0, 100.0, 100.0,
100.0, 100.0, ...
20610
-
0.0
0.1
0
0
33
.2, .2, .2, .2, .2, .2, .2, .2,
.2, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
PG
6.3
3
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
B2
SW1
0.0
***
0.
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW5
0.95
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW5
0.
1000.
ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE
Acceleration margin for overlaid movements
Display filters: C05
always
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW6.1
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_JERK
Effect of path curvature on path jerk
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
B2
SW1
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL
Effect of path curvature on path dynamic
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
20603
-
1
MAX_PATH_JERK
Path-related maximum jerk
Display filters: C05
always
20602
-
0
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
SW6.1
EXACT_POS_MODE_G0_TO_G1
Exact stop condition at G00-G01 transition
Display filters: EXP
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
20600
m/s³
3
EXACT_POS_MODE
Exact positioning conditions on G00/G01.
Display filters: EXP
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
20552
-
0
CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME
Minimum time with constant velocity
Display filters: C05, EXP
always
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
F2, PGA
6.3
IGNORE_OVL_FACTOR_FOR_ADIS
G641/G642 independent of overload factor
Display filters: EXP
always
0
20500
s
33
COMPRESSOR_MODE
Mode of compressor
Display filters: EXP
Fct.: Polynomial
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
20490
-
0
B1
SW6.1
0.
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K1, B1, B2
SW1
0.9
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
2-211
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
20620
mm
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
Limitation handwheel increment for geo axes
Display filters: C06, C08
always
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
20621
degrees
0.0
0.0
0.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
F2
SW5.3
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
H1
SW3.2
plus
HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
Orientation velocity overlay
Display filters: C05, C06, C08
always
1
20624
-
plus
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
Path velocity override
Display filters: C05, C06, C08
always
500.0, 500.0, 500.0,
500.0, 500.0, ...
20623
rev/min
0.0
H1
SW3.2
HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
Limiting of handwheel increment for orienting axes
Display filters: C06, C08
always
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
20622
mm/min
09.01
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
F2
SW5.3
plus
HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
Definition of the response of the handwheel travel to channel-specific VDI ISs
Bit meanings:
Bit 0: Mode group stop
Bit 1: Mode group stop axes plus spindle
Bit 2: NC stop
Bit 3: NC stop axes plus spindle
Bit 4: Feedrate disable
Bit 5: Feedrate override
Bit 6: Rapid traverse override
Bit 7: Feedrate stop geometry axis
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
H1
SW3.2
Bit = 0: Interruption / accumulation
Bit = 1: Abort traversing movement / no accumulation
For geometry axes:
Bit 8: 0 Handwheel travel with feed in MD JOG_AX_VELO
Bit 8: 1 Max. traverse with feed in MD MAX_AX_VELO
Bit 9: 0 The override is active with handwheel travel
Bit 9: 1 Override 100%, independent of switch,
switch 0% nevertheless active
DRF settings for all axes of the channel
Bit10: 0 MD $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE not active
Bit10: 1 MD $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE active
Contour handwheel settings
Bit11: 0 Progr. exec. aut., continues on deselecting contour handwheel
Bit11: 1 NCSTOP on deselecting contour handwheel
Display filters: C09, EXP
always
0x13FF, 0x13FF, 0x13FF,
0x13FF, ...
20700
-
0
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
R1
SW1
1
G0_LINEAR_MODE
G0 interpolation mode
Display filters: C09
always
2-212
0xFFFF
REFP_NC_START_LOCK
NC start disable without reference point
Display filters: C01, C03
always
1
20730
-
0
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
P2
SW6.1
0
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
20732
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE
G00 interpolation mode
Display filters: N12
Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
20734
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
0.001, 0.001, 0.001,
0.001, 0.001, ...
0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.01,
0.01, 0.01, ...
0
21050
mm
-
-
-
-
0.0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
K1
SW1
0.0
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
PG
6.3
0.0
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
PG
6.3
0
0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
K1
SW1
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
A3
SW1
1
CONTOUR_TUNNEL_TOL
Response threshold for contour tunnel monitoring
Display filters: C06
Fct.: CTC
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
S1
SW5.3
WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS
Consideration of tool radius for working area limitation
Display filters: C03, C06
always
0
2/7
H2
SW1
INVOLUTE_AUTO_ANGLE_LIMIT
Auto angle limit. at involute ipo
Display filters: C06
always
21020
-
1
INVOLUTE_RADIUS_DELTA
Involute end point monitoring
Display filters: C06
always
21016
-
0
CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR
Circle end point monitoring factor
Display filters: C06
always
21015
mm
0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.01,
0.01, 0.01, ...
RESET
DWORD
V1
SW1
CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
Circle end point monitoring constant
Display filters: C06
always
21010
Factor
0xFFFF
SPOS_TO_VDI
Output of M19 to PLC on SPOS/SPOSA
Display filters: C03, C04
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
21000
mm
0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
6.3
SPF_END_TO_VDI
End of subroutine to PLC
Display filters: C03, C04
always
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
20850
-
1
ALLOW_G0_IN_G96
G0 logic with G96
Display filters: C05, C09
always
1
20800
-
0
EXTERN_FUNCTION_MASK
Function screenform for external language
Display filters: N12
Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
20750
-
1
P2
SW6.1
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
F2
SW2
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
2-213
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
21060
-
CONTOUR_TUNNEL_REACTION
Reaction when contour tunnel monitoring responds
Display filters: C06
Fct.: CTC
21070
-
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
89.
1.0
89.
1.0
89.
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
W5
SW2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
W5
SW3.2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
W5
SW3.2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
SW1
0.
80.
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
0.
80.
DOUBLE
0/0
SW1
-180.
180.
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
-180.
180.
DOUBLE
ORIENTATION_IS_EULER
Angle definition for orientation programming
Display filters: C01, C09
Fct.:
1
Transformations
Fct.:
Transformations,
FM-NC
2-214
1.0
MAX_TILT_ANGLE
Maximum value of permitted side angle for orientation progr.
Display filters: C08, C09
always
180., 180., 180., 180.,
180., 180., ...
NCU570
180., 180., 180., 180.,
180., 180., ...
21100
-
8
MAX_LEAD_ANGLE
Maximum value of permitted lead angle for orientation progr.
Display filters: C08, C09
always
80., 80., 80., 80., 80., 80.,
80., ...
NCU570
80., 80., 80., 80., 80., 80.,
80., ...
21092
degrees
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
F2
SW2
CUTCOM_PLANE_PATH_LIMIT
Minimum angle between surface normal vector and path tangent vector (3D face
milling)
Display filters: C06, C08
TRC 3D
3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3.,
3., ...
21090
degrees
2
CUTCOM_PLANE_ORI_LIMIT
Minimum angle between surface normal and tool orientation when side angle not equal
0 (3D)
Display filters: C06, C08
TRC 3D
3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3.,
3., ...
21084
degrees
0
CUTCOM_PARALLEL_ORI_LIMIT
Limit angle (path tangent/tool orientation) for 3D tool radius compensation
Display filters: C06, C08
TRC 3D
3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3. ,
3., ...
21082
degrees
F2
SW2
CONTOUR_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
Assignment of an analog output for the output of the contour error
0: no output, 1: output at output 1 etc.
Display filters: C01, C06
Fct.: CTC
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
21080
degrees
09.01
0/0
F2
SW1
0
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
-
-
BOOLEAN
0/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
21102
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
ORI_DEF_WITH_G_CODE
Def. of ORI axes with G-code
Display filters: C01, C07
Fct.: 5-axis
0
transformation
21104
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
21120
-
21155
rev/min
7
0
0
{ 1, 2, 3 }, { 1, 2, 3 }, { 1, 2, 0
...
{ 1, 2, 3 }, { 1, 2, 3 }, { 1, 2, 0
...
{
{
22
{ 10000., 10000.0, 10000.
}, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
M1
SW1
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2
SW5
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
F2
SW5
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
F2
SW5
0.0
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
F2
SW5
0.0
plus
JOG_VELO_RAPID_GEO [n]: 0 ... 2
JOG rapid traverse for GEO axes
Display filters: C07
always
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
F2
SW5.2
JOG_VELO_ORI [n]: 0 ... 2
JOG ORI axis velocity
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
21160
mm/min
0
JOG_VELO_RAPID_ORI [n]: 0 ... 2
JOG rapid traverse for ORI axes
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
H1
6.3
ORIAX_TURN_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Definition of reference axes for ORI axes
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
21150
rev/min
1
ORIAX_TURN_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Definition of reference axes for ORI axes
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
21130
-
0
X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE
Coordinate system for automatic frame definition
Display filters: C01, C09, EXP
always
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
F2
SW5
POLE_ORI_MODE
Great circle interpolation mode in pole position
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
21110
-
1
CART_JOG_SYSTEM
Coordinate systems for Cartesian jog
Display filters: C01, C07
Fct.: 5-axis
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
transformation
0, 0, ...
21108
-
0
ORI_IPO_WITH_G_CODE
G code for interpolation of orientation
Display filters: C01, C07
Fct.: 5-axis
0
transformation
21106
-
F2
SW5
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
F2
SW5
0.0
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
2-215
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
21165
mm/min
JOG_VELO_GEO [n]: 0 ... 2
JOG GEO axis velocity
Display filters: C07
always
21170
rev/s²
{
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
F2
6.3
0
2
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW1
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
plus
DOUBLE
2/7
K1
SW5
0
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
0
0
1
BOOLEAN
SETINT_ASSIGN_FASTIN
HW assignment of ext. NCK input byte for NC progr. interrupts
Bit 0-7: No. of HW byte
Bit 16-23: Screenform of signals that channel is not to evaluate
Bit 24-31: Screenform of signals that are to be evaluated inverted
-
-
-
-
MULTFEED_STORE_MASK
Store input signal of function " Multiple feedrates in one block "
Bit 0-1: No meaning, Bit 2-7: Storage response, Bit 8-31: Reserv.
-
2/7
K1
SW2
MULTFEED_ASSIGN_FASTIN
Assignment input bytes of NCK I/Os for " multiple feedrates in one block "
Bit 0-7:
No. of 1st byte
Bit 8-15: No. of 2nd byte
Bit 16-23: Inverting screenform 1st byte Bit 24-31: Inverting screenform 2nd byte
Display filters: C01, C09
Fct.: Synchr.
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
actions
0, 0, ...
2-216
2/7
0
Display filters: C01, C09
Fct.: Synchr.
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
actions
0, 0, ...
21230
HEX
0.0
0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.0
0.1, ...
0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.0
0.1, ...
Display filters: C01, C09
ASUP via high1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
speed I/O
1, 1, ...
21220
HEX
RESET
DOUBLE
F2
SW5
LIFTFAST_WITH_MIRROR
Rapid retract with mirror image machining
Display filters: C09
ASUP via highspeed I/O
Fct.: Extended NC
addr.
21210
HEX
plus
LIFTFAST_DIST
Traversing distance on rapid lift from contour
Display filters: C09
ASUP via highspeed I/O
Fct.: Extended NC
addr.
21202
-
0.0
ROT_AX_SWL_CHECK_MODE
Check of software limits for ori. axes
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
21200
mm
{ 1000., 1000., 1000. }, {
1000., ...
F2
SW5
ACCEL_ORI [n]: 0 ... 2
Acceleration for ORI axes
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
21180
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
V1
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
V1
SW2
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
21300
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
COUPLE_AXIS_1 [n]: 0 ... 1
S3
Synchronous spindle pair definition, mach. axis no.: following spindle[0], leading spindle SW2
[1]
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Coupled axes
21310
-
{0, 0}, {0, 0}, {0, 0}, {0, 0},
{0, ...
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
3, 3, ...
0
0
0
0
0x3FF
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
S3
SW2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S3
SW2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S3
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
M3
SW6.1
plus
ESR_DELAY_TIME2
ESR time for IPO controlled braking
Display filters: N09, EXP
always
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0, ...
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S3
SW2
ESR_DELAY_TIME1
Delay time ESR axes
Display filters: N09, EXP
always
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0, ...
21381
s
3
COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1
Coupling parameters cannot be altered
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Coupled axes
21380
s
2
COUPLE_RESET_MODE_1
Coupling abort behavior
Bit 0 = 0 Coupling remains active on program restart
1 Coupling is cancelled on program restart
Bit 1 = 0 Coupling remains active beyond end of program and RESET
1 Coupling is cancelled at end of program or RESET
Bit 5 = 1 Configured data are activated on program start
Bit 6 = 1 Configured data are activated at end of program or RESET
Bit 9 = 1 Coupling is activated on program start
Display filters: C03, C09
Fct.: Coupled axes 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
21340
-
0
COUPLE_BLOCK_CHANGE_CTRL_1
Block change behavior in synchronous spindle operation
0: IMMEDIATELY, 1/2: Synchronization fine/coarse, 3: IPO-STOP
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Coupled axes
21330
-
10
COUPLING_MODE_1
Type of coupling in synchronous spindle operation
0: Actual value coupling 1: Setpoint coupling 2: Velocity coupling
Display filters: C03, C09
Fct.: Coupled axes 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
21320
-
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
M3
SW6.1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
2-217
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
2.6.2
Machine data for digitizing function
21400
-
DIG_PROT_VERSION [n]: 0 ... 0
Version number of digitizing package (SCAN link protocol)
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
Fct.: Digitize 3
axes
Fct.: Digitize, 3+2
axes
21420
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0,
1.0, ...
-
{ 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }, { 1.0, 1.0,
...
0.15, 0.15, 0.15, 0.15,
0.15, 0.15, ...
1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1.,
1., ...
2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0,
2.0, ...
3.5, 3.5, 3.5, 3.5, 3.5, 3.5,
3.5, ...
2/7
FBD
SW2
5
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBD
SW2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
-
-
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
-
DIG_L_NOTAUS_EXT
Deflection of probe w. extend. deflect. range at which emergency stop is triggered
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
2-218
BYTE
DIG_L_NOTAUS
Deflection of probe at which emergency stop has been triggered
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21436
mm
-
DIG_L_NORMAL
Typical deflection value for digitizing
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21434
mm
-
DIG_L_MIN
Minimum deflection for digitizing
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21432
mm
POWER ON
BYTE
1/1
BYTE
2/7
DIG_L_INKR [n]: 0 ... 2
Resolution of probe in digitizing
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21430
mm
-
DIG_L_OFF_Z
Initial stress in Z direction for probe calibration
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21424
-
-
DIG_L_ORDER
Axis assignment of probe for digitizing
0: XYZ, 1: ZXY, 2: YZX, 3: ZYX, 4: XZY, 5: YXZ
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21422
mm
2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
2, 2, ...
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
4, 4, ...
FBD
SW2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
21440
mm
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
DIG_DELTAPOS
In-position window for digitizing
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21450
mm/min
0.0
plus
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0.0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0.0
1
1
0.15, 0.15, 0.15, 0.15,
0.15, 0.15, ...
plus
{ 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 }, { 0.0, 0.0,
...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
0.0
plus
DIG_SENSOR_OFFSET [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector from toolholder to feeler holder
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize, 3+2
axes
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
DIG_T_SCAN
Time constant for probe control
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21476
mm
100., 100., 100., 100.,
100., 100., ...
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
DIG_P_SCAN
Proportional factor for probe control
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21474
s
plus
DIG_P_HAND
Proportional factor for manual mode
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21472
1000/min
0.0
DIG_A_MAX_SCAN
Maximum path acceleration with digitizing function
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21470
1000/min
10000., 10000., 10000.,
10000., ...
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
DIG_A_MAX_MOVE
Maximum path acceleration when positioning in digitizing mode
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21464
m/s²
plus
DIG_A_MAX
Maximum path acceleration when digitizing
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21462
m/s²
0.0
DIG_V_EILGANG
Typical rapid traverse velocity when digitizing
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Digitize
21460
m/s²
0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.01,
0.01, 0.01, ...
FBD
SW2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW4.2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
2-219
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
2.6.3
Machine data for grinding function
21500
mm
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_VERT_OFFSET
Vertical position offset of grinding axis in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21501
mm
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
-
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
-
1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1.,
1., ...
-
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
-
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
-
1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1.,
1., ...
-
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
-90.
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
-
TRACLG_SUPPORT_LEAD_ANGLE
Lead angle of work blade in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
2-220
-
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2
Horizontal component of work blade direction vector for Q2
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21516
degrees
-
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2
Vertical component of work blade direction vector for Q2
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21514
-
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1
Horizontal component of work blade direction vector for Q1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21512
-
-
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1
Vertical component of work blade direction vector for Q1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21510
-
-
TRACLG_SUPPORT_HOR_OFFSET
Horizontal offset of work blade in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21508
-
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
TRACLG_SUPPORT_VERT_OFFSET
Vertical offset of work blade in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21506
mm
-
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_VERT_OFFSET
Vertical position offset of regulating axis in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21504
mm
-
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_HOR_OFFSET
Horizontal position offset of grinding axis in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21502
mm
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
S8
SW2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
90.
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
21518
mm
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT
Upper contact limit of work blade with work in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21520
mm
22000
-
1
10
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, ...
1
1
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S8
SW2
10
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S8
SW2
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
{ 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
1
H2
SW1
64
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 254
Auxiliary function type
{ , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
{ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
-
0
{ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/7
H2
SW1
99
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE [n]: 0 ... 254
Auxiliary function value
Display filters: C04
always
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
SW1
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION [n]: 0 ... 254
Auxiliary function extension
Display filters: C04
always
22030
-
2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
2, ...
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP [n]: 0 ... 254
Auxiliary function group
Display filters: C04
always
22020
-
-
Channel auxiliary function settings
Display filters: C04
always
22010
-
-
TRACLG_G0_IS_SPECIAL
Special logic for G0 in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
2.6.4
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S8
SW2
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR
Definition of regulating spindle for centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21526
-
-
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR
Definition of grinding spindle for centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21524
-
-
TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT
Lower contact limit of work blade with work in centerless grinding
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Centerless
grinding
21522
-
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
S8
SW2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
SW1
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-221
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
22100
-
AUXFU_QUICK_BLOCKCHANGE
Block change delay with quick auxiliary functions.
Display filters: C04
always
22110
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
AUXFU_M_SYNC_TYPE
Output time of M functions
0: Output before movement
1: Output during movement
Display filters: C04
always
22210
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
3, 3, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
3
0
0
0
0
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
SW1
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
SW1
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
SW1
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
SW1
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
SW1
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
SW5.2
0
3
AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
Additional M function to stop a program
Display filters: C01, C10, C03
always
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 1, ...
2-222
0
AUXFU_DL_SYNC_TYPE
Output time of DL functions
Display filters: C04
always
22254
-
2: Output at end of block
3: No output to the PLC
AUXFU_D_SYNC_TYPE
Output time for D functions (see MD22200 for values)
Display filters: C04
always
22252
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
H2
SW1
AUXFU_F_SYNC_TYPE
Output time for F functions (see MD22200 for values)
Display filters: C04
Fct.: NC memory
aux. fct.
22250
-
1
AUXFU_H_SYNC_TYPE
Output time for H functions (see MD22200 for values)
Display filters: C04
Fct.: NC memory
aux. fct.
22240
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
H2
SW5
AUXFU_T_SYNC_TYPE
Output time for T functions (see MD22200 for values)
Display filters: C04, C11
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
22230
-
1
AUXFU_S_SYNC_TYPE
Output time of S functions (see MD22200 for values)
Display filters: C04
always
22220
-
0
H2
SW5
AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT
Type of H auxiliary functions is integer.
Display filters: C04, C11
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
22200
-
09.01
6
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
H2
6.3
0x7FFF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
22256
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE
Additional M function for conditional stop
Display filters: C01, C10, C03
always
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, 1, ...
22400
-
{ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, {
0, 0, ...
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0,
0, 0, ...
-
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBFA
SW5
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
W1
SW4.1
-99999999
99999999
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW4.1
0
99999999
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
M1
SW4.1
0
99999999
TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
New tool compensation for M function
Display filters: C01, C04, C09, C11
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
POWER ON
BYTE
7/7
K1
SW3
TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE
M code at change of transformation
Display filters: C04
Fct.:
Transformations
22550
-
-
GEOAX_CHANGE_M_CODE
M code at change of geo axes
Display filters: C04
always
22534
-
-
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
TOCARR_CHANGE_M_CODE
M code at change of tool carrier
Display filters: C04
always
22532
-
1
EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC [n]: 0 ... 7
Send G commands of an external NC language to PLC
Display filters: C04, C11
Non-Siemens NC
{0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0,
progr. lang.
0, 0, ...
22530
-
0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
V1
SW1
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC [n]: 0 ... 7
G codes output at NCK-PLC interface on block change/RESET
Display filters: C04
always
22512
-
1
FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES [n]: 0 ... 7
Default setting for FGROUP command
Display filters: C11
always
22510
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S1
SW1
F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
F function effective after RESET
Display filters: C03, C04, C05
always
0
22420
-
0x7FFF
S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
S function effective after RESET
Display filters: C03, C04, C05
always
0
22410
-
6
H2
6.3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW1
0
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
2-223
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
22560
-
TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
M function for tool change
Display filters: C01, C04, C09
always
6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6,
6, 6, ...
22562
-
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
22700
-
22706
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
2/2
K1
SW6.1
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
2/2
K1
6.3
0
0x7FFF
0
-
-
RESET
DWORD
2/7
K1
6.3
0x1
-
-
RESET
DWORD
2/7
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
-
-
TRACE_STOPTRACE_STEP [n]: 0 ... 1
CommandSequenzStep with which the recording ends
Display filters: C06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
{, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, ...
files
2-224
-
TRACE_STOPTRACE_EVENT
Cond. f. stop/tracefile record
Display filters: C06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
CLEARCANCELALARM_
files
M, ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW6.1
TRACE_STARTTRACE_STEP [n]: 0 ... 1
Further condition for starting the trace recording (e.g. block number)
Display filters: C06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
{,}, {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, ...
files
22704
-
0x7F
TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT
Diagnostic data recording starts with the event TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT.
Display filters: C06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
files
22702
-
0
ENABLE_START_MODE_MASK_PRT
Enables $MC_START_MODE_MASK_PRT
Display filters: C03, EXP
always
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
W1
SW5
START_MODE_MASK_PRT
Initial setting on special starts
Display filters: C03, EXP
always
0x400, 0x400, 0x400,
0x400, 0x400, ...
22621
-
99999999
SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR
Speed factor for block searchrun 5
Display filters: EXP
always
10.0, 10.0, 10.0, 10.0,
10.0, ...
22620
-
0
SERUPRO_SPEED_MODE
Speed for block search run type 5
Display filters: EXP
always
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
22601
-
W1
SW1
TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE
Response to tool change errors
Display filters: C09
always
22600
-
09.01
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
22708
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
TRACE_SCOPE_MASK
Selects the contents of the tracefile
Display filters: C06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
files
22710
-
{BL_NR, TR_POINT,
EV_TYPE, EV_SRC, ...
22930
-
0
0xFFFF
-
0
0
0
0
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
0/0
FBFA
SW5.2
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
6.3
1
EXTERN_PARALLEL_GEOAX [n]: 0 ... 2
Assignment parallel channel - GEO axis
Display filters: C01, EXP, C11
Non-Siemens NC
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
progr. lang.
...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
D1
SW5
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_ON
Activate fixed feedrate F1 - F9
Display filters: C01, EXP, C11
Non-Siemens NC
0
progr. lang.
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
AXES_SCALE_ENABLE
Activating for axial scaling factor ( G51 )
Display filters: C01, EXP, C11
Non-Siemens NC
0
progr. lang.
22920
-
0xFFFF
WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE
Input resolution for scaling factor
Display filters: C01, EXP, C11
Non-Siemens NC
0
progr. lang.
22914
-
0
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
STROKE_CHECK_INSIDE
Direction (inside/outside) in which the protection zone is effective
Display filters: C01, EXP, C11
Non-Siemens NC
0
progr. lang.
22910
-
-
TRACE_COMPRESSOR_OUTPUT
Activation of trace output for compressor
Display filters: C01, EXP
Trace files,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
polynomial
0, 0, ...
22900
-
-
POWER ON
STRING
2/2
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
MM_TRACE_DATA_FUNCTION
Activating diagnostics
Display filters: C02, C06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
files
0x0, 0x0, ...
22800
-
-
TRACE_VARIABLE_INDEX [n]: 0 ... 8
Index for trace recording
Display filters: C06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
{ 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
files
0x0, 0x0, ...
22714
-
-
TRACE_VARIABLE_NAME [n]: 0 ... 8
Trace extent of the diagnosis
Display filters: Fct.: with trace
files
22712
-
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBFA
6.3
10
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
2-225
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
24000
-
FRAME_ADD_COMPONENTS
Frame components for G58 and G59
Display filters: C03
always
24002
-
24100
-
0
0xFFFF
0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1,
0x1, 0x1, ...
0
0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1, 0x1,
0x1, 0x1, ...
0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
2/7
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW6.1
0x0000003F
RESET
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW6.1
0x0000003F
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
6.3
0
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
F2
SW1
-
TRAFO_AXES_IN_1 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Axis assignment for transformation
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
0
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
F2
SW1
10
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Assignment GEO axis to channel axis for transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
2-226
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
RESET
DWORD
FBFA
SW5.2
TRAFO_TYPE_1
Definition of transformation 1 in channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24120
-
0xFFFF
Transformation definitions in channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24110
-
0
PFRAME_RESET_MODE
Reset mode for programmable frame
Display filters: C03
always
2.6.5
0xFFFF, 0xFFFF,
0xFFFF, 0xFFFF, ...
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 7/7
K2
SW5
CHSFRAME_POWERON_MASK
Reset channel system frames after power on
Display filters: C03
always
24010
-
1
CHSFRAME_RESET_MASK
Active channel system frames after reset
Display filters: C03
always
24008
-
0
CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
Reset channel-specific base frames after power on
Display filters: C03
always
24006
-
0
K2
SW5
CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK
Active channel-specific base frames after reset
Display filters: C03
always
24004
-
09.01
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
F2
SW2
10
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
24130
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1
Tool handling with 1st active transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24200
-
10
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
1
0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
0
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
1
0
10
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
M1, F2
6.3
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2
SW1
-
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
F2
SW1
10
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
F2
SW2
10
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
M1, F2
6.3
1
TRAFO_TYPE_4
Definition of transformation 4 in channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
F2
SW2
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_3
Tool handling with active 3rd transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24400
-
0
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_3 [n]: 0 ... 2
Assignment GEO axis to channel axis for transformation 3
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24330
-
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
F2
SW1
TRAFO_AXES_IN_3 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Axis assignment for transformation 3
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24320
-
-
TRAFO_TYPE_3
Definition of transformation 3 in channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24310
-
-
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_2
Tool handling with active 2nd transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24300
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2
SW1
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Assignment GEO axis to channel axis for transformation 2
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24230
-
1
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Axis assignment for transformation 2
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24220
-
0
TRAFO_TYPE_2
Definition of transformation 2 in channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24210
-
1
M1, F2
6.3
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2
SW1
-
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
2-227
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
24410
-
TRAFO_AXES_IN_4 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Axis assignment for transformation 4
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24420
-
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
1
0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
10
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
M1, F2
6.3
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
-
-
0
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
24436
10
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
10
Tool handling with active 5th transformation
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_5
-
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_5 [n]: 0 ... 2
GEO/chann. axis assignment transform. 5
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
F2
SW2
TRAFO_AXES_IN_5 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Axis assignment for transformation 5
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24434
-
10
TRAFO_TYPE_5
Transformation 5 in the channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24432
-
0
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_4
Tool handling with active 4th transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24430
-
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
F2
SW1
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_4 [n]: 0 ... 2
Assignment GEO axis to channel axis for transformation 4
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24426
-
09.01
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24440
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
-
-
0
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
10
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_6 [n]: 0 ... 2
GEO/chann. axis assignment transform. 6
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
2-228
1
TRAFO_AXES_IN_6 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Axis assignment for transformation 6
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24444
-
0
TRAFO_TYPE_6
Transformation 6 in the channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24442
-
1
M1, F2
6.3
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
10
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
24446
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_6
Tool handling with active 6th transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24450
-
1
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
-
-
0
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
24456
10
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
10
Tool handling with active 7th transformation
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_7
-
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_7 [n]: 0 ... 2
GEO/channel axis assignment transformation 7
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
TRAFO_AXES_IN_7 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Axis assignment for transformation 7
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24454
-
0
TRAFO_TYPE_7
Transformation 7 in the channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24452
-
1
M1, F2
6.3
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24460
-
-
-
{ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
0
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
1
0
10
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
10
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
M1, F2
6.3
1
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Offset vector of 5-axis transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_8
Tool handling with 8th active transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24500
mm
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2, M1
SW4.1
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_8 [n]: 0 ... 2
GEO/chann. axis assignment transform. 8
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24466
-
1
TRAFO_AXES_IN_8 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1
Axis assignment for transformation 8
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24464
-
0
TRAFO_TYPE_8
Transformation 8 in the channel
Display filters: C07
Fct.:
Transformations
24462
-
1
M1, F2
6.3
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2
SW1
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
2-229
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
24510
degrees
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1 [n]: 0 ... 1
Position offset of rotary axes 1/2 for 5-axis transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24520
-
-
2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0,
2.0, ...
-
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
45.0, 45.0, 45.0, 45.0,
45.0, 45.0, ...
-89.
0
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW1
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
6.3
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW1
-
-
89.
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_1
Virtual orientation axes
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
2-230
-
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_1
Angle of inclination of 2nd rotary axis of 1st nutating head transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24566
-
2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0,
2.0, ...
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2
SW1
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Offset of swivel point of 1st rotary axis on 5-axis transformation with swivelled linear
axis, 1st trafo
Offset of rotary axis to machine zero
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24564
degrees
-
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of kinematic offset of 5-axis transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24562
mm
-
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of kinematic table offset
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24560
mm
{1, 1}, {1, 1}, {1, 1}, {1, 1},
{1, ...
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW1
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of base tool on activation of 5-axis transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24558
mm
-
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1
End angle tolerance with interpolation through pole for 5-axis transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24550
mm
-
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1
Definition of pole range for 5-axis transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24540
degrees
{0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0,
0.0}, ...
F2
SW1
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1 [n]: 0 ... 1
Sign of rotary axis 1/2 for 5-axis transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24530
degrees
09.01
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
SW5.2
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
24570
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
TRAFO5_AXIS1_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Direction of 1st rotary axis
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24572
-
-
2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
2, 2, ...
0
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
{0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0,
0.0}, ...
{1, 1}, {1, 1}, {1, 1}, {1, 1},
{1, ...
2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0,
2.0, ...
2
-
-
-
-
2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0,
2.0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
F2
SW5
10
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
F2
SW1
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW1
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW1
-
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2
SW1
-
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_2
End angle tolerance with interpolation through pole for 5-axis transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW5
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_2
Definition of pole range for 5-axis transformation 2
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24640
degrees
-
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2 [n]: 0 ... 1
Sign of rotary axis 1/2 for 5-axis transformation 2
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24630
degrees
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW5.2
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2 [n]: 0 ... 1
Position offset of rotary axes 1/2 for 5-axis transformation 2
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24620
-
-
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Offset vector of 5-axis transformation 2
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24610
degrees
-
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
ORI/channel axis assignment transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24600
mm
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW5.2
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_1
Direction of orientation vector
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24585
-
-
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Tool base orientation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24580
-
-
TRAFO5_AXIS2_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Direction of 2nd rotary axis
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24574
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
F2
SW5.2
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
2-231
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
24650
mm
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of base tool on activation of 5-axis transformation 2
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24658
mm
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
-
45.0, 45.0, 45.0, 45.0,
45.0, 45.0, ...
-89.
89.
0
0
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2,
2, 2, ...
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
SW5.2
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
F2
SW5.2
-
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW5.2
-
-
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW5.2
-
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_2
Direction of orientation vector
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
2-232
-
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Basic tool orientation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24680
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW1
TRAFO5_AXIS2_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Direction of 2nd rotary axis
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24674
-
-
TRAFO5_AXIS1_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Direction of 1st rotary axis
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24672
-
-
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_2
Virtual orientation axes
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24670
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
6.3
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_2
Angle of inclination of 2nd rotary axis of 2nd nutating head transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24666
-
-
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Offset of swivel point of 2nd 5-axis transformation with swivelled linear axis
Offset of rotary axis to machine zero
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24664
degrees
-
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of kinematic offset of 5-axis transformation 2
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24662
mm
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
F2
SW1
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of kinematic table offset
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
24660
mm
09.01
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
F2
SW5
0
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
24685
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
ORI/channel axis assignment transformation 1
Display filters: C07
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
Fct.: 5-axis
transformation,
FM-NC
24700
degrees
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
0.0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
0.0
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
1.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
1.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
-
1.0
1.0
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
Offset of rotary axis for the 1st TRACYL transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Periph.
surface transf.
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
Acceleration margin of parallel axis for the 2nd TRAANG transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Inclined axis
24800
degrees
-
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2
Velocity margin of parallel axis for the 2nd TRAANG transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Inclined axis
24771
Factor
-
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of base tool for 2nd TRAANG transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Inclined axis
24770
Factor
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
0/0
M1
SW2
TRAANG_ANGLE_2
Angle between Cartesian axis and real (inclined) axis
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Inclined axis
24760
mm
BYTE
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1
Acceleration margin of parallel axis for the 1st TRAANG transf.
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Inclined axis
24750
degrees
-
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
Velocity margin of parallel axis for the 1st TRAANG transf.
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Inclined axis
24721
Factor
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of base tool for 1st TRAANG transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Inclined axis
24720
Factor
10
TRAANG_ANGLE_1
Angle between Cartesian axis and real (inclined) axis
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Inclined axis
24710
mm
{ 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0
...
-
F2
SW5
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
2-233
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
24810
-
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
Sign of rotary axis for 1st TRACYL transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Periph.
surface transf.
24820
mm
-
1
0
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
-
1
0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
M1
SW2
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
1
2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
M1
SW4.1
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
M1
SW2
-
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
Offset of rotary axis for the 2nd TRANSMIT transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Transmit
transf.
2-234
-
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of base tool for 1st TRANSMIT transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Transmit
transf.
24950
degrees
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, ...
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1
Restriction of working range in front of / behind the pole, 1. TRANSMIT
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Transmit
transf.
24920
mm
-
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
Sign of rotary axis for 1st TRANSMIT transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Transmit
transf.
24911
-
-
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
Offset of rotary axis for the 1st TRANSMIT transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Transmit
transf.
24910
-
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
M1
SW2
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of base tool for 2nd TRACYL transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Periph.
surface transf.
24900
degrees
1
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
Sign of rotary axis for 2nd TRACYL transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Periph.
surface transf.
24870
mm
0
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
Offset of rotary axis for the 2nd TRACYL transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Periph.
surface transf.
24860
-
1
M1
SW2
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of base tool for 1st TRACYL transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Periph.
surface transf.
24850
degrees
09.01
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
M1
SW2
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
24960
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
Sign of rotary axis for 2nd TRANSMIT transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Transmit
transf.
24961
-
26000
HEX
{0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 ,
0.0}, ...
M1
SW4.1
NEW CONF
BYTE
7/7
M1
SW2
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
8
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
M1
SW5
8
NEW CONF
DWORD
7/7
Punching and nibbling
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN
Hardware assignment for input byte for stroke control
-
N4
SW3
-
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
Hardware assignment for output byte for stroke control
-
-
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N4
SW3
-
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK [n]: 0 ... 7
Screenform for fast input bits
Display filters: C01, C09
Fct.: Nibbling
{1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0,
0, 0, ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N4
SW3
NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK [n]: 0 ... 7
Screenform for fast output bits
Display filters: C01, C09
Fct.: Nibbling
{1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0,
0, 0, ...
26006
HEX
2
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 7/7
M1
SW5
{ 0, 0, 0 ,0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0
0, ...
Display filters: C01, C09
Fct.: Nibbling
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
26004
HEX
-
{ 0, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0
0, ...
Display filters: C01, C09
Fct.: Nibbling
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
26002
HEX
0
TRACON_CHAIN_2 [n]: 0 ... 4
Linking transformations
Display filters: C07
Chained
transformation
2.6.6
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
TRACON_CHAIN_1 [n]: 0 ... 4
Linking transformations
Display filters: C07
Chained
transformation
24996
-
1
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2 [n]: 0 ... 2
Vector of base tool for 2nd TRANSMIT transformation
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Transmit
transf.
24995
-
0
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_2
Restriction of working range in front of / behind the pole, 2. TRANSMIT
Display filters: C07
Fct.: Transmit
transf.
24970
mm
1
M1
SW2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
N4
SW3
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
2-235
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
26008
HEX
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE [n]: 0 ... 7
Definition of M functions
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Nibbling
26010
HEX
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
-
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N4
SW3
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N4
SW3
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N4
SW3.2
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
N4
SW3.2
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW6.1
-
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/0
SW6.1
-
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN [n]: 0 ... 49
MMC info (lin. positions)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
-
2-236
-
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT_STATUS [n]: 0 ... 79
MMC status info (without phys. unit)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
27202
mm
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N4
SW3
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT [n]: 0 ... 79
MMC info (without phys. unit)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
27201
-
-
NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK
Alarm on chattering punching signal
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Nibbling
27200
-
-
NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME
Delay time for nibbling/punching with G603
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Nibbling
26020
-
7, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
N4
SW3
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE
Behavior of individual axes with automatic path segmentation
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Nibbling
26018
s
-
PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING
Activation of automatic path segmentation
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Nibbling
26016
HEX
-
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION
Activation of punching and nibbling functions
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Nibbling
26014
HEX
{0,23,22, 25, 26, 0, 0, 0},
{0, 0, ...
N4
SW3
PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK
Definition of punching and nibbling axes
Display filters: C09
Fct.: Nibbling
26012
HEX
09.01
POWER ON
BYTE
2/0
SW6.1
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
27203
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN_STATUS [n]: 0 ... 49
MMC status info (lin. positions)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
27204
mm/min
27207
-
-
-
-
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
0x00, 0x00, ...
-
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
2/0
SW6.1
-
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/0
SW6.1
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/0
A2
SW4.2
0.0
plus
0
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
K1
SW5.2
0x07F
PART_COUNTER
Activation of workpiece counter
Display filters: C09
always
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/0
SW6.1
PROCESSTIMER_MODE
Activation of program runtime measurement
Display filters: C09
always
27880
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
POWER ON
BYTE
2/0
SW6.1
TECHNOLOGY_MODE
Mode of technology in channel
Display filters: C09
always
27860
-
-
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED_STATUS [n]: 0 ... 9
MMC status info (feed)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
27800
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/0
SW6.1
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED [n]: 0 ... 9
MMC info (feed)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
27209
-
-
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED_STATUS [n]: 0 ... 4
MMC status info (cutting speed)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
27208
mm/rev
-
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED [n]: 0 ... 4
MMC info (cutting speed)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/0
SW6.1
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN_STATUS [n]: 0 ... 15
MMC status info (lin. velocity)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
27206
m/min
-
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN [n]: 0 ... 15
MMC info (lin. velocity)
Display filters: EXP
Standard control
27205
-
-
SW6.1
RESET
BYTE
2/7
K1
SW5.2
0
0x0FFFF
RESET
DWORD
2/7
2-237
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
27882
-
PART_COUNTER_MCODE [n]: 0 ... 2
Workpiece counting with user-defined M command
Display filters: C09
always
27900
-
{ 2, 2, 2 }, { 2, 2, 2 }, { 2, 2, 0
...
28000
kB
-
0
200, 200, 200, 200, 200,
200, 200, ...
0.0
12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 0.0
12, 12, ...
25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, ...
100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
100, 100, ...
0
100
NCU571
810D
810D, 810D.3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW2
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
-
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
32535
MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
Number of NC blocks in IPO buffer (DRAM)
10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 2
10, 10, ...
10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 2
10
10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 2
10
2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
MM_NUM_R_PARAM
Number of channel-specific R parameters (SRAM)
Display filters: C02
always
NCU572, 573
2-238
500
MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
Memory space for local user variables (DRAM)
Display filters: C02
always
28060
-
POWER ON
BYTE
0/0
S7
SW1
MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
Number of local user variables (DRAM)
Display filters: C02
Fct.: NC memory
LUD
Fkt.: NC-Speicher
LUD, NCU573
28050
-
-
MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
Number of blocks for local user variables in REORG (DRAM)
Display filters: C02
Fct.: NC memory
LUD
28040
kB
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S7
SW1
MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
Memory space for REORG (DRAM)
Display filters: C02, EXP
Fct.: NC memory
4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
LUD
4, 4, ...
28020
-
99
Channel-specific memory settings
Display filters: C02, EXP
always
10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 1
10, 10, ...
28010
-
K1
SW5.2
REORG_LOG_LIMIT
Percentage of IPO buffer for enabling log file
Display filters: C02, EXP
always
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
2.6.7
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
300
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
300
DWORD
2/7
180
DWORD
2/7
300
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
28070
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP
Number of blocks for block preparation (DRAM)
Display filters: C02, EXP
always
NCU572, 573
38, 38, 38, 38,
38, 38, ...
NCU571
30, 30, 30, 30,
30
810D
30, 30, 30, 30,
30
810D, 810D.3
38, 38, 38, 38,
38
28080
-
38, 38, 38, 20
***
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
2/7
30, 30, 30, 20
***
DWORD
2/7
30, 30, 30, 20
***
DWORD
2/7
38, 38, 38, -
-
DWORD
2/7
MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES
Number of settable frames (SRAM)
Display filters: C02, C11
always
5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
5, 5, ...
28081
-
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
0x21, 0x21, 0x21, 0x21,
0x21, 0x21, ...
0
16
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW6.1
0
0x0000003F
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBW, S7
SW2
max. Anz. Kan. im
Sys. -1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW1
0
0
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
-
-
DWORD
0/0
-
-
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
2/7
MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_USER_MEM
Size of block memory for compile cycles (DRAM), in KB
Display filters: C02, EXP
Compile cycles
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
NCU572, 573
256, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
compile cycles
0, 0, ...
NC570, compile
cycles
840Di, CC
2, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
Fct.: Transf. 810D 2, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K2
SW5
MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_ELEMENTS
Number of block elements for compile cycles (DRAM)
Display filters: C02, EXP
Compile cycles
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
NC570, compile
cycles
840Di, CC
2, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
Fct.: Transf. 810D 2, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
28100
kB
100
MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT
Assignment of a TO unit to a channel (SRAM)
Display filters: C02, C09
Fct.: Channels & gt; 1 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9,10,11,12, ...
28090
-
5
MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
System frames (SRAM)
Display filters: C02
always
28085
-
S7
SW1
MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
Number of base frames (SRAM)
Display filters: C02
always
28082
-
S7
SW2
S7
SW1
0.0
-
plus
-
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
0/0
-
-
DWORD
2/7
-
-
DWORD
2/7
2-239
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
28105
-
MM_NUM_CC_HEAP_MEM
Heap memory in kbytes for compile-cycle applications (DRAM)
Display filters: C02, EXP
Compile cycles
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
28107
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0.0
159, 159, 159, 159, 159,
159, 159, ...
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
B3
SW5
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
BA, S5, FBSY
SW4.1
0
2000
0
0
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/2
S7
SW2
10
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S7
SW2
10
MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS
Number of elements for expressing the synchronized actions
Display filters: C02
Fct.: Synchr.
actions
2-240
plus
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE
Number of simultaneously active protection zones in one channel
Display filters: C02, C06, C09, C11
Fct.: 3D protection 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
zones
0, 0, ...
28250
-
0.0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
P3
SW4.1
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN
Number of files for channel-specific protection zones (SRAM)
Display filters: C02, C06, C09
Fct.: 3D protection 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
zones
0, 0, ...
28210
-
plus
MM_MAX_TRACE_DATAPOINTS
Length of the trace data buffer
Display filters: C02, C06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
files
100, 100, ...
28200
-
0.0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW6.1
MM_NUM_LINKVAR_ELEMENTS
Number of elements for writing NCU-link-variables
Display filters: C02
NCU-link variables
28180
-
plus
MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS
Number of elements for writing PLC variables
Display filters: C02
Fct.: Read/write
PLC var.
28160
-
0.0
S7
SW5
MM_CC_MODULE_HEAP_MEM
Heap memory in kb for compile cycles
Display filters: C02, EXP
Compile cycles
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
28150
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
28252
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
Number of FCTDEF elements
Display filters: C02
Fct.: Synchr.
actions
Fct.: Synchr.
actions, NCU572,
573
Fct.: Synchr.
actions, NCU571
Fct.: Synchr.
actions, 810D
Fct.: Synchr.
action, 810D
28254
-
0
100
DWORD
2/7
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
0
3
DWORD
2/7
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3
0
3
DWORD
2/7
-
0
100
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 0
50, 50, ...
20000
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8,
8, 8, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0
1
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
0
20000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
6.3
0
1
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
10000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
0
10
START_AC_FIFO
FIFO variables store from R parameter
Display filters: C01
Fct.: FIFO var. f.
sync. actions
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
6.3
NUM_AC_FIFO
Number of variables $AC_FIFO1 ...
Display filters: C01
Fct.: FIFO var. f.
sync. actions
28262
-
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
3, 3, ...
MM_NUM_AC_TIMER
Number of time variables $AC_TIMER
Display filters: C02
Fct.: Synchr.
actions, basic f.
28260
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
MM_BUFFERED_AC_MARKER
$AC_MARKER[] is stored in SRAM.
Display filters: C02
always
28258
-
-
MM_NUM_AC_MARKER
Number of flags $AC_MARKER
Display filters: C02
always
28257
-
-
MM_BUFFERED_AC_PARAM
$AC_PARAM[] is stored in SRAM.
Display filters: C02
always
28256
-
-
MM_NUM_AC_PARAM
Number of parameters $AC_PARAM
Display filters: C02
always
28255
-
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
32535
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-241
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
28264
-
LEN_AC_FIFO
Length of the FIFO variables $AC_FIFO ...
Display filters: C01
Fct.: FIFO var. f.
sync. actions
28266
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
28301
-
{ 1, FALSE, FALSE,
FALSE, FALSE, ...
{ 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
}, ...
2-242
0
20000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSY
6.3
0
20000
-
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
D1, OEM
SW6.1
-
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 1/1
D1, OEM
SW6.1
20
POWER ON
DWORD
1/1
S7
SW1
10
10
50
50
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
DWORD
0/0
10
50
DWORD
0/0
10
50
DWORD
0/0
MM_IPO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
Stack size of IPO task (DRAM)
Display filters: C02, EXP
always
NCU572, 573
12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0 , ...
NCU571
12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
810D
12, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0 , ...
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBSY
6.3
MM_PREP_TASK_STACK_SIZE
Stack size of preparation task (DRAM)
Display filters: C02, EXP
always
NCU572, 573
30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30,
30, 30, ...
NCU571
30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30,
30
810D
30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30,
30, 30, ...
28510
kB
***
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_OEM_TYP [n]: 0 ... 9
Number of OEM event types ETP.
Display filters: C02
Fct.: Logging
28500
kB
0
MM_PROTOC_USER_ACTIVE [n]: 0 ... 9
Activ. of recording for a user.
Display filters: C02
Fct.: Logging
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_MARKER
Reserved (S/DRAM)
Display filters: C02, EXP
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
28300
-
32535
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_PARAM
Reserved (S/DRAM)
Display filters: C02, EXP
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
28276
-
0
S5, M5, FBSY
SW4.1
MODE_AC_FIFO
Mode of FIFO processing
Display filters: C01
Fct.: FIFO var. f.
sync. actions
28274
-
09.01
S7
SW1
4
4
40
40
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
DWORD
0/0
4
4
40
40
DWORD
DWORD
0/0
0/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
28520
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK
Maximal number of axial polynomials per block
Display filters: C02
always
NCU572, 573
NCU571
NCU570
810D
28530
-
5
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
DWORD
0/0
1
1
1
5
5
5
DWORD
DWORD
DWORD
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
-
0/0
0/0
0/0
K1
SW5.2
-
MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS
Number of memory units for representing the arc length function per block.
Display filters: C02
always
2.7
1
MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS
Number of memory units for limiting the path velocity in the block.
Display filters: C02
always
28540
-
3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
3, 3, ...
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
S7
SW4.3
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K1
SW5.2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
Axis-specific machine data
The display of the machine data has been extended in SW Version 4 and
higher. The options Display filters and Attributes have been newly
introduced.
Display filters
The quantity of machine data displayed on the operator panel can be limited to
the machine data of interest by means of the display filters. Machine data are
displayed on the operator panel if at least one of the filters indicated in the
respective machine data has been activated by the user or if the mode “All
machine data“ has been set. The short descriptions of the filters indicated are
used again in the operator interface for filter activation. They have the following
meaning:
•
A01
Configuration (including memory)
•
A02
Measuring system
•
A03
Machine geometry
•
A04
Velocities / accelerations
•
A05
Monitoring / limitations
•
A06
Spindle
•
A07
Controller data
•
A08
Status data
•
A09
Overrides / compensations
•
A10
Technological functions
•
A11
Standard machine
•
A12
NC-Language ISO-Dialect
•
EXP
Expert mode
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-243
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
In some machine data, you will find short identifiers with the following meaning
under attributes:
Attributes
•
NBUP
No back-up: the data is not entered in data back-up
•
ODLD
Only download: the data can only be loaded from the file
•
READ
Read only: the data can only be read
•
NDLD
No download: the data cannot be loaded from the file
•
SFCO
Configuration safety integrated
•
SCAL
Scaling Alarm
•
LINK
Link description
•
CTEQ
Must be equal for all containers
•
CTDE
Container description
The fields of the machine data table elements are completed as follows:
Number
MD identifier [n]: i ... Runtime limit index 1
Unit
Name, other information
Display filters
HW / Function
Standard value
Minimum value
Attributes
Maximum value
Cross
reference
SW version
Active
D type Protect
. level
Note
The entry 810D_2 in the field " HW/Function " corresponds to CCU2.
2.7.1
30100
-
Configuration
CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR [n]: 0 ... 0
Setpoint assignment: Drive type
Display filters: A01, EXP
always
Profibus adpt.,
0
FM357
Profib., 840D, not 1
840Di
Profib., FM-NC
0
Profibus adapter,
5
840Di
NCU572, 573
1
NCU571
1
NCU570
0
810D
1
30110
-
0
5
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
BYTE
2/7
0
6
BYTE
2/7
0
5
5
5
BYTE
BYTE
2/7
0/0
0
0
0
0
1
1
2
1
BYTE
BYTE
BYTE
BYTE
0/0
0/0
2/7
0/0
CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR [n]: 0 ... 0
Setpoint assignment: Drive number/module no.
Display filters: A01, A11; bei FM-NC EXP
always
1
2-244
G2
SW1
1
G2
SW1
10
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
30120
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
CTRLOUT_NR [n]: 0 ... 0
Setpoint assignment: Setpoint output on drive submodule/module
(setpoint branch): 0
Display filters: A01, EXP
always
1
Profibus adpt.
1
Profib., 611D
1
30130
-
0
30230
-
0
Attributes: CTEQ
1
0
2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
G2
SW1
0
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
G2
SW1
0
5
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
BYTE
2/7
0
6
BYTE
2/7
0
5
5
5
BYTE
BYTE
2/7
0/0
0
0
0
0
1
1
2
1
BYTE
BYTE
BYTE
BYTE
0/0
0/0
2/7
0/0
1
G2
SW1
10
ENC_INPUT_NR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Actual value assignment: Input to drive submodule/measuring circuit board
Display filters: A01, A02, A11
always
1, 2
810D
1, 1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
SW5.3
ENC_MODULE_NR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Actual value assignment: Drive number/measuring circuit number
Display filters: A01, A02, A11
always
1, 1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
M3
SW4
ENC_SEGMENT_NR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Actual value assignment: Drive type
Display filters: A01, A02, EXP
always
Profibus adpt.,
0, 0
FM357
Profib., 840D, not 1, 1
840Di
Profib., FM-NC
0, 0
Profibus adapter,
5, 5
840Di
NCU572, 573
1, 1
NCU571
1, 1
NCU570
0, 0
810D
1, 1
30220
-
3
NUM_ENCS
Number of encoders
Display filters: A01, A02
always
1
30210
-
0
IS_UNIPOLAR_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 0
Setpoint output is unipolar
Display filters: A01
Profibus adpt.
30200
-
0
POWER ON
BYTE
0/0
BYTE
2/2
BYTE
0/0
G2, S6
SW1
IS_VIRTUAL_AX [n]: 0 ... 0
Axis is a virtual axis
Display filters: A01
always
30134
-
3
2
3
CTRLOUT_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 0
Output type of setpoint
Display filters: A01, A11
always
0
30132
-
1
1
1
G2
SW1
1
1
3
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
G2
SW1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
BYTE
2/7
2-245
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
30240
-
ENC_TYPE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Type of actual value sensing (actual position value)
0: Simulation
1: Raw signal generator, high resolution
2: Square-wave encoder, standard encoder (pulse quadruplication)
3: Encoder for stepper motor
4: Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
5: Absolute encoder with SSI interface (FM-NC)
Display filters: A01, A02, A11
always
0, 0
840DI
0, 0
810D.1
0, 0
30242
-
0
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
R1
SW5.2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBA, R1
SW6.1
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
R2
SW1
0
1
0
0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
R2
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
R2
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
R2
SW4.1
1.0
Attributes: CTEQ
360000000.0
MODULO_RANGE_START
Modulo range start position
Display filters: A01, EXP
always
0.0
2-246
plus
MODULO_RANGE
Size of modulo range.
Display filters: A01, EXP
always
360.0
30340
degrees
0.0
DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
Modulo 360 degrees display for rotary axes and spindle
Display filters: A01, A06, A11
always
0
30330
degrees
Attributes: ODLD
-
ROT_IS_MODULO
Modulo conversion for rotary axis / spindle
Display filters: A01, A06, A11
always
0
30320
-
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
BYTE
2/7
BYTE
2/7
R1
SW4.1
IS_ROT_AX
Rotary axis / spindle
Display filters: A01, A06, A11
always
0
30310
-
3
ENC_ABS_BUFFERING [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Absolute encoder: position buffering mode
Display filters: A01, A02, EXP
always
0, 0
30300
-
0
G2, R1
SW1
G2
SW4.1
ABS_INC_RATIO [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Absolute encoder: ratio between absolute resolution and incremental resolution
Display filters: A01, A02, EXP
always
4, 4
30270
-
5
4
4
ACT_POS_ABS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Absolute encoder position at power OFF time
Display filters: A02, A08, EXP
always
0.0, 0.0
30260
-
0
0
0
ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Encoder is independent
Display filters: A02, A11
always
0, 0
30250
-
09.01
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
R2
6.3
-
Attributes: CTEQ
-
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
30350
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
Output of axis signals with simulation axes
Display filters: A01, A06
always
0
30450
-
0
0
0
30550
-
plus
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2/7
1
0
0
RESET
BYTE
2/7
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
T1
SW4.3
***
RESET
DWORD
2/7
T1
SW4.3
-
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
T1
SW4.3
Attributes: CTEQ
1
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
K5
SW2
1
AUTO_GET_TYPE
Automatic GET for get axis
Display filters: A06, A10, EXP
always
1
RESET
DWORD
T1
SW4.3
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN
Initial setting of channel for change of axis
Display filters: A01, A06, A10
always
0
30552
-
3
HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE
Axis is indexing axis with Hirth tooth system
Display filters: A01, A10
Fct.: Positioning
0
axes, Idx.
2/7
T1
SW1
30503
INDEX_AX_OFFSET
mm,
Indexing axis with equidistant positions first index position
degrees
Display filters: A01, A10
Fct.: Positioning
0.0
axes, Idx.
30505
-
Attributes: CTEQ
0x10
INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR
Indexing axis equidistant positions denominator
Display filters: A01, A10
Fct.: Positioning
1
axes, Idx.
RESET
BOOLEAN
R2
6.3
30501
INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR
mm,
Indexing axis equidistant positions numerator
degrees
Display filters: A01, A10
Fct.: Positioning
0.0
0.0
axes, Idx.
30502
-
Attributes: CTEQ
1
INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
Axis is indexing axis
Display filters: A01, A10
Fct.: Positioning
0
axes, Idx.
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
P2
SW1
MISC_FUNCTION_MASK
Axis functions
Display filters: A06, A10
always
0x00
30500
-
Attributes: CTEQ
1
IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX
Competing positioning axis
Display filters: A01, EXP
always
0
30455
-
0
G2
SW1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S1, K5
SW3.2
0
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
2-247
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
30554
-
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU
Initial setting which NCU creates for the axis setpoints
Display filters: A01, A06, A10
NCU-Link
0
30560
-
09.01
0
0
31000
-
0
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
0
G2
SW1
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
-
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
G2
SW1
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K4
6.3
plus
-
LEADSCREW_PITCH
Pitch of leadscrew
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
0/0
G2
SW1
0.0
plus
ENC_IS_DIRECT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Encoder mounted directly on the machine
Display filters: A02, A11
always
0
2-248
Attributes: CTEQ
1
ENC_PULSE_MULT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Encoder multiplication (high-resolution)
Display filters: A02, A11
always
10.0
31040
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
A2
SW5.2
ENC_RESOL [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Encoder lines per revolution
Display filters: A01, A02, EXP
Profibus adpt.
2048, 2048
Profibus adpt., 1
encoder
31030
mm
-
ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Division period for linear scales
Display filters: A02, A11
always
2048, 2048
31025
-
K1
SW1
ENC_IS_LINEAR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Direct measuring system (linear scale)
Display filters: A02, A11
always
0.01, 0.01
31020
-
0
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
Encoder matching
Display filters: A02, A11
always
0
31010
mm
1
WORKAREA_CHECK_TYPE
Type of check of working area limitations
Display filters: always
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
B3
SW5
30600
FIX_POINT_POS [n]: 0 ... max. No. fixed points per axis - 1
mm,
Fixed-value positions of axis with G75
degrees
Display filters: A03, A10
always
0.0, 0.0
-
2.7.2
16
IS_LOCAL_LINK_AXIS
Axis is a local link axis
Display filters: N01, EXP
NCU-Link
0
30800
-
B3
SW5.3
0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
31050
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM [n]: 0 ... 5
Denominator load gearbox
Display filters: A02, A11
always
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
31060
-
-2147000000
1
1
31090
JOG_INCR_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... 1
mm,
Evaluation of an increment with INC/handwheel
degrees
Display filters: A01, A12
always
0.001, 0.00254
31100
-
2000, 2000
Attributes: CTEQ
-
0.0
0.0
1.e-9
10000000
250000.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2/7
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S6
SW1
10000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S6
SW1
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 0/0
S1
SW4.1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW4.1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
***
FREQ_STEP_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 0
Stepping rate at maximum velocity
Display filters: A01
Stepper motor
RESET
DOUBLE
S6
SW1
SCALING_FACTOR_G70_G71
Factor for converting values while G70/G71 is active
Display filters: A01, EXP
always
25.4
31350
Hz
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
H1, G2
SW1
BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
BERO delay time minus
Display filters: A02, A06
always
0.000078, 0.000078
31200
-
2147000000
BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
BERO delay time plus
Display filters: A02, A06
always
0.000110, 0.000110
31123
s
10
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
G2
SW1
BERO_EDGE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
BERO evaluation edge
Display filters: A02, A05
Stepper motor
0
31122
s
2147000000
BERO_EDGE_TOL [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Step tolerance for monitoring rotation
Display filters: A02, A05
Stepper motor
50, 50
31120
-
10
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
G2
SW1
BERO_CYCLE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Steps for monitoring rotation
Display filters: A02
Stepper motor
31110
-
2147000000
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Numerator measuring gearbox
Display filters: A02, A11
always
1, 1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
G2
SW1
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Denominator measuring gearbox
Display filters: A02, A11
always
1, 1
31080
-
2147000000
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA [n]: 0 ... 5
Numerator load gearbox
Display filters: A02, A11
always
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
31070
-
1
G2
SW1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S6
SW3
100.0
4000000.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
2-249
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
31400
-
STEP_RESOL [n]: 0 ... 0
Number of steps per stepper motor revolution
Display filters: A01
Stepper motor
31500
-
0
0.0
1.0
32010
JOG_VELO_RAPID
mm/min, Rapid traverse in jog mode
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A11
always
10000.
32020
JOG_VELO
mm/min, Jog axis velocity
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A11
always
2000.
10.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S6
SW4.1
-100.0
100.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
6.3
0
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/2
G2
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
H1
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
H1
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
0.0
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
H1
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
JOG_REV_VELO
Revolutional feedrate in JOG
Display filters: A04, A11
always
0.5
2-250
-10.0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S6
SW4.1
JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
Revolutional feedrate in JOG with rapid traverse override
Display filters: A04, A11
always
2.5
32050
mm/rev
10
Closed-loop control
32000
MAX_AX_VELO
mm/min, Maximum axis velocity
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A11
always
10000.
32040
mm/rev
0
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S6
SW4.1
TRACE_VDI_AX
Trace-spec. f. axial VDI signals
Display filters: N06, EXP
Fct.: with trace
0
files
2.7.3
plus
GAIN_FOR_MONITORING [n]: 0 ... 0
Gain for service setpoint
Display filters: A01
always
31600
-
0.0
OFFSETVALUE_FOR_MONITORING [n]: 0 ... 0
Offset voltage for service setpoint
Display filters: A01
always
31520
-
1000
S6
SW4.1
AXIS_NUMBER_FOR_MONITORING [n]: 0 ... 0
Setpoint of this axis output for service purposes
Display filters: A01
always
31510
V
09.01
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
H1
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
32060
POS_AX_VELO
mm/min, Initial setting for positioning axis velocity
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A12
Fct.: Positioning
10000.
0.0
axes
32070
%
50.0
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED
Fixed feedrates for rotary axes
Display filters: A01
always
0
32080
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_SIZE
mm,
Limitation of selected increment
degrees
Display filters: A05, A10
always
0.0
0
2/7
H1, K2, W4
SW3.2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
H1, K2, W4
SW4.1
Attributes: CTEQ
0x3FF
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
H1
SW3.2
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
HANDWH_STOP_COND
Control of VDI signals with respect to handwheel
Bit significance:
Bit = 0 : Interruption and/or picking up the handwheel path distance
Bit = 1 : Abort traversing movement, no picking up
Bit0:
Bit1:
Bit2:
Bit3:
Bit4:
Bit5:
RESET
DOUBLE
H1
SW3.2
32082
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_VELO_SIZE
mm/min, Limitation of selected increment for velocity overlay
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A05, A10
always
500.0
0.0
32084
-
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
CORR_VELO
Axis velocity for handwheel override, ext. ZO, cont. dressing, distance control
Display filters: A04
always
32074
-
P2
SW1
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
H1
SW3.2
Feedrate override
Spindle override
Feed stop/spindle stop
Clamping procedure running
Servo enable
Pulse enable
For machine axis:
Bit6 = 0 For handwheel travel max. feedrate in MD JOG_VELO
Bit6 = 1 For handwheel travel max. feedrate in MD MAX_AX_VELO
Bit7 = 0 The override is effective for handwheel travel
Bit7 = 1 Override 100% effective for handwheel travel independent of switch, however
switch 0% effective.
Display filters: A10, EXP
always
0xFF
32090
-
Attributes: CTEQ
0x3FF
HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
Ratio of JOG velocity to handwheel velocity (DRF)
Display filters: A04, A10
always
0.5
32100
-
0
0.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-1
2/7
H1
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
AX_MOTION_DIR
Traversing direction (not control direction)
Display filters: A03, A07, A11
always
1
RESET
DWORD
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-251
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
32110
-
ENC_FEEDBACK_POL [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Sign actual value (control direction)
Display filters: A02, A07, A11
always
1, 1
32200
1000/min
32300
MAX_AX_ACCEL
m/s²,
Axis acceleration
rev/s²
Display filters: A04, A11
always
1
32400
-
1.2
32412
Hz
2-252
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B2
SW1
0
Attributes: CTEQ
***
0.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
3/3
B2
SW1
0
Attributes: CTEQ
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
B2
SW5
1
Attributes: CTEQ
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
B2
SW1
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
P6
6.3
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
P6
6.3
0.0
plus
JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
Default setting of axis jerk limitation
Display filters: A04
always
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
AX_JERK_DAMP
Damping of axial jerk filter
Display filters: A04, A07
always
0.0
32420
-
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
plus
AX_JERK_FREQ
Blocking frequency of axial jerk filter
Display filters: A04, A07
always
10.0
32414
-
0.0
0.0
AX_JERK_TIME
Time constant for axial jerk filter
Display filters: A04, A07
always
0.001
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
AX_JERK_MODE
Axial jerk limitation filter type
Display filters: A04, A07
always
1
32410
s
Attributes: CTEQ
2
AX_JERK_ENABLE
Axial jerk limitation
Display filters: A04, A07
always
0
32402
-
0
MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR
Overload factor for axial velocity steps
Display filters: A04
always
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
G2
SW1
RATED_VELO [n]: 0 ... 0
Rated motor speed
Display filters: A01, A11
always
3000
32310
Factor
1
RATED_OUTVAL [n]: 0 ... 0
Rated output voltage
Display filters: A01, A11
always
80.0
Profib., not 611D
0.0
32260
rev/min
-1
G2
SW1
POSCTRL_GAIN [n]: 0 ... 5
Servo gain factor
Display filters: A07, A11
always
1
32250
%
09.01
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B2
SW1
0
Attributes: CTEQ
1
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
32430
JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
m/s³,
Axial jerk
degrees/s
³
Display filters: A04
always
1000
B2
SW1
0
32431
MAX_AX_JERK
m/s³,
Maximum axial jerk for path movement
degrees/s
³
Display filters: A04
always
1.e9
1.e-9
Standard control
32432
PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM
Max. axial jerk of a geo axis at block limit
m/s³,
degrees/s
³
Display filters: A04
always
1.e9
0.0
Standard control
32433
-
1e-9
1.
1e-9
1.
32460
%
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
***
0.0
0.0
0.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
3/3
B1
SW5.2
***
1e-9
***
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
3/3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
3/3
B1
SW5.3
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW5
0.01
100.0
TORQUE_OFFSET [n]: 0 ... 0
Additional torque for electronic weight compensation
Display filters: A09
always
NCU570
810D.1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
3/3
B1
SW5.2
BACKLASH_FACTOR [n]: 0 ... 5
Backlash evaluation factor
Display filters: A09
always
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
3/3
B1
SW5.2
32450
BACKLASH [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm,
Backlash
degrees
Display filters: A09
always
0.0, 0.0
32452
-
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
-
LOOKAH_FREQUENCY
Smoothing frequency for Look Ahead
Display filters: A04, EXP
always
10.
2/7
B1
SW3.2
G00_JERK_FACTOR
Scaling of jerk limitation with G00.
Display filters: A04
always
32440
Hz
***
-
G00_ACCEL_FACTOR
Scaling of acceleration limitation with G00.
Display filters: A04
always
32435
-
1.
RESET
DOUBLE
B1
SW5
SOFT_ACCEL_FACTOR
Scaling of acceleration limitation with SOFT
Display filters: A04
always
32434
-
Attributes: CTEQ
***
-100.0
-100.0
-100.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
100.0
100.0
100.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
0/0
DOUBLE
0/0
2-253
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
32490
-
FRICT_COMP_MODE [n]: 0 ... 0
Type of friction compensation
0: No comp, 1: Compens. with const. injection value
2: Comp. with characteristic learned via neural network (option)
Display filters: A09
always
810D.1
32500
-
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
32530
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN [n]: 0 ... 0
mm/min, Minimum friction compensation value
rev/min
Display filters: A09, EXP
always
0.0
0.0
32550
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1 [n]: 0 ... 0
m/s²,
Adaptation acceleration value 1
rev/s²
Display filters: A09, EXP
always
0.0
32560
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2 [n]: 0 ... 0
m/s²,
Adaptation acceleration value 2
rev/s²
Display filters: A09, EXP
always
0.0
32570
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3 [n]: 0 ... 0
m/s²,
Adaptation acceleration value 3
rev/s²
Display filters: A09, EXP
always
0.0
0.0
2-254
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
K3
SW1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
0.0
plus
0
100.0
VELO_FFW_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... 5
Feedforward factor for speed feedforward control
Display filters: A07, A09
always
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
K3
SW1
FRICT_COMP_INC_FACTOR [n]: 0 ... 0
Weighting factor of friction compensation value with short traversing movements
Display filters: A09
always
32610
Factor
1
FRICT_COMP_TIME [n]: 0 ... 0
Friction compensation time constant
Display filters: A09, EXP
always
0.015
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
BYTE
2/7
K3
SW1
32520
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX [n]: 0 ... 0
mm/min, Maximum friction compensation value
rev/min
Display filters: A09, EXP
always
0.0
0.0
32580
%
2
1
FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE [n]: 0 ... 0
Adaptation friction compensation active
Display filters: A09, EXP
always
0
32540
s
K3
SW2
FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
Friction compensation active
Display filters: A09
always
32510
-
09.01
0.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
32620
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
FFW_MODE
Feedforward control type
0: No feedforward control 1: Speed feedforward control
2: Speed and torque feedforward control
Display filters: A07, A09
always
1
Profib., not 611D
3
810D.1
1
32630
-
32652
kg
32700
-
32710
-
0
1
BOOLEAN
0
-0.02
0.0
0.0
0
0
0
Attributes: CTEQ
1
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
6.3
Attributes: CTEQ
0.02
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW4.1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
K3
SW2
0
1
CEC_SCALING_SYSTEM_METRIC
Measuring system of sag compensation
Display filters: A09
Fct.: CEC
2/7
P6
6.3
CEC_ENABLE
Enable of sag compensation
Display filters: A09
Fct.: CEC
32711
-
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
ENC_COMP_ENABLE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Interpolatory compensation
Display filters: A09
always
2/7
Attributes: CTEQ
1
AX_MASS
Axis mass for torque feedforward control
Display filters: A07, A09, EXP
611D
0.0
RESET
BYTE
0
AX_INERTIA
Moment of inertia for torque feedforward control
Display filters: A07, A09, EXP
always
0.0
2/7
2/7
2/7
K3
SW4.1
STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME [n]: 0 ... 0
Dynamic Stiffness Control: Delay
Display filters: A01, A07
Profibus adpt.
0.0
32650
kgm²
Attributes: CTEQ
-
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_CONFIG [n]: 0 ... 0
Dynamic stiffness control configuration
Display filters: A01, A07
Profibus adpt.
0
32644
s
-
RESET
BYTE
BYTE
BYTE
K3
SW1
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE [n]: 0 ... 0
Dynamic stiffness control
Display filters: A01, A07
not 810D, CCU1;
0
Profib.
not 810D, CCU1;
0
611D
32642
-
4
4
3
FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE
Activate feedforward control from program
Display filters: A07, A09
always
1
32640
-
0
0
0
K3
SW1
0
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
K3
SW5
1
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
2-255
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
32720
CEC_MAX_SUM
mm,
Maximum compensation value for sag compensation
degrees
Display filters: A09
Fct.: CEC
1.0
0
Fct.: CEC embg.
0
32730
%
0
-
-
0
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
-
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
0
Attributes: CTEQ
1
0.0
0.0
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
G2
SW1
plus
AC_FILTER_TIME
Smoothing filter time constant for adaptive control
Display filters: A10
always
2-256
Attributes: CTEQ
0.10
DYN_MATCH_TIME [n]: 0 ... 5
Time constant of dynamic response adaptation
Display filters: A07
always
32920
s
0.
K3
SW2
K3
SW1
DYN_MATCH_ENABLE
Dynamic response adaptation
Display filters: A07
always
32910
s
Attributes: CTEQ
7
EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME [n]: 0 ... 5
Equivalent time constant speed control loop for feedforward control
Display filters: A07, A09
always
NCU570.2
0.006, 0.006, 0.006,
0.006, 0.006, ...
NCU571
0.006, 0.006, 0.006,
0.006, 0.006, ...
NCU572
0.004, 0.004, 0.004,
0.004, 0.004, ...
NCU573
0.008, 0.008, 0.008,
0.008, 0.008, ...
810D
0.0025, 0.0025, 0.0025,
0.0025, ...
NCU573
0.0025, 0.0025, 0.0025,
0.0025, ...
32900
-
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
K3
SW1
EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME [n]: 0 ... 5
Equivalent time constant current control loop for feedforward control
Display filters: A07, A09, EXP
always
0.0005, 0.0005, 0.0005,
0.0005, ...
32810
s
100.0
COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR
Excessive velocity due to compensation
Display filters: A04, A09, EXP
always
0.01
32800
s
0
TEMP_COMP_TYPE
Temperature compensation type
0:
No compensation
Bit 0 = 1: Position-independent compensation active
Bit 1 = 1: Position-dependent compensation active
Display filters: A09
always
32760
Factor
10.0
1.0
CEC_MAX_VELO
Maximum change value with sag compensation with ref. to MD32000
Display filters: A04, A09, EXP
Fct.: CEC
10.0
32750
HEX
K3
SW2
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW2
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
32930
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_ENABLE
Activation of low-pass filter at position controller output
Display filters: A07
always
32940
s
0
0.0
0.0
33000
-
-
-
1
33100
COMPRESS_POS_TOL
mm,
Maximum deviation during compression
degrees
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Polynomial
0.1
0.0
Fct.: NCU570
polynomial
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B3
SW6.1
Attributes: READ
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
0/7
G2
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A2
SW1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
K1, PGA
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
7/7
DOUBLE
0/0
Reference point approach
REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE
Axis with reference point cam
Display filters: A03, A11
always
1
34010
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW5.2
FIPO_TYPE
Fine interpolator type (1: differential FIPO, 2: cubic FIPO)
33050
LUBRICATION_DIST
mm,
Traversing path for lubrication from PLC
degrees
Display filters: A03, A10
always
100000000
0.0
34000
-
-
POSCTRL_DESVAL_DELAY_INFO [n]: 0 ... 2
actual desired position delay
Display filters: A07, EXP
always
2
2.7.4
plus
G2
SW1
32960
POSCTRL_ZERO_ZONE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm,
Zero zone of position controller
degrees
Display filters: A07
always
0.0, 0.0
0.0
Display filters: A07, A01, EXP
NCU-Link
0.0, 0.0, 0.0
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
G2
SW5.2
POSCTRL_DAMPING
Damping of servo loop
Display filters: A07, EXP
always
0.0
32990
s
Attributes: CTEQ
1
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_TIME
Time constant of low-pass filter at position controller output
Display filters: A07
always
32950
Factor
0
G2
SW5.2
R1
SW1
0
1
REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS
Approach reference point in minus direction
Display filters: A03, A11
always
0
34020
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM
mm/min, Reference point approach velocity
rev/min
Display filters: A03, A04, A11
always
5000.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
0
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
R1
SW1
1
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
R1
SW1
0.0
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
2-257
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
34030
REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST
mm,
Maximum distance to reference cam
degrees
Display filters: A03, A11
always
10000.0
0.0
R1
SW1
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
34040
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm/min, Creep velocity
rev/min
Display filters: A03, A04, A11
always
300.0, 300.0
0.0
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
34050
-
2/7
R1
SW1
REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Direction reversal to reference cams
Display filters: A03, A11
always
0
34060
mm,
degrees
0
1
REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Maximum distance to reference mark. Max. distance to 2 reference marks
For distance-coded measuring systems
Display filters: A03, A11
always
20.0, 20.0
34070
REFP_VELO_POS
mm/min, Reference point positioning velocity
rev/min
Display filters: A03, A04, A11
always
10000.0
0.0
plus
0.0
34090
REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm,
Reference point offset/absolute distance-coded offset
degrees
Display filters: A02, A03, A08, A11
always
0.0, 0.0
-
plus
34093
REFP_CAM_MARKER_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm,
Reference cam/marker distance
degrees
Display filters: A03, A11
always
0.0, 0.0
34100
REFP_SET_POS [n]: 0 ... 3
mm,
Reference point value/target point for distance-coded system
degrees
Display filters: A03, A11
always
0., 0., 0., 0.
-45000000
34104
-
-
2-258
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
R1
SW1
-
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
R1
SW3.2
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
R1
6.3
Attributes: READ
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
R1
SW1
45000000
REFP_SYNC_ENCS
Calibration of measuring systems
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
R1
SW3
0
1
REFP_PERMITTED_IN_FOLLOWUP
enable marker search in follow-up
Display filters: A02, A03
always
0
2/7
R1
SW1
R1
SW1
34092
REFP_CAM_SHIFT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm,
Electr. cam offset of incremental measuring systems with equidistant zero marks
degrees
Display filters: A03, A11
always
0.0, 0.0
0.0
plus
Display filters: A02, A03
always
0
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
R1
SW1
34080
REFP_MOVE_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm,
Reference point distance
degrees
Display filters: A03, A11
always
-2.0, -2.0
-
34102
-
R1
SW1
0
RESET
BYTE
2/7
SW6.1
1
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
34110
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
REFP_CYCLE_NR
Sequence of axes in channel-specific referencing
-1: No obligatory reference point for NC Start
0:
No channel-specific reference-point approach
1-15: Sequence in channel-specific reference point approach
Display filters: A03
always
34120
-
0
34230
-
1
0
7
0, 0
0
2
1
-
1
0
34300
ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm,
Reference mark distance for distance-coded scales
degrees
Display filters: A02, A03
always
10.0, 10.0
0.0
34310
ENC_MARKER_INC [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
mm,
Interval between reference marks for distance-coded scales
degrees
Display filters: A02, A03
always
0.02, 0.02
0.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
R1
SW1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
4/7
R2
SW1
100000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
SW5.3
-
EVERY_ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Range of encoder serial number
Display filters: A02
611D
2/7
R1
SW1
ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Encoder serial number
Display filters: A02
always
34232
-
0
ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Absolute value encoder range for rotary encoders
Display filters: A02, A03
always
4096, 4096
RESET
DWORD
M5
SW5.2
ENC_REFP_STATE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Status absolute encoder
0: Encoder not adjusted
1: Encoder adjustment enabled
2; Encoder is adjusted
Display filters: A02, A03, A07
always
0, 0
34220
-
10
ENC_REFP_MODE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Referencing mode
0: No ref. point appr.; if absolute encoder exists: REFP_SET_POS accepted
1: Zero pulse (on encoder track)
2: BERO
3: Distance-coded reference marks
4: Bero with two edges
5. BERO cam
6. Measuring system calibration to referenced encoder
7: BERO with conf. approach speed with spindles
Display filters: A02, A03
always
1, 1
34210
-
-1
REFP_BERO_LOW_ACTIVE
BERO polarity change
Display filters: A02
611D
34200
-
1
R1
SW1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
6.3
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
R1
SW1
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
R1
SW1
plus
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
2-259
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
34320
-
ENC_INVERS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Linear measurement system in an opposite direction
Display filters: A02, A03
always
0
34330
-
35000
-
1
0.0, 0.0
0
0.0
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
R1
SW1
1
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
6.3
0.5
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
Spindles
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX
Assignment of spindle to machine axis
Display filters: A01, A06, A11
always
0
35010
-
1
ENC_ACTVAL_SMOOTH_TIME [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Smoothing time constant for actual values.
Display filters: A02
always
2.7.5
0
G2, R1
SW1
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Distance-coded linear measurement system without target point
Display filters: A03
always
34990
s
09.01
0
S1
SW1
10
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE
Gear change possible. Spindle has several gear stages
Display filters: A06, A11
always
0
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S1
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
2
RESET
DWORD
2/7
35012
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1
mm,
Gear step change position
degrees
Display filters: A06, A11
Attributes: CTEQ
always
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
35020
-
S1
SW2
SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE
Initial spindle setting
0/1: Speed mode without/with pos. control., 2: Pos. mode, 3: Axis mode
Display filters: A06, A10
always
0
35030
HEX
Attributes: CTEQ
0x03
0
2/7
RESET
BYTE
2/7
W4
SW4.1
Attributes: CTEQ
0x01
SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK
Spindle functions
Display filters: A06, A10
always
0x110
2-260
0
RESET
BYTE
S1
SW2
SPIND_FUNC_RESET_MODE
Reset response of single spindle functions
Display filters: A06, A10
always
0x00
35035
-
Attributes: CTEQ
3
SPIND_DEFAULT_ACT_MASK
Time at which initial spindle setting is effective
0: Power on, 1: Progr. start. 2: Reset (M2/M30)
Display filters: A06, A10
always
0x00
35032
-
0
S1
SW5.3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
S1
SW6.1
0
Attributes: CTEQ
0x137
RESET
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
35040
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
Own spindle RESET
Display filters: A06, A10
always
0
35100
rev/min
35140
rev/min
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
0.0
1.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
2
Attributes: CTEQ
***
2
Attributes: CTEQ
***
0.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1, S6, B2
SW1
1.0
ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR
Reduced acceleration
Display filters: A04, A06
always
0.0
S1
SW1
S1
SW1
ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT
Speed for reduced acceleration
Display filters: A04, A06
always
1.0
35230
Factor
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1
Acceleration in position control mode
Display filters: A04, A06, A11
always
30
35220
Factor
0.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1
Acceleration in speed control mode
Display filters: A04, A06, A11
always
30
35210
rev/s²
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT
Spindle speed limitation from PLC
Display filters: A04, A06
always
1000
35200
rev/s²
0.0
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL
Spindle speed tolerance
Display filters: A03, A04, A05, A06, A10
always
0.1
35160
rev/min
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1
Minimum speed of gear stage
Display filters: A04, A06, A11
always
5
35150
Factor
0.0
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1
Maximum speed of gear stage
Display filters: A04, A06, A11
always
500
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
S1
SW1
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1
Minimum speed for gear change
Display filters: A04, A06, A11
always
50
35130
rev/min
Attributes: CTEQ
1
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1
Maximum speed for gear change
Display filters: A04, A06, A11
always
500
35120
rev/min
0
SPIND_VELO_LIMIT
Maximum spindle speed
Display filters: A04, A06, A11
always
10000
35110
rev/min
S1
SW1
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
S1, S6, B2
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
0.95
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
2-261
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
35240
-
ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE
Type of acceleration
Display filters: A04
Fct.: Stepper
motor
35242
-
0
0
35400
rev/min
Attributes: CTEQ
2
RESET
BYTE
2/7
0
-
-
BYTE
2/7
S1
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1
Positioning delay time
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
Direction of rotation when positioning
3
3
Attributes: CTEQ
4
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
2
SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR
Starting direction during oscillation
0-2: As last direction of rotation (zero-speed M3)
3: M3 direction
4: M4 direction
Display filters: A06
always
0
0
Attributes: CTEQ
***
35450
s
0.5
2/7
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
RESET
BYTE
2/7
S1
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
Feedrate enable for spindle in the set range
Display filters: A03, A06, A10
always
1
2-262
Attributes: CTEQ
4
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW
Oscillation time for M4 direction
Display filters: A06
always
35500
-
1.0
RESET
BYTE
S1
SW1
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
Oscillation time for M3 direction
Display filters: A06
always
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
35430
-
35440
s
S1
SW6.1
S1
SW1
SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL
Acceleration during oscillation
Display filters: A04, A06
always
16
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO
Oscillation speed
Display filters: A04, A06
always
500
35410
rev/s²
2/7
0
SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO
Position control switch-on speed
Display filters: A06
always
RESET
BOOLEAN
S6
SW3.2
Display filters: A04, A06
always
0.0, 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 0.8 0.0
35350
-
Attributes: CTEQ
1
1
Display filters: A04, A06
always
500
35310
s
S6
SW3.2
ACCEL_REDUCTION_TYPE
Type of acceleration reduction
Display filters: A04
Fct.: Stepper
motor
Knee-shaped
accel. chara.,
FM357 in MC
35300
rev/min
09.01
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S1
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
2
RESET
BYTE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
35510
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START
Feedrate enable for spindle stopped
Display filters: A03, A06, A10
always
0
35590
-
36010
STOP_LIMIT_FINE
mm,
Exact stop fine
degrees
Display filters: A05
always
0.01
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0
1.0
36030
STANDSTILL_POS_TOL
mm,
Standstill tolerance
degrees
Display filters: A05
always
0.2
2/7
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
B1
SW1
0.0
plus
0.4
0.4
36050
CLAMP_POS_TOL
mm,
Clamping tolerance
degrees
Display filters: A05
always
0.5
0.0
plus
0.001
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW5
1000.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B1, A3
SW1
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
0.0
plus
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
F1
SW5.3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
0.0
plus
STOP_ON_CLAMPING
Special functions with clamping axis
Display filters: A10
always
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
B1
SW1
FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
Delay time for standstill monitoring with active torque or force limitation (FOC)
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop, Force
Ctrl.
36052
-
Attributes: CTEQ
2
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
Delay zero-speed control
Display filters: A05
always
36042
s
0
POSITIONING_TIME
Delay time exact stop fine
Display filters: A05
always
36040
s
RESET
BOOLEAN
A2
SW4.2
STOP_LIMIT_FACTOR [n]: 0 ... 5
Factor for exact stop coarse/fine and standstill
Display filters: A05
always
36020
s
Attributes: CTEQ
1
Monitoring functions
36000
STOP_LIMIT_COARSE
mm,
Exact stop coarse
degrees
Display filters: A05
always
0.04
36012
-
0
PARAMSET_CHANGE_ENABLE
Parameter set can be changed
Display filters: A05, EXP
always
0
2.7.6
S1
SW1
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
6.3
0
Attributes: CTEQ
0x07
NEW CONF
BYTE
1/2
2-263
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
36060
STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
mm/min, Maximum velocity/speed " axis/spindle stopped "
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A05
always
5.0
0.0
36100
POS_LIMIT_MINUS
mm,
1st software limit switch minus
degrees
Display filters: A03, A05, A11
always
-100000000
36110
POS_LIMIT_PLUS
mm,
1st software limit switch plus
degrees
Display filters: A03, A05, A11
always
100000000
36120
POS_LIMIT_MINUS2
mm,
2nd software limit switch minus
degrees
Display filters: A03, A05
always
-100000000
36130
POS_LIMIT_PLUS2
mm,
2nd software limit switch plus
degrees
Display filters: A03, A05
always
100000000
-
-
36302
%
-
2-264
Attributes: CTEQ
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
-
Attributes: CTEQ
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
0
Attributes: CTEQ
200
0.0
0.0
0
0.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
plus
100
ENC_ZERO_MONITORING [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Zero mark monitoring
0:
Zero mark monitoring off, encoder HW monitoring on
1-99, & gt; 100: Number of recognized zero mark errors during monitoring
100:
Zero mark monitoring off, encoder HW monitoring off
Display filters: A02, A05, EXP
always
0, 0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Encoder limit frequency at which encoder is switched on again. (Hysteresis)
Display filters: A02, A05, A06, EXP
always
99.9, 99.9
36310
-
Attributes: CTEQ
-
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Encoder limit frequency
Display filters: A02, A05, A06, EXP
always
300000
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME [n]: 0 ... 0
Delay time for speed setpoint monitoring
Display filters: A05, EXP
always
0.0
36300
Hz
Attributes: CTEQ
-
CTRLOUT_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 0
Maximum speed setpoint
Display filters: A05, EXP
always
110.0
36220
s
plus
A3
SW1
36200
AX_VELO_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 5
mm/min, Threshold value for velocity monitoring
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A05, A11
always
11500., 11500., 11500.,
0.0
11500., ...
36210
%
A2
SW1
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
A3, R1
SW3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3, R1
SW1
NEW CONF
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
36400
CONTOUR_TOL
mm,
Tolerance band for contour monitoring
degrees
Display filters: A05, A11
always
1.0
0.0
36500
ENC_CHANGE_TOL
mm,
Maximum tolerance for position actual value switchover
degrees
Display filters: A02, A05
always
0.1
0.0
36510
ENC_DIFF_TOL
mm,
Tolerance of measuring system synchronization
degrees
Display filters: A02, A05
always
0.0
0.0
36520
%
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.0
0.02
plus
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
A3
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
A3
SW1
plus
1000.
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
A2
SW1
0.0
0.02
plus
1000.
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
2/7
SW3.2
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
K3
SW1
0
0
0
1
1
1
DRIFT_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 0
Drift limit value for automatic drift compensation
Display filters: A07, A09, EXP
always
0.0
NCU572, 573
0.0
810D
0.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DA
SW4.3
DRIFT_ENABLE
Automatic drift compensation
Display filters: A07, A09, EXP
always
0
NCU572, 573
0
810D
0
36710
%
plus
AXIS_DIAGNOSIS
Internal data for test purposes
Display filters: A08, EXP
always
0
36700
-
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW4.2
SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME
Cutout delay servo enable
Display filters: A05
always
NCU570
36690
-
plus
AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME
Duration of the deceleration ramp for error states
Display filters: A05
always
NCU570
36620
s
0.0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
G2
SW1
BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE
Deceleration response on hardware limit switch
0: Deceleration ramp
Display filters: A05, EXP
always
1
36610
s
plus
DES_VELO_LIMIT
Threshold for setpoint velocity monitoring
Threshold for alarm 1016 with error code 550010
Display filters: A02, A05
always
125.0
36600
-
A3
SW1
0.0
0.0
0.0
NEW CONF
BOOLEAN 2/7
BOOLEAN 1/1
BOOLEAN 0/0
K3
SW1
plus
plus
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
1/1
DOUBLE
0/0
2-265
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
36720
%
DRIFT_VALUE [n]: 0 ... 0
Basic drift value
Display filters: A07, A09, EXP
always
0.0
NCU572, 573
0.0
810D
0.0
36730
-
K3
SW1
-
-
DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING
Acquisition of additional drive actual values
Display filters: A10
always
36750
-
09.01
0
0
S5
SW2
4
AA_OFF_MODE
Effect of value assignment for axial overlay in synchronous actions
Display filters: A10
always
0
2.7.7
Attributes: CTEQ
7
SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE
Enable safety functions
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
S5, FBSY
SW3.2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
Safety Integrated
36901
HEX
0
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
1/1
DOUBLE
0/0
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
Fct.: Safety
Integrated SW 1
Fct.: Safety
Integrated SW 2
36902
-
0
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
-
0
0xFF03
DWORD
2/7
-
0
0xFFEB
DWORD
2/7
SAFE_IS_ROT_AX
Rotary axis
Display filters: A01, A05, A06
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36905
degrees
0.0
1
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
0.0
737280.0
0
1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
1
SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR
Actual value assignment: drive number/measurement circuit number
Display filters: A01, A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
1
Integrated
2-266
0
SAFE_ENC_SEGMENT_NR
Actual value assignment: type of drive
Display filters: A01, A02, A05, EXP
Fct.: Safety
1
Integrated
36911
-
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_MODULO_RANGE
Range of SI actual value (rev.)
Display filters: A02
Fct.: Safety
Integrated SW 2
36910
-
FBSI
SW3.4
10
POWER ON
BYTE
0/0
FBSI
SW3.4
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
36912
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR
Actual value assignment: Input on drive module/measurement circuit board
Display filters: A01, A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
1
Integrated
36915
-
36918
-
36922
-
0.00001
8
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
1
100000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
0.1
10000.
1
1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
2147000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
2147000000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-1
1
SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT
Encoder frequency limit for safe operation
Display filters: A02, A05
Fct.: Safety integr. 300000
Lv. 3
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_ENC_POLARITY
Direction reversal of actual value
Display filters: A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
1
Integrated
36926
Hz
1
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA [n]: 0 ... 7
Numerator of gearbox encoder/load
Display filters: A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
Integrated
36925
-
0
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM [n]: 0 ... 7
Denominator of gearbox encoder/load
Display filters: A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1
Integrated
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH
Lead screw pitch
Display filters: A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
10.0
Integrated
36921
-
4
SAFE_ENC_RESOL
Encoder markings per revolution
Display filters: A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
2048
Integrated
36920
mm
0
SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
Scale division for linear scale
Display filters: A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
0.01
Integrated
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_ENC_IS_LINEAR
Linear scale
Display filters: A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36917
mm
2
SAFE_ENC_TYPE
Encoder type
Display filters: A01, A02, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36916
-
1
FBSI
SW3.4
300000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
6.3
420000
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-267
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
36930
SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL
mm,
Standstill tolerance
degrees
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
1.
Integrated
36931
SAFE_VELO_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 3
mm/min, Limit value for safe velocity
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A05
Fct.: Safety
2000., 2000., 2000., 2000.
Integrated
36932
%
FBSI
SW3.4
0.
100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
100, 100, ...
0.0
1
plus
0
36935
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS [n]: 0 ... 1
mm,
Lower limit of safe end position
degrees
Display filters: A03, A05
Fct.: Safety
-100000., -100000.
-2147000
Integrated
36936
SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS [n]: 0 ... 3
mm,
Plus cam position for safe cams
degrees
Display filters: A03, A05
Fct.: Safety
10., 10., 10., 10.
-2147000
Integrated
36937
SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS [n]: 0 ... 3
mm,
Minus cam position for safe cams
degrees
Display filters: A03, A05
Fct.: Safety
-10., -10., -10., -10.
-2147000
Integrated
36942
SAFE_POS_TOL
mm,
Tolerance actual value cross-check
degrees
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
0.1
Integrated
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
100
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
36934
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS [n]: 0 ... 1
mm,
Upper limit of safe end position
degrees
Display filters: A03, A05
Fct.: Safety
100000., 100000.
-2147000
Integrated
36940
SAFE_CAM_TOL
mm,
Tolerance for safe cams
degrees
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
0.1
Integrated
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_DES_VELO_LIMIT
SG setpoint speed limiting
Display filters: A04, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated SW 2
2-268
100.
SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR [n]: 0 ... 15
Safe velocity override value
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated SW 2
36933
%
09.01
100
RESET
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
2147000
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
2147000
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
2147000
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
2147000
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
0.001
10
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
0.001
360
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
36944
SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL
mm,
Tolerance actual value check (referencing)
degrees
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
0.01
0
Integrated
36946
SAFE_VELO_X
mm/min, Speed limit n_x
rev/min
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
20.
Integrated SW 2
36950
s
0.
0.
6000.
0.1
0.1
0.1
0
10.
0.1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
0
10
0
0
0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
10
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
10
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
10
SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY
Delay time for pulse suppression
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E
Transition time STOP E to safe standstill (in preparation)
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
36956
s
0.1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW5.2
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D
Transition time STOP D to safe standstill
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
36954
s
120000.
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C
Transition time STOP C to safe standstill
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
36953
s
0.5
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY
Delay time for velocity changeover
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
36952
s
6000.
SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME
Tolerance time for SGE switchover
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
36951
s
36
FBSI
SW4.2
36948
SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL
mm/min, Velocity tolerance for safe braking ramp
rev/min
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
300.
0.
Integrated SW 2
36949
SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL
mm/min, Slip velocity tolerance
rev/min
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
6.
Integrated SW 2
FBSI
SW3.4
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
0
10
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
2-269
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
36957
s
SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME
Time for checking pulse suppression
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
0.1
36960
SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
mm/min, Creep speed for pulse suppression
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A05
Fct.: Safety
0.0
Integrated
36961
-
36970
HEX
6000.
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
2
2
3
BYTE
2/7
5
0
5
BYTE
2/7
2
2, 2, 2, 2
FBSI
SW3.4
2
3
0
0
0
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
FBSI
SW5.2
1
SAFE_PARK_ALARM_SUPPRESS
Alarm suppression on parking axis
RESET
BYTE
2/7
FBSI
SW5.2
0
1
SAFE_SVSS_DISABLE_INPUT
Input assignment SBH/SG deselection
-
POWER ON
BOOLEAN 2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
SAFE_SS_DISABLE_INPUT
Input assignment SBH deselection
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
2-270
0.0
-
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36971
HEX
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_IPO_STOP_GROUP
Safety-integrated IPO-reaction grouping
Display filters: A01
Fct.: Safety
Integrated SW 2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
-
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36965
-
10
SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION [n]: 0 ... 3
Stop reaction for safe velocity
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated SW 2
36964
-
0
SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE
Stop reaction for safe end position
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
36963
-
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE
Stop reaction for safe velocity
Display filters: A05
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
Fct.: Safety
Integrated SW 1
Fct.: Safety
Integrated SW 2
36962
-
09.01
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
36972
HEX
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SAFE_VELO_SELECT_INPUT [n]: 0 ... 1
Input assignment SG selection
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0, 0
Integrated
36973
HEX
36976
HEX
36981
-
-
-
-
-
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
-
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
6.3
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
-
SAFE_SS_STATUS_OUTPUT
Output assignment SBH active
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated SW 2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_SVSS_STATUS_OUTPUT
Output assignment SBH/SG active
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_STOP_REQUEST_EXT_INPUT
Input assignment test ext. Shutdown
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety integr. 0
Lv. 3
36980
HEX
-
SAFE_OVR_INPUT [n]: 0 ... 3
Input assignment for SG override
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0, 0, 0, 0
Integrated SW 2
36979
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_EXT_STOP_INPUT [n]: 0 ... 2
Input assignment for external stop request
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0, 0, 0
Integrated SW 2
36978
-
-
SAFE_PULSE_STATUS_INPUT
Input assignment status pulses suppressed
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36977
-
-
SAFE_STOP_REQUEST_INPUT
Input assignment test stop selection
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_GEAR_SELECT_INPUT [n]: 0 ... 2
Input assignment speed ratio selection
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0, 0, 0
Integrated
36975
HEX
-
SAFE_POS_SELECT_INPUT
Input assignment SE selection
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36974
HEX
-
FBSI
SW3.4
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
2-271
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
36982
-
SAFE_VELO_STATUS_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 1
Output assignment for active SG selection
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0, 0
Integrated SW 2
36984
-
36990
-
-
-
-
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
6.3
-
Attributes: READ
-
SAFE_CONFIG_CHANGE_DATE [n]: 0 ... 4
Date/time last change of SI-NCK MD
Display filters: A05, A07, EXP
Fct.: Safety
Integrated
2-272
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_CROSSCHECK_CYCLE
Display axial cross-check cycle
Display filters: N01, N05, N06
Fct.: Safety
0.0
Integrated
36993
-
-
SAFE_ACT_STOP_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 3
Output assignment current stop
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0, 0, 0, 0
Integrated SW 2
36992
s
-
SAFE_CAM_MINUS_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 3
Output assignment SN1 - to SN4 -
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0, 0, 0, 0
Integrated
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW4.2
SAFE_CAM_PLUS_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 3
Output assignment SN1 + to SN4 +
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0, 0, 0, 0
Integrated
36989
HEX
-
SAFE_REFP_STATUS_OUTPUT
Output assignment axis safely referenced
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36988
HEX
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
6.3
SAFE_PULSE_ENABLE_OUTPUT
Output assignment pulse suppression
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36987
HEX
-
SAFE_VELO_X_STATUS_OUTPUT
Output assignment n & lt; n_x
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated SW 2
36986
HEX
-
FBSI
SW4.2
SAFE_EXT_PULSE_ENAB_OUTPUT
Output assignment Enable pulses external
Display filters: A01, A05
Fct.: Safety integr. 0
Lv. 3
36985
-
09.01
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/7
FBSI
SW5.2
Attributes: READ
-
POWER ON
STRING
0/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
36994
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SAFE_PREV_CONFIG [n]: 0 ... 4
Data of previous safety configuration
Display filters: A05, A07, EXP
Fct.: Safety
0, 0, 0 ,0 ,0
Integrated
36995
-
2.7.8
37000
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
FBSI
SW3.4
-
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
Attributes: READ
-
POWER ON
DWORD
0/7
FBSI
SW3.4
-
-
FIXED_STOP_MODE
Mode travel to fixed stop
POWER ON
DWORD
1/7
F1
SW2
0
0
Attributes: CTEQ
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
-
-
-
BYTE
2/2
-
0
3
BYTE
2/7
FIXED_STOP_CONTROL
Sequence control for travel to fixed stop
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
37010
%
-
Travel to fixed stop
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Fixed stop,
breaktest
37002
-
-
SAFE_DES_CHECKSUM
Desired (expected) checksum
Display filters: A05, A07, EXP
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
POWER ON
DWORD
0/0
FBSI
SW3.4
SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM
Actual checksum
Display filters: A05, A07, EXP
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36999
HEX
Attributes: READ
-
SAFE_ACKN
User acknowledge
Display filters: A05, A07
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36998
HEX
-
SAFE_STANDSTILL_POS
Standstill position
Display filters: A05, A07
Fct.: Safety
0
Integrated
36997
HEX
FBSI
SW5.2
F1
SW5.2
0
0
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
-
-
-
BYTE
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF
Default fixed stop clamping torque
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
2/2
F1
SW2
5.0
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
100.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
-
DOUBLE
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2/2
2-273
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
37012
s
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME
Time period until reaching the changed torque limit
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
37014
-
09.01
0.0
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
-
DOUBLE
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_FACTOR
Adaption factor torque limit
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Fixed stop;
master-slave
Fct.: Fixed stop;
master-slave
1.0
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
-
DOUBLE
37030
FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
mm,
Threshold for fixed stop detection
degrees
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
2.0
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
37050
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
-
DOUBLE
2/2
F1
SW2
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
DOUBLE
2/2
F1
SW2
0
Attributes: CTEQ
2
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
-
-
-
BYTE
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK
Enable of the fixed stop alarms
2/2
F1
SW2
0
7
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
-
-
BYTE
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_REACTION
Reaction with fixed stop alarms
Display filters: A05, A10
Fct.: Travel to
0
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
2-274
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
0
Display filters: A05, A10
Fct.: Travel to
1
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
37052
-
0/0
F1
SW2
FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR
Fixed stop detection by sensor
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
2/2
F1
SW6.1
37020
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF
mm,
Default fixed-stop monitoring window
degrees
Display filters: A05, A10
Fct.: Travel to
1.0
0.0
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
37040
-
F1
SW5.3
2/2
F1
6.3
-
-
POWER ON
BYTE
1/7
-
-
BYTE
0/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
37060
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK
PLC acknowledgements observed for travel to fixed stop
0. Do not wait, 1: Wait, 3: Analog drives
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
37070
%
0
Attributes: CTEQ
3
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
-
-
-
BYTE
5.0
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
100.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
-
-
-
DOUBLE
0
5.0
37092
BRAKETEST_POS_TOL
mm,
Positional tolerance brake test
degrees
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Fixed stop,
1.0
breaktest
37100
-
0
3
37110
GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING
mm,
Gantry warning limit
degrees
Display filters: A05, A10
Fct.: Gantry axes
0.0
37120
GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR
mm,
Gantry trip limit
degrees
Display filters: A05, A10
Fct.: Gantry axes
0.0
37130
GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
mm,
Gantry trip limit during referencing
degrees
Display filters: A05, A10
Fct.: Gantry axes
0.0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
F1
6.3
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
800.0
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
F1
6.3
0.0
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE
Gantry axis definition
Display filters: A01, A10
Fct.: Gantry axes
0
0/0
F1
SW5.3
BRAKETEST_TORQUE
Holding torque for brake test
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Fixed stop,
breaktest
2/2
F1
SW2
FOC_ACTIVATION_MODE
Initial setting of modal torque or force limitation
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop, Force
Ctrl.
37090
%
0
FIXED_STOP_ANA_TORQUE
Torque limit when approaching the fixed stop for analog drives
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
37080
-
F1
SW2
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G1
SW2
0
Attributes: CTEQ
33
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
G1
SW2
-
-
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
G1
SW2
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
G1
SW2
-
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
2-275
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
37140
-
09.01
GANTRY_BREAK_UP
Invalidate gantry axis grouping
Display filters: A01, A10, EXP
Fct.: Gantry axes
0
G1
SW2
0
37200
COUPLE_POS_TOL_COARSE
mm,
Threshold value for " synchronization coarse "
degrees
Display filters: A05, A10
Axis coupling or
1.0
0.0
electronic gear
37210
COUPLE_POS_TOL_FINE
mm,
Threshold value for " synchronization fine "
degrees
Display filters: A05, A10
Axis coupling or
0.5
0.0
electronic gear
Attributes: CTEQ
1
RESET
BOOLEAN
2/7
S3
SW2
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S3
SW2
plus
37220
COUPLE_VELO_TOL_COARSE
mm/min, Velocity tolerance " coarse " between leading and following spindles
rev/min
Display filters: A05, A10
Fct.: Coupled axes 1.0
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
S3
SW3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
37230
COUPLE_VELO_TOL_FINE
mm/min, Velocity tolerance " coarse " between leading and following spindles
rev/min
Display filters: A05, A10
Fct.: Coupled axes 0.5
0.0
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
37250
-
TE3
SW6.1
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD
Master axis number for speed coupling
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37252
-
0
-
10
-
0
-
0.0
-
0.0
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
0/0
TE3
SW6.1
0
-
3
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
0/0
TE3
SW6.1
0.0
-
100.0
-
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_I_TIME
Integral action time
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
2-276
0
-
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
DWORD
0/0
TE3
SW6.1
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_P_GAIN
Torque balance control gain factor
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37258
s
10
-
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_MODE
Torque balance control configuration
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37256
%
0
-
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
Master axis number for torque control
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37254
-
0
-
S3
SW3
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
0/0
TE3
SW6.1
0.0
-
100.0
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
0/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
37260
%
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MS_MAX_CTRL_VELO
Torque balance control limit
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37262
-
0.0
-
0.0
-
50.0
-
-100.0
-
100.0
-
0.0
-
100.0
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
0/0
TE3
SW6.1
1.0
-
-
-
0.0
37400
EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP
mm,
Angle of tangent for corner recognition
degrees
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Tangential
5.0
follow-up
37402
TANG_OFFSET
mm,
Default angle for tangential correction
degrees
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Tangential
0.0
follow-up
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
0/0
TE3
SW6.1
100.0
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
0/0
FBD
SW2
Attributes: CTEQ
-
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
Attributes: CTEQ
-
DIG_V_MAX
Maximum axis velocity during digitization
Display filters: A04, A10
Fct.: Digitize
10000.
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
BYTE
0/0
TE3
SW6.1
DIG_P_MAX
Upper operating range limit (software limit) when digitizing
Display filters: A03, A05, A10
Fct.: Digitize
100000000
37320
mm/min
1
-
DIG_P_MIN
Lower operating range limit (software limit) when digitizing
Display filters: A03, A05, A10
Fct.: Digitize
-100000000
37310
mm
0
-
MS_TORQUE_WEIGHT_SLAVE
Torque weight slave axis
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37300
mm
0
-
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
DOUBLE
0/0
TE3
SW6.1
MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
Time constant tension torque
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37268
%
100.0
-
MS_TENSION_TORQUE
Master-Slave tension torque
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37266
s
0.0
-
MS_COUPLINGalways_ACTIVE
Permanent activation master slave
Display filters: A10
Fct.: Master-slave
Fct.: Master-slave
37264
%
100.0
-
TE3
SW6.1
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
FBD
SW2
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
POWER ON
DOUBLE
2/7
T3
SW3.2
Attributes: CTEQ
-
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
T3
SW3.2
Attributes: CTEQ
-
RESET
DOUBLE
2/7
2-277
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
37500
-
ESR_REACTION
Axial mode of " Extended Stopping and Retract "
Display filters: A01, EXP
611D, not 810D
0
37550
%
38000
-
plus
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
NEW CONF
DOUBLE
2/7
M5
SW6.1
0.0
0.032
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/0
6.3
0.0
0.032
POWER ON
DOUBLE
0/0
P6
6.3
0
1
MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
Number of intermediate points for interpolatory compensation (SRAM)
0
5000
MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS [n]: 0 ... 0
Number of values for quadrant error compensation with neural network (SRAM)
Display filters: A01, A09
Fct.: QEC
0
2-278
M3
SW5
POWER ON
BYTE
2/7
Axis-specific memory settings
Display filters: A01, A02, A09
always
0, 0
38010
-
0.0
NEW CONF
BYTE
2/7
M3
SW5
PROFIBUS_CTRL_CONFIG
Profibus control bit configuration
Display filters: A01, EXP
Profibus adpt.
0
2.7.9
100
PROFIBUS_OUTVAL_DELAY_TIME
Setpoint delay time (Profibus To)
Display filters: A01, A02, EXP
Profibus adpt.
0.003
37610
-
0
PROFIBUS_ACTVAL_LEAD_TIME
Input Time (Profibus Ti)
Display filters: A01, A02, EXP
Profibus adpt.
0.000125
37602
s
Attributes: CTEQ
22
EG_ACC_TOL
Threshold value for " Axis accelerating "
Display filters: A05, A10
el. gear
25.0
37600
s
0
M3
SW5
EG_VEL_WARNING
Threshold for " Velocity warning threshold " , " Acceleration warning threshold "
Display filters: A05, A10
el. gear
90.0
37560
%
09.01
0
1040
K3
SW1
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
K3
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.8
Setting data
2.8.1
General setting data
41010
-
JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE
Size of the variable increment for JOG
Display filters: always
41050
-
0
1
0.0
0.0
0,
0,
0
0.0
plus
0.0
0.0
1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0,
1.0, 1.0, ...
plus
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
H1
SW2
plus
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
H1
SW1
0.0
0
-
41500
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 7
mm/inch, Switching points with falling edge of cams 1-8
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
H1
SW1
plus
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
K3
SW2
1
CEC_TABLE_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... double max. No. axes in sys. - 1
Default factor selection for compensation tables
Display filters: Fct.: CEC
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
H1
SW1
CEC_TABLE_ENABLE [n]: 0 ... double max. No. axes in sys. - 1
Default selection for compensation table
Display filters: Fct.: CEC
41310
Factor
0
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
H1
SW1
JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO
Speed for spindle JOG mode
Display filters: always
41300
-
1
JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
Axis velocity for rotary axes in JOG mode
Display filters: always
41200
rev/min
0
JOG_REV_SET_VELO
Revolutional feedrate of axes in JOG mode
Display filters: always
41130
rev/min
1
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
H1
SW1
JOG_SET_VELO
Axis velocity in JOG
Display filters: always
41120
mm/rev
-
JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE
JOG mode: (1) revolutional feedrate / (0) feedrate
Display filters: always
41110
mm/min
-
JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
JOG continuous: (1) jog mode/ (0) continuous operation
Display filters: always
41100
-
0.
H1
SW1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
K3
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
2-279
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
41501
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 7
mm/inch, Switching points with rising edge of cams 1-8
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
41502
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 7
mm/inch, Switching points with falling edge of cams 9-16
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
41503
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 7
mm/inch, Switching points with rising edge of cams 9-16
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
41504
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_3 [n]: 0 ... 7
mm/inch, Switching points of falling cams 17-24
degrees
Display filters: 840D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
cams
0.0, 0.0, ...
810D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
41505
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_3 [n]: 0 ... 7
mm/inch, Switching points of rising cams 17-24
degrees
Display filters: 840D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
cams
0.0, 0.0, ...
810D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
41506
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_4 [n]: 0 ... 7
mm/inch, Switching points of falling cams 25-32
degrees
Display filters: 840D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
cams
0.0, 0.0, ...
810D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
41507
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_4 [n]: 0 ... 7
mm/inch, Switching points of rising cams 25-32
degrees
Display filters: 840D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
cams
0.0, 0.0, ...
810D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
2-280
09.01
N3
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW4.1
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW4.1
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW4.1
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW4.1
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
41520
s
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 7
Lead times for the " - " switching points of cams 1-8
Positive value: lead time negative value: delay time
Display filters: Fct.: SW cams
41521
s
-
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
-
NCU 571, SW
cams
810D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
-
NCU 571, SW
cams
810D, SW cams
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW4.1
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
DOUBLE
7/7
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_3 [n]: 0 ... 7
SD lead times for the " plus " switching points of cams 17 - 24
Display filters: 840D, SW cams
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW2
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_3 [n]: 0 ... 7
SD lead times for the " minus " switching points of cams 17 - 24.
Display filters: 840D, SW cams
41525
s
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N3
SW2
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 7
Lead times for the " + " switching points of cams 9-16
Display filters: Fct.: SW cams
41524
s
-
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 7
Lead times for the " - " switching points of cams 9-16
Display filters: Fct.: SW cams
41523
s
-
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 7
Lead times for the " + " switching points of cams 1-8
Display filters: Fct.: SW cams
41522
s
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
N3
SW2
N3
SW4.1
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
DOUBLE
7/7
2-281
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
41526
s
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_4 [n]: 0 ... 7
SD lead times for the " minus " switching points of cams 25 - 32
Display filters: 840D, SW cams
NCU 571, SW
cams
810D, SW cams
41527
s
NCU 571, SW
cams
810D, SW cams
42000
degrees
-
-
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
DOUBLE
7/7
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
N3
SW4.1
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
DOUBLE
7/7
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, ...
A4
SW2
-
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
A4
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
B3
SW5
0
Attributes: CTDE
32
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
Channel-specific setting data
THREAD_START_ANGLE
Starting angle for thread
Display filters: always
2-282
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
AXCT_SWWIDTH [n]: 0 ... 15
Default rotation of axis container
Display filters: Fct.: Axis
container
2.8.2
-
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2 [n]: 0 ... 7
Threshold value of the 2nd comparator
Display filters: High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
41700
-
-
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1 [n]: 0 ... 7
Threshold value of the 1st comparator
Display filters: High-speed
dig./anal. I/O
41601
mV
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0,
0.0, 0.0, ...
N3
SW4.1
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_4 [n]: 0 ... 7
SD lead times for the " plus " switching points of cams 25 - 32
Display filters: 840D, SW cams
41600
mV
09.01
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
K1
SW1
0.0
plus
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
42010
mm
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
THREAD_RAMP_DISP [n]: 0 ... 1
Acceleration behavior of axis when thread cutting
Display filters: always
42100
mm/min
12
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
1, 1, ...
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
{ 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
...
0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.,
0., ...
{.0
0.0
plus
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
SW6.1
-
0.0
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
FBFA
6.3
plus
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
FBFA
6.3
0.0
-100000000
1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0, ...
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
FBFA
SW5.2
plus
100000000
PUNCH_DWELLTIME
Dwell time for punching and nibbling
Display filters: Fct.: Nibbling
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
7/7
V1, FBFA
SW5.2
COUPLE_RATIO_1 [n]: 0 ... 1
Speed ratio for synchronous spindle mode, numerator(0), denominator(1)
Display filters: Fct.: Coupled axes
42400
s
0
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST
Double turret tool distance
Display filters: Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
42300
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
V1
6.3
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9 [n]: 0 ... 9
Fixed feedrates F1 - F9
Display filters: Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
42162
-
plus
DEFAULT_ROT_FACTOR_R
Default rotation factor for address R
Display filters: Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
42160
-
0.0
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
Default scaling factor for address P
Display filters: Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
42150
-
5000.0, 5000.0, 5000.0,
5000.0, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
V1
SW1
DEFAULT_FEED
Path feed default value
Display filters: always
42140
-
999999.
DRY_RUN_FEED_MODE
Mode for test run velocity
Display filters: always
42110
mm/min
-1.
DRY_RUN_FEED
Dry run feedrate
Display filters: always
42101
-
{-1., -1.}, {-1., -1.}, {-1., 1.}, ...
V1
SW5
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
S3
SW2
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N4
SW3
plus
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
2-283
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
42402
s
NIBPUNCH_PRE_START_TIME
Delay time (punch/nibble) with G603
Display filters: Fct.: Nibbling
42404
s
1
0
1
0
0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1,
0.1, ...
1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1.,
1., ...
0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05,
0.05, 0.05, ...
0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05,
0.05, 0.05, ...
Fct.: NCU570
polynomial
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
W1
SW4.3
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
BA
SW4.3
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
B1, K6
SW3.2
0.000001
999999.
0.000001
0.000001
0.000001
36.0, 36.0, 36.0, 36.0,
0.0
36.0, 36.0, ...
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
B1, K6
SW3.2
999999.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
B1
SW6.1
999999.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
B1
SW6.1
90.
CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE
Critical angle of spline and polynomial interpolation and compressor
Display filters: Fct.: Polynomial
2-284
1
SMOOTH_ORI_TOL
Max.angle tolerance tool orient.on smooth.
Display filters: Fct.: Polynomial
42470
degrees
0
SMOOTH_CONTUR_TOL
Maximal contour tolerance on smoothing
Display filters: Fct.: Polynomial
42466
degrees
1
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
K2
SW4.3
MINFEED
Minimum path feedrate for CPRECON
Display filters: always
42465
mm
plus
CONTPREC
Contour accuracy
Display filters: always
42460
mm/min
0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
N4
SW5.2
TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG
Set down mode after search run with calculation
Display filters: always
42450
mm
plus
TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
Traversing from zero offset with incr. Programming
Display filters: always
42444
-
.02, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
0.0, ...
FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
Traversing from zero offset with incr. Programming
Display filters: always
42442
-
N4
SW4.1
MINTIME_BETWEEN_STROKES
Minimum time between 2 strokes in seconds
Display filters: Fct.: Nibbling
42440
-
09.01
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
W1, PGA
SW4.1
89.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
DOUBLE
0/0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
42475
mm
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
COMPRESS_CONTUR_TOL
Maximal contour deviation with compressor
Display filters: Fct.: Polynomial
42476
degrees
90.
1
0
1
0
0
2222, 2222, 2222, 2222,
2222, 2222, ...
-
10000., 10000., 10000.,
10000., ...
0
100000., 100000.,
100000., 100000., ...
1
-
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
W1
SW4.1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
W1
SW5.2
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
B2
SW3.2
1.0e-3
***
0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
B2
SW3.2
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
B2
SW3.2
1.e-9
***
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
Evaluate SD SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
Display filters: always
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
W1
SW4.3
SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
Max. path-related jerk as SD
Display filters: always
42512
-
0.000001
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
Evaluate SD SC_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
Display filters: always
42510
m/s³
0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05,
0.05, 0.05, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
F2, PGA
6.3
SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
Max. path acceleration
Display filters: always
42502
-
90.
CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL
Approach and retraction behavior for the tool radius compensation
Display filters: always
42500
m/s²
0.000001
CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE
Retraction behavior of TRC with prep. stop
Display filters: always
42494
-
0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05,
0.05, 0.05, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
F2, PGA
6.3
STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
Alarm response with tool radius compensation and preprocessing stop
Display filters: always
42490
-
999999.
COMPRESS_ORI_ROT_TOL
Max. deviation of tool rotation compressor
Display filters: Fct.: Orient.
transform.,
Polynom
42480
-
0.000001
COMPRESS_ORI_TOL
Max. deviation of tool orientation compressor
Display filters: Fct.: Orient.
transform.,
Polynom
42477
degrees
0.05, 0.05, 0.05, 0.05,
0.05, 0.05, ...
F2, PGA
6.3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
B2
SW3.2
0
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
2-285
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
42600
-
JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
Control revolutional feedrate in JOG
Display filters: always
42650
-
{ 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, ...
0
0
0
0
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
IMMEDIATELY
STRING
7/7
S1
SW4.3
0
-2
0
0
0
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
7/7
W1
SW5
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
W1
SW5
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
W1
SW5
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
W1
SW5
0
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
W1, W4
6.3
-
-
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
W1
SW5
-
TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
Assignment of tool length components independent of tool type
Display filters: always
2-286
-
TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
Change of tool length components with change of active plane
Display filters: always
42950
-
-
WEAR_TRANSFORM
Transformations for tool components
Display filters: always
42940
-
, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ...
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
A2
SW4.2
WEAR_SIGN
Sign of wear
Display filters: always
42935
-
0x0404
WEAR_SIGN_CUTPOS
Sign of tool wear depending on tool point direction
Display filters: always
42930
-
0
MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR
Sign change of tool wear with mirror image machining
Display filters: always
42920
-
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0x0, 0x0, ...
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
H1
6.3
MIRROR_TOOL_LENGTH
Sign change of tool length with mirror image machining
Display filters: always
42910
-
10
SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB [n]: 0 ... 5
Spindle number converter.
Display filters: Fct.: Ch.-specific
spindle No.
42900
-
-2
EXT_PROG_PATH
Program path for external subroutine call EXTCALL
Display filters: Fct.: Execute from
HD
42800
-
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, ...
V1
SW3.2
CART_JOG_MODE
Coordinate system for Cartesian jog traverse
Display filters: Fct.: 5-axis
transformation
42700
-
09.01
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
W1
SW5.2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
42960
TOOL_TEMP_COMP [n]: 0 ... 2
mm,
Temperature compensation for tool
degrees
Display filters: always
{0.0, 0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0,
0.0}, ...
W1
SW6.1
-
42980
TOFRAME_MODE
Frame definition with TOFRAME, TOROT and PAROT
Display filters: always
1000, 1000, 1000, 1000,
1000, 1000, ...
42990
MAX_BLOCKS_IN_IPOBUFFER
Maximum no. of blocks in IPO buffer
Display filters: always
-1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, ...
2.8.3
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
K2
SW5.3
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
-
K1
6.3
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
Attributes: CTEQ
2
M3
SW4.1
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
-
M3
SW4.1
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
100000000.0
DOUBLE
-
M3
SW4.1
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
10000000.0
DOUBLE
Axis-specific setting data
43100
LEAD_TYPE
Defines what is used as master value
Display filters: Fct.: Master value 1
0
coupling
43102
LEAD_OFFSET_IN_POS
Offset of master value if coupled to this axis
Display filters: Fct.: Master value 0.0
coupling
Fct.: Master value -100000000.0
coupling, FM3557
43104
LEAD_SCALE_IN_POS
Scaling of master value if coupled to this axis
Display filters: Fct.: Master value 1.0
coupling
Fct.: Master value -10000000.0
coupling, FM3557
43106
LEAD_OFFSET_OUT_POS
mm,
Offset of the functional value of the curve table
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: Master value 0.0
coupling
Fct.: Master value -100000000.0
coupling, FM3557
43108
LEAD_SCALE_OUT_POS
Scaling of functional value of the curve table
Display filters: Fct.: Master value 1.0
coupling
Fct.: Master value -10000000.0
coupling, FM3557
43120
-
-
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
-
2/7
M3
SW4.1
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
100000000.0
DOUBLE
-
M3
SW4.1
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
10000000.0
DOUBLE
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS
Axial default scaling factor with G51 active
Display filters: Non-Siemens NC
progr. lang.
2/7
2/7
2/7
FBFA
SW5.2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
2-287
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
43200
rev/min
SPIND_S
Speed for spindle start by VDI
Display filters: always
43202
m/min
0.0
0,
1000
100
43340
-
0.0
0
0.0
2-288
plus
0.0
plus
-10000000.0
0
-2
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
S1
SW5.3
10000000.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
S1
SW5.3
5
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
V1, P2, S1
SW3.2
Attributes: CTEQ
10
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
FBFA
6.3
-
-
0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
S5, FBSY
SW4.1
Attributes: CTEQ
plus
WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
Working area limitation active in positive direction
0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
S1
SW1
43350
AA_OFF_LIMIT
mm,
Upper limit of offset value $AA_OFF with clearance control
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: Synchr.
100000000.0
0.0
actions, basic f.
Display filters: always
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
S1
SW1
EXTERN_REF_POSITION_G30_1
Reference point position for G30.1
Display filters: -, A12
Non-Siemens NC
0.0
progr. lang.
43400
-
plus
ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
Revolutional feedrate for positioning axes/spindles
Display filters: always
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
S1
SW1
M19_SPOSMODE
Spindle position approach mode for spindle positioning with M19.
Display filters: -, A12
always
0
43300
-
plus
M19_SPOS
Spindle position for spindle positioning with M19.
Display filters: -, A12
always
0.0
43250
-
0.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
S1
SW6.1
SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS
Spindle speed limitation with G96
Display filters: always
43240
degrees
plus
SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
Progr. spindle speed limitation G26
Display filters: always
43230
rev/min
0.0
SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25
Progr. spindle speed limitation G25
Display filters: always
43220
rev/min
0.0
S1
SW6.1
SPIND_CONSTCUT_S
Const cut speed for spindle start by VDI
Display filters: always
43210
rev/min
09.01
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
A3
SW1
Attributes: CTEQ
1
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
43410
-
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
Working area limitation active in the negative direction
Display filters: always
0
43420
WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
mm,
Working area limitation plus
degrees
Display filters: always
100000000
43430
WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
mm,
Working area limitation minus
degrees
Display filters: always
-100000000
43500
-
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
A3
SW1
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
A3
SW1
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
F1
SW2
0
0
1
IMMEDIATELY
BYTE
7/7
-
-
-
BYTE
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE
Fixed stop clamping torque
Display filters: Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
2/2
F1
SW2
5.0
0.0
800.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
-
DOUBLE
43520
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW
mm,
Fixed stop monitoring window
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: Travel to
1.0
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
43600
%
Attributes: CTEQ
1
FIXED_STOP_SWITCH
Selection of travel to fixed stop
Display filters: Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
Fct.: Travel to
fixed stop
43510
%
0
A3
SW1
F1
SW2
0.0
plus
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
-
DOUBLE
IPOBRAKE_BLOCK_EXCHANGE
Block change criterion 'braking ramp'
Display filters: A06, A10
always
0.0
43700
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1
mm,
Oscillation reversal point 1
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
0.0
axes, Oscill.
43710
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2
mm,
Oscillation reversal point 2
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
0.0
axes, Oscill.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2/2
0/0
K1
SW6.1
0
100.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
P5
SW2
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
P5
SW2
-
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
2-289
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
43720
s
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME1
Hold time at oscillation reversal point 1
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
axes, Oscill.
43730
s
0.0
-
0.0
43740
OSCILL_VELO
mm/min, Feedrate of reciprocating axis
rev/min
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
0.0
axes, Oscill.
-
0
0.0
0
0
plus
0.0
plus
0.0
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
P5
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
P5
SW2
-
IMMEDIATELY
DWORD
7/7
P5
SW2
0
1
-
IMMEDIATELY
BOOLEAN 7/7
K3
SW1
-
TEMP_COMP_SLOPE
Lead angle for position-dependent temperature compensation
Display filters: always
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
P5
SW2
43900
TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE
mm,
Position-independent temperature compensation value
degrees
Display filters: always
0.0
-
2-290
-
OSCILL_IS_ACTIVE
Switch on oscillation movement
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
axes, Oscill.
43910
-
P5
SW2
OSCILL_CTRL_MASK
Oscillation sequence control screenform
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
axes, Oscill.
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
P5
SW2
43760
OSCILL_END_POS
mm,
End position of the reciprocating axis
degrees
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
0.0
axes, Oscill.
43780
-
-
OSCILL_NUM_SPARK_CYCLES
Number of sparking out strokes
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
axes, Oscill.
43770
-
P5
SW2
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2
Hold time at oscillation reversal point 2
Display filters: Fct.: Positioning
axes, Oscill.
43750
-
09.01
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
K3
SW1
-
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
43920
TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION
mm,
Reference position for position-dependent temperature compensation
degrees
Display filters: always
0.0
-
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
K3
SW1
IMMEDIATELY
DOUBLE
7/7
2-291
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
2.9
Application-specific machine data
2.9.1
Application-specific default values for ManualTurn
NC machine data with
exact value
assignment
NCK MDs
NC MD
number
Name
Value
10000
10000
10000
11346
11410
11450
11602
11604
11610
18080
18207
18207
$MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[0]
$MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[1]
$MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[2]
$MN_HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
$MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK
$MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE
$MN_ASUP_START_MASK
$MN_ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
$MN_ASUP_EDITABLE
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
$MN_MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM[0]
$MN_MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM[1]
X1
Z1
C1
0
3
1
7
100
2
H4
4
3
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[0]
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[1]
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[2]
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[0]
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[1]
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[2]
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[3]
$MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[4]
$MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB[0]
$MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB[1]
$MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB[2]
$MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
$MC_START_MODE_MASK
$MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE
$MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[7]
$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[14]
$MC_CHFRND_MODE_MASK
$MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
$MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT
$MC_HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
$MC_ALLOW_GO_IN_G96
$MC_SPF_END_TO_VDI
$MC_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC[7]
$MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
1
0
2
1
2
3
0
0
X
Z
C
X
H4065
H400
0
1
1
1
0
4
1
HBFF
0
3
2
0
Channel MDs
20050
20050
20050
20070
20070
20070
20070
20070
20080
20080
20080
20100
20110
20112
20120
20130
20152
20152
20201
20240
20270
20624
20750
20800
22510
22550
2-292
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Axis MDs
30300
30310
30320
32084
32084
35000
$MA_IS_ROT_AX[AX3]
$MA_ROT_IS_MODULO[AX3]
$MA_DISPLAY_IS_MODULO[AX3]
$MA_HANDWH_STOP_COND[AX1]
$MA_HANDWH_STOP_COND[AX2]
$MA_SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX[AX3]
1
1
1
HFF
HFF
1
$SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
$SC_TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
$SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
0
0
0
Name
Value
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
$MN_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL
$MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
$MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
$MN_MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES
$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
$MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
$MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
$MN_MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM
3
2
H1
100
100
7
10
50
5
20
120
700
2
750
300
300
$MC_IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
$MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
$MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
$MC_MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
$MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
$MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
$MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAME
H70
H70
150
10
300
50
3
Setting data
42440
42442
42480
NC machine data with
minimum value
assignment
NCK MDs
NC MD
number
10350
10360
10702
18082
18100
18118
18120
18130
18150
18160
18170
18180
18206
18230
18280
18320
Channel MDs
20116
20117
28000
28010
28020
28040
28081
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-293
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
NC machine data with
variable value
assignment
09.01
NCK MDs
NC MD
number
11220
12202
12202
12202
12202
12204
12204
12204
12204
12205
12205
12205
12205
Name
Value
$MN_INI_FILE_MODE
$MN_PERMANENT_FEED[0]
$MN_PERMANENT_FEED[1]
$MN_PERMANENT_FEED[2]
$MN_PERMANENT_FEED[3]
$MN_PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED[0]
$MN_PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED[1]
$MN_PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED[2]
$MN_PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED[3]
$MN_PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED[0]
$MN_PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED[1]
$MN_PERMANENT_ SPINDLE_FEED[2]
$MN_PERMANENT_ SPINDLE_FEED[3]
2
2000
3000
4000
5000
20
30
40
50
100
200
300
400
$MC_REFP_NC_START_LOCK
0
$MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET[AX3]
1
Channel MD
20700
Axis MD
35040
2-294
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
2.9.2
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Application-specific default values for ShopMill
ShopMill MD block
Machine data block cmm.8x0 is available for ShopMill. This machine data block
is included in the ShopMill tool box and comprises the following:
•
NC machine data with exact value assignment
•
NC machine data with minimum value assignment
•
NC machine data with variable value assignment
•
Setting data
NC MDs with exact
value assignment (G)
NC machine data with exact value assignment are machine data which must
not be changed.
NC MDs with minimum
value assignment (M)
NC machine data with minimum value assignment are machine data the
default value of which can be set to a higher value.
NC MDs with variable
value assignment (V)
NC machine data with variable value assignment are machine data the default
of which can be set to a higher or lower value.
Table 2-1
NC MD
number
Name
Value
Can be
changed
10350
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
3
M
10360
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
3
M
10702
$MN_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK
H10
G
11220
$MN_INI_FILE_MODE
2
V
11410
$MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK
H7
G
11450
$MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE
5
G
11602
$MN_ASUP_START_MASK
H3
G
11604
$MN_ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
H64
G
18080
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
HB
M
18082
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL
40
V
18084
$MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE
3
M
18086
$MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION
35
V
18100
$MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
80
V
18118
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
7
M
18120
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
20
M
18130
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
170
M
18150
$MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
35
M
18160
$MN_MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
30
M
18170
$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES
140
M
18180
$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM
1000
M
18230
$MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
915
M
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-295
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
NC MD
number
18280
$MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
400
M
18320
$MN_MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM
400
M
20110
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
H4041
G
20112
$MC_START_MODE_MASK
H400
G
20116
$MC_IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
H10
M
20117
$MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
H10
M
20120
$MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE
0
G
20128
$MC_COLLECT_TOOL_CHANGE
0
G
20130
$MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
1
G
20150
$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[15]
3
G
20152
$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[5]
1
G
20152
$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[7]
1
G
20152
$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[41]
2
G
20184
$MC_TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER
0
G
20202
$MC_WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
10
M
20240
$MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
4
G
20250
$MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
5
G
20310
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
H400B
M
20320
$MC_TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
1
G
20700
$MC_REFP_NC_START_LOCK
0
V
20800
$MC_SPF_END_TO_VDI
3
G
21100
$MC_ORIENTATION_IS_EULER
0
G
21110
$MC_X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE
0
G
22550
$MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
1
G
22560
$MC_TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
206
V
24002
$MC_CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK
HFFFE
G
27860
$MC_PROCESSTIMER_MODE
H02
G
28000
$MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
75
M
28010
$MC_MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
10
M
28020
$MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
600
M
28081
$MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
2
G
35040
2-296
Name
Value
Can be
changed
$MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
Note:
This MD is not included in machine data block
cmm.8x0 since it depends on an axis.
1
G
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Table 2-2
Setting
data
number
Name
Value
Can be
changed
$SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
0
G
42442
$SC_TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
0
G
42480
$SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
0
G
42980
$SC_TOFRAME_MODE
3
G
42440
2.9.3
Settings for ShopMill tool management
Memory settings
18080
HEX
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Activate memories for tool management
Display filters: N01, N09
always
0x0
0
18082
MM_NUM_TOOL
Number of tools which can be managed by the NCK (SRAM)
FBW
SW2
0xFFFF
POWER ON
DWORD
1/4
FBW, S7
SW2
Display filters: N01, N09
always
30
0
600
18084
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE
Number of magazines which can be managed by the NCK (SRAM)
POWER ON
DWORD
2/4
FBW
SW2
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: Tool
3
0
32
management
18086
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION
Number of magazine locations which can be managed by the NCK (SRAM)
POWER ON
DWORD
2/4
Display filters: N01, N09
Fct.: Tool
10
0
management
18100
MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
Number of tool cutting edges per TOA module (SRAM)
Display filters: N01, N09
always
30
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
0
600
FBW
SW2
POWER ON
DWORD
2/4
S7
SW1
600
POWER ON
DWORD
2/4
2-297
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
Channel data settings
20310
HEX
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Activate different tool management versions
Display filters: C09
always
20320
HEX
0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0,
0
0x0, 0x0, ...
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
Activate tool time monitoring for the tool in spindle 1...5
Display filters: C06, C09
Fct.: Tool
1/2
management
22550
TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
New tool offset for M function
Display filters: C01, C04, C09, C11
always
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0,
0, 0, ...
22560
TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
M function for tool change
Display filters: C01, C04, C09
always
6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6,6, 6,
6, 6, ...
22562
TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE
Error on programmed tool change
Display filters: C09
always
2-298
0
1
FBW
SW2
0xFFFFF
POWER ON
DWORD
2/4
FBW
SW2
4
POWER ON
DWORD
2/4
W1
SW1
0
1
POWER ON
BYTE
2/4
W1
SW1
0
99999999
POWER ON
DWORD
2/4
W1
SW 5.1
0
3
POWER ON
DWORD
2/4
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
2.9.4
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
MDs for the sequence of measuring cycles with ShopMill
Machine data for
the adaptation of the
probe
13200
MD number
Default setting: 0
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE [0]
Switching behavior of the probe at measuring input 1
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 1
Change effective after POWER ON
Protection level: 2/7
Unit: Data type: BOOLEAN
Valid as from software version: SW2
Meaning:
Value 0: (default setting)
Non-deflected state
0V
Deflected state
24 V
Value 1: Non-deflected state
24 V
Deflected state
0V
13200
MD number
Default setting: 0
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE [1]
Switching behavior of the probe at measuring input 2
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 1
Change effective after POWER ON
Protection level: 2/7
Unit: Data type: BOOLEAN
Valid as from software version: SW2
Meaning:
Value 0: (default setting)
Non-deflected state
0V
Deflected state
24 V
Value 1: Non-deflected state
24 V
Deflected state
0V
2.9.5
Application-specific standard values for ShopTurn
Machine data set st.8x0 is available for ShopTurn. This machine data set is
included in the tool box and comprises the following:
Machine data set
ShopTurn
• NC machine data with exact value assignment
•
NC machine data with one minimum value assignment
•
NC machine data with variable value assignment
•
Setting data
Exact value
assignment (G)
NC machine data with exact value assignment are machine data which may
not be changed.
Minimum value
assignment (M)
NC machine data with minimum value assignment are machine data in which
the standard value may be set to a higher value.
Variable value
assignment (V)
NC machine data with variable value assignment are machine data in which
the standard value may be set to a higher or lower value.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-299
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
Tabelle 2-3
NC MD
number
10350
10360
10602
10702
11220
11410
11450
11602
11604
18080
18082
18084
18086
18100
18118
18120
18130
18150
18160
18170
18180
18230
18280
18320
20108
20110
20112
20116
20117
20120
20124
20128
20130
20150
20150
20152
20152
20152
20202
20240
20250
20310
20320
24002
27860
28000
28010
28020
28040
28081
35040
2-300
NC MD for ShopTurn
Name
Value
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
$MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
$MN_FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
$MN_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK
$MN_INI_FILE_MODE
$MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK
$MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE
$MN_ASUP_START_MASK
$MN_ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL
$MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE
$MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION
$MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
$MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
$MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
$MN_MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES
$MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM
$MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
$MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
$MN_MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM
$MC_PROG_EVENT
$MC_RESET_MODE_MASK
$MC_START_MODE_MASK
$MC_IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
$MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
$MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOLLHOLDER
$MC_COLLECT_TOOL_CHANGE
$MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[5]
$MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[15]
$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[5]
$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[7]
$MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[14]
$MC_WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
$MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
$MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
$MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
$MC_TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
$MC_CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK
$MC_PROCESSTIMER_MODE
$MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
$MC_MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
$MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
$MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
$MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
$MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
Note:
This MD is not included in machine data set
st.8x0 since it depends on the axis.
3
3
4
H10
2
H7
H3
H3
H64
HB
24
3
15
48
7
20
200
100
30
140
1300
1070
400
400
H0F
H4041
H400
H10
H10
0
1
0
1
2
3
0
1
1
10
4
5
H1400B
1
HFFFF
H02
75
10
600
50
1
1
To be
modified
M
M
G
G
V
G
G
G
G
M
V
M
V
V
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
M
G
G
G
M
M
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
M
G
G
M
G
G
G
M
M
M
M
G
G
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Tabelle 2-4
Setting data
number
42440
42442
42444
42480
42940
42950
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Setting data for ShopTurn
Name
$SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
$SC_TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
$SC_TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG
$SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
$SC_TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
$SC_TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
Value
0
0
0
0
18
2
To be
modified
G
G
G
G
G
G
2-301
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.9.6
09.01
Settings of the ShopTurn tool management
18080
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD number
Activation of the memory for tool management
Default setting: HB
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 0xFFFF
Change effective after: POWER ON
Protection level: 1/4
Data type: DWORD
Valid as from software version: 4.3
Meaning:
Unit: HEX
Activation of the tool management memory with “0“ means:
The tool management data set do not occupy any memory space.
Bit 0=1: Memory for tool management-specific data is offered
Bit 1=1: Memory for monitoring data is offered
Bit 2=1: Memory for user data (CC data) is offered
Bit 3=1: Memory for Consider adjacent location is offered
Bit 4=1: D-RAM for " Complex search for tools in magazines“ is offered.
Bit 5=1: Wear monitoring active (as from SW5, 840D)
Bit 6=1: Wear group available (as from SW5, 840D)
This detailed kind of memory reservation allows a low-cost memory utilization
considering the functionality used.
Example:
Standard memory reservation for tool management:
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK = 3 (Bit 0 + 1=1)
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK = 1 means tool management without tool
monitoring function data
18082
MM_NUM_TOOL
MD number
No. of tools that can be managed by NCK
Default setting: 32
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 600
Change effective after: POWER ON
Protection level: 2/4
Data type: DWORD
Valid as from software version: 2.
Unit: --
Meaning:
No. of tools that can be managed by NCK.
Buffered memory is reserved for the no. of tools.
Additional literature:
Description of Functions: Memory Configuration (S7), Tool Compensation (W1)
18084
MM_NUM_TOOL_MAGAZINE
MD number
No. of magazines that can be managed by NCK
Default setting: 3
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 32
Change effective after: POWER ON
Protection level: 2/4
Data type: DWORD
Valid as from software version: 2.
Meaning:
Unit: --
No. of magazines that can be managed by NCK (active and background magazines).
With this machine data, buffered memory is reserved for the magazines.
Important: In the tool management, one load and buffer magazine is set up for each
TOA unit. These magazines are to be taken into account here.
Value = 0: Tool management cannot become active since no data can be stored.
Additional literature:
2-302
Description of Functions: Memory Configuration (S7)
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
18086
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOC
MD number
No. of magazine locations that can be managed by NCK
Default setting: 19
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 600
Change effective after: POWER ON
Protection level: 2/4
Data type: DWORD
Valid as from software version: 2.
Meaning:
Unit: --
The buffered memory for the magazine locations is reserved with this machine data.
The no. of buffers and load locations must be taken into account here, too.
Important: The locations in the buffer memory and a load magazine are to be taken
into account here.
Value = 0: Tool management cannot become active since no data can be stored.
Additional literature:
Description of Functions: Memory Configuration (S7)
18100
MD number
MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
No. of tool cutting edges per TOA component
Default setting: 64
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 600
Change effective after: POWER ON
Protection level: 2/4
Unit: --
Data type: DWORD
Valid as from software version: 2.
Meaning:
No. of cutting edges possible in the TOA area. The TOA area is the sum of all TOA
components (with active tool management, also the magazine components) in NCK.
Additional literature:
Description of Functions: Memory Configuration (S7)
20124
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER
MD number
Toolholder number
Default setting: 0,0,0,...
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 16
Change effective after: POWER ON
Protection level: 2/7
Unit: Data type: DWORD
Valid as from software version: 3.2.
This MD is only relevant with tool management active and determines whether the
Bedeutung:
toolholder no. or spindle no. is stated in order to define the installation site of a tool to be
loaded. The TM must know on which toolholder a tool has to be loaded.
If the MD contains a value higher than 0, the spindle numbers $TC_MPP5 are considered
as toolholder number.
The automatic address extension of T and M=6 is then the value of this machine data
and no longer the value of MD 20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND.
If a machine has several toolholders, but no defined master spindle then the MD serves
as a default value for determining the toolholder on which the tool is to be loaded upon
the change. The toolholder with the number n can be declared the master toolholder with
the language command SETMTH(n). Tools which are loaded into a buffer memory
location of the spindle type and contain the value $TC_MPP5=n, correct the tool path.
Tool with a value unequal to n do not influence the correction.
The toolholder defined in the MD is again declared the master toolholder with SETMTH.
When defining the magazine locations of an internal magazine, locations of the spindle
type - $TC_MPP1=2 = spindle location - can be given a 'location kind index'
($TC_MPP5). This assigns the location to a concrete toolholder.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-303
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Related to...
09.01
MD 20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND
MD 20110: RESET_MODE_MASK
MD 20112: START_MODE_MASK
MD 20122: TOOL_RESET_NAME
MD 20130: CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
Additional literature:
20310
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD number
Channel-specific activation of tool management
Default setting: 1400B
Minimum input limit: 0
Maximum input limit: 0xFFFFF
Änderung gültig nach POWER ON
Protection level: 2/4
Unit: HEX
Data type: DWORD
Valid as from software version: 2
MD = 0 : TM inactive
Bedeutung:
Bit 0=1: TM active.
The tool management functions are enabled for the current channel.
Bit 1=1: TM monitoring function active.
The functions for monitoring the tools (service life and quantity)
are enabled.
Bit 2=1: OEM functions active.
The memory for the user data can be used. (see also MD 18090 to 18098).
Bit 3=1: Consider adjacent location active.
Bit 0 to bit 3 must be set as in machine data
18080 MM_TOOL-MANAGEMENT-MASK.
Bit 4=1: The PLC again has the option to request a tool change
preparation with changed parameters.
Part program stops with T selection or M06 until it is acknowledged by the PLC
program.
Bit 5=1:
The main run of the main spindle can be stopped within an OB1 cycle after
output of a tool command (e.g. through read-in disable).
Bit 5=0: The main run of the main spindle is continued after command output to the
PLC.
Bit 6=1: The main run of the secondary spindle can be stopped within an OB1 cycle
after output of a tool command (e.g. through read-in disable).
Bit 6=0: The main run of the main spindle is continued after command output to the
PLC.
Bit 7=1: The main run of the main spindle is stopped until acknowledgement via FC7,
FC8 with Status 1....
Bit 7=0: The main run of the main spindle is continued after command output to the
PLC.
Bit 8=1: The main run of the secondary spindle is stopped until acknowledgement via
FC7, FC8 with Status 1.
Bit 8=0: The main run of the secondary spindle is continued after command output to
the PLC.
Bit 9:
Reserves Bit 10=1: M06 is delayed until the change preparation via
FC8 (Status 1...) has been realized by the PLC.
The change signal (e.g. M06) is not output until the tool selection
(DBX [ n+0 ].2) is acknowledged. The part program is stopped at M06
until the T selection is acknowledged.
Bit 10=0: The tool change ON command NCK- & gt; PLC is not output until the
PLC preparation acknowledgement is received. This is important for the
PLC command 3 (e.g. programming of M06 in a block not containing T).
Bit 11=1: The preparation command is also output, if it has already been output once
for the same tool.
This is practical if, for example, the chain is to positioned with
the first call from '' Tx '' and it is to be checked with the second
call whether the tool is at the right place for the change (e.g. in
front of the change station).
Bit 11=0: The preparation command can be output only once for each tool.
Bit 12=1: The preparation command is also executed if the tool is
already in the spindle. This means that the T selection signal
(DB72.DBXn.2) is also set if it has already been set once for
the same tool. (Tx...Tx)
Bit 12=0: The preparation command is not executed if the tool is already located in the
spindle.
2-304
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Bedeutung:
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
Bit 13=1: Only for systems which have sufficient memory. Recording of the tool
sequences in a diagnosis buffer. On reset, the commands are retrieved from
the diagnosis buffer and stored in a file in the passive file system
(NCATR xx.MPF under part program).This file is required by the hotline.
The tool sequences are recorded only for systems with sufficient memory
space (NCU572, NCU573) in the diagnosis buffer.
Bit 14=1: Automatic tool change on Reset and Start as per the machine data
MD20120 TOOL_RESET_NAME
MD20110 RESET_MODE_MASK
MD20124 TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER.
If the tool determined under TOOL_RESET_NAME shall be loaded
(set via RESET_MODE_MASK), a selection and change command is sent to
the user interface with RESET or START (DB72).
If it is set via RESET_MODE_MASK that the active tool is to remain active
and if the active tool is disabled in the spindle (by the user), a change
command for a replacement tool is output to the user interface.
If no replacement tool exists, an error message is output.
Bit 14=0: No automatic tool change is performed with RESET and Start.
Bit 15=1: No return transport of the tool if there are multiple preparation
commands. (Tx- & gt; Tx)
This type of function activation enables various combinations.
Example for standard activation of tool management:
MD20310 TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK = 3 (Bit0 + 1 = 1)
Bit16=1: T location no. is active
Bit 15=0: No return transport of the tool.
Bit 16=1: T=location no. is active.
Bit 17=1: Start/Stop of tool life decrementation can be activated via the PLC in the
channel DB 2.1...DBx 1.3.
Bit 18=1: Activation of monitoring
“Last tool of the tool group“.
Bit 18=0: No monitoring to “ Last tool of the tool group“
Bit 19=1: Activation for bits 5...8
Bit 19=0: The functions described under bits 5...8 are not available.
Bit 20=0: If the PLC signal 'program test' is active, then the commands generated are
not output to the PLC. NCK acknowledges the commands itself.
No magazine or tool data is changed. Exception: the tool status of the
tool activated in test mode can assume the status 'active'.
Bit 20=1: If the PLC signal 'program test' is active, then the commands generated
are output to the PLC. Depending upon the type of acknowledgement
by the PLC, tool/magazine data can be changed in the NCK. If the
acknowledgement parameters for the 'target magazine' are
given the values of the 'source magazine', then there is no tool
transport and thus also no data change in the NCK.
Exception: the tool status of the tool activated in test mode
can assume the status 'active'.
Bit 21=0: Ignore the tool status " W " with tool selection
Bit 21=1: Tools in the status " W " cannot be selected by another tool change, tool
preparation command.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
2-305
Lists
2 Machine and Setting Data
09.01
20320
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
MD number
Activation of tool life monitoring for the spindle stated here
Default setting: 1
Minimum input limit: 1
Maximum input limit: 4
Change effective after: POWER ON
Protection level: 2/4
Unit: -Data type: DWORD
Valid as from software version: 2
Meaning:
Value = 1: Monitoring takes place for spindle 1.
Value = 2: Monitoring takes place for spindle 1 and spindle 2.
Additional literature:
Description of Functions: Memory Configuration (S7)
■
2-306
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Variables
3
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
Introduction
...........................................................................................3-310
General information
...................................................................................3-311
Module types
...................................................................................3-312
Variable types
...................................................................................3-314
Data types
...................................................................................3-316
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
3.2.4
3.2.5
System data
...........................................................................................3-318
Area N, Mod. Y: Global system data...............................................................3-318
Area C, Mod. Y: Channel-specific system data ..............................................3-327
Area N, Mod. PA: Global protection zones .....................................................3-332
Area C, Mod. PA: Channel-specific protection zones .....................................3-339
Area N, Mod. YNCFL: NCK instruction groups ...............................................3-346
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
3.3.8
3.3.9
3.3.10
3.3.11
3.3.12
3.3.13
State data of system .......................................................................................3-347
Area N, Mod. S: Global state data ..................................................................3-347
Area N, Mod. SALA: Alarms: List organized according to time,
oldest alarm appears first ...............................................................................3-360
Area N, Mod. SALAP: Alarms: List organized according to priority ................3-362
Area N, Mod. SALAL: Alarms: Liste organized according to time,
most recent alarm appears first ......................................................................3-364
Area N, Mod. SMA: State data: Machine axes................................................3-366
Area N, Mod. SEMA: State data: Machine axes (extension of SMA) ..............3-368
Area N, Mod. SSP: State data: Spindle ..........................................................3-384
Area N, Mod. SSP2: State data: Spindle ........................................................3-387
Area N, Mod. FA: Global NCU active frames..................................................3-390
Area N, Mod. FB: Global NCU base frames ...................................................3-391
Area N, Mod. FU: Global NCU settable frames ..............................................3-393
Area N, Mod. YFAFL: NCK instruction groups (Fanuc) ..................................3-395
Area B, Mod. S: Mode-group-specific state data ............................................3-396
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
3.4.6
3.4.7
3.4.8
3.4.9
3.4.10
3.4.11
3.4.12
3.4.13
State data of channel......................................................................................3-397
Area C, Mod. M: Channel-specific machine data............................................3-397
Area C, Mod. S: Channel-specific status data ................................................3-398
Area C, Mod. SINF: Part-program-specific status data...................................3-420
Area C, Mod. SPARP: Part program information ............................................3-423
Area C, Mod. SPARPP: Program pointer in automatic operation ...................3-426
Area C, Mod. SPARPI: Program pointer on interruption .................................3-428
Area C, Mod. SPARPF: Program pointer for block search .............................3-430
Area C, Mod. SSYNAC: Synchronous actions................................................3-432
Area C, Mod. SYNACT: Channel-specific synchronous actions .....................3-435
Area C, Mod. SNCF: Active G functions .........................................................3-436
Area C, Mod. NIB: State data: Nibbling ..........................................................3-438
Area C, Mod. FB: Base frame.........................................................................3-440
Area C, Mod. FS: System Frame ....................................................................3-441
3.3.3
3.3.4
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-307
Lists
3 Variables
3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
09.01
3.5.5
3.5.6
3.5.7
3.5.8
3.5.9
Axis status data ...........................................................................................3-442
Area C, Mod. SMA: State data: Machine axes................................................3-442
Area C, Mod. SEMA: State data: Machine axes (extension of SMA) ..............3-444
Area C, Mod. SGA: State data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory ...........3-461
Area C, Mod. SEGA: State data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory
(extension of SGA)
...................................................................................3-464
Area C, Mod. SSP: State data: Spindle ..........................................................3-469
Area C, Mod. SSP2: State data: Spindle ........................................................3-472
Area C, Mod. FU: User frames .......................................................................3-475
Area C, Mod. FA: Active user frames .............................................................3-477
Area C, Mod. FE: External frames ..................................................................3-479
3.6
3.6.1
3.6.2
Drive status data ...........................................................................................3-480
Area H, Mod. S: Drive-specific state data (MSD)............................................3-480
Area V, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (FDD)...........................................3-483
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.4
3.7.5
3.7.6
3.7.7
3.7.8
3.7.9
3.7.10
3.7.11
3.7.12
3.7.13
3.7.14
3.7.25
3.7.26
3.7.27
3.7.28
3.7.29
3.7.30
Tool and magazine data .................................................................................3-485
Area T, Mod. TO: Tool edge data: Offset data................................................3-485
Area T, Mod. TD: Tool data: General data......................................................3-488
Area T, Mod. TS: Tool edge data: Monitoring data .........................................3-491
Area T, Mod. TU: Tool data: User-defined data ..............................................3-492
Area T, Mod. TUE: Tool edge data: User-defined data...................................3-493
Area T, Mod. TG: Tool data: Grinding-specific data........................................3-494
Area T, Mod. TMC: Magazine data: Configuration data..................................3-496
Area T, Mod. TMV: Magazine data: Directory .................................................3-498
Area T, Mod. TM: Magazine data: General data .............................................3-499
Area T, Mod. TP: Magazine data: Location data.............................................3-502
Area T, Mod. TPM: Magazine data: Multiple assignment of location data ......3-504
Area T, Mod. TT: Magazine data: Location types ...........................................3-505
Area T, Mod. TV: Tool data: Directory ............................................................3-506
Area T, Mod. TF: Parametrizing, return parameters of _N_TMGETT,
_N_TSEARC
...................................................................................3-508
Area T, Mod. TUM: Tool data: user magazine data ........................................3-512
Area T, Mod. TUP: Tool data: user magatine place data................................3-513
Area T, Mod. TUS: Tool data: user monitoring data .......................................3-514
Area T, Mod. AD: Adapter data.......................................................................3-515
Area T, Mod. AEV: Working offsets: Directory................................................3-516
Area T, Mod. TC: Toolholder parameters .......................................................3-519
Area T, Mod. TOE: Edge-related coarse total offsets, setup offsets...............3-523
Area T, Mod. TOET: Edge-related coarse total offsets,
transformed setup offsets ...............................................................................3-524
Area T, Mod. TOS: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets...........3-525
Area T, Mod. TOST: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets,
transformed
...................................................................................3-528
Area T, Mod. TOT: Edge data: Transformed offset data.................................3-529
Area T, Mod. TAD: Application-specific data ..................................................3-531
Area T, Mod. TAM: Application-specific magazine data .................................3-532
Area T, Mod. TAO: Application-specific cutting edge data .............................3-533
Area T, Mod. TAP: Application-specific magazine location data ....................3-534
Area T, Mod. TAS: Application-specific monitoring data.................................3-535
3.8
3.8.1
3.8.2
3.8.3
3.8.4
3.8.5
Machine and setting data................................................................................3-536
Area N, Mod. M: Global machine data ............................................................3-536
Area A, Mod. M: Axis-specific machine data...................................................3-538
Area N, Mod. SE: Global setting data .............................................................3-539
Area C, Mod. SE: Channel-specific setting data.............................................3-540
Area A, Mod. SE: Axis-specific setting data....................................................3-541
3.7.15
3.7.16
3.7.17
3.7.18
3.7.19
3.7.20
3.7.21
3.7.22
3.7.23
3.7.24
3-308
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
3.9
3.9.1
3.9.2
Parameters
...........................................................................................3-543
Area C, Mod. RP: Arithmetic parameters........................................................3-543
Area C, Mod. VSYN: Channel-specific user variables for
synchronous actions ...................................................................................3-544
3.10
3.10.1
Servo
...........................................................................................3-545
Area N, Mod. SD:
...................................................................................3-545
3.11
3.11.1
3.11.2
3.11.3
3.11.4
Diagnostic data ...........................................................................................3-546
Area N, Mod. DIAGN: Global diagnostic data .................................................3-546
Area C, Mod. DIAGN: Channel-specific diagnosis data..................................3-558
Area N, Mod. ETPD: Data lists for protocolling ...............................................3-560
Area C, Mod. ETP: Types of events................................................................3-561
3.12
3.12.1
MMC status
...........................................................................................3-564
Area M, Mod. S: Internal status data MMC .....................................................3-564
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-309
Lists
3 Variables
3.1
09.01
Introduction
This section describes the NCK variables that an MMC or the PLC can access
via the operator panel interface. (Access is read and for some variables write
also). The access methods of the various components are described in the
following user documentation:
References:
/FBO/, Configuring the OP030 Operator Interface
/PK/, Configuring kit MMC 100/Unit Operator Panel
Description of PLC access method in:
References:
/FB/, P3, " Basic PLC Program "
Description of the OEM-MMC access method in " OEM-MMC Description of
Functions " .
OEM-MMC
OPI
MPI
OP 030
NCK
NCU 57x
NC data
block
PLC
The components shown on the left-hand side of the diagram each have their
own development environment which defines the syntax to be used. A variable
is always addressed according to a defined pattern. All the information required
for addressing the variables irrespective of the programming language chosen
is summed up in the following lists.
3-310
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.1.1
Lists
3 Variables
General information
The NCK variables are stored in data modules that are assigned to the
individual areas of the NCK as the figure below shows:
Mode group 1
Channel n
Channel 2
Channel 1
Axis n
Axis 2
Axis 1
Variable areas of SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC
A distinction is made between the following areas:
•
•
Mode group (B)
•
Channel (C)
•
Tool (T)
•
Axis (A)
•
NCK
NCK (N)
Feed/main drive (V/H)
Contains all the variables such as system data (Y), protection zones (PA), G
groups (YNCFL) etc. that apply to the entire NCK.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-311
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
Mode group
Contains variables such as the status data (S) that apply to the mode group.
Channel
Contains variables such as the system data (Y), protection zones (PA), global
status data (S) etc. that apply to each channel.
Tool
Contains variables such as the tool offset data (TO), general tool data (TD),
tool monitoring data (TS) etc. that apply to the tools on the machine. Each tool
area T is assigned to a channel.
Axis
Contains the setting data and machine data that apply to each axis or spindle.
For a description see Section " Axis-specific machine data " .
Feed / main drive
Contains machine data and machine data as the service values that apply to
each drive. For a description see Section " Drive machine data " .
3.1.2
Module types
The following table provides an overview of the modules for the variables of the
NCK and how they are assigned to the individual areas.
Only the data modules whose variables can be read or written with direct
access are contained in the list. Data modules whose variables can be defined
by the programmer (e.g. global user data) are read by the MMC or PLC using
other mechanisms. The documentation listed below describes the modules to
which these mechanisms are applied:
References:
/FBO/, Configuring the OP030 Operator Interface,
/FB/, P3, " Basic PLC Program " and
" OEM-MMC Description of Functions "
Module
A
ETP
ETPD
DIAGN
FA
FB
FE
FU
M
NIB
PA
RP
3-312
B
Area
H
C
N
T
V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
Module
continued
S
SALA
SALAL
SALAP
SE
SEGA
SEMA
SGA
SINF
SMA
SNCF
SPARP
SPARPF
SPARPI
SPARPP
SSP
SSP2
SSYNAC
SYNACT
TD
TF
TG
TM
TMC
TMV
TO
TP
TPM
TS
TT
TU
TUE
TUM
TUP
TUS
TV
AD
AEV
TC
TOE
TOET
TOS
TOST
TOT
VSYN
Y
YNCFL
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
A
B
C
1
1
Area
H
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
N
T
V
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3-313
Lists
3 Variables
3.1.3
09.01
Variable types
Within each area the variables are generally stored in the form of structures or
in arrays of structures (tables). The following information must therefore be
contained in an address when accessing a variable:
•
Area + area number
•
Module
•
Variable name (or column number)
•
Line number
It is generally possible to distinguish between three different variable types:
1. Variables that consist of 1 line
2. Variables that consist of several lines
3. Variables that consist of several columns and lines
Single-line variables
Each of these variables consists of a single value. The following information is
required when accessing a variable of this type:
1. Area (and possibly area number)
2. Module
3. Variable name
numMachAxes
Number of existing machine axes
Multi-line: no
Word
r
Example for reading the number of machine axes in channel 1:
MMC102:
/Channel/Configuration/numMachAxes[u1]
MMC100/OP030:
P_C_Y_numMachAxes
PLC with NC-Var-Selector:
Area:
C[.]
Module:
Y
Variable:
numMachAxes
Area No. = 1
3-314
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Multi-line variables
Lists
3 Variables
These variables are defined as a one-dimensional field. When accessing a
variable of this type the following information must be specified:
1. Area (and possibly area number)
2. Module
3. Variable name
4. Line number
$AA_VACTB[x]
actFeedRate
Axial feedrate actual value (only if axis is a positioning axis " spec " = 1)
%
Multi-line:yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
S5
Double
r
Example for reading the current velocity of axis 3 in channel 1:
MMC102:
/Channel/MachineAxis/actFeedRate[u1, 3]
MMC100/OP030:
P_C_SEMA_actFeedRate
PLC with NC-Var-Selector:
Area:
C[.]
Module:
SEMA
Variable:
actFeedRate[.]
Area No. = 1
Line = 3
Multi-line and multicolumn variables
These variables are defined as a two-dimensional field. In order to access a
variable of this type, the following information must be specified:
1. Area (and possibly area number)
2. Module
3. Variable name
4. Column number
5. Line number
In this case the entire data module only consists of this two-dimensional
variable.
$TC_DPx[y,z]
cuttEdgeParam
Offset value parameters for a cutting edge
mm, inch or userdef
0
Multi-line:yes
(CuttEdgeNo 1) *
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Double
numCuttEdgeParams * numCuttEdges
wr
3-315
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
Example for reading the current cutting edge data of cutting edge 3/parameter
1 of tool 3 in T area 1: (in this example it is assumed that each tool cutting
edge has been defined with (numCuttEdgeParams =) 25 parameters).
MMC102:
/Tool/Compensation/cuttEdgeParam[u1,c3, 51]
MMC100/OP030:
P_T_TO_cuttEdgeParam
PLC with NC-Var-Selector:
Area:
T[.]
Module:
TO
Variable:
cuttEdgeParam[.]
Area No. = 1
Column = 3
Line = 51
3.1.4
Data types
The following data types are used in this description:
Data type
Bool
Character
Byte
Word
Short Integer
Doubleword
Long Integer
Float
Double
String
Description
1 bit
8 bits without sign
8 bits with sign
16 bits without sign
16 bits with sign
32 bits without sign
32 bits with sign
32 bits floating point
64 bits floating point
String ending in zero
In the tables below the individual fields have the following meaning:
3-316
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
Reference to assigned MD
Variable name
Variable brief description/
variable description
« Description of value range »
Physical unit
Default value
Lower limit
Multi-line:yes / no
Description of line index
Ref.
Upper limit
Format /
field length
Maximum line index
Ref.
Cross-reference to references
w/r
w/r
w Variable can be overwritten
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Variable can be read
3-317
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
3.2
System data
3.2.1
Area N, Mod. Y: Global system data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/Configuration/...
The machine tool builder or user configures the control with the help of the
machine data. Configuration can only be performed with certain access rights.
The configuration of the NC can be read in the system data regardless of
current access rights.
accessLevel
Level of the access rights currently set.
Can be changed by entering the password or turning the keyswitch.
0 = access level SIEMENS
1 = access level machine tool builder
2 = access level system start-up engineer (machine tool builder)
3 = access level end user with password
4 = access level key switch 3
5 = access level key switch 2
6 = access level key switch 1
7 = access level key switch 0
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
axisType
Axis types for all machine axes (necessary
for start-up): If a machine axis is addressed via the M module, the units and values are returned with reference to the
axis type accessible via this variable. (The absolute machine axis index 1-N_Y_maxnumGlobMachAxes is specified
via the line index)
0 = Linear axis
1 = Rotary axis
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
Absolute machine axis number
maxnumGlobMachAxes
basicLengthUnit
Global basic unit
0 = mm
1 = inch
4 = userdef
Multi-line: no
UWord
MD 10010: ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP[x] x=ChannelNo
chanAssignment
Assignment of each channel to mode group
0 = channel does not exist
n = channel assigned to mode group n (n is maximum numBAGs (BAG = mode group))
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Channel number
maxnumChannels
$MN_EXTERN_LANGUAGE und $MN_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM
externCncSystem
CNC system whose part programs must be processed on the
SINUMERIK control.
0: No external language defined
1: System ISO Dialect0 Milling
2: System ISO Dialect0 Turning
etc.
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
3-318
r
K1
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
extraCuttEdgeParams
Bit string that specifies which TO edge parameters are available
in addition to the 25 standard parameters.
Bit 0: Edge parameter no. 26 valid (ISO Dialect Milling H No.)
Bit 1: Edge parameter no. 27 valid
Bit 2: Edge parameter no. 28 valid
Bit 3: Edge parameter no. 29 valid
Bit 4: Edge parameter no. 30 valid
etc.
Multi-line: yes
1
UWord
r
1
$MN_MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR
kindOfSumcorr
Characteristics of total offsets in NCK:
Bit No. Value
Meaning
0
0
Total offsets are saved at the same time as the tool data.
1
Total offsets are not saved at the same time as the tool data.
1
0
Setup offsets are saved at the same time as the tool data.
1
Setup offsets are not saved at the same time as the tool data.
2
0
If the " Tool management " function is in use: The existing total/setup offsets are not affected when
tool status " active " is set.
1
When tool status " active " is set, the existing total offsets are set to zero. The setup offsets are
not affected.
3
0
If the " Tool management " function plus " Adapter " is in use: Transformation of total offsets
1
No transformation of total offsets
4
0
No setup offset data sets
1
Setup offset data sets are created additionally, in which case the total offset equals the product
of total offset + " fine total offset " .
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
1
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
maskToolManagement
Settings for NCK tool management function
Activation of tool management memory with " 0 " means: The set tool management data do not occupy any memory
space.
Bit 0=1: Memory for TM-specific data is made available
Bit 1=1: Memory for monitoring data is made available
Bit 2=1: Memory for user data (CC data) is made available
Bit 3=1: Memory for " Consider adjacent location " is made available
SW 5.1 and later:
Bit 5=0: Parameters and function for tool wear monitoring are not available.
Bit 5=1: Parameters and function for tool wear monitoring are available and, if bit 1 = 1, the wear monitoring
function is also available.
Bit 6=0: The wear group function is not available; i.e. parameters $TC_MAMP3, $TC_MAP9 cannot be
programmed, $TC_MPP5 is not defined for magazine locations of type 1.
Bit 6=1: The wear group function is available; i.e. parameters $TC_MAMP3, $TC_MAP9 can be programmed and
wear groups defined. $TC_MPP5 contains the wear group number for location type 1.
Wear group number:
Bit 7=1: Tool adapter data sets are available.
Bit 8=1: Total offsets are available.
Bit 9=1: Tools in a turret are handled in OPI variable modules such that they are not " displayed " in tool halflocations, but always displayed in a turret location. Please note, therefore, that tools in a turret remain (in display
terms) in their turret location in the event of a tool change.
Bit 9=0: Default response; Tools in a turret are " displayed " in the OPI in their actual (according to data) location.
0
Long Integer
r
Multi-line: yes
1
maxCuttingEdgeNo
Maximum value of D number
1 to 32000
Multi-line: yes
$MN_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO
9
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
32000
UWord
r
3-319
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER
maxNumAdapter
Maximum number of tool adapter data sets available in NCK
& gt; 0:
Maximum number of adapter data sets.
0:
Adapter data cannot be defined. Edge-specific parameters $TC_DP21, $TC_DP22, $TC_DP23 are available,
i.e. active tool management function with adapters is not in use.
-1:
An adapter is automatically assigned to each magazine location, i.e. the number of adapters provided
internally corresponds to the number of magazine locations set in machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION.
0
-1
600
Long Integer
r
Multi-line: yes
1
maxnumAlarms
Size of NCK alarm buffer (maximum number of pending alarms)
Multi-line: no
UWord
UWord
maxnumContainer
Maximum number of available axis containers
Multi-line: yes
1
maxnumContainerSlots
Maximum number of available slots per axis container
Multi-line: yes
1
UWord
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
$MN_MAX_SUMCORR_PERCUTTING_EDGE
maxnumEdgeSC
Max. number of total offsets per edge
0 to 6
0 ??? NCK
Multi-line: yes
1
3-320
r
r
1
maxnumDrives
Maximum number of available drives
Multi-line: no
maxnumGlobMachAxes
Maximum number of available machine axes
Multi-line: no
r
1
$MN_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PER_TOOL
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
Max. number of edges per tool
1 to 12
9
Multi-line: yes
1
maxnumEventTypes
Maximum number of event types for the trace protocolling
Multi-line: no
r
UWord
0
r
UWord
maxnumChannels
Maximum number of available channels
Multi-line: no
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR
maxNumSumcorr
Total number of total offsets in NCK
A setting of -1 means that the number of total offsets equals the
number of edges * number of total offsets per edge.
A setting of & gt; 0 and & lt; number of edges * number of total offsets per edge
means that a maximum number of total offsets equalling " number of total
offsets per edge " can be defined per edge, but need not be, i.e. it is thus
possible to use the buffer memory more economically.
In other words, only the edges have a total offset data set for which
data can be defined explicitly.
Multi-line: yes
1
r
UWord
maxnumTraceProtDataList
Maximum number of data per data list for trace protocolling
Multi-line: no
r
UWord
maxnumTraceProtData
Maximum number of data per data list for trace protocolling
Multi-line: no
Long Integer
r
MD $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK Bit 9
modeSpindleToolRevolver
Representation of tool currently in use in modules
magazine location data (T / TP, magazine data, location data) and
tool data (T / TD, tool data, general data and T / TV, tool data, directory)
0:
Previous method: During operation, the tool is removed (in data terms) from its circular magazine location and
loaded to the spindle location in the buffer magazine.
1:
During operation, the tool remains in its circular magazine locations in the OPI modules. This applies to OPI
modules magazine location data (T / TP, magazine data and location data) and tool data (T / TD, tool data, general
data and T / TV, tool data, directory and T / AEV, working offsets, directory).
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
1
nckLogbookSeekPos
NCK logbook
Multi-line: no
nckType
NCK type
0 = 840D
1000 = FM-NC
2000 for 810D
3000 for 802S (from SW 4.1)
Multi-line: no
Long Integer
wr
UWord
r
1
nckVersion
NCK version
Only the digits before the comma of the floating point number are evaluated, the digits after the comma may contain
identifiers for development-internal intermediate releases.
The digits before the comma includes the official NCK identifier for the software release: For software release 3.4 the
value of the variable is 34,....
Double
r
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-321
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
ncuPerformanceClass
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
UWord
numAnalogInp
Number of HW analog inputs
Multi-line: no
MD 10300: FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS
A2
UWord
MD 10310: FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS
numAnalogOutp
Number of HW analog outputs
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
maxnumContain
er
1
UWord
r
maxnumContain
erSlots
numContainer
UWord
r
UWord
r
UDoubleword
r
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES
numBasisFrames
Number of channel-independent basic frames
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
numChannels
Number of active channels
Multi-line: no
numContainer
Number of currently available axis containers
-
0
1
numContainerSlots
Number of currently available slots per axis container
Multi-line: yes
Index of axis container
numCuttEdgeParams
Number of P elements of a cutting edge
Multi-line: no
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
numCuttEdgeParams_tao
Number of Siemens application cutting edge data in module TAO
!! Reserved for SIEMENS applications !!
0
0
10
Multi-line: yes
1
1
3-322
r
A2
numBAGs
Number of available mode groups
Multi-line: no
Multi-line: yes
r
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM
numCuttEdgeParams_tas
Number of Siemens application monitoring data in module TAS
!! Reserved for SIEMENS applications !!
0
0
10
Multi-line: yes
1
1
numCuttEdgeParams_ts
Number of P elements of a cutting edge in module TS (tool monitoring data)
Multi-line: no
MD 18096: MM_CC_TOA_PARAM
numCuttEdgeParams_tu
Number of P elements of a cutting edge in module TUE (cutting edge data for OEM)
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM
numCuttEdgeParams_tus
Number of parameters in the user monitoring data of a cutting edge in the module TUS
0
0
10
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
numDigitInp
Number of HW digital inputs
Multi-line: no
MD 10350: FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
numDigitOutp
Number of HW digital outputs
Multi-line: no
MD 10360: FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
A2
UWord
numHandWheels
Maximum number of handwheels
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
A2
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
numGCodeGroups
Number of NC instruction groups
Multi-line: no
numGlobMachAxes
Number of active machine axes
Multi-line: no
r
UWord
numDrives
Number of active drives
Multi-line: no
numGCodeGroupsFanuc
Number of NC instruction groups in ISO Dialect mode
(the number for the turning and milling versions is not the same)
Multi-line: yes
1
r
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
1
3-323
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
numMagLocParams_tap
Number of Siemens application magazine location data in module TAP
!! Reserved for SIEMENS applications !!
0
0
10
Multi-line: yes
1
1
UDoubleword
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
numMagLocParams_u
Number of parameters of the magazine user data for a tool magazine place in the module TUP
0
0
10
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
numMagParams_tam
Number of Siemens application magazine data in module TAM
!! Reserved for SIEMENS applications !!
0
0
10
Multi-line: yes
1
1
UDoubleword
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
numMagParams_u
Number of parameters of the magazine user data for a tool magazine in the module TUM
0
0
10
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$TC_MPPx; x=1,...7
numMagPlaceParams
Number of parameters of a magazine location
8 in SW 5.1 and later
Multi-line: yes
1
UWord
MD 18086: MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION
numMagPlacesMax
Maximum number of magazine locations
Multi-line: no
MD 18084: MM_NUM_MAGAZINE
numMagsMax
Maximum number of magazines
Multi-line: no
numParams_Adapt
Number of parameters per adapter
4
Multi-line: yes
1
$TC_SCPx; x=13,...21,....71
numParams_SC
Number of total offset parameters per total offset set
9
Multi-line: yes
1
numPlaceMulti
Number of possible multiple assignments of a location to magazines
Multi-line: no
3-324
r
r
r
r
r
FBW
UWord
r
FBW
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
FBW
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
FBW
numPlaceMultiParams
Number of parameters of a multiple assignment
Multi-line: no
numToBaust
Number of T areas
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
UWord
r
UDoubleword
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
MD 18110: MM_NUM_TOA_MODULES
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM
numToolParams_tad
Number of Siemens application tool data in module TAD
!! Reserved for SIEMENS applications !!
0
0
10
Multi-line: yes
1
1
MD 18094: MM_CC_TDA_PARAM
numToolParams_tu
Number of P elements of a tool in module
TU (tool data for OEM)
Multi-line: no
MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES
numUserFrames
Number of channel-independent user frames
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
simo611dSupport
This data specifies the extent to which the system supports 611 drives.
Bit 0 set: NCK software supports 611D drives
Bit 1 set: Hardware supports 611D drives
(only if bit 0 is also set).
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
MD 22560: TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
toolChangeMfunc
Number of M function for tool change
0 = change on T selection (standard for turning)
1 = change on selection M1..
99999 = change on selection M99999
(standard for milling M06)
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Double
r
UWord
r
UWord
typeOfCuttingEdge
Type of D-number programming see MD: MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
0 no 'flat D-number management' active
1 D-numbers are programmed directly and absolutely
2 D-numbers are programmed indirectly and relatively
Multi-line: yes
1
1
userScale
User unit table with 13 elements
(see Start-up Guide 2.4 and machine data)
0 = table not active
1 = table active
Multi-line: no
W1
r
1
3-325
Lists
3 Variables
3-326
09.01
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.2.2
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. Y: Channel-specific system data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/Configuration/...
The machine tool builder or user configures the control with the help of the
machine data. Configuration can only be performed with certain access rights.
The configuration of the NC can be read in the system data regardless of
current access rights.
channelName
Channel name
Multi-line: no
MD 20000: CHAN_NAME
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
K1
String[32]
r
3-327
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
maskToolManagement
Channel-specific settings for NCK tool management function
Activation of TM memory by " 0 " means: The set tool management data do not use any memory space.
Value=0: TM deactivated
Bit 0=1: TM active: The tool management functions are enabled for the current channel.
Bit 1=1: TM monitoring function active: Functions required to monitor tools (tool life and number of workpieces) are
enabled.
Bit 2=1: OEM functions active: The memory for user data can be utilized.
Bit 3=1: Consideration of adjacent location active
Bits 0 to 3 must be set identically to machine data MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK (18080).
Bit 4=1: The PLC has the possibility of issuing another request for tool change preparation with modified
parameters.
-------------------------For test purposes only :-----------------------------------------------Part program is halted in response to T selection or M06 until it has been
acknowledged by the PLC program.
Bit 5=1: The main run/PLC synchronization in response to a tool change for the main spindle is executed
simultaneously with the transport acknowledgement.
Bit 6=1: The main run/PLC synchronization in response to a tool change for the auxiliary spindle is executed
simultaneously with the transport acknowledgement.
Bit 7=1: The main run/PLC synchronization in response to a tool change for the main spindle is not executed until
the PLC acknowledgement confirms that the tool change is complete.
Bit 8=1: The main run/PLC synchronization in response to a tool change for the auxiliary spindle is not executed
until the PLC acknowledgement confirms that the tool change is complete..
-------------------------End For test purposes only :------------------------------------------Bit 9:
Reserved
Bit 10=1: M06 is delayed until the preparation acknowledgement has been output by the PLC. The change signal
(e.g. M06 ) is not output until the tool selection ( DBX [ n+0 ].2 ) has been acknowledged. The part program is halted
in response to M06 until the T selection has been acknowledged.
Bit 11=1: The preparation command is output even if a preparation command has already been output for the same
tool. This setting is useful, for example, if the chain is to be positioned when " Tx " is first called and if the second call
is to initiate a check as to whether the tool is in the correct location for a tool change (e.g. in front of tool-change
station).
Bit 12=1: The preparation command is executed even if the tool is already loaded in the spindle, i.e. the T selection
signal (DB72.DBXn.2) is set even if it has already been set for the same tool. (Tx...Tx)
Bit 13=1: Only on systems with sufficient memory space (NCU572, NCU573): Recording of tool sequences in a
diagnostics buffer. The commands are fetched from the diagnostics buffer in response to Reset and stored in a file in
the passive file system, NCATR xx.MPF under part program. The trace file is useful for the Hotline in the event of
errors and is not described in detail here.
Bit 14=1: Automatic tool change in response to Reset and Start according to machine data MD20120
TOOL_RESET_NAME MD20110 RESET_MODE_MASK MD20124 TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER. If
machine data RESET_MODE_MASK is in use, then this bit must be set as well. If RESET_MODE_MASK is set such
that the tool stored in TOOL_RESET_NAME must be loaded in response to RESET, then the select and change
command is output to the user interface (DB 72) in response to RESET or Start. If machine data
RESET_MODE_MASK is set such that the active tool must remain active after M30 or RESET and if the active tool is
disabled in the spindle (by user), then a change command for a replacement tool is output to the user interface in
response to RESET. If no replacement tool is available, then an error message is output.
Bit 15=1: No return transport of tool when several preparation commands are output. (Tx- & gt; Tx)
Bit 16=1: T location number is active
Bit 17=1: Tool life decrementation can be started/stopped via the PLC.
0
Long Integer
r
Multi-line: yes
1
mmcCmd
Command from NCK to MMC
The string is made up of the following characters:
1st Character acknowledgement mode:
" N " no acknowledgement
" S " synchronous acknowledgement
" A " asynchronous acknowledgement
2. - 6th character: five-digit sequence number in ASCII that is generated by the NCK
7. - 207th character: Command string which ends with " \0 "
Multi-line: no
3-328
String[206]
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
mmcCmdPrep
Command from the NCK-preparation task to the MMC (e.g. for calling external subprograms)
String[206]
Multi-line: yes
1
1
r
mmcCmdQuit
Acknowledgement from MMC for command from NCK to MMC
The string is made up of the following characters:
1st Character acknowledgement code:
" P " programmed
" B " busy
" F " failed
" E " executed
2. - 6th character: five-digit sequence number in ASCII for acknowledgement code " B " , " F " or " E " , generated by NCK
7. - 201th character: additional communication-specific information for acknowledgement code " B " , " F " or " E " , ends
with " \0 "
String[200]
w
Multi-line: no
mmcCmdQuitPrep
Acknowledgemnt by MMC for an NCK-preparation command to the MMC (e.g. for calling external subprograms)
String[200]
wr
Multi-line: yes
1
1
numActAxes
Number of active tools in channel.
Channel axis gaps are not included in count
which means that value might be lower than numMachAxes.
The following applies:
numMachAxes & gt; = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes
numActAxes = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes
0
0
Multi-line: yes
1
numMachAxes
1
$MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
numBasisFrames
Number of basic frames in channel
0
Multi-line: yes
1
numContourInProtArea
Maximum number of polygon elements per protection zone
Multi-line: no
numGeoAxes
Number of geometry axes and orientation axes
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
UWord
r
UWord
numAuxAxes
Number of auxiliary axes
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
1
3-329
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
numMachAxes
No. of highest channel axis.
This also corresponds to the number of axes in the
channel provided there are no gaps in the axis sequence.
0
1
Multi-line: yes
1
1
numOriAxes
Number of orientation axes in channel
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
UWord
UWord
MD 28200: MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN
numProtArea
Maximum number of protection zones
Multi-line: no
MD 28050: MM_NUM_R_PARAM
numRParams
Number of channel-specific R parameters
Multi-line: no
r
r
S7
UWord
r
S7
UWord
UWord
numSpindlesLog
Number of logical spindles.
Specifies the number of lines in module SSP2.
Multi-line: no
r
UWord
numSpindles
Number of spindles
Multi-line: no
r
r
1
MD 18100: MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
numToolEdges
Number of tool edges in this channel
Multi-line: no
MD 28080: MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES
numUserFrames
Number of user frames in this channel
Multi-line: no
S7
UWord
r
S7
UWord
r
String[128]
r
String[128]
r
oemProtText
Multi-line: yes
1
progProtText
Programmable text to be entered next in the logging buffer
Multi-line: yes
1
3-330
1
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 26012: PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION
punchNibActivation
Activation of punching and nibbling functions
0 = option not available
1 = option available
Multi-line: no
1
$MC_MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
systemFrameMask
Configuring screenform for channel-specific system frames
Indicates in bit-coded form which system frames are available
0
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
MD 28085: MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT
toNo
Number of T area that is assigned to the channel
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
3 Variables
N4
UWord
r
UWord
r
W1
UWord
r
3-331
Lists
3 Variables
3.2.3
09.01
Area N, Mod. PA: Global protection zones
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/ProtectedArea/...
Up to 10 protection zones can be defined. Each protection zone is described
by a polygon function consisting of up to 10 elements. The module PA contains
the individual coordinates of the polygon elements. The protection zones are
addressed via the variable indices. The physical unit of the parameters can be
read from the variable " basicLengthUnit " in the module Y in area N.
The classification as NCK or channel-specific protection zones does not affect
the protection zone monitoring function, but indicates the area in which the
protection zone is registered.
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_0
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_1
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 2nd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_2
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 3rd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_3
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 4th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_4
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 5th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_5
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 6th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_6
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 7th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_7
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 8th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
3-332
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_8
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 9th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_9
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 10th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_0
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_1
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 2nd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_2
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 3rd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_3
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 4th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_4
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 5th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_5
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 6th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_6
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 7th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_7
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 8th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_8
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 9th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
3-333
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_9
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 10th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_0
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_1
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 2nd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_2
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 3rd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_3
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 4th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_4
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 5th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_5
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 6th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_6
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 7th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_7
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 8th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_8
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 9th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_9
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 10th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
3-334
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_0
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_1
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 2nd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_2
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 3rd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_3
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 4th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_4
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 5th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_5
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 6th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_6
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 7th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_7
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 8th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_8
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 9th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_9
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 10th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
$SN_PA_MINUS_LIM[x] x = Number protection zone
A3
MDD_PA_MINUS_LIM
Limitation in the minus direction of the protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to the polygon definition
(applicate)
mm, inch, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-335
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$SN_PA_PLUS_LIM[x] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_PLUS_LIM
Limitation in the plus direction of the protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to the polygon definition
(applicate)
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
r
$SN_PA_ACTIV_IMMED[x] x = Number protection zone
A3
MDU_PA_ACTIV_IMMED
Code for " active immediately after referencing " , i.e. the protection zone is active as soon as the control has been
started up and the axes have been referenced
0 = protection zone is not active immediately
1 = protection zone is active immediately
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
$SN_PA_CONT_NUM[x] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_NUM
Number of valid contour elements
0
numContourInPr UWord
otArea
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_0
Contour type of 1st contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_1
Contour type of 2nd contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_2
Contour type of 3rd contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_3
Contour type of 4th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_4
Contour type of 5th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
3-336
r
r
r
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_5
Contour type of 6th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_6
Contour type of 7th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_7
Contour type of 8th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_8
Contour type of 9th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_9
Contour type of 10th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_LIM_3DIM[x] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_LIM_3DIM
Code for limitation of protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to polygon definition (applicate)
0 = no limitation
1 = limitation in positive direction
2 = limitation in negative direction
3 = limitation in both directions
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SN_PA_ORI[x] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_ORI
Code for plane assignment of protection zone
0 = G17
1 = G18
2 = G19
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
UWord
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
3-337
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$SN_PA_T_W[x] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_TW
Code for workpiece or tool-oriented protection zone
0 = workpiece-related
1 = reserved
2 = reserved
3 = tool-related
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
3-338
A3
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.2.4
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. PA: Channel-specific protection zones
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/ProtectedArea/...
Up to 10 protection zones can be defined. Each protection zone is described
by a polygon function consisting of up to 10 elements. The maximum
permissible number of protection zones is specified in " numProtArea " in the
module Y in area C. The maximum permissible number of polygon definition
elements is specified in " numContourInProtArea " in module Y in area C.
Module PA contains the individual coordinates of the polygon elements. The
protection zones are addressed via the variable indices.
The classification as NCK or channel-specific protection zone does not affect
the protection zone monitoring function but simply indicates the area in which
the protection zone is registered.
The physical unit actually used for length quantities is defined in " extUnit " in
module SGA in area C.
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_0
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_1
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 2nd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_2
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 3rd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_3
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 4th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_4
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 5th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_5
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 6th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_6
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 7th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
3-339
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_7
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 8th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_8
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 9th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_9
Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 10th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_0
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_1
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 2nd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_2
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 3rd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_3
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 4th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_4
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 5th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_5
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 6th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_6
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 7th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_7
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 8th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
3-340
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_8
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 9th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_9
Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 10th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_0
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_1
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 2nd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_2
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 3rd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_3
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 4th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_4
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 5th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_5
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 6th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_6
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 7th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_7
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 8th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_8
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 9th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
3-341
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_9
Absolute abscissa value of end point of 10th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_0
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_1
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 2nd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_2
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 3rd contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_3
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 4th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_4
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 5th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_5
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 6th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_6
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 7th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_7
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 8th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_8
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 9th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_9
Absolute ordinate value of end point of 10th contour element
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
3-342
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$SC_PA_MINUS_LIM[x] x = Number protection zone
A3
MDD_PA_MINUS_LIM
Limitation in the minus direction of the protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to the polygon definition
(applicate)
mm, inch, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
$SC_PA_PLUS_LIM[x] x = Number protection zone
MDD_PA_PLUS_LIM
Limitation of the protection zone in the plus direction of the axis that is perpendicular to the polygon definition
(applicate)
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
r
$SC_PA_ACTIV_IMMED[x] x = Number protection zone
A3
MDU_PA_ACTIV_IMMED
Code for " active immediately after referencing " , i.e. the protection zone is active as soon as the control has been
started up and the axes have been referenced
0 = protection zone is not active immediately
1 = protection zone is active immediately
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
$SC_PA_CONT_NUM[x] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_NUM
Number of valid contour elements
0
numContourInPr UWord
otArea
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,0] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_0
Contour type of 1st contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,1] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_1
Contour type of 2nd contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,2] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_2
Contour type of 3rd contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,3] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_3
Contour type of 4th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
r
r
r
r
3-343
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,4] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_4
Contour type of 5th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,5] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_5
Contour type of 6th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,6] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_6
Contour type of 7th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,7] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_7
Contour type of 8th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,8] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_8
Contour type of 9th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,9] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_9
Contour type of 10th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
$SC_PA_LIM_3DIM[x] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_LIM_3DIM
Code for limitation of protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to polygon definition (applicate)
0 = no limitation
1 = limitation in positive direction
2 = limitation in negative direction
3 = limitation in both directions
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
A3
3-344
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
$SC_PA_ORI[x] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_ORI
Code for plane assignment of protection zone
0 = G17
1 = G18
2 = G19
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
$SC_PA_T_W[x] x = Number protection zone
MDU_PA_TW
Code for workpiece or tool-oriented protection zone
0 = workpiece-related
1 = reserved
2 = reserved
3 = tool-related
Multi-line: yes
Number of protection zone
numProtArea
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
3 Variables
A3
UWord
r
A3
UWord
r
3-345
Lists
3 Variables
3.2.5
09.01
Area N, Mod. YNCFL: NCK instruction groups
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/FunctionGrouping/...
All G functions currently configured for the channels are made available for
reading by the NCK. They are configured via machine data. Since the G
functions are organized in groups, only one of which can be active at a time,
this module is organized as a table.
There are two columns for each G group. The 1st column lists the number of G
functions in a group (Gruppe_NUM), this corresponds to the number of rows in
each subsequent column. This second column contains all the G functions
belonging to a group (Gruppe).
As a result, the data for a certain G group are calculated via a column offset.
The column offset of each variable is:
2 * (G group number - 1)
The number of G groups is given in the variable " numGCodeGroups " in area N
/ module Y. The resultant the maximum column offset of the variables is thus
2 * numGCodeGroups.
The G functions currently active are listed in area C / module SNCF.
Function
Instruction group
Attention: This variable is called " Gruppe " in the non-Windows-MMC und the PLC !
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
GroupID
String[16]
r
GroupID
Number of G-functions in each G-group
Attention: This variable is called " Gruppe_NUM " in the non-Windows-MMC und the PLC !
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
r
Gruppe
Instruction group
Attention: This variable is called " Function " in the MMC102 !
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
String[16]
r
UWord
r
Gruppe_NUM
Gruppe_NUM
Number of G-functions in each G-group
Attention: This variable is called " GroupID " in the non-Windows-MMC und the PLC !
Multi-line: yes
1
1
3-346
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
3.3
State data of system
3.3.1
Area N, Mod. S: Global state data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/State/...
During NC operation different internal states occur and system-specific data
may change during operation. To distinguish those from system variables, they
are classified as state data.
A distinction is made between:
- NCK-specific state data
- Mode-group-specific state data
- Channel-specific state data
- Drive-specific state data (FDD)
- Drive-specific state data (MSD)
accIndex
Global upload starting point for ACC entries. If a value is set here, upload access to _N_xx_yyy_ACC modules starts
from this entry.
1
UWord
wr
Multi-line: no
aDbb
Byte data from/to the PLC
Multi-line: yes
$A_DBB[x] x = ByteNo
Character
Long Integer
r
Float
r
UWord
r
UWord
$A_DBD[x] x = Offset
aDbd
Double word data (32 bits) from/to the PLC
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within an I/O area
$A_DBR[x] x = Offset
aDbr
Real data (32 bits IEEE) from/to the PLC
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within an I/O area
$A_DBW[x] x = Offset
aDbw
Word data (16 bits) from/to the PLC
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within an I/O area
aDlb
Data byte (8 bits) in link area
Multi-line: yes
r
wr
UDoubleword
wr
Position offset within an I/O area
$A_DLB[index]
Position offset within link data area
$A_DLD[index]
aDld
Data double word (32 bits) in link data area
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within link data area
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-347
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$A_DLR[index]
aDlr
Read data (32 bits) in link data area
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within link area
Double
wr
UWord
wr
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
wr
maxnumContain
erSlots - 1
numContainer
UWord
r
1
numContainer
UWord
r
$A_DLW[index]
aDlw
Data word (16 bits) in link data area
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within link data area
aInco
Comperator input NC
Multi-line: yes
$A_INCO[x] x = InputNo
analogInpVal
Value of HW analog input
A oder V
Multi-line: yes
$A_INA[x] x = AnaloginputNo
analogOutpVal
Number of HW analog output
A oder V
Multi-line: yes
$A_OUTA[x] x = AnalogoutputNo
Input number
Number of analog input
Number of analog output
$AN_AXCTAS[n]
anAxCtAS
Current container rotation, i.e. by how many slots the axis
container has been currently advanced. The original container
assignment is valid after Power On and outputs value 0.
maxCount = max. number of occupied slots in axis container - 1
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Container no.
$AN_AXCTSWA[CTn]
anAxCtSwA
A rotation is currently being executed on the
axis container.
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Container no.
2
numAnalogInp
numAnalogOutp
$AN_ESR_TRIGGER
anAxEsrTrigger
(Global) control signal " Start Stop/Retract " . With a signal edge change
from 0 to 1, the reactions parameterized beforehand in axial MD $MA_ESR_REACTION
and enabled via system variable $AA_ESR_ENABLE are started.
Independent drive reactions subsequently require a Power-Off / Power-On,
independent NC reactions require at least an opposite edge change in the
relevant system variable as well as a Reset.
0: FALSE
1: TRUE
0
0
1
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$A_PBB_IN[index]
aPbbIn
Data byte (8bits) in PLC input/output area IN
(also available on 810D CCU2)
Neg. values are also permitted in spite of TYPE_UWORD
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within PLC
input/output area
3-348
UWord
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
$A_PBB_OUT[index]
aPbbOut
Data byte (8bits) in PLC input/output area OUT
(also available on 810D CCU2)
Neg. values are also permitted in spite of TYPE_UWORD
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within PLC
input/output area
$A_PBD_IN[index]
aPbdIn
Data double word (32bits) in PLC input/output area IN
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within PLC
input/output area
$A_PBD_OUT[index]
aPbdOut
Data double word (32bits) in PLC input/output area OUT
(also available on 810D CCU2)
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within PLC
input/output area
$A_PBR_IN[index]
aPbrIn
Real data (32bits) in PLC input/output area IN
(also available on 810D CCU2)
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within PLC
input/output area
$A_PBR_OUT[index]
aPbrOut
Real data (32bits) in PLC input/output area OUT
(also available on 810D CCU2)
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within PLC
input/output area
$A_PBW_IN[index]
aPbwIn
Data word (16bits) in PLC input/output area IN
(also available on 810D CCU2)
Neg. values are also permitted in spite of TYPE_UWORD
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within PLC
input/output area
$A_PBW_OUT[index]
aPbwOut
Data word (16bits) in PLC input/output area OUT
(also available on 810D CCU2)
Neg. values are also permitted in spite of TYPE_UWORD
Multi-line: yes
Position offset within PLC
input/output area
Lists
3 Variables
UWord
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
Double
r
Double
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
axisActivInNcu
Display indicating whether the axis is active, i.e. whether it can be traversed via a channel
of its own NCU or via another NCU (link axis).
This data can be utilized by MMCs in order to suppress the display of any non-active axes.
Bits 0-31 stand for the axes of the NCU.
Bit n = 1: Axis can be traversed.
Bit n = 0: Axis cannot be traversed.
UDoubleword
Multi-line: yes
1
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
3-349
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
badMemFfs
Number of bytes which are defective in the Flash File System (FFS)
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
UDoubleword
UWord
wr
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
8
$A_IN[x] x = DigitalinputNo
digitOutpVal
Value of HW digital output
0 = low
1 = high
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
digitInpVal
Value of HW digital input
0 = low
1 = high
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
diagnoseDataFfs
Diagnostic data for Flash File System (FFS)
0
Multi-line: yes
1: realspace (bytes)
2: formspace (bytes)
3: freespace (%)
4: delspace (%)
5: badspace (%)
6: actlowwater (%)
7: lowwater (%)
8: reorgmode (%)
r
Double
$P_NCBFRMASK
basisFrameMask
Display indicating which channel-independent basic frames are active.
Each bit in the mask specifies whether the relevant basic frame
is active. Bit0 = 1st basic frame, Bit1 = 2nd basic frame etc.
Multi-line: yes
1
1
r
$A_OUT[x] x = DigitaloutputNo
Number of digital input
Number of digital output
numDigitInp
numDigitOutp
driveType
Digital drive type.
Coded according to machine data 13040, but additional code for
" Unknown drive type "
0x100: Drive type unknown
For other codes, see MD 13040
0
0
Multi-line: no
maxnumDrives
driveTypeChangeCnt
This counter is incremented by 1 every time driveType is modified.
The next value after 65535 is 0.
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
freeDirectorys
Number of directories that can be created
Multi-line: yes
1
1
3-350
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
freeFiles
Number of files that can be created
Multi-line: yes
1
1
freeMem
Free SRAM in bytes
Multi-line: yes
1
1
freeMemDram
Free memory in bytes
Multi-line: yes
1
1
UWord
r
Long Integer
r
Long Integer
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
freeMemDram2PassF
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
freeMemDramPassF
Multi-line: yes
1
freeMemFfs
Number of bytes that are still available in the Flash File System (FFS)
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
freeMemSramPassF
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
1
freeProtokolFiles
Number of protocol files that can still be created
Multi-line: yes
1
1
mmcCmdPrepCounter
Counter that is incremented with each call of EXTCALL
Multi-line: yes
1
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-351
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
DB10, DBX104.7
nckAliveAndWell
NCK sign-of-life
This value is incremented every time the variable is read which means that an
MMC can determine whether the NCK is still operating correctly by reading the variable
cyclically.
The value itself has no meaning.
Cyclic result acknowledgements in relation to this variable are generated even if the NCK
is otherwise no longer operating cyclic services owing to problems with block cycle times.
However, this response can be guaranteed only if the variable is not mixed with others in
one request, i.e. nckAliveAndWell must be the only variable linked to the cluster.
As long as a cyclic read service is set for this variable, one of the MMC-CPU-Ready signals
is set in the PLC interface.
Which of the signals is set is determined on the one hand by the line number and, on the other,
by the client's " gloports " :
line index = 1 and gloports 0x20-0x2f -- & gt; DB10.DBX108 bit2 MMC1-CPU-Ready to MPI
line index = 1 and gloports 0x10-0x1f -- & gt; DB10.DBX108 bit3 MMC1-CPU-Ready to OPI
line index = 2
-- & gt; DB10.DBX108 bit1 MMC2-CPU-Ready
Note: The related NCK-CPU-Ready signal is stored in DB10,DBX104.7.
UWord
Multi-line: yes
MMC No.
2 (ab SW 5.2)
ncuLinkActive
Display indicating whether NCU link is activated (via machine data setting)
Based on display, MMC decides whether link-specific calculations and
displays are required.
0: NCU link not activated
1: NCU link activated
0
0
1
Multi-line: yes
1
1
A4
r
r
UDoubleword
r
UWord
r
UWord
nettoMemFfs
Net number of bytes which are available for the
Flash File System (FFS).
This memory stores the files contents and
management data (e.g. file names).
0
Multi-line: yes
1
UWord
r
1
numAlarms
Number of pending general alarms
Multi-line: no
numFilesPerDir
Maximum number of files per directory
(see: $MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
numSubDirsPerDir
Maximum number of subdirectories per directory see: $MN_MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
numTraceProtocDataList
$MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_STD_LIST
Multi-line: yes
User-Nr. (1-10)
r
3-352
0
UWord
r
10
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
numTraceProtocOemDataLi
st
$MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_OEM_LIST
Multi-line: yes
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
UWord
r
UWord
wr
UDoubleword
wr
UWord
wr
UWord
wr
UWord
wr
UWord
wr
UDoubleword
wr
Float
wr
Double
wr
UWord
wr
10
protocTrigMaskInt16
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigMaskInt32
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigNumEvDelay
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigState
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigType
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigValueInt16
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigValueInt32
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigValueReal32
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigValueReal64
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigVarArea
Multi-line: yes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
10
3-353
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
protocTrigVarCol
Multi-line: yes
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
0
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
UWord
0
wr
UWord
wr
UWord
wr
UWord
wr
UWord
r
Long Integer
r
UWord
r
Long Integer
r
UWord
r
Long Integer
r
10
protocTrigVarRow
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigVarType
Multi-line: yes
10
protocTrigVarUnit
Multi-line: yes
10
$A_INSE
safeExtInpValNckBit
External NCK input of the SI programmable logic from the NCK periphery
0
0
1
Multi-line: no
64
$A_INSED
safeExtInpValNckWord
Image of the external NCK inputs of the SI programmable logic
0
Multi-line: yes
1: image of the system variables
$A_INSE[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variables
$A_INSE[33]...[64]
2
$A_INSEP
safeExtInpValPlcBit
External PLC input of the SI programmable logic from the PLC periphery
0
0
1
Multi-line: no
64
$A_INSEPD
safeExtInpValPlcWord
Image of the external PLC inputs of the SI programmable logic
0
Multi-line: yes
1: image of the system variables
$A_INSEP[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variables
$A_INSEP[33]...[64]
2
$A_OUTSE
safeExtOutpValNckBit
External NCK output of the SI programmable logic to the NCK periphery
0
0
1
Multi-line: no
64
$A_OUTSED
safeExtOutpValNckWord
Image of the external NCK outputs of the SI programmable logic
0
Multi-line: yes
1: image of the system variables
$A_OUTSE[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variables
$A_OUTSE[33]...[64]
3-354
2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$A_OUTSEP
safeExtOutpValPlcBit
External PLC output of the SI programmable logic to the PLC periphery
0
0
1
Multi-line: no
64
$A_OUTSEPD
safeExtOutpValPlcWord
Image of the external PLC outputs of the SI programmable logic
0
Multi-line: yes
1: image of the system variable
$A_OUTSEP[1]...[32]
2. mage of the system variable
$A_OUTSEP[33]...[64]
UWord
r
Long Integer
r
2
$A_INSI
safeIntInpValNckBit
Internal NCK input of the SI programmable logic from the NCK's SI monitoring channel
0
0
1
UWord
Multi-line: no
64
$A_INSID
safeIntInpValNckWord
Image of the internal NCK inputs of the SI programmable logic from the NCK's SI monitoring channel
0
Long Integer
Multi-line: yes
1: image of the system variables
2
$A_INSI[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variables
$A_INSI[33]...[64]
$A_INSIP
safeIntInpValPlcBit
Internal PLC input of the SI programmable logic from the 611D's SI monitoring channel
0
0
1
UWord
Multi-line: no
64
$A_OUTSID
safeIntInpValPlcWord
Image of the internal PLC inputs of the SI programmable logic from the 611D's SI monitoring channel
0
Long Integer
Multi-line: yes
1: image of the system variables
2
$A_INSIP[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variables
$A_INSIP[33]...[64]
$A_OUTSI
safeIntOutpValNckBit
Internal NCK output of the SI programmable logic to the NCK's SI monitoring channel
0
0
1
Multi-line: no
64
UWord
$A_OUTSID
safeIntOutpValNckWord
Image of the internal NCK outputs of the SI programmable logic to the NCK's SI monitoring channel
0
Long Integer
Multi-line: yes
1: image of the system variable
2
$A_OUTSI[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variable
$A_OUTSI[33]...[64]
$A_OUTSIP
safeIntOutpValPlcBit
Internal PLC output of the SI programmable logic to the 611D's SI monitoring channel
0
0
1
Multi-line: no
64
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
UWord
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
3-355
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$A_OUTSIPD
safeIntOutpValPlcWord
Image of the internal PLC outputs of the SI programmable logic to the 611D's SI monitoring channel
0
Long Integer
Multi-line: yes
1: image of the system variable
2
$A_OUTSIP[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variable
$A_OUTSIP[33]...[64]
$A_MARKERSI
safeMarkerNck
NCK flag for the SI programmable logic
0
Multi-line: no
0
r
1
64
UWord
r
$A_MARKERSIP
safeMarkerPlc
Image of the PLC flag-variable for SI programmable logic
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
64
UWord
r
safeSplStatus
Status of components and parameter settings required for
operation of Safe Programmable Logic
Bit 0: SPL interfaces $A_INSE, $A_OUTSE, $A_INSI
or $A_OUTSI have been parameterized
Bit 1: SPL program file SAFE.SPF loaded
Bit 2: Drive runup status 4 reached, NCK is waiting
for PLC to run up
Bit 3: Drive runup status 4 reached, PLC has
reached cyclic operating status. PLC can now communicate
with drive.
Bit 4: Interrupt for ASUB start of SPL must be
assigned (FB4 call started)
Bit 5: Interrupt for ASUB start of SPL has been
assigned (FB4 call ended)
Bit 6: Interrupt processing for SPL start called
(FC9 call started)
Bit 7: Interrupt processing for SPL start ended
(FC9 call ended)
Bit 8: Bit 9: NCK cross-checking has been started
Bit10: PLC cross-checking has been started
Bit11: Cyclic SPL checksum check active
Bit12: All SPL protective mechanisms active
0
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
1
$A_TIMERSI
safeTimerNck
NCK timer-variable for the SI programmable logic
s, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: no
Double
r
8
$A_CMDSI[index]
safeXcmpCmd
Command word for cross-checking (KDV) between NCK and PLC
0:No command
1:Extension of time window for different signal levels in cross-checking operation between NCK and PLC
0
0
1
UWord
Multi-line: no
32
3-356
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$A_LEVELSID
safeXcmpLevel
Fill-level display for cross-checking operation (KDV)
between NCK and PLC. Specifies the current number
of signals of different levels between the NCK and PLC)
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
$A_STATSID
safeXcmpState
Cross-checking (KDV) error has occurred between NCK and PLC.
0: No error has occurred
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
scalingSystemCounter
Modification counter for dimension system
Multi-line: yes
1
1
Long Integer
r
Long Integer
r
UWord
r
semaDataAvailable
Display indicating whether complete SEMA data are available for individual axes.
This is the case if a channel can be assigned to the relevant NCU axis, thus allowing
the data in the channel context to be accessed. This does not apply to link axes as these
are traversed by a channel of another NCU.
This data can be utilized by MMCs in order to conceal specific, inaccessible data
in link axis data displays.
Bits 0-31 stand for the axes of the NCU.
Bit n = 1: Data can be accessed easily
Bit n = 0: Not all SEMA data are accessible
Multi-line: yes
1
Long Integer
r
1
sysTimeBCD
Time represented in PLC format:
& lt; month & gt; . & lt; day & gt; . & lt; year & gt; & lt; hours & gt; : & lt; minutes & gt; : & lt; seconds & gt; . & lt; milliseconds & gt; & lt; weekday & gt; & lt; status & gt;
& lt; weekday & gt; can take following values: " SUN " , " MON " , " TUE " , " WED " , " THU " , " FRI " , " SAT "
String[8]
Multi-line: no
totalDirectorys
Maximum number of directories which may be created
see: $MN_MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
Multi-line: yes
1
1
totalFiles
Maximum number of files which may be created
(see: $MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM)
Multi-line: yes
1
r
1
totalMem
Total SRAM in bytes (user memory)
Multi-line: yes
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
UWord
r
UWord
r
S7
Long Integer
r
3-357
Lists
3 Variables
totalMemDram
total DRAM in bytes
Multi-line: yes
09.01
Long Integer
1
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
1
1
UWord
r
1
10
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
1
totalMemDram2PassF
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
totalMemDramPassF
Multi-line: yes
1
totalMemFfs
Number of bytes reserved on the PCMCIA card for the
Flash File System (FFS)
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
totalMemSramPassF
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
1
$MM_PROTOC_NUM_FILES
totalProtokolFiles
Maximum number of protocol files which may be created
0
0
Multi-line: yes
1
traceProtocolActive
State of trace protocolling
1 = active
2 = not active
Multi-line: no
$A_PROTOC
0
0
usedDirectorys
Number of directories that have already been created
Multi-line: yes
1
1
usedFiles
Number of files that have already been created
Multi-line: yes
1
1
usedMem
Used memory in bytes
Multi-line: yes
3-358
S7
Long Integer
r
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
usedMemDram
Used DRAM in bytes
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
Long Integer
1
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UWord
r
1
usedMemDram2PassF
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
usedMemDramPassF
Multi-line: yes
1
usedMemFfs
Number of used bytes in the Flash File System (FFS)
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
usedMemSramPassF
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
usedProtokolFiles
Number of protocol files that have already been created
Multi-line: yes
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
1
3-359
Lists
3 Variables
3.3.2
09.01
Area N, Mod. SALA: Alarms: List organized according to time,
oldest alarm appears first
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/SequencedAlarms/...
The NCK alarms are sorted in a list in the order they occurred, the oldest alarm
appears at the top of the list. The alarm parameters are transferred as ASCII
strings, the first character contains the type information for that parameter. The
following types are used:
S: General string, e.g. part program name
A: Axis name / spindle name
K: Channel name
N: Block number
Y: System error
D: Drive number
If a parameters is not assigned, an " S " is transferred.
All variables in this module are privileged variables! This means that cyclic
acknowledgements are sent for these variables even if the cyclic services are
no longer serviced by the NCK because of block cycle problems.
Attention: Privileged variables lose this characteristic if they are combined with
non-privileged variables in a request. - & gt; Do not combine alarm variables with
other variables in a cluster!
In addition it is presumed that the cyclic services are set " on change " for the
alarm variables and are not combined with other variables (not even with
privileged variables) in the same request.
The module SALA only contains the alarms that are generated in the NCK. It
contains neither PLC nor MMC alarms. In order to read all alarms, the OEMMMC user should use the alarm server functions and not read the SALA
module directly.
alarmNo
Ordinal number of an alarm (how many alarms since control ON)
0 = unknown alarm
Multi-line: yes
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
DA
Long Integer
clearInfo
Acknowledgement criteria for an alarm
1 = Power On
2 = Reset
3 = Cancel
4 = Alarm is cancelled by NCK-software (from SW 4.1)
5 = Alarm is cancelled by starting a program
6 = Alarm is cancelled by RESET in all channels of the bags (from SW 4.1)
7 = Alarm is cancelled by RESET in all channels of the NC (from SW 4.1)
Multi-line: no
1
3-360
r
16
DA
Long Integer
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
fillText1
Parameter 1 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
fillText2
Parameter 2 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
fillText3
Parameter 3 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
fillText4
Parameter 4 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
textIndex
Alarm number (actual alarm)
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
DA
String[32]
r
BCD
r
16
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
Long Integer
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
16
timeBCD
Time stamp of an alarm
Time stamp, displayed in PLC format DATE_AND_TIME
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
3-361
Lists
3 Variables
3.3.3
09.01
Area N, Mod. SALAP: Alarms: List organized according to priority
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/TopPrioAlarm/...
The alarm parameters are transferred as ASCII strings, the first character
contains the type information for the parameter. The following types are used:
S: General string, e.g. part program name
A: Axis name / spindle name
K: Channel name
N: Block name
Y: System error
D: Drive number
If a parameter is not assigned, an " S " is transferred.
All variables in this module are privileged variables! This means that cyclic
acknowledgements are sent for these variables even if the cyclic services are
no longer serviced by the NCK because of block cycle problems.
Attention: Privileged variables lose this characteristic if they are combined with
non-privileged variables in a request. - & gt; Do not combine alarm variables with
other variables in a cluster!
In addition it is presumed that the cyclic services are set " on change " for the
alarm variables and are not combined with other variables (not even with
privileged variables) in the same request.
The module SALAP only contains the alarms that are generated in the NCK. It
contains neither PLC nor MMC alarms. In order to read all alarms, the OEMMMC user should use the alarm server functions and not read the SALAP
module directly.
alarmNo
Ordinal number of an alarm (how many alarms since control ON)
0 = unknown alarm
Multi-line: yes
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
DA
Long Integer
clearInfo
Acknowledgement criteria of an alarm
1 = Power On
2 = Reset
3 = Cancel
4 = Alarm is cancelled by NCK-software (from SW 4.1)
5 = Alarm is cancelled by starting a program
6 = Alarm is cancelled by RESET in all channels of the bags (from SW 4.1)
7 = Alarm is cancelled by RESET in all channels of the NC (from SW 4.1)
Multi-line: no
fillText1
Parameter 1 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
3-362
r
16
DA
Long Integer
r
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
fillText2
Parameter 2 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
fillText3
Parameter 3 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
fillText4
Parameter 4 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
textIndex
Alarm number (actual alarm)
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
DA
String[32]
r
BCD
r
16
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
Long Integer
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
16
timeBCD
Time stamp of an alarm
Time stamp, displayed in PLC format DATE_AND_TIME
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-363
Lists
3 Variables
3.3.4
09.01
Area N, Mod. SALAL: Alarms: Liste organized according to time,
most recent alarm appears first
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/LastAlarm/...
The NCK alarms are sorted in a list in the order they occurred, the most recent
alarm appears at the bottom of the list. The alarm parameters are transferred
as ASCII strings, the first character contains the type information for that
parameter. The following types are used:
S: General string, e.g. part program name
A: Axis name / spindle name
K: Channel name
N: Block number
Y: System error
D: Drive number
If a parameters is not assigned, an " S " is transferred.
All variables in this module are privileged variables! This means that cyclic
acknowledgements are sent for these variables even if the cyclic services are
no longer serviced by the NCK because of block cycle problems.
Attention: Privileged variables lose this characteristic if they are combined with
non-privileged variables in a request. - & gt; Do not combine alarm variables with
other variables in a cluster!
In addition it is presumed that the cyclic services are set " on change " for the
alarm variables and are not combined with other variables (not even with
privileged variables) in the same request.
The module SALA only contains the alarms that are generated in the NCK. It
contains neither PLC nor MMC alarms. In order to read all alarms, the OEMMMC user should use the alarm server functions and not read the SALA
module directly.
alarmNo
Ordinal number of an alarm (how many alarms since control ON)
0 = unknown alarm
Multi-line: yes
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
DA
Long Integer
clearInfo
Acknowledgement criteria for an alarm
1 = Power On
2 = Reset
3 = Cancel
4 = Alarm is cancelled by NCK-software (from SW 4.1)
5 = Alarm is cancelled by starting a program
6 = Alarm is cancelled by RESET in all channels of the bags (from SW 4.1)
7 = Alarm is cancelled by RESET in all channels of the NC (from SW 4.1)
Multi-line: no
3-364
r
16
DA
Long Integer
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
fillText1
Parameter 1 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
fillText2
Parameter 2 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
fillText3
Parameter 3 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
fillText4
Parameter 4 of the alarm
Multi-line: yes
textIndex
Alarm number (actual alarm)
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
DA
String[32]
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
16
DA
String[32]
r
BCD
r
16
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
r
Long Integer
Alarm list index
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
16
timeBCD
Time stamp of an alarm
Time stamp, displayed in PLC format DATE_AND_TIME
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-365
Lists
3 Variables
3.3.5
09.01
Area N, Mod. SMA: State data: Machine axes
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/MachineAxis/...
All state data that are dependent on machine movement and are defined
specifically for machine axes (geometry and special axes) are combined in
module SMA. Supplementary information is to be found in module SEMA. The
individual variables are defined as fields where the line index is the number of
the machine axis (assigned to the current channel). The variable " name " in
module SMA with the line index in question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SMA and SEMA is identical.
actIncrVal
Active INC weighting of the axis
0 = INC_10000
1 = INC_1000
2 = INC_100
3 = INC_10
4 = INC_1
5 = INC_VAR
6 = INC_JOG_CONT
7 = no incremental mode set
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
H1
UWord
r
Double
r
numMachAxes
actToolBasePos
Tool base position. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
cmdToolBasePos
Tool base position setpoint. Physical unit is defined in variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
extUnit
Current physical unit of the axis position
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = degree
3 = indexing position
4 = userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
name
Axis name
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
status
Axis state
0 = travel command in plus direction
1 = travel command in minus direction
2 = exact position coarse reached
3 = exact position fine reached
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
3-366
UWord
r
String[32]
r
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
toolBaseDistToGo
Tool base distance-to-go. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
toolBaseREPOS
Tool base REPOS. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Double
varIncrVal
Settable value for INC_VAR. The physical value depends on whether the axis is linear or rotary.
Linear axis: unit is 1 mm
Rotary axis: unit is 1/1000 degrees
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
r
r
3-367
Lists
3 Variables
3.3.6
09.01
Area N, Mod. SEMA: State data: Machine axes (extension of SMA)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/MachineAxis/...
All state data that are dependent on machine movement and are defined
specifically for machine axes (geometry and special axes) are combined in
module SMA. Supplementary information is to be found in module SEMA. The
individual variables are defined as fields where the line index is the number of
the machine axis (assigned to the current channel). The variable " name " in
module SMA with the line index in question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SMA and SEMA is identical.
aaCoupAct
Current coupling state of the slave spindle
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaCoupOffs
Position offset of the synchronous spindle desired value
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaCurr
Actual value of the axis/spindle current in A (611D only)
A
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaDtbb
Axis-specific distance from the beginning of the block in the BCS for positioning and synchronous axes used in
synchronous actions (note: SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
aaDteb
Axis-specific distance to the end of the block in the BCS for positioning and synchronous axes used in synchronous
actions (note: SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
aaDtepb
Axis-specific distance-to-go of infeed during oscillation in the BCS (note: SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
aaEsrEnable
(Axial) enabling of reactions of " Extended Stop and Retract " function.
The selected axial ESR reaction must be parameterized in MD $MA_ESR_REACTION.
beforehand. The corresponding Stop or Retract reactions can be activated via
$AN_ESR_TRIGGER (or for individual drives in the event of communications failure/
DC-link undervoltage), generator-mode operation is automatically activated in response to
undervoltage conditions.
0: FALSE
1: TRUE
0
0
1
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
3-368
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
aaEsrStat
(Axial) status checkback signals of " Extended Stop and Retract " function,
which can be applied as input signals for the gating logic of the ESR (synchronous actions).
The data is bit-coded. Individual states can therefore be masked or
evaluated separately if necessary:
Bit0 = 1: Generator mode is activated
Bit1 = 1: Retract operation is activated
Bit2 = 1: Stop operation is activated
Bit3 = 1: Risk of undervoltage (DC-link voltage monitoring,
voltage has dropped below warning threshold)
Bit4 = 1: Speed has dropped below minimum generator mode threshold (i.e. no more
regenerative rotation energy is available).
0
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
aaLeadP
Actual lead value position
Multi-line: yes
r
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
aaLeadSp
Simulated lead value - position
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaLeadSv
Simulated leading value velocity
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaLeadTyp
Source of the lead value
1: actual value
2: desired value
3: simulated value
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
aaLeadV
Actual lead value - velocity
Multi-line: yes
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
aaLoad
Drive load in % (611D only)
%
Multi-line: yes
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
aaMm
Latched probe position in the machine coordinate system
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
wr
aaMm1
Access to measurement result of trigger event in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-369
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
aaMm2
Access to measurement result of trigger event in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
wr
aaMm3
Access to measurement result of trigger event in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
wr
aaMm4
Access to measurement result of trigger event in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
wr
aaOff
Superimposed position offset from synchronous actions
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaOffLimit
Limit for axial correction $AA_OFF reached (Note: for SYNACT only)
0: limit not reached
1: limit in positive axial direction reached
11: limit in negative axial direction reached
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
aaOffVal
Integrated value of overlaid motion for an axis.
The negative value of this variable can be used to cancel an overlaid motion.
e.g. $AA_OFF[axis] = -$AA_OFF_VAL[axis]
0
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
r
aaOscillReversePos1
Current reverse position 1 for oscillation in the BCS.
For synchronous actions the value of the setting data $SA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1 is evaluated online; (note:
SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
aaOscillReversePos2
Current reverse position 2 for oscillation in the BCS;
For synchronous actions the value of the setting data $SA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1 is evaluated online; (note:
SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
aaOvr
Axial override for synchronous actions
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
3-370
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
aaPower
Drive power in W (611D only)
W
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
aaSoftendn
Software end position, negative direction
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaSoftendp
Software end position, positive direction
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaStat
Axis state
0: no axis state available
1: travel command is active
2: axis has reached the IPO end. only for channel axes
3: axis in position (exact stop coarse) for all axes
4: axis in position (exact stop fine) for all axes
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaSync
Coupling state of the following axis with lead value coupling
0: not synchronized
1: synchronized coarse
2: synchronized fine
3: synchronized coarse and fine
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaTorque
Desired torque value in Nm (611D only)
Nm
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaTyp
Axis type
0: axis in other channel
1: channel axis of same channel
2: neutral axis
3: PLC axis
4: reciprocating axis
5: neutral axis, currently traversing in JOG
6: slave axis coupled via master value
7: coupled motion slave axis
8: command axis
9: compile cycle axis
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaVactB
Axis velocity in basic coordinate system
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-371
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
aaVactM
Axis velocity in machine coordinate system
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
aaVc
Additive correction value for path feed or axial feed
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
ackSafeMeasPos
Confirmation of SI actual position
0 = not confirmed
0x00AC = confirmed
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
wr
actCouppPosOffset
Position offset of an axis to a leading axis /
leading spindle (actual value)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
S3
0
360
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
actFeedRate
Actual value of axis-specific feedrate for positioning axes. Actual value of single axis feed for additional axes.
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
actIndexAxPosNo
Current indexing position number
0 = no indexing position
& gt; 0 = indexing position number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
S5
r
r
actSpeedRel
Actual value of rotary speed (referring to the maximum speed in %; for 611D in MD1401), for linear drives actual
value of the velocity.
%
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
actValResol
Actual value resolution. The physical unit is
defined in measUnit (in this module)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
amSetupState
State variable of the PI Service
Automatic set-up of an asynchronous motor
0 = inactive
1 = wait for PLC enable
2 = wait for key NC-start
3 = active
4 = stopped by Servo + fine code in the upper byte
5 = stopped by 611D + fine code in the upper byte
6 = stopped by NCK + fine code in the upper byte
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
0xff06
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
3-372
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
axComp
Sum of axis-specific compensation values (CEC Cross Error compensation and temperature compensation). The
physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
axisActiveInChan
Flag indicating whether axis is active in this channel
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
axisFeedRateUnit
Unit of the axis-specific feedrate
0 = mm/min
1 = inch/min
2 = degree/min
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
chanAxisNoGap
Display indicating whether axis exists, i.e. no axis gap in channel.
0: Axis does not exist
1: Axis does exist
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
1
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
chanNoAxisIsActive
Channel number in which the channel axis is currently active
0 = axis is not assigned to any channel
1 to maxnumChannels (Area.:N / Module:Y) = channel number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
cmdContrPos
Desired value of position after fine interpolation
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
cmdCouppPosOffset
Position offset of an axis referring to the leading axis / leading spindle (desired value)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0
360
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
cmdFeedRate
Setpoint of axis-specific feedrate, if axis
is a positioning axis. Single axis feedrate setpoint if the axis is an additional axis.
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
S3
r
r
cmdSpeedRel
Desired value of rotary speed. (referring to the max. speed in %; for 611D in MD 1401). For linear motors actual value
of velocity.
%
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-373
Lists
3 Variables
contrConfirmActive
Controller enable
0 = no controller enable
1 = controller enable
Multi-line: yes
09.01
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
contrMode
Identifier for controller mode servo
0 = position control
1 = speed control
2 = stop
3 = park
4 = follow-up
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
displayAxis
Identifier indicating whether axis is displayed by MMC as a machine axis.
0=
Do not display at all
0xFFFF = Always display everything
bit 0 = Display in actual-value window
bit 1 = Display in reference point window
bit 2 = Display in Preset / Basic offset / Scratching
bit 3 = Display in handwheel selection
0xFFFF
0
0xFFFF
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
distPerDriveRevol
Distance per revolution. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
r
drive2ndTorqueLimit
2nd torque limit. With linear motors: 2nd force limit
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveActMotorSwitch
Actual motor wiring (star/delta)
0 = star
1 = delta
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
8
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveActParamSet
Number of the actual drive parameter set
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
driveClass1Alarm
Message ZK1 drive alarm
0 = no alarm set
1= alarm set (fatal error occured)
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
3-374
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
driveContrMode
Control mode of drive
0 = current control
1 = speed control
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
driveCoolerTempWarn
Heatsink temperature monitoring
0 = temperature OK
1 = overtemperature
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveDesMotorSwitch
Motor wiring selection (star/delta)
0 = star
1 = delta
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
8
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveFastStop
Ramp-function generator rapid stop
0 = not stopped
1 = stopped
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveFreqMode
I/F mode
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveImpulseEnabled
Enable inverter impulse (checkback signal to impulseEnable)
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveIndex
Drive assignment (logical drive number)
0 = drive does not exist
1 to 15 = logical drive number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
15
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveDesParamSet
Desired parameter set of the drive
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
driveIntegDisable
Integrator disable
0 = not disabled
1 = disabled
Multi-line: yes
1
Axis index
Axis index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
0
3-375
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
driveLinkVoltageOk
State of the DC link voltage
0 = OK
1 = not OK
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
driveMotorTempWarn
Motor temperature warning
0 = temperature OK
1 = overtemperature
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
driveNumCrcErrors
CRC errors on the drive bus
(transmission errors when writing data to the 611D;
values may range up to FFFFH)
0 = no error
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveParked
Parking axis
0 = no parking axis
1 = parking axis
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
drivePowerOn
Drive switched on
0 = drive not switched on
1 = drive switched on
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
driveProgMessages
Configurable messages (via machine data)
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
driveReady
Drive ready
0 = drive not ready
1 = drive ready
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
3-376
Axis index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
driveRunLevel
Current state reached during the boot process
(range: coarse state (0 to 5) * 100 + fine state (up to 22)
Boot firmware
--- & gt; 0 XX
Enter configuration --- & gt; 1XX
Hardware init, communication init
Load, convert data --- & gt; 2XX
Change bus addressing --- & gt; 3XX
Prepare synchronization --- & gt; 4XX
Activate interrupt
--- & gt; 519
XX == & gt; fine state
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
driveSetupMode
Set-up mode
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
driveSpeedSmoothing
Smoothing the desired value of the rotary speed, for linear drives: smoothing the desired value of the velocity
0 = no smoothing
1 = smoothing
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
effComp1
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 1. The value results from: Temperature compensation, backlash
compensation, quadrant error compensation, beam sag compensation, leadscrew error compensation.
The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
effComp2
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 2. The value results from: Temperature compensation, backlash
compensation, quadrant error compensation, beam sag compensation, leadscrew error compensation.
The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
encChoice
Active encoder
0 = does not exist
1 = encoder 1
2 = encoder 2
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
fctGenState
State of the function generator
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
feedRateOvr
Feedrate override (only if axis is a positioning axis)
%
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-377
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
focStat
Current status of " Travel with limited torque " function
0-2
0: FOC not active
1: FOC modal active (programming of FOCON[])
2: FOC non-modal active (programming of FOC[])
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
2
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
6
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
3
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
index
Absolute axis index referred to machine data
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
kVFactor
position control gain factor
16,667 1/s
Multi-line: yes
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
fxsInfo
$VA_FXS_INFO[Achse]
Multi-line: yes
0
Achsindex
0
fxsStat
State after travelling to fixed stop
0 = normal control
1 = fixed stop reached
2 = failed
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
handwheelAss
Number of handwheel assigned to an axis
0 = no handwheel assigned
1 to 3 = handwheel number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
impulseEnable
Impulse enable for drive
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
Multi-line: yes
0
Axis index
Axis index
lag
Following error = desired value of position after fine interpolation - actual value of position. The physical unit is
defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
logDriveNo
Drive assignment (logical drive number)
0 = not available
1 to 15 = drive number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
3-378
0
15
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
measFctState
State of the probing function
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
Axis index
measPos1
Actual value of position for encoder 1. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
measPos2
Actual value of position for encoder 2. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
r
r
measPosDev
Actual position difference between the two encoders. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
measUnit
Unit for service values of the drives
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = grd
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
8
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
preContrFactTorque
Feed forward control factor torque
Nm
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
preContrFactVel
Feed forward control factor velocity
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
preContrMode
Feed forward control mode
0 = inactive
1 = velocity feed forward
2 = torque feed forward
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
PRESETActive
Preset state
0 = no preset active
1 = preset active
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
paramSetNo
Number of parameter set
Multi-line: yes
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-379
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
PRESETVal
The function PRESETON (...) programs a zero offset for an axis. The value of the offset is stored in the variable
'PRESETVal'. The variable can be overwritten by the part program and by the MMC.
mm, inch, userdef
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
progIndexAxPosNo
Programmed indexing position number
0 = no indexing position
& gt; 0 = indexing position number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
qecLrnIsOn
Quadrant error compensation learning active
0 = inactive
1 = Neuronal-QEC learning active
2 = Standard-QEC active
3 = Standard-QEC with adaptation of correction value active
4 = Neuronal-QEC active
5 = Neuronal-QEC with adaptation of measuring time active
6 = Neuronal-QEC with adaptation of decay time of correction value active
7 = Neuronal-QEC with adaptation of measuring time and decay time of correction value active
0
7
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
r
refPtBusy
Axis is being referenced
0 = axis is not being referenced
1 = axis is being referenced
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
refPtCamNo
Reference point cam
0 = no cam approached
1 = cam 1
2 = cam 2
3 = cam 3
4 = cam 4
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
refPtStatus
Identifier indicating whether an axis requires referencing and is referenced.
Note regarding exchange axes:
An exchange axis need only ever be referenced in the channel to which it is currently assigned. A referenced
exchange axis is thus logged onto the channel in which it is traversing with value " 3 " (requires referencing and
referenced) and in other channels with value " 1 " (does not require referencing, but referenced).
A set bit means:
SW release 3.1 and earlier:
Bit0: at least 1 measuring system has been referenced
Bit1: current measuring system requires referencing
SW release 3.2 and later:
Bit0: current measuring system has been referenced
Bit1: current measuring system requires referencing
(The busy signal effects the status)
Achsindex
Multi-line: no
3-380
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
safeActPosDiff
Current actual value difference betw. NCK and drive monitoring channels
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
safeActVeloDiff
Current speed difference betw. NCK and drive monitoring channels
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
safeActVeloLimit
Safe limit of actual speed
-1
= & gt; no actual speed limit active
& gt; = 0 = & gt; limit of actual speed is active
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: no
-1
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
-1
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
safeDesVeloLimit
Safe limit of desired speed
-1
= & gt; no desired speed limit active
& gt; = 0 = & gt; desired speed limit is active
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: no
safeFctEnable
Safe operation active
0 = not activated
1 = activated
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
safeInputSig
Safe input signals of the axis
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
0xffff
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
0xffff
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
safeInputSig2
Safe input signals part 2
Multi-line: no
safeInputSigDrive
Safe input signals of the drive
Multi-line: yes
0
Axis index
safeInputSigDrive2
Safe input signals of the drive part 2
Multi-line: no
0
safeMaxVeloDiff
Maximum speed difference between NCK and drive monitoring channels since last NCK Reset
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
3-381
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
safeMeasPos
Safe actual position of the axis. The physical unit is defined in the variable measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
safeMeasPosDrive
Safe actual position of drive. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
safeOutputSig
Safe output signals of the axis
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
safeOutputSig2
Safe output signals part 2
Multi-line: no
subSpec
Subspecification
0 = normal axis
1 = indexing axis
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
0
r
0xffff
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
safeOutputSigDrive
Safe output signals of the drive
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
spec
Axis specification
0 = path axis
1 = positioning axis
Multi-line: yes
r
0xffff
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
T1
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
torqLimit
Torque limitation value (referring to the nominal value of the drive). For linear motors: force limitation value.
%
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
traceState1
State of trace channel 1
0 = idle state
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
Multi-line: yes
3-382
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
0
safeOutputSigDrive2
Safe output signals of the drive part 2
Multi-line: no
r
Axis index
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
traceState2
State of trace channel 2
0 = idle state
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
traceState3
State of trace channel 3
0 = idle state
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
traceState4
State of trace channel 4
0 = idle state
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
Multi-line: yes
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Axis index
trackErrContr
Position controller difference (actual value / desired value of position)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
trackErrDiff
Contour deviation (difference actual value of position and calculated dynamical model)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
maxnumGlobMachAxes
type
Axis type
1 = linear axis
2 = rotary axis
3 = spindle
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
vaDistTorque
0
Achsindex
r
$VA_DIST_TORQUE[Achse]
%
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
maxnumGlobMachAxes
-100
vaVactm
Axis velocity actual value on the load side in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
100
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
Double
maxnumGlobMachAxes
r
3-383
Lists
3 Variables
3.3.7
09.01
Area N, Mod. SSP: State data: Spindle
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/Spindle/...
All status data that refer to the spindle are combined in the module SSP. The
individual variables are defined as arrays where the row index is the number of
the spindle (assigned to the current channel). The spindle can be identified by
reading the variables " name " or " index " in the same module with the respective
row index.
The number of spindles can be read from " numSpindles " in the module Y in the
area C. Values of 0 or ' ' are supplied for axes which are not spindles. The
value SSP:index = 0 indicates that the axis is not a spindle.
acConstCutS
$AC_CONSTCUT_S[n]
m/min, ft/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
0
Spindelindex
numSpindles
actGearStage
Actual gear stage of spindle
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
actSpeed
Spindle speed actual value
U/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
Double
UWord
r
UWord
r
Double
r
numSpindles
cmdAngPos
Spindle position (SPOS)
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
r
Double
channelNo
Number of channel in which spindle is configured
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
r
numSpindles
Spindle index
cmdConstCutSpeed
Constant cutting speed of the master spindle. The requested value for the master spindle differs from
SSP:cmdSpeed only if G96 is active
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
cmdGearStage
Requested gear stage
Multi-line: yes
UWord
Spindle index
r
numSpindles
cmdGwps
Programmed SUG desired value (SUG is the function " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel " )
m/s, ft/s
Double
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
3-384
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
cmdSpeed
Spindle speed desired value
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
driveLoad
Load
%
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
Double
r
Double
r
gwpsActive
SUG programming active (SUG is the function " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel)
0 = not active
1 = active
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
index
Absolute axis index referred to MD
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
UWord
r
r
numSpindles
name
Spindle name
Note: If several logical spindles are referred to one physical spindle with active spindle conversion and access is
made via area N of module SSP2, then the name of the first suitable logical spindle is output.
String[32]
r
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
namePhys
Name of associated physical spindle, identical to " name " variable.
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
opMode
Spindle mode
0 = spindle mode
1 = oscillation mode (gear step changeover)
2 = positioning mode
3 = synchronous mode
4 = axis mode
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
speedLimit
Current speed limitation for spindle
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
speedOvr
Spindle override
%
Multi-line: yes
numSpindles
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
Spindle index
String[32]
r
3-385
Lists
3 Variables
spindleType
Spindle type
0 = master spindle
1 = no master spindle
Multi-line: yes
09.01
UWord
Spindle index
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
numSpindles
status
Spindle state
Bit0 = following spindle
Bit1 = leading spindle
Bit2 = master spindle (extension from SW 4.1)
Bit3 = constant cutting speed (G96) active (extension from SW4.1)
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
turnState
State of spindle rotation
value range to be read via BTSS variable
0 = clockwise
1 = counter-clockwise
2 = stop
value range to be read via $ variable
3 = clockwise
4 = counter-clockwise
5 = stop
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
3-386
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.3.8
Lists
3 Variables
Area N, Mod. SSP2: State data: Spindle
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/LogicalSpindle/...
All state data that refer to a spindle, if a spindle converter (logical spindles) is
active
acConstCutS
$AC_CONSTCUT_S[n]
m/min, ft/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
0
logischer Spindelindex
numSpindlesLog
actGearStage
Actual gear stage of spindle
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
actSpeed
Spindle speed actual value
U/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
channelNo
Number of channel in which spindle is configured
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
cmdAngPos
Spindle position (SPOS)
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
numSpindlesLog
r
UWord
r
Double
r
UWord
r
Double
logical spindle index
Double
r
cmdConstCutSpeed
Constant cutting speed of the master spindle. The requested value for the master spindle differs from
SSP:cmdSpeed only if G96 is active
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
cmdGearStage
Requested gear stage
Multi-line: yes
UWord
logical spindle index
Double
logical spindle index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
numSpindlesLog
cmdGwps
Programmed SUG desired value (SUG is the function " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel " )
m/s, ft/s
Double
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
cmdSpeed
Spindle speed desired value
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
r
r
r
numSpindlesLog
3-387
Lists
3 Variables
driveLoad
Load
%
Multi-line: yes
09.01
Double
logical spindle index
gwpsActive
SUG programming active (SUG is the function " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel)
0 = not active
1 = active
UWord
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
index
Absolute axis index referred to MD
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
r
numSpindlesLog
UWord
r
r
numSpindlesLog
name
Spindle name
Note: If several logical spindles are referred to one physical spindle with active spindle conversion and access is
made via area N of module SSP2, then the name of the first suitable logical spindle is output.
String[32]
r
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
namePhys
Name of assigned physical spindle.
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
opMode
Spindle mode
0 = spindle mode
1 = oscillation mode (gear step changeover)
2 = positioning mode
3 = synchronous mode
4 = axis mode
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
speedLimit
Current speed limitation for spindle
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
speedOvr
Spindle override
%
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
spindleType
Spindle type
0 = master spindle
1 = no master spindle
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
3-388
String[32]
r
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
r
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
status
Spindle state
Bit0 = following spindle
Bit1 = leading spindle
Bit2 = master spindle (extension from SW 4.1)
Bit3 = constant cutting speed (G96) active (extension from SW4.1)
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
turnState
State of spindle rotation
value range to be read via BTSS variable
0 = clockwise
1 = counter-clockwise
2 = stop
value range to be read via $ variable
3 = clockwise
4 = counter-clockwise
5 = stop
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
UWord
r
UWord
r
3-389
Lists
3 Variables
3.3.9
09.01
Area N, Mod. FA: Global NCU active frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/ActualFrame/...
Active zero offsets (ZO) are also available in a global NCU configuration.
In contrast to area C (channel-specific zero offsets), only the following frame
indices are available for global NCU offsets:
2: IFRAME current settable zero offset (only if
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES & gt; 0)
6: ACTBFRAME current total of base frames
$MN_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES = 0)
(only if
The line index is calculated from:
Line index = frame index * maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis number
The maximum line index is determined by the maximum number of available
machine axes:
maxZeilenindex:
6 * maxnumGlobMachAxes
The value linShiftFine is available.
$P_PFRAME[x,TR] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME
linShift
Translation of an active zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
6 * maxnumGlobMachAxes
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
number
PA
$P_PFRAME[x,MI] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME
mirrorImgActive
Mirroring enabled in an active zero offset
0 = mirroring not active
1 = mirroring active
UWord
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
6 * maxnumGlobMachAxes
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
number
PA
$P_PFRAME[x,RT] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME
rotation
Rotation of an active zero offset
Grad
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
6 * maxnumGlobMachAxes
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
number
PA
$P_PFRAME[x,SC] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME
scaleFact
Scaling factor of an active zero offset
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
6 * maxnumGlobMachAxes
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
number
PA
3-390
r
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.3.10
Lists
3 Variables
Area N, Mod. FB: Global NCU base frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/BaseFrame/...
Global NCU base frames can be configured via
$MC_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES.
Channel-independent base frames are available only if
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES & gt; 0.
Individual zero offsets are set via the parameter variables in module FB.
Each parameter is defined as an array. The axes of a specific zero offset group
(frame) are addressed via the row index.
The maximum line index is determined by the maximum number of available
machine axes:
maxZeilenindex:
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes
The line index is calculated from:
Line index = frame index * maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis number
In contrast to area C, there are no rotations in area N,
i.e. the definition for " rotation " is omitted here in the OPI.
$P_NCBFR[x,TR] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
PA
linShift
Translation of settable zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
mm, inch, userdef
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
$P_NCBFR[x,SI] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
linShiftFine
Fine offset with frames, expansion of basic frames and settable frames
mm, inch, userdef
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
$P_NCBFR[x ,MI] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
PA
mirrorImgActive
Mirroring enabled in a settable zero offset
0: Mirroring not active
1: Mirroring active
UWord
wr
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
$P_NCBFR[x,y,RT] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
PA
rotation
Rotation of a settable zero offset
Grad
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-391
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$P_NCBFR[x,SC] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
PA
scaleFact
Scaling factor of a settable zero offset
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
3-392
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.3.11
Lists
3 Variables
Area N, Mod. FU: Global NCU settable frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/UserFrame/...
Global NCU settable frames are available only if
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES & gt; 0. MD
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES is not evaluated in this case.
Global NCU frames are configured only once per NCU and can be accesssed
by all channels.
Individual zero offsets are set via the parameter variables in module FU.
Each parameter is defined as an array. The axes of a specific zero offset group
(frame) are addressed via the row index.
The maximum line index is determined by the maximum number of available
machine axes:
maxZeilenindex:
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes
The line index is calculated from:
Line index = frame index * maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis number
The meaning of the frame indices is as follows:
0 = G500
1 = G54
2 = G55
3 = G56
4 = G57
5 = G505
6 = G506
:
nn = G5nn
:
99 = G599
The number of machine axes " numMachAxes " can be read from module Y in
area C.
In contrast to area C, there are no rotations in area N, i.e. the definition for
" rotation " is omitted here in the OPI.
To activate the zero offset, PI service SETUFR must be called after the
parameters have been entered!
$P_UIFR[x,y,TR] x=FrameNo,y=Axis
PA
linShift
Translation of settable zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
mm, inch, userdef
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
$P_UIFR[x,y,SI] x=FrameNo,y=Axis
linShiftFine
Fine offset with frames, expansion of basic frames and settable frames
mm, inch, userdef
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-393
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$P_UIFR[x,y,MI] x = FrameNo,y=Axis
PA
mirrorImgActive
Mirroring enabled in settable zero offset
0 = mirroring not active
1 = mirroring active
UWord
wr
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
$P_UIFR[x,y,SC] x = FrameNo,y=Axis
PA
scaleFact
Scaling factor of settable zero offset
Double
wr
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES *
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) *
maxnumGlobMachAxes
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
number
3-394
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.3.12
Lists
3 Variables
Area N, Mod. YFAFL: NCK instruction groups (Fanuc)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/FunctionGroupingFanuc/...
All G functions currently configured for the channels are made available for
reading by the NCK. They are configured via machine data. Since the G
functions are organized in groups, only one of which can be active at a time,
this module is organized as a table.
There are two columns for each G group. The 1st column lists the number of G
functions in a group (Gruppe_NUM), this corresponds to the number of rows in
each subsequent column. This second column contains all the G functions
belonging to a group (Gruppe).
As a result, the data for a certain G group are calculated via a column offset.
The column offset of each variable is:
2 * (G group number - 1)
The number of G groups is given in the variable " numGCodeGroupsFanuc " in
area N / module Y. The resultant maximum column offset of the variables is
thus
2 * numGCodeGroupsFanuc.
The G functions currently active are listed in area C / module SNCF.
Gruppe
Instruction group
Multi-line: yes
String[16]
Serial number
Gruppe_NUM
Number of Fanuc-G functions in respective group
0
Multi-line: yes
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
UWord
r
Gruppe_NUM
1
3-395
Lists
3 Variables
3.3.13
09.01
Area B, Mod. S: Mode-group-specific state data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Bag/State/...
During NC operation different internal states occur and system-specific data
may change during operation. To distinguish those from system variables, they
are classified as state data.
A distinction is made between:
- NCK-specific state data
- Mode-group-specific state data
- Channel-specific state data
- Drive-specific state data (FDD)
- Drive-specific state data (MSD)
opMode
Active mode
0 = JOG
1 = MDA
2 = AUTO
Multi-line: no
DB11, DBX6.0-6.2
DB11, DBX6.3
readyActive
Code whether mode group is ready
0 = not ready
1 = ready
Multi-line: no
DB11, DBX6.7
resetActive
Code whether all channels in mode group are in Reset
0 = not all channels in reset
1 = all channels in reset
Multi-line: no
3-396
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
3.4
State data of channel
3.4.1
Area C, Mod. M: Channel-specific machine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/Drive/...
Channel-specific machine data
MDS_CHAN_NAME
Channel name
Multi-line: no
MD 20000: CHAN_NAME
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
String[16]
wr
1
3-397
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.2
09.01
Area C, Mod. S: Channel-specific status data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/State/...
During NC operation different internal states occur and system-specific data
may change during operation. To distinguish those from system variables, they
are classified as state data.
A distinction is made between:
- NCK-specific state data
- Mode-group-specific state data
- Channel-specific state data
- Drive-specific state data (FDD)
- Drive-specific state data (MSD)
$AA_EG_ACTIVE[a,b]
aaEgActive
Electronic gear:
Link to the specified master axis is operative, i.e. activated.
0: Deactivated
1: Activated
0
0
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of the slave) *
numMachAxes + (axis index of the
master axis) + 1
$AA_EG_AX[n,a]
aaEgAx
Electronic gear:
Axis number of nth master axis (1-n).
(Axis index = axis number - 1)
1-numMachAxes
0
1
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of slave axis) * 5 +
(index of master axis) + 1
1
UWord
numMachAxes * numMachAxes
r
numMachAxes
UWord
numMachAxes * 5
r
$AA_EG_DENOM[a,b]
aaEgDenom
Electronic gear:
Denominator of link factor for the specified master axis.
The link factor of the gear is the result of $AA_EG_NUMERA[a,b]/$AA_EG_DENOM[a,b].
1
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of the slave axis) *
numMachAxes * numMachAxes
numMachAxes + (axis index of the
master axis) + 1
$AA_EG_NUMERA[a,b]
aaEgNumera
Electronic gear:
Numerator of link factor for the specified master axis.
The link factor of the gear is the result of $AA_EG_NUMERA[a,b]/$AA_EG_DENOM[a,b].
0
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of the slave axis) *
numMachAxes * numMachAxes
numMachAxes + (axis index of the
master axis) + 1
3-398
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$AA_EG_NUM_LA[a]
aaEgNumLa
Electronic gear:
Number of master axes specified with EGDEF.
If the axis has not been specified with EGDEF as slave axis,
the value is 0.
0-5
0
0
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of slave axis + 1)
$AA_EG_SYN[a,b]
aaEgSyn
Electronic gear:
Synchronous position for the specified master axis.
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of the slave axis) *
numMachAxes + (axis index of the
master axis) + 1
$AA_EG_SYNFA[a]
aaEgSynFa
Electronic gear:
Synchronous position for the slave axis.
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of slave axis + 1)
$AA_EG_TYPE[a,b]
aaEgType
Electronic gear:
Type of link for the specified master axis
0: Actual-value linkage
1: Setpoint linkage
0
0
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of the slave axis) *
numMachAxes + (axis index of the
master axis) + 1
aaMeasP1Valid
0
AchsIndex
aaMeasP2Valid
0
AchsIndex
aaMeasP3Valid
0
AchsIndex
aaMeasP4Valid
0
AchsIndex
aaMeasPoint1
0
AchsIndex
1
UWord
numMachAxes * numMachAxes
r
1
numMachAxes
UDoubleword
wr
1
numMachAxes
UDoubleword
wr
1
numMachAxes
UDoubleword
wr
1
numMachAxes
UDoubleword
wr
Double
wr
$AA_MEAS_POINT1
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
r
numMachAxes
$AA_MEAS_P4_VALID
Multi-line: yes
Double
r
$AA_MEAS_P3_VALID
Multi-line: yes
Double
numMachAxes * numMachAxes
r
$AA_MEAS_P2_VALID
Multi-line: yes
UWord
$AA_MEAS_P1_VALID
Multi-line: yes
5
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
0
0
0
0
numMachAxes
3-399
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
aaMeasPoint2
$AA_MEAS_POINT2
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
AchsIndex
aaMeasPoint3
$AA_MEAS_POINT2
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
AchsIndex
aaMeasPoint4
$AA_MEAS_POINT4
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
AchsIndex
aaMeasSetpoint
$AA_MEAS_SETPOINT
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
AchsIndex
aaMeasSpValid
$AA_MEAS_SP_VALID
Multi-line: yes
0
AchsIndex
Double
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
UDoubleword
wr
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
0
1
numMachAxes
$AC_ALARM_STAT
acAlarmStat
!=0: Alarms are pending, the appropriate coded alarm reactions can be used as source for
" Extended stop and retract " .
The data is bit-coded. Individual states can therefore be masked or
evaluated separately if necessary (bits excluded below produce a value of 0)
Bit2 = 1: NOREADY (active rapid deceleration + cancellation of servo enable)
Bit6 = 1: STOPBYALARM (ramp stop of all channel axes)
Bit9 = 1: SETVDI (VDI interface signal alarm setting)
Bit13 = 1: FOLLOWUPBYALARM (follow-up)
0
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_AXCTSWA[CTn]
acAxCtSwA
Channel status of axis container rotation
TRUE: The channel has enabled rotation for the axis container
and rotation is still in progress.
FALSE: Axis container rotation is already finished
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Container no.
1
numContainer
UWord
r
r
$AC_DELT
acDelt
Stored distance-to-go of the path in the WCS after delete-distance-to-go of the path DELDTG for synchronous action
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_DTBB
acDtbb
Distance from the beginning of the block in the BCS (Note: SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
3-400
Double
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
$AC_DTBW
acDtbw
Distance from the beginning of the block in the WCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_DTEB
acDteb
Distance to the end of the block in the BCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_DTEPB
acDtepb
Distance-to-go of infeed during oscillation in the BCS (Note: for SYNACT only )
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_DTEPW
acDtepw
Distance-to-go of infeed during oscillation in the WCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_DTEW
acDtew
Distance to the end of the block in the WCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
Lists
3 Variables
Double
r
Double
r
Double
r
Double
r
Double
r
$AC_FCT0[x] x = PolynomNo
acFct0
a0-coefficient of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of the polynominal
$MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
$AC_FCT1[x] x = PolynomNo
acFct1
a1-coefficient of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of the polynominal
$MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
$AC_FCT2[x] x = PolynomNo
acFct2
a2-coefficient of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of the polynominal
$MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
$AC_FCT3[x] x = PolynomNo
acFct3
a3-coefficient of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of the polynominal
$MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
$AC_FCTLL[x] x = PolynomNo
acFctll
Lower limit of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of the polynominal
$MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
r
r
r
r
3-401
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$AC_FCTUL[x] x = PolynomNo
acFctul
Upper limit of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of the polynominal
$MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
acIwStat
Current position of machine
Bit-coded:
Bit 0: Tool inv. position
Bit 1: Axis 2/3 position
Bit 2: Axis 5 position
Bit 3-31: Not yet assigned
Multi-line: yes
r
$AC_IW_STAT
0
1
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
1
2
UWord
r
2
1
UDoubleword
wr
Double
r
Double
wr
Double
r
UDoubleword
wr
1
$AC_IW_TU
acIwTu
Current position of channel axes
Bit-coded:
Bit 0: Channel axis 1 position
Bit 1: Channel axis 2 position
Bit 2: Channel axis 3 position
Bit 3: Channel axis 4 position
...
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_MEA
acMea
Touch probe has switched
No. of touch probe
Multi-line: yes
0
0
No. of touch probe
acMeasActPlane
$AC_MEAS_ACT_PLANE
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasCornerAngle
$AC_MEAS_CORNER_ANGLE
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasCornerSetangle
$AC_MEAS_CORNER_SETANGLE
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasDiameter
$AC_MEAS_DIAMETER
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasDirApproach
$AC_MEAS_DIR_APPROACH
Multi-line: yes
1
3-402
0
1
0
180.0
1
1
0
5
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
acMeasDNumber
$AC_MEAS_D_NUMBER
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasFineTrans
$AC_MEAS_FINE_TRANS
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasFrameSelect
$AC_MEAS_FRAME_SELECT
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasLatch
$AC_MEAS_LATCH
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. Meßpunkt
acMeasResults
$AC_MEAS_RESULTS[n]
Multi-line: yes
Index
acMeasSema
$AC_MEAS_SEMA
Multi-line: yes
0
1
acMeasTNumber
$AC_MEAS_T_NUMBER
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasToolLength
$AC_MEAS_TOOL_LENGTH
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasType
$AC_MEAS_TYPE
Multi-line: yes
0
1
acMeasValid
$AC_MEAS_VALID
Multi-line: yes
1
acMeasWpAngle
$AC_MEAS_WP_ANGLE
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
1
0
UDoubleword
wr
1
1
UDoubleword
wr
1065
1
UDoubleword
wr
1
4
UDoubleword
wr
Double
r
UDoubleword
wr
UDoubleword
wr
Double
r
UDoubleword
wr
UDoubleword
wr
Double
r
1
0
0
0
10
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
21
1
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
1
3-403
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
acMeasWpSetangle
$AC_MEAS_WP_SETANGLE
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
1
-90.0
90.0
1
r
Double
r
Double
r
Double
r
UWord
r
Double
wr
Double
wr
UWord
r
1
$AC_PATHN
acPathn
Normalized path parameter (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
wr
Double
$AC_OVR
acOvr
Path override for synchronous actions (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
Double
1
$AC_PLTBB
acPltbb
Path length from the beginning of the block in the BCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_PLTEB
acPlteb
Path length to the end of the block in the BCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_PROG
acProg
Program status
(identical to progStatus but with coding that corresponds to $AC_PROG)
0: aborted (reset)
1: halted (stop)
2: running
(active)
3: waiting
4: interrupted
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
acPRTimeA
For simulation: Estimation of program runtime in seconds - downtime
s, userdef
Multi-line: yes
1
1
acPRTimeM
For simulation: Estimation of program runtime in seconds - machining time
s, userdef
Multi-line: yes
1
1
acPtpSup
Cartesian point-to-point travel (PTP) is supported by transformation
0: Cart. PTP travel is not supported
1: Cart. PTP travel is supported
0
0
Multi-line: yes
1
3-404
1
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$AC_STAT
acStat
Channel status
(identical to chanStatus but with coding that corresponds to $AC_STAT)
0: reset
1: interrupted
2: active
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
UWord
$AA_SYNA_MEM
acSynaMem
Free memory for synchronous actions: Shows how many elements of the memory set with
$MC_MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS are still free.
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
??
actDLNumber
Number of active total offset DL
Multi-line: yes
1
actDNumber
Number of active tool edge
Multi-line: no
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
$P_TOOL
0
actDNumberFanuc
With programming in ISO Dialect mode:
Offset memory number radius.
Assigned only in conjunction with ISO Dialect M external language.
Multi-line: yes
1
9
1
actDNumberS
Corresponds to actNumber for block search with calculation
Attention: This variable is available for protocolling block search events only, not for the Variable Service!
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
actDuploNumber
Duplo number of active tool
Multi-line: no
r
0
UWord
r
1
actFeedRateIpo
Actual value of the interpolation feedrate. The actual value is the feed actually moved with. (depends on the
acceleration profiles, LookAhead, velocity limits etc. ) The variable 'feedRateIpoUnit' defines the physical unit.
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
Double
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
r
3-405
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$P_UIFRNUM
actFrameIndex
Index of the active set frame (index in G
group 8 " Settable zero offset " )
Frames 0 - 4 (corresponds to G500 ... G57)
can be set in the standard version. The number
of frames can be changed via machine data
MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES.
0 = no frame selected
1 = G54
2 = G55
3 = G56
4 = G57
5 = G505
to
99 = G599
Multi-line: no
actHNumberFanuc
With programming in ISO Dialect mode:
Offset memory number length.
Assigned only in conjunction with ISO Dialect M external language.
Multi-line: yes
1
UWord
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
r
1
$AC_TIME
acTime
Time from the beginning of the block in seconds (Note: for SYNACT only)
s
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_TIMEC
acTimec
Time from the beginning of the block in interpolation cycles (Note: for SYNACT only)
IPO-Takt
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_TIMER[x] x = TimerNo
acTimer
Time variable in seconds (Note: for SYNACT only)
s
Multi-line: yes
Number of the time variable
r
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_AC_TIMER
r
actIpoType
Active interpolation mode used for the path motion. This date corresponds to a large degree to the SNCF:ncFktBin
for the first G-group. The value differs for automatically generated intermediate blocks only. This is e.g. the case if
two lines are connected with an arc by the command RND. The value is the index of the active G-code (analog with
SNCF:ncFktBin)
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
1
1
actIpoTypeS
Active mode of interpolation applied during block searches.
This data is very similar to SNCF:ncFktBinS for the 1st G group.
Its value is different only in the case of automatically generated intermediate blocks,
such as when, for example, two straight lines are connected to an arc
by means of command RND.
The value is the index of the active G function (analogous to SNCF:ncFktBinS).
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
3-406
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
actOriToolLength1
X component in workpiece coordinate system (WCS) of active tool length,
taking into account the tool orientation, incl. adapter data, mirroring and TCARR
(orientable toolholder).
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
actParts
0
r
Double
r
wr
UWord
r
r
$AC_ACTUAL_PARTS
Multi-line: no
Double
UWord
actOriToolLength3
Z component in workpiece coordinate system (WCS) of active tool length,
taking into account the tool orientation, incl. adapter data, mirroring and TCARR
(orientation-capable toolholder).
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
r
Double
actOriToolLength2
Y component in workpiece coordinate system (WCS) of active tool length,
taking into account the tool orientation, incl. adapter data, mirroring and TCARR
(orientation-capable toolholder).
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
Double
$AC_TRAFO
acTrafo
Code number of the active transformation (encoded as for $AC_TRAFO)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
acTrafoParSet
$AC_TRAFO_PARSET
Multi-line: yes
0
1
actTNumber
Number of active tool
Multi-line: no
$P_TOOLNO
1
W1
0
actTNumberLong
Number of the active tool using flat D-numbers with up to 8 digits
Multi-line: yes
1
32000
UWord
r
Long Integer
r
1
actTNumberS
Corresponds to actTNumber for block search with calculation. Attention: This variable is available for protocolling the
block search events only, not for the Variable Service!
UWord
wr
Multi-line: yes
1
1
actToolAdapterNum
Adapter number of current tool
0
Multi-line: yes
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
UWord
r
1
3-407
Lists
3 Variables
actToolIdent
Identifier of active tool
Multi-line: no
09.01
W1
" \0 "
String[32]
actToolLength1
Active tool length 1
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: no
$P_TOOLL[1]
actToolLength2
Active tool length 2
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: no
$P_TOOLL[2]
actToolLength3
Active tool length 3
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: no
$P_TOOLL[3]
actToolRadius
Active tool radius
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: no
$P_TOOLR
actTransform
Active transformation
Multi-line: yes
r
1
W1
Double
r
W!
Double
r
W1
Double
r
W1
Double
\0
1
r
String[32]
r
Double
r
Double
r
1
$AC_VACTB
acVactB
Path velocity in basic coordinate system
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_VACTW
acVactw
Path velocity in the work piece coordinate system
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$AC_VC
acVc
Additive path feedrate correction value for synchronous actions (Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$A_LINK_TRANS_RATE
aLinkTransRate
Link transfer rate
Number of bytes that can still be transferred in the
current IPO cycle via the NCU link communication.
0
Multi-line: yes
Spindle no. or toolholder no.
3-408
UWord
max. Spindelnr oder WZ-Halter-Nr.
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
DB21-28, DBX36.2
allAxesRefActive
Code specifying whether all axes are referenced
1 = all axes referenced
0 = at least 1 axis not referenced
Multi-line: no
UWord
UWord
UWord
aTcCmdC
UWord
0
1
aTcFct
Command number
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
r
$AC_TC_CMDC
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
0
1
wr
$AC_TC_ACKC
Multi-line: yes
wr
UWord
aTcAckC
r
UWord
allAxesStopped
Code specifying whether axes are in exact stop
0 = at least one axis is not in exact stop
1 = All axes in exact stop
Multi-line: no
r
$A_TC_FCT
1
0
1
0
1
1
$A_TC_LFN
aTcLfn
Source location number of new tool
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$A_TC_LFO
aTcLfo
Source location number of old tool
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$A_TC_LTN
aTcLtn
Target location number of new tool
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$A_TC_LTO
aTcLto
Target location number of old tool
Multi-line: yes
1
1
aTcMfn
Source magazine of new tool
Multi-line: yes
$A_TC_MFN
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
3-409
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$A_TC_MFO
aTcMfo
Source magazine number of old tool
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$A_TC_MTN
aTcMtn
Target magazine number of new tool
Multi-line: yes
1
1
$A_TC_MTO
aTcMto
Target magazine number of old tool
Multi-line: yes
1
1
aTcStatus
Command status
Multi-line: yes
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
1
r
UWord
r
1
1
$A_TC_TNO
1
$P_CHBFRMASK
basisFrameMask
Display indicating which channel-specific basic frames are active
Every bit in the mask indicates whether the appropriate basic frame
is active. Bit0 = 1st basic frame, Bit1 = 2nd basic frame, etc.
Multi-line: yes
1
1
1
DB21-28, DBX36.6 und DBX36.7
chanAlarm
Code whether NCK alarm pending.
0 = no alarm in this channel
1 = alarm without stop
2 = alarm with stop
Multi-line: no
chanAxisNoGap
Display of existing axes, i.e. no axis gap in channel.
Bits 0-31 represent the axes of the channel.
Bitn = 0: Axis does not exist.
Bitn = 1: Axis does exist.
0
Multi-line: yes
1
3-410
r
$A_TC_STATUS
$A_TC_THNO
aTcThno
Number of toolholder for new tool
Multi-line: yes
1
aTcTno
T number of new tool
Multi-line: yes
UWord
A2
UWord
r
UDoubleword
r
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
changeAxConfCounter
A counter which is incremented if the axes configuration has changed. This is the case, if e.g. geometry axes are
switched or axes have been changed between channels. The counter is set to 0 at PowerOn and it might overflow.
You cannot be sure, that the axes configuration actually has changed when the counter is incremented.
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
1
1
chanStatus
Channel status
0 = RESET
1 = active
2 = interrupted
Multi-line: no
DB21-28, DBX35.5-DBX35.7
K1
UWord
UWord
$C_IN[n]
cIn
Signal from PLC to cycle (reserved for
SIEMENS application, e.g. ShopMill/ManualTurn)
Multi-line: yes
No. of input signal
r
r
Double
r
16
cmdDwellTime
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
1
cmdFeedRateIpo
Desired feedrate of the interpolation feedrate. The physical unit is defined in the variable 'feedRateIpoUnit'
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
Double
Multi-line: no
cmdTrafoParSetS
$P_TRAFO_PARSET
Multi-line: yes
0
1
cmdTrafoS
$P_TRAFO
Multi-line: yes
0
1
r
UWord
UWord
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
1
corrBlActive
Incorrect block has occurred (correction block)
0 = no incorrect block
1 = incorrect block
Multi-line: no
$C_OUT[n]
cOut
Signal from cycle to PLC (reserved for
SIEMENS application, e.g. ShopMill/ManualTurn)
Multi-line: yes
No. of output signal
r
1
16
3-411
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
cycServRestricted
Code whether restricted cyclic variable service is available.
This is a privileged variable: Cyclic result acknowledgements for this variable are produced even if the cyclic services
are no longer served by the NCK because of block cycle time problems. Caution: Privileged variables lose this
characteristic if they are mixed with non-privileged variables in one request. - & gt; Do not combine the variable
cycServRestricted in a cluster with other variables!
0 = normal cycl. service
1 = no cyclic service (but acknowledgement)
UWord
r
Multi-line: no
direction
Traversing direction
0 = normal travel
1 = forward travel
2 = reverse travel
3 = reference point cycle
4 = stop state
Multi-line: no
DB21-28, DBB32.0
extProgActive
Flag indicating whether program execution from external is active.
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
feedRateIpoOvr
Interpolation feedrate, override
%
Multi-line: no
feedRateIpoUnit
Interpolation feedrate, units
0 = mm/min
1 = mm/rev
2 = inch/min
3 = inch/rev
Multi-line: no
DB21-28, DBX33.4
findBlActive
Code whether block search is active.
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
UWord
r
Double
r
UWord
r
K1
UWord
r
$AC_G0MODE
G0Mode
G00 is active and $MC_G0_LINEAR_MODE is FALSE (Siemens mode) or $MC_EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE is
FALSE (ISO mode) and therefore non-linear interpolation is active with G0, i.e. the path axes are traversed as
positioning axes.
0: G00 not active
1: G00 and linear interpolation active
2: G00 and non-linear interpolation active
0
0
2
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
1
1
3-412
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
ludAccCounter
Counter indicating that a new LUD ACC is available. If subprograms are called during an automatic program
execution, a new set of LUDs becomes valid. In order to indicate to the MMC that it has to modify the display of the
LUDs, respectively that the validity of the LUDs has changed, the variable 'ludAccCounter' is incremented. It is only
necessary for the MMC to inquire a change of the variable's value, the value itself is of no importance.
UWord
r
Multi-line: no
DB11, DBX7.0-DBX7.2
machFunc
Active channel machine function
0 = none
1 = REPOS
2 = TEACH IN
3 = REF
4 = TEACH-REPOS
5 = TEACH-REF
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
ncStartCounter
Counter for the NC-start key. Pressing this key increments the variable 'ncStartCounter'. The value of the variable
can be ignored, the MMC must just inquire the change of the variable to see whether the start-key has been pressed.
UWord
r
Multi-line: no
numTraceProtocEventType
Multi-line: yes
numTraceProtocOemEvent
Type
Multi-line: yes
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
Double
r
UWord
r
10
$MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_OEM_TYP
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
10
$P_EG_BC[a]
pEgBc
Electronic gear:
Block change criterion. Important for EGON, EGONSYN
0:
NOC
Block change is performed immediately
1:
IPOSTOP
Block change is performed with setpoint synchronism
2:
COARSE Block change is performed with " Synchronism coarse "
3:
FINE
Block change is performed with " Synchronism fine "
3
0
3
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of slave axis + 1)
numMachAxes
$P_OFFN
pOffn
Last programmed offset normal
0
Multi-line: no
??
progDLNumber
Number of programmed total offset DL (need not yet be active)
Multi-line: yes
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-413
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
??
progDLNumberS
Corresponds to actDLNumber for block search with calculation
Caution: This variable is not available for the Variable Service,
but only for logging in the case of block search events!.
Multi-line: yes
1
progDNumber
Number of programmed tool edge
(does not yet have to be active)
Multi-line: no
progDuploNumber
Duplo number of programmed tool
(does not yet have to be active)
0
Multi-line: no
progStatus
Program status
1 = interrupted
2 = stopped
3 = in progress
4 = waiting
5 = aborted
Multi-line: no
9
r
UWord
r
UWord
0
UWord
r
1
DB21-28, DBX35.0 - DBX35.4
K1
UWord
UWord
progToolIdent
Identifier of programmed tool (does not yet have to be active)
" \0 "
Multi-line: no
r
r
r
UWord
r
1
protAreaCounter
Counter is incremented by 1 every time a
protection zone (block PA) is modified
Multi-line: yes
1
Long Integer
UWord
progTNumberLong
Number of the programmed tool using flat D-numbers with up to 8 digits
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
r
String[32]
progTNumber
Number of programmed tool
Multi-line: no
r
1
protocUserActive
$MM_PROTOC_USER_ACTIVE
Multi-line: yes
0
User-Nr. (1-10)
3-414
0
1
10
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$P_TC
pTc
The active orientatable toolholder
0
Multi-line: yes
1
0
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
r
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
r
Double
r
Double
wr
1
$P_TCANG[n]
pTcAng
The current angles of the two axes of an orientation-capable toolholder
Grad
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis no. of toolholder
2
$P_TCDIFF[n]
pTcDiff
The difference between the exact and the actually used
angles of the two axes of
an orientation-capable toolholder
Grad
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis no. of toolholder
pTcSol
$P_TCSOL
Multi-line: yes
0
1
pToolO
$P_TOOLO
Multi-line: yes
0
-1
1: X-Komponente
2: Y-Komponente
3: Z-Komponente
2
0
1
1
3
rapFeedRateOvr
Rapid traverse override
%
Multi-line: no
remainDwellTime
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
reqParts
$AC_REQUIRED_PARTS
Multi-line: no
0
rotSys
$AC_ROT_SYS
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
3
1
UWord
r
0
1
0
numChannels
1
UWord
wr
1
seruproMasterChanNo
Multi-line: yes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-415
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
seruproMasterNcuNo
-
0
Multi-line: yes
1
specParts
$AC_SPECIAL_PARTS
Multi-line: no
0
3-416
0
$MN_MM_LINK
_NUM_OF_MO
DULES
1
UWord
wr
Double
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
stopCond
NC in stop state
0 = no stop state
1 = stop: NC not ready
2 = stop: mode group not ready
3 = stop: EMERGENCY STOP active
4 = stop: alarm with stop active
5 = stop: M0 / M1 active
6 = stop: block ended in SBL mode
7 = stop: NC stop active
8 = wait: read-in enable missing
9 = wait: feed enable missing
10 = wait: dwell time active
11 = wait: aux. funct. acknowledgement missing
12 = wait: axis enable missing
13 = wait: exact stop not reached
14 = wait for positioning axis
15 = wait for spindle
16 = wait for another channel
17 = wait for feed override
18 = stop: NC block faulty
19 = wait for NC blocks from external source
20 = wait due to SYNACT instruction
21 = wait: block search active
22 = wait: spindle enable missing
23 = wait: axis feed override 0
24 = wait for tool change acknowledgement
25 = wait for gear ratio change
26 = wait for position control
27 = wait for thread first cut
28 = reserved
29 = wait for punching
30 = wait for safe operation
31 = wait for channel ready from SW 4.1
32 = wait: oscillating active from SW 4.1
33 = wait: axis exchange active (block change disabled because axis exchange in progress) from SW 4.1
34 = wait for axis container rotation; from SW 4.4
35 = wait: AXCT axis active as slave axis; from SW 5.2
36 = wait: AXCT axis active as master axis; from SW 5.2
37 = wait: AXCT axis changing to follow-up; from SW 5.2
38 = wait: AXCT axis, internal status change; from SW 5.2
39 = wait: AXCT axis, drive disable; from SW 5.2
40 = wait: AXCT axis, overlaid motion in progress; from SW 5.2
41 = wait: AXCT axis, axis exchange active; from SW 5.2
42 = wait: AXCT axis, interpolator active; from SW 5.2
43 = WARTEN_AUF_CC_FREIGABE: Wait for compile cycle; from SW 5.2
45 = Stop; Serupro has found search destination and the NCK has stopped.
SERUPRO is abbrev. for SEarchRUn by PROgrammtest and is a new type of block search. SERUPRO is
activated via PI service " _N_FINDBL " , parameter == 5; SW $[[SW410000]] and later.
46 = Stop; ESR activated; SW $[[SW410000]] and later.
44 and 47 - 50 = reserved
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
stopCondPar
Supplementary parameters for variable stopCond.
stopCondPar has the default value 0. If stopCond takes one of the following values, variable stopCondPar contains
supplementary information:
UWord
r
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-417
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
suppProgFunc
Disabling of language commands
Bit0 = 0: SBLOF command is active
Bit0 = 1: SBLOF command is disabled
Bit0 = 0
Multi-line: yes
1
UWord
wr
UWord
r
1
timeOrRevolDwell
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
1
1
toolCounter
Counter of the changes of the tool data assigned to a channel. The counter is incremented each time a tool data is
changed.
All changes of tool data made by BTSS, part programs, INI files and by the Tool Management software are
considered.
Tool data are tool compensations, grinding-specific tool parameters, OEM tool parameters and Tool Managment data
including magazine data.
There is one exception: the present tool-in-use-time, since it is changed in each IPO cycle.
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
1
1
toolCounterC
Counter for modifications to tool offset data assigned to the channel
(analog toolCounter).
Multi-line: yes
1
1
totalParts
0
transfActive
UWord
r
wr
$AC_TOTAL_PARTS
Multi-line: no
r
Double
toolCounterM
Counter for modifications to magazine data assigned to the channel
(analog toolCounter).
Multi-line: yes
1
1
UWord
DB21-28, DBX33.6
K1,
M1
Transformation active
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
UWord
transSys
0
1
UWord
r
$AC_TRANS_SYS
Multi-line: yes
r
3-418
0
3
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
$VA_EG_SYNCDIFF[a]
vaEgSyncDiff
Electronic gear:
Synchronism deviation (actual values). The comparison between this value
and $MA_COUPLE_POS_TOL_... determines whether the appropriate
" Synchronism " VDI signal is set.
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0
Multi-line: yes
(Axis index of slave axis + 1)
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
3 Variables
Double
r
3-419
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.3
09.01
Area C, Mod. SINF: Part-program-specific status data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/ProgramModification/...
During automatic execution of a part program different parameters can
influence the type of machining. The current status data for the selected part
program are combined in module SINF. The status data must only be changed
via the PLC. interface.
DRFActive
DRF active
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
UWord
UWord
ipoBlocksOnly
Display traversing blocks
0 = normal block transfer
1 = exclusively traversing blocks
Multi-line: no
optStopActive
M01 selected
0 = not selected
1 = selected
Multi-line: no
progTestActive
Program test
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
rapFeedRateOvrActive
ROV rapid traverse override
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
3-420
r
UWord
r
UWord
feedStopActive
Feed disable
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
r
r
DB21-28, DBX1.7
K1
UWord
r
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
singleBlockActive
Single block, SBL
0 = no single block
1 = SBL 1
2 = SBL 2
Multi-line: no
singleBlockType
Single block mode
1 = interpolation single block
2 = decoder single block
Multi-line: no
skipLevel0Active
Skip block /0
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
skipLevel1Active
Skip block /1
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
skipLevel2Active
Skip block /2
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
skipLevel3Active
Skip block /3
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
skipLevel4Active
Skip block /4
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
skipLevel5Active
Skip block /5
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
3 Variables
UWord
r
UWord
wr
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
3-421
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
skipLevel6Active
Skip block /6
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
UWord
UWord
skipLevel7Active
Skip block /7
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
r
r
skipLevel8Active
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
1
1
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
1
1
UWord
r
trialRunActive
Dry run feedrate
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: no
DB21-28, DBX0.6
skipLevel9Active
3-422
V1
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.4.4
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. SPARP: Part program information
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/ProgramInfo/...
This module contains information on the currently active part programm in the
respective channel.
actLineNumber
Line number of the current NC instruction (starting at 1)
0: before program start
-1: not available due to an error
-2: not available because of DISPLOF
Multi-line: yes
1
Long Integer
r
1
block
To display the currently active part programm, NCK supplies 3 ascii-blocks of the part programm in one single
variable job (last, current and next block). That means the variable 'block' consists of a maximum of 3 lines:
Line index 1: string of the last block
Line index 2: string of the current block
Line index 3: string of the next block
To gain consistent information, all 3 array elements must be processed in one variable request. This is why the
maximum string length of each array element is limited to 66 characters.
String[66]
r
Multi-line: yes
Block index, 1 = last, 2 = current, 3 3
= next block
blockNoStr
Block number
Multi-line: no
circleCenter
Center of the circle (WCS)
Multi-line: yes
String[12]
Double
Line index 1 - 3 for geometry axis
and only effective for G02 or G03
r
r
3
circleCenterS
Corresponds to circleCenter for search with calculation
Attention: This variable is available for protocolling the block search events only, not for the Variable Service!
0
Double
Multi-line: yes
No. of the geometry axis
3
r
circlePlane
Multi-line: yes
Double
r
3
Nr. der Geo-Achse
r
Double
Nr. der Geo-Achse
3
circlePlaneS
Multi-line: yes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-423
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
circleRadius
Radius of the circle (only effective for G02/G03)
Multi-line: no
Double
r
circleRadiusS
Corresponds to circleRadius for block search with calculation.
Note: This variable is not available for the variable service, but only for logging in connection with block search
events!
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
1
circleTurn
Progr. number of additional circular passes with
helical interpolation in curr. program
0
Multi-line: yes
1
0
UDoubleword
UDoubleword
r
Double
circleTurnS
Programmed number of additional circular passes with
helical interpolation in the current program for search with calculation.
Note: This variable is not available for the Variable Service, but only for
logging of block search events
0
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleC
enterEns
Arc center in relation to WOS frame, i.e. with tool length but
without tool radius
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of geo-axis
r
r
1
3
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleC
enterEnsS
Corresponds to circleCenterWos for block search with calculation
in relation to the WOS frame, i.e. with tool length but without tool radius
Note: This variable is not available for the variable service, but only for
logging in connection with block search events!
0
Double
Multi-line: yes
No. of geo-axis
3
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleR
adiusEns
Arc radius in relation to WOS frame as center-point path, i.e. with tool
length but without tool radius
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleR
adiusEnsS
Corresponds to circleRadiusWos for block search with calculation
in relation to WOS frame as center-point path. i.e. with tool length
but without tool radius
Note: This variable is not available for the variable service, but only for
logging in connection with block search events!
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
3-424
r
Double
r
Double
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
PG
msg
Messages from a part program can be programmed with the instruction 'MSG (...)'. The variable 'msg' contains the
text of the current 'MSG(...)'-instruction until a new instrucion is processed or until the message is deleted with the
instruction 'MSG ()'.
String[128]
r
Multi-line: no
1
progName
Progam name of the currently active program
(or subroutine)
Multi-line: no
String[32]
r
1
singleBlock
In most cases the variable 'block' is used to read the currently active blocks of the part program. Because this
variable is limited to 66 characters per string, it might be necessary (for long blocks) to read longer strings. The
variable 'singleBlock' can read complete blocks (up to strings with 198 charecters) . 3 lines can be addressed:
Line index 1: last block
Line index 2: current block
Line index 3: next block
It is not guaranteed for rapid block changes, that the information of 3 successive blocks is always consistent,
because each block is read with a single variable request. This method is only safe, if the part program has stopped.
String[198]
r
Multi-line: yes
Block index, 1 = last, 2 = current, 3 3
= next block
workPandProgName
Workpiece name and name of current program.
Multi-line: yes
1
1
workPName
Name of the active workpiece
Multi-line: no
1
workPNameLong
Workpiece name of active workpiece
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
String[160]
r
String[32]
r
String[128]
r
3-425
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.5
09.01
Area C, Mod. SPARPP: Program pointer in automatic operation
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/ProgramPointer/...
In automatic mode it is possible to branch to several subroutine levels from the
main program level. The state of the program can be determined for every
program level. Each variable of the module consists of 12 rows. This makes it
possible to address the main program level and 11 subroutine levels (incl.
ASUP levels).
The array indices (row indices) mean:
1 = Main program
2 = 1st subroutine level
3 = 2nd subroutine level
4 = 3rd subroutine level
5 = 4th subroutine level
6 = 5th subroutine level
7 = 6th subroutine level
8 = 7th subroutine level
9 = 1st asynchronous subroutine level
10 = 2nd asynchronous subroutine level
11 = 3rd asynchronous subroutine level
12 = 4th asynchronous subroutine level
actInvocCount
Subroutine call counter, actual value. Specifies the number of subroutine passes. Is always set 1 for the
main program and for asynchronous subroutines.
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
blockLabel
Block label
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
blockNoStr
Block number
[:][N] & lt; No & gt;
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
r
12
String[32]
r
String[12]
r
cmdInvocCount
Subroutine call counter, desired value. Specifies the number of subroutine passes. Is always set to 1
for the main program and for asynchronous
subroutines.
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
r
displayState
Display state for block display.
(Blocks should not be displayed automatically for program levels for which DISPLAY OFF has been programmed in
the PROC instruction. This is valid also for the subroutine levels below).
0 = DISPLAY OFF for the program level
1 = DISPLAY ON for the program level
0
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
Index of the program level
12
3-426
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
extProgBufferName
Name of FIFO buffer for execution from external source
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
extProgFlag
Indicates whether programs are being executed externally
0: Program is being processed from NCK program memory
1: Program is being executed externally
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
progName
Program name
Multi-line: yes
12
UWord
r
r
r
String[128]
r
12
workPNameLong
Workpiece name = path name in the NCK file structure
Note: This variable is ignored when lines are accessed!
Multi-line: yes
Program level index
Long Integer
12
workPName
Workpiece name = path name in the NCK file structure
Multi-line: yes
Program level index
r
String[32]
workPandProgName
Workpiece name and name of current program.
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
r
String[160]
seekOffset
Search pointer (block offset, each block consists of a string that ends with a line feed)
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
wr
String[32]
Index of program level
String[160]
12
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-427
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.6
09.01
Area C, Mod. SPARPI: Program pointer on interruption
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/InterruptionSearch/...
In order to be able to continue at the point of interruption in a program, the
current states of the main program and any subroutines must be stored. On a
program interrupt the information is immediately updated in the NCK and
reamins valid even after RESET.
This makes it possible to read the states of the main program level and the 11
subroutine levels (incl. ASUP levels).
The array indices (row indices) mean:
1 = main program
2 = 1st subroutine level
3 = 2nd subroutine level
4 = 3rd subroutine level
5 = 4th subroutine level
6 = 5th subroutine level
7 = 6th subroutine level
8 = 7th subroutine level
9 = 1st asynchronous subroutine level
10 = 2nd asynchronous subroutine level
11 = 3rd asynchronous subroutine level
12 = 4th asynchronus subroutine level
forward
Search direction
2 = forwards
Multi-line: yes
UWord
Index of program level
UWord
r
r
12
invocCount
Actual value of the subroutine call counter. Is always 1 for the main program
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
progName
Program name
Multi-line: yes
r
String[32]
Index of program level
12
searchString
Search string (the first 64 characters of the NC block - corresponding to the search pointer)
String[64]
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
searchType
Search type
5 = search pointer block-oriented (searching for line feed characters)
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
seekOffset
Search pointer (block-oriented, searching for linefeed-characters)
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
3-428
r
UWord
r
Long Integer
r
12
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
workPName
Workpiece name = path name in the NC file structure
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
workPNameLong
Workpiece name = path name in the NCK file structure
Note: This variable is ignored when lines are accessed!
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
String[32]
r
String[128]
r
3-429
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.7
09.01
Area C, Mod. SPARPF: Program pointer for block search
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/Search/...
To look for a particular block within a part program the user can enter search
criteria and start a block search. The variables to be entered are combined in
the module SPARPF and must be written by the MMC (or another component
on the MPI bus).
The main program level and 11 subroutine levels can be processed. These
levels are the row indices of the individual variables. The search target (seek
pointer and search string) can only be used mutually exclusively in one level. If
a collision occurs a negative acknowledgement results when the block search
is started.
Depending on the search type, the search string is either a block label, block
number or any string.
If no path name is specified, the default search strategy for subroutine calls is
used. The main program entered in the first program level must be selected for
the block search; otherwise the search request is acknowleded negatively.
The array indices (row indices) mean:
1 = main program
2 = 1st subroutine level
3 = 2nd subroutine level
4 = 3rd subroutine level
5 = 4th subroutine level
6 = 5th subroutine level
7 = 6th subroutine level
8 = 7th subroutine level
9 = 1st asynchronous subroutine level
10 = 2nd asynchronous subroutine level
11 = 3rd asynchronous subroutine level
12 = 4th asynchronous subroutine level
forward
Search direction
Search direction " backwards " is only possible in the mode without calculation
1 = backwards (without calculation)
2 = forwards
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
invocCount
Actual value of the subroutine call counter. Is always 1 for the main program.
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
UWord
wr
UWord
wr
progName
Program name. The main program that is used in the first main program level must be selected for the block search,
otherwise the search request will be acknowledged negatively.
String[32]
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of the program level
12
3-430
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
searchString
Search string (the first 64 characters of the NC block - corresponding to search pointer)
Contents of the search string depend on the search type and are either:
block label
block number
any string
String[64]
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
searchType
Search type
1 = block number
2 = label
3 = string
4 = program level
5 = search pointer block-oriented (searching for line feeds)
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
UWord
wr
wr
12
seekOffset
Search pointer (block-oriented, searching for line feeds). If the search pointer is used, a program name (progName)
always must have been defined. The search pointer refers to this program.
Long Integer
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
workPName
Workpiece name = path name in the NC file structure. If no path name is specified, the default search strategy for
subroutine calls is used.
String[32]
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
workPNameLong
Workpiece name = path name in the NCK file structure. If no path name is specified, the default search strategy for
subroutine calls is used.
Note: This variable is ignored when lines are accessed!
String[128]
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of program level
12
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-431
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.8
09.01
Area C, Mod. SSYNAC: Synchronous actions
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/SelectedFunctions/...
Several synchronous actions (M, H, S, E, F, T, D) can be active simultaneously
in one channel. The module SSYNAC contains a list of all the synchronous
actions programmed in the current block. This module consists of arrays of
varying length because some types of synchronous actions might be
programmed several times in a block. A synchronous action that is not
assigned produces a negative number for the respecitive index.
For each synchronous action there is an address variable and a variable in
which the value of the address is entered.
5 M functions
3 S functions
3 H functions
1 T function
1 D function
6 F functions
1 E function
can be programmed in each part program block, but no more than 10
synchronous actions must be programmed in a single block.
blockNoStrAct
Block number of the current block if synchronous actions are active
Multi-line: yes
No of the synchronous action
String[12]
r
String[12]
r
Long Integer
r
Long Integer
r
numSynAct
blockNoStrProg
Number of the block where the synchronous action has been programmed
Multi-line: yes
No. of the synchronous action
numSynAct
Dadr
D-number. There is only one active D-number per channel.
Multi-line: no
1
Dval
Value of the current D-number
Multi-line: no
1
Eadr
Number of active E-function
Multi-line: no
Eval
Value of the E-function
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
Multi-line: no
3-432
S5
UWord
r
1
S5
Double
r
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
Hadr
Number of active auxiliary functions (H-functions).
Up to three H-functions can be active simultaneously.
0
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
Hval
Value of the H-function
Multi-line: yes
S5
99
3
r
S5
-99999,9999
Serial number
id
ID of the synchronous action; value 0 means no ID defined
Multi-line: yes
No. of the synchronous action
99999,9999
3
Double
r
UWord
r
numSynAct
Madr
Number of the active M-function. Up to 5 M-functions can be active simultaneously.
0
99
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
5
Mval
Value of the M-function
Multi-line: yes
UWord
S5
UWord
r
S5
0
Serial number
numSynAct
Number of synchronous actions
Multi-line: yes
1
99999999
5
Long Integer
r
UWord
r
1
Sadr
Number of active S-functions. Up to three S-functions can be active simultaneously.
0
6
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
3
S5
UWord
r
S5
Sval
Value of the S-function. Specifies the spindle speed.
U/min , m/min
0
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
999999,999
3
Tadr
Active T-number. Only one T-number can be active at any a time.
Multi-line: no
1
TPreSelAdr
Number of the preselected T-function
Multi-line: no
1
TPreSelVal
Value of the preselected T-function
Multi-line: no
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Double
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
Long Integer
r
3-433
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
Tval
T-function value
Multi-line: no
1
typStatus
Type and state of the synchronous action
Bits0-7 describe the state:
Bit0: active
Bit1: lock
Bits8-15 describe the type:
Bit8: static
Bit9: modal
Bit10: blockwise
Multi-line: yes
Number of the synchronous action
numSynAct
3-434
Long Integer
r
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.4.9
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. SYNACT: Channel-specific synchronous actions
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/SelectedFunctions/...
This module contains information on the synchronous actions. The 1000 digit
of the cell contains the user protection level (0-7) needed for displaying the
corresponding synchronous action.
blockNoStrAct
If a technology cycle is active: block number of the current action
Multi-line: yes
(Protection level) * 1000 + no. of
the synchronous action
String[12]
7 * 1000 + numSynAct
r
blockNoStrProg
Number of the block where the synchronous action has been programmed
String[12]
Multi-line: yes
(Protection level) * 1000 + no. of
7 * 1000 + numSynAct
the synchronous action
r
id
ID of the synchronous action; value 0 means that there is no ID defined (blockwise)
UWord
Multi-line: yes
(protection level) * 1000 + no. of
7 * 1000 + numSynAct
the synchronous action
r
numSynAct
Number of synchronous actions
Multi-line: yes
(protection level) * 1000 + 1
typStatus
Type and state of the synchronous action
Bits0-7 describe the state:
Bit0: active, i.e. condition fullfilled, action is being executed
Bit1: lock, i.e. action is locked by PLC or Synact
Bits8-15 describe the type:
Bit8: static
Bit9: modal
Bit10: blockwise (to be recognized by id=0)
Multi-line: yes
(Protection level) * 1000 + no. of
the synchronous action
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
UWord
r
UWord
7 * 1000 + numSynAct
r
7 * 1000 + 1
3-435
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.10
09.01
Area C, Mod. SNCF: Active G functions
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/SelectedFunctions/...
All G functions are organized in G groups. Only one function of each G group
can be active at a time. The module SNCF consists of a single variable that is
organized as an array. The row index corresponds to the G group number.
ncFkt
Active G-function of relevant group G & lt; No & gt; .
If there is no function active within the corresponding G-group, the variable returns an empty string " \0 " .
String[16]
Multi-line: yes
G group number
numGCodeGroups
ncFktAct
Active G function of relevant current group in current
language mode.
Depending on whether function has been programmed in Siemens or
ISO Dialect mode, this is identical to ncFkt or ncFktFanuc.
String[16]
Multi-line: yes
G group number or ISO Dialect G
numGCodeGroups bzw.
group number
numGCodeGroupsFanuc
ncFktBin
Active G-function of the correponding group
Multi-line: yes
G group number
UWord
numGCodeGroups
ncFktBinAct
Active G function of relevant current group in current
language mode.
Depending on whether function has been programmed in Siemens or
ISO Dialect mode, this is identical to ncFktBin or ncFktBinFanuc.
(The value is the index of the active G function within the group)
UWord
Multi-line: yes
G group number or ISO Dialect G
numGCodeGroups bzw.
group number
numGCodeGroupsFanuc
ncFktBinFanuc
Active G function of relevant ISO Dialect group
(the value is the index of the active G function within the group)
Multi-line: yes
ISO Dialect G group number
UWord
numGCodeGroupsFanuc
ncFktBinS
Active G-function of the correponding group for block search with calculation
(The value is the index of the active G-function within the group)
Attention: This variable is available for protocolling block search events only, but not for the Variable Service.
UWord
Multi-line: yes
G group number
numGCodeGroups
ncFktFanuc
Active G function of relevant ISO Dialect group
Multi-line: yes
ISO Dialect G group number
3-436
String[16]
numGCodeGroupsFanuc
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
ncFktS
Active G-function of the correponding group for block search with calculation
Attention: This variable is available for protocolling block search events only, but not for the Variable Service.
String[16]
Multi-line: yes
G group number
numGCodeGroups
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
3-437
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.11
09.01
Area C, Mod. NIB: State data: Nibbling
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/Nibbling/...
The module NIB contains technology-specific data for nibbling.
N4
actPunchRate
Strokes per minute
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
1
N4
automCutSegment
Identifier that indicates which type of automatic block division is active. The division is specified by the commands
'SPP' and 'SPN' in the part program.
0 = no block division
1 = number of segments per block ('SNP')
2 = segments of fixed length ('SPP')
UWord
r
Multi-line: no
1
N4
numStrokes
Number of strokes when the instruction 'SPN' divides the block into segments (variable 'automCutSegment' = 1).
UWord
r
Multi-line: no
1
partDistance
If the block has been divided in segments with the instruction 'SPP' (variable 'automCutSegment' = 2)
the variable specifies the length of the path between the punches.
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: no
1
N4
r
N4
punchActive
Identification of punching or nibbling active. The part program turns off/on punching and nibbling with 'SPOF', 'SON'
and 'PON'. Rapid punching and nibbling are turned on/off with 'SONS' and 'PONS'.
The variable 'punchActive' specified the present state.
0 = inactive
1 = punching active
2 = nibbling active
3 = rapid punching active (PONS from SW 4.1)
4 = rapid nibbling active (SONS from SW 4.1)
UWord
r
Multi-line: no
1
N4
punchDelayActive
Identifier that indicates whether punching with delay is active. The part program can turn on/off the delay with the
instructions 'PDELAYON' and 'PDELAYOF'. The variable 'PunchDelayActive' indicates the present state.
0 = inactive
1 = active
UWord
r
Multi-line: no
1
punchDelayTime
Punching delay time
ms
Multi-line: no
3-438
SD 42400: PUNCH_DWELL_TIME
N4
Double
r
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
strokeNr
Current stroke number
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
3 Variables
UWord
r
1
3-439
Lists
3 Variables
3.4.12
09.01
Area C, Mod. FB: Base frame
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/BaseFrame/...
Up to $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES channel-specific base frames
can be defined for each channel. Channel-specific base frames are available
only if $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES & gt; 0.
The individual offset values can be set with the parameter variables in the
module FB.
Each parameter is defined as an array and the axes of a specific zero offset
group (frame) are addressed via the row index.
The maximum row index is calculated from the maximum number of axes
available in the channel:
Max. row index:
$MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES * (numGeoAxes +
numAuxAxes)
The row index is calculated as follows:
Row index = Frame index * (numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes) + axis number
$P_CHBFR[x,y,TR] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
linShift
Translation of settable zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) * (numGeoAxes $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES *
+ numAuxAxes) + axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
$P_CHBFR[x,y,SI] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
linShiftFine
Fine offset with frames, expansion of basic frames and settable frames
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) * (numGeoAxes $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES *
+ numAuxAxes) + axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
PA
wr
wr
$P_CHBFR[x,y,MI] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
mirrorImgActive
Mirroring enabled in a settable zero offset
0: Mirroring not active
1: Mirroring active
UWord
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) * (numGeoAxes $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES *
+ numAuxAxes) + axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
PA
$P_CHBFR[x,y,RT] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
rotation
Rotation of a settable zero offset
Grad
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) * (numGeoAxes $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES *
+ numAuxAxes) + axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
PA
$P_CHBFR[x,y,SC] x=FrameNo, y=Axis
scaleFact
Scaling factor of a settable zero offset
Double
Multi-line: yes
(Frame index - 1 ) * (numGeoAxes $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES *
+ numAuxAxes) + axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
PA
3-440
wr
wr
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.4.13
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. FS: System Frame
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/SystemFrame/...
A maximum of 4 system frames can be defined per channel. The setting of the
bits in $MC_MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK determines which frames are
available. As a consequence, there may be gaps between the active system
frames.
Individual zero offsets are set via the parameter variables in module FS.
Each parameter is defined as an array; the axes of a particular zero offset
group (frame) are addressed via the row index.
The maximum row index is determined by the maximum number of axes in the
channel:
Max row index: 4 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)
The row index is calculated on the basis of:
Row index = frame index * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes) + axis number
linShift
Translation
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
linShiftFine
Fine offset
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
mirrorImgActive
Mirroring
0: Mirroring inactive
1: Mirroring active
Multi-line: yes
rotation
Rotation
Grad
Multi-line: yes
scaleFact
Scaling factor
Multi-line: yes
$P_SETFR[Achse, TR]
0
Frameindex
Double
4 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)
r
Double
4 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)
r
1
UWord
4 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)
r
Double
4 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)
r
Double
4 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)
r
$P_SETFR[Achse, SI]
0
Frameindex
$P_SETFR[Achse, MI]
0
Frameindex
0
$P_SETFR[Achse, RT]
0
Frameindex
$P_SETFR[Achse, SC]
0
Frameindex
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-441
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
3.5
Axis status data
3.5.1
Area C, Mod. SMA: State data: Machine axes
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/MachineAxis/...
All state data that are dependent on machine movement and are defined
specifically for machine axes (geometry and special axes) are combined in
module SMA. Supplementary information is to be found in module SEMA. The
individual variables are defined as fields where the line index is the number of
the machine axis (assigned to the current channel). The variable " name " in
module SMA with the line index in question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SMA and SEMA is identical.
DB31-48, DBB5
actIncrVal
Active INC weighting of the axis
0 = INC_10000
1 = INC_1000
2 = INC_100
3 = INC_10
4 = INC_1
5 = INC_VAR
6 = INC_JOG_CONT
7 = no incremental mode set
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
H1
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
r
UWord
r
String[32]
r
numMachAxes
$AA_IM[x] x = Ax is
actToolBasePos
Tool base position. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
cmdToolBasePos
Tool base position. Physical unit is defined in variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
extUnit
Current physical unit of the axis position
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = degree
3 = indexing position
4 = userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
name
Axis name
Multi-line: yes
numMachAxes
3-442
Axis index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
status
Axis state
0 = travel command in plus direction
1 = travel command in minus direction
2 = exact position coarse reached
3 = exact position fine reached
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Lists
3 Variables
UWord
toolBaseDistToGo
Tool base distance-to-go. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
toolBaseREPOS
Tool base REPOS. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Double
varIncrVal
Settable value for INC_VAR. The physical value depends on whether the axis is linear or rotary.
Linear axis: unit is 1 mm
Rotary axis: unit is 1/1000 degrees
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
numMachAxes
r
r
r
3-443
Lists
3 Variables
3.5.2
09.01
Area C, Mod. SEMA: State data: Machine axes (extension of SMA)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/MachineAxis/...
All state data that are dependent on machine movement and are defined
specifically for machine axes (geometry and special axes) are combined in
module SMA. Supplementary information is to be found in module SEMA. The
individual variables are defined as fields where the line index is the number of
the machine axis (assigned to the current channel). The variable " name " in
module SMA with the line index in question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SMA and SEMA is identical.
$AA_COUP_ACT[x] x = Spindle following
aaCoupAct
Current coupling state of the slave spindle
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
r
Double
r
numMachAxes
$AA_CURR[x] x = Axis
aaCurr
Actual value of the axis/spindle current in A (611D only)
A
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
Double
$AA_COUP_OFFS[x] x = Spindle
aaCoupOffs
Position offset of the synchronous spindle desired value
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
numMachAxes
$AA_DTBB[x] x = Axis
aaDtbb
Axis-specific distance from the beginning of the block in the BCS for positioning and synchronous axes used in
synchronous actions (note: SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_DTEB[x] x = Axis
aaDteb
Axis-specific distance to the end of the block in the BCS for positioning and synchronous axes used in synchronous
actions (note: SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_DTEPB[x] x = Axis
aaDtepb
Axis-specific distance-to-go of infeed during oscillation in the BCS (note: SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_ESR_ENABLE[Achse]
aaEsrEnable
(Axial) enabling of reactions of " Extended Stop and Retract " function.
The selected axial ESR reaction must be parameterized in MD $MA_ESR_REACTION.
beforehand. The corresponding Stop or Retract reactions can be activated via
$AN_ESR_TRIGGER (or for individual drives in the event of communications failure/
DC-link undervoltage), generator-mode operation is automatically activated in response to
undervoltage conditions.
0: FALSE
1: TRUE
0
0
1
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
3-444
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$AA_ESR_STAT[Achse]
aaEsrStat
(Axial) status checkback signals of " Extended Stop and Retract " function,
which can be applied as input signals for the gating logic of the ESR (synchronous actions).
The data is bit-coded. Individual states can therefore be masked or
evaluated separately if necessary:
Bit0 = 1: Generator mode is activated
Bit1 = 1: Retract operation is activated
Bit2 = 1: Stop operation is activated
Bit3 = 1: Risk of undervoltage (DC-link voltage monitoring,
voltage has dropped below warning threshold)
Bit4 = 1: Speed has dropped below minimum generator mode threshold (i.e. no more
regenerative rotation energy is available).
0
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
aaLeadP
Actual lead value position
Multi-line: yes
r
$AA_LEAD_P[x] x = Axis
Double
r
Double
r
Double
r
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
Axis index
r
Double
wr
Double
wr
numMachAxes
$AA_LEAD_SP[x] x = Axis
aaLeadSp
Simulated lead value - position
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_LEAD_SV[x] x = Axis
aaLeadSv
Simulated leading value velocity
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
aaLeadTyp
Source of the lead value
1: actual value
2: desired value
3: simulated value
Multi-line: yes
$AA_LEAD_TYP[x] x = Axis
aaLeadV
Actual lead value - velocity
Multi-line: yes
$AA_LEAD_V[x] x = Axis
aaLoad
Drive load in % (611D only)
%
Multi-line: yes
$AA_LOAD[x] x = Axis
Axis index
Axis index
Axis index
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
$AA_MM[x] x = Axis
aaMm
Latched probe position in the machine coordinate system
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_MM1[x] x = Axis
aaMm1
Latched probe position for the trigger event 1 in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-445
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$AA_MM2[x] x = Axis
aaMm2
Latched probe position for the trigger event 2 in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_MM3[x] x = Axis
aaMm3
Latched probe position for the trigger event 3 in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_MM4[x] x = Axis
aaMm4
Latched probe position for the trigger event 4 in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_OFF[x] x = Axis
aaOff
Superimposed position offset from synchronous actions
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Double
Double
wr
Double
$AA_OFF_VAL
aaOffVal
Integrated value of overlaid motion for an axis.
The negative value of this variable can be used to cancel an overlaid motion.
e.g. $AA_OFF[axis] = -$AA_OFF_VAL[axis]
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
wr
Double
$AA_OFF_LIMIT[x] x = Axis
aaOffLimit
Limit for axial correction $AA_OFF reached (Note: for SYNACT only)
0: limit not reached
1: limit in positive axial direction reached
11: limit in negative axial direction reached
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
wr
r
UWord
r
Double
r
$AA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1[x] x = Axis
aaOscillReversePos1
Current reverse position 1 for oscillation in the BCS.
For synchronous actions the value of the setting data $SA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1 is evaluated online; (note:
SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2[x] x = Axis
aaOscillReversePos2
Current reverse position 2 for oscillation in the BCS;
For synchronous actions the value of the setting data $SA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1 is evaluated online; (note:
SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_OVR[x] x = Axis
aaOvr
Axial override for synchronous actions
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
aaPower
Drive power in W (611D only)
W
Multi-line: yes
3-446
Double
r
Double
r
numMachAxes
$AA_POWER[x] x = Axis
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$AA_SOFTENDN[x] x = Axis
aaSoftendn
Software end position, negative direction
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_SOFTENDP[x] x = Axis
aaSoftendp
Software end position, positive direction
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_STAT[]
aaStat
Axis state
0: no axis state available
1: travel command is active
2: axis has reached the IPO end. only for channel axes
3: axis in position (exact stop coarse) for all axes
4: axis in position (exact stop fine) for all axes
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_SYNC[x] x = Axis
aaSync
Coupling state of the following axis with lead value coupling
0: not synchronized
1: synchronized coarse
2: synchronized fine
3: synchronized coarse and fine
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_TORQUE[x] x = Axis
aaTorque
Desired torque value in Nm (611D only)
Nm
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_TYP[x] x = Axis
aaTyp
Axis type
0: axis in other channel
1: channel axis of same channel
2: neutral axis
3: PLC axis
4: reciprocating axis
5: neutral axis, currently traversing in JOG
6: slave axis coupled via master value
7: coupled motion slave axis
8: command axis
9: compile cycle axis
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_VACTB[X]
aaVactB
Axis velocity in basic coordinate system
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_VACTM[X]
aaVactM
Axis velocity in machine coordinate system
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Double
r
Double
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
Double
r
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
r
3-447
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$AA_VC[x] x = Axis
aaVc
Additive correction value for path feed or axial feed
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
ackSafeMeasPos
Confirmation of SI actual position
0 = not confirmed
0x00AC = confirmed
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$VA_COUP_OFFS[x] x = Axis
actCouppPosOffset
Position offset of an axis to a leading axis /
leading spindle (actual value)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
r
UWord
wr
S3
360
numMachAxes
Double
actFeedRate
Actual value of axis-specific feedrate for positioning axes. Actual value of single axis feed for additional axes.
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
actIndexAxPosNo
Current indexing position number
0 = no indexing position
& gt; 0 = indexing position number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
r
S5
r
r
numMachAxes
actSpeedRel
Actual value of rotary speed (referring to the maximum speed in %; for 611D in MD1401), for linear drives actual
value of the velocity.
%
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
actValResol
Actual value resolution. The physical unit is
defined in measUnit (in this module)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
amSetupState
State variable of the PI Service
Automatic set-up of an asynchronous motor
0 = inactive
1 = wait for PLC enable
2 = wait for key NC-start
3 = active
4 = stopped by Servo + fine code in the upper byte
5 = stopped by 611D + fine code in the upper byte
6 = stopped by NCK + fine code in the upper byte
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
0xff06
numMachAxes
3-448
Double
r
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
axComp
Sum of axis-specific compensation values (CEC Cross Error compensation and temperature compensation). The
physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
axisActiveInChan
Flag indicating whether axis is active in this channel
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
axisFeedRateUnit
Unit of the axis-specific feedrate
0 = mm/min
1 = inch/min
2 = degree/min
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
chanAxisNoGap
Display of existing axis, i.e. no axis gap in channel.
0: Axis does not exist
1: Axis does exist
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
1
numMachAxes
chanNoAxisIsActive
Channel number in which the channel axis is currently active
0 = axis is not assigned to any channel
1 to maxnumChannels (Area.:N / Module:Y) = channel number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
cmdContrPos
Desired value of position after fine interpolation
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
UWord
UWord
UWord
r
r
Double
cmdFeedRate
Desired value of axis-specific feedrate, if axis
is a positioning axis. Single axis feedrate if the axis is an additional axis.
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
r
UWord
$AA_COUP_OFFS[x] x = Axis
cmdCouppPosOffset
Position offset of an axis referring to the leading axis / leading spindle (desired value)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0
360
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
r
r
S3
Double
r
Double
r
cmdSpeedRel
Desired value of rotary speed. (referring to the max. speed in %; for 611D in MD 1401). For linear motors actual value
of velocity.
%
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-449
Lists
3 Variables
contrConfirmActive
Controller enable
0 = no controller enable
1 = controller enable
Multi-line: yes
09.01
UWord
r
UWord
r
Double
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
numMachAxes
contrMode
Identifier for controller mode servo
0 = position control
1 = speed control
2 = stop
3 = park
4 = follow-up
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
UWord
Axis index
numMachAxes
$MC_DISPLAY_AXIS Bit16-31
displayAxis
Identifier indicating whether axis is displayed by MMC as a machine axis.
0=
Do not display at all
0xFFFF = Always display everything
bit 0 = Display in actual-value window
bit 1 = Display in reference point window
bit 2 = Display in Preset / Basic offset / Scratching
bit 3 = Display in handwheel selection
0xFFFF
0
0xFFFF
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
distPerDriveRevol
Distance per revolution. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
drive2ndTorqueLimit
2nd torque limit. With linear motors: 2nd force limit
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
driveActMotorSwitch
Actual motor wiring (star/delta)
0 = star
1 = delta
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
driveActParamSet
Number of the actual drive parameter set
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
driveClass1Alarm
Message ZK1 drive alarm
0 = no alarm set
1= alarm set (fatal error occured)
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
3-450
1
8
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
driveContrMode
Control mode of drive
0 = current control
1 = speed control
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
UWord
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
numMachAxes
driveDesMotorSwitch
Motor wiring selection (star/delta)
0 = star
1 = delta
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
driveCoolerTempWarn
Heatsink temperature monitoring
0 = temperature OK
1 = overtemperature
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
UWord
Axis index
numMachAxes
driveDesParamSet
Desired parameter set of the drive
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
1
8
numMachAxes
driveFastStop
Ramp-function generator rapid stop
0 = not stopped
1 = stopped
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
driveFreqMode
I/F mode
Multi-line: yes
numMachAxes
Axis index
driveImpulseEnabled
Enable inverter impulse (checkback signal to impulseEnable)
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
driveIndex
Drive assignment (logical drive number)
0 = drive does not exist
1 to 15 = logical drive number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
15
numMachAxes
driveIntegDisable
Integrator disable
0 = not disabled
1 = disabled
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
0
numMachAxes
3-451
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
driveLinkVoltageOk
State of the DC link voltage
0 = OK
1 = not OK
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
driveMotorTempWarn
Motor temperature warning
0 = temperature OK
1 = overtemperature
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
UWord
UWord
UWord
UWord
numMachAxes
driveReady
Drive ready
0 = drive not ready
1 = drive ready
Multi-line: yes
r
numMachAxes
driveProgMessages
Configurable messages (via machine data)
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
UWord
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
drivePowerOn
Drive switched on
0 = drive not switched on
1 = drive switched on
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
driveParked
Parking axis
0 = no parking axis
1 = parking axis
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
driveNumCrcErrors
CRC errors on the drive bus
(transmission errors when writing data to the 611D;
values may range up to FFFFH)
0 = no error
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
3-452
Axis index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
driveRunLevel
Current state reached during the boot process
(range: coarse state (0 to 5) * 100 + fine state (up to 22)
Booting the firmware
--- & gt; 0 XX
entering the configuration --- & gt; 1XX
hardware-init, communication-init
loading, converting data --- & gt; 2XX
changing bus addressing --- & gt; 3XX
preparing synchronization --- & gt; 4XX
activating interrupt
--- & gt; 519
XX == & gt; fine state
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
driveSetupMode
Set-up mode
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
UWord
r
UWord
r
driveSpeedSmoothing
Smoothing the desired value of the rotary speed, for linear drives: smoothing the desired value of the velocity
0 = no smoothing
1 = smoothing
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
effComp1
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 1.
The value results from:
temperature compensation,
backlash compensation,
quadrant error compensation,
beam sag compensation,
leadscrew error compensation.
The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
effComp2
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 2.
The value results from:
temperature compensation,
backlash compensation,
quadrant error compensation,
beam sag compensation,
leadscrew error compensation.
The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
encChoice
Active encoder
0 = does not exist
1 = encoder 1
2 = encoder 2
Multi-line: yes
r
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
Double
r
UWord
Axis index
Double
r
3-453
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
fctGenState
State of the function generator
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
feedRateOvr
Feedrate override (only if axis is a positioning axis)
%
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_FOC
focStat
Current status of " Travel with limited torque " function
0-2
0: FOC not active
1: FOC modal active (programming of FOCON[])
2: FOC non-modal active (programming of FOC[])
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
Double
UWord
r
6
numMachAxes
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
r
UWord
r
Double
0
Achsindex
2
numMachAxes
r
$VA_FXS_INFO[Achse]
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
fxsInfo
r
0
$AA_FXS[x] x = Axis
fxsStat
State after travelling to fixed stop
0 = normal control
1 = fixed stop reached
2 = failed
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
handwheelAss
Number of handwheel assigned to an axis
0 = no handwheel assigned
1 to 3 = handwheel number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
3
numMachAxes
impulseEnable
Impulse enable for drive
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
Multi-line: yes
0
Axis index
numMachAxes
index
Absolute axis index referring to machine data axis number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
kVFactor
position control gain factor
16,667 1/s
Multi-line: yes
numMachAxes
3-454
Axis index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
lag
Following error = desired value of position after fine interpolation - actual value of position. The physical unit is
defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
logDriveNo
Drive assignment (logical drive number)
0 = not available
1 to 15 = drive number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
measFctState
State of the probing function
Multi-line: yes
0
UWord
r
UWord
Axis index
15
numMachAxes
r
numMachAxes
measPos1
Actual value of position for encoder 1. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
measPos2
Actual value of position for encoder 2. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
r
r
measPosDev
Actual position difference between the two encoders. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
measUnit
Unit for service values of the drives
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = grd
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
paramSetNo
Number of parameter set
Multi-line: yes
UWord
r
UWord
r
Double
r
Double
r
numMachAxes
Axis index
1
8
numMachAxes
preContrFactTorque
Feed forward control factor torque
Nm
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
preContrFactVel
Feed forward control factor velocity
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-455
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
preContrMode
Feed forward control mode
0 = inactive
1 = velocity feed forward
2 = torque feed forward
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
PRESETActive
Preset state
0 = no preset active
1 = preset active
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
UWord
r
UWord
r
$AC_PRESET[x] x = Axis
PRESETVal
The function PRESETON (...) programs a zero offset for an axis. The value of the offset is stored in the variable
'PRESETVal'. The variable can be overwritten by the part program and by the MMC.
mm, inch, userdef
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
progIndexAxPosNo
Programmed indexing position number
0 = no indexing position
& gt; 0 = indexing position number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
r
numMachAxes
qecLrnIsOn
Quadrant error compensation learning active
0 = inactive
1 = Neuronal-QEC learning active
2 = Standard-QEC active
3 = Standard-QEC with adaption of the correction value active
4 = Neuronal-QEC active
5 = Neuronal-QEC with adaption of the measuring time active
6 = Neuronal-QEC with adaption of the decay time of the correction value active
7 = Neuronal-QEC with adaption of the measuring time and the decay time of the correction value active
0
7
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
refPtBusy
Axis is being referenced
0 = axis is not being referenced
1 = axis is being referenced
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
refPtCamNo
Reference point cam
0 = no cam approached
1 = cam 1
2 = cam 2
3 = cam 3
4 = cam 4
Multi-line: yes
r
numMachAxes
3-456
r
UWord
Axis index
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
refPtStatus
Identifier indicating whether an axis is liable for reference and actually is referenced.
Note for changing axes into another channel:
In general a changable axis is only liable for reference in the channel it is presently assigned to. Thus a referenced
changable axis is announced to the channel it is presently being moved in with the value 3 (liable for reference and
referenced) and to all other channels with the value 1 (not liable for reference but referenced).
A set bit means:
Until SW release 3.1:
bit0: at least 1 measuring system has been referenced
bit1: active measuring system is liable for reference
From SW release 3.2:
bit0: active measuring system has been referenced
bit1: active measuring system is liable for reference
(The busy signal effects the state)
Achsindex
Multi-line: no
UWord
r
Double
r
r
Double
r
UWord
r
UWord
safeActVeloDiff
Current speed difference between NCK and drive monitoring channels
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
safeDesVeloLimit
Safe limit of desired speed
-1
= & gt; no desired speed limit active
& gt; = 0 = & gt; desired speed limit is active
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: no
Double
Double
safeActPosDiff
Current actual value difference betw. NCK and drive monitoring channels
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
safeActVeloLimit
Safe limit of actual speed
-1
= & gt; no actual speed limit active
& gt; = 0 = & gt; limit of actual speed is active
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: no
r
r
UWord
r
numMachAxes
-1
numMachAxes
-1
numMachAxes
safeFctEnable
Safe operation active
0 = not activated
1 = activated
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
safeInputSig
Safe input signals of the axis
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
safeInputSig2
Safe input signals part 2
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
0
0xffff
numMachAxes
3-457
Lists
3 Variables
safeInputSigDrive
Safe input signals of the drive
Multi-line: yes
09.01
UWord
Axis index
safeInputSigDrive2
Safe input signals of the drive part 2
Multi-line: no
r
UWord
r
numMachAxes
0
0xffff
numMachAxes
safeMaxVeloDiff
Maximum speed difference between NCK and drive monitoring channels since last NCK Reset
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$VA_IS[x] x = Axis
safeMeasPos
Safe actual position of the axis. The physical unit is defined in the variable measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
safeMeasPosDrive
Safe actual position of drive. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
r
UWord
r
UWord
safeOutputSigDrive
Safe output signals of the drive
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Axis index
r
r
UWord
r
r
numMachAxes
0
safeOutputSigDrive2
Safe output signals of the drive part 2
Multi-line: no
Double
UWord
safeOutputSig2
Safe output signals part 2
Multi-line: no
3-458
r
UWord
safeOutputSig
Safe output signals of the axis
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
spec
Axis specification
0 = path axis
1 = positioning axis
Multi-line: yes
r
0xffff
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
0
0xffff
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
subSpec
Subspecification
0 = normal axis
1 = indexing axis
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
T1
UWord
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
torqLimit
Torque limitation value (referring to the nominal value of the drive). For linear motors: force limitation value.
%
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
traceState1
State of trace channel 1
0 = idle state
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
traceState2
State of trace channel 2
0 = idle state
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
traceState3
State of trace channel 3
0 = idle state
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
traceState4
State of trace channel 4
0 = idle state
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
UWord
UWord
r
UWord
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
UWord
trackErrContr
Position controller difference (actual value / desired value of position)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
r
r
Double
r
3-459
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
trackErrDiff
Contour deviation (difference actual value of position and calculated dynamical model)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Axis index
vaDistTorque
0
Achsindex
r
Double
r
Double
r
$VA_DIST_TORQUE[Achse]
%
Multi-line: yes
r
UWord
type
Axis type
1 = linear axis
2 = rotary axis
3 = spindle
Multi-line: yes
Double
numMachAxes
-100
$VA_VACTM[x] x = Axis
vaVactm
Axis velocity actual value on the load side in the MCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
3-460
100
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.5.3
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. SGA: State data: Geometry axes in tool offset
memory
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/GeometricAxis/...
All status data that are dependent on machine movement and specified in the
workpiece coordinate system are included in module SGA. Supplementary
information can be found in module SEGA. The individual variables are defined
as arrays where the line index is the number of the axis (assigned to the
current channel).The variable " name " in module SGA with the line index in
question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SGA and SEGA is identical.
With SW 5.2 and later, OPI modules SGA and SEGA can be addressed via the
geo-axis no. instead of via the channel axis no.:
Line index 1001: 1st geo-axis
Line index 1002: 2nd geo-axis
Line index 1003: 3rd geo-axis
The number of channel axes (geometry, special axes and spindles) can be
found in " numMachAxes " in module Y in area C.
actIncrVal
Active INC weighting of the axis
0 = INC_10000
1 = INC_1000
2 = INC_100
3 = INC_10
4 = INC_1
5 = INC_VAR
6 = INC_JOG_CONT
7 = no increment mode has been set
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
UWord
actProgPos
Programmed position, actual value. The physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
actToolBasePos
Tool base position. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (from this module)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Double
actToolEdgeCenterPos
Center point of a cutting edge. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (from this module)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
cmdProgPos
Programmed position, desired value. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
numMachAxes
r
r
r
r
3-461
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$AA_IW[x] x = Axis
cmdToolBasePos
Tool base position, desired value . Physical unit is defined in variable extUnit (in
this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Double
cmdToolEdgeCenterPos
Position of the cutting edge center point. Physical unit is defined in variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
extUnit
Current physical unit of the related geometry axis or auxiliary axis
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = degree
3 = indexing position
4 = userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
name
Axis name
Multi-line: yes
r
numMachAxes
r
String[32]
Axis index
UWord
r
progDistToGo
Programmed position, distance-to-go. The physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
progREPOS
Programmed position, REPOS. The physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
status
Axis state
0 = travel command in plus direction
1 = travel command in minus direction
2 = exact stop coarse reached
3 = exact stop fine reached
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
subType
Axis type geometry or auxiliary axis
0 = auxiliary axis
1 = geometry axis
2 = orientation axis
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
numMachAxes
UWord
r
UWord
r
toolBaseDistToGo
Tool base distance-to-go. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
3-462
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
toolBaseREPOS
Tool base REPOS. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Lists
3 Variables
Double
toolEdgeCenterDistToGo
Center point of cutting edge distance-to-go. Physical unit results from the variable extUnit (in this module)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
toolEdgeCenterREPOS
Center point of the cutting edge REPOS. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
varIncrVal
Setable value for INC_VAR. The physical unit depends on whether the axis is rotary or linear.
Linear axes: 1mm
rotary axes: 1/1000 degrees
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
r
r
wr
3-463
Lists
3 Variables
3.5.4
09.01
Area C, Mod. SEGA: State data: Geometry axes in tool offset
memory (extension of SGA)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/GeometricAxis/...
All status data that are dependent on machine movement and specified in the
workpiece coordinate system are combined in module SGA. Supplementary
information can be found in module SEGA. The individual variables are defined
as arrays where the line index is the number of the axis (assigned to the
current channel).The variable " name " in module SGA with the line index in
question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SGA and SEGA is identical.
With SW 5.2 and later, OPI modules SGA and SEGA can be addressed via the
geo-axis no. instead of via the channel axis no.:
Line index 1001: 1st geo-axis
Line index 1002: 2nd geo-axis
Line index 1003: 3rd geo-axis
The number of channel axes (geometry, special axes and spindles) can be
found in " numMachAxes " in module Y in area C.
$AA_DELT[x] x = Axis
aaDelt
Stored axial distance-to-go in the WCS after axial delete-distance-to-go DELDTG(axis) for synchronous actions
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_DTBW[x] x = Aaxis
aaDtbw
Axial distance from the beginning of the block in the WCS for positioning and synchronous axes for synchronous
motion (Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_DTEPW[x] x = Axis
aaDtepw
Axial distance-to-go for infeed during oscillation in the WCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Double
r
$AA_DTEW[x] x = Axis
aaDtew
Axial distance to the end of the block in the WCS for positioning and synchronous axes for synchronous actions
(Note: for SYNACT only)
Double
r
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_MW[x] x = Axis
aaMw
Latched probe position retransformed in the WCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
3-464
Double
wr
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$AA_
MW1
[Achs
e]
aaMw1
Latched probe position for trigger event 1 in the WCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
$AA_
MW2
[Achs
e]
aaMw2
Latched probe position for trigger event 2 in the WCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
wr
numMachAxes
$AA_
MW3
[Achs
e]
aaMw3
Latched probe position for trigger event 3 in the WCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
wr
numMachAxes
Double
wr
numMachAxes
$AA_
MW4
[Achs
e]
aaMw4
Latched probe position for trigger event 4 in the WCS
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AA_VACTW[X]
aaVactW
Axis velocity in workpiece coordinate system
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AC_RETPOINT[x] x = Axis
acRetpoint
Return point on the contour for repositioning
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Double
Double
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
S5
Double
r
Double
r
Double
$AA_IBORI
actProgPosBKS
Actual value of geometry and orientation axes in basic coordinate system
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
actToolBasePosBasic
Base position of the active tool in the base system (inch/metrical)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
Double
actFeedRate
Actual value of axis-specific feedrate, if the axis is a positioning axis.
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
wr
r
numMachAxes
3-465
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
actToolBasePosBasicDiam
Multi-line: yes
Double
r
numMachAxes
Achsindex
r
Double
Achsindex
numMachAxes
actToolBasePosDiam
Multi-line: yes
$AA_IBN[x] x=Axis
actToolBasPosBN
Actual tool base position in relation to basic zero point
(SGA:actToolBasePos without progr. frame and without settable frames)
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
r
actToolBasPosBNDiam
Multi-line: yes
Double
$AA_IEN[x] x = Axis
actToolBasPosEN
Base position of the active tool relative to the workpiece zero point
(SGA:actToolBasePos without programmed frame)
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
r
Double
r
Double
r
UWord
r
UWord
Achsindex
r
Double
r
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
actToolEdgeCenterPosEns
Actual position value
in relation to the WOS frame as center-point path, i.e. with tool length
but without tool radius
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
axisActiveInChan
Flag indicating whether axis is active in this channel
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
axisFeedRateUnit
Unit of axial feedrate
0 = mm/min
1 = mm/rev
2 = inch/min
Multi-line: yes
numMachAxes
Axis index
cmdFeedRate
Desired value of axis-specific feedrate for a positioning axis.
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
3-466
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
cmdToolEdgeCenterPosEn
sS
Programmed position for block search with calculation
in relation to the WOS frame as center-point path, i.e. with tool length
but without tool radius
Note: This variable is not available for the variable service,
but only for logging in connection with block search events!
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
Double
$MC_DISPLAY_AXIS Bit0-15
displayAxis
Identifier indicating whether the axis is displayed by the MMC as a geometry or auxiliary axis.
0=
Do not display at all
0xFFFF = Always display everything
bit 0 = Display in actual-value window
bit 1 = Display in reference point window
bit 2 = Display in Preset / Basic offset / Scratching
bit 3 = Display in handwheel selection
0xFFFF
0
0xFFFF
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
$AC_DRF[x] x = Axis
drfVal
DRF value. The physical unit is defined in extUnit (in module SGA).
mm, inch, Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
Double
r
r
numMachAxes
dummy
Added for alignment only, row index may be used later
Multi-line: no
UWord
feedRateOvr
Feedrate override if axis is a positioning axis. Multiplying override component which is active in addition to the
override factors programmed, set via handwheel or via PLC.
%
Double
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
geoAxisNr
Number of the geometry axis
1 - 3 for geometry axes
0
for non-geometry axes
Multi-line: yes
r
r
UWord
Axis index
handwheelAss
Number of handwheel assigned to axis
0 = no handwheel assigned
1 to 3 = handwheel number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
0
index
Absolute axis index referring to machine data axis number
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
numMachAxes
3
numMachAxes
numMachAxes
3-467
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$AA_MOTEND
motEnd
Current motion end criterion for single-axis interpolation
1 = Motion end with exact stop FINE
2 = Motion end with exact stop COARSE
3 = Motion end with exact stop IPO Stop
4 = Block change in braking ramp of axis motioin
1
1
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
4
numMachAxes
spec
Axis specification
0 = path axis
1 = positioning axis
Multi-line: yes
numMachAxes
MD 30500: INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
subSpec
Subspecification, identifies whether an axis is an indexing axis
0 = normal axis
1 = indexing axis
Multi-line: yes
Axis index
numMachAxes
type
Axis type
1 = linear axis
2 = rotary axis
3 = spindle
Multi-line: yes
3-468
r
UWord
Axis index
UWord
r
T1
r
UWord
Axis index
UWord
r
numMachAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.5.5
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. SSP: State data: Spindle
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/Spindle/...
All status data that refer to the spindle are combined in the module SSP. The
individual variables are defined as arrays where the row index is the number of
the spindle (assigned to the current channel). The spindle can be identified by
reading the variables " name " or " index " in the same module with the respective
row index.
The number of spindles can be read from " numSpindles " in the module Y in the
area C.
acConstCutS
$AC_CONSTCUT_S[n]
m/min, ft/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
0
Spindelindex
numSpindles
actGearStage
Actual gear stage of spindle
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
actSpeed
Spindle speed actual value
U/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Double
r
UWord
r
Double
r
UWord
r
Double
r
$AA_S[x] x = SpindleNo
Spindle index
numSpindles
channelNo
Number of channel in which spindle is configured
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
cmdAngPos
Spindle position (SPOS)
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
numSpindles
Spindle index
cmdConstCutSpeed
Constant cutting speed of the master spindle. The requested value for the master spindle differs from
SSP:cmdSpeed only if G96 is active
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
cmdGearStage
Requested gear stage
Multi-line: yes
UWord
Spindle index
r
numSpindles
cmdGwps
Programmed SUG desired value (SUG is the function " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel " )
m/s, ft/s
Double
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
r
3-469
Lists
3 Variables
cmdSpeed
Spindle speed desired value
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
driveLoad
Load
%
Multi-line: yes
09.01
$P_S[x] x = SpindleNo
Double
r
numSpindles
Spindle index
r
Double
Spindle index
numSpindles
gwpsActive
SUG programming active (SUG is the function " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel)
0 = not active
1 = active
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
index
Absolute axis index referred to MD
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
UWord
r
r
numSpindles
name
Spindle name
Note: If several logical spindles are referred to one physical spindle with active spindle conversion and access is
made via area N of module SSP2, then the name of the first suitable logical spindle is output.
String[32]
r
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
namePhys
Name of assigned physical spindle, identical to " name " variable.
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
$AC_SMODE[x] x = SpindleNo
opMode
Spindle mode
0 = spindle mode
1 = oscillation mode (gear step changeover)
2 = positioning mode
3 = synchronous mode
4 = axis mode
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
pSMode
Spindelindex
pSModeS
UWord
r
$P_SMODE
Multi-line: yes
r
$P_SMODE
Multi-line: yes
String[32]
0
4
numSpindles
UWord
r
0
4
numSpindles
UWord
r
Spindelindex
speedLimit
Current speed limitation for spindle
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
Double
r
numSpindles
3-470
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
speedOvr
Spindle override
%
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
spindleType
Spindle type
0 = master spindle
1 = no master spindle
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
numSpindles
Double
UWord
r
UWord
r
numSpindles
$AC_SDIR[x] x = SpindleNo
turnState
State of spindle rotation
value range to be read via BTSS variable
0 = clockwise
1 = counter-clockwise
2 = stop
value range to be read via $ variable
3 = clockwise
4 = counter-clockwise
5 = stop
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
r
UWord
status
Spindle state
Bit0 = following spindle
Bit1 = leading spindle
Bit2 = master spindle (extension from SW 4.1)
Bit3 = constant cutting speed (G96) active (extension from SW4.1)
Multi-line: yes
Spindle index
r
numSpindles
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-471
Lists
3 Variables
3.5.6
09.01
Area C, Mod. SSP2: State data: Spindle
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/LogicalSpindle/...
All state data that refer to a spindle, if a spindle converter (logical spindles) is
active
acConstCutS
$AC_CONSTCUT_S[n]
m/min, ft/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
0
logischer Spindelindex
numSpindlesLog
actGearStage
Actual gear stage of spindle
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
actSpeed
Spindle speed actual value
U/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
channelNo
Number of channel in which spindle is configured
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
cmdAngPos
Spindle position (SPOS)
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: yes
numSpindlesLog
r
UWord
r
Double
r
UWord
r
Double
logical spindle index
Double
r
cmdConstCutSpeed
Constant cutting speed of the master spindle. The requested value for the master spindle differs from
SSP:cmdSpeed only if G96 is active
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
cmdGearStage
Requested gear stage
Multi-line: yes
UWord
logical spindle index
3-472
Double
logical spindle index
r
numSpindlesLog
cmdGwps
Programmed SUG desired value (SUG is the function " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel " )
m/s, ft/s
Double
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
cmdSpeed
Spindle speed desired value
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
r
r
r
numSpindlesLog
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
driveLoad
Load
%
Multi-line: yes
Lists
3 Variables
Double
logical spindle index
gwpsActive
SUG programming active (SUG is the function " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel)
0 = not active
1 = active
UWord
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
index
Absolute axis index referred to MD
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
r
numSpindlesLog
UWord
r
r
numSpindlesLog
name
Spindle name
Note: If several logical spindles are referred to one physical spindle with active spindle conversion and access is
made via area N of module SSP2, then the name of the first suitable logical spindle is output.
String[32]
r
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
namePhys
Name of assigned physical spindle, identical to " name " variable.
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
opMode
Spindle mode
0 = spindle mode
1 = oscillation mode (gear step changeover)
2 = positioning mode
3 = synchronous mode
4 = axis mode
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
4
UWord
numSpindlesLog
r
0
4
UWord
numSpindlesLog
r
Double
r
Double
r
$P_SMODE
Multi-line: yes
r
Spindelindex
pSModeS
UWord
$P_SMODE
Multi-line: yes
r
0
pSMode
String[32]
Spindelindex
speedLimit
Current speed limitation for spindle
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
speedOvr
Spindle override
%
Multi-line: yes
numSpindlesLog
logical spindle index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-473
Lists
3 Variables
spindleType
Spindle type
0 = master spindle
1 = no master spindle
Multi-line: yes
09.01
UWord
logical spindle index
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
numSpindlesLog
status
Spindle state
Bit0 = following spindle
Bit1 = leading spindle
Bit2 = master spindle (extension from SW 4.1)
Bit3 = constant cutting speed (G96) active (extension from SW4.1)
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
turnState
State of spindle rotation
value range to be read via BTSS variable
0 = clockwise
1 = counter-clockwise
2 = stop
value range to be read via $ variable
3 = clockwise
4 = counter-clockwise
5 = stop
Multi-line: yes
logical spindle index
numSpindlesLog
3-474
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.5.7
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. FU: User frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/UserFrame/...
Up to $MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES zero offsets can be defined for each
channel.
These channel-specific settable frames are only available if
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES & gt; 0 and
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES = 0, otherwise all settable frames
have an NCU-global configuration.
Individual offset values can be set with the parameter variables in the module
FU.
Each parameter is defined as an array and the axes of a specific zero offset
group (frame) are addressed via the row index.
The maximum row index is calculated from the maximum number of axes
available in the channel:
Max. row index:
numAuxAxes)
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES * (numGeoAxes +
The row index is calculated as follows:
Row index = Frame index * (numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes) + axis number
The frame indices have the following meaning:
0 = G500
1 = G54
2 = G55
3 = G56
4 = G57
5 = G505
6 = G506
:
nn = G5nn
:
99 = G599
Attention: The parameters for the zero offset apply to the geometry axes only
and are assigned values. The geometry axes are the first 3 axes only.
However, all axes are included in the row calculation!
Sum of the axes = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes
The number of geometry axes " numGeoAxes " and auxiliary axes
" numAuxAxes " is given in module Y in area C.
In order to activate the zero offset, PI-Service SETUFR must be called after the
parameters have been entered!
$P_UIFR[x,y,TR] x=FrameNo,y=Axis
linShift
Translation of settable zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Frame index * numMachAxes +
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES *
axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
PA
wr
3-475
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$P_UIFR[x,y,SI] x=FrameNo,y=Axis
linShiftFine
Fine offset with frames, expansion of basic frames and settable frames
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Frame index * numMachAxes +
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES *
axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
wr
$P_UIFR[x,y,MI] x = FrameNo,y=Axis
mirrorImgActive
Mirroring enabled in settable zero offset
0 = mirroring not active
1 = mirroring active
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Frame index * numMachAxes +
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES *
axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
PA
$P_UIFR[x,y,RT] x = FrameNo,y=Axis
rotation
Rotation of settable zero offset
Grad
Double
Multi-line: yes
Frame index * numMachAxes +
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES *
axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
PA
$P_UIFR[x,y,SC] x = FrameNo,y=Axis
scaleFact
Scaling factor of settable zero offset
Double
Multi-line: yes
Frame index * numMachAxes +
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES *
axis number
(numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
PA
3-476
wr
wr
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.5.8
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. FA: Active user frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/ActualFrame/...
Up to 10 zero offsets can be active per channel and can be read from the
module FA.
Each parameter is defined as an array. The axes of a specific zero offset group
(frame) are addressed via the row index.
The maximum row index is the maximum number of available axes in the
channel:
Max. row index = 10* (numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
The row index is calculated as follows:
Row index = Frame index * (numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes) + axis number
Caution: The parameters for zero offset apply to the geometry axes only and
are assigned values. The geometry axes are the first 3 axes only. However, all
axes must be used to calculate the row index!
Sum of the axes = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes
The number of geometry axes " numGeoAxes " and auxiliary axes
" numAuxAxes " can be read from the module Y in area C.
The following frame indices (important for calculating the row indices of a
variable) are available:
0: ACTFRAME = currently resulting zero offset = sum of ACTBFRAME,
IFRAME and PFRAME
1: IFRAME = current settable zero offset
2: PFRAME = current programmable zero offset
3: EXTFRAME = current external zero offset
4: TOTFRAME = current total zero offset = sum of ACTFRAME and
EXTFRAME
5: ACTBFRAME = current total base frame
6: SETFRAME = current 1st system frame (set actual value, scratching)
7: EXTSFRAME = current 2nd system frame (set actual value, scratching)
8: PARTFRAME = current 3rd system frame (TCARR and PAROT with
orientatable toolholder)
9: TOOLFRAME = current 4th system frame (TOROT and TOFRAME)
The value linShiftFine is available.
$P_PFRAME[x,TR] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME
linShift
Translation of an active zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Frame index * numMachAxes +
11 * numMachAxes
axis number
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
PA
r
3-477
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$P_PFRAME[x,MI] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME
mirrorImgActive
Mirroring enabled in an active zero offset
0 = mirroring not active
1 = mirroring active
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Frame index * numMachAxes +
11 * numMachAxes
axis number
PA
$P_PFRAME[x,RT] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME
rotation
Rotation of an active zero offset
Grad
Double
Multi-line: yes
Frame index * numMachAxes +
11 * numMachAxes
axis number
PA
$P_PFRAME[x,SC] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME
scaleFact
Scaling factor of an active zero offset
Double
Multi-line: yes
Frameindex * numMachAxes + axis 11 * numMachAxes
number
PA
3-478
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.5.9
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. FE: External frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/ExternFrame/...
1 external zero offset (usually via the PLC) can be defined for each channel.
The parameters of the external zero offset can be read from module FE. Each
parameter is defined as an array and the individual axes are addressed using
the row index.
The maximum row index results from the maximum number of axes available in
the channel:
Max row index = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes = numMachAxes +
numSpindles
The number of geometry axes " numGeoAxes " , auxiliary axes " numAuxAxes " ,
machine axes " numMachAxes " and spindles " numSpindles " can be read from
the module Y in area C.
$AA_ETRANS[x] x = FrameNo
linShift
Translation of external zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
mm, inch, userdef
Double
Multi-line: yes
Geo axis number
numGeoAxes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
PA
wr
3-479
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
3.6
Drive status data
3.6.1
Area H, Mod. S: Drive-specific state data (MSD)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/DriveHsa/State/...
During NC operation different internal states occur and system-specific data
may change during operation. To distinguish those from system variables, they
are classified as state data.
A distinction is made between:
- NCK-specific state data
- Mode-group-specific state data
- Channel-specific state data
- Drive-specific state data (FDD)
- Drive-specific state data (MSD)
Attention: The HS module cannot be addressed with MMC100/EBF/OP030
MD 1708: ACTUAL_CURRENT
actualCurrent
Actual value of the smoothened current (referring to the maximum current of the drive)
CAUTION: The variable cannot be configured by MMC100.
%
-100000,0
10000,0
Multi-line: no
MD 1701: ACTUAL_SPEED
actualSpeed
Actual value of rotary speed (motor)
CAUTION: The variable cannot be configured by MMC100.
U/min , m/min
-100000,0
Multi-line: no
MD 1731: CL1_PO_IMAGE
cl1PoImage
Image of the ZK1PO register. The format is hexadecimal
Attention: The variable cannot be configured by the MMC 100
0x0
Multi-line: no
MD 1732: CL1_RES_IMAGE
cl1ResImage
Image of the ZK1RES register. The format is hexadecimal
Attention: The variable cannot be configured by the MMC 100!
0x0
Multi-line: no
MD 1720: CRC_DIAGNOSIS
crcErrorCount
CRC-parameter for diagnosis
Number is displayed in hexadecimal format.
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
0x0
Multi-line: no
MD 1706: DESIRED_SPEED
desiredSpeed
Desired value of rotary speed. With linear motors: desired velocity
Attention: The variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
U/min , m/min
-100000,0
Multi-line: no
3-480
IAD
Float
r
IAD
100000,0
Float
r
IAD
0x7FFF
UWord
r
IAD
0x7FFF
UWord
r
IAD
0x7FFF
UWord
r
IAD
100000,0
Float
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 1791: ENC_TYPE_DIRECT
encTypeDirect
Direct mounted encoder used for reading in the actual values
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by MMC100!
0
Multi-line: no
Lists
3 Variables
IAD
32767
MD 1790: ENC_TYPE_MPTOR
encTypeMotor
Motor mounted ( indirect ) encoder used for reading in the actual values.
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by MMC100!
0
32767
Multi-line: no
MD 1798: FIRMWARE_DATE
firmwareDate
Firmware date
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
0
Multi-line: no
MD 1799: FIRMWARE_VERSION
firmwareVersion
Firmware version
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
0
Multi-line: no
MD 1701: LINK_VOLTAGE
linkVoltage
Link voltage
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
0 to 800
V
0
Multi-line: no
MD 1722: LOAD
load
Load. Display is in hexadecimal format
Attention: Variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
%
-100000,0
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
IAD
UWord
r
IAD
32767
UWord
r
IAD
32767
UWord
r
IAD
32767
UWord
r
IAD
100000,0
MD 1702: MOTOR_TEMPERATURE
motorTemperature
Motor temperature
Attention: The variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
C
0
32767
Multi-line: no
operatingMode
Operating mode
Attention: Variable cannot be configured By the MMC100!
Bit0 = VSA
Bit4 = HSA
Bit8 = AM control
Bit9 = AM closed loop control
Bit12 = U/f-operation mode
bits exclude one another (except bit 12)
Multi-line: no
UWord
Float
r
IAD
UWord
r
IAD
UWord
r
3-481
Lists
3 Variables
MD 1797: PBL_VERSION
pblVersion
Data version
Attention: The variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
0
Multi-line: no
09.01
IAD
32767
MD 1395 : SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS
safeStopFDiagnosis
Drive error code for alarm 300911
0
Multi-line: no
MD 1700: TERMINAL_STATE
terminalState
State of the binary inputs (displayed in hexadecimal format)
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
0x0
Multi-line: no
3-482
UWord
r
UWord
r
IAD
0x7FFF
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.6.2
Lists
3 Variables
Area V, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (FDD)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/DriveVsa/State/...
During NC operation different internal states occur and system-specific data
may change during operation. To distinguish those from system variables, they
are classified as state data.
A distinction is made between:
- NCK-specific state data
- Mode-group-specific state data
- Channel-specific state data
- Drive-specific state data (FDD)
- Drive-specific state data (MSD)
No cyclic service may be set up on variables in this module. Only single
variable access is permitted.
MD 1708: ACTUAL_CURRENT
actualCurrent
Actual value of the smoothened current (referring to the maximum current of the drive)
%
-10000,0
10000,0
Multi-line: no
MD 1707: ACTUAL_SPEED
actualSpeed
Actual value of the rotary speed, actual velocity for linear drive (motor)
U/min , m/min
-100000,0
100000,0
Multi-line: no
MD 1731: CL1_PO_IMAGE
cl1PoImage
ZK1PO register image. Hexadecimal numerical representation
0x0
Multi-line: no
MD 1732: CL1_RES_IMAGE
cl1ResImage
ZK1RES register image. Hexadecimal numerical representation
0x0
Multi-line: no
MD 1720: CRC_DIAGNOSIS
crcErrorCount
CRC diagnostic parameter. Hexadecimal numerical representation
0x0
Multi-line: no
desiredSpeed
Speed setpoint
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: no
IAD
Float
IAD
Float
MD 1791: ENC_TYPE_DIRECT
encTypeDirect
Measuring circuit type of direct measuring system
0
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
IAD
0x7FFF
UWord
r
IAD
0x7FFF
UWord
r
IAD
0x7FFF
UWord
MD 1706: DESIRED_SPEED
-100000,0
r
r
IAD
100000,0
Float
r
IAD
32767
UWord
r
3-483
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
MD 1790: ENC_TYPE_MOTOR
encTypeMotor
Measuring circuit type of indirect measuring system
0
Multi-line: no
firmwareDate
Firmware date
Multi-line: no
UWord
MD 1799: FIRMWARE_VERSION
linkVoltage
DC-link voltage
V
Multi-line: no
32767
MD 1798: FIRMWARE_DATE
firmwareVersion
Firmware version
Multi-line: no
IAD
MD 1701: LINK_VOLTAGE
0
0
0
MD 1722: LOAD
load
Utilization: Represented in hexadecimal format
%
Multi-line: no
motorTemperature
Motor temperature
C
Multi-line: no
IAD
32767
32767
r
UWord
r
IAD
32767
UWord
r
IAD
-100000,0
100000,0
Float
MD 1702: MOTOR_TEMPERATURE
0
r
IAD
32767
UWord
r
IAD
UWord
MD 1797: PBL_VERSION
0
MD 1700: TERMINAL_STATE
terminalState
State of the binary inputs (in hexadecimal format)
0x0
Multi-line: yes
1
r
IAD
32767
MD 1395 : SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS
safeStopFDiagnosis
Drive error code for alarm 300911
0
Multi-line: no
3-484
UWord
IAD
operatingMode
Operating mode
Bit0 = FDD
Bit4 = MSD
Bit8 = Open-loop AM control
Bit9 = Closed-loop AM control
Bit12 = V/Hz mode
Multi-line: no
pblVersion
Data version
Multi-line: no
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
IAD
0x7FFF
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
3.7
Tool and magazine data
3.7.1
Area T, Mod. TO: Tool edge data: Offset data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Compensation/...
The data module TO is organized as a two-dimensional variable array.
The module contains the tool edge offset data for all tools. Each element can
be addressed via a column and row index:
The column index is the tool number (T-number), i.e. the offset data for all
cutting edges of a tool are located in one column. The assignment of a tool to a
T-number is given in the module " Tool directory " (TV) in the related area T. If a
non-existent tool number is entered for the column index the request is
negatively acknowledged.
The number of rows is derived from the number of parameters per tool edge
and the number of edges on a tool:
maxZeilenindex = numCuttEdgeParams * numCuttEdges (T-number)
The number of parameters per tool edge " numCuttEdgeParams " is given in
module Y in area N. The number of cutting edges " numCuttEdges " is always
tool-specific and is given in the module TV in associated area T.
If necessary, several rows can be addressed, so that in one request, for
example, all tool edge offset data of a single tool can be read. The offset
values of the tool edges are all of the same data type and have the same
physical unit.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-485
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$TC_DPCEx[y,z] x = ParamNo y = ToolNo z = EdgeNo
cuttEdgeParam
Offset value parameter and edge list with D numbers for a tool
1st section: Offset value parameter for a tool edge:
The meaning of each parameter depends on the tool type. At present 25 parameters are reserved for each tool edge
(however only some of them are used). To be flexible for future extensions use the variable 'numCuttEdgeParams'
rather than the fixed number 25 for the number of parameters.
A detailed description of tool parameters can be found in the documentation Tool Offset (W1), Section " Tool edge " .
The following list is a summary of the tool edge parameters:
parameter 1: Geometry -- tool type ($TC_DP1)
parameter 2: Geometry -- tool point direction ($TC_DP2)
parameter 3: Geometry -- length 1 ($TC_DP3)
parameter 4: Geometry -- length 2 ($TC_DP4)
parameter 5: Geometry -- length 3 ($TC_DP5)
parameter 6: Geometry -- radius ($TC_DP6)
parameter 7: Geometry -- corner radius (tool type 700; slotting saw) ($TC_DP7)
parameter 8: Geometry -- length 4 (tool type 700; slotting saw) ($TC_DP8)
parameter 9: Geometry -- length 5 ($TC_DP9)
parameter 10: Geometry -- angle 1 ($TC_DP10)
parameter 11: Geometry -- angle 2 for tapered milling tools ($TC_DP11)
parameter 12: Wear -- length 1 ($TC_DP12)
parameter 13: Wear -- length 2 ($TC_DP13)
parameter 14: Wear -- length 3 ($TC_DP14)
parameter 15: Wear -- radius ($TC_DP15)
parameter 16: Wear -- slot width b / rounding radius ($TC_DP16)
parameter 17: Wear -- proj. length k ($TC_DP17)
parameter 18: Wear -- length 5 ($TC_DP18)
parameter 19: Wear -- angle 1 ($TC_DP19)
parameter 20: Wear -- angle 2 for tapered milling tools ($TC_DP20)
parameter 21: Adapter -- length 1 ($TC_DP21)
parameter 22: Adapter -- length 2 ($TC_DP22)
parameter 23: Adapter -- length 3 ($TC_DP23)
parameter 24: Relief angle ($TC_DP24)
parameter 25: Manual Turn: Cutting rate ($TC_DP25)
Shopmill: Bit-coded value for different states of tools of type 1xx and 2xx ($TC_DP25)
All parameters up to 25, that are not listed, are reserved.
2nd section: edgeDNo (SW 5.1 and later), associated optional D numbers of edges:
-1:
No edge
1 .. maxDNo:
Edge exists, associated D number, only when " any D numbers " function is activated
(maxnumCuttEdges_Tool & lt; maxCuttingEdgeNo)
Edge No.:1 to maxnumCuttEdges_Tool, when edge exists, but when " Assignment of any D numbers " function is not
activated on the NC.
0:
No D number assigned/assignment cancelled. (In this case, OPI deviates from NCK variable
$TC_DPCE.... $TC_DPCE... contains a unique number & gt; 32000 when a D number is not assigned.)
Important: This variable is called " edgeData " on the MMC102.
The value for the tool type is stored internally as an integer.
0
Multi-line: yes
For edge offset value parameters:
(edgeNo - 1) *
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
For D numbers:
((numCuttEdgeParams *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool) +
EdgeNo)
3-486
Double
(numCuttEdgeParams + 1) *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$TC_DPx[y,z] x = ParamNo y = ToolNo z = EdgeNo
edgeData
Offset value parameter and edge list with D numbers for a tool
1st section: Offset value parameter for a tool edge:
The meaning of each parameter depends on the tool type. At present 25 parameters are reserved for each tool edge
(however only some of them are used). To be flexible for future extensions use the variable 'numCuttEdgeParams'
rather than the fixed number 25 for the number of parameters.
A detailed description of tool parameters can be found in the documentation Tool Offset (W1), Section " Tool edge " .
The following list is a summary of the tool edge parameters:
parameter 1: Geometry -- tool type ($TC_DP1)
parameter 2: Geometry -- tool point direction ($TC_DP2)
parameter 3: Geometry -- length 1 ($TC_DP3)
parameter 4: Geometry -- length 2 ($TC_DP4)
parameter 5: Geometry -- length 3 ($TC_DP5)
parameter 6: Geometry -- radius ($TC_DP6)
parameter 7: Geometry -- corner radius (tool type 700; slotting saw) ($TC_DP7)
parameter 8: Geometry -- length 4 (tool type 700; slotting saw) ($TC_DP8)
parameter 9: Geometry -- length 5 ($TC_DP9)
parameter 10: Geometry -- angle 1 ($TC_DP10)
parameter 11: Geometry -- angle 2 for tapered milling tools ($TC_DP11)
parameter 12: Wear -- length 1 ($TC_DP12)
parameter 13: Wear -- length 2 ($TC_DP13)
parameter 14: Wear -- length 3 ($TC_DP14)
parameter 15: Wear -- radius ($TC_DP15)
parameter 16: Wear -- slot width b / rounding radius ($TC_DP16)
parameter 17: Wear -- proj. length k ($TC_DP17)
parameter 18: Wear -- length 5 ($TC_DP18)
parameter 19: Wear -- angle 1 ($TC_DP19)
parameter 20: Wear -- angle 2 for tapered milling tools ($TC_DP20)
parameter 21: Adapter -- length 1 ($TC_DP21)
parameter 22: Adapter -- length 2 ($TC_DP22)
parameter 23: Adapter -- length 3 ($TC_DP23)
parameter 24: Relief angle ($TC_DP24)
parameter 25: Manual Turn: Cutting rate ($TC_DP25)
Shopmill: Bit-coded value for different states of tools of type 1xx and 2xx ($TC_DP25)
All parameters up to 25, that are not listed, are reserved.
2nd section: edgeDNo (SW 5.1 and later), associated optional D numbers of edges:
-1:
No edge
1 .. maxDNo:
Edge exists, associated D number, only when " any D numbers " function is activated
(maxnumCuttEdges_Tool & lt; maxCuttingEdgeNo)
Edge No.:1 to maxnumCuttEdges_Tool, when edge exists, but when " Assignment of any D numbers " function is not
activated on the NC.
0:
No D number assigned/assignment cancelled. (In this case, OPI deviates from NCK variable
$TC_DPCE.... $TC_DPCE... contains a unique number & gt; 32000 when a D number is not assigned.)
Important: This variable is called " cuttEdgeParam " in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC.
The value for the tool type is stored internally as an integer.
mm, inch, userdef
0
Double
Multi-line: yes
For edge offset value parameters:
(numCuttEdgeParams + 1) *
(edgeNo - 1) *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
For D numbers:
((numCuttEdgeParams *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool) +
EdgeNo)
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
3-487
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.2
09.01
Area T, Mod. TD: Tool data: General data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Data/...
In addition to the tool offset data other tool characteristics are stored for
managing the tools. The module TD contains the general data of the tools. The
tool characteristics can be addressed via individual multiple-line variables. The
variable line index corresponds to the T-number. If non-existent T-numbers are
accessed, the request is acknowledged negatively. The module Tool directory
(TV) in the associated T area shows which T-numbers are valid.
A new entry is provided for the tool monitoring mode:
Monitoring modes in toolMon:
0: No tool monitoring
1: Tool life monitoring
2: Workpiece number monitoring
4: Monitoring of edge wear parameters using wear limit (SW 5.1 and later)
8: Monitoring of total offset parameters (fine, $TC_SCP..., not setup offsets
$TC_ECP...) using wear limit (SW 5.1 and later)
adaptNo
Number of adapter defined by system parameter $TC_ADPx which is
supporting the tool
& gt; 0:
adapter number
0:
no adapter assigned
0
0
numMagPlaces
Max
Multi-line: yes
T number
max. T-Nummer
UWord
r
$TC_TP1
FBW
duploNo
Duplo number (number of replacement tool)
In the tool management each tool is explicitly defined both by its identifier and its duplo number. This means that a Tarea can only contain tool identifiers with different duplo numbers.
T-Nummer
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
32000
$P_TOOLND[x] x = ToolNo
numCuttEdges
Number of cutting edges of a tool
Multi-line: no
toolIdent
Tool identifier
Multi-line: yes
toolInfo
Tool information for MMC
Not currently assigned
Multi-line: yes
$TC_TP2
" & lt; T-Nummer & gt; "
Tool number T
0
Tool number T
r
FBW
String[32]
r
32000
$TC_TP11
$A_TOOLMN[x] x = ToolNo T
toolInMag
Current magazine in which the tool is located
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
3-488
UWord
1
FBW
UWord
wr
UWord
r
32000
32000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$A_TOOLMLN[x] x = ToolNo T
toolInPlace
Current location in which the tool is located
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
UWord
$TC_TP9
toolMon
Type of tool monitoring
0: no tool monitoring
1: tool life monitoring
2: no. of workpieces monitoring
4: monitoring of edge wear parameters using wear limit (SW 5.1 and later)
8: monitoring of total offset parameters using wear limit (SW 5.1 and later)
0
Multi-line: yes
TNo
32000
$TC_TP7
toolplace_spec
Magazine location type of tool
9999
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
$TC_TP10
toolSearch
Type of tool search for replacement tools
0: no strategy
1: next duplo no.
2: shortest path
0
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
$TC_TP6
toolsize_down
Size downwards in half locations
1
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
$TC_TP3
toolsize_left
Size to the left in half locations
1
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
$TC_TP4
toolsize_right
Size to the right in half locations
1
Multi-line: yes
Tool number t
toolsize_upper
Size upwards in half locations
Multi-line: yes
FBW
UWord
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
FBW
UWord
wr
32000
FBW
UWord
wr
32000
FBW
UWord
wr
32000
FBW
UWord
wr
32000
FBW
UWord
wr
32000
$TC_TP5
1
Tool number T
r
32000
FBW
UWord
wr
32000
3-489
Lists
3 Variables
$TC_TP8
toolState
Tool state
0: not enabled
1: active tool (A)
2: enabled (F)
4: disabled (G)
8: measured (M)
16: prewarning limit reached (V)
32: tool being changed (W)
64: fixed location coded (P)
128: tool was in use (E)
0
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
3-490
09.01
FBW
UWord
wr
32000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.3
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TS: Tool edge data: Monitoring data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Supervision/...
The module TS is organized as a two-dimensional variable array. The module
contains the tool edge monitoring data for all tools. Each element can be
addressed via a column and line index:
The column index is the tool number (T-number), i.e. one column contains the
monitoring data for all tool edges of a tool. The assignment of a tool to a Tnumber is given in the module Tool directory (TV) in the associated area T. If a
non-existent tool number is specified for the column index, the request is
acknowledged negatively.
The number of lines is derived from the number of parameters per tool edge
and from the number of tool edges of a tool:
maxZeilenanzahl = numCuttEdgeParams_ts * numCuttEdges (T-number)
The number of parameters per tool edge " numCuttEdgeParams_ts " is given in
the module Y in area N. The number of tool edges " numCuttEdges " is always
tool specific and can be found in the module TV in associated area T.
If necessary, several lines can be addressed, so that in one request, for
example, all tool edge monitoring data of a single tool can be read. The
monitoring data of the tool edges are all of the same data type and have the
same physical unit.
New tool monitoring modes " Monitoring of wear values " and " Monitoring of total
offsets " :
3 new parameters are provided for these modes:
P7 = Wear prewarning limit (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP6)
P8 = Remaining wear (actual value) (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP5)
P9 = Wear setpoint (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP15)
$TC_MOP1[x,y] ...$TC_MOP15[x,y] x=ToolNo y=EdgeNo
data
Monitoring data per tool edge
Important: This is a two-dimensional variable.
9 parameters are available for each tool edge.
The parameters have the following meaning:
P1 = prewarning limit service life in minutes ($TC_MOP1)
P2 = remaining service life in minutes ($TC_MOP2)
P3 = prewarning limit workpiece number ($TC_MOP3)
P4 = remaining workpiece number ($TC_MOP4)
P5 = desired service life ($TC_MOP11)
P6 = desired workpiece number ($TC_MOP13)
P7 = prewarning limit wear (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP5)
P8 = remaining wear (actual value) (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP6) cannot be written
P9 = desired wear (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP15)
Important: This variable is called " dummy " in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC!
The values for P3 to P9 are stored internally as integers.
0
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(ToolEdgeNo - 1) *
numCuttEdgeParams_ts * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams_ts +
ParameterNo
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-491
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.4
09.01
Area T, Mod. TU: Tool data: User-defined data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/User/...
The data module TU is defined as a two-dimensional variable array. The
module contains user-defined data for all tools. Each element can be
addressed via a column and row index:
The column index is the number of the user-defined tool parameter. The
number of tool parameters (columns) is to be found in the variable
" numToolParams_tu " in the module Y in area N.
The row index is the tool number. If non-existent tools are accessed, the
request is acknowledged negatively.
The user-defined tool data are all of the same type.
$TC_TPCx[y] x = ParameterNo y = ToolNo
data
User-defined tool parameters
Important: This is a two-dimensional variable. The column index is the parameter number.
Attention: This variable is called " dummy " in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC !
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
32000
3-492
Double
FBW
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.5
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TUE: Tool edge data: User-defined data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/User/...
The data module TUE is organized as a two-dimensional variable array. The
module contains user-defined tool edge data for all tools. Each element can be
addressed via a column and row index:
The column index is the tool number (T-number), i.e. the user-defined data for
all tool edges are to be found in one column.The assignment of a tool to a Tnumber is to given in the module Tool directory (TV) in the associated area T. If
a non-existent tool number is specified for the column index, the request is
acknowledged negatively.
The number of rows is derived from the number of parameters per tool edge
and the number of tool edges of a tool:
maxZeilenanzahl = numCuttEdgeParams_tu * numCuttEdges (T-number)
The number of parameters per tool edge " numCuttEdgeParams_tu " is given in
the module Y in area N. The number of tool-specific tool edges
" numCuttEdges " are contained in the module TV in the associated area T.
If neccessary, several lines can be addressed, so that in one request, for
example, all user-defined tool edge data of a single tool can be read. The data
are all of the same data type.
$TC_DPCx[y,z] x=ParamNo,y=ToolNo z=EdgeNo
edgeData
User-defined cutting edge parameter.
Important: this is a two-dimensional variable, the column index is the T number
FBW
Caution: This variable is called " dummy " in the non-Windows-MMC und the PLC!
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(TooledgeNo - 1) *
numCuttEdgeParams_tu * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams_tu +
ParamterNo
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-493
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.6
09.01
Area T, Mod. TG: Tool data: Grinding-specific data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/GrindingData/...
Special tool data are required for grinding tools. These data are contained in
the module TG. They can be addressed via several multiple-row variables. The
row index corresponds to the T number. If a non-existent T-number is
addressed negative acknowledgement is returned. The module tool directory
(TV) in the associated area T shows which T-numbers are valid.
$TC_TPG5
actToolWide
Current width of the grinding wheel
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
W4
Double
wr
32000
$TC_TPG2
W4
conntectPar
Chaining rule. This parameter ( which is bitwise defined ) specifies which tool parameters of cutting edge 2 and
cutting edge 1 are chained. If the value of any chained parameter is altered, the value of the other chained parameter
is automatically adapted.
If the following bits are set, the corresponding parameters of D1 and D2 are chained:
Bit0: tool type
Bit2: geometry length1
Bit3: geometry length2
Bit4: geometry length3
Bit11: wear length1
Bit12: wear length2
Bit13: wear length3
Bit20: base dimension/adapter dimension length1
Bit21: base dimension/adapter dimension length2
Bit22: base dimension/adapter dimension length3
The value is stored internally as an integer.
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
32000
$TC_TPG8
inclAngle
Angle of inclination of the inclined grinding wheel in the current plane
Grad
-90
90
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
32000
$TC_TPG6
maxRotSpeed
Maximum rotary speed of the grinding wheel
U/min , m/min
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
$TC_TPG7
maxTipSpeed
Maximum peripheral speed of the grinding wheel
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
$TC_TPG3
minToolDia
Minimum diameter of the grinding wheel
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
3-494
W4
Double
wr
W4
Double
wr
32000
W4
Double
wr
32000
W4
Double
wr
32000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
$TC_TPG4
minToolWide
Minimum width of the grinding wheel
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
Lists
3 Variables
W4
Double
wr
32000
$TC_TPG9
W4
paramNrCCV
Compensation parameters for the function SUG ( " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel " ). These parameters
define which compensation value is to be used for SUG, tool monitoring and centerless grinding. The value always
refers to cutting edge D1.
3: length 1
4: length 2
5: length 3
6: radius
The value is stored internally as an integer.
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
32000
$TC_TPG1
W4
spinNoDress
Spindle number to which the monitoring data and the function SUG ( " constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel " )
refer.
The value is stored internally as an integer.
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Tool-number T
32000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-495
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.7
09.01
Area T, Mod. TMC: Magazine data: Configuration data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/MagazineConfiguration/...
Each tool magazine is configured with several parameters during start-up.
These configuration data together with the state information are combined in
the module TMC.
magBLMag
Number of the internal load magazine
Multi-line: no
magCBCmd
Command for magazine execution
1: Find_empty location_loading
2: Tool_MOVE
Multi-line: no
magCBCmdState
Command state of the magazine (for magCBCmd)
1: started
2: running
3: end correct
4: end with error
Multi-line: no
magCBIdent
Identifier of the magazine
Multi-line: no
UWord
magCMCmdPar2
Return value for command MagCBCmd
In case of a succesfull return, the return value is the place number.
If an error occurs an error number is set.
Multi-line: no
magRPlaces
Total number of real magazine locations (incl. buffer and loading locations)
Multi-line: no
r
W4
UWord
r
W4
UWord
$TC_MAMP1
magCMCmdPar1
Return variable for the command MagCBCmd
In case of a succesfull return, the return variable is the magazine number.
If an error occurs, an error number is set.
Multi-line: no
3-496
W4
r
W4
String[32]
r
W4
UWord
r
W4
UWord
r
W4
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
$TC_MAMP2
magSearch
Type of tool search. This variable is bitwise defined.
A set bit has the following meaning:
Bit0: search active tool
Bit1: search tool by shortest path
Bit8: begin search at first location (forwards)
Bit9: begin search at current location forwards
Bit10: begin search at last location (backwards)
Bit11: begin search at current location backwards
Bit12: begin search at current location symmetrically
Multi-line: no
Lists
3 Variables
W4
UWord
r
magVPlaces
Number of defined locations for the control block
Number of virtual locations (without buffer and loading locations) for all real magazines in this area unit
UWord
Multi-line: no
W4
magZWMag
Number of internal buffer magazine
Multi-line: no
W4
UWord
r
r
$TC_MAMP3
modeWearGroup
Definition of strategies relating to wear group.
The value is bit-coded. Default setting = 0.
Effects on tool status
Bit
Value
Meaning
0
0
When a wear group is activated internally, the status of the tools it contains remains unchanged.
1
When a wear group is activated internally, the status of the tools it contains changes. One tool
from each tool group is set to the " active " state.
1
0
When a wear group is disabled internally, the status of the tools it contains remains unchanged.
1
When a wear group is disabled internally, the status of the tools it contains changes. The " active "
status is cancelled for all tools.
" Internally " in this instance means disabling or activation due to a tool change necessitating a change in the wear
group. Activating/disabling the appropriate tools
after writing system parameters or via OPI is described in Section ???.
2...
Reserved
...
Reserved
7... Reserved
Search strategy for next wear group:
Bit
Value
Meaning
8
0
Find the next possible wear group
1
Find the wear group with the next-higher group number which can be activated
9...
Reserved
...
Reserved
11...
Reserved
Search strategy within the wear group for the tool to be activated
Bit
Value
Meaning
12
0
Lowest possible duplo number
1
Lowest possible magazine location number
13...
Reserved
...
Reserved
15...
Reserved
The active wear group can be disabled completely by negating the contents of $TC_MAP9. It is also possible to
disable any selected wear group by negating $TC_MPP8 for a
magazine location assigned to the relevant wear group.
See also system parameter magWearCompoundNo / $TC_MAP9 (active wear group number) and wear group
number of magazine location / $TC_MPP8.
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-497
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.8
09.01
Area T, Mod. TMV: Magazine data: Directory
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/MagazineCatalogue/...
The data module TMV can be used for the following purposes:
1. To display all magazines. The most important magazine information is
combined in the module TMV. The existing magazines are sorted in ascending
order according to the magazine number without gaps. This means that
variables that are defined in this module as one-dimensional arrays contain all
magazine information without any gaps. The row index with which a specific
array can be addressed does not refer to the magazine number, it is merely a
serial number. Inserting/deleting a magazine dynamically changes the contents
of a row.
2. To access magazine data in the modules TM, TP and TPM. Before
accessing an element in the above modules, the module TV should be
consulted to determine which tools have actually been defined.
magVIdent
Identifier of the magazine
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
magVNo
Number of the magazine
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
String[32]
UWord
numActMags
Number of magazines in the modules TMV and TM
Multi-line: no
3-498
numMagsMax
r
r
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.9
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TM: Magazine data: General data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/MagazineDescription/...
This module contains the information for the available tool magazines.
$TC_MAP8
magActPlace
Current magazine position
Location number of tool change position
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
magCmd
Command for magazine execution
1: Find_empty location_loading
2: Tool_MOVE
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
UWord
UWord
r
r
r
numMagsMax
magCmdState
Command state of the magazine
1: started
2: running
3: end correct
4: end with error
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
UWord
UWord
magCmdPar2
Command parameter of the magazine
In case of a succesfull return, the return value is the place number.
If an error occurs an error number is set.
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
r
UWord
magCmdPar1
Command parameter of the magazine
In case of a succesfull return, the return value is the magazine number.
If an error occurs, an error number is set.
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
wr
numMagsMax
$TC_MAP6
magDim
Dimension of the magazine, number of magazine lines in the box magazine
Applies to box magazines (magKind = 5) number of lines. For all other magazine types the value is 1.
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
magIdent
Identifier of the magazine
Multi-line: yes
$TC_MAP2
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
FBW
String[32]
Magazine number
FBW
r
numMagsMax
3-499
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
$TC_MAP1
magKind
Type of the magazine
1 = chain
3 = revolver
5 = box magazine
7 = internal magazine tool buffer
9 = internal magazine loading stations
0
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
FBW
UWord
r
numMagsMax
$TC_MAP4
FBW
magLink1
Chaining 1 of the magazine to the following magazine. Number to (next) background magazine. Can be used with
chain, revolver and box magazines (magKind = 1,3 or 5)
-1
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
$TC_MAP5
FBW
magLink2
Chaining 2 of the magazine to the previous magazine. Backward chaining of background magazines. Can be used for
chaining to chain, revolver and box magazines (magKind = 1, 3 or 5)
-1
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
magNo
Number of the magazine
Multi-line: yes
1
Magazine number
numMagsMax
numMagsMax
$TC_MAP7 * $TC_MAP6
magNrPlaces
Number of real locations (in chain magazine) or number of slots (in box magazine)
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
numMagsMax
$TC_MAP3
magState
State of the magazine
1 = current magazine
2 = disabled
4 = magazine in loading position
8 = motion is active
16 = enabled for loading
2
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
UWord
r
UWord
r
FBW
UWord
wr
Long Integer
wr
numMagsMax
$TC_MAP9
magWearCompoundNo
Each magazine has its own active wear group (wear group number).
The number of this group is stored in OPI variables magWearCompoundNo:
Meaning: Number of active wear group.
=0: No wear group active.
& gt; 0: Number of wear group in which tool search commences.
(this is the number of the active wear group.)
& lt; 0: Number of wear group in which tool search commences.
However, this wear group is disabled which means that the next tool
search is started in the next possible wear group.
This system parameter can thus also be used to disable a wear
group. See also wear group number of magazine location
/ $TC_MPP7 and modeWearGroup / $TC_MAMP3.
Previous name: actWearGrInMag
-32000, ..., -1, 0, 1, 2, ... 32000
0
Multi-line: yes
Magazine number
3-500
numMagsMax
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
3 Variables
3-501
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.10
09.01
Area T, Mod. TP: Magazine data: Location data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Magazine/...
The data module TP is organized as a two-dimensional variable array. The
module contains the state and assignment of all magazine locations of a T
area. Each element can be addressed via a column or a line index:
The column index is the magazine number, i.e. the configuration data for all
locations of a magazine are contained in a column. The assignment of a
magazine to a magazine number is given in the associated module Magazine
directory (TMV) in the associated area T. If a non-existent magazine number is
specified for the column index, the request is negatively acknowledged.
The number of lines is derived from the number of parameters per magazine
location and from the number of magazine locations:
maxZeilenindex = numMagPlaceParams * magNrPlaces
The number of parameters per magazine location " numMagPlaceParams " is
given in module Y in area N and is currently 7 (8 with SW 5.1 and later).
The row indices are based on the following scheme:
1:
Location type ($TC_MPP1) (read only)
1:
Magazine location
2:
Spindle
3:
Gripper
4:
Loader
5:
Transfer location
6:
Loading station
7:
Loading point
2:
Location type ($TC_MPP2) (read only)
& gt; 0:
Location type for virtual location
=0:
" match all " (buffer location)
9999: Undefined (not a virtual location)
3:
T number of tool in this location ($TC_MPP6)
4:
Consideration of adjacent location on / off ($TC_MPP3)
0:
off
1:
on
5:
Location status ($TC_MPP4)
1:
Disabled
2:
Free ( & lt; & gt; occupied)
4:
Reserved for tool in buffer location
8:
Reserved for tool to be loaded
16:
Occupied in left half-location
32:
Occupied in right half-location
64:
Occupied in top half-location
128:
Occupied in bottom half-location
6:
Physical magazine reference (read only)
Magazine number of magazine to which location belongs
7:
Type index ($TC_MPP5) (read only) and new: Wear group number
from SW 5.1
Type index/wear group number is read only in SW earlier than 5.1 and
read/write from SW 5.1 if it is assigned " Wear group " meaning.
Type index: The locations of a location type in a magazine are
numbered in ascending sequence, e.g. type=2, type index=5; == & gt; Spindle5)
(previous meaning when location type = 1 before P5: Equals location
number when location type=1)
Wear group number from SW 5.1 ($TC_MPP5?)
When location type = 1: Number of wear group to which this
magazine location is assigned.
Value range: -32000, ..., -1, 0, 1, 2, ... 32000
=0:
Not assigned to a wear group
3-502
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
& gt; 0:
Number of assigned wear group, this wear group is enabled
& lt; 0:
Number of assigned wear group, this wear group is disabled
By negating this system parameter, it is possible to disable or enable
the whole assigned wear group.
See also magWearCompoundNo / $TC_MAP9 (active wear group
number) and modeWearGroup / $TC_MAMP3 (general settings for wear
grouping).
8:
Adapter number from SW 5.1 ($TC_MPP8?)
Reference to adapter data set number.
Associated system data:
The number of parameters of this module changes accordingly:
N / Y, global system data, numMagPlaceParams = 8 from SW 5.1
The number of magazine locations " magNrPlaces " is magazine specific and
can be found in module TM in associated area T.
The locations of the buffer magazine and the loading magazine are numbered
in ascending order independently of the location type index.
If necessary, several lines can be addressed, so that, for example, all location
data of a magazine can be read in a single request. The location data are all of
the same type.
$TC_MPP1[n,m]...$TC_MPP7[n,m] n=MagNo m=SlotNo
placeData
P1: Location type (read access only) ($TC_MPP1)
P2: Location type (read access only) ($TC_MPP2)
P3: T number of tool in this location ($TC_MPP6)
P4: Consider adjacent location on/off ($TC_MPP3)
P5: Location status (bit arry) ($TC_MPP4)
P6: Reference for physical magazine (read access only)
P7: Location type index (location type numbering) ($TC_MPP5)
P8: Number of adapter in magazine location ($TC_MPP7)
Attention: This variable is called " dummy " in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC!
UWord
Multi-line: yes
(LocationNo - 1) *
numMagPlaceParams * magNrPlaces
numMagPlaceParams +
ParameterNo
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
3-503
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.11
09.01
Area T, Mod. TPM: Magazine data: Multiple assignment of
location data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Magazine/...
The data module TPM is organized as a two-dimensional variable array.
(ParameterNo = 1: Specifies the magazine number with which a relationship
exists.
ParameterNo = 2: Distance (in locations) between the internal location and the
magazine change position (cf. magazine number for 1st parameter) with which
a relationship will be established. It contains information about possible
multiple assignments. The column index is the magazine number.
For location P with location number p in magazine MP (= column index)
numPlaceMulti times the multiple assignments to other magazines which are
possible are stored with the associated distances to the change positions in
each of the magazines. The offset for row index zi for a location number p is
calculated according to the following rule: zi = (p-1) * numPlaceMulti *
numPlaceMultiParams + ParameterNo.
Determining the distance between the load position and the change position:
The value 9999 (magazine no. load position) must be specified for the variable
multiPlace in the column. The LocationNo (p) for the line is the number of the
load position. The line for the first assignment is calculated with Parameter = 1.
When reading the variable, the system can thus read the magazine number
linked to the intended change position. If this magazine number is correct, it is
possible to read the number of locations between the load position and the
change position with the variable multiPlace with the next higher line number. If
the magazine number read was incorrect, the following magazine assignment
must be read with the line number increased by numPlaceMulti.
$TC_MDP1[n,m]...$TC_MDP2[n,m] n=MagNo m=SlotNo
multiPlace
P1: Distance between change position of magazine n and location m of 1st internal magazine (load magazine, 9999)
($TC_MDP1)
P2: Distance between change position of magazine n and location m of 2nd internal magazine (buffer magazine,
9998) ($TC_MDP2)
Attention: This variable is called " dummy " in the non-Windows-MMC and PLC !
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
(LocationNo - 1) * numPlaceMulti * numPlaceMulti * numPlaceMultiParams *
numPlaceMultiParams+Parameter magNrPlaces
No
In this case, numPlaceMulti and
numPlaceMultiParams are other
OPI variables from module Y.
3-504
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.12
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TT: Magazine data: Location types
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Magazine/...
The module TT is organized as a two-dimensional array where the variable
with index (1/1) contains the maximum number of columns (corresponds to the
location hierarchies) in this module. Each element can be addressed via a
column and row index:
The column index is the number of the location hierarchy + 1. The row index is
the number of the location type + 1. Row 1 contains the current T-number of
rows for a specific location hierarchy as special information.
If all location types are to be read out for a location hierarchy, this must be
defined in two steps:
1. The 1st line of each location hierarchy contains the number of assigned
location types for this hierarchy
2. Lines 2 ... n can be read out in a single request.
placeType
Magazine location hierarchy
$TC_MPTH[n,m] n=0...7 Hierarchy m=0...7 SlotType
Attention: This variable is called " dummy " in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC!
Multi-line: yes
Number of location type + 1
Wert aus Zeile 1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
UWord
r
3-505
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.13
09.01
Area T, Mod. TV: Tool data: Directory
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Catalogue/...
Data module TV can be used for the following purposes:
1. For displaying all tools of a magazine. The most important tool information is
contained in module TV. Available tools are sorted consecutively in ascending
order of T-number. This means that variables that are defined as onedimensional arrays in this module contain all the tool information without any
gaps. The line index with which a specific array is addressed has no
connection with the tool number but is only a serial number. Inserting/deleting
tools changes the contents of a line dynamically.
2. Access to tool data in modules TD, TG, TO, TS, TU and TUE. Before an
element in one of the above modules is accessed, module TV should be
consulted to ascertain which tools are actually defined.
SW 5.1 and later: Variable modeSpindleToolRevolver (module N/Y, global
system data) defines for circular magazines (T / TM, magazine data, general
data, MagKind=3) whether the tool in OPI modules " T / TP, magazine data,
location data " , " T / TD, tool data, general data " , " T/TV, tool data, directory " and
" T / AEV, working offsets, directory " remains (new functionality) in its circular
magazine location during operation or changes to the buffer magazine (earlier
behaviour).
Associated system data:
modeSpindleToolRevolver (module N / Y, global system data) with SW 5.1 and
later.
nrDuplo
Duplo number
Multi-line: yes
UWord
r
9
numTools
UWord
r
MD
MM_NUM_TOO
L
UWord
r
UWord
r
String[32]
r
Serial number
numTools
numCuttEdges
Number of cutting edges of a tool
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
numTools
Number of tools in the area TO
-
0
Multi-line: no
TnumWZV
Last assigned T-number for tool management
Multi-line: no
toolIdent
Tool identifier
Multi-line: yes
3-506
Serial number
numTools
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
toolInMag
Current magazine in which the tool is located
0 = tool not loaded
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
numTools
toolInPlace
Current location in which the tool is located
0 = tool not loaded
Multi-line: yes
Serial number
numTools
toolNo
T-number
Multi-line: yes
numTools
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
UWord
r
UWord
Serial number
UWord
r
3-507
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.14
09.01
Area T, Mod. TF: Parametrizing, return parameters of
_N_TMGETT, _N_TSEARC
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Find/...
This module is used for parametrizing the PI-Services _N_TMGETT and
_N_TSEARC and it contains the corresponding return parameters. It is up to
the clients to guarantee the exclusive access by using the semaphore
mechanism _N_MMCSEM with the function number for _N_TMSEARCH.
parDataTD
Parametrizing: For parameters with data type UWORD of the module TD a value can be stored as a comparison
value for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in
the module TD according to parMasksTD.
The size of the column matches the lines in module TD.
See module TD
UWord
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TD module & gt; 1.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of columns in
the TD module.
parDataTO
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TO a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TO
according to parMasksTO.
The size of the column matches the data set of an edge in module TO.
See module TO
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TO module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TO module.
parDataToolIdentTD
Parametrizing: For the parameter with data type string[32] (tool identifier) of the module TD a value can be stored as
a comparison value for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponing
parameter in the module TD according to parMasksTD.
See module TD
String[32]
wr
Multi-line: yes
Tool identifier
1
parDataTS
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TS a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TS
according to parMasksTS.
The size of the column matches the data set of an edge in module TS.
See module TS
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TS module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TS module.
3-508
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
parDataTU
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TU a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TU
according to parMasksTU.
The size of the column matches the lines in module TU.
See module TU
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TU module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TU module.
parDataTUE
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TUE a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TUE
according to parMasksTUE.
The size of the column matches the data set of an edge in module TUE.
See module TUE
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TUE module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TUE module.
parDataTUS
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TUS a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TUSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TUS
according to parMasksTUS.
The size of the column matches the data set of an edge in module TUS.
See module TUS
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TUS module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TUS module.
parMasksTD
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TD that indicates whether it is to serve as a search
criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison values
are stored in parDataTD. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are logically
combined with AND.
Value 0 : corresponding operand is not evaluated / Variable is not a criterion for comparison
Value 1 : == (equal)
Value 2 : & lt; (less than)
Value 3 : & gt; (greater than)
Value 4 : & lt; = (less or equal)
Value 5 : & gt; = (greater or equal)
Value 6 : & & (bitweise AND, value allowed for operands of the type WORD and DOUBLEWORD only)
For string operands " == " is the only operator allowed
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TD module & gt; 1.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of columns in
the TD module.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
6
UWord
wr
3-509
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
parMasksTO
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TO that indicates whether it is to serve as a search
criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison values
are stored in parDataTO. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are logically
combined with AND.
Value 0 : corresponding operand is not evaluated / Variable is not a criterion for comparison
Value 1 : == (equal)
Value 2 : & lt; (less than)
Value 3 : & gt; (greater than)
Value 4 : & lt; = (less or equal)
Value 5 : & gt; = (greater or equal)
Value 6 : & & (bitweise AND, value allowed for operands of the type WORD and DOUBLEWORD only)
For string operands " == " is the only operator allowed
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TO module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TO module.
6
UWord
wr
parMasksTS
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TS that indicates whether it is to serve as a search
criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison values
are stored in parDataTS. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are logically
combined with AND.
Value 0 : corresponding operand is not evaluated / Variable is not a criterion for comparison
Value 1 : == (equal)
Value 2 : & lt; (less than)
Value 3 : & gt; (greater than)
Value 4 : & lt; = (less or equal)
Value 5 : & gt; = (greater or equal)
Value 6 : & & (bitweise AND, value allowed for operands of the type WORD and DOUBLEWORD only)
For string operands " == " is the only operator allowed
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TS module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TS module.
6
UWord
wr
parMasksTU
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TU that indicates whether it is to serve as a search
criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison values
are stored in parDataTU. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are logically
combined with AND.
Value 0 : corresponding operand is not evaluated / Variable is not a criterion for comparison
Value 1 : == (equal)
Value 2 : & lt; (less than)
Value 3 : & gt; (greater than)
Value 4 : & lt; = (less or equal)
Value 5 : & gt; = (greater or equal)
Value 6 : & & (bitweise AND, value allowed for operands of the type WORD and DOUBLEWORD only)
For string operands " == " is the only operator allowed
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TU module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of columns in
the TU module.
3-510
6
UWord
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
parMasksTUE
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TUE that indicates whether it is to serve as a
search criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison
values are stored in parDataTUE. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are
logically combined with AND.
Value 0 : corresponding operand is not evaluated / Variable is not a criterion for comparison
Value 1 : == (equal)
Value 2 : & lt; (less than)
Value 3 : & gt; (greater than)
Value 4 : & lt; = (less or equal)
Value 5 : & gt; = (greater or equal)
Value 6 : & & (bitweise AND, value allowed for operands of the type WORD and DOUBLEWORD only)
For string operands " == " is the only operator allowed
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TUE module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TUE module.
6
UWord
wr
parMasksTUS
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TUS that indicates whether it is to serve as a
search criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TUSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison
values are stored in parDataTUS. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are
logically combined with AND.
Value 0 : corresponding operand is not evaluated / Variable is not a criterion for comparison
Value 1 : == (equal)
Value 2 : & lt; (less than)
Value 3 : & gt; (greater than)
Value 4 : & lt; = (less or equal)
Value 5 : & gt; = (greater or equal)
Value 6 : & & (bitweise AND, value allowed for operands of the type WORD and DOUBLEWORD only)
For string operands " == " is the only operator allowed
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TUS module.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TUS module.
6
UWord
wr
resultNrOfTools
Result: Number of tools found
In the case of _N_TMGETT, it is possible to find no tools (value=0) or exactly 1 tool (value 1); in the case of
_N_TSEARC, the number of found tools can be any number & gt; 0, limited by the number of tools in the NC or no tools
at all (value=0).
0
0
numTools
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
1
1
resultToolNr
Result: T-numbers of the tools found
The array elements contain the internal T- numbers of the tools found. The storing order is the order in which the
tools have been found by the PI-Service.
0
0
31999
UWord
r
Multi-line: yes
Serial number of the tools found
tfNrOfResults
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-511
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.15
09.01
Area T, Mod. TUM: Tool data: user magazine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/MagazineDescription/...
$TC_MAPCx[y] x = ParameterNo y = MagazineNo
userData
Magazine user data for a tool magazine. These parameters can only be used if the machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM and
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK have been set accordingly.
0
Long Integer
Multi-line: yes
Number of the user-defined
numMagParams_u
parameter
3-512
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.16
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TUP: Tool data: user magatine place data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
$TC_MPPCx[y,z] x=ParamNo y=MagazineNo z=MagPlaceNo
userPlaceData
Magazine location user data for a tool magazine. These parameters can only be used if the machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM and
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK have been set accordingly.
0
Long Integer
Multi-line: yes
Number of the user-defined
numMagLocParams_u * magNrPlaces
parameter + numMagLocParams_u
* (number of the magazine location
- 1)
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
3-513
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.17
09.01
Area T, Mod. TUS: Tool data: user monitoring data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Supervision/...
$TC_MOPCx[y,z] x=ParamNo,y=T-Number,z=Edge
userData
User data for monitoring a cutting edge These parameters can only be used if the machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM and
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK have been set accordingly.
0
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
Number of the user-defined
numCuttEdgeParams_tus * numCuttEdges
parameter + (number of the cutting
edge -1) *
numCuttEdgeParams_tus
3-514
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.18
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. AD: Adapter data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Adapter/...
Adapter data are used to define the dimensions of an adapter (L1, L2, L3) per
magazine location and the direction (transformation) of loaded tools. The
transformation is applied when cutting edge data are processed in OPI
modules TOT, TOST and TOET if the tool is loaded in a magazine location to
which adapter data are assigned.
Adapter data exist independently of magazine location data. Magazine location
data contain a reference (see module TP, placeData) to the adapter data.
adaptData
Adapter data
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
$TC_ADPTx; x=1,...3, $TC_ADPTT
0.0
ParameterNo
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Double
numParams_Adapt
wr
3-515
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.19
09.01
Area T, Mod. AEV: Working offsets: Directory
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/ActiveCatalogue/...
The active tool edges are sorted in consecutive ascending D number sequence
in the AEV module. This module also contains the essential tool data for each
D number entered. " Active " in this case refers to the replacement tools.
(If the " unique D numbers " option is not activated in the NC, the edges are
sorted according to ascending ToolIdent and DuploNumber. The D number
variable is then set to 0 on all lines in this module.)
The D number assignment is not necessarily unique for active tools. For this
reason, the same D number may be entered in several lines (successively).
The line number is a serial number which is not related to the D number.
The number of active tool edges is stored in numActDEdges (module AEV),
e.g. example 10,
i.e. module AEV contains entries for 10 tool edges. These are sorted in
ascending D number sequence. The tool edge with the lowest D number has
index (serial number) 1, the next-higher D number index 2, etc. and the edge
with the highest D number index 10.
When tools are activated/deactivated and D numbers re-assigned, the entries
for a D number change line dynamically.
Module T / AEV is organized as a 1-dimensional variable array and can be
used for the following purposes:
- Display all tool edges, including D numbers, of active tools.
- Display associated tool data
The module contains the following information which can be addressed via a
column index:
- Single column, in 1st line only. Number of D numbers (lines, tool edges) in
the current list
- The other columns apply to all lines, each line contains tool edge data with
the following information:
- D number
- Internal T number of associated tool
- Tool edge number relative to tool
- Tool identifier
- Duplo number
- Magazine number and
- Location number of tool
Individual values cannot be altered via this module.
Re-assignment of D numbers and changes in allocation to tools (deactivate,
activate replacement tools) and other modifications to data cause changes to
toolCounter in " C / S Channel-specific status data " .
Variable modeSpindleToolRevolver (module N/Y, global system data) defines
for circular magazines (T / TM, magazine data, general data, MagKind=3)
whether the tool in OPI modules " T / TP, magazine data, location data " , " T /
TD, tool data, general data " , " T/TV, tool data, directory " and " T / AEV, working
offsets, directory " remains (new functionality) in its circular magazine location
during operation or changes to the buffer magazine (earlier behaviour)).
3-516
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
cuttEdgeNo
Number of edge for this tool
Meaningful and defined only in connection with " unique D numbers " function.
1
maxnumCuttEdg UWord
es_Tool
Multi-line: yes
Serial number of active edges
numActDEdges
r
DNo
D number
Meaningful and defined only in connection with " unique D numbers " function.
Multi-line: yes
Current number of active tool
numActDEdges
edges
UWord
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
String[32]
r
UWord
r
UWord
r
duploNo
Duplo number
Meaningful and defined only in connection with " unique D numbers " function.
Multi-line: yes
Serial number of active edges
numActDEdges
numActDEdges
Number of D numbers in this list
Meaningful and defined only in connection with " unique D numbers " function.
When tool management function is active:
Specifies the number of edges belonging to tools with " active "
status (contained in the TO unit)
When tool management function is not active:
Specifies the number of all edges contained in the TO unit.
Multi-line: yes
1
1
toolIdent
Tool identifier
Meaningful and defined only in connection with " unique D numbers " function.
Multi-line: yes
Serial number of active edges
numActDEdges
toolInMag
Magazine in which tool is located
Meaningful and defined only in connection with " unique D numbers " function.
Multi-line: yes
Serial number of active edges
numActDEdges
toolInPlace
Magazine location of tool
Meaningful and defined only in connection with " unique D numbers " function.
Multi-line: yes
Serial number of active edges
numActDEdges
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-517
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
toolNo
Internal T number
Meaningful and defined only in connection with " unique D numbers " function.
Multi-line: yes
Serial number of active edges
numActDEdges
3-518
UWord
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.20
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TC: Toolholder parameters
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/ToolCarrier/...
Module TC contains the data which define an orientatable toolholder (offset
vectors, axis directions, rotation angle, type information).
It is also possible to read the current positions of the toolholder axes and the
differences between the current and programmed axis values for the active
toolholder.
$TC_CARR1
tcCarr1
x component of offset vector l1
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
tcCarr10
x component of rotary axis v2
Multi-line: yes
tcCarr11
y component of rotary axis v2
Multi-line: yes
tcCarr12
z component of rotary axis v2
Multi-line: yes
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
$TC_CARR10
0
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR11
0
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR12
0
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR13
tcCarr13
Angle of rotation alpha1 (in degrees)
Grad
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR14
tcCarr14
Angle of rotation alpha2 (in degrees)
Grad
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR15
tcCarr15
x component of offset vector l3
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-519
Lists
3 Variables
$TC_CARR16
tcCarr16
y component of offset vector l3
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR17
tcCarr17
z component of offset vector l3
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR18
tcCarr18
x component of offset vector l4
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR19
tcCarr19
y component of offset vector l4
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR2
tcCarr2
y component of offset vector l1
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR20
tcCarr20
z component of offset vector l4
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR21
tcCarr21
Axis identifier of 1st rotary axis
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR22
tcCarr22
Axis identifier of 2nd rotary axis
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR23
tcCarr23
Kinematic type
Kinematic type: P: Rotatable workpiece (part)
M: Rotatable tool and rotatable workpiece (mixed)
T or any character except P and M: Rotatable tool
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
3-520
09.01
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
String[32]
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
String[32]
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
String[32]
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
tcCarr24
$TC_CARR24
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
tcCarr25
$TC_CARR25
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
tcCarr26
$TC_CARR26
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
tcCarr27
$TC_CARR27
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
tcCarr28
$TC_CARR28
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
tcCarr29
$TC_CARR29
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
$TC_CARR3
tcCarr3
z component of offset vector l1
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
tcCarr30
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
tcCarr31
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
$TC_CARR31
Multi-line: yes
wr
$TC_CARR30
Multi-line: yes
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-521
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
tcCarr32
$TC_CARR32
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
tcCarr33
$TC_CARR33
Multi-line: yes
0
Nr. des Werkzeugträgers
$TC_CARR4
tcCarr4
x component of offset vector l2
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR5
tcCarr5
y component of offset vector l2
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR6
tcCarr6
z component of offset vector l2
0
Multi-line: yes
No. of toolholder
tcCarr7
x component of rotary axis v1
Multi-line: yes
tcCarr8
y component of rotary axis v1
Multi-line: yes
tcCarr9
z component of rotary axis v1
Multi-line: yes
3-522
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
Double
$MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
wr
$TC_CARR7
0
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR8
0
No. of toolholder
$TC_CARR9
0
No. of toolholder
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.21
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TOE: Edge-related coarse total offsets, setup
offsets
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
One set of edge-related coarse total offsets, setup offsets, exists for each tool
edge and operating location.
This module corresponds totally to module T / TOS, edge-related locationdependent fine total offsets.
$TC_ECPx[t,d]
edgeECData
Location-dependent offsets, setup value
mm, inch, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
((EdgeNo-1) * (maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC * maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC)) + ((EdgeSC - 1)* maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
numParams_SC) + ParameterNo
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
3-523
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.22
09.01
Area T, Mod. TOET: Edge-related coarse total offsets,
transformed setup offsets
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/CompTransfor/...
One set of edge-related transformed total offsets exists for each tool edge and
operating location.
This module corresponds totally to module T / TOE.
edgeECData
Transformed location-dependent offsets, setup value
mm, inch, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
((EdgeNo-1) * (maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC * maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC)) + ((EdgeSC - 1)* maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
numParams_SC) + ParameterNo
3-524
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.23
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TOS: Edge-related location-dependent fine total
offsets
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/Compensation/...
One set of edge-related total offsets exists for each tool edge and operating
location.
The maximum number of operating locations is identical for all tool edges and
defined by the new variable maxnumEdgeSC
($MN_MAX_SUMCORR_PERCUTTING_EDGE) in " N / Y global system data " .
numParams_SC (currently 9) offsets are provided (depending on locationindependent wear values) for each total offset set: Length 1, length 2, length 3,
radius and 5 others.
Each replacement tool has its own separate (different) data.
The NCK resets the data when the associated tool is activated if machine data
($MN_MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR, bit 1 = 1) is used for activation.
The total offsets of a tool edge are accessible via the internal T number of the
associated tool, edge number, total offset number ( " operating location " ).
PI Services may exist for selective creation and deletion of tool edge total
offsets.
The existence of total offsets can be controlled selectively via the new machine
data $MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR (OPI: maxNumSumcorr in N / Y) (P5??).
The following applies:
When the MMC2 tool management function is in use,
$MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR = -1 must be set to ensure that the total offsets
exist for all offset locations (number = maxnumEdgeSC) from creation of the
tool edge until its deletion.
(The new PI Services for creation / deletion will not currently be used by the
MMC2 tool management for turning applications). For the present, the new NC
machine data $MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR = -1 must be set to automatic
creation / deletion.
The method of addressing in this module is analogous to accessing " Edge data
/ offsets " by column addressing with T number (using an array access
operation to gain quick access to the total offsets of all tool edge operating
locations or all edges of a tool).
The module contains the location-dependent total offsets for all tools. Each
element is addressed via a column and line index:
The column index is the tool number (T number), i.e. all location-dependent
total offsets of this tool (for all edges / locations) can be found in one column.
If a non-existent T number is specified as the column index, the request is
acknowledged negatively.
The number of lines is determined by the number of total offset values, the
number of operating locations and the maximum possible edge number of a
tool:
maxZeilenindex = numParams_SC * maxnumEdgeSC *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
These variables are stored in " N / Y global system data " and have the following
meanings:
numParams_SC:
No. of wear offsets per location (according to L1,
L2, L3, radius and 5 others), currently 9
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-525
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
maxnumEdgeSC:
Maximum number of locations (SC) per edge
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool: Max. permissible number of edges per tool
Several lines can be addressed simultaneously if necessary, allowing, for
example, all location-dependent total offsets of all edges of one tool to be read
in one request. The location-dependent total offsets of the tools are all of the
same data type and have the same physical unit.
Module T / TOS has a 2-dimensional organization.
For OPI, see Section OPI variables.
The following lines are provided for each T number (column index):
Edge 1,
Edge 1,
Edge 1,
Edge 1,
Edge 1,
..........
Edge 1,
Edge 1,
Edge 1,
Edge 1,
Edge 1,
Location 1,
Location 1,
Location 1,
Location 1,
Location 1,
L1
L2
L3
Radius
Par5
.....
Location 1,
Par numParams_SC
Location 2,
L1
Location 2,
L2
.....
......
Location maxnumEdgeSC,Par numParams_SC
Edge 2,
Location 1,
L1
..........
.....
Edge 2,
Location maxnumEdgeSC,Par numParams_SC
..........
.....
Edge maxnumCuttEdges_Tool,
Location maxnumEdgeSC,Par
numParams_SC
.....
.....
.....
Interrelationship between edge parameters, total offsets and variables:
Edge parameter DL1
DL2
...
DL4
...
$TC_DP3
$TC_SCP13
$TC_SCP23
...
$TC_SCP43
...
$TC_DP4
$TC_SCP14
$TC_SCP24
...
$TC_SCP44
...
$TC_DP5
$TC_SCP15
$TC_SCP25
...
$TC_SCP45
...
....
$TC_DP9
$TC_SCP19
$TC_SCP29
...
$TC_SCP49
...
$TC_DP10
$TC_SCP20
$TC_SCP30
...
$TC_SCP50
...
$TC_DP11
$TC_SCP21
$TC_SCP31
...
$TC_SCP51
...
with DLx, TC_DPy, TC_SCPz
x from 1 to 6 (maxnumEdgeSC =
$MN_MAX_SUMCORR_PERCUTTING_EDGE) and maximum = 6
y from 3 to 11
z = (10 * x) + y
3-526
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
$TC_SCPx[t,d]
edgeSCData
Location-dependent offsets, wear
mm, inch, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
((EdgeNo-1) * (maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC * maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC)) + ((EdgeSC - 1)* maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
numParams_SC) + ParameterNo
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
3-527
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.24
09.01
Area T, Mod. TOST: Edge-related location-dependent fine total
offsets, transformed
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/CompTransfor/...
One set of edge-related transformed total offsets exists for each tool edge and
operating location.
This module corresponds totally to module T / TOS.
edgeSCData
Transformed location-dependent offsets, wear
mm, inch, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
((EdgeNo-1) * (maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC * maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC)) + ((EdgeSC - 1)* maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
numParams_SC) + ParameterNo
3-528
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.25
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TOT: Edge data: Transformed offset data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool/CompTransfor/...
The MMC must be capable of displaying and modifying the offset data of the
tool edges as both transformed and untransformed data. The transformation
refers to the adapter data (if programmed) of magazine locations. The MMC
can display and modify both transformed and untransformed data (of the same
tool if necessary) " simultaneously " (in different applications or different MMCs).
To provide access to transformed data, a new module, T / TOT (edge data:
transformed offset data), is provided which is identical to the existing module T
/ TO (edge data: Offset data), except that it supplies transformed data instead
of untransformed data.
The information edge DNo (D numbers assigned to edges) is included under
the offset (numCuttEdgeParams * maxnumCuttEdges_Tool) in both the T /
TOT and T / TO modules.
Both modules have a 2-dimensional organization.
The T number is the column index.
Line numbers are calculated by the following method:
(EdgeNo -1) * numCuttEdgeParams +parameter No.
numCuttEdgeParams = parameter per edge (currently 25) (from Y in N area)
EdgeNo = edge number for tool
Example: with numCuttEdgeParams = 25 and maxnumCuttEdges_Tool = 9
Column: T number
Lines:
1
edge 1,
2
edge 1,
parameter 1
parameter 2
...
25
26
27
edge 1,
edge 2,
edge 2,
50
...
225
226
parameter numCuttEdgeParams
parameter 1
parameter 2
edge 2,
...
parameter numCuttEdgeParams
edge maxnumCuttEdges_Tool,
parameter numCuttEdgeParams
edge 1,
D No assigned to edge 1
Untransformed data:
/Tool/Compensation/edgeData[uToa,cTNr,line_from,line_to]
Transformed data:
/Tool/CompTransfor/edgeData[uToa,cTNr,line_from,line_to]
Values which can be displayed as transformed data are the 9 geo-data
(corresponding to L1, L2, L3, radius, and generally 5 other values), wear and
total offsets.
If tools which are not located in a magazine location with adapter data are
accessed via the module for transformed data, then the data are treated as if
they were untransformed.
For OPI, see Section OPI variables.
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-529
Lists
3 Variables
cuttEdgeParam
Transformed edge offset data and D number list
Important: This variable is called " edgeData " in the MMC102.
mm, inch, userdef
0.0
Multi-line: yes
For edge offset value parameters:
(edgeNo - 1) *
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
For D numbers:
((numCuttEdgeParams *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool) +
EdgeNo)
09.01
Double
(numCuttEdgeParams + 1) *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
edgedata
Transformed edge offset data and D number list
Important: This variable is called " cuttEdgeParam " in NonWindows-MMC and PLC.
mm, inch, userdef
0.0
Double
Multi-line: yes
For edge offset value parameters:
(numCuttEdgeParams + 1) *
(edgeNo - 1) *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
For D numbers:
((numCuttEdgeParams *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool) +
EdgeNo)
3-530
wr
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.26
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TAD: Application-specific data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool//...
Data module TAD is organized as a 2-dimensional variable array. This module
contains application-specific data for all tools. Every element can be addressed
via a column and row index:
The column index is the number of the user-defined tool parameter. The
number of tool parameters (columns) can be found in variable
numToolParams_tad in area N / module Y.
The row index is the tool number. Attempts to access non-existent tools are
negatively acknowledged.
Application-specific tool data are all of the same data type.
Application-specific tool data are reserved for SIEMENS applications.
$TC_TPCSx[y]
siemData
Siemens application tool parameter
Important:2-dimensional variable. Column index corresponds to parameter number. Reserved for SIEMENS
applications.
0
Double
Multi-line: yes
Tool number T
32000
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
3-531
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.27
09.01
Area T, Mod. TAM: Application-specific magazine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool//...
Module TAM contains application-specific information about tool magazines.
Application-specific magazine data are all of the same data type.
The application-specific magazine data are reserved for SIEMENS
applications.
$TC_MAPCSx[y]
siemData
Siemens application magazine data.
These parameters can be used only if machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM and $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK are set
accordingly.
Reserved for SIEMENS applications.
0
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Parameter number
numMagParams_tam
3-532
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.28
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TAO: Application-specific cutting edge data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool//...
Data module TAO is organized as a 2-dimensional variable array. This module
contains application-specific cutting edge data for all tools. Every element can
be addressed via a column and row index. The column index is the tool
number (T number), i.e. one column contains the application-specific data for
all the cutting edges of a tool.
The assignments between tools and T numbers are listed in the Tool Directory
(TV) module in the relevant T area. A request is negatively acknowledged if a
non-existent tool number is entered as the column index.
The number of rows is determined by the number of parameters per cutting
edge and the number of cutting edges of a tool:
Max. number of rows = numCuttEdgeParams_tao * numCuttEdges (T number)
The number of parameters per cutting edge numCuttEdgeParams_tao can be
found in area N / module Y. The number of tool-specific cutting edges is
specified in area T / module TV.
Several rows can be addressed where necessary which means, for example,
that all application-specific edge data of a tool can be read in one request.
Application-specific edge data are all of the same data type.
Application-specific cutting edge data are reserved for SIEMENS applications.
$TC_DPCSx[y,z]
siemEdgeData
Siemens application tool cutting edge parameter
Important:2-dimensional variable. Column index corresponds to the T number. Reserved for SIEMENS applications.
0
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
(EdgeNo-1) *
numCuttEdgeParams_tao * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams_tao +
ParameterNo
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-533
Lists
3 Variables
3.7.29
09.01
Area T, Mod. TAP: Application-specific magazine location data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool//...
Data module TAP is organized as a 2-dimensional variable array. This module
contains application-specific data of a T area. Every element can be addressed
via a column and row index:
The column index is the magazine number, i.e. one column contains the
application-specific magazine location data for all the locations of one
magazine. The assignments between magazines and magazine numbers are
listed in the appropriate Magazine Directory (TMV) module in the relevant T
area. A request is negatively acknowledged if a non-existent magazine number
is entered as the column index.
The number of rows is determined by the number of parameters per magazine
location and the number of magazine locations:
Max. number of rows = numMagLocParams_tap * magNrPlaces
Application-specific magazine location data are all of the same data type.
Application-specific magazine location data are reserved for SIEMENS
applications.
$TC_MPPCSx[y,z]
siemPlaceData
Siemens application magazine location data.
These parameters can be used only if machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM and $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK are set
accordingly.
Reserved for SIEMENS applications.
0
UWord
wr
Multi-line: yes
ParameterNumber +
numMagLocParams_tap * magNrPlaces
numMagLocParams_tap *
MagazineLocationNumber-1
3-534
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.7.30
Lists
3 Variables
Area T, Mod. TAS: Application-specific monitoring data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Tool//...
Data module TAS is organized as a 2-dimensional variable array. This module
contains application-specific monitoring data for all tools. Every element can be
addressed via a column and row index:
The column index is the tool number (T number), i.e. one column contains the
application-specific monitoring data for all the cutting edges of a tool. The
assignments between tools and T numbers are listed in the Tool Directory (TV)
module in the relevant T area. A request is negatively acknowledged if a nonexistent tool number is entered as the column index.
The number of rows is determined by the number of parameters per cutting
edge and the number of cutting edges of a tool:
Max. number of rows = numCuttEdgeParams_tas * numCuttEdges (T number)
The number of parameters per cutting edge numCuttEdgeParams_tas can be
found in area N / module Y. The number of tool-specific cutting edges
(numCuttEdges) is specified in area T / module TV.
Several rows can be addressed where necessary which means, for example,
that all application-specific monitoring data of a tool can be read in one
request.
Application-specific monitoring data are all of the same data type.
Application-specific monitoring data are reserved for SIEMENS applications.
$TC_MOPCSx[y,z]
siemData
Siemens application monitoring data of a tool cutting edge.
These parameters can be used only if machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM and $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK are set accordingly.
Reserved for SIEMENS applications.
0
Double
wr
Multi-line: yes
ParameterNumber + (EdgeNo -1) * numCuttEdgeParams_tas * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams_tas
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-535
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
3.8
Machine and setting data
3.8.1
Area N, Mod. M: Global machine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/Drive/...
Global machine data
MD 13000: DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE[x] x = PlugplaceNo
MDBA_DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE
Activation of 611D drive / enable high-speed inputs/outputs
0 = inactive
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Slot number in drive bus
14
MDCA_DRIVE_LOGIC_NR
Logical drive number
Multi-line: yes
Character
wr
Character
wr
MD 13010: DRIVE_LOGIC_NR[x] x = PlugplaceNo
0
Slot number in drive bus
30
14
MDCA_DRIVE_MODULE_TY MD 13030: DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE[x] x = PlugplaceNo
PE
Module identifier of relevant drive bus slot
1 = single-axis module
2 = two-axis module
9 = terminal block for dig. I/Os
10 = bit bus interface
Character
Multi-line: yes
Slot number in drive bus
14
MD 13040: DRIVE_TYPE[x] x = PlugplaceNo
MDCA_DRIVE_TYPE
Drive type identifier for each drive bus slot
1 = FDD
2 = MSD
Multi-line: yes
Slot number in drive bus
14
wr
Character
wr
MDD_INT_INCR_PER_DEG MD 10210: INT_INCR_PER_DEG
Calculation resolution for angular position
0,000001
Multi-line: no
1000
1
Double
wr
MD 10200: INT_INCR_PER_MM
MDD_INT_INCR_PER_MM
Calculation resolution for linear positions
0,000001
Multi-line: no
1000
1
Double
wr
MDD_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_ MD 10050: SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
TIME
Basic system clock cycle. For possible assignment of values, see description of machine data
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME.
s
0,000125 s
0,032 s
Double
Multi-line: no
1
3-536
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MDL_POSCTRL_SYSCLOC
K_TIME_RATIO
Position control cycle factor
Multi-line: no
Lists
3 Variables
MD 10060: POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
1
100
1
Long Integer
MD 13020: DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE[x] x = PlugplaceNo
MDLA_DRIVE_INVERTER_
CODE
Power section code of drive module
Long Integer
Multi-line: yes
Slot number of drive module
14
MDSA_AXCONF_MACHAX_
NAME_TAB
Machine axis name
Multi-line: yes
wr
wr
MD 10000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[x] x = Axis
String[16]
Axis index from 0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
7
3-537
Lists
3 Variables
3.8.2
09.01
Area A, Mod. M: Axis-specific machine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Axis/Drive/...
Axis-specific machine data
MDCA_CTRLOUT_MODULE MD 30110: CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR
_NR
Setpoint assignment: Drive number / module number
1
15
Multi-line: no
1
MDCA_CTRLOUT_TYPE
Type of setpoint output
Multi-line: no
Character
Character
wr
Byte
wr
Character
wr
MD 30130: CTRLOUT_TYPE
0
1
1
MD 30220: ENC_MODULE_NR[x] x = PlugplaceNo
MDCA_ENC_MODULE_NR
Actual value assignment: Drive number / measuring circuit number
1
15
Multi-line: yes
Encoder number
2
MD 30240: ENC_TYPE[x] x = PlugplaceNo
MDCA_ENC_TYPE
Type of actual value sensing (actual position value)
0 = Simulation
1 = Raw signal generator, high-resolution
2 = Square-wave generator, standard generator with pulse quadruplication
3 = Encoder for stepper motor
4 = Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
5 = Absolute encoder with SSI interface (FM-NC)
0
5
Multi-line: yes
Encoder number
2
3-538
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.8.3
Lists
3 Variables
Area N, Mod. SE: Global setting data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/Settings/...
This module contains all global setting data. The physical units depend on the
variable " userScale " in module Y of area N.
MDB_JOG_CONT_MODE_L
EVELTRIGGRD
Jog mode
Multi-line: no
MDB_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE
JOG at revolutional feedrate
0 = G94
1 = G95
Multi-line: no
MDD_JOG_REV_SET_VEL
O
JOG velocity for G95
Grad, userdef
Multi-line: no
MDD_JOG_SET_VELO
JOG velocity for G94
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: no
MDD_JOG_SPIND_SET_VE
LO
JOG velocity for master spindle
U/min, userdef
Multi-line: no
MDD_JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZ
E
Variable incremental value for JOG mode
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Character
wr
Character
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
3-539
Lists
3 Variables
3.8.4
09.01
Area C, Mod. SE: Channel-specific setting data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/Settings/...
Channel-specific setting data
MDD_DRY_RUN_FEED
Dry run feedrate
mm/min, inch/min, userdef
Multi-line: no
MDD_THREAD_START_AN
GLE
Starting angle for thread
Grad
Multi-line: no
3-540
Double
wr
Double
wr
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.8.5
Lists
3 Variables
Area A, Mod. SE: Axis-specific setting data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Axis/Settings/...
Axis-specific setting data
AA_OFF_LIMIT
Upper limit of compensation value which can be preset by means of synchronized actions via the system variable
$AA_OFF.
This limit value acts on the absolutely effective compensation value via $AA_OFF.
It is possible to interrogate the compensation value for limit-range violation via the system variable $AA_OFF_LIMIT.
Double
r
Multi-line: no
MDB_WORKAREA_MINUS_
ENABLE
Working area limitation active in the negative direction
0 = inactive
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Number of machine axis
1
MDB_WORKAREA_PLUS_E
NABLE
Working area limitation active in the positive direction
0 = inactive
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
Number of machine axis
1
MDD_SPIND_MAX_VELO_G
26
Maximum spindle speed at G26 (master spindle)
U/min, userdef
Multi-line: no
1
MDD_SPIND_MAX_VELO_L
IMS
Spindle speed limitation (master spindle)
U/min, userdef
Multi-line: no
1
MDD_SPIND_MIN_VELO_G
25
Minimum spindle speed at G25 (master spindle)
U/min, userdef
Multi-line: no
1
MDD_WORKAREA_LIMIT_
MINUS
Working area limitation in the negative direction
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Number of machine axis
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Character
wr
Character
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
3-541
Lists
3 Variables
MDD_WORKAREA_LIMIT_P
LUS
Working area limitation in the positive direction
mm, inch, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Number of machine axis
3-542
09.01
Double
wr
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
3.9
Parameters
3.9.1
Area C, Mod. RP: Arithmetic parameters
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/Parameter/...
Arithmetic parameters are special predefined variables which are addressed
with the letter R followed by a number. The contents and meaning of an
arithmetic parameter are defined by the programmer of the NC program. 100 R
parameters are defined by default. The number of R parameters can be set via
the channel-specific machine data 28050 (MM_NUM_R_PARAM). Up to 1000
R-Parameters can be set.
R
R parameter (up to SW 3.2)
$R[x] x = ParameterNo
PA
Attention: This variable should be used for SW releases & lt; 3.3. For later releases use the variable rpa !
Attention: For MMC102 the R number is used as row index !!!
Multi-line: yes
R number
rpa
R parameter (from SW 3.3)
Double
MM_NUM_R_PARAM
R[x] x = ParameterNo
Attention: For MMC102 the R number is used as row index !!!
Multi-line: yes
R number + 1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
PA
Double
MM_NUM_R_PARAM + 1
wr
3-543
Lists
3 Variables
3.9.2
09.01
Area C, Mod. VSYN: Channel-specific user variables for
synchronous actions
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/SelectedFunctionData/...
This module contains channel-specific user variables for synchronous actions
$AC_FIFOx[y] , x = FIFONo (1-10) y = ParameterNo
acFifoN
FIFO variable for synchronous actions (Note: SYNACT only)
The number of columns depends on the number of FIFOs
Double
MD $MC_MM_LEN_AC_FIFO+6
Multi-line: yes
1=2: access to the first element
read in
3: access to the last element read
in
4: sum of all FIFO elements
5: number of elements available in
FIFO
6: current write index in relation to
start of FIFO
7 etc: FIFO contents
$AC_MARKER[x] x = MarkerNo
acMarker
Flag variable, counter for synchronous actions (Note: SYNACT only)
UWord
Multi-line: yes
Number of the flag
MD $MC_MM_NUM_AC_MARKER
$AC_PARAM[x] x = ParameterNo
acParam
Dynamic parameters for synchronous actions (Note: SYNACT only)
Double
Multi-line: yes
Number of the parameter
MD $MC_MM_NUM_AC_PARAM
3-544
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
3.10
Servo
3.10.1
Area N, Mod. SD:
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck//...
servoDataFl32
Multi-line: yes
0
Achs-Index / Datenformat (siehe
Bausteinkopf
Float
siehe Bausteinkopf
r
0
Achs-Index / Datenformat (siehe
Bausteinkopf
Double
siehe Bausteinkopf
r
servoDataFl64
Multi-line: yes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-545
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
3.11
Diagnostic data
3.11.1
Area N, Mod. DIAGN: Global diagnostic data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/ChannelDiagnose/...
This module contains information about global NC diagnostic data.
The measured time variables are available on the destination hardware only.
The net time is calculated without interrupts by higher priority time levels, the
gross time includes the interrupts.
The highest priority time level is the SERVO, followed by the IPO and finally
the interpreter/ preparation. To obtain useful minimum and maximum time
intervals, the corresponding variables must be initialized before the
measurement.
actCycleTimeBrut
Sum of current gross runtimes of all channels
ms
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Selects a specific SW task on the
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
actCycleTimeNet
Sum of current net runtimes of all channels
ms
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Selects a specific SW task on the
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
Double
r
Double
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
UDoubleword
r
4
4
dp611USpecAccChangeCnt
The counter is incremented if the NCK changes the
available ACC information
0
Multi-line: no
1
dp611USpecAccKey
Version and type information about available ACC contents
0
Multi-line: no
maxnumDrives
dp611USpecAccMask
Bit-coded screenform indicating the drives for which special ACC files are available
Bit 0 == 1 - & gt; A special ACC is available
for drive with log. drive number 1.
0
Multi-line: no
1
3-546
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
dp611USpecAccPath
Path in which the ACC files are stored in the NCK file system.
This path might be empty later on if the files are to
be supplied from the active file system.
Current equivalent value: /_N_VS_DIR
0
Multi-line: no
dpAxisCfgMachAxisNr
Machine axis !!CAUTION NCU LINK!!
0
Multi-line: no
String[32]
r
0
INT32_MAX
UDoubleword
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
r
0
INT32_MAX
1
UDoubleword
r
0
1
1
UDoubleword
r
0
3
UWord
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
r
dpAxisStateEnc1
Status encoder 1 driver
0=no axis status assigned
1=axis status assigned
2=axis status is cyclical
3=axis status assigned and cyclical
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
r
dpAxisStateEnc2
Status encoder 2 driver
0=no axis status assigned
1=axis status assigned
2=axis status is cyclical
3=axis status assigned and cyclical
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
r
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
Number of axes entered in the system
0
Multi-line: no
dpAxisCfgValid
Axis info is available
0=Information is not available
1=Information is available
Multi-line: no
0
dpAxisStateCtrlout
Status of output drivers.
0=no axis status assigned
1=axis status assigned
2=axis status is cyclical
3=axis status assigned and cyclical
0
Multi-line: no
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-547
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrCtrlo
ut
This data counts the number of position control cycles
since failure of the sign-of-life signal
0 to n= number of position control cycles since
failure of the sign-of-life signal
0
0
Multi-line: no
INT32_MAX
UDoubleword
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
r
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrEnc1
This data counts the number of position control cycles since
failure of the sign-of-life signal
0 to n= number of position control cycles since
failure of the sign-of-life signal
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
r
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrEnc2
This data counters the number of position control cycles since
failure of the sign-of-life signal
0 to n= number of position control cycles since
failure of the sign-of-life signal
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
r
dpBusCfgBaudrate
Baud rate on DP bus (bit/s)
The permissible baud rates are determined by
the Profibus standard (DIN19245 EN50170)
Hz
0
Multi-line: no
Double
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
0
DOUBLE_MAX
Double
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
0
DOUBLE_MAX
Double
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusCfgNumBuses
Number of DP buses
Currently only one bus standardized acc. to Profibus DP standard
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
1
UDoubleword
r
dpBusCfgValid
Bus configuration data are available
TRUE= data exist and are initialized
FALSE= no data exist
0
Multi-line: no
1
1
UDoubleword
r
dpBusCfgCycleTime
The time required by the master to scan all
slaves once (request, response), until the
cycle starts from the beginning again.
s, userdef
0
Multi-line: no
dpBusCfgDataExTime
Data exchange time in [s,s,userdef]
s, userdef
0
Multi-line: no
3-548
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
dpBusStateAccessDuration
Act
Current access time to communications buffer for DP master
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateAccessDuration
Max
Maximum access time to communications buffer for DP master
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateAccessDuration
Min
Minimum access time to communications buffer for DP master
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateAccessErrCnt1
Number of bus access errors of type 1 since NCK Start
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateAccessErrCnt2
Number of bus access errors of type 2 since NCK Start
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateAvgCycleBetwe
enErr1
Average number of cycles between two
bus access errors of type 1
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateAvgCycleBetwe
enErr2
Average number of cycles between two
bus access errors of type 2
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateCycleCnt
Number of bus cycles since NCK Start
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateDpmAction
Indicator for operating progress of DP M
0
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateDpmActual
Current status of DP M bus
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
- controlled by DP M
0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-549
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
dpBusStateDpmCtrl
Booting status of processor for DP Master dpcadmin
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateDpmError
Error on status transitions
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
Suggested use:
*) Read modification counter (1)
*) Read out configuring data
*) Read modification counter (2)
*) If the modification counters in (1) and (2) are identical
and both display " valid " , the data read from HW-Config
will be consistent.
even values - & gt; configuration invalid
uneven values - & gt; configuration valid
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateDpmRequest
Desired status of DP M bus - request from HOST
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpBusStateNumActiveSlave
s
This data indicates how many slaves can currently be
accessed via the bus. This value is updated in online operation.
The number of slaves on the bus is determined
by the Profibus standard (DIN19245 EN50170)
0
0
Multi-line: no
125
UDoubleword
dpBusCfgNumBuses
r
dpClientCfgId
Identification client NCK/PLC/3RD
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpClientCfgNumClnt
r
0
INT32_MAX
1
UDoubleword
r
0
1
1
UDoubleword
r
0
dpBusStateDpmPrjCnt
Modification counter for new DP configurations.
dpClientCfgNumClnt
Number of clients
Multi-line: no
0
dpClientCfgValid
Information is available
0=no client information available
1=client information is available
0
Multi-line: no
3-550
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
dpClientStateComm
Client status incl. output release
0=No output enable
1=Client state output enable
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpClientCfgNumClnt
r
dpSlaveCfgBusAddr
The address of the slave on the bus.
In addition to its own address, every slave has a
broadcast address via which all salves can be
addressed.
The broadcast address is not available for individually
addressing a single slave.
127: Broadcast address
0
0
Multi-line: no
127
UWord
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
r
dpSlaveCfgInputTime
Time for actual-value sensing
See dpSlaveMasterAppCycTime
s, userdef
0
Multi-line: no
Double
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
r
dpSlaveCfgMasterAppCycTi
me
Position controller cycle.
For a detailed description, please refer to
PROFIDRIVE PROFIL ANTRIEBSTECHNIK
(Edition: V1.2 Draft, April 1999) Section 7
See PROFIDRIVE PROFIL ANTRIEBSTECHNIK
(Edition: V1.2 Draft, April 1999) Section 7
s, userdef
0
Multi-line: no
Double
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
r
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
Number of slaves configured in SDB1xxx.
This value may not match the actual number of slaves
connected to the bus.
The number of slaves which can be configured for bus connection
is determined by Profibus standard (DIN19245 EN50170).
0
0
Multi-line: no
125
1
r
dpSlaveCfgOutputTime
Time for setpoint acceptance
See dpSlaveMasterAppCycTime
s, userdef
0
Multi-line: no
Double
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
r
dpSlaveCfgValid
This data indicates whether the slave data structure
has already been initialized. The structure is initialized
when a slave configuration or status data is accessed.
Scanning dpSlaveCfgValid also activates initialization
of the structure.
True: Slave data are available
False: Slave data are not available
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
1
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
UDoubleword
UDoubleword
3-551
Lists
3 Variables
dpSlaveIdentNo
Ident number of the slave
Multi-line: no
09.01
0
UWord
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
r
dpSlaveStateComm
The slave is active on the bus once the drive assigned to
the slave has successfully logged on to the bus.
True: Slave on bus
False: Slave not on bus
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
UWord
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
r
dpSlaveStateIncCnt
The sign-of-life counter of the slave.
If a slave fails on the bus, its sign-of-life counter is increased
by 1 in every position control cycle until the affected slave
is correctly registered on the bus again.
From 0 (starting value after Restart) to INT32_MAX.
The upper limit will, however, never be reached
since a slave whose sign of life fails too often is
automatically decoupled from the bus.
0
0
Multi-line: no
INT32_MAX
UDoubleword
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
r
dpSlaveStateSync
The drive linked to this slave is operating in cyclic mode.
Slaves without a drive are defined as " non-cyclical " .
True: Cyclical
False: Non-cyclical
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
UWord
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
r
dpSlotCfgAssignAxis
This data supplies the axis indices of the drive, encoder 1 and encoder 2
for access in the Axis-Assign-Table.
The 32-bit value consists of 4 bytes with the following meaning:
Byte0(bits 0-7) = axis index of axis
Byte1(bits 8-15) = axis index, encoder 1
Byte2(bits 16-23)= axis index, encoder 2
Byte3(bits 24-31)= provided for future extensions.
A byte with the value 0xFF indicates that no axis index
is defined for the relevant slot.
255
0
32
UDoubleword
Multi-line: no
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
dpSlotCfgAssignBus
Bus number assigned to this slot
Since only one bus is currently supported by Profibus DP,
there is only one bus to which all slots are assigned.
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
UDoubleword
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
dpSlotCfgAssignClient
This data supplies the clientIndex for accessing the
Client Assign table.
0=no assignment possible (this applies to diagnostic and PKW slots)
& gt; 0 assignment exists
0
0
2
UDoubleword
Multi-line: no
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
3-552
r
r
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
dpSlotCfgAssignMaster
Number of master to which this slot is assigned
Since only one bus is currently supported by
Profibus DP and only one Class 1 Master exists
per bus, there is only one master to which all slots
are assigned.
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
UDoubleword
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
dpSlotCfgAssignSlave
This data contains the bus address of the slave
belonging to the nth slot.
All legal slave addresses can be specified
0
Multi-line: no
0
125
UDoubleword
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
0
0
2
UWord
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
0
0
32
UDoubleword
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
dpSlotCfgLogBaseAddress
The logical basic address of the slot is assigned
during configuration. Although it is not needed on the
bus for data transfer purposes, this address is the only
means by which a unique link can be created between the
NCK and bus nodes.
0
0
Multi-line: no
UINT16_MAX
UWord
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
The total number of all slots configured in the system is
stored in this data.
0 (lower limit) up to INT32_MAX(upper limit);
Note that a slave cannot support more than
256 slots.
0
0
Multi-line: no
INT32_MAX
1
r
dpSlotCfgIoType
I/O identifier
0 = input slot
1 = output slot
2 = diagnosis slot
Multi-line: no
dpSlotCfgLength
Length in number of bytes
Multi-line: no
UDoubleword
dpSlotCfgSlaveAddress
This data contains the bus address of the slave to which this slot is assigned.
Several slots may have the same slave address.
The number of available addresses on the bus is determined
by the Profibus standard (DIN19245 EN50170).
0
0
125
UWord
Multi-line: no
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
r
3-553
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
dpSlotCfgSlotNr
Slot number within the slave
A maximum total of 256 slots can be assigned to each slave.
0: Diagnostic slot
2: Diagnostic slot
4: 1st data slot
0
0
Multi-line: no
255
UWord
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
dpSlotCfgValid
The slot data structure (CcIdent) exists and is initialized.
True: Data are valid
False: Data are invalid or not initialized
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
1
r
dpSlotStateComm
Status of slots (ok, failed, not processed by the NCK)
0= no sign of life
1= sign of life
2= not processed by NCK
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
UWord
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
dpSlotStateRecvTelegram
Bit pattern of this slot received by the master
in the form of a hexadecimal string
0
Multi-line: no
String[198]
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
dpSlotStateSendTelegram
Bit pattern of this slot sent to the slave in
the form of a hexadecimal string
Transmitted message frame
0
Multi-line: no
String[198]
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
UINT16_MAX
UWord
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
r
3
1
r
dpSlotStateTelegramType
Message frame type of slot
0 = Message frame type unknown
0
Multi-line: no
0
dpSysCfgAvailable
This data specifies whether the system has been generated
with DP Adapter and/or DP Master
0= Neither DPA nor DPM available
1= DPA available
2= DPM available
3= DPA and DPM available
0
0
Multi-line: no
3-554
UDoubleword
UWord
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
dpSysCfgNumMaster
Number of masters
There is only one master per bus with DP.
Since only 1 bus is currently permitted by the
bus standard, there can only be a maximum
of one master.
0
Multi-line: no
0
1
1
UDoubleword
r
dpSysCfgValid
This data indicates whether the configuration data are valid and
initialized.
TRUE or FALSE
0
0
Multi-line: no
1
1
UDoubleword
r
dpSysCfgVersionDpm
Version number of DP M SW as numerical value
0
Multi-line: no
Double
dpSysCfgNumMaster
r
dpSysCfgVersionDpr
Actual version Dpr (inaccessible in earlier SW)
0
Multi-line: no
Double
dpSysCfgNumMaster
r
dpSysCfgVersionDprEx
DPR_SS_VERSION is a version number stored in the NCK which
can be read out via this variable.
0
Multi-line: no
Double
dpSysCfgNumMaster
r
dpSysCfgVersionHost
This data contains the version number of the host SW as a numerical value
0
0
UINT16_MAX
Double
Multi-line: no
dpSysCfgNumMaster
dpSysStateDpmInit
There are three different initialization states:
REQUEST, ACKNOWLEDGE and ERROR
0
Multi-line: no
UWord
dpSysCfgNumMaster
r
r
errCodeSetNrGen
Multi-line: yes
0
1
0
0
1
UWord
0
wr
UWord
wr
1
errCodeSetNrPi
Multi-line: yes
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
3-555
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
maxCycleTimeBrut
Sum of maximum gross runtime of all channels
ms
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Selects a specific SW task on the
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
maxCycleTimeNet
Sum of maximum net runtime of all channels
ms
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Selects a specific SW task on the
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
minCycleTimeBrut
Sum of minimum gross runtimes of all channel
ms
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Selects a specific SW task on the
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
minCycleTimeNet
Sum of minimum net runtimes of all channels
ms
0
0
Multi-line: yes
Selects a specific SW task on the
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
Double
r
Double
r
Double
r
Double
r
4
4
4
4
pcmciaDataShotAct
Current access to PCMCIA card: Transferred bytes
Data pcmciaShotStatus, pcmciaDataShotSum and pcmciaDataShotAct can be used to implement
a status display for PCMCIA card access operations.
0
0
UDoubleword
Multi-line: yes
1
1
pcmciaDataShotSum
Current access to PCMCIAcard: Total length in bytes.
Data pcmciaShotStatus, pcmciaDataShotSum and pcmciaDataShotAct can be used to implement a
status display for PCMCIA card access operations.
0
0
UDoubleword
Multi-line: yes
1
1
pcmciaFfsLength
Length of FFS on PCMCIA card in bytes
0
Multi-line: yes
1
3-556
0
UDoubleword
r
r
r
1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
pcmciaShotStatus
Current access to PCMCIA-Karte: Status
Data pcmciaShotStatus, pcmciaDataShotSum and pcmciaDataShotAct can be used to implement a
status display for PCMCIA card access operations.
0: Not active
1: Write active
2: Read active
3-: Reserved
0
0
UWord
Multi-line: yes
1
1
pcmciaStartFfsOffset
Start offset of FFS at beginning of PCMCIA card in bytes
0
0
Multi-line: yes
1
UDoubleword
0.0
1
setupTime
0.0
1
r
Double
wr
Double
wr
$AN_SETUP_TIME
s, userdef
Multi-line: yes
UDoubleword
$AN_POWERON_TIME
s, userdef
Multi-line: yes
r
1
pcmciaStartShotOffset
Current access to PCMCIA card: Start offset at beginning of PCMCIA card in bytes
0
0
Multi-line: yes
1
1
poweronTime
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
1
3-557
Lists
3 Variables
3.11.2
09.01
Area C, Mod. DIAGN: Channel-specific diagnosis data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/ChannelDiagnose/...
This module contains information about the channel-specific NC diagnostic
data.
The measured time variables are available on the destination hardware only.
The net time is calculated without interrupts by higher priority time levels, the
gross time includes the interrupts. The highest priority time level is the SERVO,
followed by the IPO and finally the interpreter/ preparation. To obtain useful
minimum and maximum time intervals, the corresponding variables must be
initialized before the measurement.
actCycleTimeBrut
Current gross cycle time
line index 1: SERVO-task
line index 2: IPO-task
line index 3: interpreter/preparation-task
ms
Multi-line: yes
1-3
3
actCycleTimeNet
Current net cycle time
line index 1: SERVO-task
line index 2: IPO-task
line index 3: interpreter/preparation-task
ms
Multi-line: yes
1-3
3
Double
Double
Double
0.0
1
cycleTime
0.0
1
wr
UWord
r
Double
wr
$AC_CYCLE_TIME
s, userdef
Multi-line: yes
wr
$AC_CUTTING_TIME
s, userdef
Multi-line: yes
r
Double
cuttingTime
r
ipoBufLevel
Fill level of the IPO buffer (integer value in %)
%
Multi-line: yes
1
maxCycleTimeBrut
Maximum gross cycle time
line index 1: SERVO-task
line index 2: IPO-task
line index 3: interpreter/preparation task
ms
Multi-line: yes
1-3
3-558
1
1
0
100
1
3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
maxCycleTimeNet
Maximum net cycle time
line index 1: SERVO-task
line index 2: IPO-task
line index 3: interpreter/preparation-task
ms
Multi-line: yes
1-3
3
minCycleTimeBrut
Minimum gross cycle time
line index 1: SERVO-task
line index 2: IPO-task
line index 3: interpreter/preparation task
ms
Multi-line: yes
1-3
3
minCycleTimeNet
Minimum net cycle time
line index 1: SERVO-task
line index 2: IPO-task
line index 3: interpreter/preparation-task
ms
Multi-line: yes
1-3
3
operatingTime
0.0
1
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
Double
wr
$AC_OPERATING_TIME
s, userdef
Multi-line: yes
Double
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
1
3-559
Lists
3 Variables
3.11.3
09.01
Area N, Mod. ETPD: Data lists for protocolling
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Nck/ProtocolData/...
Data lists for protocolling.This module allows to access several lines or rows at
a time.
area
Multi-line: yes
UWord
2 + 5 * (numData- 1)
wr
2 + 5 * ( n-1)
UWord
4 + 5 * (numData- 1)
wr
4 + 5 * ( n-1)
maxnumTracePr UWord
otData
1
wr
UWord
5 + 5 * (numData- 1)
wr
5 + 5 * ( n-1)
UWord
6 + 5 * (numData- 1)
wr
6 + 5 * ( n-1)
UWord
3 + 5 * (numData- 1)
wr
3 + 5 * ( n-1)
col
Multi-line: yes
numData
Number of data to be protocolled for an event
& lt; = maxnumTraceProtData
Multi-line: yes
0
row index 1: numData
for the nth variable specification
applies ( i = 1,
...,maxnumTraceProtData)
row index 5 * (i - 1) + 1: area (area
of the variable)
row index 5 * (i - 1) + 2: unit (unit
of the variable)
row index 5 * (i - 1) + 3: col (row
index of the variable)
row index 5 * (i - 1) + 4: row (line
index of the variable)
row index 5 * (i - 1) + 5: type
(module type of the variable)
row
Multi-line: yes
type
Multi-line: yes
unit
Multi-line: yes
3-560
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
3.11.4
Lists
3 Variables
Area C, Mod. ETP: Types of events
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
/Channel/ProtocolEvent/...
Description of the event types. This module allows to access several rows or
columns at a time.
Description of the row index:
cyclic events:
1 = IPO cycle
non-cyclic events, referring to axis movements
2 = GEO_AXIS_START, geometry axis starts or changes its direction
3 = GEO_AXIS_STOP, geometry axis stops
4 = MA_AXIS_START, a channel's machine axis stops or changes its direction
5 = MA_AXIS_STOP, machine axis stops
18 = GEO_AXIS_STARTa, interface NCK- & gt; PLC byte 40 bit 6/7
19 = GEO_AXIS_STOPa, interface NCK- & gt; PLC byte 40 bit 6/7
non-cyclic events, referring to channel influence
6 = NC_START, NC-start as soon as it has been identified by the NCK
7 = NC_STOP, NC-stop as soon as it has been identified by the NCK; axes
might still be moving
non-cyclic events, referring to the execution of part programs
8 = BLOCK_BEG_1, beginning of a block (the block's first IPO cycle) without
inserted blocks, all program levels
9 = BLOCK_BEG_2, beginning of a block (the block's first IPO cycle) with
inserted blocks, all program levels
10 = BLOCK_BEG_3, beginning of a block (the block's first IPO cycle) without
inserted blocks, main program level and MDA level only
11 = BLOCK_END_1, end of a block (the block's last IPO cycle) without
inserted blocks, all program levels
12 = BLOCK_END_2, end of a block (the block's last IPO cycle) with inserted
blocks, all program levels
13 = BLOCK_END_3, end of a block (the block's last IPO cycle) without
inserted blocks, main program level and MDA level only
16 = BLOCK_BEG_S1, with inserted blocks, all program levels
this event may not be activated simultaneously with other HL events
17 = BLOCK_END_S1, with inserted blocks, all program levels
this event may not be activated simultaneously with other HL events
20 = BLOCK_BEG_2a, with inserted blocks, all program levels
21 = BLOCK_END_2a, with inserted blocks, all program levels
22 = BLOCK_BEG_S1a, with inserted blocks, all program levels
non-cyclic events, referring to the protocol process itself
14 = start of protocolling referring to a protocol file
cyclic events
15 = IPO cycle (IPO2)
asciiMode
Data recording method for logging
0: Binary recording with fixed alignment
1: ASCII recording
2: Binary recording with variable alignment
3: Binary recording with variable alignment and discarding of redundant data sets (from SW 4.2)
0
0
3
UWord
Multi-line: yes
See module header
siehe Bausteinkopf
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
wr
3-561
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
countActivated
Multi-line: no
0
dataListIndex
Data list index (see module ETPD)
0 - (maxnumTraceProtData - 1)
0
0
Multi-line: yes
See module header
UWord
UWord
siehe Bausteinkopf
r
wr
dataProtok
Multi-line: no
0
UWord
r
0
UWord
r
dataUploaded
Multi-line: no
eventActive
State of the event type
0 = not active
1 = active
Multi-line: yes
0
0
See module header
1
UWord
siehe Bausteinkopf
eventActiveStatus
Diagnosis data: state of the event type
0 activated
1 not activated
2 cannot be activated, because the sum of the variable lengths is too large
3 cannot be activated, because the internal resources are not sufficient
4 cannot be activated because the prorocol file cannot be created
100-...- cannot be activated, because the variable specification with the index (value - 100) is wrong
0
0
UWord
Multi-line: yes
See module header
siehe Bausteinkopf
wr
r
maxElementsFastFifoUsed
Diagnosis data: maximum number of elements in the FIFO buffer
0
0
Multi-line: yes
See module header
UWord
siehe Bausteinkopf
r
maxFileLength
Maximum length of the protocol file
0
0
Multi-line: yes
See module header
UWord
siehe Bausteinkopf
wr
maxGrossFileLengthUsed
Diagnosis data: Maximum gross length of the NCK protocol file
0
0
Multi-line: yes
See module header
UWord
siehe Bausteinkopf
r
maxNetFileLengthTooSmall
Diagnosis data: Number of net bytes the protocol file is too small for
0
0
UWord
Multi-line: yes
See module header
siehe Bausteinkopf
3-562
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
3 Variables
numElementsFastFifoTooS
mall
Diagnosis data: Number of entries the FIFO buffer is too small for
0
0
Multi-line: yes
See module header
UWord
siehe Bausteinkopf
r
protocolFilename
Name of the protocol file including the path
0
Multi-line: yes
See module header
String[64]
siehe Bausteinkopf
wr
skip
Number of events to be skipped
0
0
Multi-line: yes
See module header
UWord
siehe Bausteinkopf
wr
timePeriod
Time base (for cyclic event types only)
ms
0
0
Multi-line: yes
See module header
UWord
siehe Bausteinkopf
r
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
3-563
Lists
3 Variables
09.01
3.12
MMC status
3.12.1
Area M, Mod. S: Internal status data MMC
OEM-MMC: Linkitem
//State/...
Some internal status data of the MMC can be accessed via this module.
/Nck/Nck/ActApplication
Current application for display in MMC
Multi-line: no
/Nck/Nck/ActBag
Current operating mode for display in MMC
Multi-line: no
/Nck/Nck/Channel
Current channel for display in MMC
Multi-line: no
/Nck/Nck/CoordSystem
Coordinate system for display in MMC
Multi-line: no
String[32]
wr
Character
wr
Character
wr
Character
wr
s
3-564
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Interface Signals
4.1 Data modules
4
...........................................................................................4-566
4.2 Interface signals
...........................................................................................4-568
4.2.1 Signals from/to machine control panel, M version ..................................................4-568
4.2.2 Signals from/to machine control panel, T version ...................................................4-570
4.2.3 Signals from/to slimline machine control panel.......................................................4-571
4.2.4 Signals from/to handheld unit (HHU) ......................................................................4-572
4.2.5 Signals from/to handheld programming unit (HPU) ................................................4-574
4.2.6 PLC messages (DB 2)
...................................................................................4-575
4.2.7 Signals from/to NC (DB 10) ...................................................................................4-579
4.2.8 Signals from/to NCK/MMC (DB 10).........................................................................4-584
4.2.9 Signals from/to mode group (DB11) .......................................................................4-589
4.2.10 Signals for Safety SPL (safe programmable logic) (DB 18)..................................4-591
4.2.11 Signals from/to operator panel (DB 19) ................................................................4-595
4.2.12 PLC machine data (DB 20) ...................................................................................4-600
4.2.13 Signals from/to NCK channel (DB 21 - 30) ...........................................................4-601
4.2.14 Signals from/to axis/spindle (PLC→NCK) (DB 31 – DB 61) .................................4-619
4.2.15 Interface for loading/unloading magazine (DB 71)................................................4-627
4.2.16 Interface for spindle as change position (DB 72) ..................................................4-628
4.2.17 Interface for circular magazine (DB 73) ................................................................4-630
4.2.18 Signals to/from ManualTurn..................................................................................4-632
4.2.19 Signals to/from ShopMill ...................................................................................4-636
4.2.20 Signals to/from ShopTurn ...................................................................................4-639
4.2.20 NC signals influenced by the ManualTurn application ..........................................4-641
4.2.22 NC signals influenced by the ShopMill application ...............................................4-643
4.2.23 NC signals influenced by the ShopTurn application .............................................4-645
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-565
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.1
04/00
Data modules (DB) of the PLC application interface
DB 1
DB 2 to 4
DB 5 to 8
DB 9
DB 10
DB 11
DB 12
DB 13 to 14
DB 15
DB 16
DB 17
DB 18
DB 19
DB 20
DB 21 to 30
Reserved for Siemens
PLC messages
Basic program
Interface for NC compile cycles
NCK interface
Mode group interface
Interface for computer link and transport system
Reserved for basic program
Basic program
PI service definitions
Version code
SPL interface (Safety Integrated)
MMC interface
PLC machine data
NC channel interface
DB 31 to 61
Interface for axes/spindles
DB 62 to 70
Unassigned
DB 71 to 74
DB 75 to 76
DB 77
DB 78 to 80
DB 81 to 89
DB 81 to 127
Module assignment
Tool management
M group decoding
Reserved for Siemens
Reserved for Siemens
See remarks concerning ShopMill, ManualTurn
Unassigned
Note:
Data modules of inactivated channels, axes/spindles, C programming, tool
management can be assigned by the user.
ManualTurn
4-566
ManualTurn uses FCs 30 to 35 and DBs 81 to 89.
ManualTurn is a control unit for conventional cycle-controlled turning
machines. The FCs and DBs can be used without any problem if the machine
to be configured is not a turning machine with a maximum of 2 axes and one
spindle. If the machine to be configured is such a machine and, in addition to
CNC control, conventional operation is not excluded, the FCs and DBs should
not be used.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
ShopMill
ShopMill uses FCs 30 to 35 and DBs 81 to 89. ShopMill is a control unit for 2
1/2D milling machines in workshop operation. The FCs and DBs can be used
without any problem if the machine to be configured is not a milling machine for
2 1/2D machining. If the machine to be configured is intended for such
applications, the FCs and DBs should not be used.
Legend
• A ”*” before the interface signals means that the function is active with
signal ZERO.
• In STEP7, DBB means data module byte
• In STEP7, DBW means data module word (16 bits)
• In STEP7, DBD means data module double word (32 bits)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-567
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2
04/00
Interface signals from/to machine control panel
In the following list of interface signals, a reference to relevant documentation
is provided for every signal.
This reference specifies the section number or the short designation of the
description of functions, please refer to
General
References:
/FB/, xx, ”yyy”
xx
yyy
Inverse signals
4.2.1
Short designation of individual description of functions (e.g.: /A2/)
Name of description of functions (e.g.: ”Various interface signals”
or title of the guide)
Signals marked with a ”*” are so-called inverse signals. These signals initiate
the appropriate function when a 0 signal appears rather than a 1 signal (e.g.
MCP, byte n+2.0: *NC STOP).
Signals from/to machine control panel, M version
Signals from machine control panel (keys)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Spindle speed override
IB n + 0
D
C
B
Bit 1
Bit 0
Operating mode
A
JOG
TEACH IN
MDA
AUTO
Machine function
IB n + 1
REPOS
IB n + 2
REF
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
Keyswitch
position 0
Keyswitch
position 2
Spindle
start
*Spindle
stop
Feed
start
*Feed
stop
NC Start
*NC Stop
B
A
Keyswitch
position 1
IB n + 3
Reset
Feedrate override
Single
block
Direction keys
IB n + 4
+
R15
R13
D
C
Keyswitch
position 3
Rapid
traverse
R14
Direction keys
x
R1
4th axis
R4
7th axis
R7
R10
R9
8th axis
R8
6th axis
R6
T14
T15
T6
T7
Axis selection
IB n + 5
Y
R2
Z
R3
5th axis
R5
Traverse
command
MCS/WCS
R12
R11
Unassigned customer keys
IB n + 6
T9
T10
T11
T12
T13
Unassigned customer keys
IB n + 7
T1
4-568
E
T2
T3
T4
T5
T8
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to machine control panel (LEDs)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Machine function
QB n + 0
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
Feed
start
*Feed
stop
NC Start
*NC Stop
JOG
REPOS
Direction
key
R13
X
R1
4th axis
R4
Bit 1
Bit 0
TEACH IN
MDA
AUTO
Machine function
7th axis
R7
REF
var. INC
10000 INC
Single
block
Axis selection
QB n + 2
Bit 2
Operating mode
1000 INC
QB n + 1
Bit 3
Spindle
start
*Spindle
stop
8th axis
R8
6th axis
R6
Direction
key
+
R15
R10
Axis selection
QB n + 3
Z
R3
5th axis
R5
Travel
command
MCS/WCS
R12
R11
R9
Unassigned customer keys
QB n + 4
T9
T10
T11
T12
T13
Y
T14
T15
R2
T6
T7
T8
Unassigned customer keys
QB n + 5
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
Note
With the SINUMERIK 840D, the machine control panel is assigned to the
input/output area by GP parameters; as a standard, initial address 0 is
specified for the input and output areas.
With FM-NC, the initial address is set via the SDB 210. For the supplied SDB
210, initial address 120 is specified. If another initial address is desired, this
must be specified via the STEP 7 Package Communication Configuration.
Note that the GD parameters given automatically through Communication
Configuration must be set on the machine control panel.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-569
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.2
04/00
Signals from/to machine control panel, T version
Signals from machine control panel (keys)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Spindle speed override
IB n + 0
D
C
Bit 1
Bit 0
Operating mode
B
A
JOG
TEACH IN
MDA
AUTO
Machine function
IB n + 1
REPOS
IB n + 2
REF
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
Keyswitch
position 0
Keyswitch
position 2
Spindle
start
*Spindle
stop
Feed start
*Feed stop
NC Start
*NC Stop
B
A
Keyswitch
position 1
IB n + 3
Reset
Feed override
Single
block
E
D
C
Keyswitch
position 3
IB n + 4
R15
R13
R14
Direction keys
+Y
R1
-Z
R4
-C
R7
R10
-Y
R9
-X
R8
+Z
R6
T14
T15
T6
T7
T8
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Direction keys
IB n + 5
+X
R2
+C
R3
Rapid
traverse
override
R5
Travel
command
MCS/WCS
R12
R11
Unassigned customer keys
IB n + 6
T9
T10
T11
T12
T13
Unassigned customer keys
IB n + 7
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
Signals to machine control panel (LEDs)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Machine function
QB n + 0
1000 INC
100 INC
QB n + 1 Feed start *Feed stop
Operating mode
10 INC
1 INC
NC Start
JOG
*NC Stop
+Y
R1
-Z
R4
-C
R7
REF
var. INC
10000 INC
Spindle
start
*Spindle
stop
-X
R8
+Z
R6
R15
R10
Direction keys
QB n + 3
R3
4-570
AUTO
Single
block
Direction keys
R13
MDA
Machine function
REPOS
QB n + 2
TEACH IN
R5
Travel
command
MCS/WCS
R11
-Y
R9
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Unassigned customer keys
QB n + 4
T9
T10
T11
T13
T14
T15
R2
T6
T7
T8
Bit 1
Bit 0
Unassigned customer keys
QB n + 5
T1
4.2.3
T12
Direction
key
+X
T2
T3
T4
T5
Signals from/to slimline machine control panel
Signals from slimline machine control panel
(keys and switches)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Spindle speed override
IB n + 0
*NC Stop
SP -
SP 100%
Operating mode
SP +
Spindle
IB n + 1
NC Start
SP right
START
*SP Stop
SP left
IB n + 3
var. INC
SS 0
SS 2
(+) R15
(-) R13
AUTOM.
REPOS
Teach in
Machine functions
1000 INC
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
B
A
KT1
KT0
Z
Y
X
T14
T15
T16
T6
T7
T8
Feed override
SS 1
E
D
Direction keys
IB n + 4
REF.
Keyswitch
*STOP
MDA
Machine function
SS 3
Keyswitch
RESET
JOG
Keyswitch
Feedrate
IB n + 2
SINGLEB
C
Optional customer keys
Rapid
traverse
R14
KT4
KT3
KT2
Axis selection
IB n + 5
T17
KT5
6
5
4
Unassigned customer keys
IB n + 6
T9
T10
T11
T12
T13
Unassigned customer keys
IB n + 7
T1
T2
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
T3
T4
T5
4-571
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Signals to slimline machine control panel
(LEDs)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Spindle speed override
QB n + 0
NC Stop
SP -
SP 100 %
NC Start
SP right
SP +
SINGLEB
JOG
START
MDA
AUTOM.
Machine function
SP Stop
SP left
Unassigned
REF.
Feedrate
QB n + 2
Bit 0
Operating mode
Spindle
QB n + 1
Bit 1
REPOS
Teach in
Machine functions
STOP
var. INC
Unassigned
1000 INC
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
Unassigned
QB n + 3
Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned
Direction keys
QB n + 4
(+) R15
(-) R13
Optional customer keys
Rapid
traverse
R14
KT4
KT3
KT1
KT0
Z
Y
X
T14
T15
T16
T6
T7
T8
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Axis selection
QB n + 5
T17
KT5
6
5
4
Unassigned customer keys
QB n + 6
T9
T10
T11
T12
T13
Unassigned customer keys
QB n + 7
T1
4.2.4
KT2
T2
T3
T4
T5
Signals from/to handheld unit (HHU)
Signals from handheld unit (keys)
(input display)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
IB n + 0
Reserved
IB n + 1
Reserved
IB n + 2
T9
T7
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
T16
T15
T14
T13
T12
T11
T10
T9
T24
T23
T22
T21
Acknowledgement
Keyswitch
IB n + 3
IB n + 4
IB n + 5
Digital
display
4-572
Rapid traverse/feed override switch
E
D
C
B
A
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to handheld unit (LEDs)
(Output display, LEDs)
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
QB n + 0 always 1
QB n + 1
New data
for
selected
line
Line
selection
QB n + 2
L8
L7
L6
L16
L15
L14
L5
L4
L3
L2
L1
L13
L12
L11
L10
L9
QB n + 3
HHU digital display
QB n + 4
1st character (right) of the selected line
QB n + 5
2nd character of the selected line
QB ...
QB n + 18
15th character of the selected line
QB n + 19
16th character (left) of the selected line
Note
With the SINUMERIK 840D, the handheld unit is connected to the OPI or
MCP interface of the PLC.
The initial addresses of the input/output areas and the activation must be set
via basic program parameter FB1. With the SINUMERIK 810D and FM-NC,
the handheld unit is connected to the MPI interface of the PLC.
The initial addresses of the input/output areas as well as the number of bytes
to be transferred must be specified via the STEP 7 Package Communication
Configuration.
Note that the GD parameters given automatically through Communication
Configuration must be set on the handheld unit.
The parameterization is described in the Installation and Start-Up Guide and
in the Description of Functions P3 ”Basic PLC program”.
References:
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
/BH/, ”Operator Components Manual”
4-573
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.5
04/00
Signals from/to handheld programming unit (HPU)
Signals from machine control panel simulation
Interface HPU→PLC
→
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
QUIT
RESET
WCS/MCS
FCT11
INC
REPOS
Ax3
Ax2
Ax1
Ax3
Ax2
Ax1
Correct
Progr.
Mach.
Step
Modify
Insert
SF1
START
STOP
Function key block
IB n + 0
REF
TEACH
AUTO
MDA
JOG
Function key block
IB n + 1
FCT15
FCT14
BigFct
FCT12
JOG keys positive direction
IB n + 2
If 1:
Ax6
Ax5
Ax4
Ax1-Ax6=
Ax7-Ax12
JOG keys negative direction
IB n + 3
Ax6
Ax5
Ax4
Shift keys
IB n + 4
Signal
Diagno
Service
System
Param
Shift keys
IB n + 5
BF16
BF15
BF14
BF13
BF12
Start key block
IB n + 6
VAL+
VAL-
SF2
IB n + 7
4-574
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to machine control panel simulation
Interface PLC→HPU
→
Byte
QB n + 0
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
REF
TEACH
AUTO
MDA
FCT15
FCT14
BigFct
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
QUIT
RESET
WCS/MCS
FCT11
INC
REPOS
Ax3
Ax2
Ax1
Ax3
Ax2
Ax1
Correct
Progr.
Mach.
Step
Modify
Insert
SF1
START
STOP
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
510002
510001
510000
510009
510008
Function key block
QB n + 1
JOG
Function key block
QB n + 2
Axes 7–12
selected
FCT12
JOG keys positive direction
QB n + 2
Ax6
QB n + 3
Ax5
Ax4
JOG keys negative direction
For WCS:
No MCS
Ax4 to Ax6
Ax6
Ax5
Service
System
QB n + 4
Ax4
Shift keys
Signal
Diagno
QB n + 5
Param
Shift keys
BF16
BF15
BF14
QB n + 6
BF13
BF12
Start key block
VAL+
VAL-
SF2
QB n + 7
4.2.6
PLC messages (DB 2)
DB2
Byte
Signals for PLC messages (PLC→MMC), /P3/
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Channel 1
0
510007
510006
510005
510004
510003
Feed disable (alarm no.: 510000–510015)
1
510015
510014
510013
510012
510011
510010
2
Feed and read-in disable byte1 (alarm no.: 510100–510131)
3
Feed and read-in disable byte 2 (alarm no.: 510108–510115)
4
Feed and read-in disable byte 3 (alarm no.: 510116–510123)
5
Feed and read-in disable byte 4 (alarm no.: 510124–510131)
6
Read-in disable byte 1 (alarm no.: 510200–510207)
7
Read-in disable byte 2 (alarm no.: 510208–510215)
9
Read-in disable byte 3 (alarm no.: 510216–510223)
9
Read-in disable byte 4 (alarm no.: 510224–510231)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-575
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
10
NC Start disable byte 1 (alarm no.: 510300–510307)
11
NC Start disable byte 2 (alarm no.: 510308–510315)
12
Feed stop GEOaxis 1 byte 1(alarm no.: 511100–511107)
13
Feed stop GEOaxis 1 byte 2 (alarm no.: 511108–511115)
14
Feed stop GEOaxis 2 byte 1 (alarm no.: 511200–511207)
15
Feed stop GEOaxis 2 byte 2 (alarm no.: 511208–511215)
16
Feed stop GEOaxis 3 byte 1 (alarm no.: 511300–511307)
17
Feed stop GEOaxis 3 byte 2 (alarm no.: 511308–511315)
Channel 2
18
520007
520006
520005
520004
520003
520002
520001
520000
520009
520008
Feed disable (alarm no.: 520000-520015)
19
520015
520014
520013
520012
520011
520010
20-23
Feed and read-in disable byte 1-4 (alarm no.: 520100–520131)
24-27
Read-in disable byte 1-4 (alarm no.: 520200–520231)
28-29
NC Start disable byte 1-2 (alarm no.: 520300–520315)
30-31
Feed stop GEOaxis 1 byte 1-2 (alarm no.: 521100-521115)
32-33
Feed stop GEOaxis 2 byte 1-2 (alarm no.: 521200-521215)
34-35
Feed stop GEOaxis 3 byte 1-2 (alarm no.: 521300-521315)
36-143
As from channel 3, please refer to the following table
Channel areas in DB2
Area
Channel 1, see above
Channel 1, geo axes
Channel 2, see above
Channel 2, geo axes
Channel 3
Channel 3, geo axes
Channel 4
Channel 4, geo axes
Channel 5
Channel 5, geo axes
Channel 6
Channel 6, geo axes
Channel 7
Channel 7, geo axes
Channel 8
Channel 8, geo axes
Channel 9, channel 10 in
SW 5 not implemented
4-576
Address
DBX 0.0 - DBX 11.7
DBX 12.0 - DBX 17.7
DBX 18.0 - DBX 29.7
DBX 30.0 - DBX 35.7
DBX 36.0 - DBX 47.7
DBX 48.0 - DBX 53.7
DBX 54.0 - DBX 65.7
DBX 66.0 - DBX 71.7
DBX 72.0 - DBX 83.7
DBX 84.0 - DBX 89.7
DBX 90.0 - DBX 101.7
DBX 102.0 - DBX 107.7
DBX 108.0 - DBX 119.7
DBX 120.0 - DBX 125.7
DBX 126.0 - DBX 137.7
DBX 138.0 - DBX 143.7
Signal number
510.000 - 510.231
511.100 - 511.315
520.000 - 520.231
521.100 - 521.315
530.000 - 530.231
531.100 - 531.315
540.000 - 540.231
541.100 - 541.315
550.000 - 550.231
551.100 - 551.315
560.000 - 560.231
561.100 - 561.315
570.000 - 570.231
571.100 - 571.315
580.000 - 580.231
581.100 - 581.315
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Axis areas in DB2
Axis/spindle
144
600107
600106
600105
600104
600103
600102
600101
600100
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600100-600015) for axis/spindle 1
145
600115
600114
600113
600112
600111
600110
600109
146-147
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600200-600215) for axis/spindle 2
148-149
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600300-600315) for axis/spindle 3
150-151
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600400-600415) for axis/spindle 4
152-153
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600500-600515) for axis/spindle 5
154-155
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600600-600615) for axis/spindle 6
156-157
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600700-600715) for axis/spindle 7
158-159
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600800-600815) for axis/spindle 8
160-161
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600900-600915) for axis/spindle 9
162-163
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601000-601015) for axis/spindle 10
164-165
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601100-601115) for axis/spindle 11
166-167
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601200-601215) for axis/spindle 12
168-169
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601300-601315) for axis/spindle 13
170-171
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601400-601415) for axis/spindle 14
172-173
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601500-601515) for axis/spindle 15
174-175
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601600-601615) for axis/spindle 16
176-177
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601700-601715) for axis/spindle 17
178-179
600108
Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 601800-601815) for axis/spindle 18
Axes 19 -31 not implemented in SW 5
User areas
User area 0 Bytes 1 - 8
180
700007
700006
700005
188-195
700003
700002
700001
700000
700057
700056
User area 0 (alarm no.: 700000-700063)
...
187
700004
700063
700062
700061
700060
700059
700058
User area 1 Bytes 1 - 8 (alarm no.: 700100-700163)
...
372-379
User area 24 Bytes 1 - 8 (alarm no.: 702400-702463)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-577
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Note
In DB2, the assignment is made between message/alarm number, text and
area identifier. All alarm or message bits are automatically transferred to the
user interface (channel, axis/spindle) through appropriate parameter settings.
If these parameter settings are not made, the bit transfer must be
programmed in the user program. The user interface can be further
influenced after the block for the error/operational messages has been
called. Only signals of the channels and axes declared in the NC machine
data can be transferred and texts displayed.
The user must acknowledge all error messages generated. Operational
messages are displayed only for as long as the relevant condition prevails.
The number of user areas can be parameterized via FB 1.
DB2/DB3 must be deleted after changing the configuration (FB1: MsgUser).
Definition of error and operational messages /P3/
Byte no. of DB2 / Error message EM or operational message OM
7 / EM
6 / EM
5 / OM
4 / OM
3 / EM
2 / EM
1 / OM
0 / EM
15 / OM
14 / EM
13 / OM
12 / EM
11 / OM
10 / EM
9 / OM
8 / OM
23 / OM
22 / OM
21 / EM
20 / EM
19 / OM
18 / EM
17 / OM
16 / EM
31 / OM
30 / EM
29 / OM
28 / EM
27 / OM
26 / OM
25 / EM
24 / EM
35 / OM
34 / EM
33 / OM
32 / EM
151 / OM
150 / EM
149 / OM
148 / EM
147 / OM
146 / EM
145 / OM
144 / EM
159 / OM
158 / EM
157 / OM
156 / EM
155 / OM
154 / EM
153 / OM
152 / EM
187 / OM
186 / OM
185 / OM
184 / OM
183 / EM
182 / EM
181 / EM
180 / EM
195 / OM
194 / OM
193 / OM
192 / OM
191 / EM
190 / EM
189 / EM
188 / EM
Example
4-578
The alarms numbered from 510200 to 510207 can be generated via DB2,
DBB6 (read-in disable channel 1). These alarms are defined as error
messages as standard.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
4.2.7
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to NC (DB 10)
On-board input and output signals from NCK
Signals to NC (PLC→NC)
→
DB10
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Disabling of digital NCK inputs /A2/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 0
On-board inputs §)
Digital inputs without hardware #)
Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
Input 5
Input 4
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Setting of digital NCK inputs from PLC (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 1
On-board inputs §)
Digital inputs without hardware #)
Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
Input 5
Input 4
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
2, 3
unas-
DBB
signed
Disabling of digital NCK outputs /A2/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 4
Digital outputs without hardware #)
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
On-board outputs §)
Output 4
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Overwrite screenform of digital NCK /A2/ outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 5
On-board outputs §)
Digital outputs without hardware #)
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Setting value of digital NCK outputs from PLC /A2/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 6
On-board outputs §)
Digital outputs without hardware #)
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Input screenform of digital NCK outputs /A2/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 7
On-board outputs §)
Digital outputs without hardware #)
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
st
DBB 8-29
Machine axis number table for FC 19, 24, 25, 26 (1 MCP)
DBB 30
Upper limit of machine axis numbers for FC 19, 24 (1st MCP)
With 0, the max. number of machine axis numbers applies
from SW 6
DBB 32-53
from SW 6
Machine axis number table for FC 19, 24, 25, 26 (2nd MCP)
DBB 54
Upper limit of machine axis numbers for FC 19, 24 (2nd MCP)
With 0, the max. number of machine axis numbers applies
from SW 6
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-579
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Note
#) Bits 4-7 of the digital input and NCK outputs can be processed by the PLC
even though there are no hardware I/Os available for this. Therefore, these
bits can be used in addition to the information exchange between NCK and
PLC.
§) On the 840D, the digital inputs and outputs 1 to 4 of the NCK are
physically on-board. On the FM-NC, there are no hardware I/Os for bit 0 to
bit 3. These can be processed by the PLC according to #).
The external I/O signals from the NCK have been shifted to the range starting
with DBB122.
General signals to NCK (DB10)
Signals to NC (PLC→NC)
→
DB10
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Position 3
Position 2
Position 1
Bit 1
Acknowl.
EMERGENCY
STOP /N2/
Keyswitch /A2/
DBB 56
Bit 2
Bit 0
EMERGENCY
STOP /N2/
Position 0
DBB 57
PC
shutdown
INC inputs
in mode
group area
active
DBB
58 - 59
External digital inputs of the NCK (DB10)
DB10
Byte
Signals to NC (PLC - & gt; NCK)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 10
Input 9
Disable the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 122
Input 16
Input 15
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 11
Values from the PLC for the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 123
Input 16
Input 15
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 11
Input 10
Input 9
Input 18
Input 17
Disable the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 124
Input 24
Input 23
Input 22
Input 21
Input 20
Input 19
Values from the PLC for the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 125
Input 24
Input 23
Input 22
Input 21
Input 20
Input 19
Input 18
Input 17
Input 26
Input 25
Disable the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 126
Input 32
4-580
Bit 5
Input 31
Input 30
Input 29
Input 28
Input 27
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Values from the PLC for the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 127
Input 32
Input 31
Input 30
Input 29
Input 28
Input 27
Input 26
Input 25
Input 34
Input 33
Disable the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 128
Input 40
Input 39
Input 38
Input 37
Input 36
Input 35
Values from the PLC for the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 129
Input 40
Input 39
Input 38
Input 37
Input 36
Input 35
Input 34
Input 33
Bit 1
Bit 0
Output 10
Output 9
External digital outputs of the NCK (DB10)
DB10
Byte
Signals to NC (PLC - & gt; NCK)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Disable the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 130
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Overwrite screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 131
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Output 10
Output 9
Value from the PLC for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 132
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Output 10
Output 9
Default screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 133
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
Output 10
Output 9
Disable the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 134
Output 24
Output 23
Output 22
Output 21
Output 20
Output 19
Output 18
Output 17
Overwrite screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 135
Output 24
Output 23
Output 22
Output 21
Output 20
Output 19
Output 18
Output 17
Value from the PLC for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 136
Output 24
Output 23
Output 22
Output 21
Output 20
Output 19
Output 18
Output 17
Default screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 137
Output 24
Output 23
Output 22
Output 21
Output 20
Output 19
Output 18
Output 17
Disable the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 138
Output 32
Output 31
Output 30
Output 29
Output 28
Output 27
Output 26
Output 25
Overwrite screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 139
Output 32
Output 31
Output 30
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Output 29
Output 28
Output 27
Output 26
Output 25
4-581
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Value from the PLC for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 140
Output 32
Output 31
Output 30
Output 29
Output 28
Output 27
Output 26
Output 25
Default screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 141
Output 32
Output 31
Output 30
Output 29
Output 28
Output 27
Output 26
Output 25
Disable the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 142
Output 40
Output 39
Output 38
Output 37
Output 36
Output 35
Output 34
Output 33
Overwrite screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 143
Output 40
Output 39
Output 38
Output 37
Output 36
Output 35
Output 34
Output 33
Value from the PLC for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 144
Output 40
Output 39
Output 38
Output 37
Output 36
Output 35
Output 34
Output 33
Default screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 145
Output 40
Output 39
Output 38
Output 37
Output 36
Output 35
Output 34
Output 33
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
Input 2
Input 1
Analog inputs of the NCK (external) (DB10)
DB10
Byte
Signals to NC (PLC - & gt; NCK)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Disable the analog NCK inputs
DBB 146
Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
Input 5
Input 4
Specified analog value for NCK from PLC
DBB 147
Input 8
Input 7
Input 6
Input 5
Input 4
Input 3
DBW
148
Setpoint from PLC for analog input 1 of NCK
DBW
150
Setpoint from PLC for analog input 2 of NCK
DBW
152
Setpoint from PLC for analog input 3 of NCK
DBW
154
Setpoint from PLC for analog input 4 of NCK
DBW
156
Setpoint from PLC for analog input 5 of NCK
DBW
158
Setpoint from PLC for analog input 6 of NCK
DBW
160
Setpoint from PLC for analog input 7 of NCK
DBW
162
Setpoint from PLC for analog input 8 of NCK
DBB
Unassigned
164,165
4-582
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Analog outputs of the NCK (external) (DB10)
DB10
Signals to NCK (PLC - & gt; NCK)
Byte
DBB
Bit 7
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Output 2
Output 1
Output 2
Output 1
Output 2
Output 1
Default screenform for the analog NCK outputs
167
Output 8
DBB
Bit 5
Overwrite screenform for the analog NCK outputs
166
Output 8
DBB
Bit 6
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
Disable the analog NCK outputs
168
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Output 4
Output 3
DBB
169
RESERVED
DBW
170
Setpoint from PLC for analog output 1 of NCK
DBW
172
Setpoint from PLC for analog output 2 of NCK
DBW
174
Setpoint from PLC for analog output 3 of NCK
DBW
176
Setpoint from PLC for analog output 4 of NCK
DBW
178
Setpoint from PLC for analog output 5 of NCK
DBW
180
Setpoint from PLC for analog output 6 of NCK
DBW
182
Setpoint from PLC for analog output 7 of NCK
DBW
184
Setpoint from PLC for analog output 8 of NCK
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-583
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.8
04/00
Signals from/to NCK/MMC (DB 10)
On-board NCK inputs and outputs (DB 10)
DB10
Byte
Signals from (NCK - & gt; PLC)
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Actual value of the digital ON-BOARD inputs of the
NCK (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 60
On-board inputs §)
Input 4
Input 3
Input 2
Input 1
DBB 61-63
DBB 64
Setpoint for the digital outputs of the NCK without
hardware
Output 8
Output 7
Output 6
Output 5
Setpoint for the digital on-board outputs of the NCK
Output 4
Output 3
DBB 65-67
DBB 68
Handwheel 2 moved
DBB 70
Handwheel 3 moved
DBB 71
Modification counter inch/metric system of units
DBB 72-96
Output 1
Handwheel 1 moved
DBB 69
Output 2
Unassigned
Unassigned
Note
#) Although no associated hardware I/Os exist, the PLC can process bits 4-7
of the digital inputs and NCK outputs. Consequently, these bits can also be
used to transfer information between the NCK and the PLC.
§) The digital inputs and outputs 1 to 4 of the NCK exist as on-board
hardware for the 840D. No hardware I/Os are available for bits 0-3 of the FMNC. In accordance with #), these can be processed by the PLC.
4-584
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Selection/status signals from MMC (DB 10)
Signals from NC (NCK→PLC)
→
DB 10
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
MMC-- & gt; PLC
D
Bit 0
C
B
A
Channel number for handwheel 2 /H1/
(SW 2 and higher)
DBB 98
MMC-- & gt; PLC
D
C
B
A
Channel number for handwheel 3 /H1/
(SW 4.1 and higher)
DBB 99
MMC-- & gt; PLC
D
C
B
A
Axis number for handwheel 1 /H1/ (SW 2 and
higher)
DBB 100
MMC-- & gt; =PLC
Machine
axis
Handwheel
selected
Contour
handwheel
E
D
C
B
A
Axis number for handwheel 2 /H1/ (SW 2 and
higher)
DBB 101
MMC-- & gt; =PLC
Machine
axis
Handwheel
selected
Contour
handwheel
E
D
C
B
A
Axis number for handwheel 3 /H1/ (SW 2 and
higher)
DBB 102
MMC-- & gt; =PLC
Machine
axis
DBB 103
Bit 1
Channel number for handwheel 1 /H1/
(SW 2 and higher)
DBB 97
MMC-- & gt; PLC
Bit 2
Handwheel
selected
Contour
handwheel
MMC101/102
battery
alarm
MMC
temperature limit
AT box
ready
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
E
D
C
B
A
4-585
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
General signals from NCK (DB 10)
Signals from NC (NCK→PLC)
→
DB 10
Byte
Bit 7
DBB 104
NCK CPU
ready /A2/
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
HHU
ready
MCP 2
ready
MCP 1
ready
Unassigned
DBB 105
EMERGEN
-CY STOP
active /N2/
DBB 106
DBB 107
Inch
system
Probe actuated /M4/
NCU-link
active
Probe 2
DBB 108
DBB 109
NC ready
/A2/
NCK
battery
alarm
/A2/
Drive ready
/FBA/
Air temp.
alarm
/A2/
Heat sink
temp.
alarm
NCU 573
MMC CPU
Ready
(MMC to
MPI)
/A2/
MMC2
CPU ready
E_MMC2
Ready
NCK
alarm
present
/A2/
PC
operating
system
fault
Software cams minus (SW 2 and higher) /N3/
DBB 110
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
17
16
25
24
1
0
9
8
17
16
25
24
Software cams minus (SW 2 and higher) /N3/
DBB 111
15
14
13
12
11
10
Software cams minus (SW 4.1 and higher) /N3/
DBB 112
23
22
21
20
19
18
Software cams minus (SW 4.1 and higher) /N3/
DBB 113
31
30
29
28
27
26
Software cams plus (SW 2 and higher) /N3/
DBB 114
7
6
5
4
3
2
Software cams plus (SW 2 and higher) /N3/
DBB 115
15
14
13
12
11
10
Software cams plus (SW 4.1 and higher) /N3/
DBB 116
23
22
21
20
19
18
Software cams plus (SW 4.1 and higher) /N3/
DBB 117
31
4-586
MMC-CPU
Ready
(MMC to
OPI)
/A2/
Drives in
cyclic
operation
Probe 1
30
29
28
27
26
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Note
Concerning NCK CPU Ready (DBX 104.7):
This signal is the sign-of-life monitoring function for the NC. It must be
included in the safety circuit of the machine.
Concerning MMC CPU1 READY (DBX 108.3 and DBX 108.2):
If the MMC is connected to the operator panel interface (X 101), bit 3 is set
(default). When connecting to the PG MPI interface (X 122), bit 2 is set.
External digital input and output signals of the NCK (DB 10)
Signals from NCK (NCK→PLC), /A2/ (SW2 and higher)
→
DB 10
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Input 10
Input 9
Input 18
Input 17
Input 26
Input 25
Input 34
Input 33
Output 10
Output 9
Output 18
Output 17
Output 26
Output 25
Output 34
Output 33
Actual value of external digital NCK inputs
DBB 186
Input 16
Input 15
Input 14
Input 13
Input 12
Input 11
Actual value of external digital NCK inputs
DBB 187
Input 24
Input 23
Input 22
Input 21
Input 20
Input 19
Actual value of external digital NCK inputs
DBB 188
Input 32
Input 31
Input 30
Input 29
Input 28
Input 27
Actual value of external digital NCK inputs
DBB 189
Input 40
Input 39
Input 38
Input 37
Input 36
Input 35
NCK setpoint for external digital NCK outputs
DBB 190
Output 16
Output 15
Output 14
Output 13
Output 12
Output 11
NCK setpoint for external digital NCK outputs
DBB 191
Output 24
Output 23
Output 22
Output 21
Output 20
Output 19
NCK setpoint for external digital NCK outputs
DBB 192
Output 32
Output 31
Output 30
Output 29
Output 28
Output 27
NCK setpoint for external digital NCK outputs
DBB 193
Output 40
Output 39
Output 38
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Output 37
Output 36
Output 35
4-587
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Analog input and output signals of the NCK (DB 10)
Signals from NCK (NCK→PLC), /A2/ (SW2 and higher)
→
DB 10
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
DBW
194
196
Actual value for analog input 2 of the NCK
DBW
198
Actual value for analog input 3 of the NCK
DBW
200
Actual value for analog input 4 of the NCK
DBW
202
Actual value for analog input 5 of the NCK
DBW
204
Actual value for analog input 6 of the NCK
DBW
206
Actual value for analog input 7 of the NCK
DBW
208
Actual value for analog input 8 of the NCK
DBW
210
Setpoint for analog output 1 of the NCK
DBW
212
Setpoint for analog output 2 of the NCK
DBW
214
Setpoint for analog output 3 of the NCK
DBW
216
Setpoint for analog output 4 of the NCK
DBW
218
Setpoint for analog output 5 of the NCK
DBW
220
Setpoint for analog output 6 of the NCK
DBW
222
Setpoint for analog output 7 of the NCK
DBW
224
Bit 0
Actual value for analog input 1 of the NCK
DBW
Bit 1
Setpoint for analog output 8 of the NCK
4-588
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
4.2.9
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals from/to mode group (DB 11)
Mode group-specific signals (DB 11)
Signals to mode group 1 (PLC→NCK) /K1/
→
DB 11
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
DBB 0
Mode
group reset
Mode
group stop
Axes plus
spindle
Mode
group stop
Mode
change
disable
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Operating mode
JOG
DBB 1
Single block
Type A
Bit 0
MDA
AUTOMATIC
Machine function
Type B
REF
REPOS
TEACH IN
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
Machine function
DBB 2
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
DBB 3
Note
about machine function: machine function defined centrally when signal
" INC inputs in mode group area active " (DB10.DBX57.0) is set.
Signals from mode group 1 (NCK→PLC) /K1/
→
DB 11
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Strobe mode
DBB 4
MMC-- & gt; PLC
JOG
MDA
AUTOM.
Strobe machine function
DBB 5
MMC-- & gt; PLC
REF
DBB 6
All
channels in
reset state
DBB 7
Mode
group
ready
Digitizing
JOG
TEACH IN
MDA
AUTOM.
Active machine function
REF
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
REPOS
Active operating mode
REPOS
TEACH IN
4-589
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Signals to mode group 2 (PLC→NCK) /K1/
→
DB 11
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
DBB 20
Mode
group reset
Mode
group stop
Axes plus
spindle
Mode
group stop
Mode
change
disable
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Operating mode
JOG
DBB 21
Single block
Type A
Bit 0
MDA
AUTOMATIC
Machine function
Type B
REF
DBB 22
REPOS
TEACH IN
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
Machine function
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
Unassigned
DBB 23
Note
about machine function: machine function defined centrally when signal
" INC inputs in mode group area active " (DB10.DBX57.0) is set.
Signals from mode group 2 (NCK→PLC) /K1/
→
DB 11
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Strobe mode
DBB 24
MMC-- & gt; PLC
JOG
MDA
AUTOMATIC
Strobe machine function
DBB 25
MMC-- & gt; PLC
REF
DBB 27
Mode
group
reset state
DBB 26
All
channels in
ready
Digitizing
/FBD/
(SW 2 and
higher)
4-590
REPOS
TEACH IN
Active operating mode
JOG
MDA
AUTOMATIC
Active machine function
REF
REPOS
TEACH IN
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Note
The other mode groups (mode group 3 to mode group 10) are also located in
DB 11 with the following initial bytes:
Mode group 3: DBB 40
Mode group 4: DBB 60
Mode group 5: DBB 80
Mode group 6: DBB 100
4.2.10
Mode group 7: DBB 120
Mode group 8: DBB 140
Mode group 9: DBB 160
Mode group 10: DBB 180
Signals for Safety SPL (safe programmable logic) (DB 18)
Parameterization section
References:
Signals for Safety SPL (PLC → PLC)
DB 18
Byte
/FBSI/, SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
DBB 0
Bit 4
Bit 3
INSEP valid (valid bit)
5th
4th
input byte
input byte
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
8th
input byte
7th
input byte
6th
input byte
3rd
input byte
2nd
input byte
1st
input byte
8th
input byte
7th
input byte
PROFIsafe board (entered by basic program)
6th
5th
4th
3rd
input byte
input byte
input byte
input byte
2nd
input byte
1st
input byte
DBB 1
DBB 2
OUTSEP valid (valid bit)
8th
7th
6th
5th
4th
3rd
2nd
1st
output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte
DBB 3
PROFIsafe board (entered by basic program)
8th
7th
6th
5th
4th
3rd
2nd
1st
output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte
DBW 4
INSEP_ADDR (address 1st input byte)
DBW 6
INSEP_ADDR (address 2nd input byte)
DBW 8
INSEP_ADDR (address 3rd input byte)
DBW 10
INSEP_ADDR (address 4th input byte)
DBW 12
INSEP_ADDR (address 5th input byte)
DBW 14
INSEP_ADDR (address 6th input byte)
DBW 16
INSEP_ADDR (address 7th input byte)
DBW 18
INSEP_ADDR (address 8th input byte)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-591
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
DBW 20
OUTSEP_ADDR (address 1st output byte)
DBW 22
OUTSEP_ADDR (address 2nd output byte)
DBW 24
OUTSEP_ADDR (address 3rd output byte)
DBW 26
OUTSEP_ADDR (address 4th output byte)
DBW 28
OUTSEP_ADDR (address 5th output byte)
DBW 30
OUTSEP_ADDR (address 6th output byte)
DBW 32
OUTSEP_ADDR (address 7th output byte)
DBW 34
OUTSEP_ADDR (address 8th output byte)
DBB 36
SPL
READY
DBB 37
Data area / error
Signals for Safety SPL (PLC ←→ NCK)
DB 18
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data area for SPL inputs/outputs
SPL_DATA.INSEP [1..32]
DBD 38
SPL_DATA.INSEP [33..64]
DBD 42
SPL_DATA.OUTSEP [1..32]
DBD 46
SPL_DATA.OUTSEP [33..64]
DBD 50
Data area for user SPL
SPL_DATA.INSIP [1..32]
DBD 54
SPL_DATA.INSIP [33..64]
DBD 58
SPL_DATA.OUTSIP [1..32]
DBD 62
SPL_DATA.OUTSIP [33..64]
DBD 66
DB 18
4-592
Signals for Safety SPL (PLC ←→ NCK)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Byte
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
SPL_DATA.MARKERSIP [1..32]
DBD 70
SPL_DATA.MARKERSIP [33..64]
DBD 74
Difference in level between NCK and PLC for diagnostics
SPL_DELTA.INSEP [1..32]
DBD 78
SPL_DELTA.INSEP [33..64]
DBD 82
SPL_DELTA.OUTSEP [1..32]
DBD 86
SPL_DELTA.OUTSEP [33..64]
DBD 90
SPL_DELTA.INSIP [1..32]
DBD 94
SPL_DELTA.INSIP [33..64]
DBD 98
SPL_DELTA.OUTSIP [1..32]
DBD 102
SPL_DELTA.OUTSIP [33..64]
DBD 106
SPL_DELTA.MARKERSIP [1..32]
DBD 110
SPL_DELTA.MARKERSIP [33..64]
DBD 114
DBD 118
CMDSI
DBD 119
DBD 120
Error number
0 = no error
1 - 320 = Signal number starting from SPL_DATA.INSEP [1]
DBD 124
Level indicator of cross-checking
(diagnostics option: how many SPL signals currently differ in level)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-593
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Supplementary data areas
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Data area for single-channel inputs/outputs
$A_PLCSIOUT [1 .. 8]
DBB 128
$A_PLCSIOUT [9 .. 16]
DBB 129
$A_PLCSIOUT [17 .. 24]
DBB 130
$A_PLCSIOUT [25 .. 32]
DBB 131
$A_PLCSIIN [1.. 8]
DBB 132
$A_PLCSIIN [9 .. 16]
DBB 133
$A_PLCSIIN [17 .. 24]
DBB 134
$A_ PLCSIIN [25 .. 32]
DBB 135
The following data is created by the basic program
CRC for HW Assign data (internal data)
DBB 136
Teststop data
Number of axes per TeststopBlock 1 (NoOfAxisPerBlock[1])
DBB 140
to
DBB 147
Number of axes per TeststopBlock 8 (NoOfAxisPerBlock[8])
Pointer onto axis table 1 (BlockPointer[1])
DBB 148
to
DBB 155
Pointer onto axis table 8 (BlockPointer[8])
Safety axis table (AxisTable[1]) 1st axis
DBB 156
to
DBB 186
Safety axis table (AxisTable[31]) 31st axis
4-594
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.11
Signals from/to operator panel (DB 19)
Signals to operator panel (PLC→MMC)
→
DB 19
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
DBB 0
Actual
value in
WCS
0=MCS
/A2/
Back up
travel
recorder
MMC
shutdown
Clear
recall
alarms
Clear
cancel
alarms
Key
disable
/A2/
Screen
darkening
/A2/
Screen
bright
/A2/
(MMC 103
only)
(MMC 103
only)
Automatc
tool
measurement
OEM2
OEM1
Selection
of tool
offset
Selection
of alarm
area
Selection
of program
area
Res.
Res.
(for OEM
users)
DBB 1
Reserved
DBW
2
Higraph first error display
DBW
4
Higraph first error display
DBB 6
Analog spindle 1, capacity in percent
DBB 7
Analog spindle 2, capacity in percent
DBB 8
Channel number of machine control panel to MMC
Reserved for selection
DBB 9
DBB 10
ShopMill
control
signal
Reserved for selection
DBB 11
DBB 12
Reserved for hardkey function expansions
RS-232 On RS-232 Off
/A2/
RS-232
External
/A2/
/A2/
Load part
DBB 13
Select
/A2/
DBB 14
/A2/
1=pas. FS
COM1
COM2
/A2/
/A2/
/A2/
Res.
program
0=act. FS
RS-232
Stop
Unload
/A2/
RS-232 act. FS: Index of file to be transferred in the standard list.
RS-232 pass. FS: Number of the control file for user file names.
RS-232 act. FS: Index that specifies the axis, channel or tool no.
DBB 15
RS-232 pass. FS: Index of the file to be transferred in the user list
DBB 16
1=pas FS
Part program handling: Number of the control file for user file names.
DBB 17
Part program handling: Index of the file to be transferred in the user list
TO comp.
DBB 18
DBB 19
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Reserved (signal counter)
4-595
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Signals from operator panel (MMC → PLC)
DB 19
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
DBB 20
MCS/WCS
Changeover /A2/
Bit 5
Bit 4
Simulation
Bit 1
Cancel
alarm
cleared
Cancel key
actuated
Screen is
dark
/A2/
MMC 103
MMC 103
/A2/
/A2/
Bit 2
Recall
alarm
cleared
active
Bit 3
/A2/
/A2/
Bit 0
DBB 21
Displayed channel number from the MMC /A2/
DBB 22
Counter
spindle
internal
voltage
DBB
Main
spindle
internal
voltage
OK
Error
/A2/
/A2/
OK
Error
Exit mask
DBB 23
Request
mask
Mask
requested
Mask
request
accepted
RS-232 status from PLC
24
RS-232 On RS-232 Off
/A2/
RS-232
Stop
/A2/
/A2/
RS-232
External
Com1
active /A2/
Com2
active /A2/
/A2/
DBB
25
Error RS-232 /A2/
DBB
26
Part program handling status /A2/
Select
Load
Unload
Active
Error
MMC 5.3
and higher;
6.1
DBB
27
Error program handling /A2/
DBW
28
Mask number for " Extend user interface " /IAM/, BE1
Control bits PLC -- & gt; MMC
DBB 30
Control bits PLC -- & gt; MMC
DBB 31
Inactive bit
Error,
Not
possible to
request
mask
DBB
Mask
exited
Mask
active
Reserved
33-39
4-596
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Internal data area interface, MMC
PLC
DBB 40 – 43 reserved
DBB 40
DBB 41
DBB 42
DBB 43
Internal data area interface, MMC
PLC
DBB 44 48 reserved
DBB 44
DBB 45
DBW
46
DBW
48
Interface 2nd MMC
Assignment as for DBB 0 to DBB 49
DBB
50-99
Switchover interface to MMC
Knocking interface (MMC announces itself to NCU)
DBW
ONL_REQUEST /B3/
100
Online request from MMC
MMC writes its client identification as online request
(bit 8-15: bus type, bit 0-7: MMC bus address)
DBW
ONL_CONFIRM /B3/
102
Acknowledgment from PLC to online request
PLC writes MMC client identification as acknowledgment (bus type, MMC bus address;
as with DBW 100).
DBW
PAR_CLIENT_IDENT /B3/
104
MMC writes its client identification (bus type, MMC bus address; as with DBW 100).
PAR_MMC_TYP /B3/
DBB 106
Type of MMC as per NETNAMES.INI: Main / subordinate operator panel / server /...
DBB
PAR_MSTT_ADR /B3/
107
MMC writes address of MCP to be activated; 255, when no MCP activated
DBB
108
PAR_STATUS /B3/
PLC writes online enable for MMC.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-597
Lists
4 Interface Signals
DBB
04/00
PAR_Z_INFO /B3/
109
PLC writes additional info about status
DBB
M_TO_N_ALIVE
110
Sign of life from PLC to MMC through M to N block
Online interface MMC 1 (user)
DBW
120
MMC1_CLIENT_IDENT /B3/
PLC writes PAR_CLIENT_IDENT to MMCx_CLIENT_IDENT when MMC goes online.
DBB
122
MMC1_TYP /B3/
PLC writes PAR_MMC_TYP to MMCx_TYP when MMC goes online.
DBB
123
MMC1_MSTT_ADR /B3/
PLC writes PAR_MSTT_ADR to MMCx_MSTT_ADR when MMC goes online.
DBB
124
MMC1_STATUS /B3/
Connection status, MMC and PLC alternately write their requests/acknowledgments
DBB
MMC1_Z_INFO /B3/
125
Additional info connection status (pos./neg. acknowledgment, error messages...)
DBB
126
MMC1
MMC1
MMC1
MMC1
MMC1
MMC1
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
MCP
SHIFT
DENIED
CHANGED
PERM
REQ
SHIFT
LOCK
/B3/
/B3/
/B3/
/B3/
LOCK
/B3/
/B3/
DBB
Reserved
127-129
Online Interface MMC 2 (user)
DBW
130
MMC2_CLIENT_IDENT /B3/
PLC writes PAR_CLIENT_IDENT to MMCx_CLIENT_IDENT when MMC goes online.
DBB
132
MMC2_TYP /B3/
PLC writes PAR_MMC_TYP to MMCx_TYP when MMC goes online.
DBB
133
MMC2_MSTT_ADR /B3/
PLC writes PAR_MSTT_ADR to MMCx_MSTT_ADR when MMC goes online.
4-598
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
DBB
Lists
4 Interface Signals
MMC2_STATUS /B3/
134
Connection status, MMC and PLC alternately write their requests/acknowledgments
DBB
MMC2_Z_INFO /B3/
135
Additional info connection status (pos./neg. acknowledgment, error messages...)
MMC2
MMC2
MMC2
MMC2
MMC2
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
ACTIVE
MCP
SHIFT
DENIED
CHANGED
PERM
REQ
SHIFT
LOCK
/B3/
136
MMC2
ACTIVE
DBB
/B3/
/B3/
/B3/
LOCK
/B3/
/B3/
DBB
Reserved
137-139
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-599
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.12
04/00
PLC machine data (DB 20)
PLC machine data (PLC→operator)
→
DB 20
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
INT values
DBW 0
DBW
DBW
INT values
DBB
Bit arrays
DBB
DBB
Bit arrays
DBD
REAL values
DBD
REAL values
DBD
Note
The initial and end addresses of the PLC machine data areas depend on the
respective length indications of the partial areas. In general, the integer
values start with the data byte 0. The upper limit is determined by the
corresponding length indication. In general, the following bit arrays (2-decade
hexadecimal numbers on input) start with the following even address. The
real values follow directly the bit arrays and also start with an even address.
4-600
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
4.2.13
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals from/to NCK channel (DB 21–30)
Signals to NCK channel (PLC→NCK)
→
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Bit 7
DBB 1
Activate
program
test
/K1/
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Activate
dry run
feedrate
/V1/
DBB 0
Bit 6
Activate
M01
/K1/
Activate
single
block /K1/
Activate
DRF /H1/
PLC action
complete
/K1/
CLC
override
/TE1/
CLC stop
/TE1/
Time
monitoring
act. (tool
management)
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Synchronized action
OFF
Enable
protection
zones
/A3/
Activate
referencing
/R1/
/2
/1
/0
Skip block /K1/
DBB 2
/7
/6
/5
/4
/3
Nibbling and punching /N4/
DBB 3
Stroke
delayed
/N4/
Stroke not
operating
/N4/
Stroke
suppression /N4/
Manual
No stroke
stroke
enable /N4/
enable /N4/
Feedrate override /V1/
DBB 4
H
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
Rapid traverse override /V1/
DBB 5
H
G
DBB 6
Feedrate
override
active /V1/
Rapid
traverse
override
active /V1/
F
DBB 7
Reset
/K1/
E
D
C
B
A
Program
level abort
/K1/
Delete
subroutine
no. of
passes
Delete
distanceto-go
/A2/
Read-in
disable
/K1/
Feed
disable
/V1/
NC Stop
axes plus
spindle
/K1/
NC Stop
/K1/
NC Stop to
block limit
/K1/
NC Start
/K1/
NC Start
disable
/K1/
Activate machine-related protection area /A3/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 8
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 2
Area 1
Activate machine-related protection area /A3/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 9
Area 10
Area 9
Activate channel-specific protection area /A3/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 10
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 2
Area 1
Activate channel-specific protection area /A3/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 11
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Area 10
Area 9
4-601
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Note
on Feedrate override active (DBX6.7)
even if feedrate override is not active (= 100%), the setting 0% is effective.
on Feedrate override (DBB 4)
either 31 positions (Gray code) with 31 MD for % evaluation or 0-200%
corresponding to the dual value in byte (201–255
max. 200%).
on Rapid traverse override (DBB 5)
either 31 positions (Gray code) with 31 MD for % evaluation or 0-100%
corresponding to the dual value in byte (101–255
max. 100%).
on Activate single block (DBX0.4)
select variant via ”Write variable”.
on Delete distance-to-go (DBX6.2)
effects only path axes and not positioning axes
Control signals to geometry axes
Geometry axis 1
DBB 12
Traversing keys /H1/
+
Rapid
traverse
override
/H1/
Traversing
key disable
/H1/
Feed stop
/V1/
Activate handwheel /H1/
-
3
2
1
10 INC
1 INC
Geometry axis 1 machine function /H1/
DBB 13
Var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
DBB 14
OEM signals geometry axis 1
DBB 15
Geometry axis 1
DBB 16
Geometry axis 2
Traversing keys /H1/
+
DBB 17
Rapid
traverse
override
/H1/
Traversing
key disable
/H1/
Feed stop
/V1/
Activate handwheel /H1/
-
3
2
1
10 INC
1 INC
Geometry axis 2 machine function /H1/
Var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
DBB 18
OEM signals geometry axis 2
DBB 19
Geometry axis 2
4-602
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Geometry axis 3
DBB 20
Traversing keys /H1/
+
Rapid
traverse
override
/H1/
Traversing
key disable
/H1/
Feed stop
/V1/
Activate handwheel /H1/
-
3
2
1
10 INC
1 INC
Geometry axis 3 machine function /H1/
DBB 21
Var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
DBB 22
OEM signals geometry axis 3
DBB 23
Geometry axis 3
Note
about machine function: machine function only defined when signal " INC
inputs in mode group area active " (DB10.DBX57.0) is not set.
Operating signals from MMC/status signals from NC channel
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC,
→
MMC→PLC, PLC→NCK)
→
→
DB
21-30
Byte
Bit 7
DBB 25
MMC-- & gt; PLC
Bit 5
Dry run
feedrate
selected
/V1/
DBB 24
MMC-- & gt; PLC
Bit 6
M01
selected
/K1/
Program
test
selected
/K1/
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
DRF
selected
/H1/
REPOS
MODE
EDGE
Feedrate
override for
rapid
traverse
selected
/V1/
REPOSPATHMODE
2
1
0
Skip block selected /K1/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 26
MMC-- & gt; PLC
Bit 4
7
6
5
4
3
2
DBB 27
MMC-- & gt; PLC
1
0
Skip block
selected
/K1/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Skip block
selected
/K1/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Activate
fixed feed
2
/FBMA/,
/V1/
(SW 4 and
higher)
Activate
fixed feed
1
/FBMA/,
/V1/
(SW 4 and
higher)
OEM channel signals
DBB 28
PLC→NCK
DBB 29
Do not
Switch off
Switch off
disable
wear
workpiece
PTP
tool
PLC→NCK
monitoring
counter
motion
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Activate
Activate
fixed feed
4
/FBMA/,
/V1/
(SW 4 and
higher)
Activate
fixed feed
3
/FBMA/,
/V1/
(SW 4 and
higher)
4-603
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
DBB 30
Activate contour handwheel
PLC→NCK
Neg.
direction
simulation
contour
handwheel
Simulation Handwheel Handwheel Handwheel
contour
3
2
1
handwheel
on
DBB 31
PLC→NCK
→
REPOSPATHMODE
Skip block
active /9
DBB 32
DBB 33
REPOS
MODE
EDGE
Last action
block
active /K1/
NCK-- & gt; PLC
NCK-- & gt; PLC
Skip block
active /8
Program
test active
/K1/
M00/M01
active
/K1/
Approach
block
active /K1/
Transforma
tion active
/K1/M1
M02/M30
active
/K1/
Block
search
active
/K1/
DBB 34
2
1
Action
block
active /K1/
0
Execution
from external
source
active
Handwheel Revolutiooverride
nal
active (SW 2 feedrate
and higher) active /V1/
/H1/
Referencing
active
/R1/
OEM channel signals feedback
NCK-- & gt; PLC
DBB 35
Channel status /K1/
Program status /K1/
NCK-- & gt; PLC
Reset
DBB 37
Active
Aborted
Interrupted
Stopped
NCK alarm
with
processing
stop
present
/A2/
Channelspecific
NCK alarm
present
/A2/
Channel
ready
for
operation
in SW 4
and higher
Interrupt
processing
active
/K1/
All axes
stationary
/B1/
All axes
requiring
reference
points are
referenced
/R1/
Stop
Read-in
CLC
CLC
CLC
Contour handwheel active
at block
end with
SBL is
suppressed
DBB 36
NCK-- & gt; PLC
Interrupted
Waiting
Running
enable is
ignored
stopped
upper limit
/TE1/
stopped
lower limit
/TE1/
active
/TE1/
Handwheel Handwheel Handwheel
3
2
1
/H1/
/H1/
/H1/
NCK-- & gt; PLC
DBB 38
Nibbling and punching /N4/
NCK-- & gt; PLC
Acknowl.
Stroke
manual
enable
stroke
active /N4/
enable /N4/
DBB 39
Protection
zones not
guaranteed
NCK-- & gt; PLC
Note
on Feedrate override for rapid traverse selected (DBX25.3)
Depending on this signal, the basic PLC program copies the feedrate
override onto the rapid traverse override on the channel-specific interface.
On Program test selected (DBX25.7)
”Program test selected” means axis disable for all channel axes and spindles.
4-604
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Status signals of geometry axes
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Geometry axis 1
DBB 40
Traverse command /H1/
plus
Handwheel active /H1/
minus
3
2
1
10 INC
1 INC
Geometry axis 1 active machine function /H1/
DBB 41
Var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
DBB 42
DBB 43
100 INC
OEM signals geometry axis 1
Geometry axis 1
DBB 44
MMC-- & gt; PLC
Geometry axis 2
DBB 46
Traverse command /H1/
plus
Handwheel active /H1/
minus
3
2
1
10 INC
1 INC
Geometry axis 2 active machine function /H1/
DBB 47
Var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
DBB 48
OEM signals geometry axis 2
DBB 49
100 INC
Geometry axis 2
DBB 50
MMC-- & gt; PLC
Geometry axis 3
DBB 52
Traverse command /H1/
plus
Handwheel active /H1/
minus
DBB 53
3
2
1
10 INC
1 INC
Geometry axis 3 active machine function /H1/
Var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
DBB 54
OEM signals geometry axis 3
DBB 55
100 INC
Geometry axis 3
DBB 56
MMC-- & gt;
PLC
DBB 57
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-605
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Change signals on auxiliary function transfer from NC channel
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
DBB 58
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
M fct. 5
change
/H2/
M fct. 4
change
/H2/
M fct. 3
change
/H2/
M fct. 2
change
/H2/
M fct. 1
change
/H2/
DBB 59
M fct. 5
not
decoded
M fct. 4
not
decoded
M fct. 3
not
decoded
M fct. 2
not
decoded
M fct. 1
not
decoded
S fct. 3
change
/H2/
S fct. 2
change
/H2/
S fct. 1
change
/H2/
DBB 60
S fct. 3
quick
S fct. 2
quick
S fct. 1
quick
DBB 61
T fct 3
quick
T fct. 2
quick
T fct. 1
quick
T fct. 3
T fct. 2
change/H2/ change/H2/
(SW 2 and (SW 2 and
higher)
higher)
T fct. 1
change
/H2/
DBB 62
D fct. 3
quick
D fct. 2
quick
D fct. 1
quick
D fct. 3
D fct. 2
change/H2/ change/H2/
(SW 2 and (SW 2 and
higher)
higher)
D fct. 1
change
/H2/
DBB 63
DL fct.
quick
DBB 64
H fct. 3
quick
H fct. 1
quick
F fct. 6
change
/H2/
F fct. 5
change
/H2/
DBB 66
DBB 67
F fct. 6
quick
H fct. 3
change
/H2/
H fct. 2
change
/H2/
H fct. 1
change
/H2/
F fct. 4
change
/H2/
F fct. 3
change
/H2/
F fct. 2
change
/H2/
F fct. 1
change
/H2/
M fct. 5
quick
DBB 65
H fct. 2
quick
DL fct.
change
M fct. 4
quick
M fct. 3
quick
M fct. 2
quick
M fct. 1
quick
F fct. 5
quick
F fct. 4
quick
F fct. 3
quick
F fct. 2
quick
F fct. 1
quick
Note
For 10-decade T numbers, only the T fct. 1 change signal is available. For
5-decade D numbers, only the D fct. 1 change signal is available.
Transferred M/S functions
DB
21 - 30
Byte
DBW 68
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Extended address M function 1 (binary) /H2/
DBD 70
M function 1 (binary) /H2/
4-606
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
DBW
74
Extended address M function 2 (binary) /H2/
M function 2 (binary) /H2/
DBD 76
DBW
Extended address M function 3 (binary) /H2/
80
M function 3 (binary) /H2/
DBD 82
DBW
Extended address M function 4 (binary) /H2/
86
M function 4 (binary) /H2/
DBD 88
DBW
Extended address M function 5 (binary) /H2/
92
M function 5 (binary) /H2/
DBD 94
DBW
Extended address S function 1 (binary) /H2/
98
S function 1 (REAL format) /H2/
DBD 100
DBW
Extended address S function 2 (binary) /H2/
104
S function 2 (REAL format) /H2/
DBD 106
DBW
Extended address S function 3 (binary) /H2/
110
S function 3 (REAL format) /H2/
DBD 112
Note
M functions are programmed in the part program in the INTEGER format
(8 decades plus sign).
”REAL format” means: 24 bit mantissa and 8 bit exponent.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-607
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Transferred T/D/DL functions
DB
21 - 30
Byte
DBW
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Extended address T function 1 (16 bit Int)
116
DBW 118
DBD 118
Bit 5
T function 1 (binary) /H2/
For 8-decade T nos., T function 1 (32 bit DINT) is used in DBD 118 (see note)
DBW
120
Extended address T function 2 (16 bit Int)
DBW
122
T function 2 (Int)
DBW
124
Extended address T function 3 (16 bit Int)
DBW
126
T function 3 (Int)
DBB 128
DBB 129
D function 1 (binary) /H2/
DBW 130
DBB 130
For 5-decade D nos., D function 1 (16 bit DINT) is used in DBD 130 (see note)
Extended address D function 2 (8 bit Int)
DBB 131
D function 2 (8 bit Int)
DBB 132
Extended address D function 3 (8 bit Int)
DBB 133
D function 3 (8 bit Int)
DBW
Extended address DL function (16 bit Int)
134
DL function (REAL)
DBD 136
Note
With active tool management, programmed T functions are not output to the
PLC.
8-decade T nos. are only available as T function 1
Programmed D functions with names (e.g. D=CUTEDGE_1) cannot be
output in ASCII format to the PLC.
5-decade D nos. are only available as D function 1
The REAL format corresponds to floating point representation in STEP 7
(24 bit mantissa and 8 bit exponent). This floating point format supplies a
maximum of 7 valid places.
4-608
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Transferred H/F functions
DB
21 - 30
Byte
140
DBD 142
DBW 146
DBD 148
DBW 152
DBD 154
DBW 158
DBD 160
DBW 164
DBD 166
DBW 170
DBD 172
DBW 176
DBD 178
DBW 182
DBD 184
DBW 188
DBD 190
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
DBW
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Extended address H function 1 (binary) /H2/
H function 1 (REAL or Dint) /H2/
Extended address H function 2 (binary) /H2/
H function 2 (REAL or Dint) /H2/
Extended address H function 3 (binary) /H2/
H function 3 (REAL or Dint) /H2/
Extended address F function 1 (binary) /H2/
F function 1 (REAL format) /H2/
Extended address F function 2 (binary) /H2/
F function 2 (REAL format) /H2/
Extended address F function 3 (binary) /H2/
F function 3 (REAL format) /H2/
Extended address F function 4 (binary) /H2/
F function 4 (REAL format) /H2/
Extended address F function 5 (binary) /H2/
F function 5 (REAL format) /H2/
Extended address F function 6 (binary) /H2/
F function 6 (REAL format) /H2/
Note
F functions are programmed in the part program in the REAL format.
The extended address of the F function contains an identifier with the
following meaning:
0
= path feed,
1-31 = machine axis number for feed with positioning axes.
The H function data type is dependent on MD 22110: AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-609
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Decoded M signals (M0–M99)
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
M02
M01
M00
M10
M09
M08
M18
M17
M16
M26
M25
M24
M34
M33
M32
M42
M41
M40
M50
M49
M48
M58
M57
M56
M66
M65
M64
M74
M73
M72
M82
M81
M80
M90
M89
M88
M98
M97
M96
Dynamic M functions
DBB 194
M07
M06
M05 *
M04 *
M03 *
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 195
M15
M14
M13
M12
M11
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 196
M23
M22
M21
M20
M19
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 197
M31
M30
M29
M28
M27
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 198
M39
M38
M37
M36
M35
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 199
M47
M46
M45
M44
M43
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 200
M55
M54
M53
M52
M51
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 201
M63
M62
M61
M60
M59
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 202
M71
M70 *
M69
M68
M67
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 203
M79
M78
M77
M76
M75
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 204
M87
M86
M85
M84
M83
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 205
M95
M94
M93
M92
M91
Dynamic M functions /H2/
DBB 206
M99
DBB 207
Note
M functions marked with * are not decoded in this bit array if a spindle is
configured in the channel. In this case, these M functions are offered as
extended M functions in DB21-30.DBB68 ff. and in the relevant axis DB
DB31-61.DBB86 ff.
Dynamic M functions (M00 to M99) are decoded by the basic PLC program.
The PLC user must use dynamic M functions in order to generate static M
functions.
4-610
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Active G functions
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
DBB 208
Number of active G function of G function group 1 (binary) /K1/
DBB 209
Number of active G function of G function group 2 (binary) /K1/
DBB 210
Number of active G function of G function group 3 (binary) /K1/
DBB 211
Number of active G function of G function group 4 (binary) /K1/
DBB 212
Number of active G function of G function group 5 (binary) /K1/
DBB 213
Number of active G function of G function group 6 (binary) /K1/
DBB 214
Number of active G function of G function group 7 (binary) /K1/
DBB 215
Bit 0
Number of active G function of G function group 8 (binary) /K1/
...
DBB 270
Number of active G function of G function group n-1 (binary) /K1/
DBB 271
Number of active G function of G function group n (binary) /K1/
Note
The active G functions of the groups are updated each time a G function or a
mnemonic identifier (e.g. SPLINE) is programmed.
G functions within a G group are output as binary value, starting with 1.
A G function with the value 0 means that no G function is active for this G
group.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-611
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Signals for protection areas from NC channel
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC) (SW 2 and higher)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 0
Area 2
Area 1
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 9
Area 2
Area 1
Area 10
Area 7
DBB 273
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Area 9
Machine-related protection area preactivated /A3/
DBB 274
Channel-specific protection area preactivated /A3/
Area 8
Area 7
DBB 275
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Channel-specific protection area preactivated /A3/
DBB 276
Machine-related protection area violated /A3/
Area 8
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Machine-related protection area violated /A3/
DBB 277
Channel-related protection area violated /A3/
DBB 278
Area 8
4-612
Bit 4
Machine-related protection area preactivated /A3/
Area 8
DBB 279
Bit 5
Bit 1
Area 10
DBB 272
Area 7
Area 6
Area 5
Area 4
Area 3
Channel-related protection area violated /A3/
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Instruction-controlled signals to NC channel
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Signals to NCK channel (NCK→PLC) (SW 4 and higher)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 1
Bit 0
DBB 280
Synch.
action
disable
request
Reserved
DBB 281
Synch.
action
disabled
DBW
282
Reserved
DBW
284
Reserved
DBW
286
Reserved
DBW
288
Reserved
DBW
290
Reserved
DBW
292
Reserved
DBW
294
Reserved
DBW
296
Reserved
DBW
298
Bit 2
Reserved
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 300
No. 8
No. 7
No. 6
No. 5
No. 4
No. 3
No. 2
No. 1
No. 10
No. 9
No. 18
No. 17
No. 26
No. 25
No. 34
No. 33
No. 42
No. 41
No. 50
No. 49
No. 58
No. 57
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 301
No. 16
No. 15
No. 14
No. 13
No. 12
No. 11
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 302
No. 24
No. 23
No. 22
No. 21
No. 20
No. 19
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 303
No. 32
No. 31
No. 30
No. 29
No. 28
No. 27
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 304
No. 40
No. 39
No. 38
No. 37
No. 36
No. 35
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 305
No. 48
No. 47
No. 46
No. 45
No. 44
No. 43
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 306
No. 56
No. 55
No. 54
No. 53
No. 52
No. 51
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 307
No. 64
No. 63
No. 62
No. 61
No. 60
No. 59
Note
The request signals are set by the user and reset by the basic program after
transmission of the corresponding data.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-613
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Instruction-controlled signals from NC channel
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC) (SW 4 and higher)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
No. 2
No. 1
No. 10
No. 9
No. 18
No. 17
No. 26
No. 25
No. 34
No. 33
No. 42
No. 41
No. 50
No. 49
No. 58
No. 57
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 308
No. 8
No. 7
No. 6
No. 5
No. 4
No. 3
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 309
No. 16
No. 15
No. 14
No. 13
No. 12
No. 11
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 310
No. 24
No. 23
No. 22
No. 21
No. 20
No. 19
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 311
No. 32
No. 31
No. 30
No. 29
No. 28
No. 27
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 312
No. 40
No. 39
No. 38
No. 37
No. 36
No. 35
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
DBB 313
No. 48
No. 47
DBB 314
No. 46
No. 45
No. 44
No. 43
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
No. 56
No. 55
DBB 315
No. 54
No. 53
No. 52
No. 51
Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
No. 64
No. 63
Cyclic
No. 62
No. 61
No. 60
Signals interface NCK
DBB 316
No. 59
PLC
Active G functions
G00 *
DBB 317
Tool
missing
PTP
motion
active
Workpiece
setpoint
reached
External
language
mode
active
Overstore
active
Dry-run
feedrate
active /V1/
Search
active
/K1/
ASUP
stopped
/K1/
DBB 318
DBB 319
REPOS
MODE
EDGE
ACKN
* applies to Geo axes only
4-614
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to orientation axes
Signals to NCK channel (PLC→NCK)
→
DB
21 - 30
Byte
DBB
320
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Traversing keys
+
−
−
−
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Orientation axis 1
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key disable
Feed stop
Activate handwheel
(bit value coding)
DBB 321
Orientation axis 1
DBB 322
OEM signals orientation axis 1
DBB 323
Orientation axis 1
DBB 324
Traversing keys
+
−
Orientation axis 2
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key
Feed
Activate handwheel
stop
(bit value coding)
disable
DBB 325
Orientation axis 2
DBB 326
OEM signals orientation axis 2
DBB 327
Orientation axis 2
DBB 328
Traversing keys
+
−
Orientation axis 3
Rapid
traverse
override
Traversing
key
Feed
Activate handwheel
stop
(bit value coding)
disable
DBB 329
Orientation axis 3
DBB 330
OEM signals orientation axis 3
DBB 331
Orientation axis 3
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-615
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Signals from orientation axes
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
DB
21 - 30
Byte
DBB 332
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Travel command
plus
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Orientation axis 1
minus
Handwheel active
(bit value coding)
Orientation axis 1
DBB 333
Active machine function
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
DBB 334
1 INC
OEM signals orientation axis 1
DBB 335
10 INC
Orientation axis 1
DBB 336
Travel command
plus
Orientation axis 2
minus
Handwheel active
(bit value coding)
Orientation axis 2
DBB 337
Active machine function
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
DBB 338
1 INC
OEM signals orientation axis 2
DBB 339
10 INC
Orientation axis 2
DBB 340
Travel command
plus
Orientation axis 3
minus
Handwheel active
(bit value coding)
Orientation axis 3
DBB 341
Active machine function
var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
100 INC
DBB 342
DBB 343
10 INC
1 INC
OEM signals orientation axis 3
Orientation axis 3
4-616
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Tool management functions from NC channel
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC)
→
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Transfer to
new
replacement tool
Tool limit
value
reached
Tool prewarning
limit
reached
Modification signals tool management functions
Last
replacement tool
of tool
group
DBB 344
DBB
345-347
Transferred tool management functions
DBD 348
T number for tool prewarning limit (DInt)
DBD 352
T number for tool limit value (DInt)
DBD 356
T number of new replacement tool (DInt)
DBD 360
T number of last replacement tool (DInt)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-617
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Signals from/to NC channel
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→PLC, PLC →NCK)
→
DB
21 - 30
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
CH_CYCLES_SIG_IN (Bit 0 – 7 )
DBB 364
CH_CYCLES_SIG_IN (Bit 8 – 15 )
DBB 365
CH_CYCLES_SIG_OUT (Bit 0 – 7 )
DBB 366
CH_CYCLES_SIG_OUT (Bit 8 – 15 )
DBB 367
CH_OEM_TECHNO_SIG_IN (DBB368 - 371)
DBB 368
DBB 369
DBB 370
DBB 371
DBB 372
CH_OEM_TECHNO_SIG_OUT (DBB372 - 375)
DBB 373
DBB 374
DBB 375
4-618
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
4.2.14
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals from/to axis/spindle (PLC→NCK) (DB 31–DB 61)
→
DB
31 -61
Byte
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC→NCK)
→
Bit 7
H
G
Bit 4
F
Override
active
/V1/
Position
measuring
system 2
/A2/
Position
measuring
system 1
/A2/
E
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
C
4
3
Velocity/
spindle
speed
limitation
/A3/
DBB 3
Axis and
spindle
B
A
Clamping
Delete
in progress distance-to/A3/
go/ spindle
reset
/A2, S1/
2
Controller
enable
/A2/
Cam
activation
/N3/
(SW 2 and
higher)
1
Enable
Accept
Activate
Activate
Activate
Activate
travel to
external ZO
fixed feed
fixed feed
fixed feed
fixed feed
fixed stop /K2/ (SW 2
4
3
2
1
/F1/ SW 2 and higher)
/FBMA/,
/FBMA/,
/FBMA/,
/FBMA/,
and higher)
/V1/ (SW 4 /V1/ (SW 4 /V1/ (SW 4 /V1/ (SW 4
and higher) and higher) and higher) and higher)
Traversing keys /H1/
plus
D
Follow-up Axis/spindle Sensor fixed Acknowl.
Drive test
mode /A2/
disable
stop
fixed stop movement
/A2/
/F1/
reached
enable
(SW 2 and /F1/ (SW 2
higher)
and higher))
Reference point value /R1/
DBB 2
Axis and
spindle
DBB 4
Axis and
spindle
Bit 5
Feedrate override /V1/
DBB 0
Axis and
spindle
DBB 1
Axis and
spindle
Bit 6
Rapid
traverse
override
/H1/
Traversing
Feed
key disable stop/spindle
/H1/
stop /A2/
minus
Activate handwheel /H1/
3
2
1
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
Machine function /H1/
DBB 5
Axis and
spindle
Var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
OEM axis signals
DBB 6
Axis and
spindle
DBB 7
Request
PLC
axis/spindle
Activation
signal with
change of
this byte
/K5/
DBB 8
/K5/
Allocate NC axis to channel
/K5/
D
C
B
A
Note
DBX8.4: is automatically reset after assignment (SW 3.7, 4.2 and higher). For
previous SW versions, the activation signal must be applied until the
assignment is made (DBB68).
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-619
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Continuation:
DB
31-61
Byte
04/00
Bit 7
Bit 6
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Lock
parameter
set
definition
from NC
/A2/
DBB 9
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Control parameter block (SW4 and
higher) /A2/
C
B
A
REPOS
DELAY
DBB 10
DBB 11
DBB 12
Axis
Delay
reference
point
approach
/R1/
2nd software limit switch
/A3/
plus
minus
Hardware limit switch
/A3/
plus
minus
DBB 13
Axis
DBB 14
Axis
DBB 15
Axis
DBB 16
Spindle
Delete
S value
/S1/
No nmonitoring
when
changing
gear /S1/
Resynchronize
spindle 1
/S1/
Resynchronize
spindle 2
/S1/
Invert
M3/M4
/S1/
Resynchronize
spindle at
pos. 2 /S1/
Resynchronize
spindle at
pos. 1 /S1/
Oscillating
speed
/S1/
Oscillation
via PLC
/S1/
Gear has
changed
over /S1/
Actual gear stage /S1/
C
DBB 17
Spindle
DBB 18
Spindle
Setpoint rot. direct. /S1/
CCW
A
Feedrate
override f.
spindle
valid /S1/
CW
Spindle override /V1/
DBB 19
Spindle
H
4-620
B
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
DB
31-61
Byte
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)
Continuation:
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Speed
setpoint
smoothing
/A2/
DBB 20
611D
Bit 3
Torque
limit 2
/A2/
Rampfunction
generator
interface
/A2/
Runup
changeover U/f
mode
/DE1/
1)
DBB 21
611D
Pulse
enable
/A2/
n controller
integrator
disable
/A2/
Selecting
motor
/A2/
1)
Motor selection /A2/
B
A
Drive parameter set selection /A2/
C
DBB 23
Safety
Integr.
Activate
test stop
DBB 24
Master/
slave on
Activate
end
position
pair 2
Transmission of
bit value 2
Bit value for
A
Deselect
safe
standstill
Speed limit Speed limit
bit value 1 bit value 0
DBB 22
Safety
Integr.
1)
B
Deselect
safe
velocity and
standstill
Transmission of
bit value 1
Transmission of
bit value 0
(Stepper motor)
CTRLOUT_changed:
1
0
Change setpoint output
assignment (for compile
cycles)
Step mode
fine/coarse
Rotation
monitoring
Start
spindle
Start
spindle
Stop
spindle
Counterclockwise
Clockwise
DBB 25
Enable
DBB 26
Grinding
slave axis
overlay
Compensation
control ON
DBB 27
Grinding
DBB 28
Oscillation
PLC
checks
axis /P5/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Stop /P5/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Stop at
Change
next
reversal
reversal
point /P5/
point
(SW 2 and
/P5/ (SW 2
higher)
and higher)
DBB 29
Grinding
No auto
sync
Start
gantry
synchronization run
/G1/ (SW 2
and higher)
Position
spindle
DBB 30
(Technolog
y)
Set
reversal
point /P5/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Autom.
gear step
change
1) See note at the end of this subsection
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-621
Lists
4 Interface Signals
DB
31-61
Byte
04/00
Continuation:
Bit 7
Bit 6
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Deselect
external
stop D
Deselect
external
stop C
Bit 1
Bit 0
Deselect
external
stop A
DBB
31(Technol
ogy)
DBB 32
Safety
Integr.
1)
Select override
DBB 33
Safety
Integr.
1)
Bit value 3
Bit value 2
Bit value 1
Bit value 0
DBB 34
DBB ...
DBB 59
Note
The IS ”Delete distance-to-go” (DBX2.2) is effective only for position axes on
an axis-specific basis; the IS ”Delete distance-to-go” (DB21-30, DB6.2) acts
on a channel-specific basis. The IS ”Spindle reset” (DXB2.2) acts on a
spindle-specific basis.
DB
31 -61
Byte
DBB 60
Axis and
spindle
DBB 61
Axis and
spindle
Signals from axis/spindle (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Position reached /B1/
with exact
stop fine
with exact
stop
coarse
Current
controller
active /A2/
Speed
controller
active /A2/
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Encoder
Encoder
NCU_Link
Spindle
limit
frequency
exceeded
2 /A3/
limit
frequency
exceeded
1 /A3/
Axis active
/no axis
/S1/
Position Axis/spindle Follow-up
mode
controller
stationary
active /A2/
active /A2/
(n & lt; nmin)
/A2/
Axis ready
References/ References/
synchronizes
2 /R1/
synchronizes
1 /R1/
Force fixed Fixed stop
Activate
stop limited
reached
travel to
/F1/ (SW
/F1/
fixed stop
5.2)
(SW 2 and /F1/ (SW 2
higher)
and higher)
DBB 62
/B3/
Travel
request
/F1/
/B3/
Measurement
active
Revolutional
feedrate
active
/M5/
Handwheel
overlay
active /H1/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Software
cams
active /N3/
(SW 2 and
higher)
DBB 63
DBB 64
Axis and
spindle
Traverse command /H1/
plus
Handwheel active /H1/
minus
3
65
Axis and
spindle
2
1
100 INC
10 INC
1 INC
Active machine function /H1/
Var. INC
10000 INC
1000 INC
1) See note at the end of this subsection
4-622
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
DB
31-61
Byte
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)
Continuation:
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
OEM axis signals (reserved)
DBB 66
Axis and
spindle
DBB 67
NC axis/spindle in channel /K5/
DBB 68
PLC axis/ Neutral axis/
Axis
New type
spindle
spindle
replacement requested by
/K5/
/K5/
possible
PLC
/K5/
/K5/
DBB 69
D
C
NCU number in NCU link network
B
A
Control parameter block
C
B
A
DBB 70-71
DBB 72
REPOS
DELAY
DBB 73-75
DBB 76
Axis
Rounding
axis in
position
Indexing
axis in
position
/T1/
Positioning
axis
/P2/
Scratch
pulse
/A2/
DBB 77
DBB 78
Axis
F function (REAL format)
for positioning axis /V1/
Gear
changeover /S1/
DBB 82
Spindle
Setpoint gear stage /S1/
C
DBB 83
Spindle
Actual
rotat.
direction
CW
/S1/
Speed
monitoring
/W1/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Spindle in
setpoint
range /S1/
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Support
area limits
violated
/S8/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Geometry
monitoring
/W1/
(SW 2 and
higher)
B
A
Set speed
increased
/S1/
Set speed
limited
/S1/
Speed limit
exceeded
/S1/
4-623
Lists
4 Interface Signals
DB
31-61
Byte
DBB 84
Spindle
04/00
Continuation:
Bit 7
Bit 6
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)
Bit 5
Bit 4
Active spindle operating mode /S1/
Control
mode
Oscillation
mode
Bit 3
Tapping
without
compensating
chuck /S1/
Bit 2
Bit 1
CLGON
SUG active
active
(grinding
/S8/
wheel
(SW 2 and
surface
higher)
speed)
Bit 0
Const.
cutting
speed
active
Positioning Synchromode
nous mode
DBB 85
Spindle
M function (binary) for spindle /S1/
DBB 86
Spindle
DBD 88
Spindle
S function (floating-point) for spindle
/S1/
Speed
setpoint
smoothing
active /A2/
DBB 92
611D
1)
DBB 93
611D
Enable
pulses
/A2/
n controller
integrator
disabled
/A2/
Drive
ready
/A2/
1)
DBB 94
611D
Active
motor /A2/
B
Variable
signaling
fct. /A2/
nact = nset
/A2/
|nact| & lt; nx
/A2/
HLGSS
active
/A2/
Set-up
mode
active /A2/
Active drive parameter set /A2/
A
C
|nact| & lt;
nmin /A2/
Md & lt; Mdx
/A2/
Ramp-up
complete
/A2/
1)
B
A
Temperature prewarning
/A2/
Heat sink
DBB 95
611D
1)
DBB 96
Torque
limit 2
active /A2/
Motor
UDC-link & lt;
alarm
threshold
/A2/
Master/
slave active
/TE3/
Bit value for
CTRLOUT_changed:
1
(Stepper
motor)
error
rotation
monitoring
/S6/
0
Change setpoint output
assignment (for compile
cycles)
DBB 97
1) See note at the end of this subsection
4-624
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
DB
31-61
Byte
DBB 98
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)
Continuation:
Bit 7
Emergency
Synchroretraction
nous spindle
active
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Accel.
warning
threshold
reached
Speed
warning
threshold
reached
Bit 3
Overlaid
motion
/S3/ (SW2
and higher)
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Synchronism (SW 2 and
Actual
value
higher) /S3/
coupling
/S3/ (SW2
and higher)
coarse
DBB 99 Emergency Max. acceSynchroretraction
leration
nous spindle enabled
reached
DBB 100
Grinding
(SW 2 and
higher)
Oscillation
active /P5/
DBB 101 Gantry axis
Gantry
/G1/
(SW 2 and
higher)
Oscillation
motion
active /P5/
Gantry
leading
axis
/G1/
Max.
speed
reached
Synchronization
running
Spark-out
active /P5/
Error in
oscillation
/P5/
Slave
spindle
active
(SW 2 and
higher)
/S3/
Axis accelerating
fine
Master
spindle
active
(SW 2 and
higher)
/S3/
Axis 2
Axis 1
Oscillation
cannot
start /P5/
Gantry
Gantry
Gantry
grouping is synchroniwarning
synchrozation run
limit
nous
ready to start exceeded
/G1/
/G1/
/G1/
102,
103
DBB 104
Gantry cutoff limit
exceeded
/G1/
DBB
Grinding
(SW2 and
higher)
Active infeed axis /P5/
Axis 8
Axis 7
DBB 105
Axis 6
Axis 5
Axis 4
Axis 3
Active infeed axis /P5/
Axis 16
Axis 9
Active infeed axis /P5/
DBB 106
Axis 24
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Axis 17
4-625
Lists
4 Interface Signals
DB
31-61
Byte
04/00
Continuation:
Bit 7
Bit 6
Signals from axis/spindle (NCK → PLC)
Bit 5
Bit 4
DBB 107
Axis 31
Bit 0
Axis 25
Axis safely
referenced
Delete
pulses via
external
circuit
Safe speed
or zero
speed active
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
Actual position & gt; cam position
SC 4-
SC 4+
SC 3-
SC 3+
SC 2-
SC 2+
SC 1-
SC 1+
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
DBB 110
1)
DBB 111
1)
Bit 1
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated / /
DBB 109
1)
Bit 2
Axis 30
DBB 108
1)
Bit 3
Active infeed axis /P5/
n & lt; nx
Safe velocity Safe velocity
active bit
active bit
value 1
value 0
Safe zero
speed
active
Reserved for SINUMERIK Safety Integrated / /
Stop E
active
Stop D
active
Stop C
active
Stop A/B
active
1) See note at the end of this subsection
Note
This note is refers to the signal bytes marked with 1) in column 1 in the above
table.
These signal bytes are directly transferred to the interface independently of
any configured link communication.
4-626
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
4.2.15
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Interface for loading/unloading magazine (DB 71)
DB 71
Byte
Interface for loading/unloading magazine (NCK→PLC)
→
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Interface (I) active
DBB 0
I8
I7
I6
I5
I4
I3
I2
I1
I16
I15
I14
I13
I12
I11
I10
I9
res.
res.
res.
Reload
Unload
Load
DBB 1
DBB 2,3
DBB n
NC
Position at
program loading point
positions
magazine
DBB
n+2
Assigned channel (8 bit Int)
DBB
n+3
Tool management no. (8 bit Int)
DBD
n+4
Unassigned parameter 1 (D word)
DBD
n+8
Unassigned parameter 2 (D word)
DBD
n + 12
Unassigned parameter 3 (D word)
DBW
n + 16
Identification for loading/unloading station (Int), (fixed value 9999)
DBW
n + 18
No. of loading station (Int)
DBW
n + 20
Magazine no. (source) for unloading/reloading (Int)
DBW
n + 22
Location no. (source) for unloading/reloading (Int)
DBW
n + 24
Magazine no. (target) for loading/reloading/positioning (Int)
DBW
n + 26
Location no. (target) for loading/reloading/positioning (Int)
DBW
n + 28
Initial addresses of the loading/unloading stations:
Loading/unloading station 1: n= 4
Loading/unloading station 2: n= 34
Reserved
Loading/unloading station 3: n= 64
Loading/unloading station 4: n= 94
Load interface 1 is responsible for spindle loading and reloading of tools, for relocating tools and for positioning at any
location (e.g. buffer). References:
/FBW/, ”Description of Functions, Tool Management "
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-627
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.16
04/00
Interface for spindle as change position (DB 72)
Signals from spindle (NCK→PLC)
→
DB 72
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Interface (I) active
DBB 0
I8
I7
I6
I5
I4
I3
I2
I1
I16
I15
I14
I13
I12
I11
I10
I9
res.
Replace
manual
tool
Replace
manual
tool.
OldT in
buffer no.
(n-42)
T0
Prepare
change
Perform
change
(initiate:
M06)
Compulsory
change
DBB 1
DBB 2,3
DBB n
DBB
Unassigned
n+1
DBB
n+2
Assigned channel (8 bit Int)
DBB
n+3
Tool management no. (8 bit Int)
DBD
n+4
Unassigned parameter 1 (D word)
DBD
n+8
Unassigned parameter 2 (D word)
DBD
n + 12
Unassigned parameter 3 (D word)
DBW
Buffer identification (Int), (fixed value 9998)
(corresponds to ”Target position for new tool”)
n + 16
DBW
Relative location (target) in the buffer (Int)
n + 18
DBW
Magazine no. (source) for new tool (Int)
n + 20
DBW
Location no. (source) for new tool (Int)
n + 22
DBW
Magazine no. (target) for old tool (Int)
n + 24
DBW
Location no. (target) for old tool (Int)
n + 26
DBW
Tool new: location type (Int)
n + 28
DBW
Tool new: size left (Int)
n + 30
DBW
Tool new: size right (Int)
n + 32
4-628
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Tool new: size top (Int)
DBW
n + 34
Tool new: size bottom (Int)
DBW
n + 36
Tool status for tool new
DBB
n + 38
Tool was in
use
Tool fixed
location
coded
Prewarning
limit
reached
Tool
measured
Tool
enabled
Active tool
Tool new: T no. (Int)
DBW
n + 40
DBW
If DBX (n+0.4) = 1, then buffer location of old tool is entered here.
n + 42
Original magazine of new tool (SW 6.3 and higher)
DBW
n + 44
Original location of new tool (SW 6.3 and higher)
DBW
n + 46
Initial addresses of the buffers:
Spindle 1:n= 4
Spindle 2:n = 52
References:
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
/FBW/, ”Description of Functions, Tool Management”
4-629
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.17
04/00
Interface for circular magazine (DB 73)
Signals from circular magazine (NCK→PLC)
→
DB73
Byte
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Interface (I) active
DBB 0
I8
I7
I6
I5
I4
I3
I2
I1
I16
I15
I14
I13
I12
I11
I10
I9
res.
res.
res.
res.
T0
res.
Perform
change
(initiation:
T no.)
Obligatory
change
DBB 1
DBB 2,3
DBB n
DBB
Unassigned
n+1
DBB
Assigned channel (8 bit Int)
n+2
DBB
Tool management no. (8 bit Int)
n+3
DBD
Unassigned parameter 1 (D word)
n+4
DBD
Unassigned parameter 2 (D word)
n+8
DBD
Unassigned parameter 3 (D word)
n + 12
DBW
Reserved
n + 16
DBW
Reserved
n + 18
DBW
Circular magazine no. (Int)
n + 20
DBW
Location no. for new tool (Int)
n + 22
DBW
Reserved
n + 24
DBW
Location no. for old tool (Int)
n + 26
DBW
Tool new: location type (Int)
n + 28
DBW
Tool new: size left (Int)
n + 30
4-630
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Tool new: size right (Int)
DBW
n + 32
Tool new: size top (Int)
DBW
n + 34
Tool new: size bottom (Int)
DBW
n + 36
Tool status for tool new
DBB
n + 38
Tool was in
use
Tool fixed
location
coded
Prewarning
limit
reached
Tool
measured
Tool
enabled
Active tool
Tool new: T no. (Int)
DBW
n + 40
DBW
Original location of new tool in this circular magazin (SW 6.3 and higher)
n + 42
Initial addresses of the circular magazines: circular magazine 1: n = 4
2: n = 48
References:
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
/FBW/, ”Description of Functions, Tool Management”
4-631
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.18
04/00
Signals to/from ManualTurn
Note
Details for the listed signals are contained in
References: /FBMA/, Description of Functions ManualTurn
DB82
Signals to ManualTurn (input signals)
Address
Name
Initial value
B#16#0
Comment
Special operating modes for ManualTurn
0
CTM_IN.mode
1
CTM_IN.feed_ovrd
B#16#0
Feed override switch
2
CTM_IN.spindle_ovrd
B#16#0
Spindle override switch
4.0
CTM_IN.nc_start.open
TRUE
NC Start, break contact element
4.1
CTM_IN.nc_start.close
FALSE
NC Start, make contact element
6.0
CTM_IN.nc_stop.open
TRUE
NC Stop, break contact element
6.1
CTM_IN.nc_stop.close
FALSE
NC Stop, make contact element
8.0
CTM_IN.spindle_start.open
TRUE
Spindle start, break contact element
8.1
CTM_IN.spindle_start.close
FALSE
Spindle start, make contact element
10.0
CTM_IN.spindle_stop.open
TRUE
Spindle stop, break contact element
10.1
CTM_IN.spindle_stop.close
FALSE
Spindle stop, make contact element
12.0
CTM_IN.spindle_left
FALSE
Spindle rotational direction, counterclockwise
12.1
CTM_IN.spindle_right
FALSE
Spindle rotational direction, clockwise
12.2
CTM_IN.direction_xz_of
FALSE
Axis direction xz OFF
12.3
CTM_IN.x_plus
FALSE
1st geometry axis (X axis) in plus direction
12.4
CTM_IN.x_minus
FALSE
1st geometry axis (X axis) in minus direction
12.5
Reserved
-
-
12.6
Reserved
-
-
12.7
CTM_IN.z_plus
FALSE
3rd geometry axis (Z axis) in plus direction
13.0
CTM_IN.z_minus
FALSE
3rd geometry axis (Z axis) in minus direction
13.1
CTM_IN.direction_c_off
FALSE
Machine axis direction (C) off
13.2
Reserved
-
-
13.3
Reserved
-
-
13.4
CTM_IN.c_plus
FALSE
3rd machine axis (C axis) in plus direction
13.5
CTM_IN.c_minus
FALSE
3rd machine axis (C axis) in minus direction
13.6
CTM_IN.increment
FALSE
Increment on/off
13.7
CTM_IN.fix_feed1
FALSE
Fixed feedrate F1 on
14.0
CTM_IN.fix_feed2
FALSE
Fixed feedrate F2 on
14.1
CTM_IN.fix_feed3
FALSE
Fixed feedrate F3 on
14.2
CTM_IN.fix_feed4
FALSE
Fixed feedrate F4 on
14.3
CTM_IN.hand_wheel_1
FALSE
Handwheel factor 1 on/off
14.4
CTM_IN.hand_wheel_10
FALSE
Handwheel factor 10 on/off
14.5
CTM_IN.hand_wheel_100
FALSE
Handwheel factor 100 on/off
14.6
CTM_IN.contour_feed_plus
FALSE
Contour feedrate plus
14.7
CTM_IN.contour_feed_minus
FALSE
Contour feedrate minus
4-632
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
15.0
CTM_IN.contour_wheel
FALSE
Contour handwheel on/off
15.1
CTM_IN.x_wheel
FALSE
Handwheel for 1st geom. axis (X axis) on/off
15.2
Reserved
15.3
CTM_IN.z_wheel
FALSE
Handwheel for 3rd geom. axis (Z axis) on/off
15.4
CTM_IN.single_block
FALSE
Single block on/off
-
-
15.5
CTM_IN.teach_feed
FALSE
Teach In, feedrate (G01)
15.6
CTM_IN.teach_rapid
FALSE
Teach In, rapid traverse (G00)
15.7
CTM_IN.boot_standard
FALSE
System boot in standard CNC user interface
16.0
CTM_IN.jog_feed
FALSE
Setup feedrate (override is active)
16.1
CTM_IN.disable_popup
FALSE
Suppression of the pop-up alarm window
16.2
CTM_IN.disable_cnc_standard
FALSE
Switchover to standard CNC suppressed
16.3
CTM_IN.reset
FALSE
RESET
16.4
CTM_IN.disable_spindle_control
FALSE
Suppression of the ManualTurn spindle
control
16.5
CTM_IN.reset_nc_start_dir_off
FALSE
Reset NC-Start when deactivating direction in
MANUAL mode, softkey LINE
16.6
CTM_IN.gear_step_change_activ
FALSE
Gear step change active
16.7
CTM_IN.get_tool_data
FALSE
Update tool data
17
CTM_IN.assign_contour_wheel
B#16#0
Assignment of contour handwheel to
handwheel 1, 2 ,3
26.0
CTM_IN.handwheel_mode
FALSE
Handwheel acts on geometry/machine axes
27
CTM_IN.assign_x_wheel
B#16#0
Assignment of X axis handwheel to
handwheel 1, 2, 3
28
Reserved
-
-
29
CTM_IN.assign_z_wheel
B#16#0
Assignment of Z axis handwheel to 1, 2, 3
34.0
CTM_IN.teach.m_func
B#16#0
Teach buffer for M functions
38.0
CTM_IN.teach.strobe
FALSE
Strobe for acceptance of the Teach buffer
DB82
Signals from ManualTurn (output signals)
Address
Name
Initial value
Comment
40.0
CTM_OUT.ctm_activ
FALSE
ManualTurn active
40.1
CTM_OUT.x_plus
FALSE
1st geometry axis (X axis) in plus direction
40.2
CTM_OUT.x_minus
FALSE
1st geometry axis (X axis) in minus direction
40.3
Reserved
-
40.4
Reserved
-
40.5
CTM_OUT.z_plus
FALSE
3rd geometry axis (Z axis) in plus direction
40.6
CTM_OUT.z_minus
FALSE
3rd geometry axis (Z axis) in minus direction
40.7
Reserved
41.0
Reserved
41.1
CTM_OUT.c_plus
FALSE
3rd machine axis (C axis) in plus direction
41.2
CTM_OUT.c_minus
FALSE
3rd machine axis (C axis) in minus direction
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
-
-
-
4-633
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
41.3
CTM_OUT.spindle_right
FALSE
Spindle rot. direct. clockwise preselected
41.4
CTM_OUT.spindle_left
FALSE
Spindle rot. direct. counterclockw. presel.
41.5
CTM_OUT.nc_activ
FALSE
NC part program active
41.6
CTM_OUT.nc_stopped
FALSE
NC part program interrupt requested
41.7
CTM_OUT.spindle_activ
FALSE
Spindle running
42.0
CTM_OUT.spindle_stopped
FALSE
Spindle stop requested
42.1
CTM_OUT.hand_wheel_1
FALSE
Handwheel factor 1
42.2
CTM_OUT.hand_wheel_10
FALSE
Handwheel factor 10
42.3
CTM_OUT.hand_wheel_100
FALSE
Handwheel factor 100
42.4
CTM_OUT.contour_wheel
FALSE
Contour handwheel
42.5
CTM_OUT.x_wheel
FALSE
Handwheel for 1st geometry axis (X axis)
42.6
Reserved
42.7
CTM_OUT.z_wheel
FALSE
43.1
CTM_OUT.single_block
FALSE
Single block selected
43.2
CTM_OUT.spindle_control_disabled
FALSE
Spindle control ManualTurn suppressed
43.3
CTM_OUT.teach_in_activ
FALSE
Teach In selected
43.4
CTM_OUT.reset
FALSE
Reset pressed
43.5
CTM_OUT.reference_mode_selected
FALSE
Reference point approach selected
43.6
CTM_OUT.manual_mode_straight
FALSE
Softkey " STRAIGHT " selected in manual
mode
43.7
CTM_OUT.manual_mode_conical
FALSE
Softkey " CONICAL " selected in manual mode
44.0
CTM_OUT.spindle_pos_mode_sel
FALSE
Softkey " ORIENTED SPINDLE STOP " is
activated
44.1
CTM_OUT.manual_mode_pos
FALSE
Softkey " POSITIONING " selected in manual
mode
44.2
CTM_OUT.e_asup_activ
FALSE
E_ASUP is active
44.3
CTM_OUT.e_iasup_activ
FALSE
E_IASUP is active
44.4
CTM_OUT.e_s_asup_activ
FALSE
E_S_ASUP is active
45
CTM_OUT.active_mmc_mode
B#16#0
Active operating mode
64.0
CTM_OUT.errors.nc_start_error
FALSE
Error messages, NC Start key defective
64.1
CTM_OUT.errors.nc_stop_error
FALSE
Error messages, NC Stop key defective
64.2
CTM_OUT.errors.spindle_start_error
FALSE
Error messages, spindle start key defective
64.3
CTM_OUT.errors.spindle_stop_error
FALSE
Error messages, spindle stop key defective
64.4
CTM_OUT.errors.asup_select_error
FALSE
After controller start-up, it was not possible to
select E_ASUP, E_IASUP, and/or
E_S_ASUP.
4-634
-
Handwheel for 3rd geometry axis (Z axis)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
76.0
nck_signal_monitor.monitor_on
FALSE
NCK signal monitor function active
(input signal)
76.1
nck_signal_monitor.monitor_initialize
FALSE
Initialize data (input signal)
78
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
current_number
W#16#0
Current number of error message 1
(output signal)
80
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
db_number
B#16#0
DB number of error message 1
(output signal)
81
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
byte_number
B#16#0
Byte number of error message 1
(output signal)
82
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
bit_number
B#16#0
Bit number of error message 1
(output signal)
84
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
current_number
W#16#0
Current number of error message 2
(output signal)
86
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
db_number
B#16#0
DB number of error message 2
(output signal)
87
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
byte_number
B#16#0
Byte number of error message 2
(output signal)
88
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
bit_number
B#16#0
Bit number of error message 2
(output signal)
192
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
current_number
W#16#0
Current number of error message 20
(output signal)
194
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
db_number
B#16#0
DB number of error message 20
(output signal)
195
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
byte_number
B#16#0
Byte number of error message 20
(output signal)
196
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
bit_number
B#16#0
Bit number of error message 20
(output signal)
:
:
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-635
Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.19
04/00
Signals to/from ShopMill
Note
Details for the listed signals are contained in
References: /FBSP/, Description of Functions ShopMill
DB82
Address
Signals to ShopMill (input signals)
Name
Initial value
B#16#0
Comment
0
CMM_IN.transfer_base_sig
2.0
CMM_IN.base_sig.main_mode_mill.manu FALSE
al
Manual ShopMill mode
2.1
CMM_IN.base_sig.main_mode_mill.auto
matic
Automatic ShopMill mode
FALSE
Transmission mode for MCP signals
4.0
CMM_IN.base_sig.reset
FALSE
RESET for ShopMill
4.1
CMM_IN.base_sig.nc_cycle_start
FALSE
Cycle start
4.2
CMM_IN.base_sig.nc_cycle_stop
FALSE
Cycle stop
6.0
CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.tool
FALSE
Tool operational area
6.1
CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.directory
FALSE
Directory operational area
6.2
CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.messages
FALSE
Alarms/messages operational area
6.3
CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.program
FALSE
Program operational area
8
CMM_IN.spindle_interface_number
B#16#5
Assignment: spindle axis data block 4 or 5
Spindle start
9.1
CMM_IN.spindle_start
FALSE
9.2
CMM_IN.spindle_stop
FALSE
Spindle stop
9.3
CMM_IN.spindle_left
FALSE
Spindle rotational direction counterclockwise
9.4
CMM_IN.spindle_right
FALSE
Spindle rotational direction clockwise
9.5
CMM_IN.program_extern_selected
FALSE
Program selected in PLC
9.6
CMM_IN.disable_cnc_standard
FALSE
Disable switchover to standard CNC
9.7
CMM_IN.cmm_activ_in_cnc_mode
TRUE
ShopMill PLC active during the CNC standard
operation
10.0
CMM_IN.program_test_request
FALSE
Select function Program test
10.1
CMM_IN.dry_run_request
FALSE
Select function Dry run
10.2
CMM_IN.m01_request
FALSE
Select function M01
10.3
CMM_IN.skip_block_request
FALSE
Select skip block function
10.4
CMM_IN.boot_standard
FALSE
System power-up in standard CNC user
interface
4-636
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
DB82
Signals from ShopMill (output signals)
Address
Name
Initial value
Comment
30.0
CMM_OUT.base_sig.main_mode_mill.
manual
FALSE
Manual ShopMill mode
30.1
CMM_OUT.base_sig.main_mode_mill.
automatic
FALSE
Automatic ShopMill mode
32.0
CMM_OUT.base_sig.reset
FALSE
Reset performed
32.1
CMM_OUT.base_sig.nc_cycle_activ
FALSE
Cycle active
32.2
CMM_OUT.base_sig.nc_cycle_stopped
FALSE
Cycle interrupted
34.0
CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.tool
FALSE
Tool operational area selected
34.1
CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.directory
FALSE
Directory operational area selected
34.2
CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.messages
FALSE
Alarms/messages operational area selected
34.3
CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.program
FALSE
Program operational area selected
36.0
CMM_OUT.cmm_plc_activ
FALSE
ShopMill PLC active
36.1
CMM_OUT.cmm_mmc_activ
FALSE
ShopMill user interface active
36.2
CMM_OUT.spindle_start_req
FALSE
Spindle start requested
(M3/M4 output to spindle)
36.3
CMM_OUT.spindle_stop_req
FALSE
Spindle stop requested
(M5 output to spindle)
36.4
CMM_OUT.spindle_right
FALSE
Spindle rot. direction clockwise preselected
36.5
CMM_OUT.spindle_left
FALSE
Spindle rot. direct. counterclockwise
preselected
37.0
CMM_OUT.program_selection_done
FALSE
Acknowledgment from MMC that a program
has been selected
37.1
CMM_OUT.program_test_active
FALSE
Function Program test is active
37.2
CMM_OUT.dry_run_active
FALSE
Function Dry Run is active
37.3
CMM_OUT.m01_active
FALSE
Function M01 is active
37.4
CMM_OUT.skip_block_activ
FALSE
Skip block function is active
37.5
CMM_OUT.e_asup_activ
FALSE
E_ASUP is active
37.6
CMM_OUT.e_s_asup_activ
FALSE
E_S_ASUP is active
37.7
CMM_OUT.start_up_activ
FALSE
ShopMill start-up is active
40.0
CMM_OUT.cycle_state.tool_change
FALSE
Tool change is active
40.1
CMM_OUT.cycle_state.approach_range
FALSE
Approach range
40.2
CMM_OUT.cycle_state.retreat
FALSE
Retraction
40.3
CMM_OUT.cycle_state.machining_proce
ss
FALSE
Machining
40.7
CMM_OUT.cycle_state.initialization
FALSE
Program initialization
42.0
CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.function_1_on FALSE
Tool-specific M function 1 is active
42.1
CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.function_2_on FALSE
Tool-specific M function 2 is active
42.2
CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.function_3_on FALSE
Tool-specific M function 3 is active
42.3
CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.function_4_on FALSE
Tool-specific M function 4 is active
42.4
CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.
function_1_activ
Tool-specific M function 1 applies
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
FALSE
4-637
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
42.5
CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.
function_2_activ
FALSE
Tool-specific M function 2 applies
42.6
CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.
function_3_activ
FALSE
Tool-specific M function 3 applies
42.7
CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.
function_4_activ
FALSE
Tool-specific M function 4 applies
44
CMM_OUT.mask_number
W#16#0
Actual mask number of ShopMill
54.0
CMM_OUT.errors.asup_select_error
FALSE
The E_asup cycle could not be selected after
control startup
60.0
nck_signal_monitor.monitor_on
FALSE
Activate diagnostic function
(input signal)
60.1
nck_signal_monitor.monitor_initialize
FALSE
Initialize diagnostic function
(input signal)
62
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
current_number
W#16#0
Current number of error message 1
(output signal)
64
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
db_number
B#16#0
DB number of error message 1
(output signal)
65
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
byte_number
B#16#0
Byte number of error message 1
(output signal)
66
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
bit_number
B#16#0
Bit number of error message 1
(output signal)
68
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
current_number
W#16#0
Current number of error message 2
(output signal)
70
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
db_number
B#16#0
DB number of error message 2
(output signal)
71
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
byte_number
B#16#0
Byte number of error message 2
(output signal)
72
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
bit_number
B#16#0
Bit number of error message 2
(output signal)
176
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
current_number
W#16#0
Current number of error message 20
(output signal)
178
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
db_number
B#16#0
DB number of error message 20
(output signal)
179
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
byte_number
B#16#0
Byte number of error message 20
(output signal)
180
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
bit_number
B#16#0
Bit number of error message 20
(output signal)
.
4-638
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
4.2.20
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to/from ShopTurn
Table 1–1
Signals to ShopTurn (input signals)
Address
Name
4.0
4.1
4.2
6.0
6.1
6.2
6.3
8
9.5
9.6
9.7
Start
value
CMM_IN.transfer_base_sig
B#16#0
CMM_IN.base_sig.main_mode_mill.manual FALSE
CMM_IN.base_sig.main_mode_mill.automati FALSE
c
CMM_IN.base_sig.reset
FALSE
CMM_IN.base_sig.nc_cycle_start
FALSE
CMM_IN.base_sig.nc_cycle_stop
FALSE
CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.tool
FALSE
CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.directory
FALSE
CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.messages
FALSE
CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.program
FALSE
CMM_IN.spindle_interface_number
B#16#5
CMM_IN.program_extern_selected
FALSE
CMM_IN.disable_cnc_standard
FALSE
CMM_IN.cmm_activ_in_cnc_mode
TRUE
10.0
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.7
CMM_IN.program_test_request
CMM_IN.dry_run_request
CMM_IN.m01_request
CMM_IN.skip_block_request
CMM_IN.boot_standard
CMM_IN.ignore_nck_alarm
0
2.0
2.1
Table 1–2
Address
e
30.0
30.1
32.0
32.1
32.2
34.0
34.1
34.2
34.3
36.0
36.1
36.7
37.0
37.1
37.2
37.3
37.4
37.5
37.7
38.0
44
54.0
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
Comment
Transfer mode for MCP signals
ShopTurn operating mode Manual
ShopTurn operating mode Automatic
RESET for ShopTurn
Start cycle
Stop cycle
Operating area Tool
Operating area Directory
Operating area Alarms/Messages
Operating area Program
Assignment of spindle to axis data set
Program is called in the PLC
Changeover to disable standard CNC
ShopTurn PLC active during standard CNC
operation
Request program test function
Request DryRun function
Request M01 function
Request skip block function
System start-up in standard CNC user interface
Ignore NCK alarm on cycle start
Signals from ShopTurn (output signals)
Name
CMM_OUT.base_sig.main_mode_mill.manu
al
CMM_OUT.base_sig.main_mode_mill.autom
atic
CMM_OUT.base_sig.reset
CMM_OUT.base_sig.nc_cycle_activ
CMM_OUT.base_sig.nc_cycle_stopped
CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.tool
CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.directory
CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.messages
CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.program
CMM_OUT.cmm_plc_activ
CMM_OUT.cmm_mmc_activ
CMM_OUT.ext_prog_sel
CMM_OUT.program_selection_done
CMM_OUT.program_test_activ
CMM_OUT.dry_run_activ
CMM_OUT.m01_activ
CMM_OUT.skip_block_activ
CMM_OUT.f_asup_activ
CMM_OUT.start_up_activ
CMM_OUT.asup_ini_fin
CMM_OUT.mask_number
CMM_OUT.errors.asup_select_error
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Start
value
FALSE
Comment
ShopTurn operating mode Manual
FALSE
ShopTurn operating mode Automatic
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
FALSE
W#16#0
FALSE
Reset performed
Cycle active
Cycle interrupted
Operating area Tool requested
Operating area Directory requested
Operating area Alarms/Messages requested
Operating area Program requested
ShopTurn PLC active
ShopTurn user interface active
External program selected for execution
Ack. from MMC that a program was selected
Program test function is active
DryRun function is active
M01 function is active
Skip block function is active
F_ASUP is active
ShopTurn start-up is active
ASUP initialization completed
Current mask number for ShopTurn
After controller start-up, it was not possible to
select the F_ASUP function
4-639
Lists
4 Interface Signals
Tabelle 1–3
Adresse
04/00
Diagnostic buffer signals
60.0
nck_signal_monitor.monitor_on
Start
value
FALSE
60.1
nck_signal_monitor.monitor_initialize
FALSE
62
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].current_
number
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].db_num
ber
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].
byte_number
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1].bit_num
ber
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].current_
number
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].db_num
ber
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].
byte_number
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[2].bit_num
ber
W#16#0
64
65
66
68
70
71
72
.
.
.
176
178
179
180
4-640
Name
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].current
_number
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
db_number
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
byte_number
nck_signal_monitor.access_error[20].
bit_number
B#16#0
B#16#0
B#16#0
W#16#0
B#16#0
B#16#0
B#16#0
.
.
.
W#16#0
B#16#0
B#16#0
B#16#0
Comment
Activate diagnostic function
(input signal)
Initialize diagnostic function
(input signal)
Serial number for error message 1
(output signal)
DB number for error message 1
(output signal)
Byte number for error message 1
(output signal)
Bit number for error message 1
(output signal)
Serial number for error message 2
(output signal)
DB number for error message 2
(output signal)
Byte number for error message 2
(output signal)
Bit number for error message 2
(output signal)
Serial number for error message 20
(output signal)
DB number for error message 20
(output signal)
Byte number for error message 20
(output signal)
Bit number for error message 20
(output signal)
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
4.2.21
Lists
4 Interface Signals
NC signals influenced by the ManualTurn application
Note
The NC signals marked with *) can also be influenced by the application
program when the ManualTurn PLC is active. No other signals should be
used by the application under any circumstances.
DB10
Byte
DBB56
Signals to NC (PLC --- & gt; NC)
Designation
Bit7
Keyswitch setting 3 /A2/
DBB122, 123
Bits 0 to 7
External digital NCK inputs
Inputs 9 to 16
DBB124, 125
Bits 0 to 7
External digital NCK inputs
Inputs 17 to 24
DBB130, 131, 132, 133
Bits 0 to 7
External digital NCK outputs
Outputs 9 to 16
DB11
Signals to mode groups (PLC--- & gt; NCK) /K1/
DBB0
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
AUTOMATIC mode
MDA mode
JOG mode
DBB1
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
TEACH IN machine function
REPOS machine function
REF machine function
DB21
Signals to NCK channel (PLC--- & gt; NCK)
Byte
Designation
DBB1
Bit3
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Activate DRF /H1/
Activate single block /K1/
Activate M01 /K1/
Activate dry run feedrate /V21/
Bit6
PLC action terminated /K1/
Bit7
DBB0
Activate program test /K1/
DBB4 / DBB5
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
Feedrate override / rapid traverse override /V1/
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
DBB6
Bit0 *)
Bit2
Bit4
Bit6 *)
Bit7
Feed lock /V1/
Delete distance-to-go /A2/
Abort program level /K1/
Rapid traverse override active /V1/
Feedrate override active /V1/
DBB7
Bit1
Bit3
Bit7
NC Start /K1/
NC Stop /K1/
Reset /K1/
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-641
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
DBB12, 16, 20
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3 *)
Bit4 *)
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
Geometry axis 1, 2, 3
Activate handwheel 1 /H1/
Activate handwheel 2 /H1/
Activate handwheel 3 /H1/
Feed stop /V1/
Traversing key disable /H1/
Rapid traverse override /H1/
Traversing keys minus /H1/
Traversing keys plus /H1/
DBB13, 17, 21
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit5
Bit6
Geometry axis 1, 2, 3 machine functions /H1/
1 INC
10 INC
100 INC
1000 INC
Var INC
Continuous
DBB29
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Fixed feedrate F1 /V1/
Fixed feedrate F2 /V1/
Fixed feedrate F3 /V1/
Fixed feedrate F4 /V1/
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Activate contour handwheel 1
Activate contour handwheel 2
Activate contour handwheel 3
Contour handwheel simulation on
Contour handwheel simulation negative direction
DBB30
DB31-33
Signals to axis/spindle
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
Feedrate override spindle speed override /V1/
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
Bit7
Correction active /V1/
DBB0, 19
DBB1
DBB2
4-642
Bit2
Delete distance-to-go / reset spindle /A2,S1/
DBB4
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3 *)
Bit4 *)
Bit5
Bit6
Bit7
Activate handwheel 1 /H1/
Activate handwheel 2 /H1/
Activate handwheel 3 /H1/
Feed stop / spindle stop /V1/
Traversing key disable /H1/
Rapid traverse override /H1/
Traversing keys minus /H1/
Traversing keys plus /H1/
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
Lists
4 Interface Signals
DBB5
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit5
Bit6
DB33
Machine functions /H1/
1 INC
10 INC
100 INC
1000 INC
Var. INC
Continuous
Signals to axis/spindle
DBB3
Fixed feedrate F1 /V1/
Fixed feedrate F2 /V1/
Fixed feedrate F3 /V1/
Fixed feedrate F4 /V1/
DBB8
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit7
Assign NC axis - channel A
Assign NC axis - channel B
Assign NC axis - channel C
Assign NC axis - channel D
Activate assignment using positive edge
Request PLC axis / spindle
DBB16
4.2.22
Bit2
Bit3
Bit4
Bit5
Bit7
Clear S value /S1/
NC signals influenced by the ShopMill application
DB10
Signals to NC (PLC--- & gt; NC)
Byte
Designation
DBB0, 1
Bit 4 to 6
External digital NCK inputs
Inputs 5 to 7
DBB122, 123
Bits 0 to 7
External digital NCK inputs
Inputs 9 to 16
DBB124, 125
Bits 0 to 7
External digital NCK inputs
Inputs 17 to 24
DBB130, 131
Bits 0 to 7
External digital NCK outputs
Outputs 9 to 16
DBB132, 133
Bits 0 to 7
External digital NCK outputs
Outputs 17 to 24
DB11
Signals to mode groups (PLC--- & gt; NCK) /K1/
DBB0
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
AUTOMATIC mode
MDA mode
JOG mode
DBB1
Bit0
TEACH IN machine function
DB19
DBX20
Bit6
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
Signals to BAG (PLC--- & gt; NCK) /K1/
Simulation active
see /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
4-643
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
DB21
Signals to NCK channel (PLC--- & gt; NCK)
DBB0
Bit5
Activate M01
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
DBB0
Bit6
Activate dry run feedrate /V1/
DBB1
Bit7
Activate program test /K1/
DBB2
Bit0
Skip block
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
DBB6
Bit2
Delete distance-to-go /A2/
DBB7
Bit1
Bit3
Bit7
NC Start /K1/
NC Stop /K1/
Reset /K1/
DB3X (X = 4 to 6 )
DBW86
4-644
Signals from spindle (NCK -- & gt; PLC)
M function for spindle
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, S1
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
4.2.23
Lists
4 Interface Signals
NC signals influenced by the ShopTurn application
Table 1–3
Standard interface signals for/from ShopTurn
Byte
DB10
DBB0, 1
Bits 4 to 6
DBB122, 123
Bits 0 to 7
DBB124, 125
Bits 0 to 7
DBB130, 131
Bits 0 to 7
DBB132, 133
Bits 0 to 7
DB11
DBB0
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
DBB1
Bit0
Bit1
Bit2
DBX20
DB19
Bit6
DBB0
DB21
Bit5
DBB0
Bit6
DBB1
Bit7
DBB2
Bit0
DBB6
Bit2
DBB7
Bit1
Bit3
Bit7
Designation
Signals to NCK (PLC--- & gt; NCK)
External digital inputs of the NCK
Inputs 5 to 7
External digital inputs of the NCK
Inputs 9 to 16
External digital inputs of the NCK
Inputs 17 to 24
External digital outputs of the NCK
Outputs 9 to 16
External digital outputs of the NCK
Outputs 17 to 24
Signals to BAG (PLC--- & gt; NCK)
AUTOMATIC mode
MDA mode
JOG mode
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
Machine function TEACH IN
Machine function REPOS
Machine function REF
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
Signals from operator panel (MMC--- & gt; PLC)
Simulation active
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, A2
Signals to NCK channel (PLC--- & gt; NCK)
Activate M01
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
Activate DryRun feedrate
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, V1
Activate program test
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
Skip block
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
Delete distance-to-go
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, A2
NC start
NC stop
Reset
See /FB1/, Description of Functions Basic Machine, K1
■
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
4-645
Lists
4 Interface Signals
04/00
Notes
4-646
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
5
PLC Blocks
5.1
Overview of organization blocks ..............................................................................5-648
5.2 Overview of function blocks .....................................................................................5-649
5.2.1 ManualTurn
...................................................................................5-650
5.2.2 ShopMill
...................................................................................5-651
5.2.3 ShopTurn
...................................................................................5-652
5.3 Assignment of data blocks .......................................................................................5-653
5.3.1 ManualTurn
...................................................................................5-654
5.3.2 ShopMill
...................................................................................5-654
5.3.3 ShopTurn
...................................................................................5-654
5.4
Assigned timers
...........................................................................................5-654
Note for Subsection 5.2.1 ManualTurn
ManualTurn is an operator control for conventional cycle-controlled turning
machines. The FCs and DBs can be used without any problem if the machine
to be configured is not a turning machine with a maximum of 2 axes and one
spindle. If the machine to be configured is such a machine and, in addition to
CNC control, conventional operation is not excluded, the FCs and DBs
should not be used.
References:
/FBMA/ Description of Functions ManualTurn
Note for Subsection 5.2.2 ShopMill
ShopMill is an operator control for 2 1/2D milling machines in workshop
operation. The FCs and DBs can be used without any problem if the machine
to be configured is not a milling machine for 2 1/2D machining. However, the
FCs and DBs should not be used if the machine is planned to be used in
such an application.
References:
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
/FBSP/ Description of Functions ShopMill
5-647
Lists
5 PLC Blocks
5.1
04/00
Overview of organization blocks
Table 5-1
Overview of organization blocks (OBs)
OB no.
Meaning
Kit
ZYKLUS
Cyclic processing
GP
40
ALARM
Process alarms
GP
100
5-648
Designation
1
NEUSTART
Beginning of restart
GP
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
5.2
Lists
5 PLC Blocks
Overview of function blocks
Table 5-2
Overview of function blocks (FCs)
FC no.
Designation
Meaning
Kit
0
-
Reserved for Siemens
2
GP_HP
Basic program, cyclic part
GP
3
GP_PRAL
Basic program, alarm-controlled part
GP
5
GP_DIAG
Basic program, diagnostic alarm (FM-NC)
GP
7
TM_REV
Transfer block for tool change with circular
magazine
GP
8
TM_TRANS
Transfer block for tool management
GP
9
ASUP
Asynchronous subprograms
GP
10
AL_MSG
Alarms/messages
GP
12
AUXFU
Call interface for user auxiliary functions
GP
13
BHG_DISP
Display control for handheld unit
GP
15
POS_AX
Positioning axis
GP
16
PART_AX
Indexing axis
GP
Y-D switchover
GP
17
18
SpinCtrl
Spindle control from PLC
GP
19
MCP_IFM
Distribution of machine control panel and MMC
signals to interface (milling machine)
GP
Transfer data exchange PLC-NCK
GP
21
22
TM_DIR
Selection of direction
GP
24
MCP_IFM2
Transfer of MCP signals to interface
GP
25
MCP_IFT
Distribution of machine control panel and MMC
signals to interface
GP
30 - 35
Assigned if ManualTurn or ShopMill are
installed; see below
36 - 127
User assignable with FM-NC, 810DE
36 - 255
User assignable with 810D, 840DE, 840D
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
5-649
Lists
5 PLC Blocks
04/00
Table 5-3
FB no.
Overview of function blocks (FBs)
Designation
0 - 29
Meaning
Kit
Reserved for Siemens
1
Basic program, booting
GP
2
GET
Read NC variables
GP
3
PUT
Write NC variables
GP
4
PI_SERV
PI services
GP
5
GETGUD
Read GUD variable
GP
7
PI_SERV2
General PI services
GP
29
Diagnostics for signal recorder and data trigger
GP
36 - 127
User assignable with FM-NC, 810DE
36 - 255
5.2.1
RUN_UP
User assignable with 810D, 840DE, 840D
ManualTurn
FC no.
Designation
Meaning
Kit
2
Supplementary function for basic program,
asynchronous subroutines (ASUB)
18
Spindle control
20
HiGraphErrEmitterFB block for errors and
monitoring time; this is only loaded
28
Block for administration of the multi-instance
data block DB88
30
ManualTurn PLC, status management; this is
invoked in OB 1
31-33
ManualTurn PLC, status management; these
are only loaded and must not be changed
34
Diagnostic block for monitoring the
ManualTurn-specific VDI signals
35
5-650
Block for reading NC variables
9
ManualTurn-local function block; this is only
loaded
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
5.2.2
Lists
5 PLC Blocks
ShopMill
FC no.
Designation
Meaning
FC30
FC31-33
ShopMill PLC, these are only loaded
FC34
Kit
ShopMill PLC program, status management;
this is invoked in OB 1
Diagnostic block for monitoring the standard
interface signals that are described by the
ShopMill PLC program; it can be called in OB1
for diagnostic purposes
FC35
ShopMill PLC program; this is only loaded
FC90
Supplies ShopMill interface DB82; it can be
called in OB1
FC100
Function block for configuring the ShopMill tool
management function; called in OB 100
FB20
HiGraphErrEmitterFB block for errors and
monitoring time; this is only loaded
FB110
Block for data transfer for ShopMill tool
management in standard mode; this is called in
OB1
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
5-651
Lists
5 PLC Blocks
5.2.3
04/00
ShopTurn
Table 1–1
Block
FC 30
FC 31-33
FC 34
FC 35
FC 90
FC 100
FB 20
FB 110
5-652
Function blocks for ShopTurn
Remarks
ShopTurn PLC program; called in OB 1.
ShopTurn PLC program; only loaded.
Diagnostic block for monitoring the standard interface
signals that are described by the ShopTurn PLC program; it
can be called in OB1 for diagnostic purposes.
ShopTurn PLC program; this is only loaded.
Supplies the ShopTurn interface DB82; can only be called in
OB1.
Function block for configuring the ShopTurn tool
management function; called in OB 100
HiGraphErrEmitterFB block for errors and monitoring time;
this is only loaded
Block for data transfer for ShopTurn tool management in
standard mode; this is called in OB1
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
04/00
5.3
Lists
5 PLC Blocks
Assignment of data blocks
Note
Only so many DBs are created as are necessary according to NC-MD.
Table 5-4
DB no.
Overview of data blocks
Designation
2-4
PLC MSG
5-8
Kit
Reserved for Siemens
1
Meaning
GP
PLC messages
GP
Basic program
9
NC COMPILE
Interface for NC compile cycles
GP
10
NC
INTERFACE
Central NC interface
GP
11
BAG 1
Mode group interface
GP
12
Computer link and transport system
13-14
Reserved (Hymnos, basic program)
15
Basic program
16
PI service definitions
17
Version code
18
SPL interface (Safety Integrated)
19
MMC interface
20
PLC machine data
21 - 30
CHANNEL 1
NC channel interface
GP
31 - 61
AXIS 1,...
Reserved for interface axis/spindle no. 1 to 31
GP
62 - 70
User assignable
71 - 74
User tool management
GP
75 - 76
M group decoding
GP
77
Tool management buffer
78 - 80
Reserved for Siemens
81 - 89
Assigned if ShopMill or ManualTurn are installed;
see below
(81)90 127
User assignable FM-NC, 810DE, see below
(81)90 399
User assignable 810D, 840DE, 840D, see
below
Note
Data blocks of inactivated channels, axes/spindles, C programming, tool
management can be assigned by the user.
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
5-653
Lists
5 PLC Blocks
5.3.1
04/00
ManualTurn
DB no.
Designation
Meaning
Kit
81
82
Data block for spec. machine control panel
signals.
Configured by machine manufacturer.
83-87
Local data blocks; will be loaded and called by
FC30.
88
5.3.2
Data block for MMC; will be loaded.
Multi-instance data block for FB 28
ShopMill
DB no.
Designation
Meaning
Kit
81
Data block for ShopMill interface
83-88
Data blocks for ShopMill PLC program
110
5.3.3
Data block for MMC
82
Instance data block for FB 110
ShopTurn
Data blocks for ShopTurn
Block
DB 81
DB 82
DB 83-88
DB 110
5.4
Remarks
HMI interface
ShopTurn interface
Data blocks for ShopTurn PLC program
Instance data block for FB 110
Assigned timers
Timer no.
Meaning
1-9
5-654
Reserved
10 - 127
User assignable
© Siemens AG, 2000. All rights reserved
Lists (LIS) – 04.00 Edition
A
Appendix
References
General Documentation
/BU/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/802S, C, D
Ordering Information
Catalog NC 60.1
Order number: E86060-K4460-A101-A8-7600
/ST7/
SIMATIC
SIMATIC S7 Programmable Logic Controller
Catalog ST 70
Order number: E86060-K4670-A111-A3
/Z/
SINUMERIK, SIROTEC, SIMODRIVE
Accessories and Equipment for Special Purpose Machines
Catalog NC Z
Order number: E86060-K4490-A001-A7-7600
Electronic Documentation
/CD7/
The SINUMERIK System
(09.01 Edition)
DOC ON CD
(includes all SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D and SIMODRIVE publications)
Order number: 6FC5 298-6CA00-0BG1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
A-655
Lists
A Appendix
09.01
User Documentation
/AUK/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Short Guide AutoTurn Operation
Order number: 6FC5 298-4AA30-0BP3
/AUP/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
AutoTurn Graphic Programming System
Operator's Guide
Programming / Setting Up
Order number: 6FC5 298-4AA40-0BP3
/BA/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Operator's Guide
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AA00-0BP0
(10.00 Edition)
/BAD/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Operator's Guide: HMI Advanced
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AF00-0BP1
(09.01 Edition)
/BEM/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Operator's Guide: HMI Embedded
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AC00-0BP1
(09.01 Edition)
/BAE/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Operator's Guide Unit Operator Panel
Order number: 6FC5 298-3AA60-0BP1
(04.96 Edition)
/BAH/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Operator's Guide HT 6 (HPU New)
Order number: 6FC5 298-0AD60-0BP2
(09.01 Edition)
/BAK/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Short Operating Guide
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AA10-0BP0
(02.01 Edition)
/BAM/
SINUMERIK 810D/840D
Operator's Guide ManualTurn
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AD00-0BP0
(10.01 Edition)
/BAS/
Operator's Guide ShopMill
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AD10-0BP0
(09.01 Edition)
(09.01 Edition)
(10.01 Edition)
/BAT/
SINUMERIK 810D/840D
Operator's Guide ShopTurn
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AD50-0BP0
(03.01 Edition)
/BAP/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
Short Guide Handheld Programming Unit
Order number: 6FC5 298-5AD20-0BP1
(04.00 Edition)
/BNM/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
User's Guide Measuring Cycles
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AA70-0BP0
(10.00 Edition)
A-656
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
A Appendix
/DA/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
Diagnostics Guide
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AA20-0BP1
(09.01 Edition)
/KAM/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Short Guide ManualTurn
Order number: 6FC5 298-2AD40-0BP0
(11.98 Edition)
/KAS/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Short Guide ShopMill
Order number: 6FC5 298-2AD30-0BP0
(01.98 Edition)
/PG/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
Programming Guide Fundamentals
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AB00-0BP1
(09.01 Edition)
/PGA/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC
Programming Guide Advanced
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AB10-0BP1
(09.01 Edition)
/PGK/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
Short Guide Programming
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AB30-0BP1
(02.01 Edition)
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
A-657
Lists
A Appendix
/PGM/
/PGT/
09.01
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
Programming Guide ISO Milling
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AC20-0BP1
(10.01 Edition)
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
Programming Guide ISO Turning
6AC10-0BP1
(10.01 Edition)
/PGZ/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC
Programming Guide Cycles
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AB40-0BP1
/PI/
PCIN 4.4
Software for Data Transfer to/from MMC Module
Order number: 6FX2 060-4AA00-4XB0 (English, French, German)
Order from: WK Fürth
/SYI/
SINUMERIK 840Di
System Overview
(09.01 Edition)
(02.01 Edition)
Order number: 6FC5 298-6AE40-0BP0
A-658
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
A Appendix
Manufacturer/Service Documentation
a) Lists
/LIS/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/
SIMODRIVE 611D
Lists
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AB70-0BP1
(09.01 Edition)
b) Hardware
/BH/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC
Operator Components Manual (HW)
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AA50-0BP1
/BHA/
SIMODRIVE Sensor
Absolute Encoder with PROFIBUS DP
User's Guide (HW)
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB10-0YP1
(09.01 Edition)
(02.99 Edition)
/EMV/
SINUMERIK, SIROTEC, SIMODRIVE
EMC Installation Guideline
Planning Guide (HW)
Order number: 6FC5 297-0AD30-0BP1
/PHC/
SINUMERIK 810D
Configuring Manual (HW)
Order number: 6FC5 297-4AD10-0BP1
(12.01 Edition)
/PHD/
SINUMERIK 840D
NCU 561.2-573.2 Configuring Manual (HW)
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC10-0BP1
(09.01 Edition)
/PHF/
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 570 Configuring Manual (HW)
Order number: 6FC5 297-3AC00-0BP0
(04.96 Edition)
/PMH/
SIMODRIVE Sensor
Measuring System for Main Spindle Drives
SIMAG-H Configuring/Installation Guide (HW)
Order number: 6SN1197-0AB30-0BP0
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
(06.99 Edition)
(05.99 Edition)
A-659
Lists
A Appendix
09.01
c) Software
/FB1/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC
Description of Functions, Basic Machine (Part 1)
(the various manuals are listed below)
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC20-0BP1
A2
A3
B1
B2
D1
D2
F1
G2
H2
K1
K2
K4
N2
P1
P3
R1
S1
V1
W1
/FB2/
Various Interface Signals
Axis Monitoring, Protection Zones
Continuous Path Mode, Exact Stop and Look Ahead
Acceleration
Diagnostic Tools
Interactive Programming
Travel to Fixed Stop
Velocities, Setpoint/Actual Value Systems, Closed-Loop Control
Output of Auxiliary Functions to PLC
Mode Group, Channels, Program Operation
Coordinate Systems, Axis Types, Axis Configurations,
Actual-Value System for Workpiece, External Zero Offset
Communication
EMERGENCY STOP
Transverse Axes
Basic PLC Program
Reference Point Approach
Spindles
Feeds
Tool Compensation
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D(CCU2)/FM-NC
Description of Functions, Extension Functions (Part 2) (09.01 Edition)
including FM-NC: Turning, Stepping Motor
(the various manuals are listed below)
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC30-0BP1
A4
B3
B4
F3
H1
K3
K5
L1
M1
M5
N3
N4
P2
P5
R2
S3
S5
S6
S7
T1
W3
W4
A-660
(09.01 Edition)
Digital and Analog NCK I/Os
Several Operator Panels and NCUs
Operation via PG/PC
Remote Diagnostics
Jog with/without Handwheel
Compensations
Mode Groups, Channels, Axis Replacement
FM-NC Local Bus
Kinematic Transformation
Measurements
Software Cams, Position Switching Signals
Punching and Nibbling
Positioning Axes
Oscillation
Rotary Axes
Synchronous Spindles
Synchronized Actions (SW 3 and earlier, later /FBSY/)
Stepper Motor Control
Memory Configuration
Indexing Axes
Tool Change
Grinding
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
/FB3/
Lists
A Appendix
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D(CCU2)
Description of Functions Special Functions (Part 3)
(the various manuals are listed below)
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC80-0BP1
F2
G1
G3
K6
M3
S8
T3
TE1
TE2
TE3
TE4
TE5
ng
TE7
TE8
V2
W3
/FBA/
/FBAN/
/FBD/
3-Axis to 5-Axis Transformation
Gantry Axes
Cycle Times
Contour Tunnel Monitoring
Coupled Axes and ESR (previously Coupled Motion and
Master/Slave Couplings)
Constant Workpiece Speed for Centerless Grinding
Tangential Control
Clearance Control
Analog Axis
Speed/Torque Coupling Master-Slave
Transformation Handling Package
Setpoint Exchange
Retrace Support
Unclocked Path-Synchronous Switching Signal Output
Preprocessing
3D Tool Radius Compensation
SIMODRIVE 611D/SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions, Drive Functions
(the various sections are listed below)
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AA80-0BP7
DB1
DD1
DD2
DE1
DF1
DG1
DM1
DS1
DÜ1
(09.01 Edition)
Operational Messages/Alarm Reactions
Diagnostic Functions
Speed Control Loop
Extended Drive Functions
Enable Commands
Encoder Parameterization
Calculation of Motor/Power Section Parameters and Controller Data
Current Control Loop
Monitors/Limitations
SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE 611 DIGITAL
Description of Functions
ANA-MODULE
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB80-0BP0
SINUMERIK 840D
Description of Functions Digitizing
Order number: 6FC5 297-4AC50-0BP0
DI1
DI2
DI3
DI4
/FBDN/
(09.01 Edition)
(02.00 Edition)
(07.99 Edition)
Start-Up
Scanning with Tactile Sensors (scancad scan)
Scanning with Lasers (scancad laser)
Milling Program Generation (scancad mill)
CAM Integration DNC NT-2000
Description of Functions
System for NC Data Management and Data Distribution (05.00 Edition)
Order number: 6FC5 297-5AE50-0BP1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
A-661
Lists
A Appendix
/FBFA/
/FBFE/
09.01
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
Description of Functions
ISO Dialects for SINUMERIK
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AE10-0BP1
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions Remote Diagnostics
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AF00-0BP0
FE1
FE2
/FBHLA/
/FBMA/
A-662
(09.01 Edition)
(09.01 Edition)
Remote Diagnostics
Interrupt-Controlled Email Messaging: @Event
SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE 611 digital
Description of Functions
HLA Module
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB60-0BP2
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions ManualTurn
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AD50-0BP1
(04.00 Edition)
(10.01 Edition)
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
/FBO/
Lists
A Appendix
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions
Configuring of OP 030 Operator Interface
(the various sections are listed below)
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC40-0BP0
BA
EU
PS
PSE
IK
/FBP/
/FBR/
(09.01 Edition)
Operator's Guide
Development Environment (Configuring Package)
Online only: Configuring Syntax (Configuring Package)
Introduction to Configuring of Operator Interface
Screen Kit: Software Update and Configuration
SINUMERIK 840D
Description of Functions C-PLC Programming
3AB60-0BP0
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions
SINCOM Computer Link
Order number: 6FC5 297-5AD60-0BP0
NFL
NPL
(03.96 Edition)
(02.00 Edition)
Interface to Central Production Computer
Interface to PLC/NCK
/FBSI/
SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE
Description of Functions SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AB80-0BP0
(03.01 Edition)
/FBSP/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions ShopMill
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AD80-0BP0
(10.01 Edition)
/FBST/
SIMATIC
FM STEPDRIVE/SIMOSTEP
Description of Functions
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AA70-0YP3
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
(11.98 Edition)
A-663
Lists
A Appendix
09.01
/FBT/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions ShopTurn
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AD70-0BP0
/FBSY/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions Synchronized Actions
for Wood, Glass, Ceramics and Presses
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AD40-0BP1
/FBTD/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
Description of Functions
SINTDI Tool Data Information System with Online Help
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AE00-0BP0
(03.01 Edition)
(09.01 Edition)
(03.01 Edition)
/FBU/
SIMODRIVE 611 universal
Description of Functions
Closed-Loop Control Component for Speed Control
and Positioning
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB20-0BP3
/FBW/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
Description of Functions Tool Management
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AC60-0BP1
(10.01 Edition)
/HBI/
SINUMERIK 840Di
Manual
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AE60-0BP0
(07.01 Edition)
/KBU/
SIMODRIVE 611 universal
Short Description
Closed-Loop Control Component for Speed Control
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB40-0BP3
/PJE/
SINUMERIK 840D/810D
HMI Embedded Configuring Package
Description of Functions: Software Update, Configuration,
Installation
Order number: 6FC5 297-6EA10-0BP0
(the CS Configuring Syntax is included with the
software and available as a pdf)
/PJFE/
SIMODRIVE
Planning Guide 1FE1 Synchronous Built-In Motors
AC Motors for Main Spindle Drives
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AC00-0BP1
/PJLM/
(05.00 Edition)
(06.01 Edition)
(08.01 Edition)
SIMODRIVE
Planning Guide Linear Motors
(on request)
ALL General Information about Linear Motors
1FN1 1FN1 Three-Phase Linear Motor
1FN3 1FN3 Three-Phase Linear Motor
CON Connections
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AB70-0BP2
A-664
(05.00 Edition)
(06.01 Edition)
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Lists
A Appendix
SIMODRIVE
Planning Guide Motors
AC Motors for Feed and
Main Spindle Drives
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AA20-0BP4
(09.00 Edition)
/PJU/
SIMODRIVE 611
Planning Guide Converters
Order number: 6SN1 197-0AA00-0BP5
(05.01 Edition)
/POS1/
SIMODRIVE POSMO A
Operator's Guide
Distributed Positioning Motor on PROFIBUS DP,
Order number: 6SN2 197-0AA00-0BP2
(04.01 Edition)
/POS2/
SIMODRIVE POSMO A
Installation Instructions (supplied with every POSMO A)
Order number: 462 008 0815 00
(12.98 Edition)
/POS3/
SIMODRIVE POSMO SI/CD/CA
Operator's Guide
Distributed Servo Drive Systems
Order number: 6SN2 197-0AA20-0BP0
(01.01 Edition)
/PJM/
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
A-665
Lists
A Appendix
09.01
/S7H/
SIMATIC S7-300
Manual: Assembly, CPU Data (HW)
Reference Manual: Module Data
Order number: 6ES7 398-8AA03-8AA0
/S7HT/
SIMATIC S7-300
STEP7 Manual, Basic Information, V3.1
Order number: 6ES7 810-4CA02-8AA0
/S7HR/
SIMATIC S7-300
Manual
STEP7, Reference Manuals, V3.1
Order number: 6ES7 810-4CA02-8AR0
/S7S/
SIMATIC S7-300
FM 353 Stepper Drive Positioning Module
Order in conjunction with configuring package
(04.97 Edition)
/S7L/
SIMATIC S7-300
FM 354 Servo Drive Positioning Module
Order in conjunction with configuring package
(04.97 Edition)
/S7M/
SIMATIC S7-300
FM 357 Multi-Axis Module for Servo and
Stepper Drives
Order in conjunction with configuring package
/SHM/
SIMODRIVE 611
Manual
Single-Axis Positioning Control for MCU 172A
Order number: 6SN 1197-4MA00-0BP0
/SP/
SIMODRIVE 611-A/611-D,
SimoPro 3.1
Program for Configuring Machine-Tool Drives
Order number: 6SC6 111-6PC00-0AA❏
Order from: WK Fürth
A-666
(10.98 Edition)
(03.97 Edition)
(03.97 Edition)
(10.99 Edition)
(01.98 Edition)
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
d) Installation
and start-up
/IAA/
Lists
A Appendix
Installation and Start-Up Guide
Order number: 6SN 1197-0AA60-0BP6
(10.00 Edition)
/IAC/
SINUMERIK 810D
Installation and Start-Up Guide
(including description of SIMODRIVE 611D start-up
software)
Order number: 6FC5 297-4AD20-0BP1
/IAD/
SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE 611D
Installation and Start-Up Guide
(including description of SIMODRIVE 611D start-up
software)
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AB10-0BP1
/IAF/
SINUMERIK FM-NC
Installation and Start-Up Guide
Order number: 6FC5 297-3AB00-0BP1
(07.00 Edition)
/IAM/
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D
HMI/MMC Installation and Start-Up Guide
Order number: 6FC5 297-6AE20-0BP1
(09.01 Edition)
AE1
BE1
HE1
IM2
IM4
TX1
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
(12.01 Edition)
(09.01 Edition)
Updates/Options
Expand the operator interface
Online Help
Start-Up HMI Embedded
Start-Up HMI Advanced (PCU 50)
Setting Foreign Language Texts
A-667
Lists
A Appendix
09.01
Für Notizen
A-668
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Index
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
I
I-669
Lists
I Index
09.01
Index
/
/Nck/Nck/ActApplication .............................3-564
/Nck/Nck/ActBag ........................................3-564
/Nck/Nck/Channel ......................................3-564
/Nck/Nck/CoordSystem ..............................3-564
1
1 st force threshold.......................................2-79
1st power limit ..............................................2-80
1st power limit (not 810D) ..........................2-103
1st torque limit..............................................2-79
1st torque limit (not 810D)..........................2-103
2
2nd force threshold (not 810D) ...................2-79
2nd power limit (not 810D) ................2-80, 2-103
2nd torque limit................................3-374, 3-450
2nd torque limit (not 810D)................2-79, 2-103
6
611D / enable high-speed inputs/outputs...3-536
611D internal agreement (not 810D)............2-84
611D support..............................................3-325
A
a0-coeff. nth polynominal for synchonous action
................................................................3-401
a1-coeff. nth polynominal for synchonous action
................................................................3-401
a2-coeff. nth polynominal for synchonous action
................................................................3-401
a3-coeff. nth polynominal for synchonous action
................................................................3-401
AA_OFF_LIMIT ..........................................3-541
AA_OFF_LIMIT
MD 43350 ...............................................2-288
AA_OFF_MODE
MD 36750 ...............................................2-266
aaCoupAct ......................................3-368, 3-444
aaCoupOffs .....................................3-368, 3-444
aaCurr .............................................3-368, 3-444
aaDelt.........................................................3-464
aaDtbb.............................................3-368, 3-444
aaDtbw .......................................................3-464
aaDteb.............................................3-368, 3-444
aaDtepb...........................................3-368, 3-444
aaDtepw .....................................................3-464
aaDtew .......................................................3-464
I-670
aaEgActive ................................................ 3-398
aaEgAx ...................................................... 3-398
aaEgDenom............................................... 3-398
aaEgNumera ............................................. 3-398
aaEgNumLa............................................... 3-399
aaEgSyn .................................................... 3-399
aaEgSynFa ................................................ 3-399
aaEgType .................................................. 3-399
aaEsrEnable ................................... 3-368, 3-444
aaEsrStat........................................ 3-369, 3-445
aaLeadP ......................................... 3-369, 3-445
aaLeadSp ....................................... 3-369, 3-445
aaLeadSv ....................................... 3-369, 3-445
aaLeadTyp...................................... 3-369, 3-445
aaLeadV ......................................... 3-369, 3-445
aaLoad............................................ 3-369, 3-445
aaMeasP1Valid.......................................... 3-399
aaMeasP2Valid.......................................... 3-399
aaMeasP3Valid.......................................... 3-399
aaMeasP4Valid.......................................... 3-399
aaMeasPoint1............................................ 3-399
aaMeasPoint2............................................ 3-400
aaMeasPoint3............................................ 3-400
aaMeasPoint4............................................ 3-400
aaMeasSetpoint......................................... 3-400
aaMeasSpValid.......................................... 3-400
aaMm.............................................. 3-369, 3-445
aaMm1............................................ 3-369, 3-445
aaMm2............................................ 3-370, 3-446
aaMm3............................................ 3-370, 3-446
aaMm4............................................ 3-370, 3-446
aaMw ......................................................... 3-464
aaMw1 ....................................................... 3-465
aaMw2 ....................................................... 3-465
aaMw3 ....................................................... 3-465
aaMw4 ....................................................... 3-465
aaOff............................................... 3-370, 3-446
aaOffLimit ....................................... 3-370, 3-446
aaOffVal.......................................... 3-370, 3-446
aaOscillReversePos1 ..................... 3-370, 3-446
aaOscillReversePos2 ..................... 3-370, 3-446
aaOvr .............................................. 3-370, 3-446
aaPower.......................................... 3-371, 3-446
aaSoftendn ..................................... 3-371, 3-447
aaSoftendp ..................................... 3-371, 3-447
aaStat ............................................. 3-371, 3-447
aaSync............................................ 3-371, 3-447
aaTorque ........................................ 3-371, 3-447
aaTyp.............................................. 3-371, 3-447
aaVactB .......................................... 3-371, 3-447
aaVactM.......................................... 3-372, 3-447
aaVactW .................................................... 3-465
aaVc ............................................... 3-372, 3-448
ABS_ACTUAL_CURRENT
MD 1719................................................... 2-97
ABS_INC_RATIO
MD 30260............................................... 2-246
Abscissa arc centre of 10th contour element3333, 3-340
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Abscissa arc centre of 1st contour element3332, 3-339
Abscissa arc centre of 2nd contour element3332, 3-339
Abscissa arc centre of 3rd contour element3332, 3-339
Abscissa arc centre of 4th contour element3332, 3-339
Abscissa arc centre of 5th contour element3332, 3-339
Abscissa arc centre of 6th contour element3332, 3-339
Abscissa arc centre of 7th contour element3332, 3-339
Abscissa arc centre of 8th contour element3332, 3-340
Abscissa arc centre of 9th contour element3333, 3-340
Abscissa end point of 10th contour element3334, 3-342
Abscissa end point of 1st contour element3-334,
3-341
Abscissa end point of 2nd contour element3334, 3-341
Abscissa end point of 3rd contour element3334, 3-341
Abscissa end point of 4th contour element3-334,
3-341
Abscissa end point of 5th contour element3-334,
3-341
Abscissa end point of 6th contour element3-334,
3-341
Abscissa end point of 7th contour element3-334,
3-341
Abscissa end point of 8th contour element3-334,
3-341
Abscissa end point of 9th contour element 3-341
Absicssa end point of 9th contour element 3-334
Absolute axis index3-378, 3-385, 3-388, 3-454,
3-467, 3-470, 3-473
Absolute current setpoint value (rms) (not 810D)
..................................................................2-97
AC_FILTER_TIME
MD 32920 ...............................................2-256
acAlarmStat................................................3-400
acAxCtSwA ................................................3-400
ACCEL_DIAGNOSIS
MD 1721 ...................................................2-98
ACCEL_ORI
MD 21170 ...............................................2-216
ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR
MD 35230 ...............................................2-261
ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT
MD 35220 ...............................................2-261
ACCEL_REDUCTION_TYPE
MD 35242 ...............................................2-262
ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE
MD 35240 ...............................................2-262
Access to data double word .......................3-347
Access to meas. result in MCS .......3-369, 3-370
accessLevel ...............................................3-318
accIndex.....................................................3-347
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
acConstCutS ............3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
acDelt ........................................................ 3-400
acDtbb ....................................................... 3-400
acDtbw....................................................... 3-401
acDteb ....................................................... 3-401
acDtepb ..................................................... 3-401
acDtepw..................................................... 3-401
acDtew....................................................... 3-401
acFct0........................................................ 3-401
acFct1........................................................ 3-401
acFct2........................................................ 3-401
acFct3........................................................ 3-401
acFctll ........................................................ 3-401
acFctul ....................................................... 3-402
acFifoN ...................................................... 3-544
acIwStat ..................................................... 3-402
acIwTu ....................................................... 3-402
Ackn. by MMC for NCK-preparation command3329
Acknowl. from MMC for command from NCK to
MMC....................................................... 3-329
Acknowledgement criteria for an alarm3-360, 3364
Acknowledgement criteria of an alarm ...... 3-362
ackSafeMeasPos............................ 3-372, 3-448
acMarker.................................................... 3-544
acMea ........................................................ 3-402
acMeasActPlane........................................ 3-402
acMeasCornerAngle .................................. 3-402
acMeasCornerSetangle ............................. 3-402
acMeasDiameter........................................ 3-402
acMeasDirApproach .................................. 3-402
acMeasDNumber....................................... 3-403
acMeasFineTrans ...................................... 3-403
acMeasFrameSelect.................................. 3-403
acMeasLatch ............................................. 3-403
acMeasResults .......................................... 3-403
acMeasSema............................................. 3-403
acMeasTNumber ....................................... 3-403
acMeasToolLength .................................... 3-403
acMeasType .............................................. 3-403
acMeasValid .............................................. 3-403
acMeasWpAngle ....................................... 3-403
acMeasWpSetangle .................................. 3-404
acOvr ......................................................... 3-404
acParam .................................................... 3-544
acPathn ..................................................... 3-404
acPltbb....................................................... 3-404
acPlteb....................................................... 3-404
acProg ....................................................... 3-404
acPRTimeA................................................ 3-404
acPRTimeM ............................................... 3-404
acPtpSup ................................................... 3-404
acRetpoint ................................................. 3-465
acStat ........................................................ 3-405
acSynaMem............................................... 3-405
ACT_POS_ABS
MD 30250............................................... 2-246
ACT_SPEED_FILTER_TIME
MD 1522................................................... 2-91
MD 5522................................................. 2-116
actCouppPosOffset ........................ 3-372, 3-448
I-671
Lists
I Index
actCycleTimeBrut............................3-546, 3-558
actCycleTimeNet.............................3-546, 3-558
actDLNumber .............................................3-405
actDNumber ...............................................3-405
actDNumberFanuc .....................................3-405
actDNumberS.............................................3-405
actDuploNumber ........................................3-405
actFeedRate........................ 3-372, 3-448, 3-465
actFeedRateIpo..........................................3-405
actFrameIndex ...........................................3-406
actGearStage ........... 3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
actHNumberFanuc .....................................3-406
acTime .......................................................3-406
acTimec......................................................3-406
acTimer ......................................................3-406
actIncrVal ............................ 3-366, 3-442, 3-461
actIndexAxPosNo............................3-372, 3-448
actInvocCount ............................................3-426
ACTION_LOG_MODE
MD 9012 .................................................2-123
actIpoType .................................................3-406
actIpoTypeS ...............................................3-406
ACTIVATE _SEL_USER_DATA
MD 9440 .................................................2-134
Activate PE-MSD (not 810D)........................2-68
Activate V/f operation (not 810D) .................2-68
Activation of punching and nibbling functions3331
Active channel machine function................3-413
Active channel-independent basic frames .3-350
Active channel-specific basic frames .........3-410
Active encoder ................................3-377, 3-453
Active G function ........................................3-436
Active G function (current language)..........3-436
Active G function (ISO Dialect) ..................3-436
Active G-function for block search with calc.3436, 3-437
Active G-function of the correponding group3436
Active immediately after referencing3-336, 3343
Active INC weighting of the axis3-366, 3-442, 3461
Active interpolation mode...........................3-406
Active mode ...............................................3-396
Active T-number.........................................3-433
Active tool length 1.....................................3-408
Active tool length 2.....................................3-408
Active tool length 3.....................................3-408
Active tool radius........................................3-408
Active toolholder.........................................3-415
Active total offset........................................3-405
Active total offset for block search .............3-414
Active transformation .................................3-408
actLineNumber...........................................3-423
actOriToolLength1......................................3-407
actOriToolLength2......................................3-407
actOriToolLength3......................................3-407
actParts ......................................................3-407
actProgPos.................................................3-461
actProgPosBKS .........................................3-465
actPunchRate.............................................3-438
I-672
09.01
acTrafo ...................................................... 3-407
acTrafoParSet............................................ 3-407
actSpeed ..................3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
actSpeedRel ................................... 3-372, 3-448
actTNumber ............................................... 3-407
actTNumberLong ....................................... 3-407
actTNumberS............................................. 3-407
actToolAdapterNum................................... 3-407
actToolBasePos .................. 3-366, 3-442, 3-461
actToolBasePosBasic................................ 3-465
actToolBasePosBasicDiam ....................... 3-466
actToolBasePosDiam ................................ 3-466
actToolBasPosBN...................................... 3-466
actToolBasPosBNDiam ............................. 3-466
actToolBasPosEN...................................... 3-466
actToolEdgeCenterPos.............................. 3-461
actToolEdgeCenterPosEns ....................... 3-466
actToolIdent............................................... 3-408
actToolLength1.......................................... 3-408
actToolLength2.......................................... 3-408
actToolLength3.......................................... 3-408
actToolRadius............................................ 3-408
actToolWide .............................................. 3-494
actTransform ............................................. 3-408
Actual cylinder force value......................... 2-119
Actual gear stage of spindle3-384, 3-387, 3-469,
3-472
Actual lead value position............... 3-369, 3-445
Actual lead value velocity ............... 3-369, 3-445
Actual motor wiring ......................... 3-374, 3-450
Actual position difference between 2 encoders3379, 3-455
Actual position value in relation to machine zero
............................................................... 2-120
Actual position value in relation to WOS frame3466
Actual pressure value A............................. 2-119
Actual pressure value B............................. 2-119
Actual speed tolerance for SBR (not 810D). 2-83
Actual speed value ...................................... 2-96
Actual tool base position............................ 3-466
Actual value assignment............................ 3-538
Actual value in basic coordinate system.... 3-465
Actual value of axis specific feedrate ........ 3-448
Actual value of axis-specific feedrate3-372, 3465
Actual value of position, encoder 1. 3-379, 3-455
Actual value of position, encoder 2. 3-379, 3-455
Actual value of rotary speed3-372, 3-448, 3-480,
3-483
Actual value of smoothened current .......... 3-483
Actual value of subroutine call counter3-426, 3428
Actual value of subroutine call counter...... 3-430
Actual value of the axis/spindle current in A3368, 3-444
Actual value of the interpolation feedrate .. 3-405
Actual value of the resolution ......... 3-372, 3-448
Actual value of the smoothened current .... 3-480
Actual value range for SN for rotary axes (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-81
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Actual value tolerance for the cross-check (not
810D)........................................................2-83
Actual value tolerance safe axis position (not
810D)........................................................2-83
Actual velocity value...................................2-119
Actual version Dpr......................................3-555
ACTUAL_CURRENT
MD 1708 ...................................................2-96
ACTUAL_CURRENT_FILTER_FREQ
MD 1250 ...................................................2-81
ACTUAL_CYL_FORCE
MD 5708 .................................................2-119
ACTUAL_ELECTRIC_ROTORPOS
MD 1729 ...................................................2-98
ACTUAL_PISTON_POSITION
MD 5741 .................................................2-120
ACTUAL_POSITION
MD 5740 .................................................2-120
ACTUAL_PRESSURE_A
MD 5704 .................................................2-119
ACTUAL_PRESSURE_B
MD 5705 .................................................2-119
ACTUAL_RAMP_TIME
MD 1723 ...................................................2-98
ACTUAL_SPEED
MD 1707 ...................................................2-96
MD 5707 .................................................2-119
ACTUAL_STALL_POWER_SPEED
MD 1148 ...................................................2-75
ACTUAL_STALL_POWER_SPEED_M2
MD 2148 .................................................2-103
ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG
MD 1011 ...................................................2-68
MD 5011 .................................................2-107
ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT
MD 1030 ...................................................2-69
ACTUAL_VALVE_SPOOL_POS
MD 5716 .................................................2-120
actualCurrent...................................3-480, 3-483
actualSpeed ....................................3-480, 3-483
Actuating voltage limitation ........................2-115
actValResol .....................................3-372, 3-448
acVactB......................................................3-408
acVactw......................................................3-408
acVc ...........................................................3-408
ADAPT_PATH_DYNAMIC
MD 20465 ...............................................2-210
adaptData...................................................3-515
Adapter data...............................................3-515
Adapter number .........................................3-488
Adapting servo torque limit (not 810D).........2-76
adaptNo......................................................3-488
aDbb...........................................................3-347
aDbd...........................................................3-347
aDbr ...........................................................3-347
aDbw ..........................................................3-347
Add. correction value for path feed or axial feed
.....................................................3-372, 3-448
Add. path feed correction for synchronous
actions ....................................................3-408
ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE
MD 20610 ...............................................2-211
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
Added for alignment only........................... 3-467
Address of memory cell for monitor............. 2-95
Address of variable signaling functions ..... 2-118
Address, variable message function (not 810D)
................................................................. 2-93
aDlb ........................................................... 3-347
aDld ........................................................... 3-347
aDlr ............................................................ 3-348
aDlw........................................................... 3-348
aInco.......................................................... 3-348
Alarm number (actual alarm)3-361, 3-363, 3-365
ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON
MD 1600................................................... 2-91
MD 5600................................................. 2-117
ALARM_MASK_RESET
MD 1601................................................... 2-91
MD 5601................................................. 2-117
ALARM_PAR_DISPLAY_TEXT
MD 11413............................................... 2-183
ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY
MD 11412............................................... 2-183
ALARM_REACTION_POWER_ON
MD 1612................................................... 2-92
MD 5612................................................. 2-117
ALARM_REACTION_RESET
MD 1613................................................... 2-93
MD 5613................................................. 2-117
alarmNo ............................... 3-360, 3-362, 3-364
ALGORITHM_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1075................................................... 2-70
aLinkTransRate ......................................... 3-408
All axes referenced .................................... 3-409
All channels of mode group in Reset......... 3-396
allAxesRefActive........................................ 3-409
allAxesStopped.......................................... 3-409
ALLOW_G0_IN_G96
MD 20750............................................... 2-213
Allowed axis directions for tool probe (ZYX)2150
amSetupState................................. 3-372, 3-448
analogInpVal.............................................. 3-348
analogOutpVal........................................... 3-348
anAxCtAS .................................................. 3-348
anAxCtSwA................................................ 3-348
anAxEsrTrigger.......................................... 3-348
Angle of rotation alpha1 (in degrees) ........ 3-519
Angle of rotation alpha2 (in degrees) ........ 3-519
Angles of axes for toolholders ................... 3-415
Angular difference between toolholder axes3415
aPbbIn ....................................................... 3-348
aPbbOut .................................................... 3-349
aPbdIn ....................................................... 3-349
aPbdOut .................................................... 3-349
aPbrIn ........................................................ 3-349
aPbrOut ..................................................... 3-349
aPbwIn....................................................... 3-349
aPbwOut .................................................... 3-349
Arc center in relation to WOS frame.......... 3-424
Arc radius in relation to WOS frame .......... 3-424
area ........................................................... 3-560
AREA_FACTOR_NEG_OUTPUT
I-673
Lists
I Index
MD 5463 .................................................2-114
AREA_FACTOR_POS_OUTPUT
MD 5462 .................................................2-114
Armature inductance ....................................2-72
Armature resistance .....................................2-72
ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE
MD 1116 ...................................................2-72
ARMATURE_RESISTANCE
MD 1115 ...................................................2-72
asciiMode ...................................................3-561
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP
MD 10010 ...............................................2-164
ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
MD 43300 ...............................................2-288
Assigned timers..........................................5-654
Assignment [axis] .......................................3-552
Assignment [bus]........................................3-552
Assignment [client] .....................................3-552
Assignment [master] ..................................3-553
Assignment [slave] .....................................3-553
Assignment of DBs.....................................5-653
Assignment of each channel to mode group3318
ASUP_EDIT_PROTECTION_LEVEL
MD 11612 ...............................................2-184
ASUP_EDITABLE
MD 11610 ...............................................2-184
ASUP_START_MASK
MD 11602 ...............................................2-184
ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
MD 11604 ...............................................2-184
aTcAckC.....................................................3-409
aTcCmdC ...................................................3-409
aTcFct ........................................................3-409
aTcLfn ........................................................3-409
aTcLfo ........................................................3-409
aTcLtn ........................................................3-409
aTcLto ........................................................3-409
aTcMfn .......................................................3-409
aTcMfo .......................................................3-410
aTcMtn .......................................................3-410
aTcMto .......................................................3-410
aTcStatus ...................................................3-410
aTcThno .....................................................3-410
aTcTno .......................................................3-410
Attenuation of power controller P component2112
AUTO_GET_TYPE
MD 30552 ...............................................2-247
Automatic block division.............................3-438
automCutSegment .....................................3-438
AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION
MD 22020 ...............................................2-221
AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP
MD 22000 ...............................................2-221
AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE
MD 22010 ...............................................2-221
AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE
MD 22030 ...............................................2-221
AUXFU_ASSOC_M0_VALUE
MD 22254 ...............................................2-222
AUXFU_ASSOC_M1_VALUE
I-674
09.01
MD 22256............................................... 2-223
AUXFU_D_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22250............................................... 2-222
AUXFU_DL_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22252............................................... 2-222
AUXFU_F_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22240............................................... 2-222
AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC
MD 11110............................................... 2-180
AUXFU_H_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22230............................................... 2-222
AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT
MD 22110............................................... 2-222
AUXFU_M_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22200............................................... 2-222
AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
MD 11100............................................... 2-180
AUXFU_QUICK_BLOCKCHANGE
MD 22100............................................... 2-222
AUXFU_S_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22210............................................... 2-222
AUXFU_T_SYNC_TYPE
MD 22220............................................... 2-222
AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME
MD 36610............................................... 2-265
AX_INERTIA
MD 32650............................................... 2-255
AX_JERK_DAMP
MD 32414............................................... 2-252
AX_JERK_ENABLE
MD 32400............................................... 2-252
AX_JERK_FREQ
MD 32412............................................... 2-252
AX_JERK_MODE
MD 32402............................................... 2-252
AX_JERK_TIME
MD 32410............................................... 2-252
AX_MASS
MD 32652............................................... 2-255
AX_MOTION_DIR
MD 32100............................................... 2-251
AX_VELO_LIMIT
MD 36200............................................... 2-264
AXCHANGE_MASK
MD 10722............................................... 2-178
axComp .......................................... 3-373, 3-449
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN
MD 30550............................................... 2-247
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU
MD 30554............................................... 2-248
AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB
MD 20080............................................... 2-203
AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB
MD 20050............................................... 2-203
AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB
MD 20060............................................... 2-203
AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB
MD 10002............................................... 2-164
AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB
MD 10000............................................... 2-164
AXCONF_MACHAX_USED
MD 20070............................................... 2-203
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1
MD 12701 ...............................................2-187
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB10
MD 12710 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB11
MD 12711 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB12
MD 12712 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB13
MD 12713 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB14
MD 12714 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB15
MD 12715 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB16
MD 12716 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB2
MD 12702 ...............................................2-187
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB3
MD 12703 ...............................................2-187
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB4
MD 12704 ...............................................2-187
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB5
MD 12705 ...............................................2-187
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB6
MD 12706 ...............................................2-187
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB7
MD 12707 ...............................................2-187
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB8
MD 12708 ...............................................2-187
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB9
MD 12709 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_NAME_TAB
MD 12750 ...............................................2-188
AXCT_SWWIDTH
MD 41700 ...............................................2-282
Axes in exact stop ......................................3-409
AXES_SCALE_ENABLE
MD 22914 ...............................................2-225
Axial dist.-to-go for infeed during oscill. in WCS
................................................................3-464
Axial distance from beginning of block in the
WCS .......................................................3-464
Axial distance to the end of block in the WCS3464
Axial override for synchronous actions3-370, 3446
Axis active .......................................3-373, 3-449
Axis active flag ...........................................3-466
Axis container rotation................................3-348
Axis distance from beginning of the block in
BCS .............................................3-368, 3-444
Axis distance to the end of the block in the BCS
.....................................................3-368, 3-444
Axis dist-to-go of infeed during oscill. in BCS3368, 3-444
Axis exists .......................................3-373, 3-449
Axis has been referenced ...............3-380, 3-457
Axis identifier of 1st rotary axis...................3-520
Axis identifier of 2nd rotary axis .................3-520
Axis info is available...................................3-547
Axis is being referenced..................3-380, 3-456
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
Axis name ............................ 3-366, 3-442, 3-462
Axis specification ................. 3-382, 3-458, 3-468
Axis state ........................................ 3-443, 3-462
Axis status ........................... 3-366, 3-371, 3-447
Axis type ........3-371, 3-383, 3-447, 3-460, 3-468
Axis types for all machine axes ................. 3-318
Axis veloc. in basic coordinates...... 3-371, 3-447
Axis veloc. in machine coordinates 3-372, 3-447
Axis veloc. in workpiece coordinates ......... 3-465
Axis velocity actual value load side in the MCS3383, 3-460
AXIS_DIAGNOSIS
MD 36690............................................... 2-265
AXIS_NUMBER_FOR_MONITORING
MD 31500............................................... 2-250
AXIS_VAR_SERVER_SENSITIVE
MD 11398............................................... 2-183
axisActiveInChan ................. 3-373, 3-449, 3-466
axisActivInNcu ........................................... 3-349
axisFeedRateUnit ................ 3-373, 3-449, 3-466
Axis-specific bits of safety functions (not 810D)
................................................................. 2-81
axisType .................................................... 3-318
B
BACKLASH
MD 32450............................................... 2-253
BACKLASH_FACTOR
MD 32452............................................... 2-253
badMemFfs................................................ 3-350
BAG_MASK
MD 11600............................................... 2-184
Balancing computation deadtime I-controller
(not 810D) ................................................ 2-88
Balancing the reference model current2-72, 273
Balancing the reference model speed (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-87
Balancing the speed precontrol channel (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-88
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 1 .......... 2-77
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 2 .......... 2-78
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 3 .......... 2-78
Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 4 .......... 2-79
Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)
................................................................. 2-90
Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)
................................................................. 2-91
Bandwidth manipulated value filter 1 ......... 2-113
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 1
........................................................ 2-77, 2-78
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 2
................................................................. 2-78
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 3
................................................................. 2-78
Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 4
................................................................. 2-79
Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 1
(not 810D) ................................................ 2-90
I-675
Lists
I Index
Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 2
(not 810D).................................................2-91
Bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 1 .2-111
Bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 2 .2-111
Bandwidth pilot filter 1 ................................2-112
Base position of the active tool ..................3-465
Base position of the active tool rel. to workpiece
................................................................3-466
Basic system clock cycle............................3-536
basicLengthUnit .........................................3-318
basisFrameMask.............................3-350, 3-410
Baud rate on DP bus (bit/s)........................3-548
BERO_CYCLE
MD 31100 ...............................................2-249
BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS
MD 31123 ...............................................2-249
BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS
MD 31122 ...............................................2-249
BERO_EDGE
MD 31120 ...............................................2-249
BERO_EDGE_TOL
MD 31110 ...............................................2-249
Bits of variable signaling functions .............2-118
block...........................................................3-423
Block label..................................................3-426
Block no. of curr. block, if syn. act. is active3432
Block no. where the syn. act. is programmed3432, 3-435
Block number ..................................3-423, 3-426
Block overview
function blocks........................................5-649
organization blocks.................................5-648
Block search active ....................................3-412
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 1277
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 2278
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 3278
Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 4278, 2-79
Blocking frequency for manipulated variable
filter 1......................................................2-111
Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 1
(not 810D).................................................2-90
Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 2
(not 810D)........................................2-90, 2-91
Blocking frequency manipulated value filter 12113
Blocking frequency of manipulated variable filter
2..............................................................2-111
Blocking frequency pilot filter 1 ..................2-112
blockLabel ..................................................3-426
blockNoStr.......................................3-423, 3-426
blockNoStrAct .................................3-432, 3-435
blockNoStrProg ...............................3-432, 3-435
Boot. stat. proc. f. DP Master .....................3-550
BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE
MD 36600 ...............................................2-265
BRAKETEST_POS_TOL
MD 37092 ...............................................2-275
I-676
09.01
BRAKETEST_TORQUE
MD 37090............................................... 2-275
BSF bandwidth of velocity filter 1............... 2-116
BSF blocking frequency of velocity filter 1 . 2-116
BSF natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 1
(not 810D) ................................................ 2-91
BSF natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 2
(not 810D) ................................................ 2-91
BSF natural frequency of velocity filter 1 ... 2-116
Bus address of slave ...................... 3-551, 3-553
Bus configuration data are available ......... 3-548
Byte data from/to the PLC ......................... 3-347
Bytes transferred to PCMCIA card ............ 3-556
C
Calculation resolution for angular position. 3-536
Calculation resolution for linear positions .. 3-536
Cart. PTP travel is supported..................... 3-404
CART_JOG_MODE
MD 42650............................................... 2-286
CART_JOG_SYSTEM
MD 21106............................................... 2-215
CC_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_MASK
MD 10420............................................... 2-172
CC_HW_DEBUG_MASK
MD 10430............................................... 2-172
CC_TDA_PARAM_UNIT
MD 10290............................................... 2-169
CC_TOA_PARAM_UNIT
MD 10292............................................... 2-169
CC_VDI_IN_DATA
MD 10400............................................... 2-172
CC_VDI_OUT_DATA
MD 10410............................................... 2-172
CCS_TDA_PARAM_UNIT
MD 10291............................................... 2-169
CCS_TOA_PARAM_UNIT
MD 10293............................................... 2-169
CEC_ENABLE
MD 32710............................................... 2-255
CEC_MAX_SUM
MD 32720............................................... 2-256
CEC_MAX_VELO
MD 32730............................................... 2-256
CEC_SCALING_SYSTEM_METRIC
MD 32711............................................... 2-255
CEC_TABLE_ENABLE
MD 41300............................................... 2-279
CEC_TABLE_WEIGHT
MD 41310............................................... 2-279
Center of the circle .................................... 3-423
Center point of a cutting edge ................... 3-461
Center point of cutting edge distance-to-go3-463
Center point of the cutting edge REPOS ... 3-463
Chaining 1 of the magazine to following
magazine ............................................... 3-500
Chaining 2 of the magazine to previous
magazine ............................................... 3-500
Chaining rule ............................................. 3-494
CHAMFER_NAME
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 10656 ...............................................2-176
CHAN_NAME
MD 20000 ...............................................2-203
chanAlarm ..................................................3-410
chanAssignment.........................................3-318
chanAxisNoGap .................. 3-373, 3-410, 3-449
Change counter of the tool data in a channel3418
changeAxConfCounter ...............................3-411
Changeover speed closed/open loop IM (not
810D).............................................2-89, 2-105
Changeover speed from MD 1230 to MD 1231
(not 810D)......................................2-79, 2-103
Changeover speed MSD/IM (not 810D)2-89, 2105
Changing the motor frequency of V/f operation
(not 810D).................................................2-95
Channel name.................................3-327, 3-397
Channel number of axis ..................3-373, 3-449
Channel number of spindle3-384, 3-387, 3-469,
3-472
Channel status ................................3-405, 3-411
channelName .............................................3-327
channelNo ................ 3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
Channel-specific setting for tool management3328
chanNoAxisIsActive ........................3-373, 3-449
chanStatus .................................................3-411
Characteristics of total offsets in NCK........3-319
CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
MD 24004 ...............................................2-226
CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK
MD 24002 ...............................................2-226
CHECK_DISABLE_TIME
MD 10085 ...............................................2-166
CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 20200 ...............................................2-207
CHFRND_MODE_MASK
MD 20201 ...............................................2-207
CHSFRAME_POWERON_MASK
MD 24008 ...............................................2-226
CHSFRAME_RESET_MASK
MD 24006 ...............................................2-226
cIn ..............................................................3-411
CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
MD 21000 ...............................................2-213
CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR
MD 21010 ...............................................2-213
circleCenter ................................................3-423
circleCenterS..............................................3-423
circlePlane..................................................3-423
circlePlaneS ...............................................3-423
circleRadius................................................3-424
circleRadius for block search. ....................3-424
circleRadiusS .............................................3-424
circleTurn ...................................................3-424
circleTurnS .................................................3-424
CL1_PO_IMAGE
MD 1731 ...................................................2-99
MD 5731 .................................................2-120
CL1_RES_IMAGE
MD 1732 ...................................................2-99
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MD 5732................................................. 2-120
cl1PoImage..................................... 3-480, 3-483
cl1ResImage................................... 3-480, 3-483
CLAMP_POS_TOL
MD 36050............................................... 2-263
clearInfo............................... 3-360, 3-362, 3-364
Client status incl. output release................ 3-551
CLOSED_LOOP_SYSTEM_DAMPING
MD 5180................................................. 2-110
cmdAngPos ..............3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
cmdConstCutSpeed .3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
cmdContrPos.................................. 3-373, 3-449
cmdCouppPosOffset ...................... 3-373, 3-449
cmdDwellTime ........................................... 3-411
cmdFeedRate ...................... 3-373, 3-449, 3-466
cmdFeedRateIpo ....................................... 3-411
cmdGearStage .........3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
cmdGwps..................3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
cmdInvocCount.......................................... 3-426
cmdProgPos .............................................. 3-461
cmdSpeed ................3-385, 3-387, 3-470, 3-472
cmdSpeedRel ................................. 3-373, 3-449
cmdToolBasePos ................ 3-366, 3-442, 3-462
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleCenterEns........ 3-424
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleCenterEnsS ..... 3-424
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleRadiusEns ....... 3-424
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleRadiusEnsS..... 3-424
cmdToolEdgeCenterPos............................ 3-462
cmdToolEdgeCenterPosEnsS ................... 3-467
cmdTrafoParSetS ...................................... 3-411
cmdTrafoS ................................................. 3-411
CMM_COUNT_GEAR_STEPS
MD 9662................................................. 2-146
CMM_CYC_DRILL_RELEASE_ANGLE
MD 9659................................................. 2-146
CMM_CYC_DRILL_RELEASE_DIST
MD 9656................................................. 2-146
CMM_CYC_MAX_CONT_PO_TO_RAD
MD 9658................................................. 2-146
CMM_CYC_MIN_CONT_PO_TO_RAD
MD 9657................................................. 2-146
CMM_CYC_PECKING_DIST
MD 9655................................................. 2-145
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH1
MD 9676...................................... 2-137, 2-147
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH2
MD 9677...................................... 2-137, 2-147
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH3
MD 9678...................................... 2-137, 2-148
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH4
MD 9679...................................... 2-137, 2-148
CMM_ENABLE_A_AXIS
MD 9653................................................. 2-145
CMM_ENABLE_B_AXIS
MD 9720................................................. 2-148
CMM_ENABLE_CUSTOMER_M_CODES
MD 9661................................................. 2-146
CMM_ENABLE_PLANE_CHANGE
MD 9660................................................. 2-146
CMM_ENABLE_SWIVELLING_HEAD
MD 9723................................................. 2-149
CMM_ENABLE_TOOL_MAGAZINE
I-677
Lists
I Index
MD 9674 .................................................2-147
CMM_ENABLE_TRACYL
MD 9721 .................................................2-148
CMM_FACE_MILL_EFF_TOOL_DIAM
MD 9669 .................................................2-147
CMM_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL
MD 9757 .................................................2-149
CMM_FIXED_TOOL_PLACE
MD 9672 .................................................2-147
CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I
MD 9680 .................................................2-148
CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I_AND_II
MD 9668 .................................................2-147
CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_II
MD 9681 .................................................2-148
CMM_MAX_CIRC_SPEED_ROT_SP
MD 9759 .................................................2-149
CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN
MD 9664 .................................................2-146
CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT
MD 9665 .................................................2-146
CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_TOOTH
MD 9666 .................................................2-146
CMM_MAX_SPIND_SPEED_ROT_SP
MD 9760 .................................................2-149
CMM_MEAS_DIST_MAN
MD 9753 .................................................2-149
CMM_MEAS_DIST_TOOL_LENGTH
MD 9754 .................................................2-149
CMM_MEAS_DIST_TOOL_RADIUS
MD 9755 .................................................2-149
CMM_MEAS_PROBE_INPUT
MD 9750 .................................................2-149
MD 9750 .................................................2-147
CMM_MEAS_T_PROBE_INPUT
MD 9751 .................................................2-149
CMM_MEAS_TOL_ROT_SP
MD 9762 .................................................2-150
CMM_MEASURING_DISTANCE
MD 9752 .................................................2-149
CMM_MEASURING_FEED
MD 9756 .................................................2-149
CMM_MIN_FEED_ROT_SP
MD 9761 .................................................2-150
CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
MD 9650 .................................................2-145
MD 9650 .................................................2-137
CMM_POS_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL
MD 9758 .................................................2-149
CMM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES
MD 9654 .................................................2-145
CMM_START_RAD_CONTOUR_POCKET
MD 9670 .................................................2-147
CMM_T_PROBE_APPROACH_DIR
MD 9768 .................................................2-150
CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_LENGTH_MEAS
MD 9765 .................................................2-150
CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_RAD_MEAS
MD 9766 .................................................2-150
CMM_T_PROBE_DIST_RAD_MEAS
MD 9767 .................................................2-150
CMM_TOOL_DISPLAY_IN_DIAM
I-678
09.01
MD 9663................................................. 2-146
CMM_TOOL_LIFE_CONTROL
MD 9652................................................. 2-145
MD 9652................................................. 2-137
CMM_TOOL_LOAD_STATION
MD 9673................................................. 2-147
CMM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT
MD 9651................................................. 2-145
MD 9651................................................. 2-137
CMM_TOOL_PROBE_ALLOW_AXIS
MD 9764................................................. 2-150
CMM_TOOL_PROBE_TYPE
MD 9763................................................. 2-150
CNC system language............................... 3-318
Code number of the active transformation 3-407
col .............................................................. 3-560
Cold rotor resistance ................................... 2-73
Cold rotor resistance (not 810D) ............... 2-102
Cold stator resistance.................................. 2-73
Cold stator resistance (not 810D).............. 2-102
COLLECT_TOOL_CHANGE
MD 20128............................................... 2-206
COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO
MD 10072............................................... 2-165
Command for magazine execution . 3-496, 3-499
Command from NCK to MMC .................... 3-328
Command from NCK-preparation to the MMC3329
Command number..................................... 3-409
Command parameter of the magazine ...... 3-499
Command state of the magazine............... 3-496
Command status ....................................... 3-410
Command status of the magazine............. 3-499
Command word SPL-KDV ......................... 3-356
Commutating angle offset (not 810D).......... 2-68
COMMUTATION_ANGLE_OFFSET
MD 1016................................................... 2-68
COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR
MD 32760............................................... 2-256
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1
MD 10530............................................... 2-174
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2
MD 10531............................................... 2-174
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1
MD 41600............................................... 2-282
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2
MD 41601............................................... 2-282
COMPAR_TYPE_1
MD 10540............................................... 2-174
COMPAR_TYPE_2
MD 10541............................................... 2-174
Compensation parameters for SUG .......... 3-495
Compensation value upper limit $AA_OFF with
clear ....................................................... 3-541
Comperator input NC................................. 3-348
COMPRESS_BLOCK_PATH_LIMIT
MD 20170............................................... 2-207
COMPRESS_CONTUR_TOL
MD 42475............................................... 2-285
COMPRESS_ORI_ROT_TOL
MD 42477............................................... 2-285
COMPRESS_ORI_TOL
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 42476 ...............................................2-285
COMPRESS_POS_TOL
MD 33100 ...............................................2-257
COMPRESS_VELO_TOL
MD 20172 ...............................................2-207
COMPRESSOR_MODE
MD 20482 ...............................................2-211
Computation deadtime of the current control
loop (not 810D).........................................2-70
Concealable alarms (Power On) ................2-117
Concealable alarms (Reset).......................2-117
Configurable messages ..................3-376, 3-452
Configurable shutdown reaction with PO alarms
................................................................2-117
Configurable shutdown reaction with RESET
alarms.....................................................2-117
Configuration actual-value sensing DM .......2-69
Configuration for encoder DM (not 810D) ....2-70
Configuration for encoder IM (not 810D)......2-69
Configuration of actual value acquisition....2-107
Configuration of encoder IM.......................2-108
Configuration of force controller .................2-111
Configuration of the actual value sensing IM2-68
Configuration structure...............................2-107
Configuration structure (not 810D)...............2-67
Configuration STS........................................2-67
Configuring shutdown response to PO alarms292
Configuring shutdown response to RESET
alarms.......................................................2-93
Confirmation of SI actual position ...3-372, 3-448
Connection configuration of valve cylinder.2-109
conntectPar ................................................3-494
CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME
MD 20500 ...............................................2-211
Constant cutting speed of the master spindle3384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
Container actual address ...........................3-348
Contour deviation ............................3-383, 3-460
Contour type of 10th contour element3-337, 3344
Contour type of 1st contour element3-336, 3343
Contour type of 2nd contour element3-336, 3343
Contour type of 3rd contour element3-336, 3343
Contour type of 4th contour element3-336, 3343
Contour type of 5th contour element3-336, 3344
Contour type of 6th contour element3-337, 3344
Contour type of 7th contour element3-337, 3344
Contour type of 8th contour element3-337, 3344
Contour type of 9th contour element3-337, 3344
CONTOUR_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
MD 21070 ...............................................2-214
CONTOUR_DEF_ANGLE_NAME
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MD 10652............................................... 2-176
CONTOUR_TOL
MD 36400............................................... 2-265
CONTOUR_TUNNEL_REACTION
MD 21060............................................... 2-214
CONTOUR_TUNNEL_TOL
MD 21050............................................... 2-213
CONTOURHANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
MD 11322............................................... 2-182
CONTPREC
MD 42450............................................... 2-284
contrConfirmActive ......................... 3-374, 3-450
contrMode....................................... 3-374, 3-450
Control mode of drive ..................... 3-375, 3-451
Controlled system gain .............................. 2-114
Controlled system gain power controller.... 2-111
CONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN
MD 5435................................................. 2-114
Controller enable ............................ 3-374, 3-450
Controller mode servo .................... 3-374, 3-450
CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM
MD 10260............................................... 2-169
Coordinate system..................................... 3-564
corr. to actTNumber for block search without
calc......................................................... 3-407
Corr. to circleCenter for block search with calc.
............................................................... 3-423
CORR_VELO
MD 32070............................................... 2-251
corrBlActive ............................................... 3-411
Corresp. to actNumber for block search with
calc......................................................... 3-405
Corresponds to circleCenterWos .............. 3-424
Corresponds to circleRadiusWos .............. 3-424
Cos phi power factor (not 810D)....... 2-73, 2-101
countActivated ........................................... 3-562
Counter bandwidth pilot filter 1 .................. 2-112
Counter for NC-start key............................ 3-413
Counter incremented with each call of EXTCALL
............................................................... 3-351
Counter indicating changes of axes
configuration .......................................... 3-411
Counter indicating that a new LUD ACC is
available................................................. 3-413
COUPLE_AXIS_1
MD 21300............................................... 2-217
COUPLE_BLOCK_CHANGE_CTRL_1
MD 21320............................................... 2-217
COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1
MD 21340............................................... 2-217
COUPLE_POS_TOL_COARSE
MD 37200............................................... 2-276
COUPLE_POS_TOL_FINE
MD 37210............................................... 2-276
COUPLE_RATIO_1
MD 42300............................................... 2-283
COUPLE_RESET_MODE_1
MD 21330............................................... 2-217
COUPLE_VELO_TOL_COARSE
MD 37220............................................... 2-276
COUPLE_VELO_TOL_FINE
MD 37230............................................... 2-276
I-679
Lists
I Index
COUPLING_MODE_1
MD 21310 ...............................................2-217
cOut............................................................3-411
CPREC_WITH_FFW
MD 20470 ...............................................2-210
CRC diagnostic parameter................2-97, 3-483
CRC diagnostic parameters .......................2-120
CRC errors on the drive bus ...........3-376, 3-452
CRC_DIAGNOSIS
MD 1720 ...................................................2-97
MD 5720 .................................................2-120
crcErrorCount..................................3-480, 3-483
CRC-parameter for diagnosis ....................3-480
Creep speed pulse suppression (not 810D).2-83
CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE
MD 42470 ...............................................2-284
CTM_ ANGLE_REFERENCE_AXIS
MD 9632 .................................................2-143
CTM_ CIRC_TAP_DWELL_TIME_2
MD 9645 .................................................2-144
CTM_ ENABLE_DRIVEN_TOOL
MD 9643 .................................................2-144
CTM_ ENABLE_G_CODE_INPUT
MD 9641 .................................................2-144
CTM_ ENABLE_S_TOOL_TABLE
MD 9636 .................................................2-143
CTM_ INC_DEC_FEED_PER_MIN
MD 9633 .................................................2-143
CTM_ INC_DEC_FEED_PER_ROT
MD 9634 .................................................2-143
CTM_ MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN
MD 9637 .................................................2-143
CTM_ MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT
MD 9638 .................................................2-143
CTM_ ROUGH_O_RELEASE_DIST
MD 9648 .................................................2-144
CTM_ANGLE_REFERENCE_AXIS (HMI EMB)
MD 9632 .................................................2-137
CTM_CIRC_TAP_DWELL_TIME_1
MD 9644 .................................................2-144
CTM_COUNT_GEAR_STEPS
MD 9627 .................................................2-143
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON
MD 9611 .................................................2-141
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON (HMI EMB)
MD 9611 .................................................2-136
CTM_CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE
MD 9625 .................................................2-142
CTM_CYC_ROUGH_VAR_DEPTH
MD 9556 .................................................2-136
CTM_CYCLE_DWELL_TIME
MD 9621 .................................................2-142
CTM_CYCLE_DWELL_TIME_SEC
MD 9631 .................................................2-143
CTM_CYCLE_SAFETY_CLEARANCE
MD 9620 .................................................2-142
CTM_ENABLE_C_AXSIS
MD 9618 .................................................2-142
CTM_ENABLE_CALC_THREAD_PITCH
MD 9640 .................................................2-144
CTM_ENABLE_CIRCLE_HOLE_CYCLE
MD 9642 .................................................2-144
I-680
09.01
CTM_ENABLE_FEED_P_MIN
MD 9608................................................. 2-141
CTM_ENABLE_RAPID_FEED
MD 9607................................................. 2-141
CTM_ENABLE_REFPOINT
MD 9622................................................. 2-142
CTM_FIN_SPEED_PERCENT
MD 9630................................................. 2-143
CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON
MD 9619................................................. 2-142
CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON (HMI EMB)
MD 9619................................................. 2-137
CTM_MAX_TOOL_WEAR
MD 9639................................................. 2-144
CTM_MAX_TOOL_WEAR (HMI ADV, SM, ST)
MD 9639................................................. 2-137
CTM_MODE_SELECT_BY_SOFTKEY
MD 9624................................................. 2-142
CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
MD 9610................................................. 2-141
MD 9610................................................. 2-136
CTM_ROUGH_I_RELEASE_DIST
MD 9649................................................. 2-144
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA
MD 9602...................................... 2-141, 2-145
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA (HMI
EMB)
MD 9602................................................. 2-136
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X
MD 9600...................................... 2-140, 2-145
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X (for MMC 100)
MD 9600................................................. 2-140
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X (HMI EMB)
MD 9600................................................. 2-136
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Y
MD 9601................................................. 2-145
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Z
MD 9601................................................. 2-141
CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Z (HMI EMB)
MD 9601................................................. 2-136
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA
MD 9605...................................... 2-141, 2-145
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA (HMI
EMB)
MD 9605................................................. 2-136
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X
MD 9603...................................... 2-141, 2-145
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X (HMI EMB)
MD 9603................................................. 2-136
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Y
MD 9604................................................. 2-145
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Z
MD 9604................................................. 2-141
CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Z (HMI EMB)
MD 9604................................................. 2-136
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS
MD 9606................................................. 2-141
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS (HMI
EMB)
MD 9606................................................. 2-136
CTM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES
MD 9609................................................. 2-141
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
CTM_START_WITHOUT_REFPOINT
MD 9623 .................................................2-142
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED
MD 9615 .................................................2-142
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED_P_MIN
MD 9616 .................................................2-142
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED_P_REV
MD 9617 .................................................2-142
CTM_TEACH_STORE_MANUAL_ABS
MD 9612 .................................................2-141
CTM_TEACH_STORE_MANUAL_AUTO
MD 9614 .................................................2-142
CTM_TEACH_STORE_START_ABS
MD 9613 .................................................2-141
CTM_TOOL_INPUT_DIAM_ON
MD 9628 .................................................2-143
CTM_TRACE
MD 9626 .................................................2-142
CTM_TURN_GROOV_FREE_CUT_VAL
MD 9561 .................................................2-136
CTM_TURN_GROOV_TOOL_BEND
MD 9560 .................................................2-136
CTM_WEAR_INPUT_DIAM_ON
MD 9629 .................................................2-143
CTRL_CONFIG
MD 1004 ...................................................2-67
MD 5004 .................................................2-107
CTRLOUT_DELAY
MD 1101 ...................................................2-70
CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME
MD 10082 ...............................................2-166
CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME_MAX
MD 10083 ...............................................2-166
CTRLOUT_LIMIT
MD 36210 ...............................................2-264
CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME
MD 36220 ...............................................2-264
CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR
MD 30110 ...............................................2-244
CTRLOUT_NR
MD 30120 ...............................................2-245
CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR
MD 30100 ...............................................2-244
CTRLOUT_TYPE
MD 30130 ...............................................2-245
CUBIC_SPLINE_BLOCKS
MD 20160 ...............................................2-207
Curr. safety actual value difference NCK - drive
.....................................................3-381, 3-457
Curr. safety speed difference NCK - drive3-381,
3-457
Curr. stat. of DP M bus - DP M contr..........3-549
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_1
MD 1180 ...................................................2-75
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_2
MD 1181 ...................................................2-76
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE
MD 1183 ...................................................2-76
CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
MD 1000 ...................................................2-67
CURRCTRL_GAIN
MD 1120 ...................................................2-72
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
CURRCTRL_GAIN_M2
MD 2120................................................. 2-101
CURRCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
MD 1121................................................... 2-72
CURRCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_M2
MD 2121................................................. 2-101
CURRCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY
MD 1124.......................................... 2-72, 2-73
Current access time to bus........................ 3-549
Current application .................................... 3-564
Current channel ......................................... 3-564
Current controller adaptation factor (not 810D)276
Current controller adaptation ON (not 810D)2-76
Current controller cycle................................ 2-67
Current controller integral action time.......... 2-72
Current controller integral action time (not 810D)
............................................................... 2-101
Current controller P gain (not 810D).......... 2-101
Current controller proportional gain ............. 2-72
Current coupling state of the slave spindle3-368,
3-444
Current gross cycle time............................ 3-558
Current indexing position number... 3-372, 3-448
Current location .............................. 3-489, 3-507
Current magazine ........................... 3-488, 3-507
Current magazine position......................... 3-499
Current net cycle time................................ 3-558
Current operating mode MMC ................... 3-564
Current physical unit.................................. 3-366
Current physical unit of axis....................... 3-462
Current physical unit of the axis position ... 3-442
Current position of channel axes ............... 3-402
Current position of machine....................... 3-402
Current reverse position 1 for oscill. in the BCS
.................................................... 3-370, 3-446
Current reverse position 2 for oscill. in the BCS
.................................................... 3-370, 3-446
Current rotor position (electr.) (not 810D).... 2-98
Current rotor position identification (not 810D)268
Current setpoint controlled range IM (not 810D)
...................................................... 2-89, 2-105
Current speed limitation for spindle3-385, 3-388,
3-470, 3-473
Current state reached during the boot process3377, 3-453
Current stroke number............................... 3-439
Current width of the grinding wheel ........... 3-494
CURRENT_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH
MD 1211................................................... 2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ
MD 1222................................................... 2-79
CURRENT_FILTER_1_BW_NUM
MD 1212.......................................... 2-77, 2-78
CURRENT_FILTER_1_DAMPING
MD 1203.......................................... 2-76, 2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY
MD 1202................................................... 2-76
CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ
MD 1210................................................... 2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH
I-681
Lists
I Index
MD 1214 ...................................................2-78
CURRENT_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ
MD 1223 ...................................................2-79
CURRENT_FILTER_2_BW_NUM
MD 1215 ...................................................2-78
CURRENT_FILTER_2_DAMPING
MD 1205 ...................................................2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY
MD 1204 ...................................................2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ
MD 1213 ...................................................2-78
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BANDWIDTH
MD 1217 ...................................................2-78
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BS_FREQ
MD 1224 ...................................................2-79
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BW_NUM
MD 1218 ...................................................2-78
CURRENT_FILTER_3_DAMPING
MD 1207 ...................................................2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_3_FREQUENCY
MD 1206 ...................................................2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_3_SUPPR_FREQ
MD 1216 ...................................................2-78
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BANDWIDTH
MD 1220 ...................................................2-79
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BS_FREQ
MD 1225 ...................................................2-79
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BW_NUM
MD 1221 ...................................................2-79
CURRENT_FILTER_4_DAMPING
MD 1209 ...................................................2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_4_FREQUENCY
MD 1208 ...................................................2-77
CURRENT_FILTER_4_SUPPR_FREQ
MD 1219 ..........................................2-78, 2-79
CURRENT_FILTER_CONFIG
MD 1201 ...................................................2-76
CURRENT_LIMIT
MD 1238 ...................................................2-80
CURRENT_LIMIT_M2
MD 2238 .................................................2-104
CURRENT_LSB
MD 1710 ..........................................2-96, 2-97
CURRENT_MONITOR_FILTER_TIME
MD 1254 ...................................................2-81
CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1019 ...................................................2-68
CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS
MD 1246 ...................................................2-81
CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS_M2
MD 2246 .................................................2-104
CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED
MD 1245 ...................................................2-80
CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED_M2
MD 2245 .................................................2-104
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL
MD 20602 ...............................................2-211
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_JERK
MD 20603 ...............................................2-211
CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE
MD 9675 .................................................2-147
CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL
I-682
09.01
MD 42494............................................... 2-285
CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT
MD 20210............................................... 2-208
CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT
MD 20230............................................... 2-208
CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE
MD 42490............................................... 2-285
CUTCOM_INTERS_POLY_ENABLE
MD 20256............................................... 2-208
CUTCOM_MAX_DISC
MD 20220............................................... 2-208
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
MD 20240............................................... 2-208
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 20250............................................... 2-208
CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS
MD 20252............................................... 2-208
CUTCOM_PARALLEL_ORI_LIMIT
MD 21080............................................... 2-214
CUTCOM_PLANE_ORI_LIMIT
MD 21082............................................... 2-214
CUTCOM_PLANE_PATH_LIMIT
MD 21084............................................... 2-214
cuttEdgeNo................................................ 3-517
cuttEdgeParam ............................... 3-486, 3-530
CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT
MD 20270............................................... 2-209
CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
MD 20130............................................... 2-206
cuttingTime ................................................ 3-558
Cycles between bus access errors type 1 . 3-549
Cycles between bus access errors type 2 . 3-549
cycleTime .................................................. 3-558
cycServRestricted...................................... 3-412
Cylinder dead volume at the drive end ...... 2-109
Cylinder dead volume at the non-drive end2-109
Cylinder piston diameter............................ 2-109
Cylinder piston rod diameter A .................. 2-109
Cylinder piston rod diameter B .................. 2-109
CYLINDER_A_ORIENTATION
MD 5151................................................. 2-110
CYLINDER_DEAD_VOLUME_A
MD 5135................................................. 2-109
CYLINDER_DEAD_VOLUME_B
MD 5136................................................. 2-109
CYLINDER_FASTENING
MD 5152................................................. 2-110
CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER
MD 5131................................................. 2-109
CYLINDER_SAFETY_CONFIG
MD 5530................................................. 2-116
D
Dadr........................................................... 3-432
Damping for current setpoint filter 1 ... 2-76, 2-77
Damping for current setpoint filter 2 ............ 2-77
Damping for current setpoint filter 3 ............ 2-77
Damping for current setpoint filter 4 ............ 2-77
Damping for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D)290
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Damping for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D)290
Damping manipulated value filter 1............2-113
Damping of reference model speed (not 810D)
..................................................................2-87
Damping of the reference model................2-114
Damping the drive ......................................2-110
DARKTIME_TO_PLC (OP 30)
MD 9015 .................................................2-123
data .................................................3-491, 3-492
Data byte in link area .................................3-347
Data exchange time in [s,s,userdef]...........3-548
Data list index (see module ETPD) ............3-562
Data recording method...............................3-561
Data version ............. 2-100, 2-120, 3-482, 3-484
Data word in link area ................................3-348
dataListIndex..............................................3-562
dataProtok..................................................3-562
dataUploaded.............................................3-562
DC link voltage .............................................2-95
DC-link undervoltage alarm threshold..........2-92
DC-link voltage...........................................3-484
DEBUG_MASK_CHAN_AX_GAP
MD 11649 ...............................................2-185
Deceleration time with servo disable..........2-113
DEFAULT_FEED
MD 42110 ...............................................2-283
DEFAULT_ROT_FACTOR_R
MD 42150 ...............................................2-283
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS
MD 43120 ...............................................2-287
DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
MD 42140 ...............................................2-283
Delay time 'Fd & lt; Fdx' signal .........................2-88
Delay time for pulse suppression (not 810D)283
Delay time for regenerative braking (not 810D)294
Delay time for SG changeover (not 810D) ...2-83
Delay time signal 'Md & lt; Mdx'........................2-88
Delay time signal 'n_set = n_act'..................2-88
DELAY_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1029 ...................................................2-69
Denominator of gear unit encoder / load (not
810D)........................................................2-82
Des. status of DP M bus - HOST req. ........3-550
DES_CURRENT_OPEN_LOOP_AM
MD 1458 ...................................................2-89
DES_CURRENT_OPEN_LOOP_AM_M2
MD 2458 .................................................2-105
DES_VELO_LIMIT
MD 36520 ...............................................2-265
Desired cylinder power...............................2-120
Desired damping closed-loop system ........2-110
Desired parameter set of the drive..3-375, 3-451
Desired torque value in Nm.............3-371, 3-447
Desired value of axis-specific feedrate ......3-466
Desired value of axis-specific feedrate, .....3-449
Desired value of position after fine interpolation
.....................................................3-373, 3-449
Desired value of rotary speed ....................3-480
Desired value of rotary speed. ...................3-449
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
Desired value of the interpolation feedrate 3-411
DESIRED_CYL_FORCE
MD 5717................................................. 2-120
DESIRED_SPEED
MD 1706................................................... 2-96
MD 5706................................................. 2-119
DESIRED_TORQUE
MD 1728................................................... 2-98
DESIRED_VALVE_SPOOL_POS
MD 5715................................................. 2-120
DESIRED_VOLTAGE
MD 1705................................................... 2-96
desiredSpeed ................................. 3-480, 3-483
DIAG_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1734................................................... 2-99
diagnoseDataFfs ....................................... 3-350
Diagnosis dir. measuring system absolute track
........................................................ 2-69, 2-70
Diagnosis measuring circuit motor absolute
track ......................................................... 2-69
Diagnosis of measuring circuit motor absolute
track ....................................................... 2-107
DIAGNOSIS_ACTIVATION_FLAGS
MD 1610................................................... 2-92
MD 5610................................................. 2-117
DIAGNOSIS_CONTROL_FLAGS
MD 1650................................................... 2-94
MD 5650................................................. 2-118
Diagnostic control ...................................... 2-118
Diagnostic control (not 810D) ...................... 2-94
Diagnostic functions .................................. 2-117
Diagnostic functions (not 810D) .................. 2-92
Diagnostics
611D result list 1 (not 810D) .................... 2-84
611D result list 2 (not 810D) .................... 2-84
NC result list 1 (not 810D)........................ 2-84
NC result list 2 (not 810D)........................ 2-84
Diagnostics for STOP F (not 810D) ............. 2-84
Diagnostics, actual speed value .................. 2-98
Diagnostics, ramp-up time........................... 2-98
Diagnostics, smooth running monitoring ..... 2-98
Diameter .................................................... 2-141
DIAMETER_AX_DEF
MD 20100............................................... 2-204
DIFF_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1737................................................... 2-99
DIG_A_MAX
MD 21460............................................... 2-219
DIG_A_MAX_MOVE
MD 21462............................................... 2-219
DIG_A_MAX_SCAN
MD 21464............................................... 2-219
DIG_ASSIGN_DIGITIZE_TO_CHAN
MD 11430............................................... 2-184
DIG_ASSIGN_NUM_OF_AXES
MD 11432............................................... 2-184
DIG_DELTAPOS
MD 21440............................................... 2-219
DIG_L_INKR
MD 21424............................................... 2-218
DIG_L_MIN
MD 21430............................................... 2-218
I-683
Lists
I Index
DIG_L_NORMAL
MD 21432 ...............................................2-218
DIG_L_NOTAUS
MD 21434 ...............................................2-218
DIG_L_NOTAUS_EXT
MD 21436 ...............................................2-218
DIG_L_OFF_Z
MD 21422 ...............................................2-218
DIG_L_ORDER
MD 21420 ...............................................2-218
DIG_P_HAND
MD 21470 ...............................................2-219
DIG_P_MAX
MD 37310 ...............................................2-277
DIG_P_MIN
MD 37300 ...............................................2-277
DIG_P_SCAN
MD 21472 ...............................................2-219
DIG_PROT_VERSION
MD 21400 ...............................................2-218
DIG_SENSOR_OFFSET
MD 21476 ...............................................2-219
DIG_T_SCAN
MD 21474 ...............................................2-219
DIG_V_EILGANG
MD 21450 ...............................................2-219
DIG_V_MAX
MD 37320 ...............................................2-277
Digital drive type.........................................3-350
digitInpVal ..................................................3-350
digitOutpVal................................................3-350
Dimension of the magazine........................3-499
DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
MD 10640 ...............................................2-175
Direct encoder used ...................................3-481
direction......................................................3-412
Display monitor value...................................2-95
Display of active axis..................................3-349
Display of existing axes..............................3-410
Display of SI-MD check sum (not 810D) ......2-84
Display of the operating mode ...................2-120
Display state for block display....................3-426
Display traversing blocks ...........................3-420
DISPLAY_AXIS
MD 20098 ...............................................2-204
DISPLAY_BACKLIGHT
MD 9025 .................................................2-123
DISPLAY_BLACK_TIME (HMI EMB)
MD 9006 .................................................2-122
DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
MD 30320 ...............................................2-246
DISPLAY_MODE (HMI EMB)
MD 9002 .................................................2-122
DISPLAY_MODE_POSITION
MD 10136 ...............................................2-167
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
MD 9004 .................................................2-122
DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH
MD 9011 .................................................2-123
DISPLAY_TYPE
MD 9001 .................................................2-122
displayAxis .......................... 3-374, 3-450, 3-467
I-684
09.01
displayState ............................................... 3-426
Dist.-to-go of infeed during oscill. in the WCS3401
Distance from beginning of the block in the BCS
............................................................... 3-400
Distance from the beginning of block in the
WCS....................................................... 3-401
Distance per revolution................... 3-374, 3-450
Distance to change position ...................... 3-504
Distance to the end of the block in the BCS3401
Distance to the end of the block in the WCS3401
Distance-to-go of infeed during oscill. in the
BCS........................................................ 3-401
distPerDriveRevol ........................... 3-374, 3-450
DIVISION_LIN_SCALE
MD 1024................................................... 2-69
MD 5024................................................. 2-107
DIVISION_LIN_SCALE_DM
MD 1034................................................... 2-70
DM frame length SSI (not 810D) ................. 2-70
DNDT_THRESHOLD
MD 1611................................................... 2-92
DNo ........................................................... 3-517
D-number........................................ 3-432, 3-517
Double word data (32 bits) from/to the PLC3347
DP cycle time in [s,s,userdef] .................... 3-548
DP system configuration data are valid ..... 3-555
dp611USpecAccChangeCnt...................... 3-546
dp611USpecAccKey.................................. 3-546
dp611USpecAccMask ............................... 3-546
dp611USpecAccPath ................................ 3-547
DPA/DPM available ................................... 3-554
dpAxisCfgMachAxisNr ............................... 3-547
dpAxisCfgNumAxes................................... 3-547
dpAxisCfgValid .......................................... 3-547
dpAxisStateCtrlout ..................................... 3-547
dpAxisStateEnc1 ....................................... 3-547
dpAxisStateEnc2 ....................................... 3-547
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrCtrlout..................... 3-548
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrEnc1 ....................... 3-548
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrEnc2 ....................... 3-548
dpBusCfgBaudrate .................................... 3-548
dpBusCfgCycleTime .................................. 3-548
dpBusCfgDataExTime ............................... 3-548
dpBusCfgNumBuses ................................. 3-548
dpBusCfgValid........................................... 3-548
dpBusStateAccessDurationAct.................. 3-549
dpBusStateAccessDurationMax ................ 3-549
dpBusStateAccessDurationMin ................. 3-549
dpBusStateAccessErrCnt1 ........................ 3-549
dpBusStateAccessErrCnt2 ........................ 3-549
dpBusStateAvgCycleBetweenErr1 ............ 3-549
dpBusStateAvgCycleBetweenErr2 ............ 3-549
dpBusStateCycleCnt.................................. 3-549
dpBusStateDpmAction .............................. 3-549
dpBusStateDpmActual .............................. 3-549
dpBusStateDpmCtrl ................................... 3-550
dpBusStateDpmError................................. 3-550
dpBusStateDpmPrjCnt............................... 3-550
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
dpBusStateDpmRequest............................3-550
dpBusStateNumActiveSlaves ....................3-550
dpClientCfgId .............................................3-550
dpClientCfgNumClnt ..................................3-550
dpClientCfgValid ........................................3-550
dpClientStateComm ...................................3-551
dpSlaveCfgBusAddr...................................3-551
dpSlaveCfgInputTime.................................3-551
dpSlaveCfgMasterAppCycTime .................3-551
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves ..............................3-551
dpSlaveCfgOutputTime ..............................3-551
dpSlaveCfgValid.........................................3-551
dpSlaveIdentNo..........................................3-552
dpSlaveStateComm ...................................3-552
dpSlaveStateIncCnt ...................................3-552
dpSlaveStateSync ......................................3-552
dpSlotCfgAssignAxis ..................................3-552
dpSlotCfgAssignBus ..................................3-552
dpSlotCfgAssignClient ...............................3-552
dpSlotCfgAssignMaster..............................3-553
dpSlotCfgAssignSlave................................3-553
dpSlotCfgIoType ........................................3-553
dpSlotCfgLength ........................................3-553
dpSlotCfgLogBaseAddress ........................3-553
dpSlotCfgNumSlots....................................3-553
dpSlotCfgSlaveAddress .............................3-553
dpSlotCfgSlotNr .........................................3-554
dpSlotCfgValid ...........................................3-554
dpSlotStateComm ......................................3-554
dpSlotStateRecvTelegram .........................3-554
dpSlotStateSendTelegram .........................3-554
dpSlotStateTelegramType..........................3-554
DpSync.......................................................3-552
dpSysCfgAvailable .....................................3-554
dpSysCfgNumMaster .................................3-555
dpSysCfgValid............................................3-555
dpSysCfgVersionDpm ................................3-555
dpSysCfgVersionDpr..................................3-555
dpSysCfgVersionDprEx..............................3-555
dpSysCfgVersionHost ................................3-555
dpSysStateDpmInit ....................................3-555
DRAM_FILESYSTEM_MASK
MD 11290 ...............................................2-181
DRF active .................................................3-420
DRF value ..................................................3-467
DRFActive ..................................................3-420
drfVal..........................................................3-467
DRIFT_ENABLE
MD 36700 ...............................................2-265
DRIFT_LIMIT
MD 36710 ...............................................2-265
DRIFT_VALUE
MD 36720 ...............................................2-266
Drive assignment ..... 3-375, 3-378, 3-451, 3-455
Drive error code for alarm 300911 ..3-482, 3-484
Drive load in % (611D only) ............3-369, 3-445
Drive power in W (611D only) .........3-371, 3-446
Drive ready......................................3-376, 3-452
Drive switched on............................3-376, 3-452
Drive type ...................................................3-536
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM
MD 31050 ...............................................2-249
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA
MD 31060............................................... 2-249
DRIVE_DAMPING
MD 5161................................................. 2-110
DRIVE_DIAGNOSIS
MD 13100............................................... 2-190
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM
MD 31070............................................... 2-249
DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA
MD 31080............................................... 2-249
DRIVE_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 13070............................................... 2-190
DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE
MD 13020............................................... 2-189
DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE
MD 13000............................................... 2-189
DRIVE_LOGIC_ADDRESS
MD 13050............................................... 2-189
DRIVE_LOGIC_NR
MD 13010............................................... 2-189
DRIVE_MASS
MD 5150................................................. 2-110
DRIVE_MAX_SPEED
MD 5401................................................. 2-113
DRIVE_MAX_SPEED_SETUP
MD 5420................................................. 2-114
DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE
MD 13030............................................... 2-189
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY
MD 5163................................................. 2-110
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY_A
MD 5162................................................. 2-110
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY_B
MD 5164................................................. 2-110
DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING
MD 36730............................................... 2-266
DRIVE_TELEGRAM_TYPE
MD 13060............................................... 2-189
DRIVE_TYPE
MD 13040............................................... 2-189
drive2ndTorqueLimit ....................... 3-374, 3-450
driveActMotorSwitch ....................... 3-374, 3-450
driveActParamSet........................... 3-374, 3-450
driveClass1Alarm ........................... 3-374, 3-450
driveContrMode .............................. 3-375, 3-451
driveCoolerTempWarn ................... 3-375, 3-451
driveDesMotorSwitch...................... 3-375, 3-451
driveDesParamSet.......................... 3-375, 3-451
driveFastStop ................................. 3-375, 3-451
driveFreqMode................................ 3-375, 3-451
driveImpulseEnabled ...................... 3-375, 3-451
driveIndex ....................................... 3-375, 3-451
driveIntegDisable............................ 3-375, 3-451
driveLinkVoltageOk ........................ 3-376, 3-452
driveLoad..................3-385, 3-388, 3-470, 3-473
driveMotorTempWarn..................... 3-376, 3-452
driveNumCrcErrors ......................... 3-376, 3-452
driveParked .................................... 3-376, 3-452
drivePowerOn ................................. 3-376, 3-452
driveProgMessages ........................ 3-376, 3-452
driveReady...................................... 3-376, 3-452
driveRunLevel................................. 3-377, 3-453
I-685
Lists
I Index
driveSetupMode ..............................3-377, 3-453
driveSpeedSmoothing.....................3-377, 3-453
driveType ...................................................3-350
driveTypeChangeCnt .................................3-350
Dropout delay of variable signaling function2118
Dropout delay, variable message function (not
810D)........................................................2-93
Dry run feedrate ..............................3-422, 3-540
DRY_RUN_FEED
MD 42100 ...............................................2-283
DRY_RUN_FEED_MODE
MD 42101 ...............................................2-283
DRYRUN_MASK
MD 10704 ...............................................2-177
DUAL_GAIN_COMP_SMOOTH_RANGE
MD 5466 .................................................2-115
DUAL_GAIN_COMP_SMOOTH_Z_R
MD 5482 .................................................2-115
dummy .......................................................3-467
Duplo number...................... 3-488, 3-506, 3-517
Duplo number of active tool .......................3-405
Duplo number of programmed tool) ...........3-414
duploNo...........................................3-488, 3-517
Dval ............................................................3-432
DYN_MATCH_ENABLE
MD 32900 ...............................................2-256
DYN_MATCH_TIME
MD 32910 ...............................................2-256
Dynamic parameters for synchronous actions3544
E
Eadr............................................................3-432
Edge number..............................................3-517
Edge offset value .......................................3-487
Edge offset value parameter ......................3-486
edgedata ....................................................3-530
edgeData.........................................3-487, 3-493
edgeECData....................................3-523, 3-524
edgeSCData....................................3-527, 3-528
effComp1.........................................3-377, 3-453
effComp2.........................................3-377, 3-453
EG axis number master axis ......................3-398
EG block change criterion ..........................3-413
EG denominator link factor.........................3-398
EG link active .............................................3-398
EG link type................................................3-399
EG number of master axes ........................3-399
EG numerator link factor ............................3-398
EG synchronism deviation .........................3-419
EG synchronous position of master axis ....3-399
EG synchronous position of slave axis ......3-399
EG_ACC_TOL
MD 37560 ...............................................2-278
EG_VEL_WARNING
MD 37550 ...............................................2-278
Emergency retraction speed (not 810D) ......2-94
Emergency retraction time (not 810D) .........2-94
EMF_VOLTAGE
I-686
09.01
MD 1114.......................................... 2-71, 2-72
Enable ....................................................... 2-141
Enable inverter impulse .................. 3-375, 3-451
Enable safety functions (not 810D) ............. 2-81
Enable star/delta changeover (not 810D) .... 2-68
ENABLE_ALARM_MASK
MD 11411............................................... 2-183
ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP
MD 11640............................................... 2-185
ENABLE_STAR_DELTA
MD 1013................................................... 2-68
ENABLE_START_MODE_MASK_PRT
MD 22621............................................... 2-224
ENC_ABS_BUFFERING
MD 30270............................................... 2-246
ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_DIRECT
MD 1033.......................................... 2-69, 2-70
ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR
MD 1023................................................... 2-69
MD 5023................................................. 2-107
ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT
MD 1032................................................... 2-69
ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR
MD 1022................................................... 2-69
MD 5022................................................. 2-107
ENC_ABS_TURN_MOTOR
MD 5021................................................. 2-107
ENC_ABS_TURNS_DIRECT
MD 1031................................................... 2-69
ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO
MD 34220............................................... 2-259
ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR
MD 1021................................................... 2-68
ENC_ACTVAL_SMOOTH_TIME
MD 34990............................................... 2-260
ENC_CHANGE_TOL
MD 36500............................................... 2-265
ENC_COMP_ENABLE
MD 32700............................................... 2-255
ENC_CONFIG
MD 1027................................................... 2-69
MD 5027................................................. 2-108
ENC_CONFIG_DIRECT
MD 1037................................................... 2-70
ENC_DIFF_TOL
MD 36510............................................... 2-265
ENC_FEEDBACK_POL
MD 32110............................................... 2-252
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT
MD 36300............................................... 2-264
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW
MD 36302............................................... 2-264
ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
MD 31010............................................... 2-248
ENC_HANDWHEEL_INPUT_NR
MD 11344............................................... 2-182
ENC_HANDWHEEL_MODULE_NR
MD 11342............................................... 2-182
ENC_HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT_NR
MD 11340............................................... 2-182
ENC_INPUT_NR
MD 30230............................................... 2-245
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
ENC_INVERS
MD 34320 ...............................................2-260
ENC_IS_DIRECT
MD 31040 ...............................................2-248
ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT
MD 30242 ...............................................2-246
ENC_IS_LINEAR
MD 31000 ...............................................2-248
ENC_MARKER_INC
MD 34310 ...............................................2-259
ENC_MODULE_NR
MD 30220 ...............................................2-245
ENC_PHASE_ERROR_CORRECTION
MD 1008 ...................................................2-67
MD 5008 .................................................2-107
ENC_PULSE_MULT
MD 31025 ...............................................2-248
ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST
MD 34300 ...............................................2-259
ENC_REFP_MODE
MD 34200 ...............................................2-259
ENC_REFP_STATE
MD 34210 ...............................................2-259
ENC_RESOL
MD 31020 ...............................................2-248
ENC_RESOL_DIRECT
MD 1007 ...................................................2-67
ENC_RESOL_MOTOR
MD 1005 ...................................................2-67
MD 5005 .................................................2-107
ENC_RESOL_MOTOR_M2
MD 2005 .................................................2-101
ENC_SEGMENT_NR
MD 30210 ...............................................2-245
ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER
MD 34230 ...............................................2-259
ENC_SPEED_LIMIT
MD 5609 .................................................2-117
ENC_TYPE
MD 5790 .................................................2-120
ENC_TYPE
MD 30240 ...............................................2-246
ENC_TYPE_DIRECT
MD 1791 ...................................................2-99
ENC_TYPE_MOTOR
MD 1790 ...................................................2-99
ENC_ZERO_MONITORING
MD 36310 ...............................................2-264
encChoice .......................................3-377, 3-453
Encoder increments of the direct measuring
system ......................................................2-67
Encoder lines per revolution (not 810D).......2-82
Encoder phase error compensation ...........2-107
Encoder phase error compensation IM ........2-67
encTypeDirect .................................3-481, 3-483
encTypeMotor .................................3-481, 3-484
Entry of monitor value ..................................2-95
EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP
MD 37400 ...............................................2-277
EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME
MD 32800 ...............................................2-256
EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MD 32810............................................... 2-256
errCodeSetNrGen...................................... 3-555
errCodeSetNrPi ......................................... 3-555
Error on status transitions.......................... 3-550
Error SPL-KDV .......................................... 3-357
ESR alarm status....................................... 3-400
ESR axis enable ............................. 3-368, 3-444
ESR axis status .............................. 3-369, 3-445
ESR start signal......................................... 3-348
ESR_DELAY_TIME1
MD 21380............................................... 2-217
ESR_DELAY_TIME2
MD 21381............................................... 2-217
ESR_REACTION
MD 37500............................................... 2-278
Estimation of program runtime .................. 3-404
EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB
MD 10620............................................... 2-175
Eval............................................................ 3-432
Evaluation of torque limit (not 810D) 2-76, 2-103
eventActive ................................................ 3-562
eventActiveStatus ...................................... 3-562
EVERY_ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER
MD 34232............................................... 2-259
EXACT_POS_MODE
MD 20550............................................... 2-211
EXACT_POS_MODE_G0_TO_G1
MD 20552............................................... 2-211
Existing TO edge parameters .................... 3-319
Expected Dpr version from DPR_SS_VERSION
............................................................... 3-555
EXPONENT_LIMIT (HMI EMB)
MD 9030................................................. 2-123
EXPONENT_SCIENCE (HMI EMB)
MD 9031................................................. 2-124
EXT_PROG_PATH
MD 42700............................................... 2-286
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MAX
MD 10802............................................... 2-178
EXTERN_CHAN_SYNC_M_NO_MIN
MD 10800............................................... 2-178
EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO
MD 10888............................................... 2-179
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_DIST
MD 42162............................................... 2-283
EXTERN_DOUBLE_TURRET_ON
MD 10812............................................... 2-179
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_F9
MD 42160............................................... 2-283
EXTERN_FIXED_FEEDRATE_F1_ON
MD 22920............................................... 2-225
EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG
MD 10884............................................... 2-179
EXTERN_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 20734............................................... 2-213
EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE
MD 20732............................................... 2-213
EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
MD 22512............................................... 2-223
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_MODE
MD 20156............................................... 2-207
EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
I-687
Lists
I Index
MD 20154 ...............................................2-206
EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM
MD 10886 ...............................................2-179
EXTERN_INTERRUPT_BITS_M96
MD 10808 ...............................................2-179
EXTERN_M_NO_DISABLE_INT
MD 10806 ...............................................2-178
EXTERN_M_NO_SET_INT
MD 10804 ...............................................2-178
EXTERN_MEAS_G31_P_SIGNAL
MD 10810 ...............................................2-179
EXTERN_PARALLEL_GEOAX
MD 22930 ...............................................2-225
EXTERN_REF_POSITION_G30_1
MD 43340 ...............................................2-288
EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
MD 20095 ...............................................2-204
EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE
MD 10890 ...............................................2-179
External execution......................................3-427
External NCK input of SI prog. log. from NCK
peri..........................................................3-354
External NCK output of SI prog. log. to NCK per.
................................................................3-354
External PLC output of the SI progr. logic ..3-355
externCncSystem .......................................3-318
extProgActive .............................................3-412
extProgBufferName....................................3-427
extProgFlag................................................3-427
extraCuttEdgeParams ................................3-319
extUnit ................................. 3-366, 3-442, 3-462
F
F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
MD 22410 ...............................................2-223
FACTOR_INERTIA
MD 1076 ...................................................2-70
FACTOR_MASS
MD 1076 ...................................................2-70
Fastening the cylinder ................................2-110
FASTIO_ANA_INPUT_WEIGHT
MD 10320 ...............................................2-169
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS
MD 10300 ...............................................2-169
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS
MD 10310 ...............................................2-169
FASTIO_ANA_OUTPUT_WEIGHT
MD 10330 ...............................................2-169
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS
MD 10350 ...............................................2-170
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS
MD 10360 ...............................................2-170
FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT
MD 10361 ...............................................2-170
fctGenState .....................................3-377, 3-454
Feed disable...............................................3-420
Feed forward control factor torque ..3-379, 3-455
Feed forward control factor velocity 3-379, 3-455
Feed forward control mode .............3-379, 3-456
FEEDBK_SPEED_THRESHOLD
I-688
09.01
MD 5422................................................. 2-114
Feedrate override ................ 3-377, 3-454, 3-467
feedRateIpoOvr ......................................... 3-412
feedRateIpoUnit......................................... 3-412
feedRateOvr ........................ 3-377, 3-454, 3-467
feedStopActive .......................................... 3-420
FFS diagnostic data................................... 3-350
FFS free memory....................................... 3-351
FFS memory defect ................................... 3-350
FFS net size .............................................. 3-352
FFS total size............................................. 3-358
FFS used memory ..................................... 3-359
FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE
MD 32630............................................... 2-255
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_BW
MD 5269................................................. 2-112
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM
MD 5270................................................. 2-112
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_DAMP
MD 5265................................................. 2-112
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_FREQ
MD 5264................................................. 2-112
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ
MD 5268................................................. 2-112
FFW_FCTRL_FILTER_TYPE
MD 5261................................................. 2-112
FFW_MODE
MD 32620............................................... 2-255
FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES
MD 22420............................................... 2-223
FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED
MD 1142................................................... 2-74
FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED_M2
MD 2142................................................. 2-102
FIELDCTRL_GAIN
MD 1150................................................... 2-75
FIELDCTRL_GAIN_M2
MD 2150................................................. 2-103
FIELDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
MD 1151................................................... 2-75
FIELDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_M2
MD 2151................................................. 2-103
FIFO buffer for execution from external source3427
FIFO variable for synchronous actions ...... 3-544
Fill level of the IPO buffer (integer value in %)3558
Fill-level display SPL-KDV ......................... 3-357
fillText1 ................................ 3-361, 3-362, 3-365
fillText2 ................................ 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
fillText3 ................................ 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
fillText4 ................................ 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
findBlActive................................................ 3-412
Fine offset.................................................. 3-441
Fine offset with frames3-391, 3-393, 3-440, 3476
FIPO_TYPE
MD 33000............................................... 2-257
Firmware (not 810D).................................... 2-84
Firmware date...........2-100, 2-120, 3-481, 3-484
Firmware release ....................................... 2-100
Firmware version ................. 2-121, 3-481, 3-484
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
FIRMWARE_DATE
MD 1798 .................................................2-100
MD 5798 .................................................2-120
FIRMWARE_VERSION
MD 1799 .................................................2-100
MD 5799 .................................................2-121
firmwareDate...................................3-481, 3-484
firmwareVersion ..............................3-481, 3-484
FIRST_LANGUAGE (HMI EMB)
MD 9003 .................................................2-122
FIX_POINT_POS
MD 30600 ...............................................2-248
Fixed DC link voltage ...................................2-75
Fixed temperature ........................................2-92
Fixed temperature (not 810D) ....................2-105
FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE
MD 1161 ...................................................2-75
FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK
MD 37060 ...............................................2-275
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK
MD 37050 ...............................................2-274
FIXED_STOP_ALARM_REACTION
MD 37052 ...............................................2-274
FIXED_STOP_ANA_TORQUE
MD 37070 ...............................................2-275
FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR
MD 37040 ...............................................2-274
FIXED_STOP_CONTROL
MD 37002 ...............................................2-273
FIXED_STOP_MODE
MD 37000 ...............................................2-273
FIXED_STOP_SWITCH
MD 43500 ...............................................2-289
FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
MD 37030 ...............................................2-274
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE
MD 43510 ...............................................2-289
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF
MD 37010 ...............................................2-273
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_FACTOR
MD 37014 ...............................................2-274
FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME
MD 37012 ...............................................2-274
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW
MD 43520 ...............................................2-289
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF
MD 37020 ...............................................2-274
Flag variable for synchronous actions........3-544
FLUID_ELASTIC_MODULUS
MD 5100 .................................................2-108
Flux controller integral-action time ...............2-75
Flux controller integral-action time (not 810D)2103
Flux controller P-gain ...................................2-75
Flux controller P-gain (not 810D) ...............2-103
FLUX_ACQUISITION_SPEED
MD 1160 ...................................................2-75
FLUX_ACQUISITION_SPEED_M2
MD 2160 .................................................2-103
FLUX_AQUISITION_SPEED
MD 1160 ...................................................2-75
FOC_ACTIVATION_MODE
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MD 37080............................................... 2-275
FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
MD 36042............................................... 2-263
focStat ............................................ 3-378, 3-454
FOLLOW_ON_TOOL_ACTIV
MD 9667................................................. 2-146
Following error ................................ 3-378, 3-455
For active tech.cycle
block no. of current action...................... 3-435
Force constant............................................. 2-71
Force limit in setting-up operation ............... 2-80
FORCE_CURRENT_RATIO
MD 1113................................................... 2-71
FORCE_FFW_WEIGHT
MD 5247................................................. 2-112
FORCE_FILTER_FREQUENCY
MD 1252................................................... 2-81
FORCE_LIMIT_1
MD 1230................................................... 2-79
FORCE_LIMIT_2
MD 1231................................................... 2-79
FORCE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP
MD 1239................................................... 2-80
FORCE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST
MD 1234................................................... 2-80
FORCE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED
MD 1232................................................... 2-79
FORCE_LIMIT_THRESHOLD
MD 5230................................................. 2-111
FORCE_LIMIT_WEIGHT
MD 1192................................................... 2-76
MD 5231................................................. 2-111
FORCE_LSB
MD 1713................................................... 2-97
MD 5713................................................. 2-119
FORCE_THRESHOLD_X
MD 1428................................................... 2-88
FORCECONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN
MD 5240................................................. 2-111
FORCECTRL_CONFIG
MD 5241................................................. 2-111
FORCECTRL_DIFF_TIME
MD 5246................................................. 2-112
FORCECTRL_GAIN
MD 5242................................................. 2-112
FORCECTRL_GAIN_RED
MD 5243................................................. 2-112
FORCECTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
MD 5244................................................. 2-112
FORCECTRL_PT1_TIME
MD 5245................................................. 2-112
forward............................................ 3-428, 3-430
FPU_CTRLWORD_INIT
MD 18910............................................... 2-201
FPU_ERROR_MODE
MD 18900............................................... 2-201
FPU_EXEPTION_MASK
MD 18920............................................... 2-201
FRAME_ADD_COMPONENTS
MD 24000............................................... 2-226
FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE
MD 10600............................................... 2-174
I-689
Lists
I Index
FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
MD 10602 ...............................................2-174
FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
MD 42440 ...............................................2-284
FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED
MD 32074 ...............................................2-251
FRAME_SAVE_MASK
MD 10617 ...............................................2-175
Free memory for synchronous actions.......3-405
Free memory in bytes ................................3-351
Free SRAM in bytes ...................................3-351
freeDirectorys.............................................3-350
freeFiles .....................................................3-351
freeMem .....................................................3-351
freeMemDram ............................................3-351
freeMemDram2PassF ................................3-351
freeMemDramPassF ..................................3-351
freeMemFfs ................................................3-351
freeMemSramPassF ..................................3-351
freeProtokolFiles ........................................3-351
FREQ_STEP_LIMIT
MD 31350 ...............................................2-249
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
MD 32550 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL2
MD 32560 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_ACCEL3
MD 32570 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
MD 32510 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
MD 32520 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
MD 32530 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
MD 32500 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_INC_FACTOR
MD 32580 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_MODE
MD 32490 ...............................................2-254
FRICT_COMP_TIME
MD 32540 ...............................................2-254
Friction force velocity & lt; 0 ............................2-111
Friction force velocity & gt; 0 ............................2-111
FRICTION_COMP_GRADIENT
MD 5460 .................................................2-114
FRICTION_COMP_OUTPUT_RANGE
MD 5461 .................................................2-114
FUNC_SWITCH
MD 1012 ...................................................2-68
MD 5012 .................................................2-107
Function .....................................................3-346
Function switch .................................2-68, 2-107
fxsInfo..............................................3-378, 3-454
fxsStat .............................................3-378, 3-454
G
G0_LINEAR_MODE
MD 20730 ...............................................2-212
G00
I-690
09.01
Path axes traverse as pos. axes ............ 3-412
G00_ACCEL_FACTOR
MD 32434............................................... 2-253
G00_JERK_FACTOR
MD 32435............................................... 2-253
G0Mode ..................................................... 3-412
G53_TOOLCORR
MD 10760............................................... 2-178
Gain factor of the L_h characteristic............ 2-74
Gain factor of the L_h characteristic (not 810D)
............................................................... 2-102
GAIN_FOR_MONITORING
MD 31520............................................... 2-250
GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE
MD 37100............................................... 2-275
GANTRY_BREAK_UP
MD 37140............................................... 2-276
GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR
MD 37120............................................... 2-275
GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF
MD 37130............................................... 2-275
GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING
MD 37110............................................... 2-275
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
MD 22510............................................... 2-223
GCODE_RESET_MODE
MD 20152............................................... 2-206
GCODE_RESET_VALUES
MD 20150............................................... 2-206
GEAR_CHANGE_WAIT_TIME
MD 10192............................................... 2-168
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE
MD 35010............................................... 2-260
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION
MD 35012............................................... 2-260
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO
MD 35110............................................... 2-261
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT
MD 35130............................................... 2-261
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO
MD 35120............................................... 2-261
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT
MD 35140............................................... 2-261
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL
MD 35210............................................... 2-261
GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL
MD 35200............................................... 2-261
GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED
MD 1635................................................... 2-94
GEN_STOP_DELAY
MD 1637................................................... 2-94
Generator force limiting (not 810D) ............. 2-80
GEOAX_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22532............................................... 2-223
GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET
MD 20118............................................... 2-205
geoAxisNr .................................................. 3-467
Geometry or auxiliary axis ......................... 3-462
Global basic unit ........................................ 3-318
Global uplaoad starting point for ACC entries3347
Grid spacing of linear scale (not 810D) ....... 2-82
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Grid spacing, direct measuring system (not
810D)........................................................2-70
Grid spacing, motor measuring system (not
810D)........................................................2-69
GroupID......................................................3-346
Gruppe ............................................3-346, 3-395
Gruppe_NUM ..................................3-346, 3-395
GUD_AREA_SAVE_TAB
MD 11140 ...............................................2-180
gwpsActive ............... 3-385, 3-388, 3-470, 3-473
H
Hadr ...........................................................3-433
HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
MD 20624 ...............................................2-212
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
MD 20620 ...............................................2-212
HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
MD 20622 ...............................................2-212
HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
MD 11320 ...............................................2-182
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_SIZE
MD 32080 ...............................................2-251
HANDWH_MAX_INCR_VELO_SIZE
MD 32082 ...............................................2-251
HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
MD 20621 ...............................................2-212
HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
MD 20623 ...............................................2-212
HANDWH_REVERSE
MD 11310 ...............................................2-181
HANDWH_STOP_COND
MD 32084 ...............................................2-251
HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
MD 11346 ...............................................2-182
HANDWH_VDI_REPRESENTATION
MD 11324 ...............................................2-182
HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
MD 32090 ...............................................2-251
handwheelAss..................... 3-378, 3-454, 3-467
Heatsink temperature monitoring ....3-375, 3-451
HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE
MD 30505 ...............................................2-247
HMI_HELP_SYSTEMS (SM/ST)
MD 9991 .................................................2-138
HMI_MONITOR
MD 9032 .................................................2-124
HMI_TESTAUTOMAT_OPTION
MD 9992 .................................................2-138
HMI_WIZARD_OPTION
MD 9993 .................................................2-139
Host SW version ........................................3-555
Hval ............................................................3-433
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
MD 10362 ...............................................2-170
HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
MD 10364 ...............................................2-170
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD 10366 ...............................................2-171
HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MD 10368............................................... 2-171
HW_CLOCKED_MODULE_MASK
MD 10384............................................... 2-171
HW_LEAD_TIME_FASTIO
MD 10382............................................... 2-171
HW_UPDATE_RATE_FASTIO
MD 10380............................................... 2-171
Hysteresis MD 1232 (not 810D) ....... 2-80, 2-103
Hysteresis of variable signaling functions.. 2-118
Hysteresis speed dep. M setpoint smoothing
(not 810D) ..................................... 2-81, 2-104
Hysteresis speed dependend F-setpoint
smoothing (not 810D) .............................. 2-81
Hysteresis, variable message function (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-93
I
I/F mode ......................................... 3-375, 3-451
I/O identifier ............................................... 3-553
id 3-433, 3-435
ID of the synchronous action .......... 3-433, 3-435
Ident number of the slave .......................... 3-552
Identification client NCK/PLC/3RD ............ 3-550
Identifier for geometry/auxiliary axis .......... 3-467
Identifier of active tool................................ 3-408
Identifier of the magazine .... 3-496, 3-498, 3-499
Identifier programmed tool......................... 3-414
IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
MD 20116............................................... 2-205
IGNORE_OVL_FACTOR_FOR_ADIS
MD 20490............................................... 2-211
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP
MD 20117............................................... 2-205
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK
MD 10702............................................... 2-177
IM frame langth SSI (not 810D) ................... 2-69
IM message frame length SSI ................... 2-108
Image of external NCK inputs of SI progr. logic3354
Image of int. NCK inputs of SI progr. logic 3-355
Image of int. NCK outputs of the SI progr. logic
............................................................... 3-355
Image of int. PLC inputs of the SI progr. logic3355
Image of int. PLC outputs of the SI progr. logic3356
Image of the external NCK outputs of SI prog.
log. ......................................................... 3-354
Image of the external PLC inputs of SI progr.
log. ......................................................... 3-354
Image of the external PLC outputs of SI prog.
log. ......................................................... 3-355
Image of the PLC flag-variable for SI prog. logic
............................................................... 3-356
Image of the ZK1PO register. .................... 3-480
Image of the ZK1RES register................... 3-480
Image ZK1_PO register ............................... 2-99
Image ZK1_RES register............................. 2-99
Impulse enable for drive ................. 3-378, 3-454
impulseEnable ................................ 3-378, 3-454
I-691
Lists
I Index
IN data byte................................................3-348
IN data double word ...................................3-349
IN data word...............................................3-349
IN Real data ...............................................3-349
Incarnation counter ....................................3-552
inclAngle.....................................................3-494
Inclination angle of inclined grinding wheel 3-494
Incorrect block occurred.............................3-411
Increase in friction compensation ..............2-114
Increments of rotary measuring system .....2-107
index3-378, 3-385, 3-388, 3-454, 3-467, 3-470,
3-473
Index of active G function (ISO Dialect) .....3-436
Index of the active set frame ......................3-406
INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB
MD 30500 ...............................................2-247
INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR
MD 30502 ...............................................2-247
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1
MD 10900 ...............................................2-180
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2
MD 10920 ...............................................2-180
INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR
MD 30501 ...............................................2-247
INDEX_AX_OFFSET
MD 30503 ...............................................2-247
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1
MD 10910 ...............................................2-180
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2
MD 10930 ...............................................2-180
Indexing number .............................3-380, 3-456
Indic. for operating progr. of DP M .............3-549
Indirect encoder used.................................3-481
Inductance of the series reactor...................2-72
Inductance of the series reactor (not 810D)2101
Info about available ACC contents.............3-546
INFO_CROSSCHECK_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10092 ...............................................2-166
INFO_FREE_MEM_CC_MD
MD 18072 ...............................................2-192
INFO_FREE_MEM_DPR
MD 18070 ...............................................2-192
INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC
MD 18050 ...............................................2-192
INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC
MD 18060 ...............................................2-192
INFO_NUM_SAFE_FILE_ACCESS
MD 10093 ...............................................2-166
INFO_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10091 ...............................................2-166
Information is available ...................3-550, 3-554
INI_FILE_MODE
MD 11220 ...............................................2-181
INIT_MD
MD 11200 ...............................................2-181
Instruction group .............................3-346, 3-395
INT_INCR_PER_DEG
MD 10210 ...............................................2-168
INT_INCR_PER_MM
MD 10200 ...............................................2-168
INTCY_DELAY_TIME
I-692
09.01
MD 14020............................................... 2-190
Integral action time of speed control loop IM (not
810D) ............................................ 2-88, 2-105
Integral action time of speed controller........ 2-86
Integral action time of speed controller (not
810D) ..................................................... 2-104
Integral action time of upper adaptation speed286
Integral action time of upper adaptation speed
(not 810D) .............................................. 2-104
Integral action time of upper adaption speed286
Integrator disable............................ 3-375, 3-451
INTER_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
MD 10644............................................... 2-175
Interface for spindle as change position .... 4-628
INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB
MD 10660............................................... 2-176
Internal NCK input of SI progr. logic .......... 3-355
internal NCK output of the SI progr. logic .. 3-355
Internal PLC input of SI progr. logic........... 3-355
Internal PLC output of SI progr. logic ........ 3-355
Internal T number ...................................... 3-518
Interpolation feedrate, override.................. 3-412
Interpolation feedrate, units ....................... 3-412
Interrupting lead static friction.................... 2-111
INVERTER_CODE
MD 1106................................................... 2-71
INVERTER_DERATING_ASYN
MD 1179................................................... 2-75
INVERTER_DERATING_FACT
MD 1099................................................... 2-70
INVERTER_DERATING_FACT_M2
MD 2099................................................. 2-101
INVERTER_DERATING_SYN
MD 1178................................................... 2-75
INVERTER_MAX_CURR_DERAT
MD 1098................................................... 2-70
INVERTER_MAX_CURR_DERAT_M2
MD 2098................................................. 2-101
INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT
MD 1107................................................... 2-71
INVERTER_MAX_S6_CURR_ASYN
MD 1176................................................... 2-75
INVERTER_MAX_S6_CURRENT
MD 1109................................................... 2-71
INVERTER_MAX_THERMAL_CURR
MD 1108................................................... 2-71
INVERTER_RATED_CURR_ASYN
MD 1177................................................... 2-75
INVERTER_RATED_CURRENT
MD 1111................................................... 2-71
INVERTER_THERM_CURR_ASYN
MD 1175................................................... 2-75
invocCount...................................... 3-428, 3-430
INVOLUTE_AUTO_ANGLE_LIMIT
MD 21016............................................... 2-213
INVOLUTE_RADIUS_DELTA
MD 21015............................................... 2-213
IPO_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10071............................................... 2-165
IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 10650 ...............................................2-176
IPO_SPEEDCTRL_DELAY_FACTOR
MD 1665 ...................................................2-95
IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
MD 10070 ...............................................2-165
ipoBlocksOnly ............................................3-420
IPOBRAKE_BLOCK_EXCHANGE
MD 43600 ...............................................2-289
ipoBufLevel ................................................3-558
IPUCR_DELAY_TIME
MD 14010 ...............................................2-190
IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX
MD 30450 ...............................................2-247
IS_LOCAL_LINK_AXIS
MD 30560 ...............................................2-248
IS_ROT_AX
MD 30300 ...............................................2-246
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
MD 42502 ...............................................2-285
IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
MD 42512 ...............................................2-285
IS_UNIPOLAR_OUTPUT
MD 30134 ...............................................2-245
IS_VIRTUAL_AX
MD 30132 ...............................................2-245
J
JOG at revolutional feedrate ......................3-539
Jog mode ...................................................3-539
JOG velocity for G94 ..................................3-539
JOG velocity for G95 ..................................3-539
JOG velocity for master spindle .................3-539
JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE
MD 32420 ...............................................2-252
JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK
MD 32430 ...............................................2-253
JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
MD 41050 ...............................................2-279
JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE
MD 42600 ...............................................2-286
JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD
MD 11300 ...............................................2-181
JOG_INCR_SIZE_TAB
MD 11330 ...............................................2-182
JOG_INCR_WEIGHT
MD 31090 ...............................................2-249
JOG_MODE_KEYS_EDGETRIGGRD
MD 10731 ...............................................2-178
JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE
MD 41100 ...............................................2-279
JOG_REV_SET_VELO
MD 41120 ...............................................2-279
JOG_REV_VELO
MD 32050 ...............................................2-250
JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID
MD 32040 ...............................................2-250
JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO
MD 41130 ...............................................2-279
JOG_SET_VELO
MD 41110 ...............................................2-279
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO
MD 41200............................................... 2-279
JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE
MD 41010............................................... 2-279
JOG_VELO
MD 32020............................................... 2-250
JOG_VELO_GEO
MD 21165............................................... 2-216
JOG_VELO_ORI
MD 21155............................................... 2-215
JOG_VELO_RAPID
MD 32010............................................... 2-250
JOG_VELO_RAPID_GEO
MD 21160............................................... 2-215
JOG_VELO_RAPID_ORI
MD 21150............................................... 2-215
K
KEYBOARD_STATE
MD 9009................................................. 2-122
KEYBOARD_TYPE
MD 9008................................................. 2-122
kindOfSumcorr........................................... 3-319
Kinematic type ........................................... 3-520
Knee-point compensation neg. flow .......... 2-115
Knee-point compensation neg. flow saturation2116
Knee-point compensation neg. flow zero range
............................................................... 2-115
Knee-point compensation neg. voltage ..... 2-115
Knee-point compensation neg. voltage
saturation ............................................... 2-116
Knee-point compensation neg. voltage zero
range...................................................... 2-115
Knee-point compensation of flow .............. 2-115
Knee-point compensation of rounding area2-115
Knee-point compensation of voltage ......... 2-115
Knee-point compensation pos. flow saturation2115
Knee-point compensation pos. flow zero range
............................................................... 2-115
Knee-point compensation pos. voltage
saturation ............................................... 2-116
Knee-point compensation pos. voltage zero
range...................................................... 2-115
Knee-point compensation rounding zero range2115
kVFactor ......................................... 3-378, 3-454
L
lag................................................... 3-378, 3-455
Last assigned T-number for tool management3506
Latched probe position for trigger event 1 in
MCS ....................................................... 3-445
Latched probe position for trigger event 1 in
WCS....................................................... 3-465
I-693
Lists
I Index
Latched probe position for trigger event 2 in
MCS........................................................3-446
Latched probe position for trigger event 2 in
WCS .......................................................3-465
Latched probe position for trigger event 3 in
MCS........................................................3-446
Latched probe position for trigger event 3 in
WCS .......................................................3-465
Latched probe position for trigger event 4 in
MCS........................................................3-446
Latched probe position for trigger event 4 in
WCS .......................................................3-465
Latched probe position in the MCS .3-369, 3-445
Latched probe position retransformed in the
WCS .......................................................3-464
LCD_CONTRAST
MD 9000 .................................................2-122
Lead time for velocity controller .................2-114
Lead time for velocity controller A ..............2-114
Lead time for velocity controller B ..............2-114
LEAD_OFFSET_IN_POS
MD 43102 ...............................................2-287
LEAD_OFFSET_OUT_POS
MD 43106 ...............................................2-287
LEAD_SCALE_IN_POS
MD 43104 ...............................................2-287
LEAD_SCALE_OUT_POS
MD 43108 ...............................................2-287
LEAD_TIME_DIRECT_ENC
MD 1704 ...................................................2-96
LEAD_TIME_MOTOR_ENC
MD 1703 ..........................................2-95, 2-96
LEAD_TYPE
MD 43100 ...............................................2-287
LEADSCREW_PITCH
MD 31030 ...............................................2-248
Leadtime for direct measuring system converter
..................................................................2-96
Leadtime for motor measuring system converter
.........................................................2-95, 2-96
LEN_AC_FIFO
MD 28264 ...............................................2-242
LEN_PROTOCOL_FILE
MD 11420 ...............................................2-183
Length in number of bytes..........................3-553
Length of FFS ............................................3-556
Length of the path between punches .........3-438
Level of access rights.................................3-318
LH_CURVE_GAIN
MD 1144 ...................................................2-74
LH_CURVE_GAIN_M2
MD 2144 .................................................2-102
LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED
MD 1143 ...................................................2-74
LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED_M2
MD 2143 .................................................2-102
LIFTFAST_DIST
MD 21200 ...............................................2-216
LIFTFAST_WITH_MIRROR
MD 21202 ...............................................2-216
Limit for axial correction $AA_OFF reached3370, 3-446
I-694
09.01
Limit values for SG (not 810D) .................... 2-82
LIMIT_GENERATOR
MD 1233................................................... 2-80
Limitation of protection zone applicate3-337, 3344
Line number of current NC instruction (start
1) 3-423
Linear scale graduations ........................... 2-107
Link transfer rate........................................ 3-408
Link voltage ............................................... 3-481
LINK_BAUDRATE_SWITCH
MD 12540............................................... 2-187
LINK_RETRY_CTR
MD 12550............................................... 2-187
LINK_TERMINATION
MD 12520............................................... 2-186
LINK_VOLTAGE
MD 1701................................................... 2-95
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_HYST
MD 1632................................................... 2-93
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_OFF
MD 1633................................................... 2-94
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON
MD 1631................................................... 2-93
LINK_VOLTAGE_MON_THRESHOLD
MD 1630................................................... 2-93
LINK_VOLTAGE_RETRACT
MD 1634................................................... 2-94
LINK_VOLTAGE_WARN_LIMIT
MD 1604................................................... 2-92
linkVoltage ...................................... 3-481, 3-484
linShift3-390, 3-391, 3-393, 3-440, 3-441, 3-475,
3-477, 3-479
linShiftFine.....3-391, 3-393, 3-440, 3-441, 3-476
Literatur ..................................................... 0-667
load................................................. 3-481, 3-484
Load...............3-385, 3-388, 3-470, 3-473, 3-481
LOAD
MD 1722................................................... 2-98
Load mass factor (not 810D) ....................... 2-70
Load moment of inertia factor (not 810D).... 2-70
LOAD_SMOOTH_TIME
MD 1251................................................... 2-81
Location ..................................................... 3-517
Location-dependent setup offset ............... 3-523
Location-dependent wear offset ................ 3-527
Log. basic address of slot.......................... 3-553
logDriveNo ...................................... 3-378, 3-455
Logical drive number ................................. 3-536
LOOKAH_FREQUENCY
MD 32440............................................... 2-253
LOOKAH_NUM_OVR_POINTS
MD 20430............................................... 2-210
LOOKAH_OVR_POINTS
MD 20440............................................... 2-210
LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE
MD 20450............................................... 2-210
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR
MD 20460............................................... 2-210
LOOKAH_SMOOTH_WITH_FEED
MD 20462............................................... 2-210
LOOKAH_USE_VELO_NEXT_BLOCK
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 20400 ...............................................2-210
Lower adaptation speed...............................2-86
Lower adaptation speed (not 810D)...........2-104
Lower adaption speed threshold ..................2-86
Lower current limit adaptation (not 810D) ....2-75
Lower limit nth polynominal for synchronous
action ......................................................3-401
Lower limit of protection zone, applicate3-335,
3-343
Lower limit value for SE (not 810D)..............2-82
LPFC_DIAGNOSIS
MD 1733 ...................................................2-99
LUBRICATION_DIST
MD 33050 ...............................................2-257
LUD_EXTENDED_SCOPE
MD 11120 ...............................................2-180
ludAccCounter............................................3-413
M
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
MD 10715 ...............................................2-177
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
MD 10716 ...............................................2-177
M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_PAR
MD 10718 ...............................................2-178
M_NO_FCT_STOPRE
MD 10713 ...............................................2-177
M01 selected..............................................3-420
M19_SPOS
MD 43240 ...............................................2-288
M19_SPOSMODE
MD 43250 ...............................................2-288
MA_AXES_SHOW_GEO_FIRST
MD 9421 .................................................2-133
MA_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
MD 9424 .................................................2-133
MA_DISPL_INV_DIR_SPIND_M3 (HMI ADV)
MD 9033 .................................................2-124
MA_MAX_SKP_LEVEL
MD 9423 .................................................2-133
MA_ONLY_MKS_DIST_TO_GO (HMI EMB)
MD 9420 .................................................2-133
MA_ORIAXES_EULER_ANGLE_NAME (HMI
ADV)
MD 9244 .................................................2-128
MA_PRESET_FRAMEIDX (HMI ADV)
MD 9245 .................................................2-128
MA_PRESET_MODE
MD 9422 .................................................2-133
MA_SCRATCH_DEFAULT_MODE (HMI EMB)
MD 9425 .................................................2-133
MA_STAT_DISPLAY_BASE (HMI ADV)
MD 9242 .................................................2-128
MA_TU_DISPLAY_BASE (HMI ADV)
MD 9243 .................................................2-128
machFunc ..................................................3-413
Machine axis !!CAUTION NCU LINK!! .......3-547
Machine axis identifier.....................3-374, 3-450
Machine axis name ....................................3-537
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
Machine zero in relation to actual position zero
............................................................... 2-108
MACHINE_ZERO_HIGH
MD 5041................................................. 2-108
MACHINE_ZERO_LOW
MD 5042................................................. 2-108
Madr........................................................... 3-433
magActPlace ............................................. 3-499
Magazine ................................................... 3-517
Magazine location data.............................. 3-503
Magazine location hierarchy ...................... 3-505
Magazine location type .............................. 3-489
Magazine location user data for a tool magazine
............................................................... 3-513
Magazine user data for a tool magazine.... 3-512
magBLMag ................................................ 3-496
magCBCmd ............................................... 3-496
magCBCmdState....................................... 3-496
magCBIdent............................................... 3-496
magCMCmdPar1 ....................................... 3-496
magCMCmdPar2 ....................................... 3-496
magCmd .................................................... 3-499
magCmdPar1 ............................................ 3-499
magCmdPar2 ............................................ 3-499
magCmdState............................................ 3-499
magDim ..................................................... 3-499
magIdent.................................................... 3-499
magKind .................................................... 3-500
magLink1 ................................................... 3-500
magLink2 ................................................... 3-500
Magnetizing reactance................................. 2-74
Magnetizing reactance (not 810D)............. 2-102
MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE
MD 1141................................................... 2-74
MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE_M2
MD 2141................................................. 2-102
magNo ....................................................... 3-500
magNrPlaces ............................................. 3-500
magRPlaces .............................................. 3-496
magSearch ................................................ 3-497
magState ................................................... 3-500
magVIdent ................................................. 3-498
magVNo..................................................... 3-498
magVPlaces .............................................. 3-497
magWearCompoundNo............................. 3-500
magZWMag ............................................... 3-497
Manipulated variable blocking time ........... 2-116
Manipulated variable inversion .................. 2-115
Map of the ZK1_PO register ...................... 2-120
Map of the ZK1_RES register.................... 2-120
maskToolManagement ................... 3-319, 3-328
Mass moved by drive................................. 2-110
Max. motor speed, setting-up operation ...... 2-87
Max. no of data per data list for trace protocol.3321
Max. No. avail. tool adapt. data sets.......... 3-320
Max. no. of data per data list for trace protocol3321
Max. no. of event types for trace protocolling3320
Max. no. of protocol files which may be created
............................................................... 3-358
I-695
Lists
I Index
Max. number edges per tool.......................3-320
Max. number of directories which may be
created....................................................3-357
Max. number of files which may be created3357
Max. number total offsets per edge............3-320
Max. safety speed difference NCK - drive3-381,
3-458
MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR
MD 32310 ...............................................2-252
MAX_AX_ACCEL
MD 32300 ...............................................2-252
MAX_AX_JERK
MD 32431 ...............................................2-253
MAX_AX_VELO
MD 32000 ...............................................2-250
MAX_BLOCKS_IN_IPOBUFFER
MD 42990 ...............................................2-287
MAX_FORCE_FROM_NC
MD 1725 ...................................................2-98
MD 5725 .................................................2-120
MAX_LEAD_ANGLE
MD 21090 ...............................................2-214
MAX_MOVE_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1020 ...................................................2-68
MAX_PATH_JERK
MD 20600 ...............................................2-211
MAX_TILT_ANGLE
MD 21092 ...............................................2-214
MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC
MD 1725 ...................................................2-98
MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC_M2
MD 2725 .................................................2-106
MAX_TURN_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1020 ...................................................2-68
maxCuttingEdgeNo ....................................3-319
maxCycleTimeBrut ..........................3-556, 3-558
maxCycleTimeNet ...........................3-556, 3-559
maxElementsFastFifoUsed ........................3-562
maxFileLength............................................3-562
maxGrossFileLengthUsed..........................3-562
Maximum number of magazine locations..3-324
Maximum access time to bus .....................3-549
Maximum gross cycle time .........................3-558
Maximum gross length of the NCK protocol file3562
Maximum length of the protocol file ...........3-562
Maximum measuring velocity of linear scale2117
Maximum motor current ...............................2-71
Maximum motor operating speed.................2-85
Maximum motor speed.................................2-74
Maximum motor speed (not 810D).............2-103
Maximum move of rotor position identification
(not 810D).................................................2-68
Maximum net cycle time.............................3-559
Maximum number of available channels ....3-320
Maximum number of available drives.........3-320
Maximum number of available machine axes3320
Maximum number of elements in the FIFO
buffer ......................................................3-562
I-696
09.01
Maximum number of files per directory...... 3-352
Maximum number of handwheels.............. 3-323
Maximum number of magazines................ 3-324
Maximum number of protection zones....... 3-330
Maximum number of subdirectories per directory
............................................................... 3-352
Maximum peripheral speed of the grinding
wheel...................................................... 3-494
Maximum permissible motor speed ............. 2-75
Maximum regenerative power...................... 2-80
Maximum rotary speed of the grinding wheel3494
Maximum rotation of rotor position identification
(not 810D) ................................................ 2-68
Maximum setup mode velocity .................. 2-114
Maximum speed in setting-up operation...... 2-87
Maximum spindle speed at G26 ................ 3-541
Maximum usable motor speed..................... 2-85
Maximum usable motor speed (not 810D). 2-104
Maximum useful velocity............................ 2-113
Maximum value D number......................... 3-319
Maximum value of min./max. storage ........ 2-118
Maximum value, min./max. memory (not 810D)
................................................................. 2-94
maxNetFileLengthTooSmall ...................... 3-562
MAXNUM_PLC_CNTRL_AXES
MD 10008............................................... 2-164
MAXNUM_REPLACEMENT_TOOLS
MD 17500............................................... 2-191
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_FLOAT
MD 14508............................................... 2-190
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_HEX
MD 14506............................................... 2-190
MAXNUM_USER_DATA_INT
MD 14504............................................... 2-190
maxNumAdapter........................................ 3-320
maxnumAlarms.......................................... 3-320
maxnumChannels...................................... 3-320
maxnumContainer ..................................... 3-320
maxnumContainerSlots ............................. 3-320
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool ........................... 3-320
maxnumDrives........................................... 3-320
maxnumEdgeSC........................................ 3-320
maxnumEventTypes .................................. 3-320
maxnumGlobMachAxes............................. 3-320
maxNumSumcorr....................................... 3-321
maxnumTraceProtData.............................. 3-321
maxnumTraceProtDataList ........................ 3-321
maxRotSpeed ............................................ 3-494
maxTipSpeed............................................. 3-494
MD 20124 .................................................. 2-303
MD_FILE_STYLE
MD 11230............................................... 2-181
MD_TEXT_SWITCH (HMI ADV)
MD 9900................................................. 2-138
MDB_JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD3539
MDB_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE.................... 3-539
MDB_WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE ...... 3-541
MDB_WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE ........ 3-541
MDBA_DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE ....................... 3-536
MDCA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR ............. 3-538
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MDCA_CTRLOUT_TYPE...........................3-538
MDCA_DRIVE_LOGIC_NR........................3-536
MDCA_DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE ...............3-536
MDCA_DRIVE_TYPE.................................3-536
MDCA_ENC_MODULE_NR.......................3-538
MDCA_ENC_TYPE ....................................3-538
MDD_DRY_RUN_FEED ............................3-540
MDD_INT_INCR_PER_DEG......................3-536
MDD_INT_INCR_PER_MM........................3-536
MDD_JOG_REV_SET_VELO ....................3-539
MDD_JOG_SET_VELO .............................3-539
MDD_JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO ................3-539
MDD_JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE....................3-539
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_0.................3-332, 3-339
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_1.................3-332, 3-339
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_2.................3-332, 3-339
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_3.................3-332, 3-339
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_4.................3-332, 3-339
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_5.................3-332, 3-339
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_6.................3-332, 3-339
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_7.................3-332, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_8.................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_9.................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_0................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_1................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_2................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_3................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_4................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_5................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_6................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_7................3-333, 3-340
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_8................3-333, 3-341
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_9................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_0 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_1 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_2 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_3 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_4 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_5 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_6 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_7 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_8 ................3-334, 3-341
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_9 ................3-334, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_0 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_1 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_2 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_3 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_4 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_5 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_6 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_7 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_8 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_9 ...............3-335, 3-342
MDD_PA_MINUS_LIM ....................3-335, 3-343
MDD_PA_PLUS_LIM ......................3-336, 3-343
MDD_SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26 ................3-541
MDD_SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS...............3-541
MDD_SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 .................3-541
MDD_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME .............3-536
MDD_THREAD_START_ANGLE...............3-540
MDD_WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS............3-541
MDD_WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS..............3-542
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MDL_POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO3537
MDLA_DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE............ 3-537
MDS_CHAN_NAME .................................. 3-397
MDSA_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB . 3-537
MDU_PA_ACTIV_IMMED............... 3-336, 3-343
MDU_PA_CONT_NUM................... 3-336, 3-343
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_0 ................ 3-336, 3-343
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_1 ................ 3-336, 3-343
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_2 ................ 3-336, 3-343
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_3 ................ 3-336, 3-343
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_4 ................ 3-336, 3-344
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_5 ................ 3-337, 3-344
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_6 ................ 3-337, 3-344
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_7 ................ 3-337, 3-344
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_8 ................ 3-337, 3-344
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_9 ................ 3-337, 3-344
MDU_PA_LIM_3DIM ...................... 3-337, 3-344
MDU_PA_ORI ................................ 3-337, 3-345
MDU_PA_TW ................................. 3-338, 3-345
Meas. delay rotor position identification (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-69
MEAS_FOCUS_MASK
MD 10490............................................... 2-174
MEAS_PROBE_DELAY_TIME
MD 13220............................................... 2-190
MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE
MD 13200............................................... 2-190
MEAS_TYPE
MD 13210............................................... 2-190
measFctState ................................. 3-379, 3-455
measPos1....................................... 3-379, 3-455
measPos2....................................... 3-379, 3-455
measPosDev .................................. 3-379, 3-455
measUnit ........................................ 3-379, 3-455
Measuring circuit type of direct measuring
system.................................................... 3-483
Measuring circuit type of indirect measuring
syste....................................................... 3-484
Measuring circuit type of measuring system2120
Measuring circuit type, direct measuring system
................................................................. 2-99
Measuring circuit type, indirect measuring
system...................................................... 2-99
Measuring steps of motor absolute track... 2-107
Measuring steps of the absolute track DM .. 2-69
Measuring steps of the motor absolute track2-69
Memory cell, min./max. memory (not 810D) 2-94
Message frame type .................................. 3-554
Message from the part program ................ 3-425
Message ZK1 drive alarm............... 3-374, 3-450
minCycleTimeBrut .......................... 3-556, 3-559
minCycleTimeNet ........................... 3-556, 3-559
MINFEED
MD 42460............................................... 2-284
Minimum .................................................... 2-150
Minimum access time to bus ..................... 3-549
Minimum diameter of the grinding wheel ... 3-494
minimum gross cycle time ......................... 3-559
Minimum net cycle time ............................. 3-559
Minimum speed generator axis (not 810D).. 2-94
I-697
Lists
I Index
Minimum speed of the generator axis (not 810D)
..................................................................2-94
Minimum spindle speed at G25..................3-541
Minimum value of min./max. storage..........2-118
Minimum value, min./max. memory (not 810D)294
Minimum width of the grinding wheel .........3-495
MINMAX_ADDRESS
MD 1652 ...................................................2-94
MD 5652 .................................................2-118
MINMAX_MAX_VALUE
MD 1654 ...................................................2-94
MD 5654 .................................................2-118
MINMAX_MIN_VALUE
MD 1653 ...................................................2-94
MD 5653 .................................................2-118
MINMAX_SIGNAL_NR
MD 1651 ...................................................2-94
MD 5651 .................................................2-118
MINTIME_BETWEEN_STROKES
MD 42404 ...............................................2-284
minToolDia .................................................3-494
minToolWide ..............................................3-495
Minus cam position SN (not 810D) ..............2-82
MIRROR_REF_AX
MD 10610 ...............................................2-174
MIRROR_TOGGLE
MD 10612 ...............................................2-174
MIRROR_TOOL_LENGTH
MD 42900 ...............................................2-286
MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR
MD 42910 ...............................................2-286
mirrorImgActive3-390, 3-391, 3-394, 3-440, 3441, 3-476, 3-478
Mirroring .....................................................3-441
Mirroring enabled in a settable frame3-391, 3394, 3-440, 3-476
Mirroring enabled in an active frame3-390, 3478
MISC_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 30455 ...............................................2-247
MM_ CONTOUR_END_TEXT (HMI EMB)
MD 9461 .................................................2-135
MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS
MD 28540 ...............................................2-243
MM_BUFFERED_AC_MARKER
MD 28257 ...............................................2-241
MM_BUFFERED_AC_PARAM
MD 28255 ...............................................2-241
MM_CC_MODULE_HEAP_MEM
MD 28107 ...............................................2-240
MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS
MD 18342 ...............................................2-198
MM_CHAN_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18250 ...............................................2-197
MM_COM_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18502 ...............................................2-199
MM_DIR_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18300 ...............................................2-198
MM_DRAM_FILE_MEM_SIZE
MD 18351 ...............................................2-198
MM_DRIVE_TASK_STACK_SIZE
I-698
09.01
MD 18520............................................... 2-200
MM_ENABLE_TOOL_ORIENT
MD 18114............................................... 2-194
MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS
MD 38000............................................... 2-278
MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE
MD 18360............................................... 2-198
MM_EXT_PROG_NUM
MD 18362............................................... 2-199
MM_EXTCOM_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18500............................................... 2-199
MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM
MD 10880............................................... 2-179
MM_EXTERN_GCODE_SYSTEM
MD 10881............................................... 2-179
MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE
MD 18800............................................... 2-201
MM_FILE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18290............................................... 2-198
MM_FLASH_FILE_SYSTEM_SIZE
MD 18332............................................... 2-198
MM_FLASHFILESYS_MEM
MD 18331............................................... 2-198
MM_FRAME_FINE_TRANS
MD 18600............................................... 2-200
MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM
MD 18150............................................... 2-195
MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE
MD 28060............................................... 2-238
MM_IPO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 28510............................................... 2-242
MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR
MD 18112............................................... 2-194
MM_LINK_NUM_OF_MODULES
MD 18782............................................... 2-200
MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT
MD 28085............................................... 2-239
MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18240............................................... 2-197
MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
MD 28040............................................... 2-238
MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK
MD 28520............................................... 2-243
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO
MD 18105............................................... 2-194
MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PERTOOL
MD 18106............................................... 2-194
MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE
MD 18242............................................... 2-197
MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
MD 18110............................................... 2-194
MM_MAX_TRACE_DATAPOINTS
MD 28180............................................... 2-240
MM_MAX_TRACE_LINK_POINTS
MD 18790............................................... 2-200
MM_NCK_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 18260............................................... 2-197
MM_NCU_LINK_MASK
MD 18780............................................... 2-200
MM_NUM_AC_MARKER
MD 28256............................................... 2-241
MM_NUM_AC_PARAM
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 28254 ...............................................2-241
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_MARKER
MD 28276 ...............................................2-242
MM_NUM_AC_SYSTEM_PARAM
MD 28274 ...............................................2-242
MM_NUM_AC_TIMER
MD 28258 ...............................................2-241
MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
MD 28081 ...............................................2-239
MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP
MD 28070 ...............................................2-239
MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_ELEMENTS
MD 28090 ...............................................2-239
MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_USER_MEM
MD 28100 ...............................................2-239
MM_NUM_CC_HEAP_MEM
MD 28105 ...............................................2-240
MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
MD 18090 ...............................................2-193
MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
MD 18092 ...............................................2-193
MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM
MD 18098 ...............................................2-194
MM_NUM_CC_TDA_PARAM
MD 18094 ...............................................2-193
MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PARAM
MD 18096 ...............................................2-193
MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
MD 18200 ...............................................2-196
MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
MD 18202 ...............................................2-196
MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM
MD 18208 ...............................................2-196
MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM
MD 18204 ...............................................2-196
MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
MD 18206 ...............................................2-196
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS
MD 18404 ...............................................2-199
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS
MD 18402 ...............................................2-199
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS
MD 18400 ...............................................2-199
MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA
MD 18100 ....................................2-194, 2-297
MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
MD 18310 ...............................................2-198
MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS
MD 28252 ...............................................2-241
MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM
MD 18320 ...............................................2-198
MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR
MD 18280 ...............................................2-197
MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES
MD 18602 ...............................................2-200
MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES
MD 18601 ...............................................2-200
MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES
MD 18118 ...............................................2-195
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_AXIS
MD 18140 ...............................................2-195
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MD 18130............................................... 2-195
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK
MD 18120............................................... 2-195
MM_NUM_LINKVAR_ELEMENTS
MD 28160............................................... 2-240
MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL
MD 28020............................................... 2-238
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE
MD 18084.................................... 2-192, 2-297
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION
MD 18086.................................... 2-193, 2-297
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES
MD 18170............................................... 2-195
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM
MD 18180............................................... 2-195
MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS
MD 10134............................................... 2-167
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE
MD 28210............................................... 2-240
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN
MD 28200............................................... 2-240
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK
MD 18190............................................... 2-196
MM_NUM_R_PARAM
MD 28050............................................... 2-238
MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES
MD 28010............................................... 2-238
MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR
MD 18270............................................... 2-197
MM_NUM_SUMCORR
MD 18108............................................... 2-194
MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS
MD 28250............................................... 2-240
MM_NUM_TOOL
MD 18082.................................... 2-192, 2-297
MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER
MD 18104............................................... 2-194
MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER
MD 18088............................................... 2-193
MM_NUM_TOOL_ENV
MD 18116............................................... 2-195
MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES
MD 28080............................................... 2-239
MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
MD 18160............................................... 2-195
MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS
MD 28150............................................... 2-240
MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS
MD 28530............................................... 2-243
MM_PREP_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 28500............................................... 2-242
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETP_OEM_TYP
MD 28301............................................... 2-242
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_OEM_LIST
MD 18372............................................... 2-199
MM_PROTOC_NUM_ETPD_STD_LIST
MD 18371............................................... 2-199
MM_PROTOC_NUM_FILES
MD 18370............................................... 2-199
MM_PROTOC_NUM_SERVO_DATA
MD 18373............................................... 2-199
MM_PROTOC_USER_ACTIVE
I-699
Lists
I Index
MD 28300 ...............................................2-242
MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS
MD 38010 ...............................................2-278
MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
MD 28000 ...............................................2-238
MM_SERVO_FIFO_SIZE
MD 18720 ...............................................2-200
MM_SERVO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18510 ...............................................2-199
MM_SIZEOF_LINKVAR_DATA
MD 18700 ...............................................2-200
MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
MD 28082 ...............................................2-239
MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD 18080 ....................................2-192, 2-297
MM_TRACE_DATA_FUNCTION
MD 22714 ...............................................2-225
MM_TRACE_LINK_DATA_FUNCTION
MD 18792 ...............................................2-200
MM_TRACE_VDI_SIGNAL
MD 18794 ...............................................2-200
MM_TYPE_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
MD 18091 ...............................................2-193
MM_TYPE_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
MD 18093 ...............................................2-193
MM_TYPE_CC_MON_PARAM
MD 18099 ...............................................2-194
MM_TYPE_CC_TDA_PARAM
MD 18095 ...............................................2-193
MM_TYPE_CC_TOA_PARAM
MD 18097 ...............................................2-193
MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
MD 18201 ...............................................2-196
MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
MD 18203 ...............................................2-196
MM_TYPE_CCS_MON_PARAM
MD 18209 ...............................................2-196
MM_TYPE_CCS_TDA_PARAM
MD 18205 ...............................................2-196
MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM
MD 18207 ...............................................2-196
MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
MD 18102 ...............................................2-194
MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUM
MD 18350 ...............................................2-198
MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
MD 18230 ...............................................2-197
MM_USER_MEM_DPR
MD 18220 ...............................................2-197
MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC
MD 18210 ...............................................2-197
MM_WRITE_TOA_FINE_LIMIT
MD 9450 .................................................2-134
MM_WRITE_ZOA_FINE_LIMIT
MD 9451 .................................................2-134
MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT
MD 10132 ...............................................2-167
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED
MD 27206 ...............................................2-237
MMC_INFO_CUT_SPEED_STATUS
MD 27207 ...............................................2-237
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT
I-700
09.01
MD 27200............................................... 2-236
MMC_INFO_NO_UNIT_STATUS
MD 27201............................................... 2-236
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN
MD 27202............................................... 2-236
MMC_INFO_POSN_LIN_STATUS
MD 27203............................................... 2-237
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED
MD 27208............................................... 2-237
MMC_INFO_REV_FEED_STATUS
MD 27209............................................... 2-237
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN
MD 27204............................................... 2-237
MMC_INFO_VELO_LIN_STATUS
MD 27205............................................... 2-237
mmcCmd ................................................... 3-328
mmcCmdPrep............................................ 3-329
mmcCmdPrepCounter ............................... 3-351
mmcCmdQuit............................................. 3-329
mmcCmdQuitPrep ..................................... 3-329
Mode group ready...................................... 3-396
MODE_AC_FIFO
MD 28266............................................... 2-242
modeSpindleToolRevolver......................... 3-321
MODESWITCH_MASK
MD 20114............................................... 2-205
modeWearGroup ....................................... 3-497
Modification counter for $$driveType......... 3-350
Modification counter for ACC information .. 3-546
Modification counter for dimension system 3-357
Modification counter for magazine data..... 3-418
Modification counter for new CP configs. .. 3-550
Modification counter for tool offsets........... 3-418
Module identifier ........................................ 3-536
MODULO_RANGE
MD 30330............................................... 2-246
MODULO_RANGE_START
MD 30340............................................... 2-246
Modulus of elasticity for hydraulic oil ......... 2-108
Monitor storage location address .............. 2-119
Monitor storage location segment ............. 2-118
Monitor value accept.................................. 2-119
Monitor value display ................................. 2-119
Monitor value input .................................... 2-119
MONITOR_ADDRESS
MD 1656................................................... 2-95
MD 5656................................................. 2-119
MONITOR_ADDRESS
MD 11380............................................... 2-182
MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME
MD 1002................................................... 2-67
MD 5002................................................. 2-107
MONITOR_DISPLAY
MD 1657................................................... 2-95
MD 5657................................................. 2-119
MONITOR_DISPLAY_INT
MD 11382............................................... 2-182
MONITOR_DISPLAY_REAL
MD 11384............................................... 2-183
MONITOR_INPUT_INT
MD 11386............................................... 2-183
MONITOR_INPUT_REAL
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 11388 ...............................................2-183
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE
MD 1659 ...................................................2-95
MD 5659 .................................................2-119
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE
MD 11390 ...............................................2-183
MONITOR_INPUT_VALUE
MD 1658 ...................................................2-95
MD 5658 .................................................2-119
MONITOR_SEGMENT
MD 1655 ...................................................2-95
MD 5655 .................................................2-118
Monitoring cycle ................................2-67, 2-107
Monitoring data per tool edge ....................3-491
Monitoring motor speed ...............................2-85
Monitoring motor speed (not 810D) ...........2-104
Monitoring speed of motor ...........................2-85
motEnd.......................................................3-468
Motion end criterion for single-axis interpolation
................................................................3-468
Motor mass .................................................2-72
Motor code number ......................................2-70
Motor code number (not 810D) ..................2-101
Motor current limit ........................................2-80
Motor current limit (not 810D) ....................2-104
Motor encoder configuration of safety functions
(not 810D).................................................2-82
Motor frequency V/f mode (not 810D) ..........2-95
Motor limit current (not 810D) ......................2-72
Motor measuring system encoder increments267
Motor measuring system encoder increments
(not 810D)...............................................2-101
Motor moment of inertia ...............................2-72
Motor moment of inertia (not 810D) ...........2-101
Motor no-load current...................................2-73
Motor no-load current (not 810D) ...............2-102
Motor no-load voltage ..................................2-73
Motor no-load voltage (not 810D)...............2-102
Motor pole pair number ................................2-71
Motor rated current.......................................2-70
Motor rated current (not 810D)...................2-101
Motor speed limit..........................................2-74
Motor speed limit (not 810D)......................2-103
Motor standstill current.................................2-72
Motor temperature................. 2-95, 3-481, 3-484
Motor temperature alarm threshold..............2-92
Motor temperature alarm threshold (not 810D)2105
Motor temperature shutdown limit ................2-92
Motor temperature shutdown limit (not 810D)2105
Motor temperature warning .............3-376, 3-452
Motor wiring selection (star/delta) ...3-375, 3-451
MOTOR_CODE
MD 1102 ...................................................2-70
MOTOR_CODE_M2
MD 2102 .................................................2-101
MOTOR_FIXED_TEMPERATURE
MD 1608 ...................................................2-92
MOTOR_FIXED_TEMPERATURE_M2
MD 2608 .................................................2-105
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MOTOR_INERTIA
MD 1117................................................... 2-72
MOTOR_INERTIA_M2
MD 2117................................................. 2-101
MOTOR_LIMIT_CURRENT
MD 1122................................................... 2-72
MOTOR_MASS
MD 1117................................................... 2-72
MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED
MD 1146................................................... 2-74
MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED_M2
MD 2146................................................. 2-103
MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT
MD 1104................................................... 2-71
MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT_REDUCTION
MD 1105................................................... 2-71
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED
MD 1401................................................... 2-85
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_M2
MD 2401................................................. 2-104
MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_SETUP
MD 1420................................................... 2-87
MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT
MD 1136................................................... 2-73
MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT_M2
MD 2136................................................. 2-102
MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE
MD 1135................................................... 2-73
MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE_M2
MD 2135................................................. 2-102
MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT
MD 1103................................................... 2-70
MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT_M2
MD 2103................................................. 2-101
MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY
MD 1134................................................... 2-73
MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY_M2
MD 2134................................................. 2-102
MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER
MD 1130................................................... 2-73
MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER_M2
MD 2130................................................. 2-102
MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE
MD 1132................................................... 2-73
MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE_M2
MD 2132................................................. 2-102
MOTOR_RATED_SPEED
MD 1400................................................... 2-84
MOTOR_RATED_SPEED_M2
MD 2400................................................. 2-104
MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT
MD 1405................................................... 2-85
MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT_M2
MD 2405................................................. 2-104
MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT
MD 1118................................................... 2-72
MOTOR_SWITCH_SPEED
MD 1247................................................... 2-81
MOTOR_TEMP_ALARM_TIME
MD 1603................................................... 2-92
MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT
MD 1607................................................... 2-92
I-701
Lists
I Index
MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT_M2
MD 2607 .................................................2-105
MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT
MD 1602 ...................................................2-92
MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT_M2
MD 2602 .................................................2-105
MOTOR_TEMPERATURE
MD 1702 ...................................................2-95
motorTemperature ..........................3-481, 3-484
Mounting position at the drive end of the
cylinder ...................................................2-110
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_SPEED_CMD
MD 37250 ...............................................2-276
MS_ASSIGN_MASTER_TORQUE_CTR
MD 37252 ...............................................2-276
MS_COUPLINGalways_ACTIVE
MD 37262 ...............................................2-277
MS_MAX_CTRL_VELO
MD 37260 ...............................................2-277
MS_TENSION_TORQ_FILTER_TIME
MD 37266 ...............................................2-277
MS_TENSION_TORQUE
MD 37264 ...............................................2-277
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_I_TIME
MD 37258 ...............................................2-276
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_MODE
MD 37254 ...............................................2-276
MS_TORQUE_CTRL_P_GAIN
MD 37256 ...............................................2-276
MS_TORQUE_WEIGHT_SLAVE
MD 37268 ...............................................2-277
msg ............................................................3-425
MULTFEED_ASSIGN_FASTIN
MD 21220 ...............................................2-216
MULTFEED_STORE_MASK
MD 21230 ...............................................2-216
multiPlace...................................................3-504
Multiturn resol. motor absolute encoder.....2-107
Multiturn resolution absolute value encoder
motor ........................................................2-68
Multiturn resolution of the absolute encoder DM
..................................................................2-69
Mval............................................................3-433
N
name3-366, 3-385, 3-388, 3-442, 3-462, 3-470,
3-473
Name of physical spindle. ...............3-385, 3-470
Name of the active work piece ...................3-425
Name of the protocol file including the path3563
namePhys ................ 3-385, 3-388, 3-470, 3-473
Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 1 (not 810D)
..................................................................2-79
Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 2 (not 810D)
..................................................................2-79
Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 3 (not 810D)
..................................................................2-79
Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 4 (not 810D)
..................................................................2-79
I-702
09.01
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 1276
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 2277
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 3277
Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 4277
Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not
810D) .............................................. 2-89, 2-90
Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-90
Natural frequency for the reference model
speed (not 810D) ............................ 2-86, 2-87
Natural frequency of drive A ...................... 2-110
Natural frequency of drive B ...................... 2-110
Natural frequency of manipulated value filter 12113
Natural frequency of the drive.................... 2-110
Natural frequency of the reference model . 2-113
NC in stop state ......................................... 3-417
NC_PROPERTIES (HMI EMB)
MD 9500................................................. 2-135
NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB
MD 10712............................................... 2-177
NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB
MD 10882............................................... 2-179
NCBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
MD 10615............................................... 2-175
NCBFRAME_RESET_MASK
MD 10613............................................... 2-175
ncFkt.......................................................... 3-436
ncFktAct..................................................... 3-436
ncFktBin..................................................... 3-436
ncFktBinAct ............................................... 3-436
ncFktBinFanuc........................................... 3-436
ncFktBinS .................................................. 3-436
ncFktFanuc................................................ 3-436
ncFktS ....................................................... 3-437
NCK alarm pending ................................... 3-410
NCK flag for the SI programmable logic .... 3-356
NCK logbook ............................................. 3-321
NCK sign-of-life ......................................... 3-352
NCK timer variable for the SI programmable
logic........................................................ 3-356
NCK type ................................................... 3-321
NCK version............................................... 3-321
nckAliveAndWell........................................ 3-352
nckLogbookSeekPos................................. 3-321
nckType ..................................................... 3-321
nckVersion................................................. 3-321
ncStartCounter .......................................... 3-413
NCU link active .......................................... 3-352
NCU_LINKNO
MD 12510............................................... 2-186
ncuLinkActive ............................................ 3-352
ncuPerformanceClass ............................... 3-322
NEG_DRIVE_SPEED_LIMIT
MD 5441................................................. 2-114
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_FLOW
MD 5467................................................. 2-115
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_FLOW
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 5487 .................................................2-116
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_VOLT
MD 5488 .................................................2-116
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_VOLTAGE
MD 5468 .................................................2-115
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_FLOW
MD 5483 .................................................2-115
NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_VOLT
MD 5484 .................................................2-115
Negative area adaptation factor .................2-114
Negative velocity setpoint limit ...................2-114
nettoMemFfs ..............................................3-352
NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME
MD 26018 ...............................................2-236
NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
MD 26008 ...............................................2-236
NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK
MD 26006 ...............................................2-235
NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK
MD 26004 ...............................................2-235
NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK
MD 26020 ...............................................2-236
NIBPUNCH_PRE_START_TIME
MD 42402 ...............................................2-284
No of par. of the mag. user data f tool mag.
place .......................................................3-324
No of par. of the mag. user data for a tool mag.
................................................................3-324
No. of active tool for flat D-no. max 8 digits3-407
No. of multiple assignments of a magazine
location ...................................................3-324
No. of P elements of a cutting edge in module
TUE ........................................................3-323
No. of param. in the user monitoring data..3-323
No. of proto. files that have already been
created....................................................3-359
No. progr. tool for flat D-no. with max. 8 digits3414
No. total offset params per total offset set .3-324
No.of directories that have already been created
................................................................3-358
NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS
MD 1028 ...................................................2-69
MD 5028 .................................................2-108
NO_TRANSMISSION_BITS_DM
MD 1041 ...................................................2-70
NORMAL_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
MD 10630 ...............................................2-175
Normalized path parameter........................3-404
NPFK diagnosis counter ..............................2-99
nrDuplo.......................................................3-506
NUM_AC_FIFO
MD 28260 ...............................................2-241
NUM_AX_SEL
MD 9027 .................................................2-123
NUM_CURRENT_FILTERS
MD 1200 ...................................................2-76
NUM_EG
MD 11660 ...............................................2-185
NUM_ENCS
MD 30200 ...............................................2-245
NUM_FFW_FCTRL_FILTERS
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
MD 5260................................................. 2-112
NUM_OUTPUT_FILTERS
MD 5280................................................. 2-112
NUM_OUTPUT_VCTRL_FILTERS
MD 5200................................................. 2-110
NUM_POLE_PAIRS
MD 1112................................................... 2-71
NUM_SPEED_FILTERS
MD 1500................................................... 2-89
MD 5500................................................. 2-116
numActAxes............................................... 3-329
numActDEdges.......................................... 3-517
numActMags.............................................. 3-498
numAlarms ................................................ 3-352
numAnalogInp ........................................... 3-322
numAnalogOutp......................................... 3-322
numAuxAxes.............................................. 3-329
numBAGs .................................................. 3-322
numBasisFrames............................ 3-322, 3-329
Number...................................................... 2-141
Number NC instruction groups (ISO Dialect)3323
Number of active auxiliary functions( Hfunctions) ............................................... 3-433
Number of active channels ........................ 3-322
Number of active drives ............................. 3-323
Number of active E-function ...................... 3-432
Number of active machine axes ................ 3-323
Number of active S-functions .................... 3-433
Number of active tool................................. 3-407
Number of active tool edge........................ 3-405
Number of active wear group..................... 3-500
Number of assigned handwheel3-378, 3-454, 3467
Number of auxiliary axes ........................... 3-329
Number of available mode groups............. 3-322
Number of axes in channel. ....................... 3-329
Number of axis containers .............. 3-320, 3-322
Number of axis entries............................... 3-547
Number of basic frames in channel ........... 3-329
Number of bus access errors type 1.......... 3-549
Number of bus access errors type 2.......... 3-549
Number of bus cycles ................................ 3-549
Number of channel-independent basic frames3322
Number of channel-independent user frames3325
Number of channel-specific R parameters 3-330
Number of clients....................................... 3-550
Number of configured slaves..................... 3-551
Number of current setpoint filters ................ 2-76
Number of cutting edges ................ 3-488, 3-506
Number of D numbers in module............... 3-517
Number of data to be protocolled for an event3560
Number of defined locations for the control block
............................................................... 3-497
Number of directories that can be created 3-350
Number of DP buses ................................. 3-548
Number of entries the FIFO buffer is too small
for........................................................... 3-563
Number of events to be skipped................ 3-563
I-703
Lists
I Index
Number of Fanuc-G functions ....................3-395
Number of files that can be created ...........3-351
Number of files that have already been created
................................................................3-358
Number of G functions ...............................3-346
Number of geometry axes ..........................3-329
Number of G-functions ...............................3-346
Number of highest channel axis.................3-330
Number of HW analog inputs.....................3-322
Number of HW analog output ....................3-348
Number of HW analog outputs...................3-322
Number of HW digital inputs ......................3-323
Number of HW digital outputs ....................3-323
Number of internal buffer magazine...........3-497
Number of log. spindles .............................3-330
Number of M function for tool change ........3-325
Number of magazines ................................3-498
Number of manipulated value filters...........2-112
Number of manipulated variable filters.......2-110
Number of masters.....................................3-555
Number of NC instruction groups...............3-323
Number of net bytes the protocol file is too small
................................................................3-562
Number of orientation axes in channel.......3-330
Number of P elements of a cutting edge....3-322
Number of P elements of a tool..................3-325
Number of P elements of a tool edge in module
TS ...........................................................3-323
Number of parameter set ................3-379, 3-455
Number of parameters of a multiple assignment
................................................................3-325
Number of parameters per adapter............3-324
Number of parameters per magazine location3324
Number of pending general alarms............3-352
Number of pilot filters in force controller.....2-112
Number of polygon elements / protection zone3329
Number of programmed tool ......................3-414
Number of programmed tool edge .............3-414
Number of protocol files that can still be created
................................................................3-351
Number of real locations in the magazine..3-500
Number of Siemens applic. cutting edge data3322
Number of Siemens applic. magazine location
data.........................................................3-324
Number of Siemens applic. monitoring data3323
Number of Siemens application magazine data
................................................................3-324
Number of Siemens application tool data ..3-325
Number of slaves connected to bus...........3-550
Number of slots ..........................................3-553
Number of slots per axis container..3-320, 3-322
Number of speed setpoint filters ..................2-89
Number of spindles ....................................3-330
Number of strokes......................................3-438
Number of synchronous actions......3-433, 3-435
Number of T area .......................................3-331
Number of T areas .....................................3-325
Number of the active M-function ................3-433
I-704
09.01
Number of the actual drive parameter set3-374,
3-450
Number of the geometry axis..................... 3-467
Number of the internal load magazine....... 3-496
Number of the magazine ................ 3-498, 3-500
Number of the preselected T-function ....... 3-433
Number of tool edges ................................ 3-330
Number of toolholder ................................. 3-410
Number of tools in the area TO ................. 3-506
Number of user frames.............................. 3-330
Number of valid contour elements.. 3-336, 3-343
Number of velocity filters ........................... 2-116
numChannels ............................................ 3-322
numContainer ............................................ 3-322
numContainerSlots .................................... 3-322
numContourInProtArea.............................. 3-329
numCuttEdgeParams ................................ 3-322
numCuttEdgeParams_tao ......................... 3-322
numCuttEdgeParams_tas ......................... 3-323
numCuttEdgeParams_ts ........................... 3-323
numCuttEdgeParams_tu ........................... 3-323
numCuttEdgeParams_tus ......................... 3-323
numCuttEdges................................ 3-488, 3-506
numData .................................................... 3-560
numDigitInp ............................................... 3-323
numDigitOutp............................................. 3-323
numDrives ................................................. 3-323
numElementsFastFifoTooSmall ................ 3-563
Numerator bandwidth manipulated value filter 1
............................................................... 2-113
Numerator bandwidth of manipulated variable
filter 1 ..................................................... 2-111
Numerator bandwidth of manipulated variable
filter 2 ..................................................... 2-111
Numerator bandwidth of velocity filter 1..... 2-116
Numerator of gear unit encoder / load (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-82
numFilesPerDir.......................................... 3-352
numGCodeGroups..................................... 3-323
numGCodeGroupsFanuc........................... 3-323
numGeoAxes ............................................. 3-329
numGlobMachAxes ................................... 3-323
numHandWheels....................................... 3-323
numMachAxes ........................................... 3-330
numMagLocParams_tap............................ 3-324
numMagLocParams_u............................... 3-324
numMagParams_tam ................................ 3-324
numMagParams_u .................................... 3-324
numMagPlaceParams ............................... 3-324
numMagPlacesMax ................................... 3-324
numMagsMax ............................................ 3-324
numOriAxes ............................................... 3-330
numParams_Adapt.................................... 3-324
numParams_SC ........................................ 3-324
numPlaceMulti ........................................... 3-324
numPlaceMultiParams............................... 3-325
numProtArea ............................................. 3-330
numRParams............................................. 3-330
numSpindles.............................................. 3-330
numSpindlesLog........................................ 3-330
numStrokes ............................................... 3-438
numSubDirsPerDir..................................... 3-352
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
numSynAct......................................3-433, 3-435
numToBaust...............................................3-325
numToolEdges ...........................................3-330
numToolParams_tad..................................3-325
numToolParams_tu....................................3-325
numTools ...................................................3-506
numTraceProtocDataList ...........................3-352
numTraceProtocEventType........................3-413
numTraceProtocOemDataList....................3-353
numTraceProtocOemEventType................3-413
numUserFrames .............................3-325, 3-330
NUTATION_ANGLE_NAME
MD 10648 ...............................................2-176
O
Odinate arc centre of 3rd contour element.3-340
Odinate end point of 3rd contour element..3-342
oemProtText...............................................3-330
Offset compensation ..................................2-115
Offset compensation for pressure sensor A2117
Offset compensation for pressure sensor B2117
Offset memory number length (Fanuc) ......3-406
Offset memory number radius (ISO Dialect))3405
Offset normal..............................................3-413
Offset to leading axis/spindle, actual value3372, 3-448
OFFSET_COMPENSATION
MD 5470 .................................................2-115
OFFSETVALUE_FOR_MONITORING
MD 31510 ...............................................2-250
ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE
MD 20254 ...............................................2-208
Operating ...................................................2-142
Operating mode ..............................3-481, 3-484
Operating mode display ...............................2-98
Operating mode emergency retraction/gen.
operation (not 810D).................................2-94
OPERATING_MODE
MD 1730 ...................................................2-98
MD 5730 .................................................2-120
OPERATING_MODE_DEFAULT
MD 10720 ...............................................2-178
operatingMode ................................3-481, 3-484
operatingTime ............................................3-559
opMode ......... 3-385, 3-388, 3-396, 3-470, 3-473
OPT_LOAD_ANGEL
MD 1128 ...................................................2-73
Optimum load angle (not 810D) ...................2-73
optStopActive .............................................3-420
Ordinal number of an alarm 3-360, 3-362, 3-364
Ordinate arc centre of 10th contour element3334, 3-341
Ordinate arc centre of 1st contour element3333, 3-340
Ordinate arc centre of 2nd contour element3333, 3-340
Ordinate arc centre of 3rd contour element3-333
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
Ordinate arc centre of 4th contour element3333, 3-340
Ordinate arc centre of 5th contour element3333, 3-340
Ordinate arc centre of 6th contour element3333, 3-340
Ordinate arc centre of 7th contour element3333, 3-340
Ordinate arc centre of 8th contour element3333, 3-340
Ordinate arc centre of 9th contour element3333, 3-341
Ordinate end point of 10th contour element3335, 3-342
Ordinate end point of 1st contour element3-335,
3-342
Ordinate end point of 2nd contour element3335, 3-342
Ordinate end point of 4th contour element3-335,
3-342
Ordinate end point of 5th contour element3-335,
3-342
Ordinate end point of 6th contour element3-335,
3-342
Ordinate end point of 7th contour element3-335,
3-342
Ordinate end point of 8th contour element3-335,
3-342
Ordinate end point of 9th contour element3-335,
3-342
Ordinate of end point of 3rd contour element3335
ORI_DEF_WITH_G_CODE
MD 21102............................................... 2-215
ORI_IPO_WITH_G_CODE
MD 21104............................................... 2-215
ORIAX_TURN_TAB_1
MD 21120............................................... 2-215
ORIAX_TURN_TAB_2
MD 21130............................................... 2-215
ORIENTATION_IS_EULER
MD 21100............................................... 2-214
ORIENTATION_NAME_TAB
MD 10646............................................... 2-175
OSCILL_CTRL_MASK
MD 43770............................................... 2-290
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME1
MD 43720............................................... 2-290
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2
MD 43730............................................... 2-290
OSCILL_END_POS
MD 43760............................................... 2-290
OSCILL_IS_ACTIVE
MD 43780............................................... 2-290
OSCILL_MODE_MASK
MD 11460............................................... 2-184
OSCILL_NUM_SPARK_CYCLES
MD 43750............................................... 2-290
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1
MD 43700............................................... 2-289
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2
MD 43710............................................... 2-289
I-705
Lists
I Index
OSCILL_VELO
MD 43740 ...............................................2-290
OUT data byte ............................................3-349
OUT data double word ...............................3-349
OUT data word ...........................................3-349
OUT Real data ...........................................3-349
OUTPUT_ENABLE_DELAY
MD 5531 .................................................2-116
OUTPUT_FIL_1_BW
MD 5289 .................................................2-113
OUTPUT_FIL_1_BW_NUM
MD 5290 .................................................2-113
OUTPUT_FIL_1_DAMP
MD 5285 .................................................2-113
OUTPUT_FIL_1_FREQ
MD 5284 .................................................2-113
OUTPUT_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ
MD 5288 .................................................2-113
OUTPUT_FILTER_TYPE
MD 5281 .................................................2-112
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW
MD 5211 .................................................2-111
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM
MD 5212 .................................................2-111
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_DAMP
MD 5203 .................................................2-110
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_FREQ
MD 5202 .................................................2-110
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ
MD 5210 .................................................2-111
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW
MD 5214 .................................................2-111
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW_NUM
MD 5215 .................................................2-111
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_DAMP
MD 5205 .................................................2-110
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_FREQ
MD 5204 .................................................2-110
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_SUP_FREQ
MD 5213 .................................................2-111
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FILTER_CONFIG
MD 5201 .................................................2-110
OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_INVERSION
MD 5476 .................................................2-115
OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_LIMIT
MD 5475 .................................................2-115
Override factor for SG (not 810D) ................2-82
OVR_AX_IS_GRAY_CODE
MD 12000 ...............................................2-185
OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED
MD 12010 ...............................................2-185
OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE
MD 12030 ...............................................2-185
OVR_FACTOR_LIMIT_BIN
MD 12100 ...............................................2-186
OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA
MD 12050 ...............................................2-185
OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_SPEED
MD 12070 ...............................................2-186
OVR_FEED_IS_GRAY_CODE
MD 12020 ...............................................2-185
OVR_RAPID_IS_GRAY_CODE
I-706
09.01
MD 12040............................................... 2-185
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_MIN_FEED
MD 12082............................................... 2-186
OVR_REFERENCE_IS_PROG_FEED
MD 12080............................................... 2-186
OVR_SPIND_IS_GRAY_CODE
MD 12060............................................... 2-186
P
P gain of force controller............................ 2-112
P gain of speed control loop IM (not 810D)2-88,
2-105
P gain of speed controller............................ 2-85
P gain of speed controller (not 810D)........ 2-104
P gain of upper adaptation speed................ 2-85
P gain of upper adaptation speed (not 810D)2104
P gain of velocity controller........................ 2-113
P gain of velocity controller A .................... 2-113
P gain of velocity controller B .................... 2-113
P gain speed control.................................... 2-85
P gain upper adaption speed....................... 2-86
PA_ZOA_MODE (HMI EMB)
MD 9459................................................. 2-134
Parameter 1 of the alarm ..... 3-361, 3-362, 3-365
Parameter 2 of the alarm ..... 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
Parameter 3 of the alarm ..... 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
Parameter 4 of the alarm ..... 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
Parameterizing the module TD .................. 3-508
Parametrizing data for the module TO....... 3-508
Parametrizing mask for the module TD ..... 3-509
Parametrizing mask for the module TO ..... 3-510
Parametrizing mask for the module TS ..... 3-510
Parametrizing mask for the module TU ..... 3-510
Parametrizing mask for the module TUE... 3-511
Parametrizing mask for the module TUS... 3-511
Parametrizing the module TD .................... 3-508
Parametrizing the module TS .................... 3-508
Parametrizing the module TU .................... 3-509
Parametrizing the module TUE.................. 3-509
Parametrizing the module TUS.................. 3-509
paramNrCCV ............................................. 3-495
PARAMSET_CHANGE_ENABLE
MD 35590............................................... 2-263
paramSetNo ................................... 3-379, 3-455
parDataTD ................................................. 3-508
parDataTO ................................................. 3-508
parDataToolIdentTD .................................. 3-508
parDataTS ................................................. 3-508
parDataTU ................................................. 3-509
parDataTUE............................................... 3-509
parDataTUS............................................... 3-509
Parking axis .................................... 3-376, 3-452
parMasksTD .............................................. 3-509
parMasksTO .............................................. 3-510
parMasksTS............................................... 3-510
parMasksTU .............................................. 3-510
parMasksTUE ............................................ 3-511
parMasksTUS ............................................ 3-511
PART_COUNTER
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 27880 ...............................................2-237
PART_COUNTER_MCODE
MD 27882 ...............................................2-238
partDistance ...............................................3-438
Path for ACC files in the NCK file system ..3-547
Path from beginning of the block in the BCS3404
Path override for synchronous actions.......3-404
Path to the end of the block in the BCS .....3-404
Path veloc. in basic coordinate system ......3-408
Path velocity in the WCS ...........................3-408
PATH_IPO_IS_ON_TCP
MD 20260 ...............................................2-208
PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM
MD 32432 ...............................................2-253
PBL_VERSION
MD 1797 .................................................2-100
MD 5797 .................................................2-120
pblVersion .......................................3-482, 3-484
pcmciaDataShotAct....................................3-556
pcmciaDataShotSum .................................3-556
pcmciaFfsLength........................................3-556
pcmciaShotStatus ......................................3-557
pcmciaStartFfsOffset..................................3-557
pcmciaStartShotOffset ...............................3-557
pEgBc.........................................................3-413
PEMSD_MODE_ENABLE
MD 1015 ...................................................2-68
PERMANENT_FEED
MD 12202 ...............................................2-186
PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED
MD 12204 ...............................................2-186
PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED
MD 12205 ...............................................2-186
PERMISSIVE_FLASH_TAB
MD 11700 ...............................................2-185
PFRAME_RESET_MODE
MD 24010 ...............................................2-226
Physical spindle name ....................3-388, 3-473
Pickup delay of variable signaling function 2-118
Pickup delay time, variable message function
(not 810D).................................................2-93
Pilot pressure .............................................2-108
PILOT_OPERATION_PRESSURE
MD 5102 .................................................2-108
Pipe inside diameters A and B ...................2-109
Pipe length at the drive end .......................2-109
Pipe length at the non-drive end ................2-109
PIPE_INNER_DIAMETER_A_B
MD 5143 .................................................2-109
PIPE_LENGTH_A
MD 5141 .................................................2-109
PIPE_LENGTH_B
MD 5142 .................................................2-109
Piston position in relation to piston zero.....2-120
Piston position min. natural frequency .......2-110
Piston stroke ..............................................2-109
Piston zero in relation to machine zero ......2-108
PISTON_POS_MIN_NAT_FREQ
MD 5160 .................................................2-110
PISTON_ROD_A_DIAMETER
MD 5132 .................................................2-109
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
PISTON_ROD_B_DIAMETER
MD 5133................................................. 2-109
PISTON_STROKE
MD 5134................................................. 2-109
PISTON_ZERO
MD 5040................................................. 2-108
placeData .................................................. 3-503
placeType .................................................. 3-505
Plane assignment of protection zone3-337, 3345
PLC messages (DB2) ................................ 4-575
PLC_ADDR_FOR_USER_HD_TEXT
MD 9051................................................. 2-124
PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE
MD 10110............................................... 2-167
PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT
MD 10100............................................... 2-167
PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT
MD 10120............................................... 2-167
PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN
MD 10395............................................... 2-172
PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT
MD 10397............................................... 2-172
PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN
MD 10394............................................... 2-172
PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_OUT
MD 10396............................................... 2-172
Plus cam position SN (not 810D) ................ 2-82
PO_WITHOUT_POLY
MD 10674............................................... 2-176
pOffn.......................................................... 3-413
Pole pair pitch (not 810D)............................ 2-75
POLE_ORI_MODE
MD 21108............................................... 2-215
POLE_PAIR_PITCH
MD 1170................................................... 2-75
Pos. offset of the synchr. spindle desired value
.................................................... 3-368, 3-444
POS_AX_VELO
MD 32060............................................... 2-251
POS_DRIVE_SPEED_LIMIT
MD 5440................................................. 2-114
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_FLOW
MD 5464................................................. 2-115
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_FLOW
MD 5485................................................. 2-115
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_VOLT
MD 5486................................................. 2-116
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_VOLTAGE
MD 5465................................................. 2-115
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_FLOW
MD 5480................................................. 2-115
POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_VOLT
MD 5481................................................. 2-115
POS_LIMIT_MINUS
MD 36100............................................... 2-264
POS_LIMIT_MINUS2
MD 36120............................................... 2-264
POS_LIMIT_PLUS
MD 36110............................................... 2-264
POS_LIMIT_PLUS2
MD 36130............................................... 2-264
I-707
Lists
I Index
POS_TAB_SCALING_SYSTEM
MD 10270 ...............................................2-169
POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY
MD 10062 ...............................................2-165
POSCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10061 ...............................................2-165
POSCTRL_DAMPING
MD 32950 ...............................................2-257
POSCTRL_DESVAL_DELAY
MD 10065 ...............................................2-165
POSCTRL_DESVAL_DELAY_INFO
MD 32990 ...............................................2-257
POSCTRL_GAIN
MD 32200 ...............................................2-252
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_ENABLE
MD 32930 ...............................................2-257
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_TIME
MD 32940 ...............................................2-257
POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
MD 10060 ...............................................2-165
POSCTRL_ZERO_ZONE
MD 32960 ...............................................2-257
Position ......................................................2-141
Position control cycle factor .......................3-537
position control gain factor ..............3-378, 3-454
Position controller difference...........3-383, 3-459
Position of the cutting edge center point. ...3-462
Position of tool base, desired value ...........3-462
Position offset from synchronous actions3-370,
3-446
Position offset referring to leading axis/spindle3373, 3-449
POSITION_LSB
MD 5714 .................................................2-120
POSITIONING_TIME
MD 36020 ...............................................2-263
Positive area adaptation factor...................2-114
Positive velocity setpoint limit.....................2-114
Power controller lead time..........................2-112
Power controller precontrol factor ..............2-112
Power controller reset time ........................2-112
Power controller smoothing time constant .2-112
Power disable timer....................................2-113
Power enable blocking time .......................2-117
Power limitation threshold for weight .........2-111
Power limitation weight ..............................2-111
Power module limiting current......................2-71
Power module limiting current S6 ................2-71
Power section ASYN limit current (not 810D)275
Power section ASYN rated current (not 810D)275
Power section code number.........................2-71
Power section code of drive module ..........3-537
Power section derating ASYN (not 810D) ....2-75
Power section derating SYN (not 810D) ......2-75
Power section S6 ASYN limit current (not 810D)
..................................................................2-75
POWER_DISABLE_DELAY
MD 5404 .................................................2-113
POWER_ENABLE_DELAY
MD 5532 .................................................2-117
I-708
09.01
POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI
MD 1129................................................... 2-73
POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI_M2
MD 2129................................................. 2-101
POWER_LIMIT_1
MD 1235................................................... 2-80
POWER_LIMIT_1_M2
MD 2235................................................. 2-103
POWER_LIMIT_2
MD 1236................................................... 2-80
POWER_LIMIT_2_M2
MD 2236................................................. 2-103
POWER_LIMIT_GENERATOR
MD 1237................................................... 2-80
poweronTime ............................................. 3-557
preContrFactTorque ....................... 3-379, 3-455
preContrFactVel ............................. 3-379, 3-455
preContrMode................................. 3-379, 3-456
PREP_COM_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
MD 10160............................................... 2-168
PREP_DRIVE_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO
MD 10150............................................... 2-168
PREPROCESSING_LEVEL
MD 10700............................................... 2-176
PRESET ......................................... 3-380, 3-456
Preset state .................................... 3-379, 3-456
PRESETActive................................ 3-379, 3-456
PRESETVal .................................... 3-380, 3-456
PRESSURE_LSB
MD 5710................................................. 2-119
PRESSURE_SENS_A_OFFS
MD 5551................................................. 2-117
PRESSURE_SENS_A_REF
MD 5550................................................. 2-117
PRESSURE_SENS_B_OFFS
MD 5553................................................. 2-117
PRESSURE_SENS_B_REF
MD 5552................................................. 2-117
PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK
MD 11500............................................... 2-184
PRG_DEFAULT_DIR (HMI EMB)
MD 9005................................................. 2-122
Processor load........................................... 2-120
Processor load (not 810D)........................... 2-99
PROCESSOR_LOAD
MD 1735................................................... 2-99
PROCESSOR_UTILIZATION
MD 5735................................................. 2-120
PROCESSTIMER_MODE
MD 27860............................................... 2-237
PROFIBUS_ACTVAL_LEAD_TIME
MD 37600............................................... 2-278
PROFIBUS_ALARM_MARKER
MD 10059............................................... 2-165
PROFIBUS_CTRL_CONFIG
MD 37610............................................... 2-278
PROFIBUS_OUTVAL_DELAY_TIME
MD 37602............................................... 2-278
PROFIBUS_SDB_NUMBER
MD 11240............................................... 2-181
PROFIBUS_SHUTDOWN_TYPE
MD 11250............................................... 2-181
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
PROG_EVENT_MASK
MD 20108 ...............................................2-204
PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
MD 10710 ...............................................2-177
PROG_SIGNAL_ADDRESS
MD 1622 ...................................................2-93
MD 5622 .................................................2-118
PROG_SIGNAL_FLAGS
MD 1620 ...................................................2-93
MD 5620 .................................................2-118
PROG_SIGNAL_HYSTERESIS
MD 1624 ...................................................2-93
MD 5624 .................................................2-118
PROG_SIGNAL_NR
MD 1621 ...................................................2-93
MD 5621 .................................................2-118
PROG_SIGNAL_OFF_DELAY
MD 1626 ...................................................2-93
MD 5626 .................................................2-118
PROG_SIGNAL_ON_DELAY
MD 1625 ...................................................2-93
MD 5625 .................................................2-118
PROG_SIGNAL_THRESHOLD
MD 1623 ...................................................2-93
MD 5623 .................................................2-118
PROG_TEST_MASK
MD 10707 ...............................................2-177
progDistToGo.............................................3-462
progDLNumber...........................................3-413
progDLNumberS ........................................3-414
progDNumber.............................................3-414
progDuploNumber......................................3-414
progIndexAxPosNo .........................3-380, 3-456
progName ................ 3-425, 3-427, 3-428, 3-430
progProtText...............................................3-330
Program execution from external active.....3-412
Program name ......... 3-425, 3-427, 3-428, 3-430
Program status................................3-404, 3-414
Program test...............................................3-420
PROGRAM_SETTINGS (HMI EMB)
MD 9460 .................................................2-134
Programmed circular passes .....................3-424
Programmed circular passes search..........3-424
Programmed position for block search.......3-467
Programmed position, actual value............3-461
Programmed position, desired value..........3-461
Programmed position, distance-to-go ........3-462
Programmed position, REPOS ..................3-462
Programmed SUG desired value3-384, 3-387,
3-469, 3-472
Programmed total offset.............................3-413
progREPOS ...............................................3-462
progStatus..................................................3-414
progTestActive ...........................................3-420
progTNumber .............................................3-414
progTNumberLong .....................................3-414
progToolIdent .............................................3-414
PROTAREA_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
MD 10618 ...............................................2-175
protAreaCounter.........................................3-414
Protection zone modification counter .........3-414
protocolFilename........................................3-563
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
protocTrigMaskInt16 .................................. 3-353
protocTrigMaskInt32 .................................. 3-353
protocTrigNumEvDelay.............................. 3-353
protocTrigState .......................................... 3-353
protocTrigType........................................... 3-353
protocTrigValueInt16 ................................. 3-353
protocTrigValueInt32 ................................. 3-353
protocTrigValueReal32 .............................. 3-353
protocTrigValueReal64 .............................. 3-353
protocTrigVarArea ..................................... 3-353
protocTrigVarCol........................................ 3-354
protocTrigVarRow...................................... 3-354
protocTrigVarType ..................................... 3-354
protocTrigVarUnit....................................... 3-354
protocUserActive ....................................... 3-414
PS derating limit current (not 810D) . 2-70, 2-101
PS limit current derating (not 810D) .......... 2-101
PS limit current derating factor (not 810D) .. 2-70
pSMode .......................................... 3-470, 3-473
pSModeS ........................................ 3-470, 3-473
PT 2 natural frequency of velocity filter 1... 2-116
PT1 time constant of velocity filter 1 .......... 2-116
PT2 damping of manipulated variable filter 12110
PT2 damping of manipulated variable filter 22110
PT2 damping of velocity filter 1.................. 2-116
PT2 damping pilot filter 1........................... 2-112
PT2 natural freq. pilot filter 1 ..................... 2-112
PT2 natural frequency of manipulated variable
filter 1 ..................................................... 2-110
PT2 natural frequency of manipulated variable
filter 2 ..................................................... 2-110
pTc............................................................. 3-415
pTcAng ...................................................... 3-415
pTcDiff ....................................................... 3-415
pTcSol ....................................................... 3-415
pToolO ....................................................... 3-415
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_DELAY
MD 1404................................................... 2-85
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED
MD 1403................................................... 2-85
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED_M2
MD 2403................................................. 2-104
Pulse-width modulation frequency (not 810D)270, 2-101
PUNCH_DWELLTIME
MD 42400............................................... 2-283
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE
MD 26016............................................... 2-236
PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING
MD 26014............................................... 2-236
punchActive ............................................... 3-438
punchDelayActive ...................................... 3-438
punchDelayTime........................................ 3-438
Punching delay time .................................. 3-438
Punching or nibbling active........................ 3-438
Punching with delay active ........................ 3-438
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION
MD 26012............................................... 2-236
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN
MD 26000............................................... 2-235
I-709
Lists
I Index
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
MD 26002 ...............................................2-235
PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK
MD 26010 ...............................................2-236
punchNibActivation ....................................3-331
PWM_FREQUENCY
MD 1100 ...................................................2-70
PWM_FREQUENCY_M2
MD 2100 .................................................2-101
Q
qecLrnIsOn......................................3-380, 3-456
Quadrant error compensation learning active3380, 3-456
R
R 3-543
R parameter (from SW 3.3)........................3-543
R parameter (up to SW 3.2).......................3-543
Radius of the circle (only effective for G02/G03)
................................................................3-424
RADIUS_NAME
MD 10654 ...............................................2-176
Ramp-function generator rapid stop3-375, 3-451
Ramp-up time 1 in V/f operation (not 810D)2-73,
2-101
Ramp-up time 2 in V/f operation (not 810D)2-73,
2-101
Range of action of friction compensation ...2-114
rapFeedRateOvr ........................................3-415
rapFeedRateOvrActive...............................3-420
Rapid traverse override..............................3-415
Rated motor frequency.................................2-73
Rated motor frequency (not 810D).............2-102
Rated motor output ......................................2-73
Rated motor output (not 810D) ..................2-102
Rated motor speed.......................................2-84
Rated motor speed (not 810D)...................2-104
Rated motor voltage.....................................2-73
Rated motor voltage (not 810D).................2-102
Rated power module current........................2-71
RATED_OUTVAL
MD 32250 ...............................................2-252
RATED_VELO
MD 32260 ...............................................2-252
Rating force setpoint interface .....................2-98
readyActive ................................................3-396
Real data....................................................3-348
Real data (32 bits IEEE) from/to the PLC ..3-347
Received message frame ..........................3-554
REDUCE_ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE
MD 1182 ...................................................2-76
Reducing the maximum motor current .........2-71
Reference point cam .......................3-380, 3-456
Reference value of pressure sensor A at 10 V2117
Reference value of pressure sensor B at 10V2117
I-710
09.01
Referenced spindle number ...................... 3-495
REFP_BERO_LOW_ACTIVE
MD 34120............................................... 2-259
REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS
MD 34010............................................... 2-257
REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE
MD 34000............................................... 2-257
REFP_CAM_MARKER_DIST
MD 34093............................................... 2-258
REFP_CAM_SHIFT
MD 34092............................................... 2-258
REFP_CYCLE_NR
MD 34110............................................... 2-259
REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST
MD 34030............................................... 2-258
REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST
MD 34060............................................... 2-258
REFP_MOVE_DIST
MD 34080............................................... 2-258
REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR
MD 34090............................................... 2-258
REFP_NC_START_LOCK
MD 20700............................................... 2-212
REFP_PERMITTED_IN_FOLLOWUP
MD 34104............................................... 2-258
REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE
MD 34050............................................... 2-258
REFP_SET_POS
MD 34100............................................... 2-258
REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER
MD 34330............................................... 2-260
REFP_SYNC_ENCS
MD 34102............................................... 2-258
REFP_VELO_POS
MD 34070............................................... 2-258
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM
MD 34020............................................... 2-257
REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
MD 34040............................................... 2-258
refPtBusy ........................................ 3-380, 3-456
refPtCamNo .................................... 3-380, 3-456
refPtStatus...................................... 3-380, 3-457
Regenerative limiting (not 810D) ...... 2-80, 2-103
RELUCT_TORQUE_RATIO
MD 1149................................................... 2-75
Reluctance torque constant (not 810D)....... 2-75
remainDwellTime ....................................... 3-415
REORG_LOG_LIMIT
MD 27900............................................... 2-238
REPOS_MODE_MASK
MD 11470............................................... 2-184
Representation of active tool ..................... 3-321
reqParts ..................................................... 3-415
Requested gear stage3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3472
RESET_MODE_MASK
MD 20110............................................... 2-204
resetActive................................................. 3-396
Response threshold dn/dt............................ 2-92
Response threshold emergency retraction (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-94
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
Response threshold, only DC link monitoring
(not 810D).................................................2-93
Response voltage of generator axis (not 810D)
..................................................................2-93
Restricted cyclic variable service ...............3-412
Result
number of tools found.............................3-511
T-numbers of the tools found..................3-511
resultNrOfTools ..........................................3-511
resultToolNr................................................3-511
RETRACT_AND_GENERATOR_MODE
MD 1636 ...................................................2-94
RETRACT_SPEED
MD 1639 ...................................................2-94
RETRACT_TIME
MD 1638 ...................................................2-94
Return point on the contour for repositioning3465
Return value for command MagCBCmd ....3-496
Return variable for the command MagCBCmd3496
ROT_AX_SWL_CHECK_MODE
MD 21180 ...............................................2-216
ROT_IS_MODULO
MD 30310 ...............................................2-246
ROT_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
MD 10642 ...............................................2-175
rotation3-390, 3-391, 3-440, 3-441, 3-476, 3-478
Rotation......................................................3-441
Rotation of a settable frame 3-391, 3-440, 3-476
Rotation of an active frame .............3-390, 3-478
Rotor leakage reactance ..............................2-74
Rotor leakage reactance (not 810D) ..........2-102
Rotor position identification (not 810D) ........2-99
Rotor position identification diagnosis (not
810D)........................................................2-99
Rotor position identification difference (not
810D)........................................................2-99
Rotor position identification procedure (not
810D)........................................................2-70
ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE
MD 1138 ...................................................2-73
ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE_M2
MD 2138 .................................................2-102
ROTOR_FLUX_LSB
MD 1712 ...................................................2-97
ROTOR_FLUX_LSB_M2
MD 2712 .................................................2-105
ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE
MD 1140 ...................................................2-74
ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE_M2
MD 2140 .................................................2-102
ROTOR_POS_LSB
MD 1714 ...................................................2-97
ROTOR_POS_LSB_M2
MD 2714 .................................................2-106
rotSys .........................................................3-415
ROV rapid traverse override.......................3-420
row .............................................................3-560
rpa ..............................................................3-543
RUN_OVERRIDE_0
MD 12200 ...............................................2-186
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
Run-time factor IPO/SC cycles f. RFG (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-95
S
S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
MD 22400............................................... 2-223
Sadr ........................................................... 3-433
Safe actual position of axis............. 3-382, 3-458
Safe actual position of the drive ..... 3-382, 3-458
Safe input signals of the axis.......... 3-381, 3-457
Safe input signals of the drive ........ 3-381, 3-458
Safe input signals of the drive part 23-381, 3458
Safe input signals part 2 ................. 3-381, 3-457
Safe limit of actual speed ............... 3-381, 3-457
Safe limit of desired speed ............. 3-381, 3-457
Safe operation active...................... 3-381, 3-457
Safe output signals of the axis........ 3-382, 3-458
Safe output signals of the drive ...... 3-382, 3-458
Safe output signals of the drive part 23-382, 3458
Safe output signals part 2............... 3-382, 3-458
SAFE_ACKN
MD 36997............................................... 2-273
SAFE_ACKN_READ
MD 1397................................................... 2-84
SAFE_ACKN_WRITE
MD 1396................................................... 2-84
SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM
MD 1398................................................... 2-84
SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM
MD 36998............................................... 2-273
SAFE_ACT_STOP_OUTPUT
MD 36990............................................... 2-272
SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL
MD 10094............................................... 2-166
SAFE_CAM_MINUS_OUTPUT
MD 36989............................................... 2-272
SAFE_CAM_PLUS_OUTPUT
MD 36988............................................... 2-272
SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS
MD 1337................................................... 2-82
SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS
MD 36937............................................... 2-268
SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS
MD 1336................................................... 2-82
SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS
MD 36936............................................... 2-268
SAFE_CAM_TOL
MD 1340................................................... 2-82
SAFE_CAM_TOL
MD 36940............................................... 2-268
SAFE_CONFIG_CHANGE_DATE
MD 36993............................................... 2-272
SAFE_CROSSCHECK_CYCLE
MD 36992............................................... 2-272
SAFE_DES_CHECKSUM
MD 1399................................................... 2-84
SAFE_DES_CHECKSUM
MD 36999............................................... 2-273
I-711
Lists
I Index
SAFE_DES_VELO_LIMIT
MD 36933 ...............................................2-268
SAFE_DIAG_611D_RESULTLIST1
MD 1392 ...................................................2-84
SAFE_DIAG_611D_RESULTLIST2
MD 1394 ...................................................2-84
SAFE_DIAG_NC_RESULTLIST1
MD 1391 ...................................................2-84
SAFE_DIAG_NC_RESULTLIST2
MD 1393 ...................................................2-84
SAFE_DIAGNOSIS_MASK
MD 10096 ...............................................2-166
SAFE_ENC_CONFIG
MD 1316 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_ENC_FREQ_LIMIT
MD 36926 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM
MD 1321 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM
MD 36921 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA
MD 1322 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA
MD 36922 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH
MD 1320 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH
MD 36920 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
MD 1317 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
MD 36917 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR
MD 36912 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_IS_LINEAR
MD 36916 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR
MD 36911 ...............................................2-266
SAFE_ENC_POLARITY
MD 36925 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_RESOL
MD 1318 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_ENC_RESOL
MD 36918 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_ENC_SEGMENT_NR
MD 36910 ...............................................2-266
SAFE_ENC_TYPE
MD 36915 ...............................................2-267
SAFE_EXT_PULSE_ENAB_OUTPUT
MD 36984 ...............................................2-272
SAFE_EXT_STOP_INPUT
MD 36977 ...............................................2-271
SAFE_FIRMWARE_VERSION
MD 1390 ...................................................2-84
SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE
MD 1301 ...................................................2-81
SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE
MD 36901 ...............................................2-266
SAFE_GEAR_SELECT_INPUT
MD 36974 ...............................................2-271
SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN
MD 10390 ...............................................2-171
I-712
09.01
SAFE_IPO_STOP_GROUP
MD 36964............................................... 2-270
SAFE_IS_ROT_AX
MD 1302................................................... 2-81
SAFE_IS_ROT_AX
MD 36902............................................... 2-266
SAFE_MODE_MASK
MD 10095............................................... 2-166
SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME
MD 1350................................................... 2-83
SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME
MD 36950............................................... 2-269
SAFE_MODULO_RANGE
MD 1305................................................... 2-81
SAFE_MODULO_RANGE
MD 36905............................................... 2-266
SAFE_OUT_HW_ASSIGN
MD 10392............................................... 2-172
SAFE_OVR_INPUT
MD 36978............................................... 2-271
SAFE_PARK_ALARM_SUPPRESS
MD 36965............................................... 2-270
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS
MD 1335................................................... 2-82
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS
MD 36935............................................... 2-268
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS
MD 1334................................................... 2-82
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS
MD 36934............................................... 2-268
SAFE_POS_SELECT_INPUT
MD 36973............................................... 2-271
SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE
MD 1362................................................... 2-83
SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE
MD 36962............................................... 2-270
SAFE_POS_TOL
MD 1342................................................... 2-83
SAFE_POS_TOL
MD 36942............................................... 2-268
SAFE_PREV_CONFIG
MD 36994............................................... 2-273
SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME
MD 1357................................................... 2-83
SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME
MD 36957............................................... 2-270
SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY
MD 1356................................................... 2-83
SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY
MD 36956............................................... 2-269
SAFE_PULSE_ENABLE_OUTPUT
MD 36986............................................... 2-272
SAFE_PULSE_STATUS_INPUT
MD 36976............................................... 2-271
SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL
MD 1344................................................... 2-83
SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL
MD 36944............................................... 2-269
SAFE_REFP_STATUS_OUTPUT
MD 36987............................................... 2-272
SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL
MD 1349................................................... 2-83
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL
MD 36949 ...............................................2-269
SAFE_SS_DISABLE_INPUT
MD 36971 ...............................................2-270
SAFE_SS_STATUS_OUTPUT
MD 36981 ...............................................2-271
SAFE_STANDSTILL_POS
MD 36995 ...............................................2-273
SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL
MD 1330 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL
MD 36930 ...............................................2-268
SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
MD 1360 ...................................................2-83
SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
MD 36960 ...............................................2-270
SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS
MD 1395 ...................................................2-84
SAFE_STOP_REQUEST_EXT_INPUT
MD 36979 ...............................................2-271
SAFE_STOP_REQUEST_INPUT
MD 36975 ...............................................2-271
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C
MD 1352 ...................................................2-83
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C
MD 36952 ...............................................2-269
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D
MD 1353 ...................................................2-83
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D
MD 36953 ...............................................2-269
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E
MD 1354 ...................................................2-83
SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E
MD 36954 ...............................................2-269
SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL
MD 1348 ...................................................2-83
SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL
MD 36948 ...............................................2-269
SAFE_SVSS_DISABLE_INPUT
MD 36970 ...............................................2-270
SAFE_SVSS_STATUS_OUTPUT
MD 36980 ...............................................2-271
SAFE_VELO_LIMIT
MD 1331 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_VELO_LIMIT
MD 36931 ...............................................2-268
SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR
MD 1332 ...................................................2-82
SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR
MD 36932 ...............................................2-268
SAFE_VELO_SELECT_INPUT
MD 36972 ...............................................2-271
SAFE_VELO_STATUS_OUTPUT
MD 36982 ...............................................2-272
SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE
MD 1361 ...................................................2-83
SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE
MD 36961 ...............................................2-270
SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION
MD 1363 ...................................................2-84
SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION
MD 36963 ...............................................2-270
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY
MD 1351................................................... 2-83
SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY
MD 36951............................................... 2-269
SAFE_VELO_X
MD 1346................................................... 2-83
SAFE_VELO_X
MD 36946............................................... 2-269
SAFE_VELO_X_STATUS_OUTPUT
MD 36985............................................... 2-272
safeActPosDiff ................................ 3-381, 3-457
safeActVeloDiff ............................... 3-381, 3-457
safeActVeloLimit............................. 3-381, 3-457
safeDesVeloLimit............................ 3-381, 3-457
safeExtInpValNckBit .................................. 3-354
safeExtInpValNckWord.............................. 3-354
safeExtInpValPlcBit ................................... 3-354
safeExtInpValPlcWord............................... 3-354
safeExtOutpValNckBit ............................... 3-354
safeExtOutpValNckWord........................... 3-354
safeExtOutpValPlcBit................................. 3-355
safeExtOutpValPlcWord ............................ 3-355
safeFctEnable................................. 3-381, 3-457
safeInputSig.................................... 3-381, 3-457
safeInputSig2.................................. 3-381, 3-457
safeInputSigDrive ........................... 3-381, 3-458
safeInputSigDrive2 ......................... 3-381, 3-458
safeIntInpValNckBit ................................... 3-355
safeIntInpValNckWord............................... 3-355
safeIntInpValPlcBit .................................... 3-355
safeIntInpValPlcWord................................ 3-355
safeIntOutpValNckBit ................................ 3-355
safeIntOutpValNckWord ............................ 3-355
safeIntOutpValPlcBit.................................. 3-355
safeIntOutpValPlcWord ............................. 3-356
safeMarkerNck........................................... 3-356
safeMarkerPlc............................................ 3-356
safeMaxVeloDiff.............................. 3-381, 3-458
safeMeasPos .................................. 3-382, 3-458
safeMeasPosDrive.......................... 3-382, 3-458
safeOutputSig................................. 3-382, 3-458
safeOutputSig2............................... 3-382, 3-458
safeOutputSigDrive......................... 3-382, 3-458
safeOutputSigDrive2....................... 3-382, 3-458
safeSplStatus ............................................ 3-356
safeStopFDiagnosis ....................... 3-482, 3-484
safeTimerNck ............................................ 3-356
Safety circuit .............................................. 2-116
SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME
MD 1300................................................... 2-81
SAFETY_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
MD 10090............................................... 2-166
safeXcmpCmd ........................................... 3-356
safeXcmpLevel .......................................... 3-357
safeXcmpState .......................................... 3-357
scaleFact3-390, 3-392, 3-394, 3-440, 3-441, 3476, 3-478
Scaling factor............................................. 3-441
Scaling factor of a settable frame3-392, 3-394,
3-440, 3-476
Scaling factor of an active frame .... 3-390, 3-478
SCALING_FACTOR_G70_G71
I-713
Lists
I Index
MD 31200 ...............................................2-249
SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF
MD 10230 ...............................................2-168
SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
MD 10240 ...............................................2-168
SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK
MD 10220 ...............................................2-168
SCALING_VALUE_INCH
MD 10250 ...............................................2-168
scalingSystemCounter ...............................3-357
Screenform
ACC files available .................................3-546
Screenform for system frames ...................3-331
SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
MD 42500 ...............................................2-285
SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
MD 42510 ...............................................2-285
Search direction ..............................3-428, 3-430
Search pointer..................... 3-427, 3-428, 3-431
Search string ...................................3-428, 3-431
Search type .....................................3-428, 3-431
SEARCH_RUN_MODE
MD 11450 ...............................................2-184
searchString ....................................3-428, 3-431
searchType .....................................3-428, 3-431
seekOffset ........................... 3-427, 3-428, 3-431
Segment of memory cell for monitor ............2-95
Select adaptation speed controller...............2-86
Select adaptation speed controller (not 810D)2105
Selection of velocity controller adaptation..2-113
SEMA data accessible ...............................3-357
semaDataAvailable ....................................3-357
Serial no. for direct meas. System (not 810D)270
Serial no. of motor measuring system........2-108
Serial number motor measuring system (not
810D)........................................................2-69
SERIAL_NO_ENCODER
MD 1025 ...................................................2-69
MD 5025 .................................................2-108
SERIAL_NO_ENCODER_DM
MD 1038 ...................................................2-70
SERIES_INDUCTANCE
MD 1119 ...................................................2-72
SERIES_INDUCTANCE_M2
MD 2119 .................................................2-101
SERUPRO_MASK
MD 10708 ...............................................2-177
SERUPRO_SPEED_FACTOR
MD 22601 ...............................................2-224
SERUPRO_SPEED_MODE
MD 22600 ...............................................2-224
seruproMasterChanNo ...............................3-415
seruproMasterNcuNo .................................3-416
SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME
MD 36620 ...............................................2-265
servoDataFl32............................................3-545
servoDataFl64............................................3-545
Set of blocks from the current operation ....3-423
SETINT_ASSIGN_FASTIN
MD 21210 ...............................................2-216
I-714
09.01
Setpoint assignment .................................. 3-538
Setpoint of axis-specific feedrate,.............. 3-373
Settable value for INC_VAR 3-367, 3-443, 3-463
Settings for NCK tool management ........... 3-319
Setting-up aid (not 810D) ............................ 2-68
Set-up mode ................................... 3-377, 3-453
setupTime.................................................. 3-557
SHOW_CHANNEL_SPANNING_STATE
MD 9052................................................. 2-124
Shut down speed pulse suppression........... 2-85
Shut down speed pulse suppression (not 810D)
............................................................... 2-104
Shutdown threshold of generator operation (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-94
SI monitoring cycle (not 810D) .................... 2-81
siemData ............................. 3-531, 3-532, 3-535
siemEdgeData ........................................... 3-533
Siemens appl. tool cutting edge parameter3-533
Siemens application magazine data3-532, 3-534
Siemens application monitoring data......... 3-535
Siemens application tool parameter .......... 3-531
siemPlaceData .......................................... 3-534
Signal from cycle to PLC ........................... 3-411
Signal from PLC to cycle ........................... 3-411
Signal n_min for 'act_n & lt; n_min'.................. 2-87
Signal n_min for 'n_act & lt; n_min' (not 810D)2105
Signal n_x for 'n_act & lt; n_x'.......................... 2-87
Signal n_x for 'n_act & lt; n_x' (not 810D)...... 2-105
Signal number min./max. memory (not 810D)294
Signal number of min./max. storage .......... 2-118
Signal number of variable signaling function2118
Signal number, variable message function (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-93
Signals from and to handheld unit ............. 4-572
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)........ 4-619
Signals to/from NCK channel (DB 21 -28) . 4-601
Significance of current representation 2-96, 2-97
Significance of position display.................. 2-120
Significance of power display .................... 2-119
Significance of pressure display ................ 2-119
Significance of rotor position representation 2-97
Significance of rotor position representation (not
810D) ..................................................... 2-106
Significance of the force representation ...... 2-97
Significance of the rotor flux representation 2-97
Significance of the rotor flux representation (not
810D) ..................................................... 2-105
Significance of the speed representation .... 2-97
Significance of the speed representation (not
810D) ..................................................... 2-105
Significance of the torque representation .... 2-97
Significance of the torque representation (not
810D) ..................................................... 2-106
Significance of velocity display .................. 2-119
Significance of voltage display .................. 2-119
Significance of voltage representation......... 2-96
Sign-of-life error counter encoder 1........... 3-548
Sign-of-life error counter encoder 2........... 3-548
Sign-of-life error counter output................. 3-548
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
SI-MD check sum (not 810D) .......................2-84
simo611dSupport .......................................3-325
SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
MD 30350 ...............................................2-247
Simulated lead value - position .......3-369, 3-445
Simulated leading value velocity .....3-369, 3-445
Simulation .......................................2-140, 2-141
Single block................................................3-421
Single block mode......................................3-421
Single block read in quasi-stop state .........3-425
singleBlock .................................................3-425
singleBlockActive .......................................3-421
singleBlockType .........................................3-421
Size downwards in half locations ...............3-489
Size of NCK alarm buffer ...........................3-320
Size to the left in half locations...................3-489
Size to the right in half locations ................3-489
Size upwards in half locations....................3-489
skip.............................................................3-563
Skip block /0...............................................3-421
Skip block /1...............................................3-421
Skip block /2...............................................3-421
Skip block /3...............................................3-421
Skip block /4...............................................3-421
Skip block /5...............................................3-421
Skip block /6...............................................3-422
Skip block /7...............................................3-422
skipLevel0Active ........................................3-421
skipLevel1Active ........................................3-421
skipLevel2Active ........................................3-421
skipLevel3Active ........................................3-421
skipLevel4Active ........................................3-421
skipLevel5Active ........................................3-421
skipLevel6Active ........................................3-422
skipLevel7Active ........................................3-422
skipLevel8Active ........................................3-422
skipLevel9Active ........................................3-422
SLASH_MASK
MD 10706 ...............................................2-177
Slave active on bus or not (LED green) .....3-552
Slave data are available.............................3-551
Slot number within the slave ......................3-554
Smooth running monitoring tolerance ..........2-93
SMOOTH_CONTUR_TOL
MD 42465 ...............................................2-284
SMOOTH_ORI_TOL
MD 42466 ...............................................2-284
SMOOTH_RUN_DIAGNOSIS
MD 1724 ...................................................2-98
SMOOTH_RUN_TOL
MD 1615 ...................................................2-93
Smoothed actual current value ....................2-96
Smoothing the desired value of the rotary speed
.....................................................3-377, 3-453
Smoothing time constant for velocity controller2114
SMOOTHING_MODE
MD 20480 ...............................................2-211
SOFT_ACCEL_FACTOR
MD 32433 ...............................................2-253
Software end position, negative direction3-371,
3-447
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
Software end position, positive direction3-371,
3-447
Source location number............................. 3-409
Source magazine....................................... 3-409
Source magazine number ......................... 3-410
Source of the lead value................. 3-369, 3-445
SPDCTRL_INTEGR_TIME_1_AM
MD 1453................................................... 2-88
SPDCTRL_INTEGR_TIME_1_AM_M2
MD 2453................................................. 2-105
spec ..................................... 3-382, 3-458, 3-468
Specific SG stop reaction (not 810D) .......... 2-84
specParts................................................... 3-416
Speed actual value ...................................... 2-96
Speed controller cycle ................................. 2-67
Speed controller type (not 810D)................. 2-85
Speed limit nx (not 810D) ............................ 2-83
Speed setpoint.................................. 2-96, 3-373
Speed setpoint filter type (not 810D) ........... 2-89
Speed threshold for motor changeover (not
810D) ....................................................... 2-81
Speed treshold integrator feed back.......... 2-114
Speed, setpoint.......................................... 3-483
SPEED_CRTL_DISABLE_STOPTIME
MD 5402................................................. 2-113
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_DELAY
MD 1427................................................... 2-88
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL
MD 1426................................................... 2-88
SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL_M2
MD 2426................................................. 2-105
SPEED_FFW_DELAY
MD 1425................................................... 2-88
SPEED_FFW_FILTER_TIME
MD 1424................................................... 2-88
SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH
MD 1515................................................... 2-90
MD 5515................................................. 2-116
SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ
MD 1520................................................... 2-91
MD 5520................................................. 2-116
SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR
MD 1516................................................... 2-90
MD 5516................................................. 2-116
SPEED_FILTER_1_DAMPING
MD 1507................................................... 2-90
MD 5507................................................. 2-116
SPEED_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY
MD 1506.......................................... 2-89, 2-90
MD 5506................................................. 2-116
SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ
MD 1514................................................... 2-90
MD 5514................................................. 2-116
SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME
MD 1502................................................... 2-89
MD 5502................................................. 2-116
SPEED_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH
MD 1518................................................... 2-91
SPEED_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ
MD 1521................................................... 2-91
SPEED_FILTER_2_BW_NUMERATOR
MD 1519................................................... 2-91
I-715
Lists
I Index
SPEED_FILTER_2_DAMPING
MD 1509 ...................................................2-90
SPEED_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY
MD 1508 ...................................................2-90
SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ
MD 1517 ..........................................2-90, 2-91
SPEED_FILTER_2_TIME
MD 1503 ...................................................2-89
SPEED_FILTER_TYPE
MD 1501 ...................................................2-89
MD 5501 .................................................2-116
SPEED_LIMIT
MD 1147 ..........................................2-74, 2-75
SPEED_LIMIT_M2
MD 2147 .................................................2-103
SPEED_LSB
MD 1711 ...................................................2-97
MD 5711 .................................................2-119
SPEED_LSB_M2
MD 2711 .................................................2-105
SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN
MD 1418 ...................................................2-87
SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN_M2
MD 2418 .................................................2-105
SPEED_THRESHOLD_X
MD 1417 ...................................................2-87
SPEED_THRESHOLD_X_M2
MD 2417 .................................................2-105
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE
MD 1413 ...................................................2-86
MD 5413 .................................................2-113
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE_M2
MD 2413 .................................................2-105
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1
MD 1411 ...................................................2-86
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1_M2
MD 2411 .................................................2-104
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2
MD 1412 ...................................................2-86
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2_M2
MD 2412 .................................................2-104
SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
MD 1001 ...................................................2-67
MD 5001 .................................................2-107
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME
MD 5432 .................................................2-114
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_A
MD 5431 .................................................2-114
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_B
MD 5433 .................................................2-114
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN
MD 5407 .................................................2-113
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1
MD 1407 ...................................................2-85
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM
MD 1451 ...................................................2-88
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM_M2
MD 2451 .................................................2-105
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_M2
MD 2407 .................................................2-104
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2
MD 1408 ..........................................2-85, 2-86
I-716
09.01
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2_M2
MD 2408................................................. 2-104
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_A
MD 5406................................................. 2-113
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_B
MD 5408................................................. 2-113
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_FEEDBK
MD 1421................................................... 2-88
MD 5421................................................. 2-114
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
MD 5409................................................. 2-113
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1
MD 1409................................................... 2-86
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1_M2
MD 2409................................................. 2-104
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2
MD 1410................................................... 2-86
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2_M2
MD 2410................................................. 2-104
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD
MD 1606................................................... 2-92
MD 5606................................................. 2-117
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME
MD 1605................................................... 2-92
MD 5605................................................. 2-117
SPEEDCTRL_PT1_TIME
MD 5430................................................. 2-114
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DAMPING
MD 1415................................................... 2-87
MD 5415................................................. 2-114
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY
MD 1416................................................... 2-87
SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_FREQ
MD 1414.......................................... 2-86, 2-87
MD 5414................................................. 2-113
SPEEDCTRL_TYPE
MD 1406................................................... 2-85
speedLimit ................3-385, 3-388, 3-470, 3-473
speedOvr ..................3-385, 3-388, 3-471, 3-473
SPF_END_TO_VDI
MD 20800............................................... 2-213
SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
MD 35040............................................... 2-261
SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB
MD 42800............................................... 2-286
SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB_ENABLE
MD 20092............................................... 2-203
SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX
MD 35000............................................... 2-260
SPIND_CONSTCUT_S
MD 43202............................................... 2-288
SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND
MD 20090............................................... 2-203
SPIND_DEFAULT_ACT_MASK
MD 35030............................................... 2-260
SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE
MD 35020............................................... 2-260
SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL
MD 35150............................................... 2-261
SPIND_DISPLAY_RESOLUTION (HMI ADV)
MD 9010................................................. 2-123
SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 35160 ...............................................2-261
SPIND_FUNC_RESET_MODE
MD 35032 ...............................................2-260
SPIND_FUNCTION_MASK
MD 35035 ...............................................2-260
SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
MD 43220 ...............................................2-288
SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS
MD 43230 ...............................................2-288
SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25
MD 43210 ...............................................2-288
SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
MD 35500 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL
MD 35410 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO
MD 35400 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR
MD 35430 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW
MD 35450 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
MD 35440 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO
MD 35300 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_POSIT_DELAY_TIME
MD 35310 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
MD 35350 ...............................................2-262
SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
MD 20094 ...............................................2-204
SPIND_S
MD 43200 ...............................................2-288
SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START
MD 35510 ...............................................2-263
SPIND_VELO_LIMIT
MD 35100 ...............................................2-261
Spindle mode ........... 3-385, 3-388, 3-470, 3-473
Spindle name ........... 3-385, 3-388, 3-470, 3-473
Spindle override ....... 3-385, 3-388, 3-471, 3-473
Spindle pitch (not 810D)...............................2-82
Spindle position........ 3-384, 3-387, 3-469, 3-472
Spindle speed limitation .............................3-541
Spindle speed, actual value3-384, 3-387, 3-469,
3-472
Spindle speed, desired value3-385, 3-387, 3470, 3-472
Spindle state ............ 3-386, 3-389, 3-471, 3-474
Spindle type ............. 3-386, 3-388, 3-471, 3-474
spindleType.............. 3-386, 3-388, 3-471, 3-474
spinNoDress...............................................3-495
SPL booting status .....................................3-356
SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION
MD 20262 ...............................................2-209
SPOS_TO_VDI
MD 20850 ...............................................2-213
ST_CYCLE_PART_OFF_CTRL_DIST
MD 9859 .................................................2-138
ST_CYCLE_PART_OFF_CTRL_FEED
MD 9860 .................................................2-138
ST_CYCLE_PART_OFF_CTRL_FORC
MD 9861 .................................................2-138
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
ST_CYCLE_RET_DIST_FIXEDSTOP
MD 9857................................................. 2-138
ST_CYCLE_RET_DIST_PART_OFF
MD 9858................................................. 2-138
ST_CYCLE_TAP_MID_SETTINGS
MD 9856................................................. 2-138
ST_CYCLE_TAP_SETTINGS
MD 9855................................................. 2-138
ST_ENABLE_FACE_Y_PARAM_CP
MD 9843................................................. 2-138
Stall torque reduction factor......................... 2-74
Stall torque reduction factor (not 810D)..... 2-102
STALL_TORQUE_REDUCTION
MD 1145................................................... 2-74
STALL_TORQUE_REDUCTION_M2
MD 2145................................................. 2-102
Standardising the torque setpoint average.. 2-98
Standardising the torque setpoint average (not
810D) ..................................................... 2-106
Standardization of the power setpoint interface
............................................................... 2-120
Standstill tolerance (SBH) (not 810D).......... 2-82
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME
MD 36040............................................... 2-263
STANDSTILL_POS_TOL
MD 36030............................................... 2-263
STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
MD 36060............................................... 2-264
Start offset FFS ......................................... 3-557
Start offset of curr. PCMCIA access .......... 3-557
START_AC_FIFO
MD 28262............................................... 2-241
START_MODE_MASK
MD 20112............................................... 2-204
START_MODE_MASK_PRT
MD 22620............................................... 2-224
Starting angle for thread ............................ 3-540
Startup synchronization status .................. 3-555
STARTUP_ASSISTANCE
MD 1017................................................... 2-68
STARTUP_LOGO
MD 9050................................................. 2-124
STAT_NAME
MD 10670............................................... 2-176
State after travelling to fixed stop ... 3-378, 3-454
State of spindle rotation3-386, 3-389, 3-471, 3474
State of the binary inputs................ 3-482, 3-484
State of the DC link voltage ............ 3-376, 3-452
State of the event type............................... 3-562
State of the function generator ....... 3-377, 3-454
State of the magazine................................ 3-500
State of the probing function........... 3-379, 3-455
State of trace channel 1.................. 3-382, 3-459
State of trace channel 2.................. 3-383, 3-459
State of trace channel 3.................. 3-383, 3-459
State of trace channel 4.................. 3-383, 3-459
State of trace protocolling.......................... 3-358
State var. PI Service auto. set-up of asyn. motor
.................................................... 3-372, 3-448
Stator leakage reactance............................. 2-74
Stator leakage reactance (not 810D)......... 2-102
I-717
Lists
I Index
STATOR_COLD_RESISTANCE
MD 1137 ...................................................2-73
STATOR_COLD_RESISTANCE_M2
MD 2137 .................................................2-102
STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE
MD 1139 ...................................................2-74
STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE_M2
MD 2139 .................................................2-102
status3-366, 3-386, 3-389, 3-443, 3-462, 3-471,
3-474
Status access to PCMCIA card ..................3-557
Status encoder 1 driver ..............................3-547
Status encoder 2 driver ..............................3-547
Status of axis container..............................3-400
Status of binary inputs.......................2-95, 2-119
Status of ForceControl function.......3-378, 3-454
Status of output drivers. .............................3-547
Status of slots.............................................3-554
Status slave axis with lead value coupling3-371,
3-447
STEP_RESOL
MD 31400 ...............................................2-250
STICTION_COMP_THRESHOLD
MD 5233 .................................................2-111
STICTION_FORCE_NEG
MD 5235 .................................................2-111
STICTION_FORCE_POS
MD 5234 .................................................2-111
STICTION_SPEED_THRESHOLD
MD 5232 .................................................2-111
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_CONFIG
MD 32642 ...............................................2-255
STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE
MD 32640 ...............................................2-255
STIFFNESS_DELAY_TIME
MD 32644 ...............................................2-255
Stop reaction with SE (not 810D) .................2-83
Stop reaction with SG (not 810D).................2-83
STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
MD 42480 ...............................................2-285
STOP_LIMIT_COARSE
MD 36000 ...............................................2-263
STOP_LIMIT_FACTOR
MD 36012 ...............................................2-263
STOP_LIMIT_FINE
MD 36010 ...............................................2-263
STOP_ON_CLAMPING
MD 36052 ...............................................2-263
stopCond....................................................3-417
stopCondPar ..............................................3-417
Storage location of min./max. storage........2-118
Store...........................................................2-141
Stored axial dist.-to-go in WCS after DELDTG3464
Stored distance-to-go of the path in the WCS3400
Strategy wear group ...................................3-497
STROKE_CHECK_INSIDE
MD 22900 ...............................................2-225
strokeNr......................................................3-439
Strokes per minute .....................................3-438
STS configuration.......................................2-107
I-718
09.01
STS_CONFIG
MD 1003................................................... 2-67
MD 5003................................................. 2-107
Subroutine call counter, desired value ...... 3-426
subSpec............................... 3-382, 3-459, 3-468
Subspecification ............................. 3-382, 3-459
Subspecification for indexing axis.............. 3-468
subType ..................................................... 3-462
SUG programming active3-385, 3-388, 3-470, 3473
Sum of compensation values ......... 3-373, 3-449
Sum of current gross runtime .................... 3-546
Sum of current net runtime ........................ 3-546
Sum of maximum gross runtime ................ 3-556
Sum of maximum net runtime.................... 3-556
Sum of minimum gross runtime................. 3-556
Sum of minimum net runtimes................... 3-556
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 1
.................................................... 3-377, 3-453
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 2
.................................................... 3-377, 3-453
SUMCORR_DEFAULT
MD 20272............................................... 2-209
SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE
MD 20132............................................... 2-206
Supplement to stopCond ........................... 3-417
suppProgFunc ........................................... 3-418
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK
MD 11410............................................... 2-183
SUPPRESS_SCREEN_REFRESH
MD 10131............................................... 2-167
Suppressible alarms (Power-On)................. 2-91
Suppressible alarms (reset)......................... 2-91
Suppression of language commands ........ 3-418
Sval............................................................ 3-433
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1
MD 10470............................................... 2-173
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_2
MD 10471............................................... 2-173
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_3
MD 10472............................................... 2-173
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_4
MD 10473............................................... 2-173
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB
MD 10450............................................... 2-172
SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME
MD 10460............................................... 2-173
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1
MD 41500............................................... 2-279
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_2
MD 41502............................................... 2-280
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_3
MD 41504............................................... 2-280
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_4
MD 41506............................................... 2-280
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1
MD 41520............................................... 2-281
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_2
MD 41522............................................... 2-281
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_3
MD 41524............................................... 2-281
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_4
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
MD 41526 ...............................................2-282
SW_CAM_MODE
MD 10485 ...............................................2-173
SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME
MD 10461 ...............................................2-173
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1
MD 41501 ...............................................2-280
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_2
MD 41503 ...............................................2-280
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_3
MD 41505 ...............................................2-280
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_4
MD 41507 ...............................................2-280
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1
MD 41521 ...............................................2-281
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_2
MD 41523 ...............................................2-281
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_3
MD 41525 ...............................................2-281
SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_4
MD 41527 ...............................................2-282
SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK
MD 10480 ...............................................2-173
SW_OPTIONS (SM/ST)
MD 9990 .................................................2-138
SWITCH_SPD_OPEN_LOOP_AM
MD 1466 ...................................................2-89
SWITCH_SPD_OPEN_LOOP_AM_M2
MD 2466 .................................................2-105
SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM
MD 1465 ...................................................2-89
SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM_M2
MD 2465 .................................................2-105
SWITCH_TO_AREA (OP 30)
MD 9016 .................................................2-123
Switch-off speed for cancelling of pulses .....2-85
SYS_CLOCK_SYNC_TIME (HMI EMB)
MD 9013 .................................................2-123
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10050 ...............................................2-164
SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO
MD 10080 ...............................................2-165
System pressure ........................................2-108
systemFrameMask .....................................3-331
sysTimeBCD ..............................................3-357
T
T number....................................................3-410
T_M_ADDRESS_EXT_IS_SPINO
MD 20096 ...............................................2-204
T_mapc [s,s,userdef]..................................3-551
T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
MD 10717 ...............................................2-177
TABULATOR_SIZE (HMI EMB)
MD 9007 .................................................2-122
Tadr............................................................3-433
TANG_OFFSET
MD 37402 ...............................................2-277
Target location number ..............................3-409
Target magazine number ...........................3-410
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG
MD 42444............................................... 2-284
tcCarr1....................................................... 3-519
tcCarr10..................................................... 3-519
tcCarr11..................................................... 3-519
tcCarr12..................................................... 3-519
tcCarr13..................................................... 3-519
tcCarr14..................................................... 3-519
tcCarr15..................................................... 3-519
tcCarr16..................................................... 3-520
tcCarr17..................................................... 3-520
tcCarr18..................................................... 3-520
tcCarr19..................................................... 3-520
tcCarr2....................................................... 3-520
tcCarr20..................................................... 3-520
tcCarr21..................................................... 3-520
tcCarr22..................................................... 3-520
tcCarr23..................................................... 3-520
tcCarr24..................................................... 3-521
tcCarr25..................................................... 3-521
tcCarr26..................................................... 3-521
tcCarr27..................................................... 3-521
tcCarr28..................................................... 3-521
tcCarr29..................................................... 3-521
tcCarr3....................................................... 3-521
tcCarr30..................................................... 3-521
tcCarr31..................................................... 3-521
tcCarr32..................................................... 3-522
tcCarr33..................................................... 3-522
tcCarr4....................................................... 3-522
tcCarr5....................................................... 3-522
tcCarr6....................................................... 3-522
tcCarr7....................................................... 3-522
tcCarr8....................................................... 3-522
tcCarr9....................................................... 3-522
TEACH_MODE
MD 9026................................................. 2-123
TECHNOLOGY
MD 9020................................................. 2-123
TECHNOLOGY_MODE
MD 27800............................................... 2-237
TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE
MD 43900............................................... 2-290
TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION
MD 43920............................................... 2-291
TEMP_COMP_SLOPE
MD 43910............................................... 2-290
TEMP_COMP_TYPE
MD 32750............................................... 2-256
TERMINAL_STATE
MD 1700................................................... 2-95
MD 5700................................................. 2-119
terminalState .................................. 3-482, 3-484
TEST_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1736................................................... 2-99
Text for logging buffer................................ 3-330
textIndex .............................. 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
T-function value ......................................... 3-434
THREAD_RAMP_DISP
MD 42010............................................... 2-283
THREAD_START_ANGLE
MD 42000............................................... 2-282
I-719
Lists
I Index
Threshold force Fdx .....................................2-88
Threshold force M_dx...................................2-88
Threshold limit of velocity controller ...........2-117
Threshold n-controller at limit stop ...............2-92
Threshold of variable signaling functions ...2-118
Threshold speed controller limit ...................2-92
Threshold speed dep. on M setpoint smoothing
(not 810D)......................................2-80, 2-104
Threshold speed dependend F-setpoint
smoothing (not 810D) ...............................2-80
Threshold speed for field weakening ...........2-74
Threshold speed for field weakening (not 810D)
................................................................2-102
Threshold speed for flux sensing .................2-75
Threshold speed for flux sensing (not 810D)2103
Threshold speed of pull-out power (not 810D)275, 2-103
Threshold, variable message function (not
810D)........................................................2-93
Ti [s,s,userdef]............................................3-551
Time ...........................................................3-357
Time base ..................................................3-563
Time const. actual speed value filter (not 810D)
..................................................................2-91
Time constant for current monitoring ...........2-81
Time constant for integrator feedback........2-114
Time constant for load smoothing (not 810D)281
Time constant for speed setpoint filter 1 ......2-89
Time constant for speed setpoint filter 2 (not
810D)........................................................2-89
Time constant integrator feedback...............2-88
Time constant velocity actual value filter....2-116
Time for motor temperature alarm ...............2-92
Time for testing pulse suppression (not 810D)283
Time from begin. of block in interpolation cycles
................................................................3-406
Time from the beginning of the block in seconds
................................................................3-406
Time limit of velocity controller ...................2-117
Time n-controller at limit stop .......................2-92
Time stamp ......................... 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
Time variable in seconds ...........................3-406
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_COM_TASK
MD 10130 ...............................................2-167
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_DRIVE_TASK
MD 10140 ...............................................2-167
timeBCD.............................. 3-361, 3-363, 3-365
timeOrRevolDwell.......................................3-418
timePeriod ..................................................3-563
Timer impulse suppression ..........................2-85
TM_DEFAULT_DELETE_TOOL (HMI EMB)
MD 9419 .................................................2-133
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLPLACESPEC (HMI EMB)
MD 9415 .................................................2-133
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLSIZE (HMI EMB)
MD 9412 .................................................2-132
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLSTATE (HMI EMB)
MD 9417 .................................................2-133
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLTYPE (HMI EMB)
I-720
09.01
MD 9416................................................. 2-133
TM_KIND_OF_TOOLMANAGAMENT
MD 9414................................................. 2-132
TM_LOAD_LOC1 (OP030)
MD 9434................................................. 2-134
TM_LOAD_LOC2 (OP030)
MD 9435................................................. 2-134
TM_LOAD_LOC3 (OP030)
MD 9436................................................. 2-134
TM_LOAD_LOC4 (OP030)
MD 9437................................................. 2-134
TM_LOAD_LOC5 (OP030)
MD 9438................................................. 2-134
TM_LOAD_PLACE (HMI EMB, OP 030)
MD 9410................................................. 2-132
TM_NUM_MAG (HMI EMB, OP 030)
MD 9411................................................. 2-132
TM_TOOL_NEW (OP 30)
MD 9431................................................. 2-133
TM_UNLOAD_AND_DELETE ( OP 30)
MD 9430................................................. 2-133
T-number ................................................... 3-507
TnumWZV ................................................. 3-506
To [s,s,userdef].......................................... 3-551
TO_OPTION_MASK (HMI EMB)
MD 9478................................................. 2-135
TO_TRACE (HMI EMB)
MD 9477................................................. 2-135
TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER
MD 20184............................................... 2-207
TOCARR_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22530............................................... 2-223
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR
MD 20180............................................... 2-207
TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET
MD 20182............................................... 2-207
TOFRAME_MODE
MD 42980............................................... 2-287
Tolerance 2 encoder drift/slip (not 810D) .... 2-83
Tolerance bandwidth for .............................. 2-88
Tolerance bandwidth for 'n_act = n_set' signal
(not 810D) .............................................. 2-105
Tolerance bandwidth for 'n_set = n_act' signal288
Tolerance bandwidth for the smooth running
monit. ....................................................... 2-93
Tolerance for safe cams (not 810D) ............ 2-82
Tolerance time for SGE changeover (not 810D)
................................................................. 2-83
toNo ........................................................... 3-331
Tool adapter number ................................. 3-407
Tool base distance-to-go ..... 3-367, 3-443, 3-462
Tool base position ............... 3-366, 3-442, 3-461
Tool base position setpoint........................ 3-366
Tool base REPOS ............... 3-367, 3-443, 3-463
Tool identifier ....................... 3-488, 3-506, 3-517
Tool information for MMC .......................... 3-488
Tool state................................................... 3-490
TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE
MD 20126............................................... 2-205
TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE
MD 22562............................................... 2-224
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22560 ....................................2-224, 2-298
TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
MD 22550 ....................................2-223, 2-298
TOOL_CHANGE_TIME
MD 10190 ...............................................2-168
TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44
MD 20380 ...............................................2-209
TOOL_CORR_MOVE_MODE
MD 20382 ...............................................2-209
TOOL_CORR_MULTIPLE_AXES
MD 20384 ...............................................2-209
TOOL_DATA_CHANGE_COUNTER
MD 17530 ...............................................2-191
TOOL_DEFAULT_DATA_MASK
MD 17520 ...............................................2-191
TOOL_GRIND_AUTO_TMON
MD 20350 ...............................................2-209
TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
MD 42940 ...............................................2-286
TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
MD 42950 ...............................................2-286
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD 20310 ....................................2-209, 2-298
TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER
MD 20124 ...............................................2-205
TOOL_OFFSET_DRF_ON
MD 20396 ...............................................2-210
TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
MD 42442 ...............................................2-284
TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK
MD 20360 ...............................................2-209
TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE
MD 20121 ...............................................2-205
TOOL_REF_GEO_AXIS1 (HMI EMB)
MD 9400 .................................................2-132
TOOL_REF_GEO_AXIS2 (HMI EMB)
MD 9401 .................................................2-132
TOOL_REF_GEO_AXIS3 (HMI EMB)
MD 9402 .................................................2-132
TOOL_RESET_NAME
MD 20122 ...............................................2-205
TOOL_RESET_VALUE
MD 20120 ...............................................2-205
TOOL_TEMP_COMP
MD 42960 ...............................................2-287
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_LIMIT
MD 20392 ...............................................2-210
TOOL_TEMP_COMP_ON
MD 20390 ...............................................2-210
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK
MD 20320 ....................................2-209, 2-298
TOOL_UNLOAD_MASK
MD 17510 ...............................................2-191
toolBaseDistToGo ............... 3-367, 3-443, 3-462
toolBaseREPOS.................. 3-367, 3-443, 3-463
toolChangeMfunc .......................................3-325
toolCounter.................................................3-418
toolCounterC ..............................................3-418
toolCounterM..............................................3-418
toolEdgeCenterDistToGo ...........................3-463
toolEdgeCenterREPOS..............................3-463
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
toolIdent............................... 3-488, 3-506, 3-517
toolInfo....................................................... 3-488
toolInMag ............................. 3-488, 3-507, 3-517
toolInPlace........................... 3-489, 3-507, 3-517
toolMon ...................................................... 3-489
toolNo ............................................. 3-507, 3-518
toolplace_spec........................................... 3-489
toolSearch ................................................. 3-489
toolsize_down ............................................ 3-489
toolsize_left................................................ 3-489
toolsize_right ............................................. 3-489
toolsize_upper ........................................... 3-489
toolState .................................................... 3-490
torqLimit.......................................... 3-382, 3-459
Torque constant........................................... 2-71
Torque limit in setting-up operation ............. 2-80
Torque limit in setting-up operation (not 810D)2104
Torque limitation value ................... 3-382, 3-459
Torque setpoint (not 810D).......................... 2-98
Torque smoothing time constant IM (not 810D)
...................................................... 2-89, 2-105
TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO
MD 1113................................................... 2-71
TORQUE_FILTER_FREQUENCY
MD 1252................................................... 2-81
TORQUE_LIMIT_1
MD 1230................................................... 2-79
TORQUE_LIMIT_1_M2
MD 2230................................................. 2-103
TORQUE_LIMIT_2
MD 1231................................................... 2-79
TORQUE_LIMIT_2_M2
MD 2231................................................. 2-103
TORQUE_LIMIT_ADAPT_SERVO
MD 1191................................................... 2-76
TORQUE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP
MD 1239................................................... 2-80
TORQUE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP_M2
MD 2239................................................. 2-104
TORQUE_LIMIT_FROM_NC
MD 1190................................................... 2-76
TORQUE_LIMIT_FROM_NC_M2
MD 2190................................................. 2-103
TORQUE_LIMIT_GENERATOR
MD 1233................................................... 2-80
TORQUE_LIMIT_GENERATOR_M2
MD 2233................................................. 2-103
TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST
MD 1234................................................... 2-80
TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST_M2
MD 2234................................................. 2-103
TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED
MD 1232................................................... 2-79
TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED_M2
MD 2232................................................. 2-103
TORQUE_LIMIT_WEIGHT
MD 1192................................................... 2-76
TORQUE_LIMIT_WEIGHT_M2
MD 2192................................................. 2-103
TORQUE_LSB
MD 1713................................................... 2-97
I-721
Lists
I Index
TORQUE_LSB_M2
MD 2713 .................................................2-106
TORQUE_OFFSET
MD 32460 ...............................................2-253
TORQUE_SMOOTH_TIME_AM
MD 1459 ...................................................2-89
TORQUE_SMOOTH_TIME_AM_M2
MD 2459 .................................................2-105
TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X
MD 1428 ...................................................2-88
TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X_DELAY
MD 1429 ...................................................2-88
total DRAM in bytes....................................3-358
Total length in bytes PCMCIA card ............3-556
Total number of real magazine locations ...3-496
Total number total offsets in NCK ..............3-321
Total user memory in bytes ........................3-357
Total value of overlaid motion .........3-370, 3-446
totalDirectorys ............................................3-357
totalFiles.....................................................3-357
totalMem ....................................................3-357
totalMemDram............................................3-358
totalMemDram2PassF ...............................3-358
totalMemDramPassF .................................3-358
totalMemFfs ...............................................3-358
totalMemSramPassF..................................3-358
totalParts ....................................................3-418
totalProtokolFiles........................................3-358
Touch probe has switched .........................3-402
TPreSelAdr.................................................3-433
TPreSelVal .................................................3-433
TRAANG_ANGLE_1
MD 24700 ...............................................2-233
TRAANG_ANGLE_2
MD 24750 ...............................................2-233
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1
MD 24710 ...............................................2-233
TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2
MD 24760 ...............................................2-233
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1
MD 24721 ...............................................2-233
TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
MD 24771 ...............................................2-233
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
MD 24720 ...............................................2-233
TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2
MD 24770 ...............................................2-233
TRACE
MD 9999 .................................................2-139
TRACE_COMPRESSOR_OUTPUT
MD 22800 ...............................................2-225
TRACE_SCOPE_MASK
MD 22708 ...............................................2-225
TRACE_SELECT
MD 11400 ...............................................2-183
TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT
MD 22700 ...............................................2-224
TRACE_STARTTRACE_STEP
MD 22702 ...............................................2-224
TRACE_STOPTRACE_EVENT
MD 22704 ...............................................2-224
TRACE_STOPTRACE_STEP
I-722
09.01
MD 22706............................................... 2-224
TRACE_VARIABLE_INDEX
MD 22712............................................... 2-225
TRACE_VARIABLE_NAME
MD 22710............................................... 2-225
TRACE_VDI_AX
MD 31600............................................... 2-250
traceProtocolActive.................................... 3-358
traceState1 ..................................... 3-382, 3-459
traceState2 ..................................... 3-383, 3-459
traceState3 ..................................... 3-383, 3-459
traceState4 ..................................... 3-383, 3-459
trackErrContr .................................. 3-383, 3-459
trackErrDiff...................................... 3-383, 3-460
TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT
MD 21520............................................... 2-221
TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT
MD 21518............................................... 2-221
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR
MD 21524............................................... 2-221
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_VERT_OFFSET
MD 21502............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_G0_IS_SPECIAL
MD 21526............................................... 2-221
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_HOR_OFFSET
MD 21501............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR
MD 21522............................................... 2-221
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_VERT_OFFSET
MD 21500............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1
MD 21510............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2
MD 21514............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_SUPPORT_HOR_OFFSET
MD 21506............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_SUPPORT_LEAD_ANGLE
MD 21516............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_SUPPORT_VERT_OFFSET
MD 21504............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1
MD 21508............................................... 2-220
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2
MD 21512............................................... 2-220
TRACON_CHAIN_1
MD 24995............................................... 2-235
TRACON_CHAIN_2
MD 24996............................................... 2-235
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1
MD 24820............................................... 2-234
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2
MD 24870............................................... 2-234
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
MD 24800............................................... 2-233
TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
MD 24850............................................... 2-234
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
MD 24810............................................... 2-234
TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
MD 24860............................................... 2-234
TRAFO_AXES_IN_1
MD 24110............................................... 2-226
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
TRAFO_AXES_IN_2
MD 24210 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_AXES_IN_3
MD 24310 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_AXES_IN_4
MD 24410 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_AXES_IN_5
MD 24432 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_AXES_IN_6
MD 24442 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_AXES_IN_7
MD 24452 ...............................................2-229
TRAFO_AXES_IN_8
MD 24462 ...............................................2-229
TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22534 ...............................................2-223
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1
MD 24120 ...............................................2-226
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2
MD 24220 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_3
MD 24320 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_4
MD 24420 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_5
MD 24434 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_6
MD 24444 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_7
MD 24454 ...............................................2-229
TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_8
MD 24464 ...............................................2-229
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_1
MD 24130 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_2
MD 24230 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_3
MD 24330 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_4
MD 24426 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_5
MD 24436 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_6
MD 24446 ...............................................2-229
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_7
MD 24456 ...............................................2-229
TRAFO_INCLUDES_TOOL_8
MD 24466 ...............................................2-229
TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
MD 20140 ...............................................2-206
TRAFO_TYPE_1
MD 24100 ...............................................2-226
TRAFO_TYPE_2
MD 24200 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_TYPE_3
MD 24300 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_TYPE_4
MD 24400 ...............................................2-227
TRAFO_TYPE_5
MD 24430 ...............................................2-228
TRAFO_TYPE_6
MD 24440 ...............................................2-228
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
TRAFO_TYPE_7
MD 24450............................................... 2-229
TRAFO_TYPE_8
MD 24460............................................... 2-229
TRAFO5_AXIS1_1
MD 24570............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_AXIS1_2
MD 24670............................................... 2-232
TRAFO5_AXIS2_1
MD 24572............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_AXIS2_2
MD 24672............................................... 2-232
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_1
MD 24574............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_2
MD 24674............................................... 2-232
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_1
MD 24550............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_2
MD 24650............................................... 2-232
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_1
MD 24560............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_2
MD 24660............................................... 2-232
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_1
MD 24558............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_PART_2
MD 24658............................................... 2-232
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1
MD 24530............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_2
MD 24630............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_1
MD 24564............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_2
MD 24664............................................... 2-232
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_1
MD 24566............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_2
MD 24666............................................... 2-232
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1
MD 24585............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2
MD 24685............................................... 2-233
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_1
MD 24500............................................... 2-229
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_2
MD 24600............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1
MD 24540............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_2
MD 24640............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
MD 24510............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
MD 24610............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
MD 24520............................................... 2-230
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
MD 24620............................................... 2-231
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
MD 24562............................................... 2-230
I-723
Lists
I Index
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
MD 24662 ...............................................2-232
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_1
MD 24580 ...............................................2-231
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_2
MD 24680 ...............................................2-232
transfActive ................................................3-418
Transference of monitor value .....................2-95
Transformation active.................................3-418
Transformed edge offset value ..................3-530
Transformed location-dependent setup offset3524
Transformed location-dependent wear offset3528
Transistor limiting current.............................2-71
Transition freq. for the force setpoint smoothing
..................................................................2-81
Transition frequency for actual current
smoothing .................................................2-81
Transition frequency of torque setpoint
smoothing .................................................2-81
Transition time from STOP C to SBH (not 810D)
..................................................................2-83
Transition time from STOP D to SBH (not 810D)
..................................................................2-83
Transition time from STOP E to SBH (not 810D)
..................................................................2-83
Translation .................................................3-441
Translation of a settable frame3-391, 3-393, 3440, 3-475
Translation of an active frame.........3-390, 3-477
Translation of an external frame ................3-479
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1
MD 24920 ...............................................2-234
TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2
MD 24970 ...............................................2-235
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1
MD 24911 ...............................................2-234
TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_2
MD 24961 ...............................................2-235
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
MD 24900 ...............................................2-234
TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
MD 24950 ...............................................2-234
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
MD 24910 ...............................................2-234
TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
MD 24960 ...............................................2-235
Transmitted message frame ......................3-554
transSys .....................................................3-418
Traversing direction....................................3-412
trialRunActive .............................................3-422
TU_NAME
MD 10672 ...............................................2-176
turnState................... 3-386, 3-389, 3-471, 3-474
Tval ............................................................3-434
type .......................... 3-383, 3-460, 3-468, 3-560
Type and state of the synchronous action3-434,
3-435
Type of actual value sensing......................3-538
Type of current setpoint filter........................2-76
Type of D-number programming ................3-325
I-724
09.01
Type of manipulated value filter................. 2-112
Type of manipulated variable filter............. 2-110
Type of pilot filter in the force controller..... 2-112
Type of setpoint output .............................. 3-538
Type of the magazine ................................ 3-500
Type of tool monitoring .............................. 3-489
Type of tool search .................................... 3-497
Type of tool search for replacement tools . 3-489
Type of velocity filter .................................. 2-116
typeOfCuttingEdge .................................... 3-325
typStatus......................................... 3-434, 3-435
U
UF_MODE_DELTA_FREQUENCY
MD 1662................................................... 2-95
UF_MODE_ENABLE
MD 1014................................................... 2-68
UF_MODE_FREQUENCY
MD 1660................................................... 2-95
UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_1
MD 1125................................................... 2-73
UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_1_M2
MD 2125................................................. 2-101
UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_2
MD 1126................................................... 2-73
UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_2_M2
MD 2126................................................. 2-101
UF_MODE_RATIO
MD 1661................................................... 2-95
UF_VOLTAGE_AT_F0
MD 1127................................................... 2-73
UF_VOLTAGE_AT_F0_M2
MD 2127................................................. 2-101
unit............................................................. 3-560
Unit for service values of the drives 3-379, 3-455
Unit of axial feedrate.................................. 3-466
Unit of the axis-specific feedrate .... 3-373, 3-449
UNLOCK_EDIT_MODESWITCH
MD 10780............................................... 2-178
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY
MD 11210............................................... 2-181
Upper adaptation speed .............................. 2-86
Upper adaptation speed (not 810D) .......... 2-104
Upper adaption speed threshold ................. 2-86
Upper boundary of protection zone, applicate3343
Upper current limit adaptation (not 810D) ... 2-76
Upper limit nth polynominal for synchronous
action ..................................................... 3-402
Upper limit of protection zone, applicate ... 3-336
Upper limit value for SE (not 810D) ............. 2-82
Upper speed for the L_h characteristic........ 2-74
Upper speed for the L_h characteristic (not
810D) ..................................................... 2-102
USE_CHANNEL_DISPLAY_DATA
MD 9014................................................. 2-123
Used DRAM in bytes ................................. 3-359
Used memory in bytes ............................... 3-358
usedDirectorys........................................... 3-358
usedFiles ................................................... 3-358
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
usedMem ...................................................3-358
usedMemDram...........................................3-359
usedMemDram2PassF ..............................3-359
usedMemDramPassF ................................3-359
usedMemFfs ..............................................3-359
usedMemSramPassF.................................3-359
usedProtokolFiles.......................................3-359
USEKT_RESET_VALUE
MD 20123 ...............................................2-205
User agreement (not 810D) .........................2-84
User data for monitoring a cutting edge .....3-514
User unit table ............................................3-325
USER_BEGIN_WRITE_RPA_1 (HMI ADV)
MD 9232 .................................................2-127
USER_BEGIN_WRITE_RPA_2 (HMI ADV)
MD 9235 .................................................2-127
USER_BEGIN_WRITE_RPA_3 (HMI ADV)
MD 9238 .................................................2-127
USER_CLASS_BASE_ZERO_OFF_MA
MD 9248 .................................................2-128
USER_CLASS_BASE_ZERO_OFF_PA
MD 9247 .................................................2-128
USER_CLASS_CLEAR_RPA
MD 9221 .................................................2-126
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY_CHG
MD 9509 .................................................2-135
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY1_M
MD 9516 .................................................2-135
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY1_P
MD 9510 .................................................2-135
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY2_M
MD 9517 .................................................2-135
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY2_P
MD 9511 .................................................2-135
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY3_M
MD 9518 .................................................2-135
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY3_P
MD 9512 .................................................2-135
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY4_M
MD 9519 .................................................2-136
USER_CLASS_DIRECTORY4_P
MD 9513 .................................................2-135
USER_CLASS_INCH_METRIC (HMI EMB)
MD 9182 .................................................2-124
USER_CLASS_OVERSTORE_HIGH
MD 9213 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_PRESET
MD 9220 .................................................2-126
USER_CLASS_READ_BD (HMI EMB)
MD 9230 .................................................2-127
USER_CLASS_READ_CST (HMI EMB)
MD 9225 .................................................2-126
USER_CLASS_READ_CUS (HMI EMB)
MD 9226 .................................................2-126
USER_CLASS_READ_DEF (HMI EMB)
MD 9229 .................................................2-126
USER_CLASS_READ_GUD_LUD
MD 9211 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_READ_IN (HMI EMB)
MD 9224 .................................................2-126
USER_CLASS_READ_PROGRAM (HMI EMB)
MD 9216 .................................................2-125
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
USER_CLASS_READ_SYF (HMI EMB)
MD 9228................................................. 2-126
USER_CLASS_READ_TCARR (HMI EMB)
MD 9180................................................. 2-124
USER_CLASS_READ_TOA
MD 9200................................................. 2-124
USER_CLASS_SELECT_PROGRAM
MD 9218................................................. 2-126
USER_CLASS_SET_V24 (HMI EMB)
MD 9223................................................. 2-126
USER_CLASS_SHOW_SBL2 (HMI EMB)
MD 9227................................................. 2-126
USER_CLASS_TEACH_IN
MD 9219................................................. 2-126
USER_CLASS_TM_SKACTPLACE (HMI EMB)
MD 9270................................................. 2-130
USER_CLASS_TM_SKFINDPLACE (HMI EMB)
MD 9269................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKLDTOOLDAT (HMI
EMB)
MD 9271................................................. 2-130
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGBUFFER (HMI EMB)
MD 9260................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGFIND (HMI EMB)
MD 9261................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLISTPOS (HMI EMB)
MD 9262................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLREPR2 (HMI EMB)
MD 9256................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLREPR3 (HMI EMB)
MD 9257................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGNEXT (HMI EMB)
MD 9263................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKNCDELTOOL (HMI
EMB)
MD 9259................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKNCNEWTOOLE (HMI
EMB)
MD 9258................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLIST (HMI EMB)
MD 9251................................................. 2-128
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR1 (HMI EMB)
MD 9265................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR2 (HMI EMB)
MD 9266................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR3 (HMI EMB)
MD 9267................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLNEWTOOL (HMI
EMB)
MD 9264................................................. 2-129
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLLOAD (HMI EMB)
MD 9252................................................. 2-128
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLMOVE (HMI EMB)
MD 9254................................................. 2-128
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLUNLOAD (HMI
EMB)
MD 9253................................................. 2-128
USER_CLASS_WRITE_FINE
MD 9203................................................. 2-124
USER_CLASS_WRITE_GUD_LUD
MD 9212................................................. 2-125
I-725
Lists
I Index
USER_CLASS_WRITE_MAG_WGROUP (HMI
ADV)
MD 9208 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PRG_CONDIT
MD 9214 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PROGRAM (HMI EMB)
MD 9217 .................................................2-126
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA
MD 9222 .................................................2-126
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_1 (HMI ADV)
MD 9231 .................................................2-127
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_2 (HMI ADV)
MD 9234 .................................................2-127
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_3 (HMI ADV)
MD 9237 .................................................2-127
USER_CLASS_WRITE_SEA
MD 9215 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TCARR (HMI EMB)
MD 9181 .................................................2-124
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_ADAPT
MD 9209 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_ASSDNO (HMI
ADV)
MD 9207 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_EC (HMI ADV)
MD 9205 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_GEO
MD 9201 .................................................2-124
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_NAME (HMI ADV)
MD 9240 .................................................2-128
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_SC (HMI ADV)
MD 9204 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_SUPVIS (HMI
ADV)
MD 9206 .................................................2-125
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_TYPE (HMI ADV)
MD 9241 .................................................2-128
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_WEAR
MD 9202 .................................................2-124
USER_CLASS_WRITE_ZOA
MD 9210 .................................................2-125
USER_DATA_FLOAT
MD 14514 ...............................................2-191
USER_DATA_HEX
MD 14512 ...............................................2-191
USER_DATA_INT
MD 14510 ...............................................2-191
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM
MD 14516 ...............................................2-191
USER_END_WRITE_RPA_1 (HMI ADV)
MD 9233 .................................................2-127
USER_END_WRITE_RPA_2 (HMI ADV)
MD 9236 .................................................2-127
USER_END_WRITE_RPA_3 (HMI ADV)
MD 9239 .................................................2-127
userData..........................................3-512, 3-514
User-defined cutting edge parameter.........3-493
User-defined tool parameters.....................3-492
USERE_CLASS_VERT_MODE_SK (HMI EMB)
MD 9249 .................................................2-128
userPlaceData............................................3-513
userScale ...................................................3-325
I-726
09.01
Utilization .......................................... 2-98, 3-484
V
V/f ratio in V/f mode (not 810D) ................... 2-95
v_min for...................................................... 2-87
v_x for .......................................................... 2-87
V24_PG_PC_BAUD (HMI EMB)
MD 9325................................................. 2-132
V24_PG_PC_CONTROLS (HMI EMB)
MD 9323................................................. 2-131
V24_PG_PC_DATABITS (HMI EMB)
MD 9326................................................. 2-132
V24_PG_PC_EOF (HMI EMB)
MD 9322................................................. 2-131
V24_PG_PC_LINE (HMI EMB)
MD 9329................................................. 2-132
V24_PG_PC_PARITY (HMI EMB)
MD 9327................................................. 2-132
V24_PG_PC_RTS (HMI EMB)
MD 9324................................................. 2-132
V24_PG_PC_STOPBIT (HMI EMB)
MD 9328................................................. 2-132
V24_PG_PC_XOFF (HMI EMB)
MD 9321................................................. 2-131
V24_PG_PC_XON (HMI EMB)
MD 9320................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_BAUD (HMI EMB)
MD 9315................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_CONTROLS (HMI EMB)
MD 9313................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_DATABITS (HMI EMB)
MD 9316................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_EOF (HMI EMB)
MD 9312................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_LINE (HMI EMB)
MD 9319................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_PARITY (HMI EMB)
MD 9317................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_RTS (HMI EMB)
MD 9314................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_STOPBIT (HMI EMB)
MD 9318................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_XOFF (HMI EMB)
MD 9311................................................. 2-131
V24_PRINTER_XON (HMI EMB)
MD 9310................................................. 2-130
V24_USER_BAUD (HMI EMB)
MD 9305................................................. 2-130
V24_USER_CONTROLS (HMI EMB)
MD 9303................................................. 2-130
V24_USER_DATABITS (HMI EMB)
MD 9306................................................. 2-130
V24_USER_EOF (HMI EMB)
MD 9302................................................. 2-130
V24_USER_LINE (HMI EMB)
MD 9309................................................. 2-130
V24_USER_PARITY (HMI EMB)
MD 9307................................................. 2-130
V24_USER_RTS (HMI EMB)
MD 9304................................................. 2-130
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
09.01
V24_USER_STOPBIT (HMI EMB)
MD 9308 .................................................2-130
V24_USER_XOFF (HMI EMB)
MD 9301 .................................................2-130
V24_USER_XON (HMI EMB)
MD 9300 .................................................2-130
vaDistTorque...................................3-383, 3-460
vaEgSyncDiff..............................................3-419
Value of HW analog input ..........................3-348
Value of HW digital input............................3-350
Value of HW digital output .........................3-350
Value of the current D-number...................3-432
Value of the E-function...............................3-432
Value of the H-function...............................3-433
Value of the M-function ..............................3-433
Value of the preselected T-function ...........3-433
Value of the S-function...............................3-433
Valve code number ....................................2-108
Valve configuration.....................................2-109
Valve damping ...........................................2-109
Valve flow knee point .................................2-108
Valve flow ratio A/B ....................................2-109
Valve natural frequency .............................2-109
Valve rated flow..........................................2-108
Valve rated pressure drop..........................2-108
Valve rated voltage ....................................2-108
Valve spool monitoring timer......................2-117
Valve spool position setpoint voltage .........2-120
Valve voltage knee point ............................2-108
VALVE_CODE
MD 5106 .................................................2-108
VALVE_CONFIGURATION
MD 5113 .................................................2-109
VALVE_CYLINDER_CONNECTION
MD 5140 .................................................2-109
VALVE_DAMPING
MD 5115 .................................................2-109
VALVE_DUAL_GAIN_FLOW
MD 5110 .................................................2-108
VALVE_DUAL_GAIN_VOLTAGE
MD 5111 .................................................2-108
VALVE_ERROR_TIME
MD 5614 .................................................2-117
VALVE_FLOW_FACTOR_A_B
MD 5112 .................................................2-109
VALVE_ID_PARAMS1
MD 5648 .................................................2-118
VALVE_ID_PARAMS2
MD 5649 .................................................2-118
VALVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY
MD 5114 .................................................2-109
VALVE_NOMINAL_FLOW
MD 5107 .................................................2-108
VALVE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE
MD 5108 .................................................2-108
VALVE_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE
MD 5109 .................................................2-108
Valve-Idi-Parameter2 .................................2-118
Variable incremental value for JOG mode .3-539
Variable message function bits (not 810D) ..2-93
varIncrVal ............................ 3-367, 3-443, 3-463
vaVactm ..........................................3-383, 3-460
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Lists
I Index
VDI_UPDATE_IN_ONE_IPO_CYCLE
MD 18000............................................... 2-191
VELO_FFW_WEIGHT
MD 32610............................................... 2-254
Velocity controller clockrate....................... 2-107
Velocity controller reset time ..................... 2-113
Velocity setpoint ........................................ 2-119
Velocity threshold static friction ................. 2-111
Version of DP Master software .................. 3-555
VERSION_INFO
MD 18040............................................... 2-192
Voltage at f=0 in V/f operation (not 810D)2-73,
2-101
Voltage constant................................. 2-71, 2-72
Voltage for actual valve spool position value2120
Voltage range for generator control (not 810D)293
Voltage setpoint (rms) (not 810D) ............... 2-96
VOLTAGE_LSB
MD 1709................................................... 2-96
MD 5709................................................. 2-119
W
WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE
MD 20204............................................... 2-208
WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 20202............................................... 2-207
WALIM_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
MD 10604............................................... 2-174
WEAR_SIGN
MD 42930............................................... 2-286
WEAR_SIGN_CUTPOS
MD 42920............................................... 2-286
WEAR_TRANSFORM
MD 42935............................................... 2-286
Weight force (not 810D) .............................. 2-76
Weight torque (not 810D) ................. 2-76, 2-103
WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE
MD 22910............................................... 2-225
Word data (16 bits) from/to the PLC.......... 3-347
WORKAREA_CHECK_TYPE
MD 30800............................................... 2-248
WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
MD 43430............................................... 2-289
WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
MD 43420............................................... 2-289
WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
MD 43410............................................... 2-289
WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
MD 43400............................................... 2-288
WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS
MD 21020............................................... 2-213
Working area limitation active in the negative dir
............................................................... 3-541
Working area limitation active in the positive dir
............................................................... 3-541
Working area limitation in the negative direction
............................................................... 3-541
I-727
Lists
I Index
Working area limitation in the positive direction
................................................................3-542
WORKING_PRESSURE
MD 5101 .................................................2-108
workPandProgName .......................3-425, 3-427
Workpiece and program name........3-425, 3-427
Workpiece name ...... 3-425, 3-427, 3-429, 3-431
Workpiece or tool-related protection zone3-338,
3-345
workPName.............. 3-425, 3-427, 3-429, 3-431
workPNameLong...... 3-425, 3-427, 3-429, 3-431
WPD_INI_MODE
MD 11280 ...............................................2-181
WRITE_TOA_LIMIT_MASK (HMI ADV)
MD 9449 .................................................2-134
X
x component of offset vector l1 ..................3-519
x component of offset vector l2 ..................3-522
x component of offset vector l3 ..................3-519
x component of offset vector l4 ..................3-520
x component of rotary axis v1 ....................3-522
x component of rotary axis v2 ....................3-519
X component of tool in WCS......................3-407
X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE
09.01
MD 21110............................................... 2-215
Y
y component of offset vector l1.................. 3-520
y component of offset vector l2.................. 3-522
y component of offset vector l3.................. 3-520
y component of offset vector l4.................. 3-520
y component of rotary axis v1.................... 3-522
y component of rotary axis v2.................... 3-519
Y component of tool in WCS ..................... 3-407
Z
z component of offset vector l1.................. 3-521
z component of offset vector l2.................. 3-522
z component of offset vector l3.................. 3-520
z component of offset vector l4.................. 3-520
z component of rotary axis v1.................... 3-522
z component of rotary axis v2.................... 3-519
Z component of tool in WCS ..................... 3-407
ZK1PO register image ............................... 3-483
ZK1RES register image ............................. 3-483
s
I-728
© Siemens AG 2001 All Rights Reserved
Lists (LIS) - 09.01 Edition
Suggestions
Siemens AG
A & D MC IS
P. O. Box 3180
Corrections
For Publication/Manual:
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/
SIMODRIVE 611digital
D-91050 Erlangen
Lists
Federal Republic of Germany
Manufacturer/Service Documentation
(Tel. 0180 / 5050 222 [Hotline]
Fax: +49 9131/98-2176
email: motioncontrol.docu@erlf.siemens.de)
From
Lists
Name:
Order No.:
Edition:
Company/Dept.
Should you come across any printing errors
when reading this publication, please notify
us on this sheet. Suggestions for
improvements are also welcome.
Address:
____________
Telephone: __________ /
Telefax: ________ /
Suggestions and/or corrections
6FC5 297-6AB70-0BP1
09.2001